PROCEEDINGS

The Academy of Natural Sciences

PHILADELPHIA

VOLUME LXV

1913

philadelphia :
The Academy of Naiural Sciences

LOGAN SQUARE
1914

The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

February 4, 1914.

I liereby certify that pi-inted copies of the PROCEEDiNcis for 191:^ were
mailed as follows: —

Pages 1-80

81-112

" 113-150

" 151-182

" 183-214

■ " 215-262

" 263-390

" 391-408

" 407-486

" 487-504

" 505-552 November 19, 1913.

" 553-568 , November 22, 1913.

" 569-616 December 17, 1913.

" 617-712 January 28, 1914.

EDWARD J. NOLAN.

Recording Secretary.

.April

4,

1913.

April

23,

1913.

April

30,

1913,

June

4,

1913,

June

14,

1913

July

1,

1913.

July

15,

1913.

July

24,

1913.

August

13,

1913.

August

19,

1913.

PUBLICATION committee:

Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D., Wither Stone, A.M., Sc.D.,

Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., William J. Fox,

Edward J. Nolan, M.D.
The President, Samuel Gibson Dixon, M.D., LL.D., ex-ojficiu.

EDITOR: Edward J. Nolan, M.D.

7 / ri"

CONTENTS.

Fuv Aruujuncements, Reports, etc., .see General Index.

Baker, Fred. The land and fresh-water mollusks of the

Stanford Expedition to Brazil (Plates XXI-XXVH) 618

Banks, Nathan. Notes on the types of some American

spiders in European collections (Plates XI, XII, XIII) 177

Notes on some Costa Rican Arachnida (Plates XXVIII-

XXX) : 676

Barbour, Thomas. Reptiles collected by the Yale Peruvian

Expedition of 1912 (Plate XVII) 505

Berry, S. Stillman. Notes on some West American • ceph-

alopods 73

Bilgram, Hugo. The critical point of liquids 582

Boyer, Charles S. On diatoms of Philadelphia 581

Brown, Amos P., Ph.D. Variation in two species of Lucidella

from Mexico (Plate I) 3

Notes on the geology of the Island of Antigua (Plates

XVIII, XIX, XX) 584

Brown, Amos P., and Henry A. Pilsbry. Two collections of

Pleistocene fossils from the Isthmus of Panama 493

Calvert, Philip P., Ph.D. The fossil Odonate Phenacolestes,
with a discussion on the venation of the legion Poda-

grion Selys (Plate XIV) 225

Campion, Herbert. The antenodal reticulation of the wings

of Agrionine dragonflies 220

Cockerell, T. D. a.. Some Australian bees 28

Dall, William Healey. New species of the genus Mohnia

from the North Pacific 501

Fowler, Henry W. Notes on Catostomoid fishes 45

Notes on the fishes of the Chincoteague region in Virginia . 61
Some type specimens of the American Cyprinoid fishes

of the genus Rutilus 66

Amphibians and reptiles from Ecuador, Venezuela, and

Yucatan (Plates V-X) 153

Fishes from the Madeira River 517

Curimatus spilurus Cope, a wrongly identified Characin 673

CONTENTS

PAGE

Heath, Harold. The anatomy of two Brazilian land shells,

Anostoma depressum and Tomigerus clausus (Plate

XXXI) '. 688

Hebard, Morgan. A revision of the ' species of the geniis

Nemobius (Orthoptera: Gryllidse) found in North

America north of the Isthmus of Panama 394

Palmer, T. Chalkley. The collecting and preparation of

diatoms 580

PiLSBRY, Henry A., Sc.D. Notes on some Lower Californian

Helices (Plates XV, XVI) 380

Reiin, James A. G. Descriptions and records of South

American Orthoptera, with the description of a new

subspecies from Clarion Island 82

A contribution to the knowledge of the Orthoptera of

Argentina 273

Stone, Witmer. On a collection of birds obtained by the

Francis E. Bond Expedition in the Orinoco Delta and

Paria Peninsula, Venezuela 189

Thompson, J. C, M.D. Oxyrhopus trigeminus Dumeril and

Bibron the type of Erythroxyrhopus gen. nov. 78

Notes on serpents in the family Colubridse 213

Contributions to the synonymy of serpents of the family

Lapida? 508

Vanatta, E. G. Descriptions of new species of marine shells

(Plate II) 22

Weidman, Fred D. A study of metazoan parasites found in

the Philadelphia Zoological Garden (Plate IV) 126

Wherry, Edgar T., Ph.D. North border relations of the

Triassic in Pennsylvania (Plate III) 114

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF

PHILADELPHIA.

1913.

January 21.
Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.

Thirty-seven persons present.

The Publication Committee reported that papers under the
following titles had been presented for publication in the Pro-
ceedings :

"The distribution of the genus Cyclops in the vicinity of Haver-
ford, Pennsylvania," by R. A. Spaeth (December 19, 1912).

"Further notes on the flora of the Conowingo Barrens of south-
eastern Pennsj-lvania," by Francis W. Pennell (December 27, 1912;
published in the Proceedings, December, 1912).

"Oxyrhopus trigeminus Dum. et Bibr. the type of Erythro-
oxyrhopus gen. nov.," by T. C. Thompson, M.D., U. S. N. (January 2).

"Variation in two species of Lucidella from Jamaica," by Amos
P. Brown (January 6).

The death of Dr. George A. Koenig, a member, January 14, was
announced.

The Council reported the appointment of the following Standing
Committees to serve during the year:

Finance.— John Cadwalader, A.M., Edwin S. Dixon, Eflingham
B. Morris, James D. Winsor, and the Treasurer.
1

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Library.— Thomas H. Fenton, M.D., Thomas Biddle, M.D.,
George Vaux, Jr., Henry Tucker, M.D., and Frank J. Keeley.

Publications.— Henry Skinner, M.D., Witmer Stone, A.M.,
Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., William J. Fox, Edward J. Nolan, M.D.

Instruction and Lectures. — Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., Charles
Morris,. Witmer Stone, A.M., Henry Tucker, M.D., George S.
Morris.

Mr. Frank J. Keeley was appointed Curator of the William S.
Vaux Collections.

Mr. Joseph Willcox was appointed Custodian of the Isaac Lea
Collection.

George Vaux, Jr., was appointed the Solicitor of the Academy.

Dr. F. D. Weidman made a report on his studies in the metazoan
parasitology of animals in the Philadelphia Zoological Gardens,
illustrated by tables, microscopic preparations, and lantern figures.
(No abstract.)

The thanks of the Academy were voted to Dr. Weidman for his
important communication.

The following was adopted:

Resolved, That the members of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia do hereby express to Thomas Biddle, M.D., their
appreciation of the valuable additions he has made to the mam-
malian collection, especially the skeletons and mounted specimens
of anthropoids, constituting as they do the most comprehensive
collection in America.

The following were elected members:
J. Henry Scattergood,
Alfred M. Collins,
E. Marshall Scull.

The following were ordered to be printed:

1913.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

VARIATION IN TWO SPECIES OF LUCIDELLA FROM JAMAICA.
BY AMOS P. BROWN.

The genus Lucidella is best known from species found in the
island of Jamaica, from which locahty the first species were figured
by Ferrusac^ under the name of Helix aureola. Ferrusac then figures
the two common species of Jamaica, which appear to have a general
distribution throughout most parts of the island. These species
are very plentiful in the interior of the island, particularly in the
Mandeville region. They live in the more undisturbed parts along
the borders of woods, seeming to prefer situations where there is a
certain amount of sun, rather than in the dense woods. Along
the roads they are met with inhabiting the stone walls, which are
the common fences in this part of the island. When once established
in the walls they appear to flourish, even when the woods are cut
away from the vicinity of the roads, and where they have plenty
of cover and not too much dryness they develop into as large forms
as in the more undisturbed regions. Lucidella aureola (Fer.) is
probably more generally and widely distributed, but L. granulosa
C. B. Adams is more plentiful in the Mandeville country, though
both forms are found living together. Along grassy roadsides with
low limestone rock exposures and even where the red residual clay
from the limestone forms the banks of the road they are found
in numbers; in the case of the red clay banks, perhaps L. aureola
is somewhat more common, while L. granulosa is found more fre-
quently in numbers where the limestone exposures are seen. This
habit of living along the borders of woods and in the more open
rocky woods is common with both species in the more undisturbed
regions where the original forest still exists.

These two species have adapted themselves to the conditions
brought about by advancing civilization and clearing of the land,
and are well established, even in the oldest settled districts, being
found in numbers in many places that have been quite stripped of

1 D. de Ferrusac and G. P. Deshayes, Hist. Nat. des Mollusi^ues, Vol. 3, 1820-
1851, PI. 48, 1, three figures oilLucidella aureola (Fer.) and PI. 49A, 1, two figures
of L. granulosa C. B. Adams, all figured by Ferrusac under the name of Helix
aureola.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

the original forest. But it is to be noted that it is in these places,
where the woods have been cleared for a long period of years, that
a reduction not in numbers of individuals, but in size may be ob-
served. While the evidence is not entirely complete, it seems to
point to a reduction in size in those places where the forest has been
entirely cleared away and where the animals are now living under
conditions of greater dryness than the optimum conditions that obtain
in places where the original forest is still more or less undisturbed.
The variations treated of in this paper are seen in individuals of
these species that are living under the optimum conditions which
obtain in the forested sections, as contrasted with those individuals
which are found in the dryer, cleared sections. The localities from
which these contrasted individuals were obtained are in Manchester
Parish, near Mandeville for L. gramdosa; and for L. aureola, the
same region as contrasted with the Montego Bay district.

Lucidella granulosa is found almost everywhere in the region
about Mandeville where the conditions are favorable. It is in
this locality much more common than L. aureola, which, however,
is found plentifully in this part of Manchester. But L. granulosa
was not taken at Montego Bay, while a small form of L. aureola
was very plentiful at this station. Perhaps the most typical forms
of L. granulosa come from the borders of the undisturbed woods
in Manchester Parish near Mandeville, and it seems likely that it
was from this region that C. B. Adams first collected the form.
From the many colonies in the Mandeville region from which I
collected these typical forms of this species the Somerset, Somerset
Road, and Benmore woods colonies may be selected as furnishing
characteristic examples of the normal form. These localities have
been described in a former paper;- it will suffice here to state that
they were places where the original forest still exists and optimum
conditions for the growth of this species obtain. The small forms
that are compared with these typical forms were collected at two
stations where the forest had been completely cleared, at least
near the roads along which the collecting was done, and were near
the Sturridge place, some three miles to the southeast of Mandeville
village, and along the Kendal Road,^ one mile to the north of the
town. A short description of these stations will be necessary.

- Brown, Variation in some Jamaican Species of Pleurodonte, these Proceed-
ings, 1911, pp. 124, 128, 129.
^See map of Mandeville region, loc. cil. these Proceedings, 1911, p. 121.

1913.] MATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5

The Sturridge place, about three miles to the southeast of
Mandeville, is in the old settled part of the region. Here the original
forest has long been cleared, and the country is almost bare of shade
trees. A few scattered orange or pimento trees along the roadsides
are the only protection from the tropical sun, and the bare fields,
while grassy, have an arid look as compared to the dense woods
of the original forest. The only cover for the mollusks is in the
stone walls, which, as usual, are built along the roads as fences.
An old private burying-ground, doubtless belonging to the Sturridge
place, had a few trees growing in it which made a little shade and this
old cemetery wall was the most favorable place for mollusks that
was found at this point. Here and at a few places nearby along
the road specimens of L, granulosa were obtained. They were
not very plentiful, but were found in fair numbers, and in as great
numbers as any other species of mollusk collected at this point.
They were quite uniformly small specimens. They inhabited the
wall, utilizing its cover, and were collected from the wall and from
the ground at its base.

The other station where the small form of L. granulosa was taken
was on the Kendal Road, one mile north of Mandeville ; along a
part of the road through pasture lands where the trees had been
cleared back from the road on the more level ground, so that there
was but little shade along the road. Here again the Lucidellas
were living in the low stone walls which lined the road and were
especially abundant in places where the top of the wall was covered
with moss or fern. Here the dead shells of this small form of L.
granulosa were very plentiful, many in verj^ fresh condition, but,
during the dry time when I was collecting, no living individuals
were seen moving about. They had apparently come up on the
tops of the walls to escape from the rain during wet weather
and died there. At this place the only cover for the snails was to
be found in the wall itself. This, as in the case of the Sturridge
place, must have been very dry except after a shower or during the
rather uncertain rainy seasons. This small form of L. granulosa
is well established at this station, but only the small individuals
were seen, as was the case at the Sturridge place. It is practically
a small local race at each locality.

While not so plentiful as L. granulosa in the Mandeville region,
L. aureola is found almost everywhere that the conditions are favor-
able. This species lives on the ground and is found on grassy banks,
even where there is no rock. It does not require rock piles or walls

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

for cover, evidently grassy pastures offering sufficient cover and
food for the species. This probably explains its present wide
distribution, as compared with L. granulosa, and its persisting in
places where the other species are not now found. It occurred along
the borders of the woods in the Somerset region and along the road-
sides at almost all places about Mandeville, especially being col-
lected along the Lower Santa Cruz Road in considerable numbers.
Here it was living on the grassy borders of the road, and was taken
from the clay banks in places where, for instance, Cepolis {Hemi-
trochus) graminicola was common. Along this Santa Cruz road the
forest is mostly cleared, but the L. aureola has sufficient cover in the
grass of the pastures which the road passes through. Both here
and especially at Somerset, two places selected as furnishing normal
forms of the species, the animals are living under what may be
termed optimum conditions. Nowhere in the Mandeville region,
in fact (except, perhaps near the Sturridge place, where L. aureola
was not found), are the fields really arid and, for a form that can
live on the ground with only grass for cover, the conditions are
perhaps never very unfavorable. A small form of this species is found
at Montego Bay, a region where the soil is so thin that the clearing
of the forest has resulted in the development of conditions that may
be described as arid, at least during the dry part of the year. Mon-
tego Bay is one of the oldest settlements in the island, dating back
to the Spanish occupation. The original forest has been cleared off
all of the more level ground, which has been under cultivation for
probably the greater part of a century. Where trees have been
planted, they are mostly logwood, which is grown in the pastures;
the trees being planted sufficiently far apart to allow the pasture
grass plenty of sun. In these logwood plantations, especially if
they are on a slope, the soil is very thin and the rock comes near the
surface. During the dry season the ground gets very parched
and the grass quite brown; in the wet season, from the end of April
to the end of November, when showers may occur at any time, the
torrential rains almost immediately drain off on the hill slopes,
and owing to the porous character of the soil the ground becomes
quite dry between the showers. For a great part of the year,
except when a rainy week maj- occur in May or November, any
mollusks that are ground dwellers must exist under alternating
short periods of great moisture and dryness, while during the dry
season, from December to April, they must sestivate under the almost
arid conditions which obtain.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7

Lucidella granulosa C. B. Adams. Plate I, figs 1-15.

Helix aureola var. Fcr., Nat. Hist, des Mollusques, Vol. 3, 1820-1851, PI.

49A, two figures marked 1.
Helicina aureola Gray, Zool. Jour., 1, p. 70, pi. 6, fig. 15.
Lucidella aureola var. granulosa C. B. Ad., Cont. Conch., 6, 1850, p. 89.
Lucidella undulata Pfr., Malak., Bl. VIII, 1861, p. 171.

This, is the species usually labelled L. undulata in collections.
It was first figured by Ferrusac along with L. aureola under the name
Helicina aureola. The two figures on Ferrusac 's plate 49A numbered
1 represent a form covered with granules which he considered to
be a variety of Helix aureola and which is the common species of
Lucidella in the Manchester district. C. B. Adams refers to this
form as follows: '*A variety of Lucidella aureola is so strongly sculp-
tured with granules that it will be convenient to designate the
variety with the name of granulosa.^' (Adams, loc. cit.) This was
in 1850, and eleven years afterwards, in 1861, Pfeiffer describes
this form, referring to Ferrusac's figure above mentioned, under
the name of L. undulata. It is by this name of Pfeiffer's that the
species is generally known, although the granulosa of Adams ante-
dates Pfeiffer's name by eleven years. Inasmuch as C. B. Adams
collected in the Mandeville region in Manchester, it is very likely
that his granulosa came from this district. In a former paper*
it is recorded in the Mandeville region from Benmore, Bloomfield,
Sturridge place, Cedar Hill, Lower Santa Cruz Road, ridge near
Lincoln, Somerset, Somerset Road, and it was also collected on
the Kendal Road north of Mandeville as well as several otner places
in this vicinity. Most of the specimens of this species in the
A. N. S. P. Collection were taken by me in 1910, but there are three
or four trays simply recorded as from ''Jamaica," one of which
marked "Swift Collection" is of especial interest. This lot probably
came from H. Vendries, of Kingston, and is marked on the collector's
label "L, aureola Fer. var. gra7iidosa"; they possess the characters
which seem to distinguish this species in a pronounced degree.
If these are Vendries specimens they no doubt came from St. Andrews
Parish. They may be described as follows:

Lucidella granulosa C. B. Ad. (Swift Collecton A. N. S. P.) Plate I, figs 1-3.

Shell somewhat convexly conoidal, rather thick, somewhat
keeled on the periphery and wrinkled, in the direction of the growth
lines, radially from the apex; color reddish-brown, mottled with
whitish; of about 6 whorls; sculpture of raised spiral lines or lirae,

* Pilsbry and Brown: The Mollusca of Mandeville, Jamaica, and its Environs,
Proc. a. N. S. p. ,1910, pp. 510-535; Lucidella undulata Pfr. p. 525.

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

covering the entire surface, those above the periphery being swollen
at intervals, when crossed by the radial wrinkles or corrugations
that follow the growth lines, thus forming both the raised granula-
tion and the whitish spots, from the raised lirse becoming whitish
where swollen. The swelling of the revolving spirals becomes very
pronounced along the periphery, which is thus raised into a series of
tubercles, commencing about the beginning of the fourth whorl
and continuing to the lip. The swelling of the lirse to form the
granulation does not extend far below the periphery, not more than
4 or 5 of the revolving striae being thus affected. The striae continue,
however, to the umbihcus, becoming fainter as this is approached.
Diam. 7,7, alt. 5.5 mm.

The keeled and tuberculated periphery seems to be characteristic
of this species, but is not always, as in this Swift Collection lot,
carried out to the lip. It is present in the young shells in all cases,
which would seem to indicate that the ancestral species must have
resembled this one from the Swift Collection. None of the Mande-
ville region specimens normally show this tuberculated and keeled
periphery in the adult state, at least not entirely up to the lip;
but the young all show it. The Somerset Road specimens (Plate
I, figs. 6, 10), w^hich perhaps lived under as nearly optimum condi-
tions for this species as any collected in the Mandeville region,
show this tuberculated and keeled periphery up to nearly the end
of the fifth whorl, but the peripheral tul^erculation dies away
before the sixth whorl is reached. Young shells from this station
have quite a different appearance from the adults. This seems, as
above stated, to be the general condition of the species in the Man-
chester region, the adult stage has lost the peripheral granulation,
but the younger stages show it. And it is perhaps more pronounced
in the Somerset specimens than in any of the others, the last whorl
being frequently nearly smooth (Plate I, fig. 4, figs. 7-9), on the
periphery. An exceptional specimen from Somerset, showing the
tuberculated periphery, is figured at 5 on the plate. The tuberculate
condition of the periphery extends from the middle of the third
whorl (2.5 whorls from the apex) to the middle of the fifth whorl
(4.5 whorls from the apex). Thus the last whorl (there are five
and one-half to six whorls) is comparatively smooth on the pe-
riphery, and, except for the color pattern, the shell at first sight
resembles L. aureola. The color pattern itself varies when the
peripheral tuberculation disappears; when it is present there is a
regular periodicity in the recurrence of the whitish patches which

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9

mark the swelling of the lirae that is the cause of the lighter spots,
they run from 16 to 20 to the whorl, and when this periodicity is
seen with the whitish spots reaching the periphery, this in turn
becomes tuberculated and keeled. This regularity of the markings
is characteristic of the younger stages, and as long as it is seen the
young shell will be found to be keeled and tuberculated; when it
disappears and the color pattern becomes a mottling of the shell, then
the periphery is neither keeled nor tuberculated. In the two places,
where dwarfed shells were taken, a large number of them have
this tuberculated and keeled periphery on the last whorl, although
considerably less than half are so ornamented. It is noticeable
that the whitish ornamentation, when it is accompanied by the pe-
ripheral tuberculation, follows the growth lines, and is then more
continuous and stronger. But when it curves towards the mouth
of the shell and crosses the growth lines, it tends to break up into
branches, rarely reaches the periphery, and practically never causes
tuberculation. .When the animals are living under optimum condi-
tions, as at the Somerset and Somerset Road stations, this bending
forward of the ornamentation across the growth lines becomes
characteristic, and the color pattern becomes finer and less regular
by the branching of these whitish lines or by their breaking up into
dots. And where this finely mottled color pattern is seen, the last
whorl is nearly smooth and the periphery is free from tubercles.

The tuberculated condition of the periphery is thus a character
of the young stages, sometimes continued into the adult stages
up to the development of the lip. The appearance of this character
in the dwarfed races (Plate I, figs. 11-15) at Kendal Road station
and at the Sturridge station is due to what is generally described
as ''reversion to an ancestral form"; or it is due to the animals,
living under unfavorable conditions as regards shell development
and growth, which causes them to mature at an earlier stage than
those forms which live under optimum conditions. But while the
conditions are unfavorable to growth, they are not unfavorable to
reproduction, for these dwarfed forms are very plentiful at the
localities where they were taken. An examination of the shells
of these Kendal Road and Sturridge forms will show at once from
the growi:h lines that they grew with many interruptions, as many
as 30 such interruptions being often seen in one shell. Those from
Kendal Road station also mature earlier, as they have only five
whorls, instead of five and one-half or six, as in forms growing under
more favorable conditions. The forms that live in walls, whether

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

of this species or any other, where the wall is their only cover, are
always subject to such recurring periods of enforced inactivity^
during dry spells and with the long period of the dry season, which
may last for several months, during which the sexual organs prob-
ably mature. These wall dwellers become active after every shower,
and probably aestivate temporarily during the dry spells between
showers, so they have many less growing days throughout the year
than forms that may move about and feed any day. Each aesti-
vation period is marked by a pronounced gro^vth line, and the
30 or more such interruptions mentioned above are thus recorded.
If the adult stage is reached by the animal before the shell has passed
through the tuberculated-and-keeled periphery stage of shell growth,
then the adult, with lip developed, has this tuberculated periphery;
if this stage has been passed the last whorl is smooth and not tuber-
culated along the periphery. In the Sturridge place forms, where
the whorls may reach five and one-half, but few show the tuber-
culation of the periphery extending out to the lip.

Lucidella aureola (Fer.). Plate I, figs. 16-26.

Helix aureola Ferrusac, Nat. Hist, des Mollusques, Vol. 3, 1820-1851,

PI. 48, fig. 1 (not. PI. 49A, 1).
Helicina {Lucidella) aureola Sow., Thes., Vol. Ill, p. 282, No. 56, figs. 94,

479.
Lucidella aureola Swainson, Chemn. ed. nov., PL 5, figs. 20-23.

This is the most widely distributed species of Lucidella in the
island of Jamaica, but it generally occurs in small numbers at any
one station. Specimens of this species were examined that were
collected in Portland (Port Antonio), St. Andrews (Stony Hill and
Constant Spring), St. Catharine (Natural Bridge, Bog Walk), Man-
chester (various points near Mandeville), and St. James (Montego
Bay at Orange Hill and Rose Mount) as well as a number of other
collections of which the locality was not recorded further than as
from "Jamaica." Among these, the race from St. James as found at
Orange Hill and Rose Mount is a small, dwarfed form which is differ-
ent from any seen elsewhere, and is only matched in size by an occa-
sional specimen from the region to the southwest of Mandeville,
along the Santa Cruz road. With the exception of this St. James
race from the vicinity of Montego Bay, the general description of
the species (Plate I, figs. 16-21) is as follows:

Shell depressed conoidal, spire somewhat convex, apex mucronate;
uniformly colored some shade of chestnut, paler in the young shells;
the shell sculptured with fine revolving lirse and the whorls crossed
by oblique wrinkles which follow the growth lines in direction.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11

beginning to appear generally on the second whorl and sometimes
continuing to the lip, but dying away towards the periphery, or,
if they cross it, not producing a thickening of the hrae at this point.
Whorls six or somewhat over (6.3) and rarely less than 5.7. The
revolving strise become fainter and are almost obsolete in the
umbilicus. The number of these revolving strise varies through
the appearance of interstitial lirse between those already existing,
which eventually develop to the same size as the others. There
are generally about 45 lirse on the last whorl, of which 18 or 20
are above the periphery, they are close and even and are not thick-
ened where the oblique wrinkles cross them. The size varies with
the locality, ranging from diam. = 10 mm. by alt. = 7.7 mm.
(Pfeiffer) to diam. = 5.6 mm. by alt. =4.3 in the smallest specimen
taken in the vicinity of Mandeville.

This smallest specimen, which came from the Lower Santa Cruz
Road about three miles from Mandeville is simply a diminutive
reproduction of the largest which was found at Somerset, with
somewhat fewer whorls but \vith none of the peripheral granulation
observed on some of the Montego Bay specimens (Plate I, figs.
22-26). These latter, which, as stated above, were collected on the
Orange Hill and the Rose Mount estates, differ from the typical
L. aureola above described in certain specimens. In about one-half
of the Orange Hill specimens and about one-third of the Rose Mount
specimens an additional sculptural feature is present. The pe-
riphery of the last whorl is raised into a series of points or tubercles,
by the thickening of one or more of the peripheral lirse where they
are crossed by the transverse oblique wrinkles which are present in-
all specimens of this species examined. This structure is exactly
comparable to the development of the granulate sculpture on L.
granulosa which has been described. A careful examination of the
young of typical L. aureola from some fifteen localities shows that
while the oblique transverse wrinkles are common to all of them,
these do not produce any granulation on the periphery, so that this
is not, as in the case of the dwarfed races of L. granulosa, a "rever-
sion" or the effect of the individual's maturing at what is normally
a young stage, but actually a new sculptural character which has
developed in these Montego Bay forms. It only appears distinctly
on the last whorl, the tubercles becoming stronger after the periphery
emerges from the suture, but it may be present on the preceding
whorl also, as the corrugations or wrinkles are found well developed
on both the last and next to the last whorls. When well developed,

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jail.;

the granulations continue out to the Hp ; sometimes they only appear
in the middle part of the last whorl and become obsolescent towards
the lip. They are well shown and their connection with the trans-
verse wrinkles is apparent in the figs. 22, 25, 26, Plate I. This
peripheral granulation is thus characteristic of certain of the speci-
mens taken at Orange Hill and Rose Alount, Montego Bay, and is
not found in the normal L. aureola from any other locality examined.
The forms possessing it might be designated by a varietal name, as
montegoensis, and it is probably the beginning of a new species,
or what would become one if the forms continued to live at the
Montego Bay localities, which, unless the settling up of the country
continues, is likely to be the case, they having survived the advance
of civilization for perhaps a century. But it may be a variation
not due directly to the aridity of the country produced by the
clearing of the land — not referable to change of environment alone —
but to hyhridity, and this might work out in future generations.

We thus have two species, each developing a dwarfed race under
similar conditions of environment, but in which the causes for the
development of the new sculptural characters which accompany
the dwarfing are probably not referable to the same causes.

The Variation in Size.

The amount of the variation in size may be graphically shown
by plotting the dimensions of the forms to scale in the manner
adopted in a previous paper.^ These dimensions are given below.

Variation in size in Lucidella granulosa C. B. Adams. — The
forms of this species compared in fig. 1 are from Somerset, Somerset
Road, Benmore, Kendal Road one mile north of Mandeville, and the
Sturridge place, three miles southeast of Mandeville. Those from
Somerset and Somerset Road are the largest, those from Kendal
Road and the Sturridge place the smallest. The Benmore specimens
lie between these two, but nearer to the larger group, so that the plot
shows two groups as to size, with a gap between the two that is
not entirely bridged over by the Benmore specimens. The normal
forms, represented by the group of larger specimens from these
localities, show some variation in the sculpture, but are in general
as described above for the forms from Somerset and Somerset Road,
with a nearly non-tuberculated periphery on the last whorl. Only

* A. P. Brown, Variation in some Jamaican Species of Pleurodonte, Proc.
A. N. S. P., 1911, pp. 117-164 figs. 2-14.

1913.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

13

a few of the Somerset specimens show the keeled and tuberculated
periphery that is characteristic of the Swift Collection specimens,
of which a description is given above. These are, however, of normal
size for the species, as may be seen from the plate (figs. 4, 5, 7-9).
A few individuals from Benmore show this tuberculated periphery
also.

Contrasted with this smooth condition of the last whorls, which
may be considered normal for L. granulosa as found near Mandeville,
is the much larger proportion of tuberculated-keeled forms found

o

-

0
O O X

-

O o

_ 6T»vrv<-

O X 9

"

• • X
0

-

•

•

• •

_5

•

■»

■f

+ + -e «■

■?

oSome-ree-fc

-^ .r

x6ome.-rset--roa^.

d

;

■*■ Ke-ndal TTDCLdL.

" , , , , f , , ,

7
, 1

Srrvm,

, , , , 1 , , ,

Fig. 1.

-Lucidella granulosa. Comparison of the dimensions of the forms from
five different localities.

among the specimens from the two localities where the forms are
dwarfed. At the Sturridge place, about one-half of the specimens
show peripheral granules on the last whorl, though these tend to be-
come obsolescent as the lip is approached. In the Kendal Road
specimens somewhat over two-thirds show this granulation, and in
many cases it extends out to the lip, a much smaller proportion
showing this granulation of the peripheral lira becoming obsoles-
cent and dying away as the lip is approached than in the case of

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

the Sturridge specimens. The reduction in size in L. granulosa
in these localities is accompanied by a shght reduction in the size
of the embryonic- shell or protoconch, which is easily observed
in all cases in the adult shell. The minor diameter of the protoconch
averages 0.47 mm. in the specimens from the larger group, the
average being for the Benmore specimens 0.444 mm., for the Somerset
Road specimens 0.47 mm., and for the Somerset specimens 0.50 mm.;
as against an average of 0.416 mm. for the Kendal Road specimens
and 0.408 for the Sturridge place forms. There is thus a dwarfing
that is not alone individual, but a racial dwarfing. These characters
are well shown by a comparison of the dimensions by whorls which
is given in fig. 2. A series of characteristic specimens were selected
from each locality and each individual measured by whorls with an

^ '

Fig. 2. — Lucidella granulosa. Comparison of width and height by whorls.
Sm. = Somerset, S. R. =Somerset Road, B. =Benmore, St. = Sturridge,
K. R.= Kendal Road.

eyepiece micrometer on the microscope, using of course a mechanical
stage to adjust the specimen. The measurements by whorls and
the minor diameter of the protoconch are plotted in the figure.
This last character hardly shows well at this scale, the differences
being small. The comparison by whorls brings out the fact that
in spite of the dwarfed character of two of these races, but little
reduction in size is shown up to the third whorl and the difference
in size only becomes pronounced at the fourth whorl. All of these
forms, whether normal or dwarfed, possess at least five whorls,
so that up to this point the growth rate is strictly comparable.
The marked falling off in size of the two dwarfed races at this point
is to be attributed to the environment alone. The still more marked
falling off in diameter as shown in the last whorl is partly due to a
reduction in the number of whorls in the dwarfed races, this falling
from the maximum of somewhat over six whorls in the larger forms
from Somerset, Somerset Road, and Benmore to between five and six

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15

for the two dwarfed races from Sturridge's and Kendal Road, although
even at these two localities the whorls may reach six in some cases.

Variation in size in Lucidella aureola (Fer.). — The forms of
this species compared in fig. 3 are from Somerset, Santa Cruz Road
and Orange Hill, Montego Bay; and to these has been added a series
from the A. N. S. P. old collection labelled simply "Swift Col-
lection," and recorded as from "Jamaica" without any definite
locality. These divide at once into two groups, of which the Somerset,

X

■

"

— 7m/m

O O

"

X ^ o

"

■

•

•

o

-6

•
•

o

•

• •

o

■

•

■

•

•

.

•

_S

•

•

X-SuTift coU.

■

•h

e -Somerset .

'

+

• Santa. Orxi^ roeid..

+ +
• ++ +

^.^orute^o^cy.

-A-

.

+

— 1 — 1 —

, , 1 , ,

7
. 1 1

&

i , 1

Sr>vm.

Fig. 3.— -Lucidella aureola. Comparison of the dimensions of the species from
four different localities.

Swift Collection, and Santa Cruz Road lots are larger, the Montego
Bay lot is smaller. It will be seen, however, that a single specimen
from the Santa Cruz Road series approaches the Montego Bay
specimens in size, being of less diameter than any of this Orange
Hill (Montego Bay) series. The Swift Collection series are all
proportionately higher than those from Somerset, which otherwise
they compare well with in size. The Santa Cruz specimens lived

16

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Jan.

in the open fields and in walls along the roadside, their only cover
being the walls or the low vegetation of the fields, and they are
all smaller than the Somerset and Swift Collection series. The
one exceptionally small specimen was adult, so far as development
of the lip was concerned, and in size would correspond to Pfeiffer's
variety which he calls L. aureola minor, being even smaller than his
dimensions for that form. But while it compares in size with the
Montego Bay forms, it is not at all like them in sculpture, resembling
the normal L. aureola of the island generally. It is evident, then,
that the normal L. aureola may vary in size in occasional individuals
down to that of the dwarfed or "runt" race found near Montego
Bay. This last race is a composite one, in about one-half of the
Orange Hill specimens and one-third of the Rose Mount specimens
a distinctive sculpture characterizes the forms. This has already
been described above. The minor diameter of the protoconch is
also somewhat less than in the normal forms of this species, this
dimension varies from 0.55 mm. in the Somerset and Swift Col-

Fig. 4. — Lucidella aureola.

Comparison of the width and height by whorls from
four different locahties.

lection specimens to 0.50 mm. in the Santa Cruz Road specimens
and 0.45 mm. in those from Montego Bay.

A comparison of the dimensions of L. aureola by whorls is given
in fig. 4, where these protoconch diameters are plotted along with
the heights. It will be seen that the diameters by whorls do not
show much variation in the four lots of specimens examined until
the third whorl is passed, but a marked falling off in the diameter
of the Santa Cruz Road and the Montego Bay specimens commences
with the fourth whorl, becomes still more pronounced in the fifth
whorl and culminates in the last whorl. As in the case of L. granu-
losa, there is a reduction in the number of whorls in the adult stage
in the case of the dwarfed Montego Bay forms which accentuates
the diminution in diameter after the fifth whorl. The number of
whorls is of course larger in the larger specimens from Somerset,
the Swift Collection lot and the Santa Cruz Road specimens, being
generally over six whorls, whereas the specimens from Montego Bay

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17

range from five to five and three-tenths whorls, and in rare cases
one may reach five and one-half whorls. As in the case of L. granu-
losa, the reduction in size is accompanied by a reduction in the number
of whorls, and the animal matures at an earlier stage of shell develop-
ment than is the case in the larger normal forms. The small speci-
men from Santa Cruz Road which approximates in size the Montego
Bay specimens had only five and three-tenths whorls, as they have,
and a few other Santa Cruz Road specimens, which are small, run
about five and seven-tenths whorls.

The Causes of the Variation in Size and Sculpture.

In the case of the variation of the two species herein described
it is plain that we have to deal with two different kinds of variation:
(1) A reduction in size from the normal type and (2) a change of
sculpture. The cause of the change of size is the same in both
cases and has already been stated. The reduction in size is undoubt-
edly brought about by the drier and more arid environment which
retards the growth of the individual; superimposed upon which is
the regular periodicity of climatic changes due to the changing
seasons, which induces the development of the reproductive organs
at a given time in the year, without much regard to the size the in-
dividual has attained. Thus the forms living under arid conditions
will have onl,y reached the beginning of the sixth whorl (or passed
the completion of the fifth whorl) when the enforced aestivation
brought on by the dry season commences. During the dry season
all of these snails are more or less inactive, and during this resting
stage the genitalia are developed. The lip probably commences
to develop about the same time. Forms living under optimum
conditions have reached the beginning of the seventh whorl when this
occurs; they will have an extra whorl as compared with the forms
living under arid conditions, which would have had many less
feeding and growing days, and which latter, no doubt, have passed
through many short periods of aestivation during their period of
growth, which was frequently interrupted by the dry spells between
showers. Probably from the repeated aestivation periods that these
dwarfed forms must pass through, there has been produced an
actual decrease in the size of the embryo, as is indicated by the re-
duction in the size of the protoconch; and this may mark the fixing
of the small race, even though their environment may change;
but this dwarfing of the embryo is not needed to explain the reduction
in size.
2

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

The change of sculpture which accompanies the reduction in
size is to be differently explained in the case of each species. In
the one case, that of L. granulosa, it has been shown to be directly
connected with the reduction in size, which in turn is brought about
by the loss of a whorl. The sculpture in this case is that of the
young shell up to the beginning of the sixth whorl (up to 5.3 whorls
generally), and is a necessary accompaniment of the loss of a whorl.
In the case of normal forms in which this sculpture exists, as in the
occasional specimens from Somerset or the Swift Collection speci-
men of L. granulosa, this sculpture seems to have persisted up
to the end of the sixth whorl; and, as pointed out, it may be an
ancestral character which is becoming obsolescent. But it has been
rejuvenated in these dwarfed forms by the process known as rever-
sion.

The case of the change of sculpture in the dwarfed forms of
L. aureola is different. Here we are not dealing with a character
which exists in the young stages and is simply disclosed by the
leaving off of a whorl, as in the last case, but with a new character
of which no trace is to be found in the young of the normal species.
It may be an adaptation in response to the change of environment
or it may be due to the effect of hybridity. It is here that the evi-
dence is incomplete.

It is not known whether the other form that would likely hybridize
with L. aureola occurs (or has occurred) at Montego Bay. I mean
the species L. granulosa. In a large collection made at Montego
Bay in 1910 I did not encounter this species, nor is it found in
Henderson's list® as being found at this point. It might be found
in some of the deposits of semi-fossil shells that occur near Montego
Bay, but while I examined these, I did not find any specimens of
L. granulosa. If it existed at Orange Hill and at Rose Mount pre-
vious to the clearing of the land it would probably die out, as this
species requires more cover than is to be found in the logwood-planted
pastures where the Montego Bay race of L. aureola is now living.
And during its extinction it might very conceivably have mixed
with the L. aureola, which thrives well in grass lands elsewhere in
the island. The hybrid thus produced would be likely to have a
tuberculated .periphery. And the hybrid living with a normally
sculptured, pure race of L. aureola would tend through hybridity
to change back to the normal sculpture of this latter species.

« J. B. Henderson, Nautilus, VIII, 1894, pp. 1, 19, 31.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19

On the other hand, the variation may be a response to change of
environment, the animals becoming adapted to arid conditions.
Of course, this adaptation is evident as regards the reduction in size,
but it is not yet known that animals living with deficiency of moisture
necessarily become more or differently sculptured. The chief
effect of this aridity would be to reduce the moisture of the body,
and this may conceivably produce an increase of sculpture. Re-
duction of moisture followed by an increase of moisture tends to induce
proliferation. This has been noted by Loeb^ in the case of the eggs
of the sea urchin. When newly fertilized eggs are placed in hyper-
tonic sea water for three or four hours and then brought back into
normal sea water, they divide into from six to sixteen cells in about
ten minutes, and in some cases even into about forty cells inside
of twenty minutes. The reduction of moisture in the egg was here
sufficient to inhibit cell division, but not enough to prevent nuclear
division. When put back into normal sea water, a most powerful
streaming of the protoplasm was observect. This streaming seemed
to occur around the chromosomes and fragments of nuclear matter
as centres. At length each knob or projection formed by the
streaming became a separate cell. The effect of the hypertonic
sea water (made by adding salt to normal sea water) was to with-
draw water from the cell. Putting the egg back into normal sea
water added water to the cell. Estivation must result in with-
drawal of water from the protoplasm, and may proceed to the point
of gelation. Addition of water to the protoplasm after such aesti-
vation, might readily result in proliferation as a result of the irregular
nuclear division produced during the aestivation period when cell
division could not occur. The irregular thickening of the shell
that forms the peripheral tubercles and other increase of sculpture
is of the nature of a proliferation of the shell. This is conceivably
due to the irregular cell division produced by aestivation, which in
turn is preceded by nuclear division without accompanying cell
formation during the aestivation period. Normally a cell dividing
produces two daughter cells, but under this fluctuation of the water
content the number of daughter cells may be from six, eight, etc.;
or M = 2D may become M = 4D (or 6D or 8D, etc.).

Boveri^ has shown that the conditions which bring about cell
division seem to depend upon a ratio between the mass of the
chromosomes to the mass of protoplasm being established, and occurs

' Loeb, Jour, of Morphology, Vol. 7, p. 253, 1892.
8 Boveri, Zellen Studien, Heft 5, Jena, 190.5.

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

when the ratio chromosomes to protoplasm reaches a certain con-
stant. Increase of the mass of the chromosomes retards cell division,
which does not occur until the mass of the protoplasm increases
also. The material for the growth of the chromosomes is furnished
by the protoplasm, from its "reserve material," according to Sachs.
So cell growth consists in the transformation of protoplasmic into
chromatin material in the nucleus until a definite ratio of P : C = k
is reached, when division occurs. The mother cell just before divis-
ion consists of nC-j-P = M. After division M divides into 2D
each being nC'-r-P'. These daughter cells then grow to the size
and ratio of the mother cell, or until nC'-i-P' becomes nC-^P,
when division may again occur. Starvation produces a reduction
in the amount of protoplasm and retards the development of the
chromosomes. ^Estivation will cause reduction in the amount of
protoplasm and retard cell division. J. Sachs was the first to point
out that in each species the ultimate size of the cell is a constant
for each organ and that wfiere two individuals differ in size, the differ-
ence is in the number and not the size of corresponding cells.
Amelung, a student of Sachs, confirmed this by actual count. But
it seems probable that diminution in the amount of protoplasm
may be accompanied or followed by a reduction in the mass of the
chromosomes and reduction in the size of the nuclei, and as the ratio
C-i-P is constant for cell division, then C-j-P = M by reduction of
mass of both C and P to C and P' becomes C'-i-P' = M', a smaller
cell. It is in this way that the observed reduction in size of the
embryonic shell or protoconch in these dwarfed forms of the two
species of Lucidella here considered is to be explained. For this
reduction in size of the protoconch must accompany a reduction
in the size of the egg, and it is probably the establishing of a new
equilibrium resulting in the reduction in size of the egg (among
other things) that is the explanation of the observation that condi-
tions unfavorable to the growth of the animal are not unfavorable
to its reproduction.

Explanation of Plate I.

It i s to be noted that figures 1-6 are enlarged somewhat more than the rest,
being magnified 4.5 times, while all the other figures (7-26) are magnified 3.4
times, and these being all on the same scale, the relative sizes may be directly
compared. Figs. 7-10 are normal; 11-15 are dwarfed; figs. 16-21 are normal;
22-26 dwarfed.

Figs. 1, 2, 3. — Lucidella granulosa C. B. Adams (Swift Collection). Showing
the tuberculated and keeled periphery characteristic of the specimens in
this lot.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21

Fig. 4. — Lucidella granulosa C. B. Adams. A form with the last whorl smooth,

from Somerset.
Fig. 5. — A specimen of the same species from Somerset, which shows the

tuberculated keel as in figs. 1-3.
Fig. 6. — A specimen of the same species from Somerset Road colony with nearly

smooth last whorl, but showing the tuberculation on the earlier whorls.
Figs. 7-9. — Three specimens of L. granulosa from Somerset, with smooth last

whorl. Figs. 7 and 9 show two common color patterns.
Fig. 10. — A specimen of L. granulosa rom Somerset Road, with smooth last

whorl.
Figs. 11, 12. — Two of the dwarfed forms ot L. granulosa from the Sturridge

place. Both show the granulated periphery of the last whorl.
Figs. 13-15. — Three of the dwarfed specimens of L. granulosa from the Kendal

Road colony. They all show the granulated periphery.
Figs. 16-18. — Lucidella aureola (Fer.) from Somerset, showing the rather large,

normal form of this species as found at this locality.
Figs. 19-21. — Lucidella aureola (Fer.) from the Santa Cruz Road, showing the

smaller size of the specimens from this station as compared with those from

Somerset.
Fig. 22. — Lucidella aureola (Fer.) from Orange Hill, Montego Bay; the form

with tuberculate periphery.
Figs. 23, 24. — Lucidella aureola (Fer.) from Orange Hill, Montego Bay, the shell

seen from above and from the under side.
Figs. 25, 26.^ — Lucidella aureola (Fer.) from Orange Hill, Montego Bay, each

showing the tuberculate periphery of the form for which the varietal name

of Montegoensis is suggested.

22

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Jan.,

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF MARINE SHELLS.

BY E. G. VANATTA.
Metula amosi n sp.

Shell solid: elongate: fusiform: cream-white, with slight indication
of a subsutural, a peripheral, and a ^^^de basal bro^Miish spiral band.
Spire elevated, conical, vertically costate with spiral strise in the
interstices. Suture impressed, irregularly crenulate. Whorls con-
vex, 5 remainmg. Body whorl sculptured with 41 vertical costse
crossed by 33 raised spiral lines, with a slight tubercle at the point
of intersection. The first three spirals below the suture are strongest,
the others becoming closer and finer at the periphery and then wider
towards the base. There are 12 spirals on the wide, short, slighth'

Figs. 1, 2.—Me(ulo omosi Van.

recurved anterior canal, not crossed by the vertical costse. Aperture
elongate, about one-half the length of the shell. The outer lip is slightly
arcuate, thickened externally, internally polished and a little crenu-
late, white at the slightly refiexed edge, internally cream-colored
with a fllesh-colored band along the outer margin and in the basal
third. The parietal wall and columella moderately concave, covered
by an adnate smooth callus, cream-colored tinged with flesh-color
at the base.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23

Altitude 40, diam. 13, aperture alt. 22.5, diam. 7 mm.

Locality. — Panama.

The types are in the collection of The Academy of Natural Sciences,
number 107,159, collected by Mr, S. N. Rhoads. This species is
wider than the Japanese Metula elongata Dall and has a longer
aperture. It differs from Metula gahhi B. and P. in being higher,
narrower, more cylindrical, in having the sculpture on the early
whorls less compact, base more attenuate, aperture longer, and the
columella not so sinuous.

I take pleasure in naming this species after Dr. Amos P. Brown,
one of the authors of Metula gahhi, the Oligocene species which is
probably the ancestor of this form.

HaplococWias swifti n. sp.

Shell small, umbilicate, turbinate, white, suture deeply im-
pressed, spire elevated, whorls 5, very convex, contabulate, the first
whorl somewhat eroded, the two following whorls bicarinate, the
penultimate and bodj^ whorl more or less tricarinate. The body
whorl is sculptured with 24 spaced spiral striae with microscopic

P'ig. 3. — Haplocochlias swifti Van.

vertical striae in the interstices. The fourth, sixth and eighth striae
below the suture on the body whorl are larger than the others and
three or four striae near the umbilicus are closer together. The
umbilicus is of moderate size. The aperture is orbicular, peristome
continuous, very thick, and broadly refiexed, crenate, parietal

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

callus thick, columella narrow above and broad at the base, bearing
a median groove.

Length 3.92, diameter 3.92 mm.
Habitat— St. Thomas, W. I.; collected by R. Swift.
Type in the collection of The Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, number 10,292. This species differs from Haplocochlias
cijclophoreus Cpr. by having coarser spiral sculpture, by having a
more reflexed lip, and by being umbilicate.
Vitrinella hemphilli n. sp. PI. II, figs. 1, 3.

Shell small, depressed turbinate, hyaline, translucent, polished,
with indications of irregular growth striae; spire acute, composed of
four convex whorls which are slightly concave below the suture.
The aperture is large; peristome acute; parietal wall convex, with a
very thin callus; columella concave, very narrow; umbilicus per-
spective, bordered by a very indistinct angle.
Alt. 1.56, diam. 2.5 mm.

Habitat. — Cedar Keys, Florida; collected by H. Hemphill, in whose
honor it is named.

Types in the collection of the Academy, tray number 10,236.
This species has a wider umbilicus than Vitrinella multistriata
Ver. and Vitrinella helicoidea Ad., it has a higher spire and more
closely coiled whorls than Vitrinella megastoma Ad. and Vitrinella
tryoni Bush.
Discopsis schumoi n. sp.. PI. II, figs. 2, 7.

Shell small, white, moderately polished; spire rather acute,
depressed conic; suture impressed; whorls three and one-half, some-
what convex, sculptured above with a few irregular growth lines
crossed by delicate distinct spiral striae which are strongest below
the suture and above the periphery. Peripheral carina very strong;
base rather flat, sculptured with about twelve radial very broad costse
or undulations, crossed by numerous undulated spiral striae. The
umbilicus is large, deep, bounded by a heavy, cord-like, overhanging
carina, the walls within the umbilicus are concave and smooth.
The aperture is transversely sagittate, receding; peristome reflexed,
very obtuse, provided with a great prolongation of the peripheral
keel, the lip is arcuate above but flattened at the base and concave
below the keel; parietal wall broadly triangular, widest above
with a very heavy callus which extends forward on the body whorl
beyond the aperture and fills the posterior angle of the mouth;
the columella is concave, broadly triangular, narrowest above.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25

Alt. 1.25, diam. 2.47 mm.

Locality. — Monkey River, British Honduras.

The types are in the Academy's collection, tray number 76,-581,
and were taken from the anchor of a vessel by Silas L. Schumo,
in whose honor the species is named.

This shell differs from Discopsis omalos De Folin by the radial
sculpture on the base and the projection upon the outer lip, and has
different basal sculpture from Discopsis costulatum De Folin. It
differs from Colonia radiata Dall by having no longitudinal costse
upon the spire and having a large umbilicus.

Omalaxis funiculus contracta n. var. PI. 11, figs. 4, 6.

Shell small, white, somewhat polished; spire flat, bounded by a
sharp angle; whorls about three and one-half, sculptured above
with about seven or eight engraved spiral lines which become
indistinct as they approach the aperture, ten engraved spiral lines
are between the edge of the spire and the peripheral keel and eleven
between the keel and the umbilicus, these lines and the peripheral
carina become obsolete near the aperture. The umbilicus is
perspective, funnel shaped, with smooth sides, and surrounded by
a sharp carina. The aperture is suborbicular; peristome thick
and evenly rounded; basal lip with a triangular callus; columella
thick and very oblique; parietal callus ponderous and extending
slightly beyond the aperture.

Alt. 1.04, diam. 1.85 mm.

Habitat. — Monkey River, British Honduras.

The type is in the collection of the Academy, tray number 106,125,
taken from the anchor of a vessel by Silas L. Schumo.

This variety is distinguished from Omalaxis funiculus Dall by
having a narrower umbilicus.
Teinostoma schumoi n. sp. PI. II, figs. 5, 10.

Shell small, imperforate, white, polished, subspherical, very
compact, suture impressed, early whorls rather concave in the middle,
with the surface more or less undulate, the penultimate whorl with
a spiral groove near the outer suture. The body whorl has the upper
surface sculptured with a series of longitudinal undulations and a
spiral cord at the edge. The face view shows seven widely spaced
very heavy spiral cords, the two at the periphery being smallest.
The base is imperforate, showing two of the spiral cords near the
edge and a series of radial indentations bounded on the lower side
by an engraved line. The umbilical region is slightly indented and
provided with a few irregular radial growth lines. The aperture

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

is suborbicular, receding; outer lip rather acute; parietal wall very
thick. The columella is very broad and provided with a ponderous
callus.

Alt. 1.51, diam. 2.23 mm.

Locality. — Porto Barrios and Livingston, Guatemala.
The types are in the collection of the Academy, tray number
73,483, and were found in mud collected from the anchor of a vessel
at both places.

This species differs from Teinostoma solida Smith by having radial
sculpture on the base, by having sculpture on the upper surface
and has more spiral costse than Teinostoma hondurasensis and is
imperforate.
Teinostoma hondurasensis n. sp. PI. II, figs. 8, 12.

Shell small, polished, blue-white, translucent; spire slightly
elevated, broadly conic; suture impressed; whorls four, a little
convex, early whorls smooth, with a few indistinct growth striae
and a groove following the suture on the penultimate whorl. Body
whorl from above rapidly increasing, is smooth, highly polished
with a groove near the edge which becomes obsolete towards the
aperture. In a face view it shows five spaced subequal spiral cords.
The base is umbilicate, with a broad, smooth central area, bounded
by a granulate ridge near the parietal wall which becomes a tuber-
culate spiral ;?ord and finally a smooth cord at the basal lip. Two
other spaced smooth spiral costse are upon the outer part of the
base.

The aperture is suborbicular, receding; peristome evenly arched,
moderately thick, slightly interrupted by the terminations of two
costse near the base; basal lip thick; columella provided with a broad
triangular callus; parietal wall very thick; umbilicus small.
Alt. 1.04, diam. 1.75 mm.

Habitat. — Belize and Monkey River, British Honduras.
The types are in the Academy's collection, tray number 76,535,
found in mud taken from the anchor of a vessel at both places by
Silas L. Schumo.

This species differs from Teinostoma solida Smith by being white,
smaller, umbilicate, and having a different number of spiral cords.
It is distinguished from Teinostoma schumoi by being umbilicate
and having a different sculpture.
Teinostoma bartschi n. sp. PI. II, figs 9, 11.

Shell minute, discoidal, blue-white, somewhat translucent near the
aperture; whorls three and one-half; suture shallow; spire very low

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27

and evenly arched, smooth except for a few indistinct radial costae
on part of the penultimate whorl and a few very indistinct spiral
lines near the periphery. The peripheral carina is very large,
separated from the costa below by a wide furrow. In the basal
view showing four spiral costse, the one below the keel is subgranu-
late near the parietal wall, but smooth near the basal lip. The
two costse near the umbilicus are narrower, the growth lines are
very indistinct. The umbilicus is wide, angular at the edge and
separated from the spiral costae by a broad, smooth area. The
aperture is orbicular; peristome subacute, thickened at the termina-
tions of three of the spiral ribs; columella concave, narrow; parietal
callus moderate.

Alt. .71, diam. 1.47 mm.

Locality. — Porto Barrios and Livingston, Guatemala.

Types in the collection of the Academj^, tray number 76,501,
found in mud collected from the anchor of a vessel at both towns.

This shell differs from Adeorhis beaui Fisch. by having a more
depressed spire and unequal spiral costse. It has a wider umbilicus
than Teinostoma hondurasensis. Named in honor of Dr. Paul
Bartsch, of Washington, D. C.

Explanation of Plate II.

Figs. 1, 3. — VitrineUa hemphilli. ^

Figs. 2, 7. — Discopsis schu7>ioi.

Figs. 4, 6 — Omalaxis fimiculus contrada.

Figs. 5, 10. — Teinostoma schumoi.

Figs. 8, 12. — Teinostoma hondurasensis.

Figs 9, 11. — T iinostoma bartschi.

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

SOME AUSTRALIAN BEES.
BY T. D. A. COCKERELL.

In 1904 there were 222 species of native bees known frora Aus-
tralia. At the present moment (January, 1913) there are 583,
if we include the species described below and 24 others sent for
publication but not actually published at the time of writing.
Even this comparatively large number must represent but a small
minority of the species actually existing, as many districts have
never been examined for bees, and every new collection contains a
considerable percentage of undescribed forms. The best-explored
district is the region about Mackay, Queensland, which was for many
years the hunting ground of Rowland and Gilbert Turner. The
vicinity of Sydney has furnished a large number of species; many
also come from Melbourne and the region round about. Mr. S. W.
Fulton has recently collected a most remarkable series of minute
bees at Purnong and Croydon, all new. These belong to Prosopid
genera, but simulate our American species of Perdita, and probably
have similar flower-visiting habits. One (Euryglossina sulphurella
Ckll.) is light yellow like certain of our Perdita species, and presum-
ably visits some flower of that color; possibly, in Australia, it would
be some Mimosa-like plant.

Australia (including Tasmania) is known to have 47 genera of
bees. This number would be increased if we added some of the
recent segregates, proposed principally by Perkins. The genera
Euprosopis and Gnathoprosopis of Perkins seem distinct in their
typical members, and I have described species under them; but
a perfectly satisfactory dismemberment of Australian Prosopis
is hardly possible as yet. It cannot be doubted that eventually
both Prosopis and Euryglossa, as represented in Australia, will
be divided to form additional new genera.

The Australian genera may be grouped as follows, the number
of species being given in each case:

(1) Endemic (Precinctive) genera: BinghamieUa (1), Parasphecodes
(34), Pachyprosopis (12), Stilpnosoma (1), Meroglossa (15),
Callomelitta (2), Trichocolletes (1), Goniocolletes (1), Cladocer-
apis (1), Andrenopsis (1), Phenacolletes (1), Anthoglossa (4),

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29

Turnerella (2), Eunjglossa (57), Euryglossina (8), Euryglos-
sella (1), Euryglossidia (2), Heterapis (3), Hylceoides (4),
Neopasiphae (1), Stenotritus (2), Mellitidia (1), Gastropsis
(2), Melittosmithia (2), Neoceratina (1), Exoneura (10)/
Le.s<?.s (2), Androgynella (1). It will be seen that these are
inainl}' Prosopid and Colletid bees.

(2) Genus common to Australia and New Zealand, but not found

elsewhere: ParacoUetes (70).

(3) Genus common to Australia and the Austromalay Islands:

Palceorhiza (12).

(4) Genera widely distributed over the Eastern Hemisphere, but not

American :

(a) Genera with very distinct Australian species: Saropoda (2).

(b) Genera with Australian species closely allied to those of
Asia: AUodape (4), Nomioides (1), Crocisa (11), ^ Thaumato-
soma (1).

(5) Genera widely distributed in the Eastern and Western Hemi-

spheres:
(a) Genera with very distinct Australian species: Prosopis (95),

Halidus (55), in part, Megachile (89).
(6) Genera with Australian species closely allied to those of Asia :

Sphecodes (1), HaUctus (55), in part, Nomada (1), Nomia

(36), Xylocopa (1), Anthophora (15), Lithurgus (3), Dianthi-

dhim,(l), Ccelioxys (4), Trigona (8).

By way of contrast, it is of interest to compare the bees of Formosa.
I recently studied a large collection from that island, and did not
find a single endemic genus or subgenus.

Exoneura angophorae Cockerell.

Females collected by H. Hacker at Sunnybank, Brisbane, Septem-
ber 12j 1911, represent extreme variations of this species, as follows:

(a) Var. hackeri, nov.; white clypeal band extremely broad, its
upper half broadest, and covering the whole width of the clypeus;
lateral face marks quite large, triangular; first three abdominal
segments with broad dusky bands, gently concave posteriorly, the
bands bending more or less cephalad at sides. (Queensl. Mus. 3.)

(b) Var. obliterata, nov.; clypeal band dusky, narrow, very obscure;
no lateral marks; first abdominal segment nearly all black except
the hind margin (broadest in middle) and broad hind corners;
band on second segment reduced to three dusky patches; no band
on third. (Queensl. Mus. 1.)

iThe Syrian E. libanensis Friese belongs to Exoneuridia Ckll., 1911.

2 Crocisa pantalon Dewitz, from Porto Rico, is said by Friese to belong to

Epeolus.

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

These look like different species, but are apparently only extreme-
variations of E. angophorce, or perhaps a closely allied species, which
will take the name E. hackeri.
Exoneura hamulata Cockerell.

The clypeal mark in the females varies, and the best character
to distinguish this species from E. bicolor Smith is the broad face.
Mr. G. Meade- Waldo has kindly compared my determination of
E. bicolor with Smith's type, and finds it correct (allowing for a
certain amount of variation in the clypeal stripe); he adds, "the
type has the face conspicuously narrowed below." I have received
E. hamulata labelled bicolor, and Friese evidently had hamulata
as bicolor, since in his description of E. froggattii he remarks that
bicolor has the inner orbits parallel. Females of hamulata before me
have the following data: Windsor, Victoria (French; Froggatt Coll.
161); no locality (Nat. Mus. Vict. 103); Armidale, N. S. W., Nov.
27, 1900 (Froggatt 163); Moss Bay, Dec. 13, 1893 (Froggatt 158).

In Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct., 1910, I described a male Exoneura,
evidently either bicolor or hamulata, I thought probably the latter.
I now conclude that it was bicolor, as I have before me a different
male (Stradbroke Island, Oct. 2, 1911, H. Hacker; Queensl. Mus. 2),
which seems to be hamulata. It is 8| mm. long, with very red wings,
and differs from the male now supposed to be bicolor by the pale
face marking being confined to a large triangular cream-colored
clypeal patch, one side of which covers the upper end of the clypeus.
The first two abdominal segments and the middle of the third are
black. The flagellum is distinctly dark reddish. It would seem
from the large size and very red wings that this cannot be the male
of E. angophorce; yet it is a rather suspicious circumstance that two
female Exoneura from Stradbroke Island, Queensland (Sept. 27,
1906, Froggatt, 145, 201), belong to a large (7 mm. long) variety cA
E. angophorce, having the characteristic abdominal markings of
the hackeri type; one has a narrow ferruginous clypeal stripe, the
other has it practically obsolete; there are no lateral marks. The
hair on the hind legs is reddish (more or less coppery) rather than
black. The inner orbits strongly converge below. These females
are certainly not bicolor, and of course they are entirely distinct
from hamulata; they are, however, surely conspecific with the
Brisbane forms of angophorce. It is possible that the Brisbane
and Stradbroke Island forms represent a distinct new species,
which will then take the [name E. hackeri. It remains for local stu-
dents to decide this question.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31

Exoneura bicolor Smith.

Females are labelled thus: King I., Tasmania (J. A. Kershaw,
Nat. Mus. Vict. 207); Wattle Flat, N. S. W. (Froggatt 164); no
locality (D. F. Hill, Nat. Mus. Vict., 183); N. Mells. (F. P. Spry,
Nat. Mus. Vict. 254); Croydon {S. W. Fulton, Nat. Mus. Vict.
175). The last two enumerated have the red of the abdomen
very bright and clear.
Exoneura concinnula n. sp.

9. Length 4| mm.; like E. froggattii Friese, but smaller, the
clear reddish wings with the stigma and nervures clear light ferru-
ginous; femora black, red apically, tibiae and tarsi chestnut -red;
abdomen red without markings; head small; face wholly black;
labrum red; hair of hind tibiae and tarsi light red.

Habitat —New South Wales, Dec. 1, 1910 (Froggatt 108). I
had taken this for E. froggattii, and consequently regarded the true
froggattii as new; but my specimen of E. froggattii, described below,
is one of the original lot and undoubtedly genuine. In Friese's
account, 27 Nov. should apparently read 27 July.

Exoneura fultoni n. sp.

9. Length 5| mm.; head and thorax shining black (including
tubercles) ; none of the ordinary pale face-marks, but lower part
of clypeus broadly suffused with red; mandibles red except at base
and apex; legs bright chestnut-red, including femora; hair on outer
side of hind tibiae and tarsi dark fuscous; wings dilute reddish,
stigma clear ferruginous; abdomen red, sometimes dusky at apex,
not at all banded.

//a6ito^.— Croydon, Australia (S. W. Fulton; Nat. Mus. Vict.
238, and 176 in part). Readily known by the small size, red femora,
and absence of a cream-colored clypeal stripe.

Exoneura froggattii Frie.se.

9. Length 6 mm.; head and thorax shining black; face narrow,
wholly without light markings; tubercles black; flagellum thick
reddish beneath; wings hyaline, slightly grayish, stigma and ner-
vures dusky red; femora black, red at apex; tibias and tarsi bright
chestnut-red; abdomen rather slender, duskj^ apically, without bands;
hair on hind tibiae and tarsi entirely light red.

//aft/toi.— Thornleigh, N. S. W., ''in cavity of Ethon gall," July
27, 1895 {Froggatt 160). A specimen with reddish wings, apparently
a slight variety of this species, is from Croydon (Fulton; Nat. Mus.
Vict. 176 in part).

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

The following key will facilitate the determination of Exomura
females with red abdomen:

With lateral face-marks; hind legs with much black hair 1

Without lateral face-marks 2

1. Clypeal band narrow angophorce Ckll.

Clypeal band very broad angophorce hackeri Ckll.

2. Small species (none over 7 mm.) with no light clypeal band,

though there may be a reddish suffusion 3

Usually larger species, never very small; nearly always with
a well-marked light clypeal band 5

3. All the femora red .fultoni Ckll.

Femora wholly or mainly black 4

4. Length 5-6 mm.; stigma dusky .froggattii Friese

Length 4| mm.; stigma clear fulvous concinnula Ckll.

5. Face broad below; clypeal mark usually with a hook-like proc-

ess on each side above hamulata Ckll.

Face narrowed below 6

6. Larger and paler; hair on outer side of hind tibiae mainly pale;

abdomen not at all banded bicolor Smith

Smaller and darker; hair on outer side of hind tibiae black

angophorce Ckll.

Size of bicolor but dark, the abdomen with evident dusky bands

angophorce var. from Stradbroke L, and var. ohliterata Ckll.

from Brisbane
Haliotus leai Cockerell.

Females; Blackwall Range, March 30, 1911 (Wild; Queensl.
Mus. 28) Woodend, Victoria (French; Froggatt Coll. 97) ; Brisbane,
Nov. 11, 1905 (Froggatt, 151). Male; Kelvin Grove, Brisbane,
Nov. 27, 1911 (Hacker; Queensl. Mus. 45). The male, not before
known, is more slender, about 6| mm. long; clypeus with a broad
transverse pale yellowish band, which has a large broadly triangular
median extension above; lower edge of clypeus dark; antennae very
long, black, the flagellum crenulate beneath; coxae and trochanters
dark; femora, tibiae and tarsi red, anterior femora with large dusky
shades in front and behind, middle femora with slight dusky bands
near base; basal hair-bands of abdominal segments pale and poorly
developed; apex broadly truncate, bright chestnut-red.
Binghamiella antipodes (Smith).

Warburton, Australia (Spry; Nat. Mus. Vict. 253).
Callomelitta picta Smith.

Tasmania (A. M. Lea; Nat. Mus. Vict. 209).
Meroglossa desponsa var. kershawi n. var.

9 . Scutellum with a yellow spot at each anterior corner; supra-
clypeal mark higher.

1913, J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33

Habitat. — Two specimens in the National Museum of Victoria
(168, 169), from the collection of William Kershaw; locality not
given. Mr. Kershaw lived in Melbourne.

Euryglossa carnosa n. sp.

9 . Length 8 mm., broad and robust; head and thorax black,
with the following parts bright chrome-yellow; clypeus (except
ferruginous lower edge, and two black spots on upper part), a small
mark on lower part of supraclypeal area, lateral face-marks (filling
space between clypeus and eye, and continued upward as large
broad lobes, bending away from orbit, on upper part of front),
tubercles and broad upper border of prothorax (broadly notched by
black above in middle), small squarish mark behind tubercles,
broad anterior lateral corners of mesothorax, scutellum (except
two black marks on anterior margin), and postscutellum. Labrum
red; mandibles slender, bidentate, yellow at base, red beyond, black
at apex; maxillary palpi long and slender; face broad; scape entirely
bright yellow; flagellum short, bright ferruginous beneath; front
and mesothorax dullish, sparsely punctured; tegulse and plate at
base of wings bright yellow; wings clear; the dark red-brown stigma
not very large; lower side of first s.m. strongly sinuate; recurrent
nervures meeting the transversocubitals; the very broad second
s.m. with upper side oblique; marginal cell obliquely subtruncate
at apex; end of first t.c. to end of second on marginal a slightly
greater distance than end of second t.c. to end of marginal; legs
black as far as same distance beyond middle of femora, beyond
that bright yellow; hind spur with very long spines; abdomen very
broad, black, with the hind margins of the segments dark brown,
and the bases of segments 2 to 4, except at sides (4 dusky also in
middle) broadly dull pale pinkish ferruginous; apex with black hair.
Habitat. — Purnong, S. Australia {S. W. Fulton; Nat. Mus. Vict.
150). A species of the group of E. aurantifera Ckll. and E. geminata
Ckll., but entirely distinct by the peculiar abdomen.

Euryglossa nigrocserulea n- sp.

9. Length about 9 mm.; robust, head and thorax pure black,
abdomen dark blue, with the hind margins of the segments black;
legs black, the tarsi reddish at apex; tegulse piceous or black; wings
hyaline, faintly brownish, stigma dark red-brown, nervures sepia;
caudal fimbria black. A species of the group of E. depressa Sm.
and E. subsericea Ckll., to which it is very closely allied. It differs
from Smith's description of depressa by the narrow facial fovese.
3

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

the fuscous hair on vertex, the flagelknn fulvous beneath (except
at base and apex), hair on inner side of tarsi creamj^-white ; abdomen
dark blue instead of green. [A female without locality (Vict. Nat.
Mus. 104), which I provisionally refer to E. depressa, is narrower
than our insect and has much darker wings ; the dark green abdomen
has the same texture and scattered punctures. The space between
the facial fovea and the eye is smooth, shining and almost without
punctures, contrasting with the adjacent dull and granular front,
this apparently being the condition rather indefinitely described
by Smith.] Compared with E. schomburgki Ckll., E. nigroccerulea
differs by the entirely black front, blue abdomen, black labrum,
much darker flagellum, sides of front without strong punctures,
dark tegulse, wings not reddened, nervures and stigma much darker,
apical fimbria black. Compared with E. suhsericea, the new species
is larger, face and thorax considerably broader, mesothorax more
closely and strongl}^ punctured, second submarginal cell considerably'
longer, area of metathorax not so perfectly smooth and shining.

■Habitat.— Croydon, Australia, 2 9 {S. W. Fulton; Nat. Mus. Vict.
89, 99). One is dated "11. 1. 09."
Euryglossa tenuicornis n. sp.

cf. Length about 8 mm.; moderately robust, black without
light markings, the mandibles red subapically and the hind margins
of the abdominal segments dark brown; eyes dark reddish; head
and thorax densely and quite coarsely punctured; face and lower
half of front with thin, long white hair; clypeus densely punctured,
but shining; scape ordinary, black; flagellum very greatly elongated,
slender, fulvous except the last two joints and the apex of the one
before, which are black, the apical joint shining, more or less flat-
tened, but only very slightly broadened; mesothorax and scutellum
shining between the very dense punctures, those on the scutellum
larger than on the mesothorax; area of metathorax minutely granu-
lar; tegulse rather large, subtranslucent pale brown; wings dusky,
nervures piceous, stigma redder; venation normal for Euryglossa;
b.n. falling far short of t.m.; lower side of first s.m: strongly curved;
second s.m. elongated, receiving first r.n. some distance from its
base; second r.n. on inner side making an angle much greater than
a right angle where it joins the s.m.; legs black, with thin pale hair,
the knees and the ends of joints more or less reddish, anterior tibiae
ferruginous in front; abdomen dullish, minutely roughened; venter
flat.

Habitat.— Fumong, S. Australia, 36" (^S. W. Fulton; Nat. Mus.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35

Vict. 134, 135, 137). Entirely unique by the very peculiar antennae,
which approach the condition found in Thaumatosoma, a genus of a
quite different family. The bee is not much like the ordinary species
of Eurijglossa, and perhaps should form the type of a distinct genus.
Euryglossa sinapina n. sp.

cT". Length about 6| mm.; black and bright lemon-yellow, the
thorax with thin, long pale hair; mesothorax, and the broad abdomen
above, black without markings. Very close to E. sinapipes Ckll.,
with the description of which it agrees, except as follows: yellow
mark on hind border of scutellum very small and inconspicuous,
but a larger, conspicuous one on postscutellum, both marks inclined
to be divided into two; abdomen above pure black, the hind margins
of the segments smooth and shining (beneath, the abdomen is
much maculated with yellow, and this reaches the extreme sides of
segments 4 to 6); eyes pale gray; upper end of lateral face-marks
very broadly and obtusely rounded; flagellum pale orange-fulvous,
more dusky above with a dark mark above at base; mesothorax
shining; legs entirely yellow, except the ferruginous small joints of
tarsi; tegulse opaque light-3'ellow, with pellucid spot and anterior
margin; nervures and stigma dilute reddish sepia; first r.n. joining
second s.m. a short distance beyond its base. The marginal cell is
narrowly truncate.

Habitat.— Fmnong, S. Australia (*S. W. Fulton; Nat. ISIus. Vict.
147).

Euryglossa sanguinosa n. sp.

9 . Length a little over 8 mm., robust; head and thorax black,
with white hair, which is quite abundant on face and front, tubercles
and sides of metathorax; face without light markings; clypeus shining,
finely punctured; labrum black; mandibles chestnut-red in middle;
flagellum bright ferruginous beneath except at base; mesothorax
shining, minutely and densely punctured in front and at sides an-
teriorly, but on the disk with larger, sparse punctures; area of
metathorax shining; tegulae rufotestaceous ; wings hyaline, slightly
dusky; nervures and stigma dark chestnut; lower side of first s.m.
strongly arched; second s.m. long, receiving first r.n. a considerable
distance from base; legs dark rufous, the small joints of tarsi light
ferruginous; hind spur coarsely pectinate; abdomen broad, dullish,
with a sericeous lustre; first three segments dark green, with the
hind margins broadly dark reddish; remaining segments clear ferru-
ginous, the fourth with a dusky shade at sides; venter dark to middle
of fourth segment. .

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Habitat. — Windsor, Victoria (French; Froggatt Coll. 188). Super-
ficially like a miniature E. hcematura Ckll., but the eyes converge
below, and the sculpture of the sides of the mesothorax in front
is quite different. Also related to E. terminata Smith, but dis-
tinguished by the green abdomen, with the fourth as well as the
fifth segment red. Also related to E. salaris Ckll., but differing
in •color and sculpture.
Euryglossa ruberrima n. sp.

9 . Length about 8 mm., very robust; Vjright terra-cotta red,
with the head and pleura black; mandibles black; antennae ferru-
ginous beneath, dark above; mesothorax large and convex, with
strong sparse punctures; metathorax black at sides, posteriorly
and extreme base; abdomen with conspicuous but suffused blue-
black transverse shades on fourth and fifth segments, and very slight
dusky shades on first to third; apex with fuscous hair; legs red,
including coxae and trochanters, but anterior femora piceous except
beneath and at extreme apex, middle femora largely darkened,
especially behind; hind legs entirely clear red; tegulae rufous; wings
strongly reddened. A species of the E. rubricata group; in my table
in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Aug., 1910, p. 167, it runs to E. rubricata
Sm., from which it differs by the dusky, reddened wings, the mandi-
bles black with only a red subapical spot, the metathorax largely
red, the tegulae dark reddish, and the base of the abdomen entirely
red. Compared with E. frenchii Ckll., it differs by the very strongly,
though not very densely, punctured clypeus and supraclypeal
area, the suture between them wholly dark, the entirely red hind
femora, and the apex of abdomen darkened, the dusky color of the
fifth segment leaving a pair of rather poorly defined transversely
oval red spots. From E. leptospermi Ckll. it differs by the color
of the wings, the larger head, the facial foveas not at all turned
mesad at upper end, the more sparsely punctured mesothorax, the
second r.n. reaching second s.m. a little more distant from its apex
than the first from its base.

Habitat. — Victoria, 1910 (Froggatt, 149). It also carries a label
with number 1418.
Pachyprosopis haematostoma n. sp.

9. Length about 6 mm.; rather robust, but head not enlarged;
head, thorax, and abdomen shining dark blue; labrum and greater
part of mandibles red; flagellum bright ferruginous beneath; cheeks
broad; mesothorax with very sparse, excessively feeble and minute
punctures; area of metathorax smooth and shining; sides of meta-

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37

thorax with thin pale hair; tegulse black in front, dark red-brown
behind; wings rather small, clear; b.n. very strongly arched, not
nearly meeting t.m.; first r.n. entering first s.m. some distance
before its end; second s.m. very narrow, greatly produced above,
to an acute angle; legs piceous, slightly metallic, the anterior femora
quite blue; anterior knees, tibiae, and tarsi, and all the other tarsi,
bright ferruginous red; abdomen feebly sculptured; pygidial plate
very narrow.

Habitat.— Croydon, Australia, 2 9 (S. W. Fulton; Nat. Mus. Vict.
236). Quite unique by the uniform dark blue color of the bod3^
Pachyprosopis atromicans n. sp.

9 . Length about 5 mm.; shining black, with very little hair;
tibiae and tarsi bright ferruginous, as also are the knees, extending
into a more or less defined stripe on the middle and hind femora;
abdomen broad, the lateral hind margins of the segments (especially
the second and third) more or less broadly reddish ; mandililes with a
ferruginous subapical band; clypeus brilliantly shining, with sparse
distinct punctures; scape shining black; flagellum short and thick,
clear ferruginous beneath; head not enlarged; mesothorax brilliantly
shining, sparsely punctured; scutellum shining and punctured, but
postscutellum granular and dull; area of metathorax shining,
except at extreme base; tegulse rufous; wings hyaline, stigma dilute
sepia, nervures paler, basal nervure yellow; second s.m. broad,
but the outer upper angle produced as in Pachyprosopis; recurrent
nervures entering second s.m. near base and apex, the first sometimes
meeting the t.c, but the second always away from extreme apex
of cell; claws with an inner tooth far from tip; hind spur with long
spines; abdomen microscopically transversely lineolate.

cf. Length about 4| mm.; like the female, but the thick flagel-
lum is elongated; face whoUj^ black, with thin but conspicuous
white hair; red on femora more extended; last two abdominal seg-
ments clear red.

//a6?7fl/.— Purnong, near Murray R., S. Australia, 2 9,16^ (S. W.
Fulton; Nat. Mus. Vict. 232, 220, 226); Croydon, Australia, 19
(S. W. Fulton; Nat. Mus. Vict. 193). The type is a female from
Purnong. Intermediate between Euryglossa and Pachyprosopis;
resembling in many ways Euryglossa neglectula Ckll., but especially
related to Pachyprosopis nitidiceps Ckll., from which it is known
by the shining mesothorax, red tibiae, etc.
Frosopis asinella n. sp.

cf. Length about 5 mm.; black, with the face (lateral marks

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

reaching sides of front), broad short mandibles, the thick flattened
scape and second antennal joint in front, all pale yellow; upper
border of prothorax, tubercles, anterior and middle femora, apices
of hind femora, and all the tibiae and tarsi, bright lemon-yellow;
scutellum entirely black; face rather narrow, entirely pale up to
level of antennae, Supraclypeal area oval with a truncate base,
lateral face-marks ending above in an oblique-sided lobe, the tip
of which is on orbital margin about the level of middle of front;
front and thoracic dorsum dull, extremely minutely punctured;
tegulse with a light spot; wings clear, stigma and nervures dark
brown; first r.n. entering apical corner of first s.m. or meeting first
t.c. (these alternatives represented by the opposite wings of the
type); abdomen short and broad, dullish, very finely punctured,
wholly without ventral tubercles; flagellum pale ferruginous beneath.

Habitat. — Purnong, vS. Australia (S. W. Fulton; Nat. Mus. Vict.,
197). In my table of Australian Prosopis (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Feb., 1910) this runs to P. primulipida Ckll., but differs from that
by the much narrower and paler face, wholly yellow hind tibiae, etc.
From other species it is known by the small size, yellow legs and
non-tuberculate abdomen. According to the character of the
mandibles and scape, P. asineUa falls in the genus Gnathoprosopis
Perkins.
Prosopis minuscula n. sp.

cJ". Length about 4f mm., very slender, especially the abdomen,
which has the dorsal suture between the first and second segments
constricted; black, with the following parts yellow (reddened by
cyanide in type), mandibles, labrum, the long clypeus, lateral face-
marks shaped like feet on tiptoe (convex and extremely shiny),
tubercles, small marks on upper margin of prothorax, apical part
of coxae, trochanters, knees, stripe on anterior femora behind and
short one in front, anterior and middle tibiae (latter with a blackish
spot behind) and less than basal half of hind tibiae; the supraclypeal
area, scutella, etc., are black, and the combination of black femora
with yellow trochanters is very peculiar; scape yellow in front, not
swollen; flagellum long, light fulvous beneath; wings clear, nervures
and the large stigma dark brown; first r.n. meeting first t.c; second
s.m. about as high as long; abdomen subclavate, broadest near the
end. The abdomen is rather coarsely transversely lineolate.

Habitat.— Croydon, Victoria (S. W. Fulton; Nat. Mus. Vict. 195).
Runs in my table nearest to P. primulipicta, which has a much
broader face, dark trochanters, etc.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39

Prosopis vittatifrons n. sp.

9 . Length about 4§ mm., rather slender; head and thorax
black, with the followmg parts cream-color: mandibles, labrum,
clypeus, a broadly triangular supraclypeal mark, lateral face-marks
(extending broadly up to beginning of facial fovese, then continued
for a short distance as a very fine line between fovea and eye),
a broad band on each cheek behind eye, and elongate mark on front;
tubercles, with extension to upper margin of prothorax, white;
tegulae pellucid; legs pale ferruginous, the hind ones a little stained
with dusky; abdomen with the first two segments clear ferruginous,
the others dark Ijrown, the hind margins of the third and fourth
more or less pallid, or the first two segments may each have a pair
of large brown blotches, with the third ferruginous, crossed and
largely covered by a large dark cloud; face broad; antennae light
ferruginous beneath; mesothorax dullish, microscopically tessellate
and punctured; wings hyaline, faintly dusky, stigma and nervures
dark brown; the two recurrent nervures meeting the transverso-
cubitals; second s.m. a little higher than broad.

cf. Length a little over 3 mm.; face light yellow (primrose-
color) up to level of antennae, with an elongate frontal mark as in
female, the lateral marks shaped like a hand with the index-finger
pointed; first abdominal segment dark brown, pale ferruginous
apically, second the same, the broad red band notched on each side
in front, the second segment also red basally; remaining segments
dark.

Habitat.— Furnong, S. Austraha, 29, 2cf (S. W. Fulton; Nat.
Mus. Vict. 221, 213, 145). The type is a female.- Runs in my table
to P. constrida Ckll., but is easily known by the elongate frontal
mark in both sexes; the male constrida has the clypeus, etc., white
instead of yellow.
Prosopis mediovirens n. sp.

9 . Length 4-|-4| mm. ; head and thorax dark green, dullish,
very finely sculptured, with the following parts creamy-white or
pinkish-white; labrum, mandibles, clypeus (except a rather broad
dark band down each side, not reaching lower margin), broadly
triangular supraclypeal mark, lateral marks (continued as a band
above to beginning of facial fovese), small mark on lower part of
cheeks, tubercles and an interrupted line on upper margin of pro-
thorax ; no frontal mark, no light mark on scutellum ; antennae pale
ferruginous beneath; tegulae hyaline, with a white spot; wings clear,
the large stigma dark brown, nervures paler; b.n. nearly reaching

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADER^Y OF [Jan.,

t.m.; recurrent nervures meeting transversocubitals; second s.m.
a little broader than high; legs very pale yellow or pinkish-white,
hind femora dark behind except apically, hind tarsi dark at apex;
abdomen piceous, with the hind margin of first segment l^roadly
(notched in front sublaterally) , of the second narrowly, and the
base of the third, ferruginous; hind margin of third segment more or
less pallid.

cf . Length 3| mm.; light colors of face, prothorax and legs clear
lemon-yellow ; face entirely yellow up to level of antennge : supraclypeal
mark larger, but upper extension of lateral marks formed as in female;
scape yellow in front, not swollen; flagellum light orange-fulvous
beneath; legs bright yellow, but the hind legs peculiarly marked,
the iemora with the apical two-fifths brown in front, the tibiae with
nearly the apical half (except a minute apical spot) very dark browm,
the tarsi dark except at base; abdomen with two very broad fulvous
bands, each notched on each side in front; venter fulvous.

Habitat.— Fmnong, S. Australia, 59, 2cf^ (*S'. TI'. Fulton; Nat.
Mus. Vict. 227, 161, 215, 235, 230). In my table it runs to 5, and
there forms a new section, with mesothorax green. In spite of the
different coloration, it seems nearer to P. vittatifrons than to any other
described species. The type is a female.
Prosopis chlorosoma n. sp.

9 . Length hardly 4| mm.; head and thorax dark green, varying
to black with a greenish tint, scutellum and postscutellum black;
the following parts are light yellow (reddened by cyanide in types) ;
clypeus except a broad band on each side, not reaching lower margin
(hence the light area on clypeus is like a tall hat with the brim
turned down); broadly triangular supraclypeal mark; lateral face-
marks, forming a band which extends as far as facial foveas; basal
half of mandibles (but not labrum) ; interrupted line on upper border
of prothorax, and tubercles. Tegulse hyaline with a yellow spot;
wings clear, the large stigma and the nervures dark reddish-brown;
b.n. nearly reaching t.m.; recurrent nervures meeting transverso-
cubitals, or first r.n. just reaching basal corner of second s.m.;
second s.m. about as high as broad; femora black, with the knees
broadly yellow; tibiae and tarsi yellow; abdomen black. ^lesothorax
dullish, very finely sculptured. Antennae pale fulvous beneath.

Habitat— Croydon, Australia, 7 9 {S. W. Fulton; Nat. Mus. Vict.
192, 191). In my table this runs to P. albonitens Ckll., a very differ-
ent species, with blue abdomen. This cannot well be the female
of P. minuscula. Both have a minutely caneellate area of metathorax.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41

but in minuscula the sculpture is deeper, giving a finely pitted effect;
P. minuscula also lacks the green color, and has the b.n. considerably
more remote from the t.m.

Prosopis scintilliformis n. sp.

9 . Length about 4^ mm. ; black, much less robust than P.
chlorosoma, the abdomen especially much narrower; head round,
the face broad; mandibles pale yellowish, but labrum dark; face-
marks confined to a rather narrow yellow band along each inner
orbit, reaching a little above level of antennae; flagellum clear
ferruginous beneath; tubercles, and an inconspicuous interrupted
line on upper border of prothorax, yellow; legs black, with the
knees, anterior tibiae in front, base of middle tibiae and nearly half
of hind tibiae, as well as all the basitarsi, yellow; wings practically
as in P. chlorosoma, except that first r.n. enters extreme apical corner
of first s.m.; thorax dullish, the microscopical sculpture peculiar,
the mesothorax and scutellum having a fine but deeply cut tessel-
lation and scattered punctures; area of metathorax microscopically
coarsely cancellate.

Hahitat. — Croydon, Australia, 1 9 , mounted on a card with three
P. cMorosoma (S. W. Fulton; Nat. Mus. Vict. 192). In my table
this runs near to P. amicula Sm., a much larger and otherwise
different species. It is rather to be compared with the minute
P. scintilla Ckll., from which it is readily known by the light tubercles,
etc. I suspect that it may be the female of P. minuscula, but with-
out better evidence of this it seems best to regard it as distinct.

Prosopis xanthosphsera n. sp.

9. Length almost 10 mm.; robust, black, the abdomen faintly
greenish, especially toward the apex; markings on head and thorax
brilliant chrome-yellow, as follows: a large broad patch on each side
of face, shaped something like a turtle's head in profile, obliquely
truncate above, very obtusely pointed below; tubercles broadly
(but no patch behind); a large round patch on scutellum and post-
scutellum, crossed by a black (sutural) line. Mandibles broad,
tridendate at apex; ch^peus flattened and minutely roughened in
middle, distinctly but not densely punctured; antennae entirely
black; front and vertex with coarse black hair; mesothorax dullish,
strongly and rather closely punctured; area of metathorax with
about the basal third very coarsely corrugated, in complete contrast
with the rest, which is without evident sculpture; tegulae black,
punctured anteriorly; wings hyaline, very faintly dusky; b.n.

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

only gently arched, nearlj' reaching t.m. ; first r.n. entering extreme
basal corner of second s.m,, which is elongate, much broader than
high; legs black, partly ornamented with silvery- white hair, last
joint of anterior tarsi reddened; abdomen shining with rather small
but strong punctures, apex with black hair.

Habitat. — King Island, Tasmania (J. A. Kershaw; Vict. Nat. Mus.
206). Runs in my table to P. rotundiceps Sm., but the head is not
round, the flagellum is black, and the abdomen is not minutely
and closely punctured.
Prosopis leucosphaera n. sp.

9 . Leng-th a little over 9 mm.; robust, black, with the abdomen
obscurely dark bluish; clypeus wholly black, dullish, with very
shallow punctures; lateral face-marks a sort of dilute orange, large,
cuneiform, obtuse below, somewhat obliquely broadly truncate
above, antennae black, the flagellum with a contrasting bright
ferruginous stripe beneath; lower part of front, broadly elevated
in middle; vertex with coarse black hair; mesothorax strongly and
ciuite densely punctured; tubercles cream-color; a large circular
cream-colored patch on scutellum and postscutellum, crossed by a
black (sutural) line; area of metathorax coarsely corrugated at base;
tegulse black, punctured in front; wings hyaline, very faintly dusky;
first r.n. entering basal corner of the long second s.m.; legs and
abdomen essentially as in P. xanthosphcera, but punctures of second
abdominal segment smaller and closer.

Habitat.— Croydon, Australia (S. W. Fulton; Nat. Mus. Vict.
167). Closel}' related to P. xanthosphcera, differing not only in
color of the markings, but also in the finer punctures of the second
abdominal segment. In my table of Prosopis it can be run to 12
or to 38, running out at either place' because of the cream-colored
patch on the scutella.

Prosopis chromatica (Cockerell).

Stradbroke Island {H. Hacker; Queensl. Mus. 66). One male
taken Oct. 2, 1911.
Prosopis hsematopoda n. sp.

9. Length about 7 mm.; tile-red and black, like P. lateralis
Smith, of which it may be a subspecies. It differs from lateralis
by the lateral face-marks, which are orange instead of white; and
the femora entirely red, as also the middle and hind trochanters.
Tibise and tarsi entirely red; metathorax entirely dull black, the
area roughened, and shaped like the profile of a cup; first r.n.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43

entering second s.m. a considerable distance from its base. Antennse
entirely red.

Habitat.— >^. Australia (Waterhouse; Nat. Mus. Vict. 149).

Prosopis proxima Smith, var. a.

A female from Purnong, S. Australia {S. W. Fulton; Nat. Mus.
Vict. 148) differs a little from the type in having the lateral face-
marks white without any trace of yellow, and the hind tibia? with a
dull white mark at base. The tubercles have the apical half white,
and there are two white marks on the prothorax above. The
axillae are red.

Prosopis chrysognatha Cockerell.

A male from Frankston, Victoria {T. Kershaw, Dec, 1902; Nat.
Mus. Vict. 160) seems to have the faintest possible bluish tint
on the abdomen, so faint, that it is difficult to be sure of it. If
run in my table among the species with metallic abdomen, it goes
straight to P. cognata Sm., which is evidently very closely allied.
Smith's cognata is from Champion Bay and Swan River, and has a
dark blue abdomen. The female described by Smith is to be con-
sidered the type. I have described the female of chrysognatha,
and it is not identical with cognata.
Prosopis alcyonea Erichson.

Mordialloc (Nat. Mus. Vict. 186).

Euprosopis elegans (Smith).

Prosopis elegans Smith. From the National Museum of Victoria
come 5 9, 20^ (187, 152, 170, 251, 188, 151, 153); the localities are
Croydon {S. W. Fulton), S. Australia {W. Kershaw) and Fern Tree
Gully, Victoria (F. P. Spry). The males, without locality, collected
by C. F. Hill, have the postscutellum with only a small yellow
spot or patch.
Euprosopis nodosicornis n. sp.

cf . Length 6 mm. or a little over, like E. elegans var. sydneyana
(Ckll.), with the postscutellum broadly yellow, but differing thus:
malar space longer; its length 270 microns; the bright ferruginous
flagellum with the last four joints thick, with large irregular tubercles
above, the three before these subtuberculate. The abdomen has
the first two segments and the sides of the third red, the first segment
with a diamond-shaped dusky discal mark. The sides of the meso-
thorax are broadly yellow. Stigma bright ferruginous.

//a6^■ta^— Australia, no locality given (C. F. Hill; Vict. Nat. Mus.
155).

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,

Kegachile semiluctuosa Smith.

National Museum, Victoria {Murray); 17. W. Australia (F.
Duboulay; Nat. Mus. Vict. 6).
M. famipennis Smith.

Tennant's Creek, C.-S. Australia (Field; Nat. :\Ius. Vict. 3, 4).
M. monstrosa Smith.

Glenrowan (Nat. Mus. Vict. 25). The ventral scopa is white
with a slight creamy tint. M. cornifera Radoszkowski is larger,
but not more than a variety or race, M. monstrosa cornifera.
Saropoda bombiformis Smith.

New South Wales (Nat. Mus. Victoria 129); Toowms, Queensland
(Nat. Mus. Vict. 128); Studley Park, a male with alxlomen unusually
pale (Nat. Mus. Vict. 122). The Toowms female Avas received by
the ]\Iuseum from Mr. Annear.
Anthophora rhodoscymna Cockerell.

Male, more robust than usual, abdomen 6 mm. wide, New South
Wales (Nat. Mus. Vict. 118).

A. pulchra Smith.

Kelvin Grove, Brisbane, Nov. 20, 1911 (Hacker).
Nomia australica Smith.

Brisbane, Queensland, Nov. 27, 1911 (Hacker).

N. flavoviridis Cockerell.

Sunnybank, Brisbane, Jan. 17, 1912 (Hacker). This is a variety,
identical with Turner's 999 (Jan., 1898) from Mackay.

N. muSCOSa Cockerell.

Kelvin Grove, Brisbane, Nov. 20, 1911 (Hacker); Brisbane, Nov.
2, 1908 (Hamlyn-H arris).
Lestis bombylans (Fb.).

Grampians (Nat. Mus. Vict. 126). The front is much broader
in male homhylans than in L. aerata; the face-markings in unaltered
specimens are bright chrome-yellow, not red. A female from Plenty
R. (Nat. Mus. Vict. 127) has dark wings like L. aerata, but it belongs
with bombylans. It possibly represents a distinct race.

1913.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45

NOTES ON CATOSTOMOID FISHES.
BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

The material forming the basis of the present paper is contained
in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Cycleptus elongatus (Le Sueur).

One adult from St. Louis, IVIissouri, and another from Kiskiminitas
River, Pennsylvania.

Genua AMBLODON Rafinesque.

This name is allowed to supersede Idiohus Rafinesque, now largely
in use. Amblodon is based on two species, Amhlodon buhalus Rafin-
esque and Amblodon niger Rafinesque. Jordan and Gilbert have
designated Amblodon bubcdus Rafinesque ( = in part Aplodinotus grun-
niens Rafinesque) as the type,^ and thus Amblodon would become
a synonym of Aplodinotus according to their ruling. However,
as Amblodon bubcdus Rafinesque, the type species of Amblodon
Rafinesque, applies primarily to the small-mouthed buffalo, I
cannot accept their contention.

MEGASTOMATOBUS subgen. nov.
Type Sckrognathus cyprinella Valenciennes.
Mouth large, oblique, terminal, and upper lip about level with
lower edge of eye. Lips thin, nearlj^ smooth. Pharyngeals weak.

This name is proposed for the large-mouthed buffaloes as Sckrog-
nathus Valenciennes, usually attributed to them, has Catostoinus
cijprinus Le Sueur (its first species) designated as the type by Jordan
and Gilbert,- and is thus a synonym of Carpiodes Rafinesque.
(.'^£/'«, large; <TT<i/j.a^ mouth; /5'"j9, buffalo.)

Amblodon cyprinella (Valenciennes).

Four from Leavenworth. Kansas; four from Wheatland, Iowa.

Amblodon bubalus Rafinesque.

One from Blue River, Indiana; three from near Leavenworth,
Kansas; two from ''Western United States"; three without data.

1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1877, p. 85.

2 L. c, p. 89.

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Carpiodes carpio (Rafinesque).

Carpiodes nummifer Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1870, p.
484. Wabash River, Indiana.

No. 6,645, A. N. S. P., type of Carpiodes nummifer Cope. Wabash
River, Indiana. E. D. Cope.

Also three others from the Wabash River; two from Calhoun,
one from Brownsville, and one from St. Joseph, ^Missouri; one from
the Platte River, Nebraska; one without data.

This species has never been recorded from Pennsylvania, as it
is not mentioned by Cope, and Bean includes it as hypothetical.
Its admission to this fauna is now certain, as two examples from the
Beaver River, secured by Cope in 1880, are before me. As it is
said to be an inhabitant of our larger western streams or rivers,
seldom entering the smaller ones, its extinction, if not already
accomplished, is very likely inevitable in western Pennsylvania.

Carpiodes thompsoni Agassiz

One from Lake Erie and another from Saginaw Bay, JMichigan.

I secured an example at Erie, Pennsylvania, on July 5th, 1907,
besides examining several others at this place the same time. These
examples are the basis of the only positive record for this species
in Pennsylvania limits.
Carpiodes cyprinus (Le Sueur).

Seven examples from the Conestoga Creek in Lancaster County,
Pennsylvania. It is knowTi to the fisherman at Octoraro, Cono-
wingo, and Bald Friar, along the Susquehanna in ^vlaryland, usually
as "white carp" or ''Susquehanna carp."

Carpiodes tumidus Baird and Girard.

Large example from Tampico, Mexico; two small examples with-
out data.
Carpiodes difformis Cope.

Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1870, p. 480. Wabash River, Indiana.

No. 22,093, A. N. S. P., type, Wabash River, Indiana. E. D. Cope.

One from "Port Beido"; one without data.

This species has not been definitely recorded from Pennsylvania
by Cope, though mentioned as likely to occur. One before me from
the Youghiogheny River, in western Pennsylvania, and secured by
Cope, assures its admission to our fauna.

Carpiodes cutisanserinus Cope

Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1870, p. 481. Kiskiminitas River,
western Pennsylvania.

No. 6,649, A. N. S. P., type. Kiskiminitas River, western Pennsyl-
vania. E. D. Cope.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47

Known only from the type. Though united with Carpiodes
difformis by some writers, it is evidently a distinct species, as pointed
out by its describer. It differs chiefly in the position of the mouth,
which opens in front anterior to the nostrils, though its peculiar
snub-nosed physiognomy is very suggestive of Carpiodes difformis.
Carpiodes velifer (Rafinesque).

One from the Wabash River, Indiana, and another from the
Blue River, Indiana?.

Two examples from the Youghiogheny River, secured by Cope,
are the basis of the first definite record for the species in that stream
in Pennsylvania.
Carpiodes selene Cope.

Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phik., XI, 1870, p. 481. Root River, Michigan?.

Nos. 6,647 (type) and 6,648, A. N. S. P., cotypes. Root River,
Michigan?. E. D. Cope.

This appears to be a distinct species, and not at all identical
with Carpiodes thompsoni, as suggested by some writers. Its
affinities are with Carpiodes difformis and Carpiodes cutisanserinus,
as pointed out by Cope.
Carpiodes elongatus Meek.

Four examples from Del Rio, Texas. These were WTongly iden-
tified by me as Carpiodes grayi Cope.^

NOTOLEPIDOMYZON subgen. nov.
Type Pantosteus arizonae (Gilbert) Jordan and Evermann.
Scales along predorsal region and back all well enlarged, less than
twenty between the occiput and origin of dorsal, and contrasting
with the small scales in the lateral line.
A single species, in the Gila basin.

(/Voro?, back; ''-s-i9, scale; iJ-o'^dw^ to suck; with reference to the
large dorsal scales anteriorly.)

Pantosteus arizonae (Gilbert) Jordan and Evermann.

Eight from the Rio San Francisco in the Gila Basin, New Mexico.

Pantosteus generosus (Girard).

Two from the Weber River at Echo, and one from Logan, Utah.
Also two from "Western United States" (likely Utah?).

Pantosteus plebeius (Baird and Girard).

Catostomus plebeius Baird and Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. .Sci. Phila., 1854,
p. 28. Rio Membres, basin of Lake Guzman, Mexico.

No. 6,786, A. N. S. P., co-type of Catostomus plebeius Baird and

3 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 242.

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Girard. Rio Membres, Mexico. J. H. Clark. From the Smith-
sonian Institution (No. 168).

Eight from Watrita Creek, Colorado; five from Nutria and two
from Fort Wingate, New Mexico.
Pantosteus santa-anae Snyder.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXIV, 1908, p. 33. Santa Ana River, near River-
side, California.

No. 39,129, A. N. S. P., paratype. Riverside, California. Prof.
J. 0. Snyder.

Pantosteus delpMnus (Cope).

Two from Provo, Utah.

Catostomus latipinnis Baird and Girard.

One from Fort Bridger, Wyoming.

It may be stated that Eurystomus Rafinesque proposed in 1820
is preoccupied by Viellot in 1816, and Acomus Girard proposed in
1856 is preoccupied by Reichenbach in 1852. Both Viellot and
Reichenbach's names were used for birds. Thus Eurystomus and
Acomus are very fortunately erased as subgenera of Catostomus.

Catostomus retropinnis Jordan.

One hundred and ten examples from the Yellowstone River at
Camp Thorne.
Catostomus occidentalis Ayres.

CaloHlomus labiatus Ayres, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 1855, p. 32. Stockton,
California.

No. 6,741, A. N. S. P., typical? of Catostomus labiatus Ayres.
Sacramento River at Stockton, California. W. O. Ayres.

A smaller example from the same donor labelled "California,"
and another from the Russian River in California (Cope). These
all agree in the small scales on the belly, between 65 and 70 counted
from the gill-opening anteriorly to the ventral origin. The figure
of Catostomus occidentalis given^ by Evermann and Meek does not
agree with these examples, as both it and .that of Catostomus tsiltcoo-
se7isis Evermann and Meek show the breast naked and the scales
on the lower part of the abdomen not smaller than those just below
the lateral line.
Catostomus occidentalis humboldtianus (Snyder).

Catostomus humboldtianus Snyder, Bull. Bur. Fisher., XXVII, 1907, p. 163,
fig. 1. Bear, Eel and Mad Rivers, California.

Nos. 39,131 and 39,132, A. N. S. P., paratypes of Catostomus
humboldtianus Snyder. Mad Creek, Oregon. Prof. J. O. Snyder.
" Bull. U. S. F. Com., XVII, 1897 (1898), p. 69.

1913.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

49

Catostomus occidentalis lacus-anserinus subsp. nov.

Catostomus labiatus (part) Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1883, p. 150.
Goose Lake, Oregon. (Not of Ayres.)

Head 4; depth 4^; D. iv, 10, i; A. iii, 6, i; P. i, 15; V. i, 9; scales
66 in lateral line to caudal base, and 4 more on latter; 14 scales
above lateral line; 11 scales below lateral line to ventral origin;
9 scales below lateral line to anal origin; 40 scales before dorsal;
head width If its length; head depth at occiput If; snout 2^; eye 7;
mouth width 6; maxillary 3|; interorbital 2f ; first branched dorsal
ray 1|; first Ijranched anal ray 1; least depth of caudal peduncle
2^; upper caudal lobe 1; pectoral If, ventral If.

Body elongate, rather robust, sides moderately compressed, upper
profile a little more convex than lower, greatest depth at dorsal
origin, and all edges convex. Caudal peduncle compressed, its
least depth 1| its length.

Fig. 1. — Catostomus occidentalis lacus-anserinus subsp. nov.

Head moderate, quite robust, sides compressed with slightly
convex surfaces, and upper and lower surfaces equally broad. Snout
elongate, conic, upper profile with rather deep depression anteriorly,
length about equals width. Eye high, a little elongate or ellipsoid,
and centre midway in head length. Mouth small, inferior, snout
protruding beyond mandible about half an eye-diameter. Jaws with
quite fleshy edges, that of upper somewhat trenchant, and lower
broadly obtuse. Disk of lips quite large, length H in snout. Upper
lip quite broad, rather thin, slightly protuding in front beyond snout
tip, with two or three series of quite large inner papillae, and four or
five series of outer and much smaller ones. Lower lip cleft medianly
behind nearly forward to symphysis, thick, fleshy, and with about

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY- OF • i [Feb.. ,

seven series of papillae at widest part, median inner ones largest.
Tongue thick, little developed, not free, well back. Mandibular
rami short, high in mouth. Nostrils large,'^ together, posterior
much larger, directly before and close to eye, so that frenum falls
about last fourth in snout length. Interorbital broadly convex.
Preorbital about 1| in snout, its width about half its own length.
Infraorbital much narrower than preorbital. Preopercular ridge
obsolete and vertical. Opercle smooth, width about If its depth.
Occipital fontanelle well developed, extends forward close behind
level of hind eye margins, rather narrow.

Gill opening extends forward for last fourth in head. Gill-rakers
11 + 7, 6, upper ones lanceolate, about ^ length of longest filaments,
and all flexible. Filaments 2| in snout. Pseudobranchise much
smaller than filaments. Pharyngeal bones rather small, with
moderately small teeth below but gradually enlarged above till
uppermost 6 much larger, cuneate, compressed, and all uniserial.
Isthmus broad. Branchiostegals 3, robust, subequal.

Scales all smaller and more crowded on anterior portion of body,
those on breast much smaller and completely covering that region.
Scales on belly much smaller than those on predorsal region of back.
No free axillary scaly flaps, scales in those regions all adnate. Body
scales distributed in longitudinal series parallel with lateral line.
Latter complete, extends in nearly straight course along side medianly
and each tube well exposed back nearly to hind edge of scale, where
it ends often with a slight notch or emargination. Rays of anal and
lower lobe of caudal each with a series of well-spaced tubercles,
and scales along lower surface of caudal peduncle also show traces
of similar tubercles, possibly one to each scale.

Dorsal origin very slightly nearer snout tip than caudal base,
first branched ray longest or reaching back slightly beyond base
of last branched ray, and depressed fin extends 1| to caudal base.
Anal inserted about opposite hind end of depressed dorsal, rays all
greatly branched distally, and depressed fin extends back slightly
beyond caudal base. Caudal moderate, well emarginated behind,
and lobes with rounded ends. Pectoral low, rather broad, extends
back If to ventral origin. Latter inserted just behind base of third
branched dorsal ray, fin 1^ to anal origin and depressed hind edge
slightly emarginated. Vent close before anal.

Color in alcohol largely dull brownish, lower surfaces pale creamy-
brown. Head pale brown, much lighter below. Lips pale like lower
surface of head. Iris brassy, pupil slaty. Along side of body
medianly from behind gill-opening to caudal base, also largely

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51

including lateral line in its course, a distinct dusky streak, and though
ill-defined above, and below along its edges, its width equals at
least two eye-diameters. At caudal base it is slightly reflected
out on base of that fin. Dorsal and caudal otherwise largely tinted
with brownish. Other fins pale or more or less tinted like belly.
Pectoral slightly brownish above and towards its tip.

Length 12| inches (caudal tips slightly damaged).

Type, No. 19,990, A. N. S. P. Goose Lake, Oregon. 1879-
E. D. Cope.

Only known from the above example. It differs from Catostoiuhf
occidentalis in the dark lateral streak. The very small scales on thi
body from the throat to the ventral origin number about 80 in
series, while my examples of C. occidentalis show between 65 and 70

(Named for Goose Lake, Oregon.)
Catostomus snyderi Gilbert.

Head 4| to 4f ; depth 4f ; D. iv, 10, i; A. iii, 6, i; scales (pockets')
about 60? in 1. 1. to caudal base, and 4 more on latter; 12 scales
above 1. 1.; 8 scales below 1. 1. to anal origin; 31 to 33 predorsal scales;
snout 2^ to 2 J in head; eye 6 to 6| ; mouth width 4| to 4^- ; interorbital
2|. Gill-rakers 16+10, 8. Scales between front of isthmus and
ventral origin 43 or 44. Length 15 and 16f inches. Two examples
from Klamath Lake, Oregon, from E. D. Cope, in 1879.

Cope's reference to Klamath Lake material as Catostomus labiatus^
cannot refer to these specimens. He later states that his largest
example is twelve inches long, and gives the following points at
variance: "Scales, 10 — 74 — 11; radii D. i, 11; V. 10; head 4.5 times
in length; eye 5.5 in head."

Prof. Snyder has kindly examined two typical examples in Stan-
ford University. They are from the upper Klamath Lake. He
writes as follows: "Scales in lateral line, to end of last vertebra,
74 — 72; scales on base of caudal, beyond the above 3 — 3; scales
between isthmus and origin of - ventral, about 40 in one example.
The last count is doubtful on account of irregularity in the rows
and the poor preservation of the specimens."
Catostomus catostomus (Forster).

Four small examples without data.

Catostomus warnerensis Snyder.

Bull. Bur. Fisher., XXVII, 1908, p. 81. Warner Creek, slough.s .outh,
and Honej^ Creek, Oregon.

No. 39,130, A. N. S. P., paratype. Warner Creek, Lake County,
Oregon. Prof. J. 0. Snyder.

"Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 188.3, p. 150.

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

The other examples were all obtained by Cope, who records them
as Catostomus tahoensis." They include three from Warner's Third
Lake, in Oregon, and one from high land between Warner's Lake
and Goose Lake; three from Pyramid Lake, Nevada.
Catostomus commersonnii (Lac^pMe).

Catostomus alticolus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1874, p. 138.
Twin Lakes, Colorado.

Nos. 18,729 and 18,730, A. N. S. P., paratypes of Catostomus
alticolus Cope. Twin Lakes, head of Arkansas River at 9,500 feet
elevation, Colorado, E. D. Cope.

Also numerous other examples examined, though those which
I have already recorded elsewhere are not included in the following
list of localities. Boston, Massachusetts; Lake Champlain; Lake
Erie; Chadd's Ford Junction, Willistown Barrens, Langford Run,
Whetstone Run, Collar Brook, CoUingdale, Fairmount Park, Sandy
Run, Willits Run (all near Philadelphia), Saucon Creek, Monocacy
Creek and Lime Kiln Run near Bethlehem, and North Branch of
Altman Creek in Indiana County, Pennsylvania; Deer Creek near
The Rocks, Harford County, Maryland; Roanoke River, Holston
River and Stroubles Creek in the Kanawha River Basin, Virginia;
Catawba and French Broad Rivers, North Carolina; Cleveland,
Ohio; Miami River and Richmond, Indiana; Brook River and
Fayette, Iowa; Marshfield and Calhoun, Missouri; "Clopell River"
in 1873.
Catostomus commersonnii sucklii (Girard).

Twenty-four examples from Camp Thorne, Yellowstone River
(E. D. Cope). These all agree in having the dorsal origin inserted
midway between the snout tip and the caudal base, a character
virtually expressed in Girard's original description. Compared with
numerous examples of Catostomus cofmnersonnii, the dorsal origin
was found in all examples examined, except the very young, nearer
the snout tip than the caudal base.

Catostomus ardens Jordan and Gilbert.

One from Utah Lake (E. D. Cope in 1882), Utah. Nine from
Snake River at Springfield, Bingham County (Dr. Henry Skinner
in Augu.st, 1906), Idaho.

Catostomus gila Kirsch.

One from New Mexico (E. D. Cope in 1872), and three more from
the same State in the Rio San Francisco of the Gila Basin, Arizona.

8 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1883, p. 152.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53

CatOStomus insignis Baird and Girard.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1854, p. 28. Rio San Pedro, Arizona.
No. 6,785, A. N. S. P., type. Rio San Pedro, Arizona. J. H.
Clark. From the Smithsonian Institution (No. 169).

CatOStomus nigricans Le Sueur.

Many examples from: North Branch of Altman Creek, Indiana
County, Pennsylvania; West Branch of Deer Creek, Harford County,
Maryland; Roanoke River, Holston River and Sinking Creek,
Virginia; Coal Creek, North Carolina; Cumberland River, Ten-
nessee; Miami River and Richmond, Indiana; Brook River and
Des Moines, Iowa; Marshfield, Missouri. Besides these many
others which I have recorded elsewhere.
Lipomyzon liorus (Jordan).

Three from Utah Lake (E. D. Cope in 1882), Utah'. In the
original account of Chasmistes Jordan,'' Catostomus fecundus Cope
and Yarrow is designated as the type. This action appears to me
sufficient for an a priori claim to the definition. The latter was
afterwards pointed out to refer to the present genus, with Chasmistes
liorus Jordan as its type.^ Chasmistes liorus Jordan was also con-
fused originally by its describer^ with Catostomus fecundus Cope and
Yarrow. Though this latter species is correctly allowed in Catos-
tomus, possibly Chasynistes may stand as a distinct subgenus, being
distinguishable from the others by its pointed snout above. In
any case Chasmistes brevirostris Cope cannot be included with it,
wrongly so suggested by Jordan and Evermann,^*^ as it has been
designated^^ the type of Lipomyzon, the only name available for
the present large-mouthed forms.
Lipomyzon brevirostris (Cope).

Chasmistes brevirostris Cope, Amer. Nat., XIII, 1879, p. 785. Klamath
Lake, Oregon.

No. 20,959, A. N. S. P., cotype (type) of Chasmistes brevirostris
Cope. Klamath Lake, Oregon. E. D. Cope.

No. 20,522, A. N. S. P., cotype, same data.

The statement made by Cope that this species differs from Del-
tistes luxatus in having the snout " without the hump produced by the
protuberant premaxillary spines" is not true. Both of my examples
show something of a hump, though much more obtuse and smaller

'Bull Geol. Surv. Hayden, IV, 1878, p. 417.

'Jordan and Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 16, 1882, p. 131.

9 Jordan, I.e., No. 12, 1878, p. 150.

^°L.c., No. 47, I, 1896, p. 199.

" Jordan and Gilbert, I.e., No. 16, 1882, p. 131.

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

than in Deltistes. Gilbert mentions two Klamath Lake species
of Chasmistes. Chasmistes stomias Gilbert^- "has a larger, deeper
head, with larger, more obliquely placed mouth, and conspicuously
protruding premaxillary spines." The scales are 76 to 82, and thus
this nominal form appears more clearly identical with Chasmistes
brevirostris than the form he lists under that name.^^ Chasmistes
copei Evermann and Meek^* has 80 scales, and is said to differ from
Chasmistes stomias Gilbert in "its larger head, larger, more oblique
mouth, less prominent snout, and very small fins. The differences
in the fins are very great, particularly in the ventrals." In the
case of Gilbert's figure of Chasmistes stomias a spawning-fish is shown,
thus the ventrals and anal are unusually long. Chasmistes chamher-
laini Rutter ^^ agrees with all the forms of Lipomyzon, so far as known,
in having the lower lip united at the mandibular symphysis, and
differs in having 93 scales.

PITHECOMYZON subgen. nov.
Type Chasmistes cujus Cope.
Differs from subgenus Lipomyzon Cope in the large scales, these
about 65 in the lateral line (70 to 90 in Lipomyzon).

(UtOrj/.,,^^ ape, with reference to the short snout; m6C«w, to suck.)

Lipomyzon cujus (Cope).

Chasmistes cujus C9pe, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1883, p. 149. Pyramid
Lake, Nevada.

No. 20,523, A. N. S. P., type of Chasmistes cujus Cope. Pyramid
Lake, Nevada. E. D. Cope. It only measures 17 inches, which
may be due to the body having been skinned out and shrinking
in alcohol. Cope gives the eye as 8^, likely the actual diameter
of the eye and not the orbital socket.
Deltistes luxatus (Cope).

Chasmistes luxatus Cope, Amer. Nat., XIII, 1879, p. 784. Klamath Lake,
Oregon.

No. 20,555, A. N. S. P., cotype (type) of Chasmistes luxatus Cope.
Klamath Lake, Oregon. E. D. Cope.

No. 20,960, A. N. S. P., cotype, same data, in poor preservation.
Xyrauchen texanus (Abbott).

Catostomus texanus Abbott, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 473.
Colorado and New Rivers.

No. 16,993, A. N. S. P., type of Catostomus texanus Abbott.

^Bull. U. S. F. Com., XVII, 1897 (1898), p. 5. fig.

13 L.c.

» L.c, p. 70, fig.

15 L.c, XXII, 1902 (1904), p. 147. Eagle Lake, California.

1913.] - NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELrHIA. " 55

"Colorado and New Rivers." Dr. J. L. Le Conte. In locating this
interesting dried example, it is now possible to give its correct
place among the catostomoids after fifty-two years of oblivion
and erroneous identification. It is unquestionably identical with
Catostomus cypho Lockington, which was also described in these
Proceedings twenty years later/^ and Lockington's specific name
is the one adopted by all writers, as it was thought to have been the
first ever given to this peculiar fish. Jordan says^'^ "Catostomus
texanus Abbott is less clear [than Catostomus chloropteron Abbott],
but what there is of specific characterization in the description
points to C. teres. The dorsal carination is frequently observed
in stuffed fishes in which some flesh is left in the back to shrink in
drying, leaving the back 'carinated.'" These entirely erroneous
suggestions were made, of course, shortly before the species was
supposed to have been discovered by Lockington. Still further
confusion is added bj' its inclusion as a synonym of Moxostoma
congestum (Baird and Girard) by Jordan and Evermann.'^ The
specific name texanus is unfortunate, as the species is not known
from Texas. It appears to have been given under the impression
that the Colorado River of that State was intended, together with
the New River being likely confused with the Neuces River?.

Besides the above example is another specimen from the Hardy
River in Lower CaHfornia, secured by Mr. S. N; Rhoads in February
of 1905. It is important as showing to what extent variation
may reach in the species. It has 86 scales in the lateral line to the
caudal base, and 5 more on the latter. The type shows 73 scales
in the lateral line to the caudal base and 4 more on the latter. As
both are adult examples, it would appear hardly likely that Xyrauchen
uncomphagre Jordan and Evermann is a distinct species, as it is
said to have but 81 scales, with other characters apparently varietal
or due to age.

Erimyzon sucetta (Lacepede).

Moxostoma hennerlyi Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 171.
Drj' Creek, Victoria, Texas.

No. 6,797, A. N. S. P., cotype of Moxostoma kennerlyi Girard,
Dry Creek, Victoria, Texas. Dr. C. B. Kennerly. From the
Smithsonian Institution (No. 161).

16 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1880, p. 237. Colorado River at the junction
of the Gila.

1' Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 12, 1878, pp. 167, 169.
18 Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 47, I, 1896, p. 192.

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Also an example from Thomasville (J. A. G. Rehn on March
25, 1904), Georgia.

Erimyzon sucetta oblongas (Mitchill).

Moxostoma claviformis Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 171.
Coal Creek, Canadian River, Indian Territory.

No. 6,798, A. N. S. P., cotype of Moxostoma claviformis Girard.
Coal Creek, Canadian River, Indian Territory. H. B. Mollhausen.
From the Smith-sonian Institution (No. 165).

Besides the very large series of examples from numerous localities
in the Middle Atlantic States, are others from: Richmond, Virginia;
Hicksville, Ohio; Marshfield, Missouri; Fort Smith, Arkansas.

Minytrema melanops (Rafinesque).

Ptychostomus pidiensis Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1870,
p. 471. Yadkin River, North Carolina.

Nos. 6,968 (type) to 6,970, A. N. S. P., cotypes of Ptychostomus
pidiensis Cope. Yadkin River, North Carolina. E. D. Cope.
These examples are undoubtedly the present species, as they show
the air-vessel in two compartments, and the bases of the scales
spotted. The adults Cope mentions in his description evidently
were not preserved, as they are not in his collections.

Also one from the Ohio River, one from Indiana, one from Del
Rio in Texas, and one from Hartford in Arkansas. The last, a very
young example, I wrongly identified as Catostom,us nigricans}'^

Forbes and Richardson state^ that this species ranges on ''the
Atlantic Slope from New Jersey to North Carolina," though there
is no evidence whatever of its occurrence in New Jersey, so far as
I know of. Further, in view of the lack of detail, the single record
for its occurrence in the Susquehanna River basin may also be
questioned.

Moxostoma anisurum (Rafinesque).

Ptychostomus velatus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1870, p. 470.
Youghiogheny River, Pennsylvania.

Nos. 6,954 (type) and 6,955, A. N. S. P., paratypes of Ptychostomus
velatus Cope. Youghiogheny River, Pennsylvania. E. D. Cope.

One from the Beaver River (Cope in 1880), Pennsylvania; one from
the Blue River and another from the Wabash River, Indiana. The
last example was identified by Cope with the following species,
but it has a slightly larger mouth and lips.

'3 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 243.
20 Fishes of Illinois, 1908, p. 83.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57

Mozostoma collapsum (Cope).

Plychosiomus collapsus Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1870,
p. 471. Neuse, Yadkin and Catawba Rivers, North Carolina.

- Nos. 6,949 (type) and 6,950, A. N. S. P., cotypes of Ptychos-
tomus collapsus Cope. Neuse River, North Carolina. E. D Cope.

Also two others "without locality, but probably from the Western
States or Great Lakes" (Cope).

Moxostoma COngestum (Baird and Girard) .

Four from Del Rio, Texas.

Moxostoma austrinum (T. H. Bean).

Three from Rio Verde, Mexico.

Moxostoma robustum (Cope).

Ptychostomus robust us Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1870,
p. 473. Yadkin River, North Carolina.

Head 4f ; depth 3| to 3|; D. iv, 11, i, or iv, 12, i; A. iii, 6, i; V.
all I, 8; scales 41 to 45 in lateral line to caudal base, and 3 more on
latter; 6 or 7 scales above lateral line; 5 scales below lateral line;
15 to 17 predorsal scales; snout 2^ to 2| in head; eye 4; mouth
width 4§ to 5|; interorbital 2; length 10^? to 11| inches. No.
6,958 and 6,959, A. N. S. P., cotypes? of Ptychostomus robustus
Cope. Yadkin River?, North Carolina. E. D. Cope.

These examples agree with Cope's account in the compressed
and rather stout body, moderate head and few dorsal rays.
Moxostoma erythrurum (Rafinesque).

Ptychostomus bucco Cope, Rep. Geol. Surv. Wyom. Hayden, 1870 (1871),
p. 437. St. Joseph, Missouri.

Nos. 6,961 to 6,964, A. N. S. P., cotypes of Ptychostomus bucco
Cope. St. Joseph, Missouri.

Three without data; forty-nine from the Holston River, Virginia;
two from the Catawba River and three from the French Broad
in North Carolina; twelve from the Blue River and one from the
Wabash River, Indiana; one from Sedalia, Missouri; one from Ot-
tumwa, Iowa.

Also a large series of Pennsylvania material from the Youghio-
gheny River, Kiskiminitas River and Indiana County at Cowan-
shanoc, Elders Run, Grant Township, Home Run in Payne Town-
ship, Indiana, Pine Township and Cherry Run. Most of these have
been recorded as Moxostoma aureolum, in accordance with subsequent
restriction to that by Cope in 1870. An examination of all the
material before me, however, appears to justify Cope's conclusions,
and for that reason I allow the large-headed species to fall with

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Rafinesque's name. The Ptychostomus hucco Cope is certainly
identical with the present species.

Moxostoma macrolepidotum (Le Sueur).

Five from the Conestoga Creek in Lancaster County in Pennsyl-
vania, and two other examples without data likely were from
the same locality?. Also an example in the collection from the
Washington Market.

I neglected to admit this species in my list of Delaware fishes,
though Cope had recorded it in 1870 without definite locality.
Along the Susquehanna River, in Maryland, it is known to some
of the fishermen, though is said to be less common than any of the
catostomoids. In Delaware, the fishermen know it along Broad
Creek at Laurel and Bethel.

Moxostoma aureolum listed by Jordan^^ from Carlisle in Pennsylvania

must be this species.

Moxostoma lachrymale (Copej.

Ptychostomus lachrymalis Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1870,
p. 474. Xeuse River, North Carolina.

Head 4f; depth 3|; D. iv, 11, i; A, iii, 6, i; both V, i, 8; scales
43 in lateral line to caudal base, and 3? more on latter; 6 scales
above lateral line; 5 scales below lateral line; 16 predorsal scales;
snout 2| in head; eye 4|; mouth width 5|; interorbital 2|; length
12| inches. No. 6,848, A. N. S. P., type? of Ptychostomus lachry-
malis Cope. Neuse River, North Carolina. E. D. Cope.

This example seems to differ from the preceding, as pointed out
by Cope, and may therefore be allowed as distinct.
Moxostoma duquesnei (Le Sueur).

One example from the Youghiogheny River (Cope) and another
from a branch of the Big Mahoning Creek in Indiana County,
the latter recorded by me as Moxostoma aureolumP

Following Cope's restriction, this species is allowed distinct
and identical with Le Sueur's fish, it being open to doubt that the
latter had Placopharynx. Moxostoma duquesnei is thus seen to have
more numerous scales in the lateral line than most of the species
of the genus. Other small-scaled nominal species, as Moxostoma
lesueurii (Richardson)-^ and Moxostoma alleghaniensis Nichols,^*
are either identical or very closely allied.

^'Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 12, 1878, p. 124.

22 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1912, p. 47.

23 Catostomiis lesueurii Richardson, Franklin's Journal, 1823, p. 772.

21 Bull. Amer. Mus. N. Hist. N. Y., XXX, 1911, p. 275. Pi. 11, fig. 1. Marshall,
North Carolina.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59

Moxostoma aureolum (Le Sueur).

In the Cope Collection are one: from Saginaw Bay in Michigan,
one from the "Southern States," one from the Wabash River in
Indiana, one from the Neuse River in North Carolina, and five
from Tennessee.

As contended by Cope, this species differs from Moxostoma ery-
thiirum in the smaller head. All show :' Head 4| to 4| ; depth 3| to
3f ; D. usually iv, 12, i, occasionally iv, 11, i; A. iii, 6, i; all V. i, 8;
scales 39 to 45 in lateral line to caudal base and 3 more on latter;
usually 7 scales above lateral line, seldom 6 or 8; usually 5 scales
below lateral line, seldom 6; predorsal scales usually 16, sometimes
15 or 17, rarely 20; snout 2| to 2| in head; eye 4 to 5; mouth width

4 to 5; interorbital 2^^ to 2\; length 10| to 18 inches.

Moxostoma crassilabre (Cope).

Ptychostomus crassilabris Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. 8oc. Phila., XI, 1S70,
p. 477. Xeuse River, near Raleigh, North Carolina.

Head 4f ; depth 3|; D. iv, 11, i; A. iii, 6, i; both V. i, 8; scales
43 in lateral line to caudal base, and 3? more on latter; 6 scales
a,bove lateral line; 5 scales below lateral line; 16 predorsal scales;
snout 2| in head; eye 4|; mouth width 5|; interorbital 2|; length
12^ inches. No. 6,960, A. N. S. P., type of Ptychostomus crassi-
lahris Cope. Neuse River, near Raleigh, North Carolina. E. D.
Cope.

Moxostoma breviceps (Cope).

Ptychostomus hrenceps Cope, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1870,
p. 478. Youghiogheny River, Pennsylvania.

Head 5|; depth 4; D. iv, 12, i; A. iii, 6, i; scales 42 in lateral line
to caudal base and 3 more on latter; 7 scales above lateral line;

5 scales below lateral line; 16 predorsal scales; snout 2^ in head;
eye 4; mouth width 4f ; interorbital 2|; length lOf inches. No.
22,104, A. N. S. P., type of Ptychostomus breviceps Cope. Youghio-
gheny River, Pennsylvania. E. D. Cope. The anal rays, as sus-
pected by Cope, are abnormal, and I have seen similar cases in other
examples of the members of the present genus.

An example from the Neuse River, North Carolina, differs from
the above in the following: depth 4^; D. iv, 11, i; snout 2^ in head;
eye 3|; mouth width 4|; interorbital 2; length 11| inches.

SCARTOMYZON subgen. nov.
Type Ptychostomus cervinus Cope.
Branched dorsal rays 9 to 11, usually 9 or 10. Body long, slender,

60 ' PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

but slightly compressed. Head rather small. E\'e rather large.
Mouth moderate. Dark lateral streaks.

This subgenus differs from the others (Moxostoma and Teretulus)
in the much fewer dorsal rays and coloration. The single species
lives in swift and rapid streams, about rock pools, in the southern
Alleghanies.

(IxdfjTTj'g, jumper; /j.u^duj^ to suck; as the typical species is known
as "Jumping Mullet.")

Mozostoma cervinum (Cope).

Plychosiomus cervinus Cope, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., (2), VI, 1868, p.
235, PI. 3, fig. 4. Catawba River, North Carolina. Roanoke River and
James River, Virginia.

Head 4 to 4i; depth 4^ to 5^; D. usually iv, 10, i, frequently
IV, 9, I, rarely iv, 11, i; A, iii, 6, i; V. usually i, 8 (both sides), very
rarely i, 7 (both sides); scales usually 38 to 44 in lateral line to
caudal base, though varies 37 to 47, and 3 more on caudal base;
usually 6 scales above lateral line, frequently 5, occasionally 7,
rarely 8; usually 5 scales below lateral line, frequently 6, rarely
7; usually 15 predorsal scales, often 16, seldom 14, 17, 18 or 19,
snout 2i to 2| in head; eye 3j to 4f ; mouth width 3^ to 6; interorbital
24 to 3; length 2^ to 6| inches. Nos. 6,920 (type) to 6,925, A. N. S. P.,
cotypes of Ptychostonius cervinus Cope. Catawba River, North
Carolina. Nos. 6,904 to 6,918, A. N. S. P., cotypes, from head-
waters of Roanoke River, Virginia. Nos. 6,928 to 6,946, A. N. S. P.,
cotypes, from headwaters of the James River, ^'irginia. All from
Cope.

Moxostoma rupiscartes Jordan and Jenkins^^ is identical with the

present species. All its alleged characters of difference are covered

by the very full series of typical examples noted above.

Placopharynx carinatus Cope.

Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., XI, 1870, p. 467, figs, (teeth). Lafayette,

Wabash River, Indiana.
No. 22,108, A. N. S. P., type. Lafayette, Indiana. E. D. Cope.

Five from Beaver River in Pennsylvania (Cope in 1880), also two

adults likely from the same locality. One without data; nine from

Cherokee, Iowa; two from Eureka Springs, Arkansas; two from

Carthage, Missouri.

" Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 353. Carolina and Georgia.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61

NOTES ON THE FISHES OF THE CHINCOTEAGUE EEGION OF VIRGINIA.
BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

Early in May of 1912 I visited the town of Chincoteague, where
nearly a week was spent studying and collecting fishes for the
Academy. Though many of the species met with were abundant,
we secured some of interest, and are thus able to offer in this con-
tribution the first fairly representative account of the fish-fauna
of the region.

Chincoteague Island is situated at the lower end of the bay of that
name, forming in fact the lower inner face of the great, narrow, sandy
barrier-beach of Assateague Island, which is now, however, entirely
continuous with Ocean City in Maryland and northward. This barrier-
beach, at least north of Assateague Inlet, contains no permanent fresh
water its entire extent, or for a distance of about thirty miles. Thus
Chincoteague Island, its area extending a little over eight miles north
and south, with its greatest width a little over a mile, contains the
greatest amount of fresh water to be found in this off-shore region.
This is in the form of narrow sloughs or ponds, extending north and
south, and usually shallow. They are locally known as glades, and are
often broken up in places into smaller bodies of water. The larger
glades frequently contain purely fresh water throughout the year,
though in places they sometimes dry out through drought or other
causes. In color the water is usually dark, still, and sluggish, the
first character likely due to the numerous bull pines which grow
in many places. Such waters naturally support an abundance
of life, as minute Crustacea, etc., especially in the pools destitute
of fishes. Sometimes a fresh-water glade will be separated from
a brackish one having direct egress to the sea, and at the time of
high tides the two waters are intermingled. In only one pool of
fresh water, though separated by but a few feet of dry land from
a brackish-water glade, did we secure fresh-water moUusca and
a phyllopod {Ino holmani). This pool was also quite interesting
as differing from many others examined, in the great diversity of
its animal life, such as water asels, fresh-water amphipods, larval
dragon-flies', water-striders, and water-boatmen. We did not find
Palcemonetes vulgaris in this locality, though it was common in other

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ^.CADEMY OF [Feb.,

pools on the island, as well as on Assateague. On the latter and on
Wallops Island we only found minute Crustacea, and no fresh-water
mollusks. The Chincoteague mollusca were identified by Mr. E. G.
Vanatta as Lymncea columella, Planorbis alabamensis and Muscu-
lium partumeium. XiigvOnly frog met with was Rana pipiens,
and these mostly greenish. Bufo americanus was abundant, and we
also saw a number of Chelydra serpentina, Kinosternon pensylvanicum
and Chrysemys pida.

Acknowledgment is due to Mr. T. D. Keim, who assisted me in
making the collections.

Mustelus canis (Mitchill).

Abundant. Chincoteague, Assateague and AVallops.

Raja ocellata Mitchill.

Chincoteague and Wallops.
Raja eglanteria LacepMe.

Chincoteague, Assateague and Wallops. This is the most abund-
ant skate.

Acipenser sturio Linnseua.

Chincoteague. A large one brought in.
Pomolobus mediocris (Mitchill).

Chincoteague and Wallops.
Pomolobus pseudoharengus (Wilson).

Chincoteague, Franklin City and Wallops.
Alosa sapidissima (Wilson).

Chincoteague. Several bushels taken in the pounds.
Brevoortia tyrannus (Latrobe).

Franklin City, Chincoteague and Assateague. A number were
infested with Lernecenicus radiatus (Le Sueur), a lernean parasite.
These were usually found hanging from the back and protruding
through holes they had bored through their host's flesh. Some
were found protruding from the dorsal fins, and one which had im-
bedded its head under its. host's tongue hung down from the chin
like a bifurcated barbel. Among fifty or more examples of men-
haden, but few were found free of this parasite, and usually several
were on a single fish.

Anchovia mitchilli (Valenciennes).

A dead example picked up on Assateague beach.
Fundulus majalis (Walbaum).

Abundant at Chincoteague and Assateague. The most abundant
killifish in coves and salt-water bays.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63

Fundulus heteroclitus macrolepidotus (Walbaum).

Chincoteague, Assateague, Wallops.
Fundulus luciae (Baird).

Found only in the fresh regions of still waters, such as are continuous
with brackish waters, on Chincoteague.

Lucania parva (Baird).

A few found on Assateague and Chincoteague. The former were
in high color.

Cyprinodon variegatus Lac^pede.

Abundant and in high color on Chincoteague and Assateague
Islands.

Tylosurus marinas (Walbaum).

One at Franklin City.
Menidia beryllina (Cope).

A few found on Assateague.
Menidia menidia notata (Mitchill).

Common at Assateague and Wallops.

Mugil curema Valenciennes.

Young found in brackish pools and ditches on Assateague.

Gasterosteus aculeatus Linnaus.

First found on Assateague in a large open glade, filled with duck-
weed for several miles in extent. These little fish were found swarm-
ing in myriads, and were uniformly about an inch in length.
Some had their ventral membranes bright crimson, and many
were slightly variable otherwise in color, though most were
more or less brassy or golden. All which we secured were
of the mailed type. Associated were a few silversides, killifish,
rain-water fish, and pursy minnows. The sticklebacks often swim
in immense schools and take refuge in the duck grass when disturbed.
They are much condemned by persons living on the island who
raise ducks, as they are said to cause the death of the young birds
in some numbers at times. One man told me he had lost thirty-
two young ducks one season, due to the birds swallowing small
sticklebacks. Many other complaints were also heard. It seems
that in the summer or during drought the small fishes congregate
in shallow puddles and being then easily captured they are eagerly
devoured by the young ducks. The fish, finding itself a captive,
immediately assumes its only defense by locking tighth^ its

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

dorsal and ventral spines, lodging in its captor's throat or wind-
pipe with fatal effect.

On Chincoteague they were far less abundant.

Syngnathus fuscus (Storer).

A single example seined at Wallops, where it was hauled ashore
with bunches of "sea lettuce," and numbers of Crago septemspinosus,
Palcemonetes vulgaris, Chloridella empusa, Eupagurus longicarpus,
Ovalipes ocellatus and Callinedes sapidus.
Scomber scombrus Linnseus.

Common off Chincoteague Shoals. Many bushels brought into
the town.

Pomatomus saltatrix (Linnaeus).

Like the last, though only a few brought in. Small ones at
Chincoteague and Franklin City.
Poronotus triaoanthus (Peck).

Very abundant. Chincoteague.
Roocus lineatus (Bloch).

Several small ones at Chincoteague.
Morone americana (Gmelin).

A few large ones at Franklin City.
Orthopristis chrysopterus (Linn^us).

A few at Chincoteague.

Stenotomus cbrysops (Linnaeus).

Not many taken at Chincoteague.
Lagodon rhomboides (Linnaeus).
One at Chincoteague.

Cynoscion regalis (Schneider).

Franklin City, Chincoteague, Wallops. Common.
Cynoscion nebulosus (Cuvier).

Chincoteague and Wallops. A few.

Bairdiella chrysura (Laclpede).

Common. Chincoteague, Frankhn City and Wallops.

Scisenops ocellatus (Linnaeus).

Several large ones at Chincoteague.

Micropogon undulatus (Linnaeus).

Very common. Chincoteague, Franklin City and Wallops.
Menticirrhus saxatilis (Schneider).

Common. Chincoteague, Franklin City, Wallops.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65

Pogonias cromis (Linnaeus).

One small example at Chincoteague.

Tautoga onitis (Linnaeus).

One at Chincoteague.

Spheroides maculatus (Schneider).

Very common at Chincoteague, Assateague, Wallops and Franklin
City.

Prionotus carolinus (Linnseus).

Chincoteague and Wallops.
Prionotus evolans strigatus (Cuvier).

Common. Chincoteague.
Lophopsetta maculata (Mitchill).

Chincoteague, Wallops, Franklin City.
Etropus microstomus (Gill).

One adult of this interesting little fish, which has not certainly
been secured outside of New Jersey before, was seined at Wallops
beach. Mr. T. M. Milliner, who was with us when this specimen
was secured, tells me that it is occasionally taken in Watchapreague
Inlet.
Paralichthys dentatus (Linnaus).

Chincoteague, Franklin City and Wallops.
Pseudopleurouectes americanus (Walbaum).

Chincoteague and Wallops.
Achirus fasciatus (LacSpede).

Common at Chincoteague.
Astroscopus guttatus (Abbott).

A large example at Chincoteague.
Urophycis regius (Walbaum).

Several small ones seined at Wallops.

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.

SOME TYPE-SPECIMENS OF THE AMERICAN CYPRINOID FISHES OF THE
GENUS RUTILUS.

BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

While studying the cyprinoid fishes in the Acadeni}- of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia recently, a number of detailed notes were
made on the variation found in the genus Rutilus. The material
embraces a number of typical specimens of the American species,
most of which have not been critically examined since they were
described. Owing to the imperfect nature of the incomplete and
unsatisfactory original descriptions, it is hoped that the present
contribution will be of value. Few, if any, of the species have been
figured, and certainly not from these specimens.

In searching for sufficient characters to separate the American
from the European species generically, I have been unsuccessful.
Most of the former show no scaly axillary ventral flaps, though
a few exceptions were noted. All the Old World species have this
character very evident, as represented in the collection, the pointed
scale appearing quite conspicuous. Therefore, while Myloleucus
(or Leucos) may eventually be found subgenerically distinct, the
elevation of Siphateles to generic rank by CockerelU would seem
hardly warranted solely on scale characters.

Rutilus olivaceus (Cope). Figs. 1-3.

Leucus olivaceus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1883, p. 145. Pyramid

Lake, Nevada.
Leucus dimidiatus Cope, I.e. Pyramid Lake.
Siphateles vitlatus Cope, I.e., p. 146. Pyramid Lake.

Head 3| to 4; depth 3| to 5; D. iii, 7, i, rarely iii, 8, i; A, iii, 7, i,
rarely iii, 6, i or iii, 8, i or iii, 9, i; scales 50 to 62 in 1. 1. to caudal
base+3 or 4, usually 3, on latter; 13 to 15 scales above 1. 1., usually
14, frequently 13, seldom 15; 8 to 10 scales below 1. 1., usually 9,
frequently 8 or 10; 29 to 42 predorsal scales; snout 3| to 4i in head;
eye 3 to 5|; maxillary 3 to 4|; interorbital 2f to 3i; teeth 5 — 5,
frequently 5 — 4; length 2| to lOf inches.

Nos. 19,354 (type) to 19,366, A. N. S. P., cotypes of Leucus oli-
vaceus Cope.

1 Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XXII, 1909, p. 217.

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

67

Fig. 1. — Rutilus olivaceus (Cope). (Type of Leucns olivaceus Cope.)

Nos. 19,392 (type) to 19,399, A. N. S. P., cotypes of Leucus
dimidiatus Cope.

Nos. 19,882 (type) and Nos. 18,654 to 18,691, A. N. S. P., co-
types of Siphateles vittatus Cope.

The young differ from the adults in the projecting mandible,
large eye, more or less incomplete 1. 1., and nearly straight convex
upper head profile. The predorsal scales appear to become more
numerous with age.

Rutilus oregonensis Snyder- is said to differ in'^the teeth, which

Fig- 2. — Rutilus olivaceus (Cope). (Type of Leucus dimidiatus Cope.)

2 Bull Bur. Fisher., XXVII, 1908, p. 87.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Feb.

Fig. 3. — Rutilus olivaceus (Cope). (Type of Siphaleles . vitlatus Cope.)

are given as 4 — 5. I find in the above series 38 examples have the

teeth 5 — 5, and 19 examples have 5 — 4.

Rutilus thalassinus (Cope). Fig. 4.

Myloleucus thalassinus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1883, p. 144.
Goose Lake, Oregon.

Head 3^ to 3|; depth 31 to 4^; D. iii, 8, i, rarely iii, 7, i; A. iii,
7, I, occasionally iii, 8, i, rarely iii, 6, i; scales 42 to 50 in 1. 1. to
caudal base, usually between 46 and 49+2, rarely 3, on latter; 10
scales above 1. 1., rarely 9 or 11; 7 scales below 1. 1., frequently 6,
rarely 5; 20 to 25 predorsal scales; snout 3| to 4 in head; eye 3| to
7; maxillary 3i to 3|; interorbital 2f to 3f; teeth 5 — 4; length 3j\

Fig. 4. — Rutilus thalassinus (Cope). (Type of Myloleucus thalassinus Cope.)

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69

No. 19,848, A. N. S. P., type of Mijloleucus thalassimis Cope.
It agrees largely with Rutilus bicolor Gilbert.^ The head is given
as 3| to 3f, which is a little smaller than in the types of Algansea
antica Cope. Gilbert has identified Myloleucus parovanus Cope
with this species, though is not followed by Snyder.^

Also a series of examples from Klamath Lake and Goose Lake,
Oregon (Cope), and "Pyramid Lake, Nevada"? (Cope). The
Klamath Lake specimens were all identified by Cope as M. parovanus.
Likely the Pyramid Lake example is wrongly labelled.
Rutilus anticus (Cope). Fig. 5.

Algansea antica Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1864, p. 282. '"Texas."

Head 2| to 3|; depth 3^ to 3f ; D. in, 7, i; A. iii, 7, i; scales 45 to
50 in 1. 1. to caudal base +2 or 3 more on latter; 10 to 12 scales above
1. 1.; 7 or 8 scales below 1. 1.; 24 to 26 predorsal scales; snout 3y to

Fig. 5. — Rutilus anticus (Cope). (Type of Algansea atitica^Cope.)

4 in head; eye 4 to 5j; maxillary 3| to 4; interorbital 3j\ to 3^;
teeth 5—5 or 5—4; length 3|? to 5| inches.

Nos. 4,911 (type) to 4,913, A. N. S. P., cotypes of Algansea antica
Cope. The type locality given as "Texas" is doubtless erroneous,
no member of the genus ever having been found there. It is likely
these specimens really came from some lake or stream in California,
Nevada or Oregon?. Provisionally, they may be distinguishable
from Myloleucus bicolor by the larger head, ranging as 2| to 3|.

3 Bull. U. S. F. Com., XVII, 1897, p. 8, fig.
* Bull. Bur. Fisher., XXVII, 1907, p. 86.

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Eutilus symmetricus (Girard). Fig. 6.

Pogonichthys symmetricus (Baird and Girard) Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 1854, p. 136. Fort Miller, San Joaquin Valley, California.

Head 3| to 4; depth 3f ? to 4|; D. usually in, 7, i, rarely in, 8, i; A.
Ill, 7, i; scales 52 to 56 in 1. 1. to caudal base+2 to 4 more on latter;
12 scales above 1. 1., rarely 13; 7 or 8 scales below 1. 1.; usually 32
predorsal scales, rarely 28 or 31; snout 3 to 3j in head; eye 3f to 4f ;
maxillary 3 to 3f; interorbital 2f to 3; teeth 5 — 5 or 5 — 4; length
3| to 5| inches.

Nos. 5,330 to 5,333, A. N. S. P., cotypes of Pogonichthys symmetri-
cus Girard. Dr. A. L. Heermann. From the Smithsonian Insti-
tution (No. 191).

-Rutilus symmetricus (Girard). (Cotype of Pogonichthys symmetricus
Girard.)

An example from northern California? (Cope) is also identical.

This species approaches the physiognomy of Leuciscus, and differs
at once from all of our American Rutilus in the protruding snout
and included mandible. Although Rutter retains Algansea formosa
Girard as a synonym^, it differs in the projecting mandible.

Rutilus formosus (Girard). Fig. 7.

Algansea formosa Girard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1850, p. 183. Mercede
and Mohave Rivers.

Head 3| to 3|; depth 3| to 4|; D. usually in, 7, i, frequently

III, 8, i; A. Ill, 7, I, rarely in, 6, i; scales in 1. 1. to caudal base, usually

50, frequently 52, sometimes 51 or 47, occasionally 49 or 53, seldom

48, rarely 46+usually 3, occasionally 4, rarely 2; usually 12 scales

5 Bull. Bur. Fisher., XXVII, 1907 (1908), p. 137.

1913.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

71

above I. 1., frequently 11, seldom 13, rarely 14; usually 7 scales
below 1. 1., frequently 8, often 9; usually 25 predorsal scales, fre-
quently 24, often 26, seldom 23 or 27, rarely 29 or 30; snout 3i to ^
in head; eye 3^ to 6; maxillary 3 to 4; interorbital 2f to Sf; teeth
usually 5 — 4, rarely 5—5 or 4 — 4; length If to 8 inches.

No. 4,914, A. N. S. P., cotype of Algansea formosa Girard. Mercede
River, California. Dr. A. L. Heermann. Smithsonian Institution
(No. 196).

Fig. 7. — Rutilus fonnosus (Girard). (Cotype of Algansea formosa Girard.)

Also 38 other examples from: Chewaucan (Cope), Warner's Third
Lake (Cope), Silver Lake (Cope), Oregon; Mohave River (Hammond),
Pose Creek (Heermami), California.

Seven more examples, though with uncertain data, were likely
from the Mohave River in California?. They are not included in
the above computations.

Myloleucus pulverulentus Cope, from Warm Springs, Utah, as
represented by a co-type in the collection, is not a Rutilus, and
therefore cannot be identified with Pogonichthys symmetricus Girard,
as the teeth are biserial. It is likel}^ identical with Leuciscus lineatus
(Girard).

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.

NOTES ON SOME WEST AMERICAN CEPHALOPODS,

BY S. STILLMAN BERRY.

As a considerable time has elapsed since the completion of the
manuscript for my recent Review of the Cephalopods of Western
North America, it is not surprising that several new facts have been
brought to notice, while some of those already dwelt upon appear to
require reconsideration in the light of recent work by other in-
vestigators. Hence the following notes.

Polypus apollyon Berry 1912.

It seems fairly doubtful whether all the specimens included with
the type of this species in the table of locality data in my report
(Berry, 1912a, p. 283) are in reality conspecific with one another
or belong to recognizable groups which only a greater abundance
of well-preserved adult material than is at present available will
enable us to separate. In the meanwhile I am inclined to recognize
P. apollyon as distinct from the true P. hongkojigensis Hoyle,
a view which, if correct, eliminates the latter species from considera-
tion in our fauna.

Fig. 1. — Polypus apollyon, outline drawing of funnel laid open along the medio-
ventral line to expose the funnel organ. X 2. [S. S. B. 81.]

I take this opportunity to give a figure of the funnel organ
of one of the specimens from the Coronado Islands in the collection
of the University of Cahfornia [S. S. B. 81].

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73

Polypus pricei new species.

Animal small and rather delicate. Body elongate pyriform,
obtusely pointed behind; a decided nuchal constriction separates
it from the head; surface everywhere smooth, without visible cirri
or papillae.

Head small, short, flattened, slightly narrower than the body.
Eyes very large, rounded, and protruding. Funnel broad, thin
walled, truncate at the extremity, the tip reaching but little past
the base of the arms.^

Fig. 2. — Polypus pricei, inner aspect of right ventral arm. X 2^. [S. S. B. 189.]

Arms nearly equal, scarcely twice as long as the body; thick
at the base, but delicate and tapering rather rapidly to a tenuous
extremity; connected at base by a thin hyaline umbrella extending
about equally between them all for perhaps a twelfth of their length;
along their outer margins it is continued as a very fragile membrane,
becoming obsolete considerably before it reaches the tips. Suckers
small, little crowded, much elevated, the first five or six pairs but
little displaced, so that they still have the appearance of a single row;
the remainder clearly biserial (fig. 2).

Hectocotylus not observed.

Color of specimens preserved in alcohol a very pale brownish-
buff everywhere except the region of the eyeball, the body and
head irregularly dotted with small brown chromatophores ; eyeball
bluish-black, with a few very large chromatophores superimposed;
two alternating longitudinal rows of large light colored chromato-
phores decorate the outer surface of each arm.

1 Owing to the condition of the specimens I am unable to give either a drawing
or an accurate description of the funnel organ. The indications are, however,
that it is closely similar in outline to that of P. californicus (cf. Berry 1912o,
p. 286, fig. .3), although relatively somewhat smaller and more anterior in position.

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Measurements :

Type,

mm. mm.

Total length 50 58

Tip of body to base of dorsal arms 22 23

Length of mantle, dorsal 18 18

Length of mantle, ventral 17 18

Width of mantle 10 10

Width of neck 7 6

Width of head across, eyes 9 8

Length of head 4 5

Length of right dorsal arm 29 33

Length of left dorsal arm 29 29

Length of right second arm 30 35

Length of left second arm . 31 35

Length of right third arm 31 33

Length of left third arm 31 36

Length of right ventral arm 29 32

Length of left ventral arm , 29 26+

Length of funnel 8 7

Length of umbrella between dorsal arms 3.5 4

Length of umbrella between ventral arms 4 4

{Note. — The arms and umbrella were measured from the edge of
the buccal membrane along the inner face.)

Type.— In the Stanford University Collections [S. S. B. 189].

Type Locality. — Off Point Pinos, Monterey Bay, California;
four specimens from the stomach of a salmon {Onchorhynchus
tschawytscha) ; C. H. Gilbert, June 23, 1911.

Distrihution. — Although the type and cotypes are the only speci-
mens now at hand, I feel little hesitation in referring to the present
species a juvenile Polypus in the University of California Collection
described by me in a previous paper (Berry, 1911, p. 303), thus
extending its known range as far to the southward as Santa Catalina
Island.

Remarks. — P. pricei is most conspicuously characterized by the
delicate consistency of its tissues, large eyes, constricted neck,
very short subequal arms, short hyaline umbrella, elevated suckers,
pale coloration, and elongate pointed body, in outline somewhat
recalling that of an Argonauta. Owing to the inadequacy of the
material, I am unable to give a proper estimation of its relation-
ships with species from other geographic regions, but as compared
with all other West American and North Pacific forms, it seems clearly
distinct. In the key (Berry, 1912a, p. 271) the present species
would fall nearest to P. apollyon {hongkongensis) , but is certainly

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75

not the young either of that species or of P. californicus. Despite
their smallness, the four specimens are very nearly of a size, and
it may be that they are approximately mature.

The species is named for Dr. George Clinton Price, of Stanford
University.
Calliteuthis (Meleagroteuthis) heteropsis new species.

Meleagroteuthis hoylei Berry 1912a, p. 305, text figs. 13-16, pi. 50, figs. 1-3;

pi. 51; pi. 52, figs. 5-7 (not of Pfeffer 1900, p. 170; 1912, p. 291, pi. 22,

figs. 1-8).
Having recently been able to consult a copy of Pfeffer's great mono-
graph of the (Egopsida containing a much more detailed description
of his Meleagroteuthis hoylei than had previously been given, together
with an excellent series of figures of the same, I am forced to the
opinion that my reference of the Albatross Calif ornian specimens
to this species was an error and that they represent a nearly allied
but unnamed form. As I have already given a careful and full
description of these specimens, its repetition is unnecessary here,
but it should be added that, as compared with M. hoylei, C. heteropsis
differs especially in the following characteristics:

(1) There is a somewhat greater number of suckers and pads
in the fixing apparatus of the tentacles, and these exhibit the fol-
lowing differences in arrangement : in hoylei the dorsal series comprises
five pads and the same number of suckers in regular alternation,
while the ventral and more proximal row beginning at the carpus
comprises (according to Pfeffer's figure) 1 sucker, 2 pads, 2 suckers,
1 pad, 2 suckers, 1 pad — a very peculiar order indeed; in heteropsis
the dorsal series contains 7 pads alternating with an equal number
of suckers, while the ventral row commencing at its distal end con-
tains a small sucker, then a larger one, then two smaller pads, then
two larger suckers, two pads, two suckers, two pads, and two suckers
— all nearly in the same line, but occurring in pairs in regular alter-
nation.

' (2) There is no evidence whatever of the presence of cartilaginous
tubercles, either along the medio-dorsal line, along the arms, or any-
where else.

(3) The arms are relatively stouter.

(4) The number of teeth on the horny rings of the sessile arm
suckers is much smaller (7-8 instead of 20), and these are apparent
only upon the upper half of the ring.

In some respects the present species approaches the recently
described C. asteroessa Chun, but is probably sufficiently distinct.

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

Chun (1910, p. 170) has united Meleagroteuthis to Calliteuthis
Verrill 1880, as a subgenus, a proceeding with which the writer is
in accord.

Gonatus magister new species.

Gonalus fabricii (?) Berry 1912a, p. 310, pi. 52, fig.s. 1-2; pi. 53; pi. 54,
figs. 1-4; pi. 55, figs, 1, 3-7 (not of Steenstrup et al.).

In the work cited I referred a number of small decapods from the
California coast to the widespread Gonatus fabricii, and somewhat
doubtfully included with them two large squids from the Puget
Sound Region. Since that time, through the kindness of Miss A. L.
Massy, I have received a specimen of the true G. fabricii from the
Irish coast, and a comparison with this now leads me to consider
the Puget Sound specimens, at least, to represent a new species'.

Owing to the detailed description of these specimens I have already
given, it is necessary here merely to give a brief resume of the feat-
ures which appear peculiar to them. As compared with the Irish
specimen, they are much larger, heavier, and more massive in every
way. The fins are over one-half the length of the body, are more
obtusely angled, and are scarcely at all produced at the extremity,
while at the same time they appear to be thicker, more firmly at-
tached to the body, more widely separated, and with less developed
anterior lobes.

The most conspicuous and important difference, however, is to
be found in the structure of the tentacular arms, for the clubs are
not only differently shaped, but their inner faces are completely
clothed by a multitude of fine suckers quite unaccompanied by hooks
or even any traces of the same. I have carefully re-examined the
specimens on several different occasions and nowhere can find the
slightest scars to indicate that such structures might once have
been present. In the region -corresponding to their position in G.
fabricii, there is not even a bare space ("einer glatten langlichen
Central-Flache " of Middendorff) nor do the suckers extend so far
down the stalk as in that species. The fixing apparatus is very
simple and inconspicuous, comprising some 23-25 small marginal
pads alternating with a similar number of suckers on the club proper,
besides a number more extending down the stalk. These suckers
are all minute, none of them conspicuously larger or otherwise
differentiated from the others, and there are no accessory ridges
connected with- them as in G. fabricii. The contrast with either the
excellent figures of Steenstrup (1881, pi. 1), or the brief though clear
description given by Middendorff (1849, p. 515) for his Onychoteuthis

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77

kamtschatica, or the specimen sent me by Miss Massy, is throughout
very marked. It should be noted that the gross dimensions of
Middendorff's specimen correspond very fairly to those of the indi-
viduals before me, so that the differences do not seem explicable
on the ground of age.

Type. — Cat. 2,084 of the Invertebrate Series, Stanford University
Collections [S. S. B. 88].

Type Locality. — Puget Sound, Washington.

Whether the young specimens taken by the Albatross are true
G. fahricii or a young stage of the present species is still a matter
of doubt.

Onychoteuthis banksii (Leach, 1817) F6russac, 1826.

This species has recently been obtained off Ne^vi3ort, California
(Berry, 1912, p. 83, figs. 44-46). I had previously overlooked the
fact that Middendorff (1849, p. 516, pi. 12, fig. A) describes a much
smaller specimen from Bering Sea as 0. Bergii Lichtenstein. He also
mentions an Octopus (Polypus) from the same region — '^vielleicht
Oct. gramdatus Lam'k."

Literature Cited.

Berry, S. S. 1911. Notes on some Cephalopods in the Collection of the
University of California. University of California Publications in Zoology,
vol. 8, pp. 301-.310, text figures 1-4, pis. 20-21, Septenaber, 1911.

1912. On a Cephalopod new to California with a note on another species.

First Annual Report of the Laguna Marine Laboratory, pp. 83-87, text figures
44-48, May, 1912.

1912a. A Review of the Cephalopods of Western North America.

Bulletin of the Bureau of Fisheries, vol. 30, pp. 267-336, text figures 1-18,
pis. 32-56, July, 1912.

Chun, C. 1910. Die Cephalopoden. 1. Teil: CEgopsida. Wiss. Ergehn.
deutsch. Tiefsee-Exped. Valdivia, vol. 18, 402 pp., 2 pis. and 32 figures in
text, atlas of 61 pis.

VON Middendorff, A. T. 1849. Beitrage zu einer Malacozoologia Rossica.
II. Aufzahlung und Beschreibung der zur Meeresfauna Russlands gehorigen
Einschaler. Memoires sciences naturelles de I'Academie Imperiale des
Sciences (6), vol. 6, pp. 329-.516, pis. 1-12, St. Petersburg, 1849.

Pfeffer, G. 1900. Synopsis der oegopsiden Cephalopoden. Mitteilungen
aus dem N aturhistorischen Museum Hamburg, No. 17, pp. 147-198.

1912. Die Cephalopoden der Planktonexpedition. Zugleich eineiiiono-

graphische Uebersicht der CEgopsiden Cephalopoden. Ergebn. Plankton-
expedition der Humboldt-Stiftung, Bd. 2, pp. i-xxi, 1-815, atlas of 48 pis.

Steenstrup, J. J. S. 1881. Professor A. E. Verrils to nye Cephalopodslaegter:
Sthenoteuthis og Lestoteuthis. Oversigt over d. k. d. Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl.
1881, pp. 1-27, pi. 1.

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

OXYRHOPUS TRIGEMINUS Dumeril and Bibron THE TYPE OF
ERYTHROXYRHOPUS gen. nov.

BY J. C. THOMPSON, SURGEON U. S. N.

The classification contained in the Catalogue of the Snakes in the
British Museum will unquestionably remain our standard for years
to come. Nevertheless, when the suborder Serpentes has been
critically examined from the standpoint of comparative anatomy
along the lines suggested by Cope, there must be changes.

When dissecting serpents, especially those that are now placed
in the larger genera, one sees species grouped that really should be
separated. In recording unusual structural conditions, in suggesting
new generic names, or in the regrouping of species, the following
routine will be observed: The specimens examined will be recorded
under the exact specific name employed in the Catalogue of the Snakes
m the British Museum, and where a new generic name is established,
it will be proposed provisionally, not for immediate use, but awaiting
a thorough examination of the subfamily to which it belongs.

In studying Oxyrhoj)us trigeminus (Dumeril and Bibron) it was
found to possess an hemipenis without calyces and with an apical
disk. This is a condition widely different from Oxyrhopus cloelia
(Daudin) and Oxyrhopus petolarius (Linnaeus), in which the organ
has calyces and is without a disk. Two opisthoglyph serpents were
previously known with a similar organ. These, Erythrolarnprus
cesculapii (Linnaeus) and Philodryas elegans (Tschudi), have been
grouped by Cope in the subfamily of Enjthrolamprince } Oxyrhopus
trigeminus (Dumeril and Bibron) is believed to be worthy of generic
recognition. On the other hand, to alter a name well-established in
literature from the time of Dumeril and Bibron, should not be under-
taken without grave necessity. In this case the necessity will only
arise when the great majority of the Dipsadomorphince have been
examined anatomically, and one is in a position to propose a re-
arrangement of the species based upon a far wider knowledge of their
organs than is at present possessed.

11900: Cope, Croo., Liz. and Sn. of No. Am., p. 1091.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79

Oxyrhopus trigeminus Dumeril and Bibron.

1896: Boulenger, Cat. Sn. Brit. Mus., Ill, p. 104.

Field No. 4,425. Ceara Mirim, Rio Grande do Norte, Brazil.
Female; total length 340 mm., tail 55.

Scales in 19 rows anteriorly and 17 rows posteriorly; the IV row
suppressed at the level of the 126th gastrostege on the right and the
127th on the left; smooth, with two apical pits; the scales in the
outer row are usually without pits, when present there is one situated
in the upper half of the scale and near the apex. Gastrosteges 191;
anal entire; urosteges 60 pairs. One prse- and two postoculars;
temporals 2-3; eight upper labials, the fourth and fifth entering the
eye. The pupil is very narrow and vertical.

Anatomy. — The maxilla bears ten teeth and two enlarged fangs.

Color. — There are thirteen sets of bands on the body and three
on the tail, the tip is black.

Field No. 4,449. Papery, Rio Grande do Norte, Brazil. Female;
body 471 mm., tail docked.

Scales in 19 rows anteriorly and 17 rows posteriorly; the IV row
is suppressed at the level of the 120th gastrostege on the right and
on the 122d on left side. Gastrosteges 183; anal entire. One
prae- and two postoculars temporals 2-3; eight upper labials, the
fourth and the fifth entering the eye.

Field No. 4,402. Papery, Rio Grande do Norte, Brazil. Male;
body length 437 mm., tail docked.

Scales in 19 rows anteriorly and in 17 rows posteriorly; the IV
row is suppressed at the level of the 118th gastrostege on the right
and at the 119th on the left side. Gastrosteges 182; anal entire.
One prse- and two postoculars; temporals 2-3; eight upper labials,
the fourth and fifth entering the eye.

Anatomy. — The total length of the hemipenis is 22 mm., it is
divided, the length of each quadripenis being 9 mm., the tip reaches
to the 12th urostege. The sulcus is divided 6 mm. from the base;
each quadripenis terminates in a cordiform apical disk; from the base
to the bifurcation of the sulcus the organ is plicate, from this point
to the chsk it is spinous. A rudiment of a lung. The heart apex
is at the level of the 41st gastrostege. Anteriorly the liver is divided
into two lobes, the one on the right side is 8 mm., that on the left
24 mm. long; the tip of the longer lobe is at the level of the 51st
gastrostege.

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.,

ERYTHEOXYRHOPUS new genus.

Hypapophyses absent in the posterior dorsal vertebrse. Scales
smooth with two apical pits; in species with 19 rows anteriorly
reduced to 17 rows posteriorly the IV row is the one that becomes
suppressed. Head distinct. Pupil vertical. Maxillary teeth about
11 subequal, a short space between them and the two fangs which
are behind the eye; anterior mandibular teeth enlarged. A rudi-
mentary lung. Hemipenis and sulcus divided, spinous with an
apical disk at the termination of each ramus of the organ.

Type species of this genus is now known as Oxyrhopus trigeminus
(Dumeril and Bibron) ; it occurs in the Guianas and Brazil.

The position of this genus in Cope's classification would be in
the Erythrolamprinoe.

This subfamily of the Dipsadidce may be defined as glyphodonta
with the hypapophyses of vertebrse anterior only, hemipenis and
sulcus divided, spinous, not calyculate, an apical disk.

There are three genera all neotropical: —
Hemipenis and sulcus bifurcate.

Disk at the extremity of the sulcus.

Pupil round Erythrolamprus Boie.

Pupil vertical Erythroxyrhopus Thompson.

Disk at one side of the sulcus.
Hemipenis with spines in two bands only Lygophis Tschudi.

The specimens from which the foregoing observations were made
are in the Department of Zoology at Leland Stanford Junior
University.

U. S. F. S. Albatross, Dec. 25, 1912.

1913.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81

March 18.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair.

Three hundred and two persons present.

The Chair announced the deaths of the follo^ving members:
Lewis W. Steinbach, February 10; Theodore W. Morris, February

15; Roland G. Curtin, M.D., March 15, 1913.
The death of Robert Collett, a correspondent, February, 1913,

was also announced.

Mr. Edward H. Thompson made an illustrated communication
on the ancient ruins of Yucatan and its modern inhabitants. (No
abstract.)

The Publication Committee reported that papers under the fol-
lowing titles had been presented for publication:

''Some Australian bees," by T. D. A. Cockerell (February 1).

"Notes on Catostomoid fishes," by Henry W. Fowler (Febru-
ary 1).

"Notes on the fishes of the Chincoteague River," by Henry W.
Fowler (February 1).

"Some type specimens of American Cyprinoid fishes of the genus
Rutilus," by Henry W. Fowler (February 1).

"Notes on some West American Cephalopods," by S. Stillman
Berry (February 5).

"Descriptions of new species of marine shells," by E. G. Vanatta
(January 23-February 19).

"Description and records of South American Orthoptera, ^^•ith
the description of a ncAv subspecies from Clarion Island," by J. A. G.
Rehn (March 10).

"A study of metazoan parasites found in the Philadelphia Zo-
ological Garden," by Frederick D. Wiedman (March 12).

"North border relations of the Triassic in Pennsylvania," by
Edgar T. Wherry (March 12).

Colonel W. C. Gorgas, of Panama, was elected a correspondent.
The following were ordered to be printed:

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

DESCKIPTIONS AND RECORDS OF SOUTH AMERICAN ORTHOPTERA, WITH
THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUBSPECIES FROM CLARION ISLAND.

BY JAMES A. G. REHN.

In the following pages are contained the descriptions of one new
genus, nine new species and one new subspecies, from locahties
extending from Panama and Surinam south to southern Brazil and
from Clarion Island in the Pacific Ocean, off Lower California.
Much information concerning the variation of certain species and
data on the range of others, accumulated from a number of sources,
is here presented for the first time.

By far the greater part of the material here treated is contained
in the Hebard Collection, all of the new species being from that
series, while a number of interesting forms are from the collection
of the United States National Museum. My thanks are due to Mr.
Hebard and the authorities of the National Museum for the privilege
of studying the material.

ACRYDIIX.E (Tdliginop Auct.).

EOMORPHOPUS Hancock.

1906. Eotnorphopus Hancock, Tetriginse; Genera Insectorum, pp. 31 and
37.

Tj'pe as specified, Amorphopus antemiatiis Bolivar.

Eomorphopus granulatus Hancock.

1906. Eomophopus granulatus Hancock, Tetriginse; Genera Insectorum,
p. 38, pi. 4, fig.s. 3o-3.5a. [Dutch Guiana.l

Surinam. [Hebard Coll.] One 9 .

EUMASTACIN.^.

PARAMASTAX Burr.
Paramastax nigra (Scudder).

187.5. Mastax nigra Scudder, Proc. Boston Soc. Xat. Hist., XVII, p. 266.
[Eastern slope of the Peruvian Andes.]

Yungas de la Paz, Bolivia, 1,000 meters elevation. [Hebard
CoU.] One cf .

This specimen is considerably smaller than the measurements
given by Scudder and appreciably smaller than those given by Burr,^
but otherwise it is typical of 7iigra. The difference in size may be

1 Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., XXVIII, p. 270.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83

due to the fact that the specimen in hand is from the most southern
section of the known range of the species.

The fact that the ventral portion of the lateral lobes of the pro-
notum is orange-red seems to have been overlooked by previous
writers.

Measurements.

Length of body 16 . 5"^ mm.

Length of pronotum 2.3 "

Length of tegmen 13 .5 "

Length of caudal femur 13 "

ACRIDIN.E {Truxalince Auct.).
ORPHULA Stkl.
Orphula pagana minor (Giglio-Tos).

Yungas de la Paz, Bolivia, 1,000 meters elevation. [Hebard
Collection.] One cf.

This is the most westerly locality known for the form.

ORPHULINA Giglio-Tos.

Orphulina veteratoria Rehn.

1906. Orphulina veteratoria Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 21,
figs. 5 and 6. [Sao Paulo, Brazil.]

Espirito Santo, Brazil. [Hebard Collection.] One cf .

This specimen differs from the type in a few details, as the exact
curve of the lateral pronotal carinse and the degree of constriction
of the frontal costa dorsad and ventrad of the ocellus, but the differ-
ences appear to be purely individual.

FENESTRA Giglio-Tos.
Fenestra ensicorne n. sp.

Type: cf; Espirito Santo, Brazil, [Hebard Collection.]

AUied to F. bohlsii Giglio-Tos, but differing in the more ascending

head, the more angulate character of the fastigium when viewed from

the lateral aspect, the more compressed and more deeply sulcate frontal

•costa and the much less depressed antennae (except at the apex).

Size medium; form distinctly compressed. Head with the

occiput distinctly ascending; interspace between the eyes equal

to the fastigium in width, the latter trigonal, acute-angulate, the

margins distinctly elevated and the occiput, vertex and fastigium

provided with a continuous median carina, which is stronger on the

fastigium than elsewhere; lateral foveolse strongly linear, expanding

^ The abdomen is unnaturally compressed and in conseqilence the length is
greater than should be the case.

84

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[March,

Fig. 1. — Fenestra ensicorne n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 3.)

somewhat caudad; face considerably retreating, the angle of the face
and fastigium truncate; frontal costa slightly expanded between
the antennae, regularly expanding from slightly
dorsad of the ocellus to the clypeal suture, deeply
punctate between the antennae, sulcate ventrad,
the portion dorsad of the ocellus quite deeply so;
lateral carinae of the face distinct, considerably
diverging ventrad; eyes subovate, slightly angu-
late dorsad and ventrad, moderately prominent
when viewed from the dorsum; antennae half
again as long as the head and pronotum together,
proximal third Avdth the joints distinctly de-
pressed and somewhat ensiform in appearance,
distal segment depressed, hastate, remaining
joints simple, cylindrical. Pronotum somewhat
longer than the dorsal length of the head ; cUsk very
sHghtly tectate, cephalic margin subtruncate,
caudal margin obtuse-angulate with the 'sides of
the angle roundly emarginate; median carina
distinct, moderately elevated, divided very
slightly caudad of the middle, lateral angles of
the pronotum not carinate except for limited areas in the vicinity of
the cephalic and caudal margins, the form of the lateral angles, as
indicated by imperfect carinae, is similar to that of F. hohlsii, being
distinctly constricted cephalad of the middle; lateral lobes of the

Fig. 2. — Fenestra
ensicorne n. sp.
Dorsal view of
head and prono-
tum. (X3.)

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85

pronotum subquadrate, the veiitrad margin strongl}' sinuate
cephalad. Tegmina very slightly exceeding the tips of the caudal
femora, inflated, the greatest breadth contained about three and
a half times in the length; costal margin with a moderate proximal
expansion, apex subobliquely rotundato-truncate ; mediastine vein
strongl}^ developed, no intercalarj^ vein present. Interspace between
the mesosternal lobes very slightly transverse, the angles of the
lobes obtuse; metasternal lobes separated by a narrow longitudinal
space. Abdomen moderately compressed; supra-anal plate rounded
trigonal; subgenital plate compressed, particularly dorsad, moder-
ately acute; cerci simple, terete. Caudal femora slightly less than
twice the length of the head and pronotum together, moderately
robust, paginse with well-marked scalariform pattern; caudal tibise
bearing ten spines on the external margin, eleven on the internal margin.
General color of the dorsum olive, the tegmina with a tendency
toward burnt umber mesad. Face and clypeus apple-green, labrum
whitish; eyes raw umber; antennae burnt umber, clove-brow^i on the
terminal segment. Gena? and lateral lobes of the pronotum drab,
paler ventrad; pleura pale greenish and umber; ventral surface
of the thorax and proximal portion of abdomen shining black,
remainder of abdomen vandyke bro^\^l wdth obscure longitudinal
bars of blackish-brown disposed as a pair of laterals and another of
ventrals, the two parallel ventral bars separated by a very narrow
median paler line. Wings with the base Chinese orange. Limbs very
pale olive-green, the caudal femora with some weak buff-yellow
dorsad and proximad, the genicular region and both ventral faces
blue-black, the internal face blue-blackish with several very narrow
pale olive-green bars; caudal tibise very dark olive-green with a
pale olive-green pregenicular annulus, spines black-tipped.

Measurements.

Length of body 20 mm.

Length of pronotum 4 "

Greatest caudal width of disk of pronotum 2.7 "

Length of tegmen 15.8 "

Length of caudal femur 12.5 "

The type is unique.

CEDIPODIN^.

LACTISTA St&l.
Xactista pulchripennis Saussure.

188-4. L[actista] pulchripennis Saussure, Prodromus CEdipodiorum, p. 143.
[Colombia; Porto Cabello, Venezuela.]

Surinam. [U. S. N. M.] One cf .

This species has previously been recorded only from Cache, Costa

86

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[March,

Rica, Colombia (without exact locahty), Bonda, Colombia, and
Puerto Cabello, Venezuela.

9.

[Hebard Coll.]

PYRGOMORPHIN^.

OMURA Walker.
Omura congrua Walker.

Surinam. May-September. [Hebard Coll.] One
Obidos, Amazon River, State of Para, Brazil.
One d^.

SPATHALIUM Bolivar.
Spathalium paranense n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Parana, Brazil. [Hebard Collection.]
Allied to S. sommeri Burmeister and S. hispidum Bruner, but
differing from both in the undivided and narrower medio-caudal
tubercle of the pronotum, from the former also in the shorter

tegmina and wings, and from
•;\^ // the latter in the less expanded

/'' pronotum and the more de-

pressed condition of the tuber-
cles, both marginal and discal,
of the pronotum.

Size rather large; form simi-
lar to that of the other strongly
tuberculate species of the
genus; surface rugose and
carinate. Head well set into
the pronotum ; interocular
area slightly more than one
and a half times as wide as the
greatest diameter of the eye and
provided with three transverse
carinse, all interrupted several
times and the median hardly
apparent mesad; frontal costa
very narrow, subangulately
produced between the antennal
bases, sulcate throughout and
expanded ventrad of the
ocellus into an hour-glass-
shaped structure ; when viewed
from the lateral aspect the
face has several undulations
ventrad of the interantennal
rather prominent; antennae depressed;

Fig. 3. — Spathalium paranense n.sp
sal view of type. (X 2|.)

protuberance; eyes ovate,

Dor-

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87

gense with several low tuberculate swellings. Pronotum of the
peculiar type found in the allied species, the median carina of the
prozona cristate, inflated caudad, caudal margin of the metazona
with five principal and six minor projections; prozonal crest moder-
ately high, eroso-serrate, projecting over the metazona and inflated
caudad; cephalic margin very obtuse-angulate mesad; median
tubercle of the caudal mar-
gin rather narrow and undi- rC"^"^^^
vided; median carina of the ^^^^^^^^^w /V^V

metazona regular, about equal V;: vT") J V^^x>v___ - -

to the rather depressed discal ^ {Pi

tubercles in height; lateral ^i^!l.y<^^^^^^~j

angles of the metazona pro- ^^/

iecting laterad of the dorsal ^. . „ , , , .

. , , 111 Fig. 4. — SpathaHum paranense n. sp.

portion oi the lateral lobes a Lateral outline of head and pronotum.

considerable distance, the (X -2-)
greatest width of the prono-
tum, i.e., between these angles, is slightly greater than the length
from the cephalic margin along the median line to the caudal margin
exclusive of the projections; lateral lobes of the pronotum longer
than deep, ventral margin sinuate cephalad, ventro-caudal angle
rectangulate, caudal margin with three projecting tubercles, diverted
lateral carinse of the prozona strongly marked. Tegmina about
two and one-half times the greatest absolute length of the pronotum;
apical margin acute-angulate with the immediate apex rounded.
Wings about four-fifths the length of the tegmina. Prosternal ridge
lamellate, arcuate with the concavity cephalad, the greatest depth
mesad. Interspace between the mesosternal and metasternal
lobes very strongly transverse. Caudal femora slightly more than
four-fifths the length of the tegmina, the genicular lobes and the
medio-genicular process acute, medio-dorsal carina with three low
rounded lobes, ventro-lateral carina distinctly but not greatly
produced; caudal tibiae with eight spines on the lateral margins,
ten on the internal margins.

General colors cinnamon, wood-broAvn, and seal-brown,
marbled and mingled together, lined, streaked and washed
one on the other. Head with the face darker than the vertex,
fastigium and genae, the carinse of the same region lined with
seal-brown; eyes raw umber; antennae Vandyke brown edged
with cinnamon. Pronotum with the disk and lateral lobes of the
prozona with seal-brown predominating, crest dirty wood -brown;

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

disk of the metazona nearly all cinnamon, darker at the margins
and lined with seal-brown mesad; lateral lobes of the metazona
seal-brown between the principal ridges. Tegmina pale walnut-
brown, with a medio-longitudinal series of small dark blotches,
the sutural margins suffused and the whole surface distinctly marbled
with shades of brown. Limbs dirty wood-brown, the spines on the
caudal femora very narrowly and weakly tipped with black.

Measurements.

Length of body 30 mm.

Jliength of pronotum . 9.5 "

Greatest caudal width of disk of pronotum , . 8.2 ''

Length of tegmen... 22 "

Length of caudal femur 16.8 "

The type is the only specimen of the species examined.

LOCUSTINiE.
DIEDRONOTUS Bolivar.
Diedronotus rosulentus (Stai).

1S78. T[rapidoHotus] rosulentus Stal, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad.
Hand)., V, No. 9, p. 19. [New Grenada.]

Surinam. [U. S. N. M.] Two c^.

These specimens have the tegmina with the transverse fuscous
clouds very distinct proximad, becoming weak distad and extending
across the tegmina except for the anal area. The rosy suffusion
of the costal section of the wing is weaker than on the disk, being
only a coloration of the veins on a fuscous ground.

Brunner has recorded this species from near Guayaquil, Ecuador.

CHROMACEIS Walker.

Chromacris peruviana (Pictet and Saussure).

1887. R[ho77ialea] peruviana Pictet and Saussure, Mittheil. Schweiz. Ent.
Gesell., VII, p. 352. [Peru.]

Piches and Perene Valleys, Peru, 2,000-3,000 feet. (Soc. Geog.
cle Lima.) [U. S. N. M.] ld',19.

The size of the female of this species is very considerable and
would serve in a great measure to identifj^ it,, aside from the slender
form and distinctive coloration.

This appears to be the first definite record of the species.

TROPIDACRIS Scudder.
Tropidacris latreillei (Perty).

1830. Acrydimn Latreillei Perty in Spix and Martius, Delect. Anim.

Art., p. 123, pi. XXIV, fig. 4. [Amazon River.]

Tobago, West Indies. (B. Sharp.) [A. N. *S. Phila.] One 9 .

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89

Port of Spain, Trinidad. (Ernst T. Giers.) [U. S. N. M.] Two 9 .

Colon, Panama. (Wm. Lill.) [U. S. N. M.] One 9 .

This species has a broad blackish margin to the wings, the proximal
portion of the margin being colored the same as the peripheral
section, while the caudal tibiae are chiefly glaucous-green. True
Tropidacris dux (Drury)'' from the Bay of Honduras appears to be
the species which Pictet and Saussure have described as Tropi-
daa-is cardinalis, as shown by the general reddish color of the limbs
and narrow black margin of the wings, both features distinctly
indicated in Drury's description and figure.

It would seem, from our present knowledge of the dux-latreillei
group that there is a regular increase southward in the width of the
blackish margin to the wings, the individuals from the northern
section of the range of the group have the marginal band ver}'^
narrow, those from the southern part of the range having it wide.
The future may shoAV the necessity of considering the various species
allied to dux as mere geographic races.

Tropidacris cristata (Linnaeus).

Margarita Island, Venezuela. (Wirt Robinson.) [U. S. N. M.]
Two 9.

One of these specimens is larger than any of a numljer of main-
land specimens examined by the author.'

OPHTHALMOLAMPIS Saussure.

1859. Ophthalmokunpis Sau.ssure, Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser.,
XI, p. 394.

Included 0. colibri and yersini Saussure, of which the former has

been designated as the type by Kirby.

Ophthalmolampis colibri Saussure.

1859. 0[mmatnln)npis\ {Ophthalmolampis) colibri Saussure, Revue et
Magasin de Zoologie, 2e ser., XI, p. 394. [Guiana.]

Surinam. May to September. [Hebard Collection.] One 9 .

This individual undoubtedly belongs to Saussure's species, the
peculiar type of coloration of the pronotum and tegmina being
essentially as he describes. As the original brief description was
based on a. male, the female is here described.

Size medium; form robust; surface except that of the abdomen
rugulose. Head broad, face slightly flattened; occiput rounded,
hardly elevated dorsad of the level of the pronotum; fastigium narrow,
the length not less than the greatest width, longitudinally sulcate;

3 must. Exot. Ins., II, p. 82, pi. XLIV.

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

interocular space very narrow, less than half the width of the narrow-
est portion of the fastigium; interantennal portion of the frontal
costa distinctly but not greatly produced, rounding into the fas-
tigium, somewhat expanded, not sulcate or punctate, costa for a short
distance dorsad and ventrad of the ocellus narrow and sulcate,
costa not present ventrad of this portion; face rugoso-punctate,
moderately retreating when viewed from the lateral aspect, lateral
facial carinse not sharply defined, converging dorsad; eyes large,
subovate, moderately prominent; antennae slightly shorter than
the pronotum, thick, slightly depressed. Pronotum nearly twice
as long as the exposed portion of the head, the greatest caudal width
of the whole pronotum nearly equal to the length; cephalic margin
slightly arcuate with a distinct but shallow median emargination,
caudal margin rounded obtuse-angulate ; three transverse sulci
deeply impressed on the dorsum and the caudal two as distinctly
indicated on the lateral lobes which they cross almost to the ventral
margin; median carina absent, lateral carinse indicated only as
raised welts which are traversed by all the sulci and bear a different
coloring from the remainder of the pronotum, dorsum strongly and
closely punctate; lateral lobes with the extreme dorsal length some-
what greater than the depth, ventral margin distinctly sinuato-
emarginate cephalad, ventro-caudal angle broadly rounded. Tegmina
about three times as long as the head, narrow, arched and over-
lapping, completely covered with numerous very small impressed
areolae; costal margin straight except for a slight proximal expansion,
sutural margin very slightly arcuate, apex obliquely rotundato-
truncate, principal veins alone apparent. Wings reaching to the
tips of the tegmina. Prosternal spine very short, thick, strongly
transverse, blunt. Interspace between the mesosternal lobes
slightly transverse and very slightly broader than the lobes them-
selves; interspace between the metasternal lobes trigonal, strongly
narrowed caudad. Cephahc and median limbs rather short. Caudal
femora about twice as long as the pronotum, robust, inflated, the
greatest thickness being about two-thirds the depth, which latter
is contained three times in the length, carinse serrato-dentate, par-
ticularly the medio-dorsal, pagina with a well-marked and regular
pattern impressed by punctations, genicular extremity large, genicu-
lar lobes broad; caudal tibise about four-fifths the length of the
femora, armed on the external margin with seven spines, one of which
is apical, and with six on the internal margin; tarsi about three-
fourths the length of the tibise, slender, second and third joints
subequal and each longer than the first joint.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91

General colors bay and gamboge-yellow. A very broad bar of bay
covers the whole occiput, the dorsum of the pronotum and two-
thirds of the tegmina; this area being edged laterad on the occiput
and pronotum with a narrow line of white ; on the tegmina are placed
two similar parallel white lines, the area between them being car-
mine and that between the innermost line and the bay color black;
the costal edge of the tegmina is greenish vitreous. Dorsum of
fastigium pomegranate -purple with a very narrow median line of
pale color, front of fastigium pea-green; face dull olive-green sprinkled
with reddish, area ventro-caudad of the eyes olive-green, a bar
of white extending obliquely from the insertion of the antennae to
the ventro-cephalad angle of the pronotum; eyes mars brown; an-
tennae with the proximal joint pale, remainder black. Pronotum with
the lateral lobes gamboge-yellow with a slight greenish tinge. Pleura^
venter and abdomen similar in color to the lateral lobes of the
pronotum, the dorsum of the abdomen bearing a broad median
bar of pale liver-brown. Cephalic and median limbs similar in color
to the lateral lobes of the pronotum, the median femora with a
distinct maroon wash; tarsal joints distinctly greenish. Caudal
femora very pale oil-green, the genicular region blackish except for
a pure white spot on each genicular lobe, serrations on medio-
dorsal carina black; caudal tibiae oil -green with a pregenicular area
and the sides of the genicular portion black, genicular angle touched
with reddish, distal half of tibiae blackish internally, french green
externally, spines and spurs tipped with black; caudal tarsi very
pale greenish, the two proximal joints washed with pinkish.

Measure7nents.

Length of body 26 mm.

Length of pronotum 6.8 "

Length of tegmen 12 .5 "

Length of caudal femur 14.3 "

T.a:NIOPHORA st&i.
187.3. Twniophora St&l, Recensio Orthopterorum, I, p. .34, 53.
Included T. detitipes and geniculata Stal, of which dentipes has
been designated as the type by Kirby.

Taeniophora femorata Bruner.

1907. Tmiiophora femorata Bruner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., II, p. 245.
[Pozo Azul, Costa Rica.]

Chiriqui, Panama. [Hebard Collection.] One male.

This specimen agrees fully with the description of femorata except

92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

for the coloration of the antennse and the cephahc and median
limbs, which instead of being dark ohvaceous are dull ochraceous.

HENIA Giglio-Tos.

1898. Henia Giglio-Tos, BoUott, Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIII,
No. 311, pp. 45 and .55.

Type. — Gryllus frenatus Marschall.
Henia boliviana n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Yungas de la Paz, Bolivia, altitude 1,000 meters.
[Hebard Collection.]

Differing from the type species in some details of the coloration,

Fig. 5. — Henia bolimana n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 4.)

the larger size and proportionately longer caudal limbs, tegmina,
and wings.

Size medium; form elongate; surface shiny. Head with its dorsal
length slightly more than half that of the pronotum, dorsum slightly
punctate, occiput hardly elevated, interocular region less than half
the width of the fastigium and descending slightly from the occiput;
fastigium acute with the lateral margins slightly arcuate, median
carina distinct on the dorsum of the fastigium; fastigial angle trun-
cate when viewed from the side, rounding into the decidedly re-
treating face; frontal costa narrow, not sharply defined, shallowly
and narrowly sulcate ventrad of the ocellus, not sulcate dorsad;

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

93

eyes subovate, moderately prominent; antennae filiform, about
twice the length of the head and pronotum to-
gether. Pronotum rather narrow, the greatest ;, ;''
dorsal (caudal) width contained nearly twice in :',
the length; cephalic margin of the disk slightly ',',
arcuate, caudal margin considerably arcuate; ',';
median carina very weak, subobsolete on the
metazona, transverse sulci three in number, of ';'
which only the caudal cuts the median carina;
metazona one and one-half times the length
of the prozona, slightly ascendant when seen ';', /.'
from the side; lateral shoulders well rounded; ',',
lateral lobes distinctly longer than high, ventral V;
margin obliquely sinuato-emarginate cephalad, V:
broadly rounded caudad; entire disk and meta-
zona of the lateral lobes punctate. Tegmina
quite narrow, lanceolate, costal lobe very shallow,
spurious intercalary vein present; apex very
narrowly rounded. Prosternal spine distinctly
compressed, moderately acute, with a distinct
caudal trend. Interspace between the mesoster-
nal lobes slightly transverse, the margins of the
lobes strongly arcuate; metasternal lobes sub-
attingent. Pleura with their dorsal portions
punctate. Ovipositor jaws very short and
thick, moderately compressed, teeth robust.
Cephalic and median limbs slender, the median
distinctly longer than the cephalic. Caudal
femora slightly surpassing the tips of the teg-
mina, moderately slender, genicular lobes acute, surface glabrous,,
pattern of the pagina consisting of arcuate or arcuato-angulate
lines; caudal tibia somewhat shorter than the caudal femora, dis-
tinctly sinuate, armed on the external margin with six spines, on
the internal with nine, both margins with distinct low lamellate
expansions on the distal half; caudal tarsi about half the length of
the tibiae, the proximal joint hardly shorter than the third, second
joint less than half the length of the first; arolium small.

General colors yellow and black. Head with the dorsum of the
fastigium, interocular region and occiput olive-yellow; front and
sides of the fastigium and broad postocular bars shining black;
face and gense dull greenish-yellow, the latter clear gamboge-yellow

Fig. 6. — Henia bo-
lt vian a n. sp.
Dorsal view of
head and prono-
t u m of type.
(X 4.) ■

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

dorsad; eyes burnt umber. Pronotum with the dorsum olive-yellow,
this area expanding caudad, continuations of the cephalic postocular
bars shining black; ventral half of the lateral lobes similar to the
genge. Tegmina with the anal field clay color with a touch of green-
ish, remainder shining black. Venter and abdomen pale cinnamon.
Pleura blackish dorsad, this area edged with gamboge-yellow.
Cephalic and median femora dirty olive-yellow, the tibiae and tarsi
dull glaucous. Caudal femora gamboge-yellow, the genicular arches
and area surrounding each of them shining black, genicular lobes
very pale greenish; caudal tibiae glaucous blue, the color deep on the
distal half, spines whitish tipped with black.

Measurements.

Length of body ? 21 .8 mm.

Length of pronotum 5 "

Length of tegmen 15 .8 "

Length of caudal femur 13.8 "

The type specimen is the only one of the species examined.

COPIOCERA Burmeister.
Copiocera surinamensis n. sp.

Type; 9 ; Surinam. [Hebard Collection.]

Closely allied to C. specularis and lepida Gerstaecker^ but differing

Fig. 7. — Copiocera surinamensis n. sp Lateral view of type. (X 2.)

from both in the depressed proximal portion of the antennae and
the carmine internal faces of the femora; from specularis it also differs
in the'^more acute fastigium, the more uniform size of the pronotal
punctures and the smaller size and proportionately shorter wings;

* Mittheil. Naturwissen. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm. Rugen, XX, pp. 34-35 (1889).

1913.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

95

from lepidus it also differs in the dull olivaceous caudal tibiae and
tarsi.

Size medium; form very elongate; surface of the pronotum and
pleura scabroso-punctate, of the abdomen shiny. Head with the
dorsal length about four-fifths that of the dorsum of the pronotum;
occiput slightly arched, not elevated, interocular space nearly two-
thirds the greatest width of the fastigium; fa.stigium acute-angulate,
plane, angle when seen from the side rotundato-truncate ; face very
considerably retreating; frontal costa distinct only to a short dis-
tance ventrad of the ocellus, appreciably constricted immediately
ventrad of the ocellus and faintly so dorsad of the same point, de-
cidedly depressed within its margins; eyes elongate ovate, longer
than the infraocular portion of the gense, moderately prominent
when viewed from the dorsum; antennae distinctly but not greatly
longer than the head and pronotum, somewhat ensiform, the expan-
sion almost wholly in the five proximal joints, the distal half tapering
almost imperceptibly, the apex somewhat blunt. Pronotum with
the greatest caudal width of the disk contained one and two-thirds
times in the length; cephalic margin truncato-arcuate, caudal margin
very slightly obtuse-angulate, median carina present only on the
metazona where it is but little elevated, transverse sulci three in
number, metazona contained one and one-half
times in the prozona; lateral lobes slightly longer
than deep, ventral margin arcuato-emarginate
cephalad, truncate caudad, caudal angle bluntl}'
rectangulate. Tegmina about five times the
length of th-e pronotum, subequal in width,
the latter being about two-thirds the dorsal
length of the pronotum; costal margin consider-
ably arcuate in the distal third, sutural margin
nearly straight, apex narrowly rounded; inter-
calary area without any longitudinal vein.
Prosternal process transverse, constricted mesad,
the apical portion somewhat compressed, sub-
fusiform and the lateral processes blunt; inter-
space between the mesosternal lobes very narrow;
metasternal lobes contiguous. Cephalic and
median limbs short, rather slender. Caudal
femora slightly more than half the length of the
tegmina, compressed, rather regularly tapering,
the greatest width contained about five and one-half times in the

Fig. 8. — Copiocera
suri7iamensis n.
sp. Dorsal view
of head and pro-
notum. (X 2.)

96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Mai'ch^

length; caudal tibiae slightly shorter than the femora, external
margins armed with five spines, of which the distal three are grouped
separate from the others, internal margins with ten to eleven spines;
caudal tarsi with the second joint slightly more than half the length
of the first, third slightly longer than the first.

General color very dull olive-green, slightly yellowish on the
head. Antennae and fastigium blackish, the distal fifth of the antennae
cadmium-yellow; eyes raw umber. Abdomen Chinese orange dorsad
and laterad, the ventral and lateral portions of the inter-segmental
margins of the dorsal sclerites broadly blackish, leaving the orange
as semicircular blotches visible ventrad of the closed tegmina.
Cephalic and median limbs washed with very dull purplish. Internal
and ventral faces of the caudal femora very deep maroon-purple,
internal face of the genicular region of the caudal femora and tibiae
black, external face of the same area of the former with an apical
and median spot on the lobes as well as the arches and dorsal portion
of the same region cadmium-yellow; caudal tibiae dirty purplish-
brown, the spines black.

Measurements.

Length of body 42 . 5 mm.

Length of pronotum 7

Length of tegmen .s 36 .5

Length of caudal femur 19

The type is unique.

ZYGOCLISTRON Rehn.
Zygoclistron acutum u sp.

Type: 9 ; Petropolis, State of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. [Hebard
Collection.]

Closely related to Z. superbwn Rehn, but differing in the more
acute fastigium, the less expanded and much more shallowly sulcate
frontal costa, the more bullate prozona of the pronotum with the
median carina of that portion weak, and in the caudal width of the
interspace between the metasternal lobes being equal to the narrowest
portion of the interspace between the mesosternal lobes, instead
of distinctly wider as in superbum.

Size large, form moderately robust. Head with the occiput con-
siderably arcuate, but little elevated, descending slightly to the
interocular region which is slightly more than two-thirds the width of

1913.] NATUEAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97

fastigium; fastigium slightly declivent, the distal half acute-angu-
late when seen from the dorsum,
shallowly excavate, angle of the
fastigium when seen from the side
rounded rectangulate ; face slightly
retreating; frontal costa regularly
expanding to the clypeal suture,
moderately excavate, the margins
somewhat sinuate, face somewhat
scabrous; eyes subovoid, slightly y^g, 9-12.-Dorsal and lateral
longer than the infra-ocular por- views of the fastigium of Zygo-
tion of the gen^, moderately promi- *J'™» r^Z.S' ('^I'V&ffi^'J'
nent when seen from the dorsum. 11-12). (x 4.)
Pronotum somewhat inflated on

the prozona, deplanate on the metazona. slightly tectate on the
prozona, the prozona somewhat elevated when seen in profile,
the metazona being rather straight and slightly less elevated; dorsum
of the pronotum slightly less than twice the dorsal length of the head,
cephalic and caudal margins obtuse-angulate, the former with the
angle sharp, the latter with it subtruncate and the sides of the angle
slightly emarginate; caudal width of the disk slightly more than two-
thirds the length; median carina distinct, rather high on the meta-
zona, blunt, cut by three transverse sulci, the metazona slightly
shorter than the prozona; lateral shoulders distinct on the metazona,
well rounded on the prozona; lateral lobes distinctly longer than deep,
the ventral margin with a slight oblique truncation cephalad; surface
of the entire pronotum strongly scabroso-punctate. Tegmina three
and a third times the length of the pronotum, reaching caudad of
the tips of the femora; costal margins moderately arcuate proximad
and distad, straight mesad, sutural margin nearly straight, apex
rather narrowly rounded; intercalary area with no distinct inter-
calary vein. Prosternal spine somewhat compressed, slightly
bulbous, and very much rounded longitudinally at the apex. Inter-
space between the mesosternal lobes distinctly longer than broad;
metasternal lobes separated by a wedge-shaped interspace which
at its narrowest point is subequal to the mesosternal interspace.
Cephalic and median limbs moderately robust, rather short. Caudal
femora falling slightly short of the tips of the ovipositor jaws,
tapering, rather slender; caudal tibiae with eight to nine spines on
the external margin, internal margin with twelve spines considerably
longer than those of the external margin.
7

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Color pattern exactly as in Z. superbimi, the colors themselves
being the same ^vith the following exceptions: yellow on dorsum
of pronotum and anal area of tegmina duller and more ochraceous,
darker markings on pronotum, more purplish-red, caudal femora'
distinctly speckled with olive-green.

Measurements.

Length of body 49 .5 mm.

Length of pronotum • 10.8

Greatest dorsal width of disk of pronotum 7.3 "

Length of tegmen 35.8

Length of caudal femur 23.2 "

The type specimen alone has been examined.

VILERNA Stai.
"Vilerna rugulosa Stal.

Santa Catharina, Brazil. [Hebard Collection.] One 9 .

Rio Janeiro, Brazil. [Hebard Collection.] One 9 .

Espirito Santo, Brazil. [Hebard Collection.] One 9 .

The tegmina slightly exceed the tips of the caudal femora in
the Santa Catharina specimen.

CALETODES Giglio-Tos.

1898. Caletodes Giglio-To.s, BoUett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIII,
No. 311, pp. 47, 58.

. Type. — C. alatus Giglio-Tos (designated by Kirby).

Caletodes pulchripes n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Balzapamba, Ecuador. (R. Haensch.) [Hebard Col-
lection.]

Allied to C. alatus from Gualaquiza and Valley of Santiago,
Ecuador, but differing in the structure of the frontal costa, the
incised caudal angle of the pronotum and the rounded apex of the
fastigium. From C. festce Giglio-Tos from the Valley of Santiago,
it differs in that the lateral carinse of the pronotum are much less
apparent than the median, in the longer tegmina which are normal
and not lateral in position, in the cylindrical prosternal spine and
the lesser size.

Size medium: form rather robust; surface of head and pleura
rugulose, of pronotum rugoso-tuberculate, dorsum of abdomen with
numerous small irregular transverse wrinkles. Head with the
dorsum about five-eighths the dorsal length of the pronotum; occi-
put considerably arcuate, distinctly but slightly elevated, descending

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

99

to the interocular space which is hardly more than half the greatest
width of the fastigium, occiput to junction with fastigium bearing a

Fig. 13. — Caletodes pidchripes n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 3.)

distinct but rather irregular median carina; fastigium produced,
blunt lanceolate when seen from the dorsum, the lateral margins
subparallel proximad, the distal section regularly converging to the
well-rounded apex, a pair of irregular lateral
carinse are present on the proximal portion, the
entire surface of the dorsum of the fastigium
concavely excavate, when seen from the side
the angle of the fastigium is seen to be rounded
rectangulate dorsad, the ventral section of the
process strongly arcuate and curving into the
slightly retreating face, the proximo-dorsal half
of the fastigium horizontal, the distal half
considerably declivent; frontal costa extending
to the cljrpeal suture, distinctly excavate, con-
siderably constricted ventrad of the ocellus;
accessory facial carinse very slightly divergent
ventrad; eyes very slightly reniform in shape,
subequal to the infra-ocular portion of the gense,
moderately prominent when viewed from the
dorsum; antennae equal to the pronotum and
half the length of the head, ensiform, the
segments distinct, flattened, subtriangular in
section, the length of the segments beyond the fourth usually
.alternates short and long, apex blunt. Pronotum with the length

Fig. 14. — Caletodes
pidchripes n. sp.
Dorsal outline of
head and prono-
tum. (X 3.)

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March^

one and two-thirds times that of the head, the greatest caudal width
of the disk contained about one and one-half
times in the length; cephalic margin sub-
truncate, caudal margin obtuse-angulate, the
apex very blunt and obtusely incised, the mar-
gins somewhat sinuate; median carina distinct
but low and somewhat irregular, cut by three
transverse sulci, the caudal the deepest and
widest, metazona about three-fourths the length

Pig 15 Caletodes o^ the prozona; lateral carinae formed only of

pulchripes n. sp. blunt tubercles and but little apparent except
Outline of face. i i i. xv, j. j i, i i

(X 4^ caudad where they are represented by rounded

shoulders; lateral lobes longer than deep, cephalic
and caudal margins obliquely converging, ventral margin with a
considerable sinuate emargination cephalad; dorsal outline of the
pronotum very slightly arched on the cephalic portion of the pro-
zona, straight on the remainder of the pronotum. Tegmina slightly
longer than the head and pronotum together, attingent and over-
lapping dorsad, tapering in the distal two-thirds, costal margin
with a considerable proximal lobe, nearly straight thence to the
apex, sutural margin very slightly arcuate proximad; intercalary
area with a distinct intercalary vein. Prosternal spine erects
regularly tapering, apex slightly blunted; interspace between the
mesosternal lobes very slightly transverse; interspace between the
metasternal lobes with its caudal width only about half that between
the mesosternal lobes. Ovipositor jaws short and thick, the proximal
portions of the margins blunt serrate. Cephalic and median limbs
moderately robust. Caudal femora about twice the length of the
pronotum, robust, the margins distinctly serrate, the pagina dis-
tinctly patterned, the ridges with numerous asperities, genicular
lobes rounded; caudal tibiae slightly shorter than the femora,,
slightly but very noticeably decurved proximad, external margin with
seven spines, internal with nine; caudal tarsi with the proximal
and distal joints subequal, arolium present.

General color bistre, washed very irregularly and not at all strongly
with drab, asperities on the pronotum, limbs and spotting on facial
carinse blackish; eyes mummy -brown; caudal femora with a spot
on the ventro-median portion of the lateral face cinnamon, internal
face washed with carmine, interno-ventral with crimson, the dorsal
face with traces of three cinnamon bands, the distal of which is an
imperfect annulus, genicular arches and internal genicular face

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101

clay color; caudal tibiae crimson, the external face with some of the
general color and an imperfect pale pregenicular annulus also present,
spines ochraceous tipped with black.

Measvrements.

Length of body 27 mm.

Length of pronotmn 6.7 "

Length of tegmen 12 "

Length of caudal femur 13.2 "

The type is unique.

SAPARUS Giglio-To3.

1898. Saparus Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. .\nat. Comp., XIII, No.
311, pp. 47, 60.

Type. — Saparus cequatorialis Giglio-Tos.

Saparus aequatorialis Giglio-Tos.

1898. S[apnrus] cequatorialis Giglio-Tos, Bollett. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp.,
XIII, No. 311, p. 61. [Valley of Santiago, Ecuador.]

Piches and Perene Valleys, 2,000 to 3,000 feet, Peru. (Soc. Geog.
de Lima.) [U. S. N. M.] One cf , one 9 .

The male individual here recorded is slightly smaller than the
type measurements given by Giglio-Tos.

As the female sex was hitherto unknown, a few notes are here
given from the specimen in hand.

The eyes are less prominent in the female than in the male, while
the head is broader proportionately at the base of the mandibles.
The lateral facial carina? are much more divergent in the female,
while the structure of the fastigium and frontal costa is about
the same in both sexes. The interspace between the mesoster-
nal lobes is slightly longitudinal in the male, subquadrate in the
female, while the metasternal lobes are separated by a very narrow
space in the male and by a considerable transverse interspace in the
female. The face and mouth parts of the male are very pale
ochraceous, distinctly contrasted with the general coloration.

Measurements. cf' 9

Length of body 26 mm. 38 mm.

Length of dorsum of pronotum 5 " 7 "

Length of tegmen 27.5 " 29 "

Greatest width of tegmen 4.5 " 6.5 "

Length of caudal femur 16 '' 20.8 "

ANTIPHANES Stai.

1878. Antiphanes St§,l, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet. Akad. HandJingar
V, No. 4, p. 35.

Type. — Ommatolampis nodicoUis Burmeister.

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Maich^.

Antiphanes nodicollis (Burmeister).

1838. 0[mmatolampis] nodicollis Burmeister, Handb. der Entom., Bd. II,.
Abtheil. II, pt. I, p. 637. [Brazil.]

Minas Geraes, Brazil. 1897. [Hebard Collection.] One ? .

With only Burmeister 's very brief description to furnish one
the characters of the species, it is somewhat difficult to decide
whether the specimen in hand is his species or not. Burmeister de-
scribes the genicular regions, caudal tibiae and tarsi as sanguineous,
while in the Minas Geraes individual only the tarsi and distal half of the
tibiae are of that colpr, but this may possibly be due to the fact that
the original specimen was a male. Until further evidence is at hand,
it seems preferable to use Burmeister's name for the specimen
before us.

OMMATOLAMPIS Burmeister.

1838. Ommatolampis Burmeister, Handbuch der Entom., Bd. II, Abtheil.
II, pt. I, p. 636.

Type designated by Kirby — 0. perspicillata (Johansson).

Ommatolampis perspicillata (Johansson).

1763. Gryllus perspicillatus Johansson, Amoen. Acad., VI, p. 398. ["In-
diLs."]

Surinam. [Hebard Collection.] One cf, one 9.
Ommatolampis palpata St&l.

1878. 0[mmalolampis\ palpata StS,l, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad.
Hand!., V, No. 4, p. 81. [Peru.]

Piches and Perene Valleys, 2,000-3,000 feet elevation, Peru.
(Soc. Geog. de Lima.) [U. S. N. M.] One 9 .

This record appears to be the first since the description of the
species.

The measurements of the specimen are as follows:

Length of body 34 mm.

Length of pronotum 6.5 "

Greatest caudal width of pronotum 7.8 "

Length of tegmcn 1.5 "

Length of caudal femur 22.3 •"

OULENOTACRIS n. gen.s

A member of the Nicarchi and related to Anablysis Gerstaecker,
but differing in the lesser number of antennal joints and the absence
of any prominent tubercles on the pronotum. The new genus also
possesses a heavy robust structure quite different from Anablysis.

Fastigium subrectangulate, a slight median longitudinal depression
present, interantennal projection distinct, but not greatly con-

5 0)';' 7/, cicatrice, • noror^ back; fiKpic, locust.

1913.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

103

spicuous; frontal costa punctate dorsad, sulcate ventrad; eyes
prominent; antennae fifteen-jointed. Pronotum punctate, with no
prominent lobes or carinae, transverse sulci well impressed. Tegmina
exceeding the apex of the abdomen, narrow, tapering. Interspaces
between the mesosternal and metasternal lobes subquadrate.
Ovipositor jaws short and thick. Caudal limbs robust, femora with
the margins finely serrate; external margin of the tibia? with six
spines, no apical external spine present; tarsi with the first and third
joints subequal, second about half the length of the first.

Type — 0. robusta n. sp.
Oulenotacris robusta n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Surinam. May-September. [Hebard Collection.] \^
Size moderately small; form very robust; surface of pronotum,
pleura, face and dorsal face of the femora punctate. Head with
the dorsal length about three-fifths
that of the pronotum; occiput very
shghtly arched, descending appreciably
to the interocular region which is about
equal in width to half that of the
fastigium; fastigium shghtly broader
than long, rectangulate with the apex
truncate, dorsum with a distinct but
very slight longitudinal line; fastig-
ial process moderately protuberant
when seen from the side, rotundato-
truncate, face slightly retreating;
frontal costa broadest between the
antennae, distinctly constricted ven-
trad of the ocellus and toward the
sutural margin, not very deeply
sulcate around and ventrad of the
ocellus, punctate dorsad; supple-
mentary facial carinae prominent, sub-
parallel; no distinct lateral foveolae;
eyes subreniform ovate, distinctlj^
longer than the infra-ocular sulcus,
very prominent from both aspects;
antennae about equal to the head and
pronotum in length, thick, slightly
depressed, blunt. Pronotum with
the greatest width of the disk, about
four-fifths the length of the same

Fig. 16. — Oulenotacris robusta
n. sp. Dorsal view of type.
(X3.)

?phalic margin gently arcuate

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

with a very broad and shallow median emargination, caudal margin
obtuse-angulate; median carina very faintly indicated on the meta-
zona and the cephalic half of the prozona, absent elsewhere; trans-
verse sulci distinct, the caudal very deep on the median portion
of the dorsum ; disk almost flat, lateral angles rounded but apparent ;
lateral lobes slightly longer than deep, the ventro-cephalic angle
broadly excised by a deep emargination. Tegmina distinctly ex-
ceeding the apex of the abdomen and slightly exceeding the tips
of the caudal femora, tapering, distal third narrow with the apex
narrowly rounded; costal margin with a distinct but shallow lobe;

Fig. 17. — Oulenotacris robusta n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 3.)

intercalary vein distinct, at least distad. Prosternal spine very short
and low, subconoid; interspace between the mesosternal lobes
transverse; interspace between the metasternal lobes subquadrate,
the cephalic width (i.e., that between the foveolae) greater than
the caudal. Abdomen with the ovipositor jaws distinctly com-
pressed and short. Cephalic and median limbs of medium size.
Caudal femora robust, the greatest width contained about three
and a half times in the length; medio-dorsal carina moderately
serrate, pagina with the pattern distinct and regular, genicular
lobes with the ventral margin emarginate distad; caudal tibiae
distinctly shorter than the femora, armed on the external margin
with six spines, internal margin with eight to nine spines, no apical
spine present on the external margin; caudal tarsi about half the
length of the tibise, third joint shghtly longer than the first, second
about half the length of the first, arolia of medium size.

General color bistre, more olivaceous on the dorsum and the
greater area of the later portion of the metazona. Occiput, face
and mouth parts with quite a little dull yellowish mingled with the
general color; gense soiled yellowish, this being continued on the

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105

lateral lobes of the pronotum by an obliquely defined ventral patch
of chrome-yellow; facial carinae dashed with blackish. Eyes tawny-
olive; antennae olive. Dorsal portion of the lateral lobes of the pro-
zona washed with dull claret-browTi. Tegmina with numerous small
quadrate areas of wood-browTi on the general color. Disk of the
wings lemon-yellow. Pleura with a broken continuation of the
yellow pronotal bar and an additional dash of dull yellowish bordered
by dull blackish. Venter raw umber; dorsum of the abdomen prout's
brown, median area of the lateral aspect of the proximal segments
shining blackish. Cephalic and median femora burnt umber and
blackish. Caudal femora vinaceous, rufous dorsad, ecru-drab on the
ventral portion of the pagina, maroon on the externo-ventral face,
carmine on the internal face, two indistinct oblique bars are present,
seal-browai in color, but occasionally touched with greenish, genicu-
lar region dark clay color; caudal tibiae very dull purplish on the
internal face, very dull olive-green on the external face, a broad
poorly defined proximal area pale, spines pale yellow tipped with black.

Measurements.

Length of body 23 mm.

Length of pronotum 5.2 "

Length of tegmen 17 .5 "

Length of caudal femur 13.2 "

The tvpe is unique.

SITALCES stai.

1878. Sitalces St&l, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handlingar, V, Xo.
9, p. 16.

TjToe designated by Kirb}^ — S. volxemi Stal.
Sitalces balzapambae n. sp.

Type: d^ ; Balzapamba, Ecuador (R. Haensch.) [Hebard Col-
lection.]

Fig. 18. — Sitalces balzapambce n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 4.)

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Allied to S. trinitatis Bruner, with a specimen of which it has
been compared, but differing in the less prominent eyes, the broader
interspace between the same, the more tectate dorsum of the prono-
tum, the broader and differently shaped distal portion of the tegmina
and very different character of the apex of the abdomen.

Size small; form shghtly compressed, a distinct median carina
present from the cephalic margin of the dorsum of the pronotum
to the apex of the abdomen, the dorsum for this reason being tectate;
surface of the thoracic segments, dorsum of the head and to an
extent of the limbs ruguloso-punctate. Head with its dorsal length
three-fifths that of the pronotum in the male, half the length of the
same in the female; occiput distinctly arcuate and provided with a
pair of converging irregular channels; interocular space about half
the greatest width of the fastigium, provided with a shallow but
distinct sulcus which extends to the fastigial margin; fastigium
distinctly broader than long, rounded rectangulate, very slightly
acute in the male, the immediate angle subtruncate, surface with a
pair of rather low parallel ridges flanking the central sulcus, margins
with a distinctly elevated rim; fastigial process slightly protuberant
when seen from the side, subtruncate, forming an appreciable
angle with the dorsum of the fastigium and gently curving ventrad
into the slightly retreating face; frontal costa continuous, very
slightly expanding ventrad of the ocellus, punctate dorsad, sulcate
from between the antennae ventrad; supplementary facial carinse
■ > slightly sinuate and slightly divergent ventrad;

V, ,y areas usually occupied by the lateral foveolae

•.'. .7 strongly punctate; eyes elliptical, longer and

narrower in the female than in the male, length
\\ / very considerably more than that of the infra-

ocular portion of the gense, distinctly prominent
in both sexes. Pronotum with the greatest
caudal width of the disk contained one and
one-quarter (cf) to one and one-third (9) times
in the length of the disk, distinctly tectate;
cephalic margin slightly arcuate, caudal margin
rotundato-truncate with a well-marked median
' ^ffihapamh Jn.^sn. V-shaped emargination which is less pronounced
Dorsal outline of in the female than in the male; median carina
turn 'o^f t*y°pe" distinct, subequal, cut by three transverse sulci,
(X 4.) metazona about half the length of the prozona;

lateral angles not at all strongly marked, slightly converg-

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107

ing to the first transverse sulcus, then regularly but not
greatly diverging caudad; lateral lobes distinctly longer than
deep, the cephalic portion of the ventral margin obliquely
emarginate, caudo-ventral angle very broadly rounded. Tegmina
in both sexes slightly surpassing the caudal margin of the meta-
notum, slightly curved ventrad with the greatest width at the
distal third, apex rounded. Prosternal spine erect, conical, not very
sharp; interspace between the mesosternal lobes moderately trans-
verse; interspace between the metasternal lobes of the usual key-
stone shape, much narrower than that between the mesosternal
lobes. Ovipositor jaws of the female very slightly compressed, the
dorsal pair subequal in depth in the proximal half; supra-anal plate
of the male acute trigonal; cerci of the male styliform, reaching
about to the apex of the supra-anal plate; subgenital plate with the
apex not elevated above the general dorsal margin of the plate,
rounded when seen from the dorsum. Cephalic and median limbs
proportionately^ more robust in the male than in the female. Caudal
femora moderately robust in the male, weaker and smaller propor-
tionately in the female, exceeding the apex of the abdomen in both
sexes, pagina with the pattern rather coarse but regular and distinct ,^
medio-dorsal carina finely serrulate; caudal tibiae slightly shorter
than the femora, armed on the external margin with eight spines^
on the internal with nine spines; caudal tarsi with the third joint
appreciably longer than the first.

General color in the female drab, sprinkled, lined and dotted with
blackish, in the male Isabella color marked in the same fashion.
An area along the median line of the body almost clear base color
in the male, the sides of the proximal two-thirds of the abdomen
shining black in both sexes, this area being more extended dorsad
in the male. Head with the face naples yellow in the male, dull
orange-buff in the female, dull blackish around the bases of the an-
tennae; occiput and cheeks prout's brown in the male, Vandyke
brown in the female; eyes pale tawny-olive in the male, walnut-
brown in the female. Pronotum with the dorsal portion of the lateral
lobes dark, median carina blackish, particularly in the male; ventral
half of the lateral lobes the same color as the face, limited dorsad
by an obtuse angulate patch of blackish. Tegmina prout's brown
in the male, walnut-brown in the female. Venter of the abdomen
primrose-yellow in the male, raw umber in the female, provided in
each sex with a medio-longitudinal shining blackish-ljrown bar
reaching to the margin of the subgenital plate; sternal plates mottled

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

blackish and primrose-yellow (cf ) or blackish and raw umber (9).
Cephalic and median limbs of the general colors. Caudal limbs
broccoli-brown in the male, chocolate-brown in the female, the dorsal
surface at about two-fifths the distance from the base provided with
a velutinous black spot, internal face blue-black, ventral faces very
deep bottle-green; caudal tibiae glaucous, paler in the male, the
spines yellowish with the apical half black.

Afeasurenmits.

cT" 9

Length of body 17 mm. 20.4 mm.

Length of pronotum 3.8 " 4.4 "

Length of tegmen 3.5 " 4 "

Length of caudal femur 10.6 " 12 "

In addition to the male type, we have before us a female allotype,
the differential characters of which are included in the above
description.
Sitalces debilis n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Rosario, Santa Inez, 1,250 meters, east of the Andes.^
October 31, 1899. [Hebard Collection.]

Belonging to the section a of the genus as described by Stal,

Fig. 20.—Sitalces debilis n. sp. Lateral view of type. (X 3.)

l)ut not closely related to either of the two species there described
or the more recently characterized S. nudus Bruner.

Size rather small; form robust, subfusiform; surface almost

^The locality for this species is in every probability Rosario, Gualaquiza
Valley, basin of the Rio Maranon, Eucador. "

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. lOQ*

entirely rugoso-punctate. Head with the dorsal length nearly three-
fifths that of the pronotum; occiput slightly arched, not elevated,
perceptibly descending to the interocular region, the interspace
being very narrow, hardly more than a fourth the greatest fastigial
width, not regularly narrowing, but of subequal width for some
short distance; fastigium transverse, slightly obtuse-angulate with
the apex subtruncate, the fastigial margins with a slight rim, the
surface of the fastigium slightly impresso-punctate ; fastigial process
when seen from the side not projecting beyond the line of the face,
the latter being but very slightly retreating, the fastigio-facial
angle very slightly rounded; frontal costa absent on the ventral
portion of the face, appreciably but not greatly narrowed dorsad
and ventrad, irregularly sulcate around the ocellus,
deeply punctate dorsad; lateral foveolar areas ,/

punctate; supplementary facial carinse con-
siderably divergent caudad; eyes eUiptical, very
distinctly longer than the infra-ocular portion
of the gense, moderately prominent when viewed //

from the dorsum. Pronotum rounded transversely,
hardly tectate, the length slightly shorter than
the greatest caudal width; cephalic margin sub-
truncate, caudal margin truncate with a broad,
shallow median emargination ; median carina
distinct cephalad and caudad, very weak mesad,
transverse sulci three in number, prozona nearly ^^§'4^77? ^n^'^sp^
twice the length of the metazona; lateral lobes Dorsal outline of
of the pronotum not separated from the dorsum ^^^^^ ^^f PJ°^«y
by distinct angles or carinse, rounding regularly (X 3.)
into the vertical lobes, longer than deep, cephalic
and caudal margins somewhat sinuate, ventral margin with a pro-
nounced ventro-cephalic emargination, obtuse-angulate caudad.
Mesonotum and metanotum very broadly obtuse-angulate emar-
ginate, the metanotum with the angle more apparent than the
mesonotum. Tegmina and wings absent. Prosternal spine rather
small, conical, acute; interspace between the mesosternal lobes
slightly transverse ; interspace between the metasternal lobes smaller
than the mesosternal interspace, slightl}^ transverse. Abdomen
moderately compressed, keeled; dorsal ovipositor jaws \vith their
external margin very bluntly serrate. Cephalic and median limbs
rather slender. Caudal femora about three times as long as the
pronotum, tapering, the medio-dorsal carina serrate, the ventro-

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

lateral sparselj- serrato-dentate with a weaker serration between
the higher ones, pagina regularly patterned, ventral margin of the
genicular lobes sinuate; caudal tibiae very slightly shorter than the
femora, distinctly sinuate, armed on the external margin with
six spines, on the internal margin with six to seven; caudal tarsi
with the proximal joint distinctly shorter than the third, second
hardly half the length of the proximal one.

General color olive, blackish-brown on the ventral surface, the
face, cheeks and dorsal portion of the mouth parts Isabella color;
€yes cinnamon cephalad, raw umber caudad. Caudal femora pale
tawny-olive, the dorsal surface entirely washed with the same,
genicular arches blackish-brown, ventral sulcus dark bottle-green;
caudal tibiae dull olive-green, the spines french green with their
distal halves black.

Measurements.

Length of body 20 mm.

Length of pronotum 4 "

Length of caudal femur 13 "

The type is unique.

SCHISTOCERCA Stai.
Schistocerca aegyptia (Thunb.).

181.5. (ll[ryllus] cegyplius Thunberg, Mem. I'Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pctersb.,
V, p. 247. [St. Bartholomew, West Indies.]

St. Thomas, Danish West Indies. December, 1882. A. Koebele.
[U. S. N. M.] One d".

When compared with a male of cegij-ptia from Culebra Island,
the St. Thomas specimen is seen to differ structurally only in the
slightly shorter caudal femora. The coloration of the St. Thomas
individual has in a gi'eat measure been effaced by the preservative
in which the specimen was immersed, but the pattern, as it remains,
is essentially the same as in the Culebra representative.
ScMstocerca vaga brevis n. subsp.

Types: cf and 9 ; Clarion Island, Pacific Ocean, S. W. of Cape
San Lucas, Lower California. (Dr. G. Baur.) [U. S. N. M.]

This is an extremely interesting short-winged form of the rather
widely spread S. vaga, immediately distinguishable by the short
tegmina and wings which very slightly surpass the tips of the caudal
femora. The typical series of five, one male and four females, has
been immersed in a liquid preservative and in consequence the
coloration and to a certain extent minor structural characters
can hardly be considered to furnish diagnostic characters.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. HI

On comparison with a series of vaga from a number of localities,
the Clarion Island series is seen to be practically identical except
for the short tegmina and wings. In view of the uniformity of
this character in all of the five specimens, we deem it best to con-
sider the Clarion Island form at least a geographic subspecies,
limited as far as known to Clarion Island. It is quite curious
to note that typical vaga is found on Guadelupe Island off the west
coast of Lower California, in fact, that island was one of the
original localities, and from the measurements given by Scudder
it will be seen that the specimens were of the normal long-winged
type. The distance of Guadelupe Island from the nearest portion
of the mainland, i.e., Lower California, is about one hundred and
seventy miles, while Clarion Island is about four hundred and thirty-
five miles from Cape San Lucas, the nearest mainland point. The
difference in chstance may possibly account for the difference in
wing length by the hypothesis that vaga regularly flies to and fro
between Guadelupe Island and the mainland, and the resident
brood is recruited by new arrivals and produces, through the in-
fluence of new blood and the presence thereby of a comparatively
active migratory influence, generations in which the wings are very
powerful. On the other hand. Clarion Island was probably colon-
ized by stray migrants, and from these has evolved a short-winged
type through isolation and lack of use for the wings except in a
restricted area. While we are unaware of the presence of S. vaga
on the Revillagegedo Islands, the species, and possibly subspecies,
may occur there, the nearest one of the group, Roca Partida, being
one hundred and forty miles distant from Clarion Island.

The measurements of the types of Schistocerca vaga hrevis are as
follows :

d^ 9

Length of body 30.5 mm. 43 mm.

Length of pronotum 7 " 9.5

Length of tegmen 24.5 " 33.5

Length of caudal femur 19.2 " 24.5 "

Schistocerca sequalis Scudder.

1899. Schistocerca fequalh Scudder. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci.,
XXXIV, p. 458. [Demerara, British Guiana.]

Caracas, Venezuela. (Dr. A. Ernst.) [U. S. N. M.] One 9 .

This species is quite difficult to distinguish in the female sex
from the allied S. desiUens Scudder, but the color of the caudal tibiae,
i.e., varying shades of glaucous in cequalis and reddish in desiUens,
appears to be a convenient character by which to separate specimens.

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

In the male sex the form of the cerei, tapering and very narrowly
rounded in desiliens and subequal and subtruncate in wqualis,
is a fairly satisfactory clue to the species. The cerci in the three
males available for study have the apical angular emargination
described by Scudder extrememly slight and hardly perceptible.

Six individuals, three of each sex, have been examined, those
in addition to . the Caracas specimen being from Demerara and
Bartica, British Guiana.

Schistocerca peregrina (Olivier).

1804. Acridimn peregrinum Olivier, Voyage I'Emp. Othoman, II, p. 425.
[Egypt; Arabia; Mesopotamia; Persia.]

Venezuela. [U. S. N. M.] One 9 .

This specimen has been compared with undoubted specimens
of S. peregrina received from the late Dr. Saussure.

Schistocerca paranensis Burmeister.

1861. Acridium paranense Burmeister, Reise durch La Plata-Staaten,
I, p. 491. [La Plata country; Parand; Entre Rios.]

Medellin, Antioquia, Colombia. 1879. (Thos. Herran.) [U. S.
N.M.] One cf, two 9 .

Caracas, Venezuela. (Dr. A. Ernst.) [U. S. N. M.] Three cf ,
seven 9 .

Berbice, British Guiana. September 6, 1886. (J. J. Quelch.)
[U. S. N. M.] Two d^, three 9 .

From the specimens recorded above it is evident that this migra-
tory and destructive locust is at times present in northern South
America, and from data with the Caracas series it seems that it
appears in considerable assemblages. Dr. Ernst's remarks are to the
effect that the species "invaded" the region "from September,
1882, to January, 1883," and he also states the "flight was to the
northeast and at a height of about twenty feet from the ground."

There is in this series a very considerable amount of variation
in size in individuals of both sexes. A number of specimens of the
female sex are no larger than several of the Caracas males.

AIDEMONA Brunner.
Aidemona azteca (Saussure).

Western Colombia. [Hebard Collection.] One 9 .

This specimen is not separable from females of the States of San
Luis Potosi and Vera Cruz, Mexico. The range of the species is
here extended some distance south of the previously known southern
limit of the species.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113

DICHROPLUS Sai.
Dichroplus peruvianus Stil.

1878. Plezotettix] (Dichroplus) veruvianns St§,l Bihang till K. Svenska
Vet.-Akad. Handl., V, No 9, p. 7. [Peru.]

Piches and Perene Valleys, 2,000-3,000 feet, Peru. (Soc. Geog.
de Lima.) [U. S. N. M.] Two cf , one 9 .

Yungas de la Paz, 1,000 meters, Bolivia. [Hebard Collection.]
One cf' and one 9 in coitu, one additional 9 .

Dichroplus amoenus (Stai).

1878. Plezotettix] (Dichroplus) amoenus Stai, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.
Akad. Handl., V, No. 9, p. 8. [Peru.J

Minas Geraes, Brazil. 1897. [Hebard Collection.] One 9 .

This specimen is more greenish than was the case -with the type
or types and the tegmina appear more acuminate than originally
described.

Bruner has recorded this species from Cordoba, Argentina.

114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

NORTH BORDER RELATIONS OF THE TRIASSIC IN PENNSYLVANIA.
BY EDGAR T. WHERRY, PH.D.

The uniform gentle northwest dip of the Triassic Red-beds
throughout the greater part of the belt crossing southeastern
Pennsylvania has been a subject of comment since the earliest days
of study of the region. Henry D. Rogers, in his final report,^
cleverly suggested that it was due to inclined deposition, from
northward-flowing waters, such as can be observed in present-day
river deltas. The inadequacy of this explanation is made apparent,
however, by the evident level-surface origin of the fossil footprints
and rain-drop impressions which have since been found, as well
as by the fact that in certain places, especially toward the northwest
border of the belt, the dips show considerable variations, both in
amount and direction.

No simple process of uplift and folding, however, can account
for the relations observed. The fact that thousands of feet of
strata exposed in the southern portion of this belt are totally lacking
along its northern edge implies that either profound faulting must
have occurred there or that progressive overlap on an extensive
scale must have accompanied the deposition of the beds. In
the course of the writer's studies of the Triassic, carried on at
intervals during the past six years, some evidence bearing on this
point has been accumulated.-

As shown elsewhere,^ the Triassic of Pennsylvania can be divided
into three formations, which from the base upwards are: the
Stockton (Norristown) arkosic sandstone and conglomerate, 5,500
feet in maximum thickness, which outcrops along the southern
edge of the belt; the Lockatong (Gwynedd) dark shale, which ap-
pears as a lens between the other two, 3,500 feet thick at the Dela-

1 Geology of Pennsylvania, II, p. 814, 18.58.

- This was presented in abstract at the meeting of the Geological Society
of America, December 29, 1911 {Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., XXIII, 745), and at the
meeting of the Academy in conjunction with the Mineralogical and Geological
Section, May 21, 1912 {Proceedings, 1912, p. 156), but is now for the first time
published in full.

3 Age and Correlation of the '"New Red" or Newark Group in Pennsvlvania,
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1912, pp. 373-379.

1913.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

115

ware River, gradually thinning westward, and dying out in northern
Chester County, but reappearing north of Lancaster and repre-
sented by 1,000 feet of carbonaceous sandstones at the Susquehanna;
and the Brunswick red shale and conglomerate, up to 16,000 feet
thick, which lies against the older rocks along the northern bound-
ary. Although the evidence is not sufficient for definite correlation,
it seems probable that these are roughly equivalent to the Bunter,
Lower Keuper, and Upper Keuper of Europe, respectively.

The following sections represent two alternative explanations
of the structure of the Triassic basin in this region.

GENERALIZED STRUCTURE SECTIONS of the TRIAS glC in
N PENNSYLVANIA Scale: l,nc/i= 6m,le?

+- ^ ^ Pre -Trial.

il-l^^^-t^t-tv'/

Section A. Assamir^ A fault Ai The Norfhern Bewndory.

FVe-Tnassio

Section B. As-JMinin^ Overlap At The Northern Boundor\^-

It is believed that Section B most correctly depicts the relation-
ships existing through the greater part of the Pennsylvania Triassic
area, although in Connecticut and in northern New Jersey sections
of the type of A have been thought to accord best with the observed
facts. This conclusion is based, first, on studies of the actual
contacts exposed along the northern boundary and, second, on
certain inferences drawn from features shown by the rocks in other
portions of the area.

While the northern boundary of the Triassic against the older
rocks is usually marked by a slight depression and deeply covered
by soil, more or less definite contacts can be seen in at least six
places, namely, Monroe on the Delaware; Springtown, Bucks

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

County; Boyertown, Berks County; south of Reading, on the
Schuylkill; Cornwall, Lebanon County, and on the west bank
of the Susquehanna below New Cumberland. The writer's studies
have not been extended southwest of the Susquehanna River,
but Mr. George W. Stose, of the U. S. Geological Survey, who has
traced the line through the Fairfield Quadrangle, states (private
communication) that overlap relations occur there also.

The exposures at Monroe, a small village on the west bank of the
Delaware River along the Easton-Philadelphia trolley line, nine
miles south of the former place, have been studied and described
by Dr. H. B. Kiimmel.^ The Brunswick conglomerate appears
to overlie a bluish-gray (probably Cambrian) limestone, although
the actual contact is covered by talus, and he regards it as probable
that overthrust faulting has occurred. There is admittedly no
direct evidence of this, but even if it does exist, it must be of very
limited extent, and can have no bearing on the relation of the
formations as a whole, because the fault-boundary shown in Section
A would be of normal type and many thousands of feet in throw.
About 500 feet south of the first exposure a ledge of white rock
appears at the base of the trolley cut, and is solidly overlain by the
Triassic conglomerate. This may represent only a local phase
of the Triassic itself, and, if so, has no significance, but it may also
possibly be pre-Triassic limestone, in which case the existence
of a fault is out of the question.

About a mile and a half southeast of Spring-town, Bucks County,
five miles southwest of the Delaware, what appears to be a contact
is exposed in the bed of a brook. A rounded ledge of a yellowish
quartzite similar in all respects to the Cambrian (Hardyston) of
the region, at least 12 feet long and 4 feet wide, shows fragments of
typical Triassic conglomerate solidly welded to it. It is true that
neither rock can be traced to solid connection with the main ex-
posures in the vicinity, and the quartzite may not be in place, but
it is too large a mass to have been carried far.

For some twenty miles southwest of this point nothing that can
be regarded as. a definite contact has been discovered, and there are
reasons for believing that locally slight faults occur, but at several
places in the vicinity of Boyertown, Berks County, overlap re-
lations are again shown. As noted by Dr. Spencer,^ along the road

'^Ann. Rept. State Geol. N. J., 1897, pp. Ill, 112.

5 Magnetite Deposits of the Cornwall Type in Pennsylvania, Bull. U. S.
Ceol. Surv., No. 359, p. 64, 1908.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117

in the valley of West Swamp Creek, southeast from Bechtelsville,
metamorphosed shales — "baked shales which may belong to the
Mesozoic" — overlie blue Paleozoic hmestones. The exposure is
not a good one, yet there can be no doubt that actual overlap
occurs.

Additional evidence for this vicinity is furnished by a well record
described by DTnvilliers^ as follows: "From the Montgomery
county line, at A. Schultz's house, [three miles northeast of Bech-
telsville] .... to the north border of the Mesozoic, is a distance
of 6,400 feet; the average dip, 30°; calculated thickness of Mesozoic
at Schultz's, 3,000 feet; nevertheless, Mr. Schultz's water well
struck the limestone floor beneath the Mesozoic at less than 200
feet." The supposed outlying patch of limestone, "left bare by the
denudation of the thin covering of red shale" (ibid., p. 205) appears,
however, to be a calcareous conglomerate bed in the Triassic itself.

In the extensive Boj^ertown iron mines the limestones bearing the
ore were everywhere found to underlie the Triassic beds.^

Continuing southwestward twelve miles, there is again evidence of
the existence of a local fault, as pointed out by the writer elsewhere,^-
but in a trolley cut about a mile from the Schuylkill River an appar-
ent overlap is poorly exposed, and then at the Big Dam, northwest
of Neversink Station, is the erosion contact described by Rogers.^
Here a fissure in the limestone into which pebbles of the conglomer-
ate had been washed was formerly exposed. At present the quarry
shows conglomerate composed of but slightly rounded limestone
pebbles cemented together by a minimum quantity of red mud
resting on a somewhat brecciated limestone, into the cracks of which
more or less red mud has percolated, so that it requires very close
examination to make out the real contact. In the old iron mine
on Fritz's Island, around the bend in the river, and at the Wheat-
field mine, seven miles to the west, ore-bearing limestone and sand-
stone were found l^eneath the Triassic beds as at Boyertown.i°

At the great Cornwall iron mine, in Lebanon County, twenty
miles further west, Triassic conglomerate overlies, on the south

® Geology of the South Mountain Belt of Berks County, Second Penna. Geol.
Surv. RepL D3, II, pt. 1, p. 200, 1883.

'Spencer, op. cit., pp. 43-60.

^ Contributions to the Mineralogy of the Newark Group in Pennsylyania,
Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Science, Phila., VII, pp. 1-23, 1910.

3 Geology of Pennsylvania., II, p. 681, and fig. 568, 1858.

loD'Inyilhers, op. cit., pp. 336, 337, and 346.

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

side, the Paleozoic strata bearing the ore/^ and, since diamond
drilling has shown that ore extends well under this cover, the Middle
Hill workings are now being extended in that direction. Spencers-
discussed the probability of there having been progressive overlap
here, and published several cross-sections exhibiting this relation.

The last exposure of this contact found by the writer is twenty
miles west of Cornwall, on the west bank of the Susquehanna River,
one and a half miles below the town of New Cumberland. Here,
in the Northern Central Railroad cut, the Triassic conglomerate
is in solid contact with the limestone, and specimens sho\ving a
''welding" of the two were secured. The plane of contact here
slopes more steeply than usual, perhaps 45° to the south, while
the conglomerate beds dip about 20° northward.

It thus appears that all along the line through Pennsylvania
the highest beds of the Triassic, usually coarse-grained conglomer-
ates, overlap upon the older rocks — limestones, quartzites, and
gneisses. The few faults which can be recognized are too limited
in extent to have any bearing on the question as to the position
of the beds as a whole.

That the several formations of the Triassic were not deposited
regularly and evenly on top of one another can also be inferred from
the observed lack of anything like metamorphism — cementation,
induration, crystallization — of the lowermost (Stockton) beds.
Had these ever been buried beneath the whole 20,000 feet of the
two overlying formations, the temperature would necessarily have
been raised so high and opportunities for chemical action have
become so great, that some changes would surely have been pro-
duced. Again, the Stockton is known to thin rapidly northward.
Its thickness along the southern edge of the belt, toward the eastern
end, is as great as 5,500 feet, but where brought to the surface by
the Buckingham Mountain fault (the Flemington fault of New
Jersey), ten miles further north, it is only about 2,000 feet.

It is therefore believed that in the portion of the Triassic basin
crossing eastern Pennsylvania the locus of deposition of the beds
was gradually shifted northward during the course of the period,
so that the successive formations overlapped more and more to the
north, the basin being deepened by down-warping rather than by
faulting, as brought out by Section B.

11 Lesley and D'Invilliers, Ann. Rept. Second Penna. Geol. Sun\, 1885, pp.
491-570.

'■-Op. cit., pp. 20, 21, pi. III.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119

It has several times been mentioned above that the uppermost
beds of the Triassic are, in general, conglomerates. But as this term
may cover rocks of quite a variety of characters and origins, it seems
worth while to describe them more definitelj'. For this purpose
those developed along the northern boundary for twentj^ miles
westward from the Delaware River have been selected, since they
are believed to be typical of the formation, and since, by reason
of their accessibility, it has been found possible to study them in the
greatest detail.

The most striking feature of the Triassic area in northern Bucks
and southern Northampton and Lehigh Counties is the occurrence
of rather prominent hills, the highest attaining 980 feet above tide,
or 500 feet above the usual level of the red-shale region, and ex-
ceeding those formed by both the diabase and gneiss, usually
regarded as the. most resistant of rocks, in the immediate vicinity.
On these hills, in spite of deep dissection and frequent steep slopes,
very few exposures of rock in place are found, although the soil is
strewn with boulders and pebbles of pink-stained quartzite. This
material has been previously interpreted in three ways, as Cambrian
(Chickies or Hardyston), Ordovician (Shawangunk or Green Pond),
and metamorphosed Triassic. The present view of the matter is
that, while the quartzite of the pebbles is actually of the second of
these ages, the pebl^les themselves are not of recent origin, but
have weathered out of a conglomerate belonging to the ordinary,
unmetamorphosed Triassic series.

This conclusion has been reached as follows: At a few places
along the hill slopes and at two localities where prospecting for
copper has been carried on, the rock can be seen in pl'ace. It consists
of a soft red mud ground mass in which are imbedded pebbles of all
sizes up to two feet in diameter, but mostly around three inches,
rudely but evidently assorted and stratified. The largest and most
thoroughly rounded of these consist of a gray to pink quartzite,
often in itself conglomeratic — containing white quartz grains up to
half an inch across, and occasional flakes of graj^ slate. These
quartzite pebbles are usually stained deep red by a film of hematite,
which penetrates the cracks and spreads out around them in rounded,
imperfectly dendritic patches. At the copper prospects above
mentioned thej-also show abundant malachite stains, which in at
least one specimen seemed to be derived by weathering of a copper
sulfide originally imbedded in the quartzite itself, but now leached
out, leaving tiny holes.

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Lithologically, this quartzite is in every way identical with
the Shawangunk, which forms Blue Mountain twenty miles away
to the north, and with the Green Pond conglomerate of the same age,
occurring in the highlands of northern New Jersey. Not only
does this similarity cover the general features of the rock, but it
extends down to such small details as the extent of the silicification
visible under the microscope, the inclusion of the gray slate flakes,
and the occasional presence of copper sulfides (chalcocite?) in
minute disseminated grains, just as occurs at the Pahaquarry copper
mine on Blue Mountain, eight miles northeast of the Delaware
Water Gap. And since there is no other formation anywhere
in the region of at all similar lithologic character, there w^ould seem
to be no reasonable doubt as to the correctness of this interpretation.

In addition to these quartzite pebbles, limestone fragments
are often present in the conglomerates, locally forming almost the
only constituent of the rock. These are usually less well rounded
than the quartzite, and, in fact, are often so angular that the rock
should be termed a breccia. When exposed to atmospheric agencies
they have usually weathered out, leaving a peculiar-looking cellular
rock. Nothing has been observed to indicate that these limestone
pebbles are of different type from the Paleozoic (Cambrian and Lower
Ordovician) strata exposed in the valleys to the north; in fact,
streaks of the black chert so frequently present in these beds have
been noted in some of the pebbles. Along with the limestone peb-
bles are also abundant flakes of a greenish schistose material, which
resembles the sericite partings developed in the limestones in many
places, occasional beds of the conglomerate being made up of nothing
but overlapping chips of this schist.

Again in some places, gneiss pebbles are present in considerable
numbers, several of the types now exposed in the hills to the north
being represented. These, like the limestone fragments, are only
imperfectly rounded, and they have also weathered on the surface to
some extent, although perfectly fresh when seen in recent artificial
exposures, as along the trolley line south of Monroe, on the Dela-
ware River.

On descending the hill slopes it is found that the pebbles in the
soil become gradually fewer in number, and finally give way to
frost-shattered shale fragments, as roughly indicated on the
map by the small circles. There is practically no decrease in
the sizes of the pebbles going outward from the centers of the hills,
and absolutely nothing like a gradation from the conglomerates

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121

through finer and finer sandstones to the ordinary Brunswick shales.
The same red sandy mud makes up the bulk of both rocks, the pebbles
having simply been dropped into it while still soft. Similar rela-
tions appear in four distinct areas, all of the same general type,
although the shape of outcrop is modified by diabase intrusions
and local variations in the dip of the usually practically horizontal
beds.

That these conglomerates have been deposited chiefly under water
is shown by the stratification and assorting of the pebbles, rough
though it may be, and by the occurrence of interbedded thin lami-
nated shales, which show such features as ripple marks and rill marks.
That the water was fresh is indicated by the absence of marine
fossils, and perhaps by the red color of the mud. The source, mode
of transportation, and of deposition of the pebbles remain to be
considered.

Three possibilities at once suggest themselves: we may be dealing
with either talus broken from cliffs by wave or frost action, alluvial
fans, or glacial moraines.

The first view, that the pebbles are talus blocks, was accepted
by Dr. KiimmeP^ in the New Jersey area.

This conclusion is, however, quite inapplicable in the present
localities, for it is very evident that the nature of the pebbles bears
in general no relation to the character of the rock against which
the conglomerate lies. Dr. Kiimmel had observed the same thing,
and explained it as due to faulting, but, as shown above, this does
not occur in the present region. Gneiss pebbles are found most
abundantly at Momoe, where the floor is limestone, and limestone
pebbles west of Coopersburg, where the underlying rock is gneiss.
Indeed, there is now no outcrop of Shawangunk quartzite, such as
forms the majority of the pebbles, within twenty miles (although,
of course, it may have extended somewhat farther south in Triassic
times). Further, the fact that the limestone :s less rounded than
the much harder quartzite is just the opposite of what would be ob-
served in talus heaps rounded by wave action, but can be explained
according to the principle that the degree of rounding increases
with the distance of transportation, for the limestone rocks from
which the pebbles may have been derived outcrop nearly everywhere
within a mile or two of the edge of the basin.

The application of the criteria for the recognition of alluvial-

" Ann. Rept. State Geologist of N. J., 1897, pp. 52-58.

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

fan deposits, as recently summed up by Trowbridge," to the present
occurrences shows the improbability of their having had such an
origin; the majority of the pebbles are too well rounded and as-
sorted. In fact, the stratification is quite definite, and the pebbles
have apparently been transported and deposited by some agent
which did not disturb the soft red mud now forming the cement
of the conglomerate.

The possible glacial-moraine origin of similar Triassic conglomer-
ate deposits in other regions has been advanced, in some form or
other, by various writers. W. M. Fontaine^^ discussed it elaborately
and found no difficulty in reconciling the (supposed) deposition
of the bulk of the strata in a ''mild, equable and moist climate"
in the lovi^lands, with the collection of "unUmited supplies of snow"
and ''its discharge in the form of glaciers" on the "lofty mountain
belt of the Appalachians." And many others had come to agree
\vith this view. I. C. Russell, ^^ after reviewing the evidence, stated
that " the absence of glacial records seems to warrant the conclusion
that glaciers did not enter the basins in which the Newark rocks
were deposited. It does not follow, however, that the Appalachians
were not occupied by local glaciers. The suggestion that those
mountains were higher in the Newark period than now and were
covered with perennial snow, while the adjacent lowlands enjoyed
a mild climate, seems an attractive and very possible hypothesis,
but definite evidence as to its verity has not been obtained. The
proof that the climate of the Atlantic slope during the Newark period
resembled that of Italy at the present day, with glaciers on the
neighboring mountains, must be looked for in the drainage and
sculpturing of the mountains, and the character and distribution
of the debris washed from them. A period of long decay preceding
the birth of the Appalachian glaciers would have prepared land to
furnish abundant debris when the faciUties for transportation
were augmented."

In late years the idea that the red color of sediments is connected
with their deposition in more or less arid climates, has gradually
been gaining ground, and as other evidence appeared to favor

" The Terrestrial Deposits of Owens Valley, California, Jour. Geol., XIX,
706-747, 1911.

'^ Notes on the Mesozoic strata of Virginia, Amer. Jour. Sci., [3] XVII, pp.
236, 237, 1879.

1^ Correlation papers — The Newark System, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. No. 85,
pp. 50-53, 1892.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123

such a view of the orighi of the bulk of the Triassic/^ Russell's
''attractive and very possible hypothesis" of glaciation of the
Appalachian Mountains in that period has been practically forgotten.
It is the writer's belief, however, that "the character and distribu-
tion of the debris" forming the conglomerate beds under discussion
constitutes a verj^ good argument for its revival.

That the pebbles and boulders were carried down into the Triassic
basin along certain definite channels is clearly indicated by the
shapes and positions of the conglomerate masses. Something, in
fact, can be made out as to the possible routes along which they
came. In this region at present the position of streams is controlled
to a certain extent by fault or joint systems. Since most of these
structural features are, however, evidently pre-Triassic, it is reason-
able to suppose that similar depressions existed there then and
became at times river channels. It can readily be seen on the map
that stream routes (marked by heavj^ dotted lines) do actually
strike the edge of the Triassic belt at or near the centers of the several
conglomerate masses, although of course changes of geography
since that period have altered the actual direction of the drainage
and superficial features. But the boulders in the conglomerates
are too large to have been carried by any streams flowing in these
channels at the present day and, indeed, as shown above, torrential
alluvial-fan origin is improbable. Russell's arguments against a direct
glacial origin being also valid, as far as all later observations go,
apparently only one possible mode of formation remains — trans-
portation by floating ice.

Evidence favoring this view has been unexpectedly obtained in
the course of field work to the southwest of HellertowTi. The
Saucon Valley, a broad limestone plain which lies to the north of
the Triassic highland here, contains extensive deposits of what is
regarded as extra-morainic drift. It is believed that in late Quater-
nary glacial times the Lehigh River was temporarily dammed back
and formed a lake— locally called Lake Packer — whose surface
reached a height of 450 feet above tide, and which therefore spread
over much of Saucon Valley. Floating ice, breaking off from the
front of the great glacier, which extended on the Lehigh only to
White Haven, over fifty miles north of the present region, came down
stream, and some of it was carried by currents around into the
Saucon Valley Bay. As this ice gradually melted, numerous well-

1- Cf. Lull, R. S., The Life of the Connecticut Trias, Amer. Jour. ScL, [4] XXXIII,
pp. 397-422, 1912, and the writer, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1912, pp. 371, 372.

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March^

rounded pebbles and boulders of various Paleozoic rocks, chiefly
quartzites, derived from the mountains to the north, were deposited
in a rudely stratified sheet over the valley floor in sufficient quantity
to almost completely cover the underlying limestone rock.^*

At the south side of the valley such drift extends just up to the
Triassic contact, and many of the drift boulders are essentially
similar in size, shape, and degree of rounding to those weathered
from the Triassic conglomerate, and in fact can only be distinguished
by the color, which is yellow or brown instead of red.

If there were in Triassic times glaciers in the mountains, they
must have formed terminal moraines, and drift from these would
naturally be occasionally transported on cakes of ice do'v\Ti the
streams issuing from the glaciers, and be dropped whenever this
ice melted. Some could not fail to be carried out into the shallow
lakes or ponds in which the Triassic red muds were being deposited,
and would then be dropped into this mud without disturbing its
stratification, as we actually find to be the case. Again, as the
distance out from the margin of the basin to which the pebbles
would be carried have nothing to do with their size, but only with
the size of the ice blocks and the resulting rate of melting, they
should simply become fewer in numbers, rather than less in size,
toward the center of the basin. As noted above, this is exactly
what does occur.

It is not intended to imply that all of the materials of these
conglomerates had this origin. The smaller, subangular limestone
and gneiss pebbles and the green shale-flakes were, no doubt, car-
ried largely by direct stream action. But the writer feels convinced
that the features shown by the great mass of quartzite boulders
constitute a good indication of the correctness of Fontaine's and
Russell's theory that glaciers existed in the Appalachian Moun-
tains during late Triassic times.

Summary.

The shape of outcrop and structure of the three subdivisions of
the Pennsylvania Triassic implies either a profound fault on the
north side of the basin or progressive overlap in that direction on
an extensive scale. The latter view is shown to be the most satis-
factory one in this region. The conglomerates developed along

^^ Williams, E. H., Extra-morainic drift between the Delaware and the Schuyl-
kill, Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., V, 281-296, 1894.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125

the north border are found to show features which suggest the
transportation of a considerable part of their materials by ice
floating in streams arising from the melting of glaciers in the Appa-
lachian Mountains to the north.

Explanation of Plate III.

Map of the north border of the Triassic in Bucks, Northampton and Lehigh
Counties, Pennsylvania, showing distribution of the border conglomerates and
hypothetical stream channels of Triassic times.

126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

A STUDY OF METAZOAN PARASITES FOUND IN THE PHILADELPHIA
ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS.

BY FRED. D. WEIDMAN, M.D.

The first part of this communication deals with certain statistics
regarding all the parasitic worms found in the Gardens; the second,
\nth separate species which have been of economic, scientific, or
passing interest.

Part I.

The statistics which follow have been compiled from autopsy
protocols at the Laboratory of Comparative Pathology of the Phila-
delphia Zoological Gardens. The autopsies number 2,807, and ex-
tend from November 25, 1901, to January 1, 1913. They were
performed with care, especially those on the larger animals. All
mammalia and aves dying were examined. Only a few of the
reptilia received attention. The organs were not extensively
dissected or examined microscopically. They were closely scru-
tinized grossly, and if occasion warranted microscopical sections
were made. For these reasons many of the smallest parasites
have been missed, and this may explain the small number of flukes
appearing in our tables.

The table opposite shows roughly an average of (excluding 1901-
1905, when the parasites were not especially searched for) 45
infestations per year. In 1910 there was a rise due to cestodes in
birds, and again a rise in 1911 which we trace across to nematodes- —
again in birds. Referring to the General Parasitological Table II,
nematode column, we find that of the aves it is the Psittaci and
Passeres which are responsible for the latter rise. Our detailed
Psittaci records now lead us to a certain worm, Spiroptera incerta.
This worm was apprehended, however, long before these tables
were compiled. This table led us to investigate the Passeres which
show 33 nematodes. A coiled Filaria in the serosa of the proven-
tricle was revealed. We propose to investigate it in the near future
It is probably Filaria pnngens.

Table I is more of local than general scientific value. It shows
the incidence of parasites by years, and enables us to trace to its
source an}' special increase of infestation that may occur in the
Gardens.

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

127

General Parasitological Table I.
Showing Infestation by All Parasites by Years.

Nema-
todes.

Acantho-
cephalus.

Ces- Trema- Unclas- I rp , ,
todes. todes. ! sified. ^°*^'-

1901-1904:
Mammalia..

Reptilia

Aves

Total

1905:
Mammalia..

Reptilia

Aves

Total

1906:
Mammalia..

Reptilia

Aves

Total

1907:
Mammalia..

Reptilia

Aves

Total

1908:
Mammalia..

Reptilia

Aves

Total

1909:
Mammalia..

Reptilia

Aves

Total

1910:
Mammalia..

Reptilia

Aves

Total

1911:
Mammalia...

Reptilia

Aves

Total

1912:
Mammalia...

Reptilia

Aves

Total

11
2
9

— 22

12

1
21

— .34

4

3

26

3.3

34

39

14

— 32

12
2

.50

— 64

37

301

12

10

23

93

— 2

12

9 1

-15 — 1

23

52

42

46

46

47

■ 57

81

53

3a 435

1 The years referred to are tte fiscal years of the Gardens ending March 1,
except the last— 1912— which we have made to end on January 1, 1913.

128

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[March,

General Parasitological Table II.
Showing Avian Orders Affected.

Aves.

Nema-
todes.

Acantho-
cephalus.

Trema-
todes.

Ces-
todes.

Unclas-
sified.

Total.

Alectorides

Columbse

PicariEe

Gavise

Steganopodes...

Fulicarise

Strio'es

1
6
6

1

1

1

114

16

6

■ 6

1

33

2

""2
"'"5

2
2

'"'2
2
3
5

'25

"3
1
2
2
1
1

....^

1
8
9
1
1
6
2

Psittaci

Herodiones

Galli

118

25

10

8

6

Limicolse

Passeres

1
65

Total 193

2

7

41

18

261

General Parasitological Table III.
Showing Mammalian Orders Affected.

Mammalia.

Nema-
todes.

Acantho-
cephalus

Trema-
todes.

Ces-
todes.

Unclas-
sified.

Total.

Primates

Lemures

18
3

1

3

21

11

8

4

■"2
2
3

1

23
6

Carnivora

Ungulata

41
8
6

21
1

65
21
17

Marsupialia

Edentata

Hyraces

i 3

1 1

i 1

25
2

1

Total

9S

1

49

12

160

Table III shows that of mammals the Carnivora are by far the
most heavily infested order. Primates, Ungulata, and Marsupialia
are about even for second place.

General Parasitological Table IV.
Showing Reptilia Affected.

Nema-
todes.

Acantho-
cephalus

Trema-
todes.

Ces-
todes.

Unclas-
sified.

Total.

Reptilia

10

1 3

14

The data on reptiles are not of value on account of the small
numbers, but are included here for the sake of record.

1913.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

129"

General Parasitological Table
Summary.

V.

1
Nema-
todes.

Acantho- Trema-
cephahis. todes.

Ges- .
todes.

Unclas-
sified.

Total.

Mammalia

Aves

Reptilia

.,.; 98

... 193

10

1

49
41

12

18

160

261

14

Totals........

...1 301

2 9

93

30

435

The summary shows, as to the relative numbers of worms, that
nematodes are far the commonest; then come the cestodes, flukes,
and Acanthocephali in order named. This is the usual order given
in text-books. It seems, however, that our summary shows too
great a disproportion between the nematodes and cestodes, due
doubtless to the endemic of nematode Spiroptera in the parrots.
Excluding those, a ratio of two nematodes to one cestode is obtained.
This would appear to express about the proper relationship, which
now holds good in both birds and mammals.

Tables have also been made shoeing the location of the parasites
in the different mammalian and avian orders, and in reptiles, as
follows :

General Parasitological Table VI.
Site of Infestation.

Aves.

4

s

a

-J3
o

1

c3

i

1

a

bb

c

1

c

:3
a;

1

1

a

W

CL,

c

o

o

h-)

hJ

<

uC

Ph

m

Alectorides ' |....

Columbffi j I....

PicariJB [....

Gavise L.

Steganopodes ' 1

Fulicarise

Striges

Psittaci 109

Herodiones

Galli

Anseres

Accipitres

LimicoljE

2

2

2

1

9 1

1 2

9 10

9
1
1

6

2

118

27
10

8
7

1

Totals 1 1 !l49; 6 63 1 ! 1

1 14 13 267

Six duplications, i.e., more than one parasite found in different organs of
same bird.
9

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

General Parasitological Table VII,

[March,

Mammalia.

6

i

!

02

i

s

-2
1

1

i

1

1
1

a
1

a

1

s

1

i
5

1

1

,4

Primates

5
3

47
8

11
6
2

3

I

2

2

1
2
3

2 1 1

10

1

1

1

94

Lemures

1

3

Carnivora

6

1

1

'

1

fiS

Ungulata

Rodentia

2 1

1 1

i

7
3

1

1

1

'>'>

17

Marsupialia

18

1

1

1..

?7

Edentata

. ■::::::j::::::

9

Hyraces

1 !

1

1 1

1

1

Ill

Totals

82 33

9 17 4 5 1 2

1 21jl

.\.

1

1

1

172

Twelve duplications.

General Parasitological Table VIII.

Intes-
tine.

Stomach

Lungs.

Cloaca.

Perito-
neum.

Total.

Reptilia

8

2

3

1

1

15

One duplication.

General Parasitological Table IX.
Summary of Location of Parasites.

^

4

a

.a

r/,-

^^

1

a

1

1
>

i

1

i

1
1

.1

1

1

^

a

1

o

82
K

33

9

2

21
1

1

1

1

5

1 9
3

Reptilia

Aves

1

63

149 1

9

14

1

1

5

1 2

1

1

* Totals

153

35

149 1

2

9

36

'

1

1

1

10 1

14

1

2

Number of duplications, 19.

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILAt)ELPHIA.

131

Not
given.

Pericar-
dium.

Giz-
zard.

Blood.

Skin.

Mus-
cles.

Pan-
creas.

Total.

Mammalia ..

Reptilia

Aves

1

2 i ' 4

;■.,:■ 6 : "13

i

7

2

172

15

267

Totals 1

2

6

17

1

7

2 454

111 the summary, Table IX, the accepted predommance of in-
testinal parasites is shown. The next most frequently affected organ
is the stomach. The peritoneum comes next, due to the presence
of Filarise, which also account for the fourth position of the blood.

Part II.

Spiroptera incerta (Smith).

This worm has been encountered 119 times, as follows:
Table X.

Parrots

Blue-headed Pigeons
Ashy-headed Barbet
Banded Toucan .
Green glossy Starling
Sulphur-breasted Toucan
Barbary Turtle Dove
White-crowned Pigeon
White-throated (^uail
Transvaal Barbet
Himalayan Jay...
Double-striped Thicknce
Natal Francolin..
Larger hill Mynah

102
3
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

119

Since the greatest number occurred in parrots, our attention has
been especially called to those birds. In fact, our work on this
parasite of parrots has constituted bj^ far the greatest part of our
studies in metazoan parasitology" at the Gardens.

The appended table shows the exact findings since March 1, 1906:

132

PROCEfiDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[]\Iarch,

Spiroptera Table XL
Deaths from Spiroptera among Psittaci.

Year ending. Verminous.

Not
verminous.

Total Per cent. ! Total number
from all dying with of Psittaci in
causes. I worms, i collection.

Mar. 1, 1906 3

Mar. 1, 1907 16

Mar. 1, 1908 17

Mar. 1, 1909 20

Mar. 1, 1910 10

Mar. 1, 1911 12

Mar. 1, 1912 24

Jan. 1, 1913 11

Total 113

45

48

6

29

45 .

6

36

53

32

16

36

56

30

40

25

29

41

29

57

81

30

26

37

36

Not obtainable

132
139
137

268

381

30

408

As will be noted, an average of 30 per cent, of all parrots coming
to autopsy harbored these worms. Is it the parasite which has
caused death, or is this simply an example of commensalism which
is so common in the lower animals?

We find (consulting our Table XI) that the percentage of birds
dying with worms is fairly constant, except for the year ending
1909, and excluding 1906 when the cases were beginning to be
recognized. This wouM indicate at first sight that the verminous
cases were only incidents, that 30 per cent, of our birds had harmless
worms which appeared at autopsy when the bird died from inter-
current disease.

To throw further light on the subject a curve was prepared
showing deaths of Psittaci by months. Again there is a rough
parallellism between the curves of verminous and non-verminous
birds. The charts then would exculpate the parasite.

Now let us consider the opposed evidence. It will be brought out
later that we have examined every parrot in the parrot-house and
found 14 per cent, of our living parrots verminous. What does
this mean? Correlating"^this finding with our statistics, we have
established two facts:

(1) 14 per cent, of our living parrots are verminous.

(2) 30 per cent, of all parrots dying in a year are found verminous.
See Spiroptera, Table XI.

A greater percentage (in fact, proportionally twice as many)
of our verminous birds die as do non-verminous. To consider a
specific instance, suppose our bird-house contain 140 live parrots —

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133

A. From (1) above, 14 per cent, of our living parrots would be
verminous, 20 birds.

B. 86 per cent, of our living parrots would be non-verminous,
120 birds.

Suppose at the end of the year there had been 50 deaths (average
for 7 years).

C. From (2) above, 30 per cent, would be verminous, 15 birds.

D. Then 70 per cent, would be non-verminous, 35 birds.

From A and C — Out of 20 living verminous birds 15 deaths re-
sulted, 75 per cent.

From B and D — Out of 120 living non-verminous birds 35 deaths
resulted, 30 per cent.

The mortality is more than twice as great for living verminous
parrots than for non-verminous.

This is one point against the innocence of Spiroptera incerta.
Our second witness is the autopsy picture.

The Parasite. — It has been described in detail by Dr. Allen J.
Smith as a new species in his Sytwpsis of Studies in Metazoan Para-
sitology. Briefly, the mature female averages 14 mm. in length
by 0.6 mm. in diameter. It is rigid, of a dead or yellow-white color.
The male is distinctly smaller. They vary in numbers from two
to a hundred or more. The usual number is twenty or thirty.
They may be found in a ball of mucus in the lumen of the pro-
ventricle or burrowing into the mucosa. The smallest (larval)
forms are often found under the thick chitinous lining of the gizzard.
The Host.— In severe infestations the bird is emaciated. It
sometimes emits a wheezing sound (not pneumonia) or passes mucus
from mouth or nostril. Often the droppings have been abnormally
copious, and when mucus is admixed (as it often is) infestation
has been foretold.

The Lesion. — Even where there are but a few worms (4-6) in the
proventricle, the swelling is prominent. Diagnosis can be made as
soon as the body cavity is opened. On opening the organ the mucosa
is found necrotic and overlaid by mucus. The worms, if pulled out
by forceps and relaid on the mucus promptly burrow into it and
disappear. Where the worms are numerous the viscus is enormously
distended, even exceeding the gizzard in size. The heart is pushed
far to the right, the gizzard placed so low as to press on the cloaca.
In one case a perforation had occurred, and seeds and worms were
found in the air sacs. On section the mucosa is necrotic, destroyed.
The wall of the viscus may be so thin as to be translucent. The

134 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF []\Iarch,

lumen is occluded by the necrotic and mucoid debris. Microscopic-
ally the mucosa is in part or wholly necrotic and the parasite may
be found burrowing even close to the muscularis. The only reactive
inflammation seen is around the nerves, where a round-cell infil-
tration sometimes occurs.

Necrogenesis. — From the clinical and postmortem findings it would
seem that a variety of agencies are operative in causing death. Where
the parasites are in small numbers in a large bird they are probably
not the cause of death. Occlusion of the proventricular lumen
probably plays a minor part by retarding food ingestion. Much
more important is the destruction of the mucosa of this (for birds)
important digestive organ. In fact, it has been called the glandular
stomach in contradistinction to the muscular stomach or gizzard.

This probably accounts for the emaciation seen clinically. Theo-
retically, this worm might elaborate a toxic material, as does the
fish tapeworm of man, which may act as an irritant on im-
portant vital organs. Such irritation was seen in a chronic
form around nerves in one of our microscopic sections. Dis-
placements of organs noted above (heart by pressure, gizzard
by weight of superjacent pro ventricle) could easily contribute to
the end. It is our belief at present that only a part of the cases
listed as verminous died as a result of spiropteriasis : that the cases
showing a few worms and not much tissue destruction died from inter-
current diseases, but that others, those so greatly emaciated, with
occluded lumina, pressure upon the heart and destruction of mucosa,
undoubtedly diqd as a result of the presence of these worms.

Our autopsy shows alterations of important structures, extensive
enough and serious enough to incriminate the parasites in spite of
the evidence of our tables and charts. This fact, considered with
Spiroptera Table XI, shows the worm to be of economic importance.

In studying this endemic we have worked along three lines:

I. To devise a practical method whereby infested birds might be
discovered and isolated.

II. To determine the life history of the worm. This is most
important from a hygienic and prophylactic standpoint.

III. To discover a therapeutic agent.

Diagnosis.
We feel that we have been successful in our first task.
The external appearances were never sufficiently characteristic
to lead to exact diagnosis. Some birds, even though passing enormous

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135

numbers of ova, were in good feather. Others showed symptoms like
any sick bird — feathers ruffled, head hung down, eyes closed.
Several cases, however, showed suggestive symptoms. They extended
the neck as though attempting to vomit. A macaw passed a frothy
material from the mouth. Another bird which did not have pneu-
monia emitted a wheezing sound. Some of the birds produced
droppings in larger quantity than their mates, and where these
contained mucus, as they often do, we have foretold infestation.
But these signs were so inconstant that laboratory chagnosis became
necessary.

The only avenues to diagnosis would seem to be the blood, urine,
droppings, stomach contents, and temperature. Some time has been
spent investigating the blood, but so many technical difficulties
arose and so much time was required that this means was abandoned.

Experiments were also performed toward the production of emesis
and the recovery of the worms in the vomitus. Preliminary experi-
ments on pigeons were successful. One-tenth of a grain of apomor-
phine hypodermically caused regurgitation of food. This was
probably only from the crop, as no stones accompanied the grain.
An amazon received one-fifth of a grain of apomorphine hypo-
dermically. Excited talking, laughter, and some dizziness resulted,
but no emesis.

An attempt was then made to draw out the proventricular con-
tents mechanically. This failed, as a small catheter used as a stom-
ach-tube could be introduced only as far as the crop, as demonstrated
upon a dead parrot.

The urine is evidently useless for diagnosis when we consider
the anatomy of the avian excretory apparatus. Temperature
determinations would require manipulations which the smaller birds
could not stand.

The droppings remain as our sole means of diagnosis. The parasitic
ova are not easily found. The excreta of birds contain more waste than
human dejecta, where everything is generally in a finely granular
condition. The droppings are laden with such quantities of vegetable
cells, colored by chlorophyl, that they quite hide the ova unless the
latter are in such great numbers as not to be lost by high dilutions.
Efforts to dissolve this foreign matter have been ineffectual. It
was not digested by pancreatin overnight in an incubator. Boil-
ing with antiformin, while ineffective, broke up the cloddy particles
of the droppings, clarified the vegetable cells, and dissolved the
mucus and urates. Much of the chlorophyl was extracted. Our

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

routine practice is now to boil droppings for five minutes in 10 per cent,
potassium hydroxide, shake one minute, boil three minutes, centrifuge
for one minute. Two portions of the sediment are examined for ova
under the f lens, one from the surface and one from the bottom. The
preparation of each specimen examined in lots of ten requires five
minutes. The examination under the lens requires ten minutes
, where no ova are present. When present they are detected usually
in less than one minute, although one case was diagnosed only after
eight minutes. The total time for examining one bird is thus fifteen
minutes. A mechanical stage is used and the entire wet specimen
is gone over.

•With a view to decreasing the amount of debris, the birds have
been starved for twelve, in the case of smaller birds, or, in the
case of larger ones, twenty-four hours. The droppings are collected
during the subsequent twelve hours. That this is a necessary
procedure has been shown in subsequent examinations of these
same birds where they have not been starved. In every case the
eggs are more concentrated where the bird has l:een starved. This
was shown practically in the case of a green-cheeked amazon which
was passed as not verminous during our preliminary experiments
without starving, but detected after starving.

Employing the method outhned above (for convenience called
"the improved method"), every bird in the parrot-house was exam-
ined. The birds were first moved to a separate building. The
parrot-house was then thoroughly fumigated with formaldehyde,
the cages galvanized and new stands erected. Birds whose drop-
pings showed ova were isolated in the infirmary. The others were
sent to the parrot-house. Those removed to the infirmary were
again examined by improved method without starving, to guard
against a possible clerical error by which the specimens might
have been mixed.

As a result of the examination of all of our parrots, twenty were
detected and isolated (14 per cent.). These twenty birds have been
used for subsequent experimentation. Some, too, have been kept
in an open cage exposed to the weather. For these reasons it is
unfair to compare the mortality of these verminous birds with that
of the non-verminous at the parrot-house. If such a comparison
could be fairly made it would furnish valuable evidence regarding
the criminality of the worm, as discussed earlier in this paper.

As these birds died they were posted, and in all cases the worms
were found in the proventricle. We have found that our technique

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137

is very accurate. Mexican conure (P. Z. G. No. 2,599) showed at
autopsy a solitary female and a solitary male worm, yet it was
detected, January 31, 1912. Two ova in one slide. We have been
particularly gratified by the subsequent showing of the parrot-
house. Out of 23 birds dying during the last nine months, not one
has shown worms.

Life History. — The determination of the life cycle of this worm
would be of scientific and prophylactic value. In only one, Spirojj-
tera sanguinolenta, has the life cycle been worked out. From a
hygienic standpoint, such a determination would be valuable by
ascertaining :

1. Mode of transmission from bird to bird.

2. Time elapsing between ingestion of ovum and development
of sexually mature female.

As long as we have to rely upon finding ova in the droppings,
we will not be able to detect those birds ^\ath immature worms.
If we can determine the time elapsing between ingestion of egg and
maturity of female we will have determined the period of time
during which to quarantine new arrivals, who, while not showing
ova in droppings, may nevertheless harbor immature worms. The
determination of this point would also give us the intervals at which
to reexamine the parrots which have been passed as healthy to
the parrot -house. In the absence of this knowledge we run a certain
risk. Future reexaminations will have to be made at quite ar-
bitrary intervals until this developmental period is determined.
Now that each inmate of the parrot-house has been examined and
passed, any cases developing or dying there with worms will throw
new light on the subject.

We have inquired into the life history of the worms bj^ trying to
grow them in artificial media and in experimental birds.

Ova from proventricular slime of a bird dead with Spiroptera
were placed in various nutrient media (bouillon, condensation water
of blood serum media), tap water, and weak alkaline and acid solu-
tions. These were kept at various temperatures. One series at
room temperature, another at 37.5°, and a third at the temperature
of a bird's body (41°). They were examined daily. On the sixth
day larval worms could be seen issuing from the eggs in tap water
at room temperature. They did not hatch in the acid solution,
but did appear sporadically in the other solutions at room tempera-
ture. The larvse may be extruded either through the side or the
end of the egg. One wonders how so large a worm could be coiled

138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March^

in such a small shell. The disappointing factor is the sluggish
action of the larva. It is encased in a well-marked sheath and while
hatching has a languid swaying motion. When hatched its motion
is scarcely more than a quiver. By the time it has been hatched
an hour all motion has ceased. Beyond this stage we have seen no
development. In 10 to 14 days the worm grows paler, faintly
granular and disintegrates.

Supposing that some agent was necessary to dissolve the sheath
and liberate the larva, weak solutions of HCL and sodium bicar-
bonate were applied, but to no avail. At the suggestion of Dr. Fox,,
an emulsion of parrots' proventricular mucosa was made and applied
to the embryos. There was no development at room or incubator
temperature.

The ova in the preceding experiments came from proventricular
slime and had not received the action of the bird's intestinal canal.
As soon as a bird was found with great numbers of fecal ova, they were
washed out and the above experiments repeated in graded acids and
alkalis, diluted pigeon serum, and tap water at room temperature
and 41° C. The same results have been secured: they hatch best
in tap water and serum at room temperature.

The most rapid hatching occurred in a corked vial of tap water
at room temperature in which a female had been placed to deposit
her eggs for subsequent experiments. Four days later she was found
ruptured, her egg tubes protruding and also ruptured. In them were
worms in all stages of hatching.

Animal Experimentation.
Three modes of transmission would seem to be possible:

1. Passage of egg into drinking water, and direct entrance of
the egg to the host, as in the case of the common pinworm, Oxyuris
vermicularis. This is the simplest possible cycle.

2. Passage into drinking water, a hatching or perhaps a moult or
two, and then, by drinking or skin perforation, reinfestation, as
seen in the hook-worm, Necaior americana.

3. Passage of eggs into water or soil, ingestion by an intermediate
host with moultings, passage from secondary host to water, and so
back to definitive host, as seen among the flukes, Faspiola hepaticum.

A fourth mode, in which a biting insect might figure (as in filari-
asis) is surely ruled out, as no embryos have been found in either the
peripheral or deep bloods of our verminous birds upon repeated
examinations.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139

The first (direct) mode seems impossible for the following reasons :

A. In several cases we found infested birds whose cagemates w^ere
free.

B. Several pigeons were fed on eggs or actually had them placed in
the crop by rubber tube and syringe. Killed at intervals of a month,
proventricle and gizzard showed neither micro- nor macroscopic
involvement. The last bird killed had been treated three months
previously. Pigeons ought to be susceptible to these worms. Our
records show that a Barbary turtle dove and white-crowned pigeon
died with them in September, 1911, and three blue-crowned pigeons
were similarly infested in September, 1907.

C. In order to get a perfect blood relationship, ova and embryos
were placed in the crop of newly arrived parrots which had been
tested by the improved method and passed. Another parrot was
kept in a cage soiled by a verminous bird. One bird ched in four
weeks ^vith pneumonia. It showed no worms. The others were
examined regularly and so far have shown no ova in the stools.

D. Roseate cockatoo (No. 166) was placed in a cage with infested
roseate cockatoo (No. 120) and drinking water allowed to become
soiled on August 28, 1912. The birds were separated twelve weeks
later and the healthy cockatoo found still healthy, as shown by
examination of droppings.

In each of the four conditions cited above an opportunity was
afforded for the ova to develop by the first mode. They failed
to do so.

In testing out the second mode, embryo worms were fed to pigeons
and parrots in the same way that eggs were administered in the
preceding experiments. The pigeons were killed at one month
intervals and the proventricle and gizzard examined by the micro-
scope. No infestation was found. A roseate cockatoo also received
the larva. In twelve months no ova have been found in the droppings
upon repeated examinations. The remaining possibility — entrance
by skin penetration — is now being tried.

The third mode which would involve an intermediate non-biting
host, does not harmonize with our ideas of nematode transmission.
In only one case, that of Spiroptera sanguinolenta of the dog, could I
find such an example. The cockroach is the secondary host here,
and as our aviary harbored many such insects, attention was directed
to them. They were fed on cornstarch into which spiroptera ova
were mixed. The roaches were dissected at intervals of two days,
and though the eggs were found in the cloacal contents, no develop-

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

ment was ever made out. The tissues of the body cavity were also
teased and examined with negative results.

Our work on the life history of this worm, then, has been disap-
pointing. Aside from negative findings, we have only established
the fact that the eggs may hatch in four days in tap water at room
temperature.

Therapeusis.

Theoretically, the prospect of a successful therapy is not bright.
The worms live in the soft, juicy wall of a canal between the crop and
gizzard. Sometimes they appear in the lumen of this canal, in which
case they are always surrounded by thick, tenacious mucus. If they
are pulled out of this with forceps and are laid on the mucus they at
once bore into it. It protects them from anj^ passing medicament,
which is apt to have only a transient effect while on its way from the
crop to gizzard. Those worms, which may be partly protruded into
the lumen from the wall of the canal, can retract and retreat, even
as far as the serosa, as shown in one of our museum specimens.
The smallest worms are found under the thick, chitinous lining
of the gizzard. We have used, therefore, drugs which act on the
worms in the lumen (thymol by mouth) and by way of the blood
(arsenic hypodermically). The arsenic used has been in the form
of Fowler's solution and atoxyl. We determined the minimum lethal
dose for j^igeons and administered a corresponding dose to the
verminous parrots.^ No practical results have come from our efforts
at therapy. Two interesting points, however, were secured: The
parrots and pigeons withstood thymol and arsenic in enormous
doses, compared weight for weight with man. The droppings of a
parrot very heavily infested averaged for five days 182,000 eggs
per diem. After a dose of thymol, on one occasion it passed 288,000
eggs in one single day.
Filaria fasciata n. sp.

In the last three years we have found six examples of filariasis
in dead wild-cats. They may be found in the intermuscular fasciae of
any of the muscles of the body, but especially in those of the thigh
muscles. They number from two to forty. They are coiled in a
most intricate manner in the loose areolar tissue, but slip out rather
easily upon slight dissection and traction. The animal is emaciated.
Its blood swarms with embryos.

^ Fortieth Amiiinl Report of the Board of Directors of the Zoological Society of
Philadelphia, 1912.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141

The female is 2.5-30 cm. long, filariform, 0.5 mm. in breadth. The
mouth is simple, unarmed, circular. There are no papillae or other
special features at the cephalic extremity. Head is continuous with
the body. Caudal extremity straight, conical. Anus subterminaL
Vulvar orifice immediately anterior to same.

The male measures 11 cm. in length. It closely resembles the female
except the tail. This is strongly curved into three or four spiral
turns. There are two unequal sharp spicules, the longer 70,'j- in
length, the shorter 45/^-. There are five pairs of closely placed
preanal papillge and one pair of postanal.

The still living embryos measure 280 to 330 microns in length
by 4 in breadth. They have a delicate sheath, lashing motion^
and no progression under cover slip. Not examined in hanging drop.
Stained specimens exhibit blue spots at irregular intervals, not
uniformly enough to be established as head or tail spots. They
have been injected hypodermically into kittens with the expected
result: no transmission after a lapse of five months.

It was at first thought, with our imperfect specimens, that we were
dealing with Filaria striata (Molin). This worm is briefly described
in Latin:

''Os inerme, minimum; corpus filiforme, longissimum, tenuissime
transversim striatum; extremitas anterior crassior; et posterior
obtusse; extremitas caudalis maris laxe spiraliter torta, foveola
ante apicem limbo cincta, septem papillis permagnis utrinque proedita
vagina breve tubulosa; penis brevissimus uncinatus; extremitas
caudalis femine inflexa. Longit. mar. 4.5" crassit. \"' . Longit. fem.
V 3"; crassit. \"'r

With the occurrence of another autopsy many specimens of both
sexes were obtained. It is now certain that we have not here
Filaria striata (Molin), although the size and habitat of the two are the
same. The female might fall under the description given above for
striata, but the followdng differences are seen in the male.

1. The tail is strongly coiled.

2. There are six pairs of papillae.

3. There are two spicules.

The last difference especially would appear to warrant the naming
of a new species.

Tropidooerca contorta n. sp.

Numerous worms were found in' the proventricle of a concave-
casqued hornbill, Dichocerus hicornis (P. Z. G. 2,640). The mucosa

142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

was dotted closely by blood-red or blackish points, which were
usually best seen on the serosa, but sometimes best through the
mucosa. The latter was covered with a thick layer of viscid mucus.
The red points numbered perhaps sixty or eighty. A slight degree
of teasing with subsequent pressure over such a point expressed a
blood-red translucent body which proved upon microscopical exam-
ination to be a worm. From its subglobular shape it was at first
supposed to be a fluke, but under the microscope it soon revealed
characteristics which placed it among the nematodes. Thirty
or "forty of these blood-red worms were expressed and examined
before any fixative was applied, the material coming to hand very
shortly after death.

All of these blood-red worms were found to be females. The camera
lucida drawings, Plate IV, and measurements are from fresh unfixed
specimens, which have been slightly flattened out by the weight
of the cover slip. They were examined in normal saline solution.
They showed no motion even upon gentle warming. The host
had been kept at 10° C. for six to eight hours before autopsy and
the parasites in situ at the same temperature overnight. This low
temperature acting for twenty-four hours probably explains their
quiescence.

No males could be found in the slime which so thickly covered
the mucosa. After the females had been expressed the mucosa
was teased into fine shreds and emulsified in normal saline solu-
tion. The sediment was washed in the centrifuge several times
and from it eight males were recovered with the aid of the micro-
scope. It would appear from this that the males occupy the same
jDositions that the females do, i.e., the proventricular crypts.

The largest specimen of the mature female measures 2.1 mm. long
and 1.9 mm. broad. On account of the complexity of its coils it is
impossible to measure the length of the body axis. They are of a
blood-red color, both grossly and microscopically, except the gut
tract, which contains molecular black material. This central
blackened tract may be seen even grossly upon careful scrutiny.
They are moderately resistant to pressure, the trauma of extraction
never rupturing the organism. Ordinary cover-glass pressure will
rupture them only when the mounting medium (normal saline)
evaporates excessively.

The form of the mature female is extraordinary and occasioned
the construction of the genus Tropisuris (Diesing), later changed to
Tropidocerca. Before flattening the specimens appear (as shown

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143

by Lieberklihn) in the form of a pumpkin. At one pole the head
projects, at the other the tail The cuticle is very thick, transparent,
finely transversely striated and of a blood-red color. It is often pro-
jected in expansions as the coils of the worm tighten. As the head
becomes retracted the cuticle forms a collar-like fold. In some
specimens the head and tail have been retracted into the centre
of the coil so as to become invisible. In others they project in a
varying degree, but never to a greater distance than half the diam-
eter of the worm. In such cases the projected part of the body
measures 100 to 150 mc. in diameter, tapers slightly anteriorly, to
end suddenly at the oral opening. (Plate IV, figs. 4, 5 and 8.)

The Gut. — The mouth is unarmed and round. It is succeeded by
a dome-shaped buccal space which passes into a long oesophagus.
The oesophagus is marked off from the buccal space by a well-defined
ring. The walls of the oesophagus are very thick and composed of
circular and radial muscle fibres. The oesophagus can be traced
deeply into the coils of the worm, where it ends by a rounded extrem-
ity in the intestine. The intestine is visible only as a black, irregular
tract which twists apparently with the coils. It commences as a
large cul-de-sac which receives the oesophagus. It soon narrows
and thereafter is irregular in size. Anus subterminal. (Plate IV, fig. 8.)

The posterior extremity of the worm narrows quickly to a sharp
point. Anal opening 450 mc. from tip. Vulvar orifice 900 mc. from
tip. Between the two openings the cuticle is thickened so as to
produce a rounded swelling. (Plate IV, fig. 6.)

The general body cavity, including its expansions, is filled with
closely packed egg tubes, suggesting that such expansions are
especially designed to accommodate an extraordinarily developed
reproductive system. From the specimens examined in toto the
details of this system could not be made out.

The ova are elliptical, measure 40 to 45 mc. in length and 20 to
25 mc. in width. Several specimens showed a peculiar unilateral
bib attached to the outside of the shell. (Plate IV, fig. 7.)

Attempts were made to determine a regular arrangement of the
coils. This was very difficult in the case of the fully matured fe-
males. It would seem from their shape that the body expansions
grew into the grooves between the coils so as to form a well-rounded
mass. This makes it difficult to determine from which coil the head
and tail protrude (if they protrude at all) and which coils are
continuous with each other. The presence of the cuticular expan-
sions only serves to increase the difficulty.

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

Immature females were not nearly so puzzling. It was through
a consideration of the coils of different specimens at different stages
of development, together with reconstructions in wax, that the ar-
rangement of the twists was finally made out.

The sex of the youngest female could only be determined by
its greater proportionate breadth. It measured 2.5 mm. in length
and 0.2 mm. in width. It was found with the eight males men-
tioned above. It was cylindrical, colorless, and showed no internal
structure. It was not coiled, but even at this early stage of devel-
opment showed by its angulations a disposition to coil. (Plate IV,
fig- 3.)

The next female studied in point of age was coiled in one plane
only. It measured 1,000 mc. by 1,050 mc; i.e., only half the size
of the mature female. It was colorless, except for the gut, which
was black. In this case the body axis could be readily followed.
It was 3.5 mm. long. This specimen was fusiform, its greatest
diameter, 450 mc, was located at the posterior third of the body,
where the bulk of the gut and egg tubes were. The head and a
large part of the neck, 0.2 mm., are bent sharply dorsally. The
rest of the body then curls tightly ventrally to enclose the head and
sharply bent anterior portion. The tail ends sharply in a single
point. Its tip is recurved. Egg tubes may be seen in the body
cavity, but they contain no ova. (Plate IV, fig. 9.)

The third female measured 9 mm. in length. This was
ascertained by flattening out a small female and forcibly with
needles straightening out the coils. The body varies in mdth.
Its greatest diameter is 600 mc. It can now be seen that the body
cavity bulges out into expansions at several points. The approxi-
mation of these expansions to each other, together with a coincident
coiling of the parasite, could easily result in the pumpkin-shaped
organism so commonly described. The distortion here produced,
however, precludes a positive statement in regard to an habitual
and orderly arrangement of these expansions along the bod}' axis
in the living animal.

The fourth female in order of maturity contained mature ova
(coiled embryo visible). It was chosen because it was not tightly
coiled. It was examined in glycerine with a stereoscopic micro-
scope. No cover-glass was used, thus eliminating pressure arte-
fact. A wax model was made by combining drawings and direct
observation.

The rigidity of the coils in the unfixed female raised the question

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145

whether this was a permanent or a changeable arrangement. It
has been already remarked that even in a very young female, where
the anlage of the organs was not yet prominent, there was a dis-
position (as evidenced by angulations) to coil. This same early
disposition is also noted in the half-grown specimen which was
tightl}' coiled in one plane. These facts seemed to argue the coiling
as a peculiarity of the species.

To shed further light on the subject, reconstructions were made
of two mature females after the wax-plate method of Bonn, and a
third (partial) reconstruction in pasteboard. In all three the coils
were very tight. In two specimens the head and tail project at
opposite sides of the coiled worm. In a third the head and tail are
close together. In the two complete reconstructions the tail re-
curves in a direction opposite to the general direction of the coils.
That is, tracing the coils in a spiral manner down from the head —
either clockwise or contraclockwise, as the case may be — we sud-
denly come to an abrupt bend toward the tail, where it bends around
in the opposite direction. This peculiarity is also seen in the half-
grown female mentioned before, and it is this reversal which led to
the uncertainty in determining the arrangement by direct examina-
tion. As stated above, the coils may (looking at the specimen head
on) run clockwise or contraclockwise.

From a consideration of the camera lucida drawings of females at
different stages of development, along with the wax model and
reconstructions, the following deductions are made:

There is a very early "embryonic" propensity for the worm to
coil tightly. The arrangement of such coils is not constant, the
coils turning either clock\vise or contraclockwise. The head along
with a short anterior portion is always bent more or less sharply
dorsally. The caudal extremity always twists suddenly in a direc-
tion reverse ,to that of the more anterior coils. As the female
becomes mature, the remarkable egg content causes a broadening
of the worm without a proportionate increase in length. This
causes the mass to appear globular. The pressure incident to
such enormous egg content ol)literates any "dead spaces" between
the coils (internally or externally), and this tends all the more to
perfect the globular appearance.

It is presumed (in the absence of direct observation of living

specimens) that the worm may alter its coils and protrude head or

tail into the lumen of the proventricle. It does not seem probable,

from its bulkiness, that the mature female migrates as does Spirop-

10

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

tera incerta. In support of this, the microscopical sections do not
show necrosis as in spiropteriasis, and we do not think that the
worms cause serious disease. The female certainly extracts hemo-
globin from the host, but does not seem to be wasteful as in
uncinariasis. The cagemate of this bird, which is living and also
infested, appears perfectly healthy, and is standing such minor
blood loss very well.

The Male. — From the fact that the specimens were found only
after teasing the mucosa (not at all in the luminal slime), it is pre-
sumed that they live in the same situations as the females — in
the crypts of the proventricular glands. This is, however, hard to
prove, on account of the small size, translucency, and relatively
small number of males. Serial sections might or might not, from
this last circumstance, include a male.

The largest male measures 6 mm. in length. At its widest part
it measures 125 mc. The body is subcylindrical, filiform, tapering
anteriorly to end rather abruptly in a rounded extremity. The head
is not separable from the body. It tapers more gracefully posteri-
orly, ending in a tail which is curved strongly toward the cloaca.
Tip of tail is sharp, recurved from cloaca after the fashion of the
point of a fish-hook robbed of its barb. Cuticle finely striated
transversely, thin, transparent. (Plate IV, figs. 1 and 2.)

None of the male specimens display the blood-red color so con-
spicuous in the female.

The oral opening is circular. It leads to a narrow buccal cavity,
which abruptly opens into an oesophagus mth thick circularly dis-
posed musculature. This is succeeded by a straight, simple intes-
tine, which becomes coiled at its posterior third, to end 300 mc.
from the caudal tip. Cloacal opening surrounded by a pouting,
prominent cuticular ring.

Spicules unequal. The shorter measures 150 mc, The longer
measures 5,400 mc. in length, and when retracted. extends to within
600 mc. of the anterior extremity. This spicule is, then, nine-tenths
as long as the individual. One specimen was projected to a distance
of 3.0 mm. This length does not represent the full extent to which
it may project, as a part of the spicule had been broken off. ' There
are two pairs of preanal and two pairs of postanal papillae. There is
no bursa.

Tropidocerca contorta n. sp.

This worm falls easily into the genus Tropisnris (Diesing), later
changed to Tropidocerca. This genus includes numerous worms which

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147

lie in the pro ventricles of birds. They vary in size, in different
species, from 2 to 7 mm. in length. The striking peculiarity of
this nematode is the subglobular form and blood-red color of the
female. From the upper pole of the worm a short head projects
and from the lower a short tail.^

I have found the following species described as infesting the
hooded crow, snipe, plover, woodcock, goose, black coot, widgeon,
grosbeak, seagull: Tropidocerca fississpina (Schlatthauber), T.
paradoxa (Diesing), T. gijncecophila (Molin), T. hispinosa (Molin),
T. glohosa (V. Linstow), T. inermis (V. Linstow), T. tenuis (Lieber-
kiihn), T. certa (Leidy).

Upon referring to these species I find that the structure of the
mouth and tail parts conforms closely to the worm I have been
studying. There are certain marked differences, however, which
seem sufficient to warrant the naming of a new species:

1. Its tightly coiled form, which is not mentioned or figured
in any of the other species.

2. Absence of the four equidistant longitudinal muscular bands
which by contracting give the subglobular shape of other Tropi-
docercse.

3. The remarkable length of the longer spicule of the male.

4. Disposition of the male papillae.

Believing the first-named difference to be the most striking, I
have given the nam6 contorta to the species.
Trichocephalus dispar (Rudolphi).

From the large intestine of a Rhesus macaque (P. Z. G. No. 2,744)
three mature worms were obtained. They were very firmly attached
to the mucosa and more deeply imbedded than it is customary to
find them. The specimen showed tightly clinging detritus along the
anterior attenuated portion which could not be removed with a
brush. The case is of value because this helminthiasis was
associated with a purulent peritonitis. The text-book descriptions
do not assign any marked pathogenic properties to this worm.
It would seem hypercritical in this case to argue that such asso-
ciation is a mere coincidence. Tricocephalus dispar has also been
found in Pithecus sntyrus, Cercopithecus mona, C. potas, and C. sahwus,
Innuus erythryacus, I. ecaudatus, Cyanocephalus sphinx, and C.
porcarius and in Mycetes senicidus. It is mentioned as Tricocephalus
lemuris (Rud.) and T. palceformis by Raillet. Its occurrence in

2 Diesing, Syst. Helminth., II, p. 207.

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

these animals suggests lines of transmission from one host to
another.

Microscopically, all three worms were found to be females. Two
were perfect. Head is missing from the third, suggesting that it was
firmly attached to the mucosa. The worms conform in every re-
spect to the accepted generic descriptions of Tricocephalus. The two
perfect specimens measure each 27 mm. in length. The posterior
portion is 8.5 mm. long, the narrow, more attenuated, anterior
portion, including the head, 18.5 mm. This gives a close proportion
of one to two. Measurements were made of ova which lay in the
oviduct close to the vulvar opening. They are- 23-25 mc. broad
and 52-55 mc. long, including the button.

It is unfortunate that no males were included in the material,
since it is by these alone that the species may be surely determined;
sexual apparatus (especially the sheath of the spicule) furnishing
the differentiating characteristics.

As far as the material goes, this might easily be a specimen of
Trichocephalus dispar. The ova are almost identical, measuring
for the largest specimens 25 by 55 mc. as against 23 by 53 for T.
dispar. It is true that the specimens are smaller, measuring 27 liim.
in length as against 35 mm. for T. dispar, but this is not an uncommon
variation for identical species in different hosts. (Witness Ascaris
mystax in cats and lions.) Neither does the size of the eggs conform
to that given for other species of Trichocephalus: crenatus, 52 by 56,
from pig; affinis, ? by 65, from horse; felis, 36 by 72, from cat;
unguiculatus, 31 by 52, from rabbit; depressicollis, 31 by 80, from
dog and fox; senrdus, 39 by 56, from cat.
Paragonimus westermanii (Kerb.).

This parasite has been found- in two wild-cats, Felis rufus. They
lie in cystic dilatations of the bronchi, generally in pairs. An
inflammatory zone is present around each focus. There are not
more than half a dozen in each cat. The finding has been made the
subject of a paper ^ presented before the Philadelphia Pathological
Society by Fox, Smith, Rivas, and Weidman, in which it is pointed
out that this worm has occurred in San Francisco, St. Louis, Cin-
cinnati, in the Appalachians, and in the Carolinas, whence these cats
came. It is the belief of these writers that the parasite will be
found oftener in man if it is carefully looked for, and is likely to
become more frequent in the United States with the development
of our East Indian possessions, where its effects are endemic.

3 To be published in a medical journal.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149

The occurrence of this worm in wild-cats on our Atlantic seaboard
should be taken note of and remembered if this disease develop here.
Taenia echinococcus (v. Siebold).

This material came from a female Bactrian camel which died in
labor from a ruptured uterus.

The cysts were most numerous in the liver, constituting fully
half the bulk of that organ. The spleen was also extensively
involved, the lungs less so. The largest cysts in the liver were
sterile, showing no scolices. The specimens were observed alive,
and we were able to see the scolices retract the rostellum when they
were irritated.

One of our microscopic specimens shows a scolex insinuating
itself between the lamellae of the wall of the cyst, a circumstance
not commonly mentioned in text-books on helminthology.
Taenia marginata (Batsch.).

The opportunity has presented of seeing this parasite in the most
important stages of its complicated life cycle. We have seen the
mature worm, ovum, and cysticercus.

The strobile or mature worm is the common tapeworm of the dog
and wolf. Its head is provided with a circle of booklets. Our
specimen was obtained from a gray wolf after a vermifuge. The
terminal segments are the mature ones and furnish ova to the stools.
In these eggs six hooks can be seen, the precursors of the future
rostellum of the mature worm. These eggs, if ingested by herbiv-
orous animals, hatch in the intestine and burrow through the
liver to the serous cavities of the intermediate host (a ruminant),
where they develop a caudal segment. This segment is cystic,
and into it on a long narrow neck the head is invaginated. This
stage is known as the cysticercus stage, and the parasite has been
named Cysticercus tenuicollis. We have found these cysts in the
Angora goats, woolless sheep, ring-tailed lemurs, Mexican deer,
European roe deer, mule deer, red deer, and fallow deer. It has
been proven experimentally by several investigators that they are
pathogenic for young ruminants.^

The occurrence of so many of the cysts aroused the suspicion that
our ruminants might be contracting the disease from the canines,
opposite whose dens some of the deer are parked. Two ex-
aminations of the dejecta of our canines revealed but three in-

* Neumann's Parasites and Parasitic Diseases of the Domesticated Animals —
(Fleming) 1900.

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March,

festations out of fifteen animals examined. One of these was an
American gray wolf, which was given a vermifuge. As a result
segments were obtained corresponding to those of Tenia marginata.
The wolf has been isolated. He could easily have been the source
of some of the cases. In others, however, the animals had been
housed in a distant building or were newly arrived. They were
doubtless infested when they arrived.

One of our cases has furnished a monster formation. The cysts
usually consist of a single bladder, into which the head is invaginated.
By pressing upon such a cyst the head and long narrow neck may be
expressed. In the monster forms the cyst is invaginated by a
second cj^st, and into this second cyst the head is invaginated so that
when pressure is applied two elongated necks emerge, the innermost
bearing the head. The formation is discussed by Railliet, p. 238.

If these cysts be ingested by a canine, the bladder will be destroyed,
the head becomes fastened to the intestinal wall and gives rise
ultimately to the stroliile, Tcenia marginata.

The material which forms the basis of this communication has been
obtained from the Garden of the Philadelphia Zoological Society,
from the Laboratory of Comparative Pathology of which it is reported.
During the work I have often had occasion to confer with Dr. Allen J.
Smith. The reconstructions of Tropidocerca contorta were only
made possible by his generous tender of apparatus and materials
from the Department of Comparative Pathology and Tropical
Medicine at the University of Pennsylvania. I acknowledge with
sincere thanks his freely given advice and criticism.

Bibliography,
CoBBOLD, Transactions of the Linnean Society of London, II, part 8, 1883.

pp. 357-361.
DiESiNn, Revis. d. Nemat., pp. 673, 674.

Syst. Helminth., II, p. 207.

V. Drasche, Verhandlung. d. k. zoojog. bot. Gesellsch. Wien, 1883, pp. 114, 11-5.
Leuckart, Troeschel's Archiv f. Naturg., 1860, II, p. 135.
Leidy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1886, p. 308.
LiEBERKtJHN, MuUer's Archiv f. Naturg., 1855, pp. 314-355.
V. LiNSTow, Troeschel's Archiv fiir Naturg., 1877, pp. 5, 6.

Troeschel's Archiv fiir Naturg., 1876, I, pp. .5, 6.

iirchiv f. Naturg., 1879, p. 175.

MoLiN, Sitzungsbericht d. k. k. Akad. der Wisse.n., Wien, XXXIII, p. 298;
XL, p. 342.

Denkschr. d. k. Akad. der Wissen., Wien, XIX, pp. 297-299.

Railliet, A. Traits de Zoologie Medicale et Agricole. 2e Edition.
ScHLOTTHAUBER, Aiutlicher Bericht deuts. Naturforscher u. Aerzte, Gottingen

1854, p. 129. ^ '

Description of Plate IV.
Fig. 1. — Male Tropidocerca contorta, with the longer penis projected.
Fig. 2.— Male T. contorta, with penis retracted. The root of the longer penis

reaches almost to the head.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151

Fig. 3. — Female T. contorla. This is the youngest female found. It tends to coil
even at this early stage.

Fig. 4. — Female T. conlorta. A mature specimen, showing the cuticular expan-
sions and subglobular form of this nematode.

Fig. 5. — Female T. conlorta. A mature specimen showing the same general
features as the preceding.

Fig. 6. — Tail of female 2\ contorla.

Fig. 7. — Ova of T. contorla. The unilateral bib is represented on one.

Fig. 8. — Female T. conlorta. A mature specimen, showing course of oesophagus
and intestines.

Fig. 9.— Female T. conlorta. This is a half-grown specimen. It is coiled in one
plane only, and shows the head bent sharply dorsally. It also shows the
constant feature revealed in the wax reconstructions, viz., the caudal portion
bends sharply in a direction opposite to the general coiling of the worm.
This figure is drawn on a much larger scale than the preceding.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1913.

BROWN: VARIATIONS IN LUCIDELLA,

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1913.

VANATTA: NE^A^ SPECIES OF MOLLUSCA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCL PHILA. 1913

MAP

OP PAHT OP THE

TRIASSIC AREA
EASTERN PENNSYLVANIA

BV

LEGEND

WHERRY: TRIASSIC OF PENNSYLVANIA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1913.

u>a(( of

body cavify

WEIDMAN: METAZOAN PARASITES.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151

Fig. 3. — Female T. contorta. This is the youngest female found. It tends to coil
even at this early stage.

Fig. 4. — Female T. contorta. A mature specimen, showing the cuticular expan-
sions and subglobular form of this nematode.

Fig. 5. — Female T. contorta. A mature specimen showing the same general
features as the preceding.

Fig. 6. — Tail of female T. contorta.

Fig. 7. — Ova of T. contorta. The unilateral bib is represented on one.

Fig. 8. — Female T. contorta. A mature specimen, showing course of oesophagus
and intestines.

Fig. 9. — Female T. contorta. This is a half-grown specimen. It is coiled in one
plane only, and shows the head bent sharply dorsally. It also shows the
constant feature revealed in the wax reconstructions, viz., the caudal portion
bends sharply in a direction opposite to the general coiling of the worm.
This figure is drawn on a much larger scale than the preceding.

11

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

April 15.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair.

Thirty-nine persons present.

The deaths of the following members were announced: John S.
Billings, M.D., March 11, and George McClellan, M.D., March 31.

The Publication Committee reported the acceptance of papers
under the following titles for publication in the Proceedings:

"Notes on serpents in the Family Colubridae, " by Joseph C.
Thompson, Surg. U. S. N. (March 27).

"Amphibians and reptiles from Ecuador, Venezuela, and Yucatan,"
by Henry W. Fowler (March 28).

"Notes on the types of ,some American spiders in European
collections," -by Nathan Banks (April 10).

"On a collection of birds obtained by the Francis E. Bond Expe-
dition to the Orinoco Delta," by Witmer Stone (April 14).

A paper entitled "Some aboriginal sites in Louisiana and Arkan-
sas," by Clarence B. Moore, was accepted for publication in the
Journal (April 14).

John M. Macfarlane, M.D., made a communication on the
origin and distribution of animals and plants. (No abstract.)
• The subject was discussed by Drs. Calvert and Pilsbry.

The following were ordered to be printed:

1913.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153

AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES FROM ECUADOR, VENEZUELA, AND YUCATAN.
BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

Several collections of herpetological specimens have recently been
acquired by the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
Important among them are those forming the basis of this paper.
Several species, apparently new, are described and figured. All the
figures are drawn to scale, the accompanying line signifying ten
millimeters.

ECUADOR.

The collection from this country was made on the western slope
of the Andes, from Guayaquil to Quito, during 1911, by Mr. Samuel
N. Rhoads. The fishes were reported by the writer during the same
year in these Proceedings. Since then all the collections Mr.
Rhoads made were purchased by the Academy. In this connec-
tion I wish to express thanks to Mr. Rhoads for the appended notes
relating to the habits of the various species.

AMPHIBIA.

BUFONID^.
Bufo marinus (Linnaeus).

Two from Bucay.

Bufo typhonius (Linnaeus).

Seven from Bucay. Found only under stones and logs, in woods
and banana plantations.

This very variable species ranges over the greater part of South
America, and in this connection I have examined many examples
from th€ following localities: Chapada, near Cujaba in Matto
Grosso (H. H. Smith)-; Upper Punes River (Steere) ; Bahia (Cope)
in Brazil; Peru(Orton); Pebas (Orton), Ecuador; Surinam (Bering).
Some examples show the hght vertebral line very conspicuously,
and in others it is wanting. Variation in the color of the back is seen
from nearly uniform brownish specimens to those greatly blotched.
Some large examples have nearly all the lower regions blackish, and
they also show the postorbital flange greatly elevated. The Bucay
specimens do not show any parietal ridges extending from the post-

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

orbital. Females from Pebas, with eggs, have scattered white spots
on lower surface of body very pronounced, though the postorbital
flange is hardly developed.

Bufo cseruleocellatus sp. nov. PI. V, upper figure.

Body depressed, its width about equals that of head. No
bony ridges on head,. which is broadly depressed, though not con-
stricted from rest of body. Snout a httle depressed, contour as
viewed above little less than right angle. Eye large, though some-
what less than snout in length. Mouth large, rictus extending
slightly beyond eye. Lips thin, skin firm, and jaw edges trenchant.
No teeth. Tongue large, free for great portion posteriorly, and hind
edge triangular. Internal nares moderate. External nares well
separated, so that each would fall in external fourth of antero-
interorbital width. Latter depressed, or very slightly convex.
Lores a little concave, smooth. Tympanum small, vertically
elHpsoid, and vertical diameter about f horizontal length of eye.
Parotids large, well separated from eyes, though each equals about
If eye lengths. Along upper side of head from snout tip low fold
extends back, including upper eyelid externally and outer edge of
parotid. Fold on latter well marked, though not extending on costal
region.

Skin largely smooth, though upper surfaces of limbs and hind pelvic
region above, with weak tubercles, a few of which are less developed
on lower surfaces of hind limbs and costal regions. Parotids and
eyebrows more or less granular. Lower surface of body otherwise
smooth .

Limbs all rather slender. Fingers not webbed, second longest,
and first and third subequally shortest. Finger tips all with rather
well-developed tubercles. Toes webbed rather narrowly at bases,
and each with somewhat well-developed distal tubercles. Two equal
well-developed metatarsal tubercles. Fold of skin along outer tarsal
edge.

Color in alcohol dark slaty-gray above, ground-color nearly uni-
form, marked with a number of scattered more or less rounded dusky
to blackish blotches, each indistinctly edged with gray, or paler tint
than general body-color, to form obscure ocelli. Upper surfaces of
these limbs also marked with similar blotches, as three or four on
each joint. Lower surface of body pale gray, evidently translucent
in life. Breast and throat all more or less clouded with slaty specks,
or obscurely spotted with paler or more whitish tints.
Length 23 mm.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 155

Type, No. 18,069, A. N. S. P. Bucay, province of Guayas, western
Ecuador. July, 1911. S. N. Rhoads.

Nos. 18,068, 18,070 and 18,064, paratypes, same data. Length
16 to 22 mm. All the specimens were found under stones, bark and
leaves, in woods.

This species is apparently related to Bufo cceruleosiictus Giinther,^
but differs in the color-markings. This is hardly due to age, as
Giinther gives the upper parts of the body as uniform brownish-
black and the lower parts dirty gray-brown. Upper eyelids, sides
of trunk and extremities all show small smooth bluish tubercles.
His example was 3 inches 6 lines. Boulenger's figure' would show
that Giinther's toad cannot be identical.

Bufo glaberrimus Giinther'' differs in the smooth skin and a rose-
colored spot in the groin, the general color being brownish-black.

Bufo hcematiticus Cope^ has a different coloration, especially a pale
spot anterior and beneath the eye. A poor specimen in the collection
from Coban (Cope) is not fit for comparison. Cope names var.
lachrymans,^ probably only a color form. Its length is 1 inch 6 lines-

The present species shows some variation in its color markings,
and in some examples but few dark spots are present on the back.
The latter is also variable as to roughness on its fore part above.
{Ccerulea, blue; ocellus, ring; with reference to the color markings
on the back.)
Bufo chanchanensis sp. nov. PI. V. lower figure.

Body moderately depressed, width about equal to that of head.
Head without bony ridges, though broad and depressed, not con-
stricted from rest of body. Snout a little depressed, contour as seen
from above obtusely triangular, slightly more than right angle.
Eye large, equal to snout in length. Mouth large, rictus extending
trifle beyond eye. Lips thin, firm, and jaw edges trenchant. No
teeth. Tongue large, free for last * at least, hind edge rounded.
Internal nares large. External nares well separated, falling almost
in outer fourth of antero-interorbital width. Interorbital depressed,
very slightly concave, width little less than twice that of upper
eyelid. Lores smooth. No tympanum. Parotids large, slightly
separated from eyes, each equals twice length of eye. Along upper

1 Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1859, p. 415. Western Ecuador.

2 Cat. Bafr. Sal. Brit. Mus., 1882, p. 291, PL 21, fig. 1.

3 Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1868, p. 483, PI. 37, fig. 2. Bogota.

4 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 158. Truando region, Colombia.
5L. c.

156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

side of head from snout tip low fold extends back, including upper
ej'elid externally and outer edge of parotid, though not continued
beyond.

Skin very rough, with more or less enlarged tubercles over upper
surface. Lower surface of body finely granular. Upper eyelids
with large tubercles, though parotids largely smooth. Upper
surfaces of limbs tuberculate like back, and lower surfaces granulated
like bellj\

Limbs moderately slender. Third finger longest, first and second
subequally shortest, and none webbed. Tips of fingers slightly
dilated with tubercles. Toes with rather short webs, each ending in
small tubercle. Two equal cuneate metatarsal tubercles. Fold of
skin along outer tarsal edge.

Color in alcohol largely dusky. Sides and lower surfaces all more
or less blackish, with abdomen laterally and posteriorly, together
with lower surfaces of hind limbs, marbled or reticulated with paler
spots or blotches in rather well-defined contrast. Side of upper jaw
near edge and below eye, mottled a little, and after eye, along
middle of side, blackish. Upper surfaces of limbs blotched with
blackish, edged paler. Lower surfaces of all limbs with paler
markings.

Length 32 mm.

Type, No. 18,181, A. N. S. P. Camp Chiguancay, in Chanchan
River valley, western Ecuador. March, 1911. S. N. Rhoads.

Nos. 18,182, 18,185, 18,193, 18,195, 18,198, 18,202, 18,203, 18,205,
paratypes, same data. Found in debris in woodland.

Related to Bujo (haul (Molina), as figured by Garnot and Lesson,^
but that species is represented as having short rounded parotids and
a very small distinct tympanum.

Variation in color is quite noticeable in the present species, though
all the specimens are quite dark, with pale bands.

(Named for the Chanchan Valle3\)

HYLIDuE.
Hyla rubra Daudin.

Twelve from Hacienda Gorzon to the foot of ]\It. Pichincha, on
IMay 16.

Two from the forest above Chimbo, 10,300 to 12,500 feet elevation,
on April 17.

6 Votj. CoquiUe, II, 1831, PI. 7, fig. 6, Chili.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157

Hyla chimboe sp. nov. PL VI, upper figure.

Body broad, well depressed. Head broad, depressed, its wddth
about equals that of body, scarcely constricted. Snout rather
broadlj^ depressed, contour as viewed from above well convex. Ej^e
moderate, about equals snout length. jMouth large, rictus not quite
extending back opposite hind edge of eye. Lips rather thin. ^lax-
illary teeth uniserial, fine, uniform, concealed by lip. Vomerine
teeth in two series, each rather short, well behind, though would
fall partly within space between internal nares, and series approxi-
mated posteriorly. Tongue oval, large, last fourth free, and hind
edge rounded, not notched. Internal nares rather small. External
nares well separated, so they fall near outer fourth of antero-inter-
orbital width. Canthus rostralis not very distinct. Interorbital
slightly concave. Tympanum rather small, vertically ovoid, and
its length about y eye length.

Skin very finely granular or nearly smooth largely above, and
entire lower surface more or less coarsely granular, though granules
on belly largest.

Limbs all slender. Fingers with slight basal webs. First finger
longer than second, dilated basally or vrith adnate pollex, third
longest, and tips of all wdth well-developed rounded flattened disks,
each much less than tympanum. Toes slender, fourth much longest,
but moderately webbed basally or for less than half their extent, and
distal disks similar to those of fingers. No rudimentary hallux or
tarsal fold.

Color in alcohol evidently uniform dusky above, pale brownish
in contrast below. Belly obscurely mottled with darker, and dark
mottlings also along edges of hind limbs. Limbs above like back,
below like general color of lower surface.
Length 37 mm.

Type, No. 18,137, A. N. S. P. Mountains above Chimbo, 10,000
to 10,800 feet, Ecuador. April, 1911. S. N. Rhoads.

Nos. 18,155 and 18,159, paratypes, same data. These 25 mm.
in length.

This species is related to Hyla rubra Daudin, which differs in
having the toes three-fourths webbed, snout 1^ to If in length of eye,
a strong fold across the chest, and in having the vomerine teeth in
two small groups between the internal nares.
(Named for Chimbo, the type locality.)

Hyla riobambae sp. nov. PI. VI, lower figure.

Body broad, well depressed. Head broad, depressed, its width

158 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

greater than that of body, very slightly constricted. Snout broadly
depressed, its contour as viewed above well convex. Eye moderate,
about 1| to snout tip. Mouth large, rictus extending back to hind
eye edge. Lips as rather thin skin. Maxillary teeth uniserial,
uniform, conic, hidden by lip. Vomerine teeth few, conic, slightly
hooked, form nearly continuous series between internal nares, so
that on level with posterior portion near edge of latter. Vomerine
teeth would form very obtuse angle, latter directed posteriorly.
Tongue large, orbicular, free for about last third, and hind edge well
notched. Internal nares large. External nares rather close, so
they fall slightly within median third of antero-interorbital width,
Canthus rostralis distinct, not conspicuous. Interorbital slightly
concave. Tympanum rather small, rounded, its length 1| in eye. "

Skin largely smooth above, granulate below, with granules on
belly and lower sides much largest. Groin, hind part of pelvis and
region around tympanum granulated. Lower surfaces of fore limbs
and femora finely granulated.

Limbs all slender. Fingers with slight basal webs. First finger
longer than second, dilated basally or with adnate pollex, third longest,
and tips of all with well-developed rounded flat disks, each of which
less than size of tympanum. Toes slender, fourth much longest, all
rather well webbed basally or for half their extent, and distal disks
similar to those of fingers. A rudimentary hallux in form of cuneate
compressed tubercle at base of first toe on inside, though not free
and much less in extent than that of first finger. A slight tarsal fold
along inner edge.

Color in alcohol slaty above, with two broad more or less complete
darker lengthwise bands. These bands extend from each eye above
to hind side of pelvis, though broken a little posteriorly. Tympanum
in a similar-colored blotch. Sides of body slightly more grayish in
general color, with rather numerous rounded dark spots towards
and in groin. Upper surfaces of limbs like back, with irregular
darker blotches. All darker markings have slightly paler edges than
body-color. Lower surface of body pale or nearly plain dull brownish.
Hind surfaces of tibia and femora mottled dark slaty and whitish.

Length 48 mm.

Type, No. 16,161, A.N. S. P. Rio Bamba, Ecuador. April, 1911.
S. N. Rhoads.

No. 16,160, paratype, same data. It shows belly specked or
spotted with dusky.

These specimens were found in crevices of a stone and cactus wall.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159

along the roadside. They were very quiet. Color in life a varie-
gated grayish.

Hyla labialis Peters, from Bogota, is perhaps related, though it
differs in the hardly distinct tympanum being only f of eye. It is
also olive-green above, changing olive-green on sides with blackish-
brown band from snout tip through eye to middle of side, lips
narrowly edged brown, and sides of thighs narrowly reticulated with
brown.

Hyla nehulosa Spix, from Brazil, H. depressiceps Boulenger, from
Ecuador, and H. phceota Cope, from Colombia, all differ in color as
well as having the hind edge of the tongue rounded, not notched.

(Named for the town of Rio Bamba, the type locality.)

Hyla quitoe sp. nov. PI. VII, upper figure.

Body moderately broad, somewhat depressed, and width appar-
ently slightly less than that of head. Head broad, depressed, scarcely
constricted. Snout depressed, contour as viewed above rounded or
well convex. Eye moderate, about 1^ to snout tip. Mouth large,
rictus extending back slightly beyond eye. Lips as rather thin skin.
Maxillary teeth uniserial, uniform, pointed, conic, hidden by lip.
Vomerine teeth few, larger in two very short series approximated
between internal nares opposite their posterior portion. Contour
of vomerine teeth would form very obtuse angle, latter directed
posteriorly. Tongue rather large, ovoid, with bulge posterior, hind
portion free about j entire length, and hind edge entire or convex.
Internal nares moderately large. External nares moderately sepa-
rated, falling about outer third in anterior interorbital width. Can-
thus rostralis not very distinct. Interorbital slightly depressed.
Tympanum vertically ovoid, its vertical diameter about f length
of eye.

Skin largely smooth above, granular below, though granules on
belly best defined. Lower portions of flanks, hind limbs below and
posteriorly, and sides of pelvis also more or less granular. Region
around tympanum apparently smooth. Lower surfaces of fore
limbs smooth.

Limbs all slender. Fingers with distinct, though small or short
basal webs. First finger trifle longer than second, and swollen
basally as if with rudimentary pollex. Third finger longest. Tuber-
cles on fingers apparently little developed. All fingers and toes with
rounded disks moderately developed, much smaller than tympanum.
Toes slender, fourth much longest, about halt webbed basally. First

160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

toe with slight rudimentary dilation as hallux, basally. Metatarsal
tubercles not evident. A slight posterior tarsal fold.

Color in alcohol more or less grayish above, slightly tinged with very
pale greenish or slaty tint. Upper lip, snout tip, and throat, grayish-
white. From behind eye, embracing tj^mpanum and extending back
to groin, broad black band, edged above and below with whitish or
grayish. On lores this band continued as pale bluish-gray streak
from eye towards tip of snout. From canthus rostralis, which defined
by whitish line, a pale bluish-gray streak extends back, includ-
ing upper eye cover, though separated by rather broad vertebral
area to pelvis, near its hind end. These bluish bands edged dusky.
Limbs with general color above like that of back, also with obscure
dull slaty markings as blotches or otherwise, though below pale and
uniform light brownish, likely translucent in life. Throat whitish,
belly becommg tinged pale greenish-gray, slightly variegated with
darker shades of grayish.

Length 20 mm.

Type, No. 18,238, A. N. S. P. Quito, Ecuador. June 4, 1911.
S. N. Rhoads.

Nos. 18,234 and 18,235, paratypes, same data.

This species shows variation in color, as the blackish lateral streaks
are sometimes broken up into spots or fade paler on groin, in which
case if former occur they are whitish edged.

Related to Hyla mesophcea Hensel and H. venulosa (Laurenti),
but differing in color.

(Named for Quito, the type locality.)

Hyla quinquefasciata sp. nov. PL VII, lower figure.

Body broad, well depressed. Head broad, depressed, its width a
little less than that of body, and neck slightly constricted. Snout
depressed, rather triangular as seen from above. Eye small, 1| in
snout or equal to space between front eye edge and external nare.
Mouth large, extends back opposite hind eye edge. Lips thin.
Maxillary teeth minute, uniform, concealed by lip. Vomerine teeth
in two well-separated patches between posterior portions of internal
nares, nearly horizontal or scarcely inclined posteriorl3\ Tongue
broad, rounded, hind edge notched distinctly and this region free
for last fourth. Internal nares moderate. External nares well
separated, placed at third of antero-interorbital width. Canthus
rostralis not very evident. Interorbital depressed, nearly level.
Tympanum rounded, Ij in eye.

Skin on back and upper surfaces of limbs smooth, with a few

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161

scattered small tubercles on back. Lower surface of head, fore
limbs and tarsus, tibia and fibula, smooth. Belly, lower sides and
lower femoral regions rather coarsely granular. A fold of skin across
chest.

Limbs all slender. Fingers not webbed. First finger a little
shorter than second, little dilated basally. Third finger longest, and
tips of all with broad flattened ellipsoid disks, each much less than
tympanum. Toes moderate, fourth longest and all well webbed,
nearly completely so, and distal disks similar to those of fingers.
Two small metatarsal tubercles. Hind edge of tarsus with low fold.

Color in alcohol largely dull or pale brownish above, lighter or
paler below, and of uniform tint. Back with five lengthwise darker
streaks, median vertebral as triangle between eyes, and extends on
front of upper eyelids. From posterior surfaces of latter each outer
streak extends back, while outermost includes tympanum and runs
well lateral along body. Upper surfaces of limbs with well-defined
cross-bands, especially on femora and tibia. Hind surfaces of femora
mottled slightly with dusky.

Length 30 mm.

Type, No. 18,115, A. N. S. P. Mountains above Chinibo, 10,000
to 10,800 feet elevation, Ecuador. April, 1911. S. N. Rhoads.

Only a single example, described above. It is related to Hyla
auraria Peters from South America. The latter differs in the follow-
ing points. Vomerine teeth within the limits of the internal nares,
snout long as eye, tympanum vertically oval or two-thirds length of
eye, three outer fingers webbed at base and back without five dark
longitudinal streaks.

{Quinqiie, five; fascia, streak; with reference to the color of the
back.)

Nototrema marsupiatum (Dumeril and Bibron).

One example in poor preservation, taken in swamp-grass on a trip
between Hacienda Gorzon to Mount Pichincha, May 11, 1911. In
life color light green, breast and sides brassy-yellow, also spot back
of eye, and joints of limbs bluish. Length 17 mm.

CYSTIGNATHIDiE.

Hylodes conspicillatus Gunther.

Twenty examples from Bucay, taken in July, 1911. They were
found in a little spring-run which extended down into a grassy tract.
In habits they suggested Acris, as they would jump into the water,
5wim across the brook, and come up again on the opposite side. The

162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April^

largest is about 45 mm. long. Young examples show several whitish
spots in a streak, due to the fold extending down from the lower
edge of tympanum towards shoulder.

Three more example^ with the same data differ from all the others
in the median narrow whitish line extending from the snout tip to
the vent. This line is clearly defined in all three. Many other of
the specimens show a trace of it on the upper lip at the snout tip,,
but soon fading out in the darker color of the rest of the upper surface
of the snout. These examples are thus strikingly like Boulenger's
figure of Hylodes unistrigatusJ

Two other examples in the collection are likely identical. One
was secured at Hacienda Jalancay near Chinchi, in Chimbo, April,
1911. The other is young, and was taken at the camp near the
junction of the Chiguancay and Chanchan Rivers.

Hylodes pagmae sp. nov. PI. VIII, upper figure.

Body moderately depressed, elongately ovoid in contour, and
width a little less than that of head. Latter moderately broad, a
little' depressed, scarcely constricted. Snout slightly depressed^
contour as viewed above rather triangular, tip obtuse. Eye rather
large, Ij in snout or equals space between front of eye and nostril.
Mouth large, rictus falling about opposite hind edge of eye. Lips
thin. Maxillary teeth fine, uniform, uniserial. Vomerine teeth in
two large patches, approximated until directed posteriorly behind
internal nares. Tongue apparently ovoid (distorted), last third
free, hind edge rounded. Internal nares moderately large. External
nares fall at third in antero-interorbital space as viewed in front.
Canthus rostralis not very distinct. Interorbital depressed, twice
width of upper eyelid. Tympanum trifle ovoid, its vertical diameter
1^ in eye.

Skin largely smooth. Belly, lower sides and lower surfaces of
femoral regions granular, though granules apparently rather obsolete.
Region around tympanum smooth. Lower surface of fore limbs and
throat smooth. No fold across breast.

Limbs all slender. Fingers and toes without any webbing, and
if ever present only slightly developed. First finger trifle longer
than second, and slightly swollen basally on inside, as if with rudi-
mentary pollex. Third finger longest. Tubercles on phalanges
not well developed. All fingers and toes with terminal rounded
disks, moderate in size or all much smaller than tympanum. Toes

' Cat. Bntr. Sal, 1882, p. 217, PI. 14, fig. 4.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163

slender, fourth much longest. First toe with slight basal dilation.
Metatarsal tubercles hardly developed.? Hind edge of tarsus with
slight low fold.

Color in alcohol brownish above, slightly paler below, though latter
region also clouded slightly with brownish. A dark band connects
•eyes anteriorly, and another extends from hind edge of each eye as
W-shaped marking. Behind this several dark blotches on back,
first with angle directed forward. Several dark blotches along each
side of trunk. Femoral and tibial joints each with four transverse
dark blotches. Feet and upper surfaces of fore limbs with dark
blotches. All dark markings of upper surface with pale or grayish
edges. A dark bar above each tympanum and another from front
of eye to snout tip.

Length 32 mm.

Type, No. 18,244, A. N. S. P. Pagma Forest in the Chanchan
River basin, province of Chimborazo, Ecuador. April, 1911. S. N.
Rhoads.

Paratype, No. 18,179, A. N. S. P. From the camp at the Junction
■of the Chiguancay and Chanchan Rivers. This example differs
only in details of coloration and such characters as may result from
age. Length 21 mm.

Hylodes achatinus Boulenger,^ based on a female 50 mm. long, is
related. It is, however, described and figured with the tongue
notched behind. Its color design is different, partially suggestive of
the present species, as if unfinished.

Hylodes surdus Boulenger,^ has no tympanic disk, nostrils nearly
■equally distant from eye and snout tip, and first finger shorter than
second.

Hylodes whymperi Boulenger,i° has the tympanum, first finger
shorter than second, skin of back tubercular, and coloration different.

Hylodes unistrigatus Giinther,^^ has the tympanum not quite half
diameter of eye, and a strong fold across the chest.

Hylodes huckleyi Boulenger,!^ has the snout equal to the eye,
tympanum a little over a third length of eye, toes free and slightly
fringed, and skin above with smooth warts.

8 Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1898, p. 120, PI. 15, figs. 2-2a. Cachabe

9 Cat. Bat. Sal., 1882, p. 212, PI. 14, fig. 3. W. Ecuador.
^° L. c, p. 218. Tortorillas and Cotocachi.

11 Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 18.59, p. 416. W. Ecuador.
i2 Cat. Bat. Sal., 1882, p. 217, PI. 14, fig. 5. Intac.

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,,

Hylodes longirostris Boulenger/'' differs in the long snout containing;
the eye-diameter about If in its length, and the coloration.
(Named for Pagma Forest, where the type was secured.)

BNGYSTOMATID^.
Phryniscus laevis Gunther.

Twenty from the mountains above Chimbo, at an elevation of
10,000 to 10,800 feet, in April, 1911.

Nine from Hacienda Gorzon to foot of Mount Pichincha, on May
16,1911.

One from Quito, on June 4, 1911. This and the above collected
by S. N. Rhoads.

One obtained by Dr. M. Meitzner, from Huigra to Rio Chiguancay.

Mr. Rhoads says these frogs were found in the open pastures along
the mountain side. They appeared to crawl or walk, and when one
endeavored to grasp or try to catch them, they weakly tried to hop.
The sexes were noticeably different, and the males were always much
smaller. As this was the spawning season, they were usually found
copulating. The males clasp the females very tightly, mount from
above, and their grasp is axillary. Sometimes another male would
grasp a male already in coitus. All found were in wet or damp
places, extremely abundant, and appeared usually oblivious to
danger. When handled they made a weak squeak. Variation in
color was very great, and on the lower surface of the body varied
from dark orange, brick-red to lighter or sometimes to a gamboge
tint. Upper surface of body usually not variable, mostly olive-
brown. None of the larger animals, as hawks, opossums, rats or
foxes seemed to prey on them. Their only enemy appeared to be
an ant thrush {Grallaria monticoJa), and it did feed on them.

DENDROBATIDiE.
Dendrobates trivittatus (Spix).

One example 19 mm. in length, from the camp near junction of
Chiguancay and Chanchan Rivers, taken in March, 1911. Color
with snout brown, back black, and white line, includes edge of '
upper eyelid, to groin well contrasted. Lower surface uniformly
whitish.

RANID^.
Phyllodromus pulchellus Espada.

One example 15 mm. long from Bucay, in July, 1911.
13 Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1898, p. 120, PI. 15, fig. 1. Cachabe.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165

Phyllobates infraguttatus Boulenger.

Two examples from Huigra in Chimbo, at 4,000 feet elevation, on
February 18, 1911.

Twelve examples from camp at junction of Chiguancay and
Chanchan Rivers in March, 1911.

Some of the above differ from Boulenger's figure in showing the
white spots of the lower region much larger or with the intervening
dark color quite narrow, producing a reticulated appearance. Some
also have a more or less large dark blotch at each side of the sternum.
Upper surfaces of hind legs in most all examples usually distinctly
cross-banded with darker. Possibly a few slight tubercles or granules
on the back may be due to preservation, or only variation. Most
are perfectly smooth.

Six others, young with same data as last lot, show the bellj' and
lower surfaces more or less whitish, though usually with two dark
blotches on chest, one each side of median line.

Mr. Rhoads says the adults were found with the tadpoles hanging^
on their backs. These were apparently attached to the rugosities
or slight tubercles on the back, the tadpole hanging by means of its
mouth, with the appearance of holding on as if by a teat. The
tadpoles were always found attached with their tails drooping back-
ward, and six to ten were noticed^ on a single adult. In color the
tadpoles were leaden-black. The adults were quite noisy.

Prostherapis whymperi Boulenger.

One example 27 mm. long, on trip from Hacienda Gorzon to Mount
Pichincha, May 10, 1911. Color above blackish, finely spotted
with greenish-white and lateral stripe same color. Belly brassy-
brown and head and throat spots indistjnct. Found in a swamp.

Hyloxalus huigrse sp. nov. PI. VIII, lower figure.

Body depressed. Head moderate, depressed moderately. Snout
moderately depressed, rather angular as viewed from above, well
protruded beyond lower jaw. Eye large, about 1| in snout or equal
to space between front eye edge and nostril. Mouth large, rictus
extending back about opposite hind eye edge. Maxillary teeth
minute, mostly uniserial, each tooth simple, short and conic, and
mostly hidden by thin lip. Vomerine teeth absent. Tongue large,
ellipsoid, hind edge deeply emarginate, though rather evenly concave,
and hind third free. Internal nares moderate. External nares
small, mark inner third of antero-interorbital width. Canthus
rostralis scarcely distinct, and lores oblique. Interorbital flat.
Tympanum small, rounded, about one-third in eye length.

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Skin perfectly smooth above and on sides of both trunk and limbs.
Lower surface of body, including breast, belly, and lower femoral
region, weakly granular, though granules all rather large in size.
Lower surfaces of fore limbs and throat, smooth.

Limbs rather slender. Fingers and toes entirely free, without any
webs whatever. First finger a little shorter than second, dilated
basally with moderate tubercle or pollex, third longest, and tips of
all broadly dilated so that front edges wide, or greater tharf diameter
of tympanum. Toes slender, fourth much longest, and distal disks
or dilations similar to those on fingers. A well-developed tubercle
at base of first toe on sole of foot inside, and of about equal extent to
that of first finger. Tarsal fold very indistinct.

Color in alcohol largely dull or gray-brown above, much paler
below. Back scarcely variegated. A dark broad band connects
•eyes across interorbital for its posterior extent and beyond till
opposite hind edge of tympani. Limbs above with indistinct darker
cross-bars or blotches. Groin not variegated, and breast and belly
likewise.

Length 20 mm.

Type, No. 18,113, A. N. S. P. Huigra, at an elevation about 4,000
feet, Ecuador. February 13, IQIL S. N. Rhoads.

Related to Hyloxalus hocagei Espada,^* which differs in having the
^kin quite smooth, canthus rostralis angular, loreal region nearly
vertical, tympanum half width of eye, toes nearly entirely webbed,
and coloration.

(Named for Huigra, the type locality.)
Rana brevipalmata rhoadsi subsp. nov. PI. IX, upper figure.

Body moderately depressed. Head moderately depressed, wider
than rest of body. Snout moderately depressed, somewhat pointed
as viewed from above, well protruded beyond lower jaw. Eye large,
about equals snout in length. Mouth large, rictus extends back
opposite front edge of tympanum. Maxillary teeth short, conic,
strong, uniserial, and hidden by lip. Vomerine teeth weak, small,
in two rounded patches between and partly behind internal nares.
Tongue large, sagittate or elongately triangular with deep notch
behind, and posteriorly free for a third its length. Internal nares
well separated, moderate in size. External nares small, widely sepa-
rated, further apart than interorbital width. Canthus rostralis little
developed, and lores oblique. Interorbital depressed, though

^* Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Sal, 1882, p. 138. Sarayacu and Canelos.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167

slightly convex. Tympanum moderate, rounded, about f orbital
length.

Skin largely smooth above, and perfectly so on sides of both trunk
and limbs as well as entire lower portions. On back, between eyes
and vent, a number of minute obsolete wide-set granulations.

Limbs slender. Fingers free and toes all completely webbed.
First finger longer than second, subequal with third, with large
tubercle or pollex basally inside. Tubercles on fingers and toes not
very conspicuous. Toes slender, and fourth much longest. Cuneate
tubercle at base of first toe well developed, though much smaller
than that of first finger. Tarsal fold very pronounced along inner
edge of tarsus.

Color in alcohol with back and upper surface of head deep olive-
brown, marked obscurely with some rather wide-set, ill-defined
dusky spots. Lips and tympanum browni, and throat much paler
or lighter, also uniform. Fore limbs brownish, paler l)elow, and
upper surfaces with obscure dusky marks as streaks or blotches.
From elbow to palm, posteriorly, dark streak well defined. Hind
limbs brownish above, pale below, and both surfaces mottled with
rather coarse dark reticulations, most distinct or blackish along
hind femoral regions. Feet also variegated with dusky. Sides of
trunk with pale olive tint, with a few obscure dusky spots. Belly
pale like throat.

Length 43 mm.

Type, No. 18,051, A. N. S. P. Bucay, Province of Guayas, Western
Ecuador. July, 1911. S. N. Rhoads.

Nos. 18,073, 18,080, and 18,082 to 18,084, paratypes, same data.

This subspecies is closely related to Ranula hrevipalmata Cope,^^
figured for comparison as Plate VIII, lower figure, but differs in several
characters, such as the smaller tympanum and much shorter snout.
It agrees, however, in the coloration, especially in not having the
limbs transversely barred with darker above. For comparison I
have had Cope's type.

According to Mr. Rhoads, it lives about springs, and recalls the
habits of our spring frog (Rana clamato).

A tadpole, with the same data as the examples from Bucay, is
likely identical.

(Named for Mr. S. N. Rhoads.)

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1874, p. 131. Nauta.
12

168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

REPTILIA.

COLUBRIDJE.

COLUBRIN.^.
Drymobius boddaertii (Sentzen).

Two from between Huigra to Rio Chiguancay, in 1909-1911,
collected by Dr. Max Meitzner.
Drymobius dendrophis (Schlegel). "

One, with same data as last.

Erpetodryas fuscus (Linnseus).

A large example from the Rio Chiguancay, taken by Mr. Rhoads
in March, 1911. It runs swiftly along the ground.

Another, smaller, was taken near Bucay in July, 1911. It was
found in bushes, several feet above the ground.
Leptophis occidentalis (Gunther).

One from between Huigra to Rio Chiguancay, in 1909-1911,
collected by Dr. Meitzner.
Liophis albiventris (Jan).

One with same data as last, and another from Quito, taken by
Mr. Rhoads on June 4, 1911.
TJrotheca lateristriga (Berthold).

One from between Huigra to Rio Chiguancay, 1909-1911, taken
by Dr. Meitzner.
Lampropeltis micropholis Cope.

Eight examples, and one head, with same data as last. Mr.
Rhoads secured an example from Huigra, at 4,200 feet elevation,
on February 17, 1911. Another was also secured by him at Hacienda
Jalancay, Chinchi, in the Province of Chimborazo, in April. 1911.
Atractus badius (Boie).

One from Huigra, at 4,500 feet elevation, found under the ground
on February 18, 1911, by Mr. Rhoads. Dr. Meitzner also secured
the larger example from between Huigra to Rio Chiguancay, in
1909-1911.

HOMALOPSIN.E.
Leptodeira albofusca iLacepede).

One from the lowlands near Duran, taken near the edge of a forest,
February 12, 1911.

ELAPIN.E.
Elaps fraseri Boulenger.

Two from between Huigra to Rio Chiguancay, secured l)etween

1909 1911 bv Dr. Meitzner.

1913.] • NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169

AMBLYOEPHALID^.
Leptognathus ellipsifera Boulenger.
One, same data as last.

Leptognathus andianus Boulenger.

Two, also same data as preceding.

CROTALID^.

Lachesis schlegelii (Berthold).

One, same data as preceding.

Lachesis microphthalmus Cope.

Two examples, and one head. These from Dr. Aleitzner, and
with same data as last.

GECKONID^.

Gonatodes caudiscutatus (Gunther).

Two, secured in July, 1911, by Mr. Rhoads, at Bucay. They were
found living in crevices of porches of the second story of houses.
They were seen to come out on the screen, about a foot or so from
their retreat. Their movements were slow and sluggish, and they
darted suddenly, for a short distance only.

IGUANID^.

Anolis gemmosus O'Shaughnessy.

Two from Bucay, in July, 1911, secured by Mr. Rhoads.

Basiliscus galeritus A. Dumdril.

Mr. Rhoads secured two from the camp at the junction of the
Rio Chiguancay and Rio Chanchan in March, 1911, and three more
at Bucay in July, 1911.

According to Mr. Rhoads, it is a most interesting species. It was
found frequenting the banks of running streams, where they would
sit on the rocks in the open sunshine. These rocks were always
near the edge of the water. When disturbed, the lizards would
suddenly dart across the intervening running water to the next rock
or boulder, and then turn their heads around and look at the intruder
in a most apish fashion. In crossing the surface of the water their
feet and tails would move so rapidly that no portion of the animal
appeared submerged. Often the fore part of the body was raised
an inch or more above the surface. Frequently the lizards would
cross very turbulent water. When chased from rock to rock, they
would finally attempt to cross even wide torrents, and are able by
the great speed of their movements to go as far as thirty or forty feet

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF • [April,

before becoming exhausted. They would then sink below the
surface, and if watched carefully they may have been found to rise
again farther down stream to swim towards the bank, though Mr.
Rhoads had not seen them reach it under these difficulties.

Another variety, green and blue in color, was found up to 3,500
feet elevation, at least to Chanchan. It lives about the streams on
the edges of forests. When the sun appears these lizards would keep
along the edges of the water. One was seen to cross a small stream
near Bucay.
Liocephalus iridescens Gunther.

One from between Huigra to Rio Chiguancay, 1909-1911, secured
by Dr. Meitzner.
Liocephalus guntheri Boulenger.

Mr. Rhoads secured eight at Rio Bamba in April, 1911, and one
on a trip from Hacienda Gorzon to the foot of Mount Pichincha,
on May 11, 1911, at an elevation of 10,500 feet. Of the Bucay
examples, one was young and shows two lateral white lines, the
first from the hind eye-edge and second from below ear.

TEIIDuE.
Ameiva septemlineata A. Dum6ril.

One from camp at junction of Rio Chiguancay and Rio Chanchan
in March, 1911, two from Huigra in April, and six from Bucay in
July. All obtained by Mr. Rhoads. Some examples vary in having
an outer or fourth row of ventral plates, sometimes rudimentary
or again better developed. Most larger examples show no median
streak down the back, and present in only one case.
Proctoporus unicolor (Gray).

One from Hacienda Gorzon to the foot of Mount Pichincha on
May 16, 1911. Taken by Mr. Rhoads.

VENEZUELA.

The Amphibians and Reptiles from Venezuela form part of the
collections of natural history objects brought together by Mr.
Francis E. Bond. Like the fishes, which I have previously reported,
they were all secured in the Orinoco delta region during the late winter
and early spring of 1911. Mr. Bond has kindly given the collec-
tion to the museum of the Academy.

HYLIDiE.
Hyla maxima (Laurenti).

One from near the mouth of the Manamo, found on a palm leaf.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171

Another from the Manamo near Boca Uracoa. Mr. Brown says they
were very abundant and vociferous, doubtless due to the heavy rains
then prevailing. Both examples adult.

OOLUBRID^.
COLUBRfNiE.
Helicops angulatus (Linnaeus).

Two young, and several eggs containing similar specimens, from
Cariquito.
Drymobius boddaertii (Sentzen).

Tw^o from Cariquito.
Phrynonax fasciatus (Peters).

One from Cariquito.
Spilotes pullatas.

Three large examples, all from Cariquito.
Coluber corais Boie.

Two adults from Cariquito.
Erpetodryas sezcarinatus (Wagler).

One obtained at Cariquito.

Ehadinaea cobella (Linnaeus).

One from the Juanipa River.

HOMALOPSIN.E.
Oxybelis fulgidus (Daudin).

One large example from Cariquito. It contained a lizard about
a foot in length.
Oxybelis acuminatus (Wied).
Two from Cariquito.

BOIID^.
Corallus cookii Gray.

Two from Cariquito.

IQUANID^.
Anolis nitens bondi .subsp. nov. Plate 10.

Body long, nearly cylindrical, and no dorso-nuchal fold. Tail
compressed, without crest. Head and trunk about two in tail.
Head depressed, longer than tibia. Snout depressed, tip rather
broadly convex. Eye lateral, elongate, much nearer ear than snout
tip. Eyelids minutely scaly, movable. Teeth moderately large,
and becoming larger posteriorly or below eyes. Teeth in front of

172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

each jaw small. A small gular appendage, though no tramsverse
fold across throat. Interorbital space very narrow and concave.
Ear much smaller than eye, rounded.

Upper head scales large, smooth, and in three or four series on
bony interorbital. Occipital scale rounded, much larger than ear.
Scales on back small or minute, subhexagonal, juxtaposed, smooth,
and about four vertebral series distinctly more or less uniformly
larger. Ventral scales rhomboidal, much larger than dorsal, and
each one with a distinct lengthwise keel. Upper scales on limbs all
rhomboid and more or less keeled, lower scales minute and like those
on back. Scales on tail all rather larger than those on Ijack, similar
to those comprising vertebral series.

. Limbs slender, and long toe slender, with distal joints raised above
penultimate and mostly slightly swollen. Adpressed hind limb not
quite reaching forward to snout tip.

Color in alcohol mostly pale or dull greenish-gray, with metallic
lustre, and lower surface of head and trunk more or less whitish.
Latter regions, besides lower surface of tail, with scattered dusky
dots, rather inconspicuously distributed.

Total length 95 mm.

Type, No. 18,277, A. N. S. P. Cariquito, Venezuela. March, 1911.
Francis E. Bond and Stewardson Brown.

Only known from the above example. It is possibly only a form
of Anolis nitens (Wagler), though, according to Boulenger's account,
that species^^ would differ in having the head shorter than the tibia
the upper head scales keeled, the enlarged dorsal vertebral scales
in only two series, the adpressed hind limb reaching beyond the
snout tip, the digits ver}^ feebly dilated, the rounded tail more than
twice length of head and body, and the coloration.

(Named for Mr. Francis E. Bond, who organized the Venezuela
Expedition of 1911.)

Polychrus marmoratus (Linn^us).

Four from Cariquito.
Tropidurus torquatus (Wied).

Two from Cariquito.

Plica plica (Linnaus).

Four from Cariquito.
Iguana tuberculata Laurenti.

Three examples from Corical.

16 Cat. Lizards Brit. Mus., Ed. 2, II, 1885, p. 91.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173

TEIID^.

Tupinambis teguexin (Linnaeus).

Two from Cariquito.
Tupinambis nigropunctatus (Spix).
Two examples from Cariquito.

Ameiva ameiva (Linnaeus).

One from the Jiianipa River and two from Cariquito.
Cnemidophorus lemniscatus (Daudin).

Four males and two females from Cariquito.

SCINCID^.
Mabuya agilis (Raddi).

One from Cariquito.

CROCODILIDJE.
Jacaretinga sclerops (Schneider).
One from Corical.
Jacaretinga Spix has page priority over Caiman Spix.

TESTUDINID^.
Testudo denticulata Linnjeus.

A large shell from the Juanipa River, also two small specimens
with same data.

YUCATAN.
A small collection from the Chichen-itza Ruins, in the northeastern
part of this country, was made by Mr. Edward H. Thompson.
It becomes the property of the Academy through Dr. Ward Brinton.

ENGYSTOMATIDiE.

Rliinophrynus dorsalis Dum^ril and Bibron.

OOLUBRIDiE.

Coluber corais Linnaeus.
Oxybelis acuminatus (Wied).
Leptodeira personata Cope.
Himantodes gemmistriatus Cope.
Elaps fulvius Linnaeus.

GLAUCONID^.

Glauconia albifrons (Wagler).

IGUANID^.
Ctenosaura acanthura (Shaw).

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

FAUNAL WORKS.

Ecuador.

BouLENGER, Geoege A. 1880. Reptiles et Batraciens recueillis par M. Emile
de Ville dans des Andes de I'Equateur. Bull. Soc. Zool. France. 1880,
pp. 41-48.

1881. Description of a new Species of Enyalius in the Brussels Museum.

Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1881, pp. 246-247, PI. 26.

1882. Account of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Mr. Edward

Whymper in Ecuador, in 1879-80. Aim. Mag. Nat. Hist., London,' (5), IX,
1882, pp. 4.57-468.

1891. Travels amongst the Great Andes of the Equator, by Edward

Whymper. Supplementary Appendi.v, Reptiles and Batrachia, pp. 128-136.

1898. An Account of the Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Mr.

W. F. H. Rosenberg in Western Ecuador. Proc. Zool. Soc, London,' 1898,
pp. 107-126, Pis. 10-18.

1899. Description of a new Lizard of the genus Ameiva from Ecuador.

L. c, 1899, pp. 517-518, PI. 28.

. Descriptions of new Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Mr.

P. O. Simons in the Andes of Ecuador. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., London,
(7), IV, 1899, pp. 454-457.

1902. Descriptions of new Batrachians and Reptiles from Northwestern

Ecuador. L. c, (7), IX, 1902, pp. 51-57.

1912. Descriptions of new Reptiles from the Andes of South America,

preserved in the British Museum. L. c, (8), X, 1912, pp. 420-424.

Cope, Edward D. 1868. An examination of the Reptilia and Batrachia
obtained by the Orton Expedition to Ecuador and the Upper Amazon, with
notes on other species. Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1868, pp. 96-119. •

1869. Seventh Contribution to the Herpetology of Tropical America.

Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, Phila., XI, 1869, pp. 147-169, Pis. 9-11. (Pebas,
Ecuador, pp. 15-5-156.)

1870. Eighth Contribution to the Herpetologv of Tropical America.

L. c, 1870, pp. 553-559. (Pebas, Ecuador,^ pp. 553-554.)

Despax, R. 1910. Mission geodesique de I'Equateur. Collections recueillies
par M. le Dr. Rivet. — Liste des Ophidiens et description des especes nou-
velles. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, 1910, No. 7, pp. 368-376.

1911. Note preliminaire relative aux Lezards rapportes de I'Equateur

par M. le Dr. Rivet. L. c, 1911, No^. 1, pp. 9-12.

. Mission geodesique de I'Equateur. Collections recueillies par

M. le Dr. Rivet. Batraciens anoures. L. c, 1911, No. 3, pp. 90-94.

EsPADA, M. X. DE LA. 1871.' Zoologia. Faunae neotropicalis species qusedam

nondum cognitse. Jorn. Sci. Math. Acad. Lisbon, III, 1871, pp. 57-65.
EsPADA, D. M. Jimenez de la. 1872. Nuevos Batr^cios Americanos. Ann.

Soc Espan. Hist. Nat., Madrid, I, 1872, pp. 8-5-88.
EsPADA, . 1875. Viaje al Pacifico, Vertebr., Batr. an. Madrid, 1875,

4to pp. 1-208, Pis. 7. [Not consulted.]
Garman, Samuel. 1892. On Reptiles collected by Dr. George Baur near

Guayaquil, Ecuador. Bidl. Essex hist., XXIV, 1892, pp. 88-95.
GtJNTHER, Albert. 1859. List of the Cold-blooded Vertebrata collected by

Mr. Fraser in the Andes of Western Ecuador. Proc. Zool. Soc, London,

18-59, pp. 89-93.

. Second List of Cold-blooded Vertebrata collected bv Mr. Fraser

in the Andes of Western Ecuador. L. c, 1859, pp. 402-420, PI. 20. (Am-
phibians and Reptiles, pp. 402-418, PI. 20.)

1860. Thu-d List of Cold-blooded Vertebrata collected by Mr. Fraser

in Ecuador. L. c, 1860, pp. 233-240, PL 10. (Amphiliians and Reptiles,
pp. 233-236.)

O'Shatjghnessy, W. E. 1880. Description of a new species of Anolis, with
notice of some other Species of that Genus from Ecuador. Proc Zool. Soc,
London, 1880, pp. 491-493, PI. 49.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175

O'SHAtJGHNESSY, W- E. LS81. An Account of the Collection of Lizards made
by Mr. Buckley in Ecuador and now in the British Museum, with De-
scriptions of the New Species. L. c, 1881, pp. 227-245, Pis. 22-25.

Orton, James. 1871. Contributions to the Natural History of the Valley of
Quito. Reptiles. Amer. Nat., V, 1871, p. 693.

Peracca, M. G. 1897. Viaggio del Dr. Enrico Festa nell' Ecuador e region!
vicine. Rettili. Boll. Mas. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, XX, 1897, No. 300,
pp. 1-20.

1904. L. c, Rettili ed Amfibi. L. c, XIX, 1904, No. 465, pp. 1-41.

Werner, Franz. 1901. Ueber Reptilien und Batrachier aus Ecuador und

Neu Guinea. Verhand. Zool. Ges. Wien, II, 1901, pp. 593-614. PL 5.
(Reptilien und Batrachier von Ecuador, pp. 593-602.)

Venezuela.

BoETTGER, O. 1893-94. Reptilien und Batrachier aus Venezuela. Bericht
Senckenberg. Naturf. Ges., 1893-94, pp. 3.5-42.

1895. On .some Reptiles and Batrachians from Tobago. Journ. Trinidad

Club, II, 1895, pp. 145-146. [Not consulted.]

BouLENGER, G. A. 1903. On some Batrachia and Reptilia from Venezuela.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., London, (7), XI, 1903, pp. 481-484.

1905. Description of a new snake from Venezuela. L. c, (7), XV,

1905, p. 561.

1911. On a new tree-frog from Trinidad, living in the Societv's gardens.

Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1911, pp. 1082-1083, PI. 64.

Cope, Edward D. 1884. Twelfth Contribution to the Herpetology of Tropical
America. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, Phila., XXII, 1884, pp. 167-194, PI.
(Aruba, Leeward Islands, pp. 180-181; Curacao, pp. 181-182.)

Ernst. Adolfo. 1877. Estudios sobre la Flora y Fauna de Venezuela, Caracas,
1877, p. 279. [Short notice of reptile fauna.]

1887. Lacertilia venezuelana 6 sea, Enumeraci6n sistematica de las

especies de Lagartos que hasta ahora se han encontrado en Venezuela.
Rev. CienfMus. Venezuela, I, 1887-88, pp. 213-218.

Lidth de Jeude, T. W. van. 1887. On a collection of Reptiles and Fishes

from the West Indies. Notes Leyd. Mus., IX, 1887, pp. 129-139, PI. 2.

[Mostly Amphibia and Reptiles from Aruba and Curacao.]
Meek, Seth E. 1910. Notes on Batrachians and Reptiles from the Islands

North of Venezuela. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pub., 140, Zool. Ser. VII,

No. 12, 1910, pp. 415-418.
Mole, R. R., and Urich, F. W., 1894. List of Reptiles and Batrachians of

Trinidad. Journ. Trinidad Club, II, 1894, pp. 77-79. [Not consulted.]

— — . Biological Notes upon some of the Ophidia of Trinidad, B. W. I.,

with a Preliminary List of the Species recorded from the Island. Proc.
Zool. Soc, London, 1894, pp. 499-518.

Peters, Wilhelm. 1877. Sammlung des Hrn. Dr. Carl Sachs in Venezuela.

Monatsb. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1877, pp. 457-460, PI. I.
Stejneger, Leonhard. 1902. An Annotated List of Batrachians and Reptiles

Collected in the Vicinity of La Guaira, Venezuela, with Descriptions of

Two New Species of Snakes. Proc U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIV, 1902, pp.

179-192, figs. 1-33.
Werner, Franz. 1900. Ueber Reptilien und Batrachier aus Columbien imd

Trinidad. Verhand. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien., L, 1900, pp. 262-272.

Yucatan.

Barbour, Thomas, and Cole, Leon J. 1906. Vertebrata from Yucatan.
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool, L, 1906, pp. 101-1.59, Pis. 1-2. (Reptilia and
Amphibia, pp. 147-155.)

Cope, Edward D. 1806. Fourth Contribution to the Herpetology of Tropical
America. Proc Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1866, pp. 123-1.32. (I. The col-
lection made by direction of the Governor of Yucatan, Jose Salazar vStarregni,
by Arthur Schott, Naturalist of the Commission, and sent to the Smithsonian
Institution, pp. 123-127.)

176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Cope, Edward D. 1885. A Contribution to the Herpetology of Mexico. Proc.

Amcr. Philos. Soc, Phila., XXIT, 1884 (1885). pp! 379-404. (Cozume

Island, off Eastern Yucatan, pp. 387-390.)
GuNTHER, Albert. 1902. Reptilia and Batrachia, Bioloqia Centrali-Americana,

pp. 1-326, Pis. 1-76.

Explanation of Plates V-X.

Plate V. — Upper figure, Bufo coeruleocellatus sp. nov.
Lower figure, Bufo chanchanensis sp. nov.

Plate VI. — Upper figure, Hyla chimbce sp. nov.
Lower figure, Hyla riobambce sp. nov.

Plate VII. — Upper figure, Hijla quitoe sp. nov.
Lower figure, Hyla qidnquefasciaia sp. nov.

Plate VIII. — Upper figure, Hylodes pagtnoe sp. nov.
Lower figure, Hyloxalus huigrce sp. nov.

Plate IX. — Upper figure, Rana brevipahnata rhoadsi subsp. nov.
Lower figure, Rana brevipalmata Cope.

Plate ^.^Anolis nitens bondi subsp. nov.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 177

NOTES ON THE TYPES OF SOME AMERICAN SPIDERS IN EUROPEAN
COLLECTIONS.

BY NATHAN BANKS.

During a recent trip in Europe, the author had the opportunity
to examine the types of a number of our spiders that are in European
■collections. A considerable number of these, especially those de-
scribed by Count Keyserling, have been figured, and of these figures
are given of only a few, as in most cases we know his species, and the
types of most of his Theridiidse, described from the United States,
-are in the Marx collection in the U. S. National Museum. Figures
-are given of most of the other types that I was able to find, but in
some cases where the species is alread}^ well known to American
authors, I have not given figures.

Few synonyms result from the examination, as in most cases the
unknown forms were from the western or southern part of the
country.

The Koch material is dry and on pins; the colors of the Attidse
are in most cases well preserved, but the structural characters of
palpi and vulva can rarely be seen, unless the specimen could be
relaxed. However, most of these are readily recognized, as they come
from Pennsylvania, the spiders of which are familiar to Eastern
•collectors. I have given the notes as they were made, rather than
try to interpret, thus giving, others the same chance in using them.

Species of Keyserling.
Xysticus discursans Keys.

A small male; the sides of the cephalothorax evenly dark, a large
;spot behind (barely divided) a median mark, and in front brownish,
with a white band through the eye-region; femur, patella, and tibia
■of legs I and II evenly dark brown, tibia III and IV more maculate.
Abdomen very dark, the three bands going across, leaving only
narrow white marks.
Xysticus limbatus Keys.

Two females from Texas labelled type; one (fig. a) has legs pale,
and a lyre-shaped pale mark on the cephalothorax; the other (fig. b),
with more shrunken abdomen, is much darker, and the legs more
mottled.

178

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[April,

Xysticus limbatus Keys.
Xysticus punctatus Keys. PI. XI, fig. 9.

A male in Keyserling's collection labelled X. striatus type, is, I
suppose, this species, as it agrees with his description and is from
Georgia; the markings in the middle are hardly as heavy as those on
the sides; it may be the male of X. variabilis.
Xysticus 4-lineatus Keys.

This has been correctly identified.

Xysticus gulosus Keys.

American identifications are correct.
Xysticus emertoni Keys. Fig. 11.

Female from Georgia; a large reddish species, the sides of cephalo-
thorax with sinuate pale lines.
Xysticus benefactor Keys. Fig. 18.

Resembles A^. stomachosus; the cephalothorax with four brown
spots behind; dorsum of abdomen brown, with a broad pale mark,
indented three times on each side.

Xysticus hamatus Keys. Fig. 7.

A male from Kentucky, with very distinct abdominal pattern.
Xysticus lenis Keys.

Immature female. A lichen-gray-brown species, much mottled
especially on legs; base of patella? above with two parallel black
marks; five black spots on the cephalothorax.

Xysticus stomachosus Keys.

Four females, as we have identified it.

Xysticus locuples Keys. Fig. 10.

A large red-brown species; sides rather evenly red-brown; legs
pale; the male has very long legs, very dark, the cephalothorax with
four dark spots and an elongate median spot, the legs lined above
with pale.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179

Xysticus variabilis Keys. Fig. 6.

One female, a small species, which resembles a young stomachosus.
Synema nigromaculata Keys.

This is our *S. parvula; the apical dark mark very plain, but not
distinct on the venter nor around the spinnerets.

S. parvula of Keyserling's collection has the white band on base of
abdomen more distinct, and the dark band at apex goes down on
venter and forms a ring around the spinnerets. No difference in
.structure as far as I can see.

Misumena spinosa Keys. Fig. 2.

Very similar to M. asperata.

Misumena georgiana Keys. Fig. 16.

The cephalothorax shows a white X-mark very distinctly; the
femora are rather short.
Tmarus griseus Keys.

Is a female lacking one moult of maturity, the femora somewhat
marmorate.
Tmarus floridensis Keys.

Appears to be T. griseus, a mature female, but legs all pale.

Ebo oblonga Simon. Fig. 4.

Femur II not as long as the abdomen, tibia II as long as femur;
cephalothorax white, brown on the sides, but the margins pale.
Two females and a male, none Cjuite mature.
Philodromus praelustris Keys. Fig. l.

The female is immature; the male is figured.

Philodromus marxi Keys. Fig. 17.

The cephalothorax very broad; it is close to P. ornatus and perhaps
the same; the Wisconsin specimen seems surely P. ornatus, but the
others are probably an allied species.

Philodromus satullus Keys. Fig. 5.

A small, even graj' species; legs III and IV with a dark line along
lower outer side on femur, tibia, and patella, most distinct on the
latter; similar line, but fainter, on the lower posterior side of leg II.

Philodromus expositus Keys. Fig. 12.

All femora clotted below as in figure; the cephalothorax a uniform
grayish-brown; and so probably not P. signatus Blackwall.
liinyphia galbea Keys. Plate XII, figs. 28, 31.

Looks like a large Bathyphantes, and the vulva is on the same plan.

180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April^

Pachygnatha furcillata Keys. Fig. 3. .

One female. The mandibles show two large teeth on front of
groove and two smaller behind the groove, but it appears to be
P. brevis Emer. {Xanthostoma Koch.)

Species of Simon.

Glenognatha emertoni Simon. Fig. 22.

The figures will serve to identify this striking species.
Azilia vagepicta Simon. Fig. 14.

The venter has a large yellow spot on the middle, and one npar
the spinnerets; tibiae I and II with three broad dark bands.
Cicurina robusta Simon. Plate XIII, fig. 32.

Several females, with characteristic vulva.
Cicurina nevadensis Simon. Fig. 44.

One female; pale, with four dark chevrons; a little larger than
C. tersa. Vulva not deeply colored.

Cicurina tersa Simon. Figs. 45, 48.

Male and females. Abdomen pale, with only a few blackish
marks forming incomplete herring-bone marks.
Cicurina atomaria Simon. Fig. 43.

Three females. A very dark species, of medium size; legs brown
(not reddish), abdomen and venter with many dark chevrons and
streaks, sternum dark.

Cicurina simplex Simon. Fig. 33.

Several females, with a very long vulva.
Cicurina ludovicina Simon. Fig. 33.

Several females, the vulva is very broad.

Cybaeus pusillus Simon. Figs. 34, 40.

This is a Cicurina, as Simon has recently recognized.

Cybaeus morosus Simon. Fjg. 37.

A small dark species, several females.
Cybaeus reticulatus Simon.

This is an extremely common spider on the west coast up to
Alaska, and already well known in this country.

Coelotes bimucronatus Simon. Fig. 46.

A large, dark species, with the tibia and metatarsi darker than the
tarsi. One male.
Cryphoeca peckhami Simon. Fig. .36.

Looks like a small, pale Cicurina. The P. M. E. their diameter

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181

apart, and closer to the smaller P. S. E. Abdomen pale; very-
hairy, with a few dark bands on the apical part; much as in some
Cicurinas.
Tegenaria emertoni Simon. Figs. 39, 41.

Many pale marks on basal part of abdomen, but dark at the tip.
Male and female.
Tegenaria nana Simon. Fig. 47.

A small pale species, with markings similar to those of Cicurina
arcuata on the abdomen. Two females.

Amaurobius pictus Simon. Fig. 24.

As we have identified it, with many marks on the abdomen.

Amaurobius severus Simon. Fig. 27."

The abdomen above has only four pale basal spots.
Amaurobius nevadensis Simon. Fig. 20.

As large as A. severus, but the abdomen of the female has no pale
marks on the base, but in male there is one each side.
Plectrurys tristis Simon. Fig. 29.

The male palpus is figured.

Physocyclus dugesi Simon. Fig. 25.

One male, the palpus is very complicated.

Megamyrmecion californicum Simon. Fig. 13.

One immature female, but the same as I have identified from
California.
Sergiolus cyaneiventris Simon. Fig. 8.

One female. Cephalothorax and legs all reddish, abdomen
blackish, a narrow white band across middle, and just behind it are
the two dark impressed lines; all femora with very stout bristles;
no dorsal groove.
Castianeira bicalcarata Simon. Figs. 21, 26.

One male. Cephalothorax yellowish -brown; abdomen small, pale;
legs slender, yellowish. Mandibles large and stout; sternum as
Inroad as long.
Maypacius floridanus Simon. Fig. 30.

A slender species like a Tibellus, the abdomen spotted beneath,
spots on the mandibles, and femora and tibia I dark beneath, spotted
in front. Not mature.

Titiotus californicus Simon. Fig. 23.

The head resembles an Amaurobius; a very large species, legs

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

long, with long spines, those under tibia I a little longer than the
width of that joint; the abdomen is shrunken.

Sosilaus spiniger Simon. Fig. 19.

A very striking little species; the eyes on black spots.

Sosippus californicus Simon. Fig. 15.

Cephalothorax entirely dark, no pale median stripe, but rather
paler toward margins; abdomen pale, with broad dark stripe above,
indented on the sides with faint pale marks, and in male with a
lateral dark stripe above, so the abdomen appears dark, with two
pale longitudinal stripes; venter pale; metatarsi and tarsi I and II
very long and with very long hair and long scopulas.

Species of Becker.

Agelena hentzi Becker. Fig. 42.

Three specimens, one (a female) mature; a pale, moderate-sized
specimen of A. ncevia.

Singa van Bruysellii Becker.

A male, but palpus is so bent under that I cannot see the structure.
The head is prominent, projecting in front; femur I is hairy, with
only a few spines, none as long as the width of the joint; this joint
is very dark near the tip, darkening gradually from near the base
which is pale. Venter has four white spots, two a little before the
spinnerets and surrounded by black, and one each side of the lung-
slits, further apart than the other two.

Theridium glaucescens Becker.

Two specimens (females) ; it is what Keyserling has so identified,
and is not uncommon in the Atlantic States.

Lycosa febriculosa Becker.

This is the young of L. aspersa or L. hellus. The cephalothorax
with a narrow median pale line from eye-region. Abdomen with
outline of a basal spear-mark, and irregular dark spots behind;
venter heavily spotted. Legs pale, not distinctly marked, not very
long; sternum dark, with a median pale stripe not reaching to the tip.

Lycosa exalbida Becker.

This has been recorded from the United States, but erroneously;
it is from Brazil; it looks much like a half-grown Ardosa cinerea.
There is a spine at middle above on tibise III and IV, but none at the
base.

1913.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 183

Species of Koch.

Corinna tricolor Koch.

One female, A. M. E. closer to A. S. E. than to each other, P. M. E.
about three diameters apart, closer to P. S. E. A distinct species.

Corinna amoena Koch.

A female is ornata Htz. Cephalothorax reddish, femur I blackish,
hind tibia and patella banded.

Corinna cingulata Koch.

Two females are bivittata Keys. ; two bands on abdomen, hind legs
lined, femur I dark on base, rest pale.

Hegalostrata venifica Karsch.

One male ; a tooth at base of fang, two large teeth on the paturon,
outer one curved forward; tibial process of male palpus is about
three times as long as broad, as broad at tip as at base, the tip ob-
liquely truncate.

Xystious luctans Koch.

Not in the Berlin Museum, although there are several species
from Carolina, but not labelled, as stomachosus, gulosus, and Coria-
rachne versicolor.

Agelena pennsylvanica Koch.

Three specimens; are our common A. ncevia, one is a good-sized,
well-marked female, the two others are not mature.
Teratodes depressus Koch.

I did not find in the Berlin collection, but there is no doubt as to
what it is from the figure and description.
Pachygnatha tristriata Koch.
P. xanthostoma Koch.

In the Berlin Museum are four specimens behind a label "Pennsyl.
Zimm.," but no species label, these are his tristriata according to the
description, and are what Emerton has so identified.

Following this is a label ''tristriata" and " Pennsjd. Zimm.";
behind these labels are seven specimens of our P. hrevis. There are
no other American Pachj^gnatha in the collection. The name
labels have been put on after Koch's time, the locality labels are
original. It is therefore evident that the label "tristriata" has been
misplaced, and that the seven specimens labelled "tristriata" are
Koch's xanthostoma, since they agree with his description, and that
P. xanthostoma is P. hrevis.
13

184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Epeira hispida Koch.

Two dry males. Tibia I curved at base, slender; tibia II thick-
ened at end and very spinose, the metatarsus curved at the base.
The body and legs with yellowish hair, tibia I dark at base -and on
middle.
Epeira ravilla Koch.

One dry female, the abdomen shrunken and partly destroyed.
Cephalothorax densely long white-haired. Femora I and II black,
other joints reddish-brown to yellowish, dark on tips of tibia I; erect
spines on femur I not as long as thickness of the joint; femur III
shows above a pale line margined with dark ; all legs with much
white hair. A large species.
Gasteracantlia pallida Koch.

Not in the Berlin Museum.

Phidippus carolinus Koch.

A large species, female, densely white-haired. Mandibles green,
palpi and clypeus with very long white hair; cephalothorax mostly
white-haired; legs not plainly banded, but leg T has black hair at
the apex of the tibia, the rest of the fringe is white; hind tibia very
plainly black at tip; venter with a narrow, black, median stripe,
but elsewhere densely white.-haired ; above the abdomen is red each
side behind, separated by black, and a white spot in front.

Phidippus asinarius Koch.

One female; this is plainly P. mystaceus Hentz; the white spots
on cephalothorax are plain, the mandibles red-brown, venter all
white-haired.
Phidippus testaceus Koch.

Two specimens, one badly rubbed and may not be the same as the
other, this latter is probably P. podagrosus {multiformis). Mandibles
greenish, clypeus with yellowish hair, tips of patellae and tibiae dark;
venter with pale median stripe, dark each side of this, and then the
outer sides pale.
Phidippus smaragdifer Koch.

Two from New Orleans; are audax, not variegatus. The label
says '^variegatus Lucas," so all labels were probably written some
time after Koch described the species.
Phidippus lunulatus Koch.

A male ; the cephalothorax shows a white band coming up on each
side ; mandibles green ; leg I with long black fringe on tibia, long
white hair on inner side of patella, and long white hair on bases of

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185

metatarsus and tarsus, rest black-haired; hind legs plainly banded;
femur of male palpus white-haired above. It is Ph. otiosus Htz.

Phidippus elegans Koch.

A young female; mandibles rather reddish, dorsum of abdomen
with a median stripe of greenish scales, and some green scales in
front.

It is probably Ph. multicolor Htz.
Phidippus purpurifer Koch.

Male and female from "Amer. Sept., Bescke," so quite probably
not from the United States. It is not Ph. audax. A very large
species; purple mandibles, the wrinkles on them not as continuous
as in audax, palpus with white hair, clypeus snow-white, tibia I jet-
black with a black fringe, venter wholly black, dorsum of abdomen
marked much like audax, but a distinct white basal band.

Phidippus togatus Koch.

A female. Besides the three white spots, there is a white i)and
around the abdomen above, and on the venter a broad black median
stripe margined with white; mandibles green above, blue near tips;
a hair tuft in front of dorsal eyes, and behind anterior lateral eyes
are many rather scattered bristles; white hair on patellae, and on
bases of tibiae and metatarsi I and II ; on the hind legs the basal half
of tibia and part of metatarsus are plainly pale, rest black.

Phidippus paludatus Koch.

Red only above, and not reaching eyes; abdomen with a white
band at base and four spots behind white, venter dark with tAvo
pale median lines ; mandibles dark red-brown on the base, paler
toward the tip; no hair tufts, but long hairs all over the cephalo-
thorax; clypeus dark. A male, palpus bent under and perhaps not
quite adult.

Phidippus regius Koch.

This Cuban species, as I have identified it. IMandibles strongly
wrinkled and green; clypeus densely white-haired; legs plainly
banded, tarsi I mostly black, metatarsus pale all over; hair tufts
in front of dorsal eyes.
Phidippus auotus Koch.

A female. Mandibles faintly green, clypeus with long white hairs,
a hair-tuft in front of dorsal eyes, leg I without any long fringes;
abdomen with bright red hair above, a basal white band, behind is
probably a black stripe, but here the abdomen is broken, sides dark,
venter with dark median stripe.

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Phidippus electus Koch.

A young, half-grown female. Mandibles scarcely gr£en on the
apical part, clypeus white-haired, legs with many short white hairs;
abdomen shrunken, some metallic scales behind, with much white
on the sides above, venter with a broad black median stripe, and
white hairs each side.
Phidippus alchymista Koch.

Male and female, is Ph. audax Hentz; is marked in every way like
his concinnatus.
Fhidippas concinnatus Koch.

A male, is Ph. audax; spots on abdomen are snow-white, white
hair on inner side of patella I, tibia I with black fringe below.
Phidippus dubiosus Koch.

One young specimen, is audax Hentz.
Phidippus personatus Koch. .

Four specimens, all are young Ph. audax; the spots on abdomen
are yellowish.
Phidippus mundulus Koch.

Three specimens; two are surely Ph. audax not mature; the other
is much rubbed and has some green metallic scales on abdomen, and
perhaps Ph. multicolor Htz.
Plexippus rufus Koch.

One specimen, is Dendryphantes militaris.
Plexippus bivittatus Koch.

A young, not half-grown specimen of Phidippus rufus Hentz.
Plexippus undata Koch.

A male, Maria vittata, which is colored as in the female.
Plexippus albovittatus Koch.

Two young rubbed specimens, appear to be Dendryphantes militaris;
clypeus white haired, cannot see any marks on the abdomen, which
has white scales on it; the mandibles are red-brown.
Eris aurigera Koch.

Four specimens, male, are Dendryphantes militaris Hentz.

Euophrys leucophaea Koch.

One male, is Dendryphantes octavus Hentz {mstivalis Em.).
Euophrys humilis Koch.

One female, not quite mature, is Dendryphantes militaris Hentz.
Euophrys amabilis Koch.

A young female, is young of Phidippus podagrosus Hentz {multi-
formis Emer.).

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187

Euophrys obfuscata Koch.

A female, is Habrocestum pulex.
Msevia aurulenta Koch.

One, is Tutelina elegans Hentz.
Maevia annulipes Koch.

One, very small and young; cephalothorax very low and flat;
the abdomen so shrunken and wrinkled that one can see no markings,
venter all pale; may be young of Mcevia vittata Hentz.

Maevia pencillata Koch.

Three males in good condition, are M. niger Htz. The three
tufts on head are very distinct.
Maevia sulphurea Koch.

One, abdomen gone, but appears to be Wala mitrata Hentz.

Maevia pallida Koch.

One, also Wala mitrata Hentz.
Maevia tibialis Koch.

One, in good condition, our Admestina as already so identified.
Maevia lineata Koch.

One male, in good condition, our Metacyrba, long known under
this name.
Fhiale modesta Koch.

One female, nearly all red, a basal yellow band on abdomen,
venter pale in the middle, is Phidippiis cardinalis Htz.
Maevia cristata Koch.

One male from Pennsylvania, in good condition, is Tutelina elegans
Hentz. The crest each side of head and the fringe on top of tibia I
are very distinct.

Marpissa varia Koch.

This is a half-grown specimen of M. undata DeGeer; one specimen.

Callithera aulica Koch.

One male and five females, are Salticus scenicus.

Janus gibberosus Koch.

Is Sijnemosijna formica Hentz, as already so placed.

Janus albocinctus Koch.

One adult male glued on a point. A very small species, with
flat cephalothorax, pars cephalica dark; abdomen dark, with a white
cross-band; leg I rather slender, but heavier than the others, a faint
dark line above on tibia I, and side of hind patella dark. This is

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF lApHl,

evidently Peckhamia scorpiona Htz., so for our Myrmarachne I

propose

Myrmarachne hentzi n. n.

Salticus ephippiatus Peck, Emer. ((not Hentz).
SaUicus albocinctus Banks (not Koch).

Explanation of Plates XI, XII, XIII.
Plate XI.

Fig. 1. — Philodromus prcelustris.

Fig. 2. — Misumena spinosa, palpus and abdomen.

Fig. 3. — Pachygnatha furcillata, abdomen and mandible.

Fig. i.—~Ebo oblonga, abdomen.

Fig. 5. — Philodromus satullus, leg.

Fig. 6. — Xi/sticu.s }'(iri<iJ)iU.s, dorsum.

Fig. 7. — Xi/slir/is luDniiliis, abdomen.

Fig. 8. — Svijliiiiis ci/atH in ntris, vulva.

Fig. 9. — Xi/sliciis piiiirhitns, abdomen.

Fig. 10.— A'//.s//r//x lnr,lj,lrs, Vulva.

Fig. 11. — A'^.s//.''(/.s- iiiiiiioni, vulva.

Fig. 12. — Philodromus expositus, femur.

Fig. 13. — Megamyrmecion californicwn, eyes.

Fig. 14. — Azilia vagepicta, eyes, vulva, femur.

Fig. 15. — Sosippus californicus, vulva.

Fig. 16. — Misumena georgiana, vulva, thoracic mark.

Fig. 17. — Philodromus marxi, vulva.

Fig. 18. — Xysticus benefactor, vulva.

Plate XII.

Fig. 19. — Sosilaus spiniger, eyes and palpus.

Fig. 20. — Amaurobius yievadensis, vulva and palpus.

Fig. 21. — Cdstiiinn'ni Jiiciilcaraia, palpus.

Fig. 22. — (;h iini/niillia innrtDni, palpus, mandible.

Fig. 2'i.—Tilintiis nih'fnrnirus, eves, vulva.

Fig. 24.—A>nnurnhiNs pnius, vulva.

Fig. 2.5. — Phi/s,iri/rh,s ,li)i/i'.si\ palpus.

Fig. 26.—i'asli,u,rini Inralcarata.

Fig. 27. — Amaurobius severus, vulva.

Fig. 28. — Linyphia galbea, vulva.

Fig. 29. — Plectrurys tristis, palpus.

Fig. 30. — Maypacius floridanus, eyes.

Fig. 31. — Linyphia galbea, abdomen.

Plate XIII.

Fig. 32. — Cicurina robusla, vulva.

Fig. 33. — Cicurina ludovicina, vulva.

Fig. 34. — Cicurina pusilla, vulva.

Fig. 35. — Cicurina simplex, vulva.

Fig. 36. — Cryphoeca peckhami, vulva, leg.

Fig. 37. — Cybceus morosus, vulva.

Fig. 38. — Cicurina simplex, palpus.

Fig. 39. — Tegenaria emertoni, vulva, spinneret.

Fig. 40. — Cicurina pusilla, palpus.

Fig. 41. — Tegenaria emertoni, palpus.

Fig. 42. — Agelena hentzi, vulva.

Fig. 43. — Cicurina atomaria, vulva.

Fig. 44. — Cicurina nevadensis, vulva.

Fig. 45. — Cicurina tersa, vulva.

Fig. 46. — Calotes bimucronatus, palpus.

Fig. 47. — Tegenaria nana, eyes, vulva.

Fig. 48. — Cicurina tersa, palpus.

1913.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189

ON A COLLECTION OF BIKDS OBTAINED BY THE FRANCIS E. BOND EXPEDI-
TION IN THE ORINOCO DELTA AND PARIA PENINSULA, VENEZUELA-

BY WITMER STONE.

During the early part of 1911 Mr. Francis E. Bond conducted
an expedition to the coast of Venezuela, mainly in the delta of the
Orinoco. He was accompanied by Messrs. Stewardson Brown, Con-
servator of the Botanical Section of the Academy, and Thomas S.
Gillin, of Ambler, Pa.

Among the collections obtained by the expedition and generously
presented by Mr. Bond to the Academy is a series of 504 bird skins,
prepared almost entirely by Mr. Gillin from specimens shot bj-
himself and other members of the party.

It has been my privilege to study this collection, a complete list
of which is presented herewith.

In order to better understand the relative position of the several
localities, I have drawn up a brief itinerary of the expedition from
notes furnished me by Mr. Brown.

Starting from Port of Spain, Trinidad, the party crossed to the
peninsula of Paria, stopping at Cariaquito on the south shore.
Collecting was carried on here January 13-22, mainly close to the
coast and never more than a mile or two inland. Crossing the gulf,
they stopped at Pedernales, January 25-27, and then sailed up the
Vagre River, a sort of confluence of several streams, and thence up
the Guanipa, arriving at the village of that name on February 2.
On February 6, they returned to the Vagre, and on the 8th went up
the Manimo to the mouth of the Uracoa, which they reached on
February 10. They then ascended this stream to La Pedrita, where
they remained February 12-18, and then returning to the Manimo
followed it to Tucapeta, some forty miles from the Orinoco itself.
Here they spent February 22-23, and then returned down the Manimo
to Pedernales, stopping at the Corisal, February 25-28, and reaching
the coast on March 4. Thence they returned to Cariaquito, where
they stopped March 10-18 to make additional collections before
crossing to Trinidad.

In a region so long familiar to bird collectors as the Orinoco delta
it is not surprising that no new forms were obtained, but some of the

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

records both from this district and from Cariaquito considerably
extend the range of the species, and in view of the lack of definite
localities in the case of early collections, the present list will, it is
hoped, be of value in ascertaining the exact range of the various
Venezuelan species.

It will be noticed that 101 species were obtained only at localities
in the delta country, while 48 were found only at Cariaquito on the
Paria peninsula, and 23 were foUnd in both regions. These figures
mean little, however, as the collection is not sufficiently comprehen-
sive to warrant any general deductions on distribution. A certain
number of the Cariaquito species, such as Crypturus columhianus,
Ceryle americana, Microrhopias grisea intermedia, Dendrocinda
meruloides phceochroa, Myiozetetes similis columhianus, Chiroxiphia
lanceolata, Thryophilus rufalhus castanonotis, Pachysylvia aurantiifrons
saturata, Compsothylypis pitiayumi elegans, Basileuterus auricapillus
olivascens, Tanagra trinitatis, Tangara desmerestii, and Icterus auri-
capillus, are mainly restricted to the mountainous north coast of
Venezuela, extending eastward from Colombia. There are, however,
many others taken only at Cariaquito which are well known to
range also over the delta region. Notes on the color of the tarsi,
irides, etc., have been taken from Mr. Gillin's labels, while a few
notes on distribution and abundance received from Mr. Brown bear
his initials.

TINAMID^.

1. Crypturus columbianus Salvadori. Colombian Tinamou.

Crypturus columbianus Salvadori, Cat. Bii'd Brit. Mus., xxvii, p. 51.5, 1895
(Neche, Antioquia).

Cariaquito, cf' January 17 (58,713), & 9 March 16 (58,712,
58,714).

These specimens are related to C. boucardi and appear referable
to the present form, although I have not been able to compare them
with authentic specimens.

"Legs red."

ORACID^.

2. Crax alector Linn. Crested Curassow.

Crax Alector Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., i, Ed. XII, p. 269, 1766. ("In America
Calidiore" = Cayenne.)

Cano Vagre, 9 January 29 (58,730).

"Cere orange-yellow, beak and legs bluish lead color, iris hazel."

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191

COLUMBID^.

3. Columba rufina Temm. and Knip. Rufous Pigeon.

Columha Rufina Temminck and Knip, Pig. i, p. 59, PI. 24, 1808-11 (French
Guiana).

Corosal, a^ February 27 (58,710).

Settlement on Vagre River, cf January 28 (58,709).

"Iris red, legs and feet dark carmine."

This was the common pigeon of the delta country and occurred in

immense flocks (S. B.).

4. Scardafella ridgwayi Richmond. Ridgway's Dove.

Scardafella ridgwayi Richmond, Proc. U. S. Nat. Miis., xviii, p. 6G0, 1896
(Margarita Island).

Cano Corosal, 9 9 cf February 25 (58,705-7), 9 February 26

(58,704).

"Iris red-brown."

5. Chsemepelia rufipennis (Bonap.). Rufous-winged Ground-Dove.

Columbina rufipennis Bonaparte, Consp. Av. ii, p. 79, 1855 (Carthagena,
Colombia).

Pedernales, cf January 26 (58,708), and another without data.

"Legs flesh-color."

6. Leptotila verreauxi insularis Richmond. Margarita Dove.

Leptotila insularis Richmond, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xviii, p. 509, 1895
(Margarita Island).

Cariaquito, d" March 16 (58,711).

"Iris pale yellow, feet and skin around the eye sky blue."

OPISTHOOOMIDiE.

7. Opisthocomus hoazin (P. L. S. Muller). Hoatzin.

Phasianus Hoazin P. L. S. Mi'iller, Syst. Nat. Siippl., p. 125, 1776

(Cayenne).

Guinipa River, three specimens January 31 (58,703, 58,802-3).

"Iris carmine, skin around the eye lead color."

Occurred along all the streams as far as we went. Most abundant
above the mangrove area. Came to feed at sunset on the ground in
the savannas (S. B.).

RALLID^.

8. Aramides cajanea (P. L. S. Muller). Cayenne Wood Rail.

FuUca Cajanea P. L. S. Miiller, Natur.syst. Suppl., p. 119, 1776 (Cayenne).
Cariaquito, 9 January 22 (58,716), d" 9 March 12 (58,715 and
58,717).

Caiio Vagre, d" January 29 (58,718).

"Eyelids and legs red-pink, bill greenish, yellowish at base."

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

LARID^.

9. Phaetusa chloropoda (Vieill.). Great-billed Tern.

Sterna chloropoda Vieillot, N. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., xxxii. p. 171, 1818 (Para-
guay).

Manimo River, 9 & & February 9 (58,742-4).

La Pedrita, Rio Uracoa, 9 February 15 (50,741).

"Bill greenish-yellow, feet green."

10. Rynchops nigra cinerascens Spix. Black-tailed Skimmer.

Rhynchops cinerascens Spix, Av. Bras, ii, p. 80, PI. cii, 1825 (Amazon River).
. La Pedrita, Rio Uracoa, 9 February 15 (58,740).
"Legs and base of bill carmine."

CHARADRIID^.

11. Belonopterus cayennensis (Gmel.). Cayenne Lapwing.

Parra cayennensis Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, ii, p. 706, 1789 (Cayenne).
La Pedrita, Rio Uracoa, cf d' 9 c^ February 11 (58,734-7).
"Tip of bill and feet black."
Occurred in immense flocks on the Uracoa (S. B.).

SOOLOPAOIDiE.

12. Actitis macularia (Linn.). Spotted Sandpiper.

Tringa macularia Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 249, 1766 (Pennsyl-
vania).

Cariaquito, d' March 3 (58,731).

13. GallinagO brasiliensis (Swains.). Brazilian Snipe.

Scolopax Brasiliensis Swainson, Faun. Boreal. Am., p. 400, note 1831 (Brazil),
Cano Corosal, d' 9 February 25 (58,732-3).

These birds have the first or outer secondaries longer than the
primary coverts and seem to belong to this species rather than to
G. paraguaice, which Bulepsch and Hartert record from the Orinoco
Region (Novit. Zool., IX, p. 130).

JAOANID^.

14. Jacana jacana (Linn.). Jacana.

Parra Jacana Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 259, 1766 (South America).

Cano Corosal,. 9 February 25 (58,719).

La Pedrita, Rio Uracoa, 9 February 15, cf cf cf February 11
(58,720-3).

Common in the savanna country at La Pedrita on floating vege-
tation (S. B.).

"Shield and base of bill deep carmine red."

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 193

EURYPYGID^.

15. Eurypyga helias (.Pall.). Sun Bittern.

Ardea helias Pallas, Neue Nord. Beytr., ii, p. 48, PL iii, 1781 (Surinam).
Guinipa River, 9 c^ 9 c^ January 31 (58,725-8).
Vagre River, d" January 29 (58,724).

Occurred mostly on mud flats bordering the mangroves ; very tame
•(S. B.).

"Iris carmine, lower mandible and legs yellow."

IBIDID^.

16. Guara rubra (Linn.). Scarlet Ibis.

Scolopax rubra Linnseus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, i, p. 145,1758 ("America" =
Guiana) .

Isla Morocotico, Manimo River, March 3 (58,763).

Isla Plata, Manimo River, March 4 (58,762, 58,791-5).

"Legs and beak pinkish-white, iris grayish-stone."

Very abundant on the Manimo, etc., ))ut not common above

tidewater (S. B.).

PLATALEID^.

17. Ajaia ajaja (Linn.). Roseate Spoonbill.

Platalta Ajaja Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, i, p. 140, 1758 (South America).
Isla Plata, ]\Ianimo River, cT March 4 (58,761).
"Iris reddish, legs pink, beak flesh-colored."

ARDBID^.

18. Ardea COCOi Linn. Cocoi Heron.

Ardea Cocoi Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 237, 1766 (Cayenne).
Cano Corosal, 9 February 27 (58,766).

19. Butorides striata (Linn.). Black-crowned Heron.

Ardea striata Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 238, 1766 (Surinam).
Manimo River, cf February 8 (58,729).

20. Nyctinassa violacea (Linn.). Yellow-crowned Night Heron.

Ardea violacea Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, i, p. 143, 1758 (Carolina).
Corosal, d" February 27 (58,759).

Cariaquito, 9 March 14, cf 9 January 22, 9 January 14 (58,755-8).
"Iris orange-yellow."

21. Tigrisoma lineatum (Bodd.). Tiger Bittern.

Ardea lineata Boddaert, Tabl. PI. Enl., p. 52, 1783 (Cayenne).
Guinipa River, cf & February 4 and January 31 (58,764-5).
"Iris yellow, feet and skin at base of beak greenish."

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

PALAMEDEID^.

22. Anhima COrnuta (Linn.). Horned Screamer.

Palamedea cornuta Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 2.32, 1766 (Brazil,..
Guiana).

Manimo River, d" February 20 (58,767).

Very common on the upper Manimo in the tops of tall trees (S. B.).

"Iris reddish-yellow."

PHALAOROOORAOIDu3E.

23. Fhalacrocoraz vigua (Vieill.). Brazilian Cormorant.

Hydrocorax vigua Vieillot, N. Diet. I'Hist. Nat., viii, p. 90, 1817 (Paraguay).
Jacopita, Manimo River, cf February 23 (58,738).
"Iris white, skin on throat yellow."

ANHINGID^.

24. Anhinga anhinga (Linn.). Anhinga.

Plotus anhinga Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 218, 1766 (South America)..
Cano Vagre, 9 January 28 (58,739).

CATHARTID^.

25. Sarcorhamphus papa (Linn.). King Vulture.

Vultur Papa Linnajus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, i, p. 86, 1758 ("in India occiden-
tali" = Brazil).

Guinipa Village, 9 February 2 (58,751).
FALCONIDuSl.

26. Circus buffoni (Gmel.). Long-winged Harrier.

Falco Bujfoni Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, i, p. 277, 1788 (Cayenne).

La Pedrita, Rio Uracoa, a" February 13 (58,692).

"Cere and edge of gape greenish -blue, legs orange-yellow, iri.s
hazel."

Hawks of all kind were most abundant in the savanna country
on the Uracoa (S. B.).

27. Geranospizias caerulescens (Vieill.). Gray Crane-Hawk.

Sparvius coerulescetis Vieillot, N. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., x, p. .318, 1817 (Soutb
America) .

Manimo River, d" cf February 18 and March 3 (58,701-2).
"Iris carmine, cere black, lower mandible bluish, legs deep-
orange."

28. Asturina nitida (Lath.). Shining Buzzard-Hawk.

Falco nitida Latham, Ind. Orn., i, p. 41, 1790 (Cayenne).
Boco Uracoa, Manimo River, d" February 24 (58,698).
"Iris hazel, legs and cere yellow, beak blue."

!1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195

:29. Rupornis magnirostris (Gmel.). Large-billed Hawk.

Falco magnirostris Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, i, p. 282, 1788 (Cayenne).
Cariaquito, 9 9 January 14 and March 13 (58,699-700).
Pedernales, cf March 6 and 9 January 26 (58,696-7).
"Iris, cere, skin around eye, and legs yellow."

:30. Busarellus nigricollis (Lath.). Black -collared Hawk.

Falco nigricollis Latham, Ind. Orn., i, p. 35, 1790 (Cayenne).
La Pedrita, & & February 13 (58,749-50).
Cano Corosal, cf February 24 (58,745).
"Cere, skin at base of bill and feet light blue, iris hazel."

31. Buteogallus aequinoctialis (Gmel.). Equinoctial Buzzard.

Falco cequinoclialis Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, i, p. 265, 1788 (Cayenne).
Pedernales, cf March 6 (58,748).
"Base of bill and skin around eye and feet yellow."

32. TJrubitinga urubitinga (Gmel.). Brazilian Eagle.

Falco Urubitinga .Gmelin, Syst. Nat., i, p. 265, 1788 (Brazil).
Cano Corosal, 9 February 28 (58,746).
"Iris hazel, legs, skin around the eyes and cere yellow."

33. Urubitinga anthracina (Nitzsch). Mexican B!ack Hawk.

Falco anthracinus Nitzsch, Syst. Pteryl., p. 83, 1840 (Mexico).
La Pedrita, Rio Uracoa, (f February 13 (58,693).
Cariaquito, 9 February 14 (58,752).
"Iris brown, legs yellowish, cere greenish-yellow."
The former specimen is in the slaty black plumage, the latter in
the light striated stage.

54. Leucopternus albicoUis (Lath.). White-collared Hawk.

Falco albicolHs Latham, Ind. Orn., i, p. 36, 1790 (Cayenne).
Cariaquito, cf January 20 (58,753).
"Iris hazel, legs lemon-yellow."

35. Herpetotheres cachinnans (Linn.). Laughing Hawk.

Falco cachinnans Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, i, p. 90, 1758 ("South
America ' ' = Cayenne) .

Pedernales.. 9 March 6 (58,747).

"Iris hazel, skin at base of bill yellow, legs yellow."

36. Rostrhamus SOCiabilis (Vieill.). Everglade Kite.

Herpetotheres sociabilis Vieillot, N. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., .xviii, 1817, 318 (Cor-
rientes and Rio de la Plata).

Cano Corosal, cf Fel^ruary 24 (58,694).

"Iris carmine, beak black, cere and skin around gape dull yellow,

feet dull orange."

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

37. Leptodon uncinatUS (Temm.). Red-collared Kite.

Falco uncinatUS Temminck, PI. Col., i, Pis. 103-105, 1824 (Rio Janeiro).
Cariaquito, 9 January 22 (58,689).
"Iris white, feet yellow, skin above the eye greenish-yellow."

38. Elanus leucurus (Vieill.). White-tailed Kite.

Milvus leucurus Vieillot, N. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., xx, p. 563, 1818 (Paraguay).
La Pedrita, Rio Uracoa, cf d" February 15 and 13 (58,690-1).
"Iris brilliant carmine, legs yellow, bill black, cere and edges of
gape yellow."

39. Falco COlumbariuS Linn. Pigeon Hawk.

Falco columbarius Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, i, 1758, p. 90 (Carolina).
Cafio Corosal, 9 February 28 (58,695).

BUBONID^.

40. Pulsatrix perspicillata (Lath.). Spectacled Owl.

Strix perspicillata Latham, Ind. Orn., i, p. 58, 1790 (Cayenne).

Cariaquito, 9 March 13 (58,754).

" Iris yellow. "

PSITTACID^.

41. Ara ararauna (Linn.). Blue-and-yellow Macaw.

Psittacus Ararauna Linnseus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, i, p. 96, 1758 ("South
America" = Brazil).

Guinipa Village, February 2, c/" 9 (58,800-1).

42. Aratinga aeruginoSUS (Linn.). Brown-throated Parrot.

Psittacus oeruginosus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, i, p. 98, 1758 ("'America'
= Cayenne).

Corosal, d" 9 February 27 (58,314-5).

43. Aratinga leucophthalmus (P. L. S. MuUer). White-eyed Parrot.

Psittacus leucophthalmus P. L. S. Miiller, Syst. Nat., Suppl,, p. 75, 1776-
(Guiana) .

Buelte Triste, Manimo River, d" 9 February 21 (58,312-3).

"Iris reddish-yellow."

44. Pyrrhura emma Salvad. Salvadori's Parrot.

Pyrrhura emma Salvadori, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., xx, p. 217, PI. i, 1891

(Caripe).

Cariaquito, d" d' March 10, cf March 15, 9 January 20, 9
March 18 (58,307-11).
"Iris yellow, legs black."

45. Psittacula passerina (Linn.). Blue-winged Parakeet.

Psittacus passerinus Linnseus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, i, p, 103,^1758 ("America'*
= Guiana).

Cafio Corosal, cT February 25 (58,316).

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197

46. Amazona amazonica (Linn.). Orange-winged Amazon.

Psittacus amazonicus Linnseu-s, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 147, 17(36 (Suri-
nam).

Isla Marocotico, Manimo River, cf March 3 (58,301).

Pedernales, 9 January 25 (58,302) .

Vagre River, 9 January 28 (58,303).

' ' Iris yellowish-red. ' '

Immense flocks of Amazons went up the Manimo every evening

to roost (S. B.).

47. Amazona ochrocephala (Gmel.). Yellow-headed Amazon.

Psittacus ochrocephalus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, i, p. 339, 178S ("South America"
= Colombia).

Vagre River, cf January 29 (58,300).

"Iris reddish-yellow."

48. Pionus menstruus (Linn.). Red-vented Parrot.

Psittacus menstruus Linnseus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 148, 176G (Surinam).
Cariaquito, cT 9 March 10 (58,304 and 58,306), d" March 15

(58,305).

"Iris drab."

ALCEDINID^.

49. Ceryle torquata (Linn.). Great Gray Kingfisher.

Alcedo torquata Linnajus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 180, 1766 (Mexico).
Manimo River, cT February 9 (58,331), c?" 9 9 February 10
(58,328-30), cf February 28 (58,332).
"Legs greenish."

50. Ceryle amazona (Lath.). Great Green Kingfisher.

Alcedo aynazona Latham, Ind. Orn., i, p. 257, 1790 (Cayenne).
Manimo River, cT d^ February 10 and 19 (58,321-2).
La Pedrita, Rio Uracoa, 9 February 17 (58,323).
Cano Corosal, 9 February 25 (58,324).

51. Ceryle inda (Linn.). Spotted Kingfisher.

Alcedo inda Linnseus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 179, 1766 ("India oeciden-
■ tale " = Cayenne).

Guinipa River, cf 9 February 3 (58,317-8).

Vagre River, 9 9 February 29 (58,319-20).

52. Ceryle americana (Gmel.). Little Green Kingfisher.

Alcedo americana Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, i, p. 4.51, 1788 (Cayenne).
Cariaquito, d' January 22 (58,326), 9 March 10 (58,325).
Boca Uracoa, Manimo River, cf^ no data.

198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

OAPRIMULGIDuE.

53. Chordeiles acutipennis (Bodd.). South American Nighthawk.

Caprimidgns acutipennis Boddaert, Tabl. PI. Enl., p. 46, 1783 ("Guiana" =
Cayenne).

Cano Corosal , & & February 25 (58,336-7).

54. Nyctiprogne leucopyga (Spix). White-winged Nighthawk.

Caprimulgus leucopygus Spix, Av. Bras., II, p. 3, 1823 (Shores of Amazon).
Cano Corosal, cf February 27, 9 February 28 (58,334-5).

55. Nyctidromus albicollis (Gmel.). Parauque.

Caprimulgus albicollis Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, ii, p. 1030, 1789 (Cayenne).
La Pedrita, Rio Uracoa, d^ February 10 (58,333).

TROGONIDiE.

56. Trogon viridis Linn. Green Trogon.

Trogon viridis Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 167, 1766 (Cayenne).
Guinipa Village, d" 9 February 3 (58,338-9).
Guinipa River, cf February 4 (58,340).
Settlement on Vagre River, d^ January 29 (58,341).

CUCULID^.

57. Coccyzus pumilus Strickl. Dwarf Cuckoo.

Coccyzus pumilus Strickland, Jard. Contr. Orn., 1852, p. 28 (Trinidad).
Corosal, d February 27 (58,346).
"Iris and eyelids carmine, legs greenish."

58. Piaya cayana colombiana (Cab.). Colombian Chestnut Cuckoo.

Pyrrhocorax colombiana Cabanis, Jour, fiir Orn., 1862, p. 170 (Cartagena).
Cariaquito, cf January 13 (58,344).
Guinipa River, cf January 30 (58,343) .
Isla Morocatico, d March 3 (58,345).

59. Crotophaga ani Linn. Common Ani.

Crotophaga Ani Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, i, p. 105, 1758 ("America" =
Brazil).

Cariaquito, cf January 17 (58,347).

'60. Crotophaga major Gmel. Great Ani.

Crotophaga major Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, i, p. 363, 1788 (Cayenne).
Pedernales, d d January 25, 26 (58,348-9).
"Iris white or bluish-white."

RAMPHASTID^.
61. Bamphastos monilis P. L. S. Muller.

Ramphastos monilis P. L. S. Muller, Nat. Syst., Suppl., p. 82, 1776 (Cayenne).
Guinipa Village, d 9 February 2 (58,359-60).

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199

These birds seem from the appearance of the bills to be similar
to those upon which Berlepsch and Hartert have based R. hcEmato-
rhynchus (cf. Novitates Zoologicse, IX, p. 99, 1902).

62. RamphastOS vitellinus Licht. Sulphur-and-white-breasted Toucan.

Ramphastos vitellinus Lichtenstein, Verz. Doubl., p. 7, 1823 (Cayenne).
Caiio Vagre, 9 January 28 (58,361).

"Iris bluish-white, legs, skin around the eye and base of bill beauti-
ful changeable blue."

63. Pteroglossus aracari roraimae Brabourne and Chubb. Roraima Aracari.

Pteroglossus roraimcB Brabourne and Chubb, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8),
X, p. 261, 1912 (Roraima).

Guinipa Village, c^ 9 February 3 (58,350-1).
Guinipa River, 9, January 31 (58,352).
Settlement on the Vagre River, 9 February 7 (58,353).
Cariaquito, cf 9 9 January 22 (58,354, 58,357-8), 9 March 10
(58,356), — January 16 (58,355).
"Iris hazel."
The commonest species of Toucan observed (S. B.).

BUOOONID^.

64. BUCCO dysoni Scl. Dyson's Puff-bird.

Bucco dysoni Sclater, P. Z. S., p, 193, 1885 (Honduras).
Manimo River, 9 February 8 (58,369).

66. Bucco bicinctus (Gould). Two-banded Puff-bird.

Tamatia bicinda Gould, P. Z. S., p. 80, 1836 ("Cayenne" = Venezuela).

Guinipa River, cf February 3 (58,372).

Buelta Triste, Manimo River, cf February 20, 9 February 21
(58,371, 58,370).

"Iris yellowish-white, legs greeni.sh-blue. "

GALBULIDiE.

66. Galbula ruficauda Cuv. Rufous-tailed Jacamar.

Galbula ruficauda Cuvier, Regn. Anim., i, p. 420, 1817 (" Guiana " = Cay-
enne).

Pedernales, 9 January 26 (58,362).

Guinipa Village, cf cf February 2 (58,363, 58,365), cf d' February 3
(58,364, 58,366).

Manimo River, cf cf February 9 (58,367-8).
"Feet greenish-yellow, beak black."
14

200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

PIOID^.

67. Chrysoptilus punotigula punotipectus Cab. and Hein. Spot-breasted Woodpecker.

Chrysoptilus punctipectus Cabanis and Heine, Mus. Hein., iv, p. 163, 1863
(Venezuela) .

Cano Corosal, cf February 25 (58,385).

68- Centurus terricolor Berlepsch. Sombre Woodpecker.

Centurus terricolor Berlepsch, Ibis, 1880, p. 113 (Orinoco district or Trinidad).
Cariaquito, d" 9 January 14 (58,381-2).
Guinipa Village, d" February 2 (58,384).

69. Celeus elegans hellmayri Berlepsch. Hellmayr's Woodpecker.

Celeus elegans hellmayri Berlepsch, Novitates Zoologicae, xv, p. 272, 1908
(British Guiana).

Guinipa River, 9 January 31 (58,383).

"Iris carmine, bill and legs bluish-horn color."

70. Crocomorphus semicinnamoineus (Reichenb.). Yellow Woodpecker.

Ceteris seinicinnamomeus ReichenhsLch, Scans. Picinae.p. 407, 1854 (Venezuela).
Cariaquito, 9 January 12 (58,376), 9 January 18 (58,377),
cf March 12 (58,378).
La Pedrita, Rio Uracoa, 9 February 13 (58,375).
Buelta Triste, Manimo River, d February 20 (58,373).
Settlement, Vagre River, 9 February 28 (58,374).
''Iris red, legs lead color, bill yellow."

71. Campephilus melanoleuoos (Gmel.). Black-and-white Woodpecker.

Picus melanoleuoos Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, i, p. 426, 1788 (Surinam).
Peclernales, d January 26 (58,380).
One other cf without data.
"Iris yellow."

72. Ceophloeus lineatus (Linn.). Lineated Woodpecker.

Picus lineatus Linnseus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 174, 1766 (Cayenne).
Cariaquito, cf January 16 (58,379).
"Iris white, bill lead color."

TROOHILID^.

73. Glauois hirsuta (Gmel.). Hairy Hermit.

Trochilus hirsutus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, i, p. 490, 1788 (Brazil).
Cariaquito, 9 March 16 (58,410).

74. Campylopterus ensipennis (Sw.). Blue-throated Sabre-wing.

Trochilus ensipennis Swainson, Zool. Illustr., ii, PI. 107, 1821-2 ("South
America " = Venezuela).

Cariaquito, 9 January 14 (58,399).

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201

75. Florisuga mellivora (Linn.). Great Jacobin.

Trochilus mellivorus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, i, p. 121, 1758 ("India" =
Guiana).

Cariaquito, 9 January 14 (.58,418), 9 March 16 (58,414), 9 cf 9
9 9 March 17 (58,415-19), cf" cf d^ March 17 (58,385-7), and 3
cf without data.

76. Thalurania refulgens Gould. Refulgent Wood-nymph.

Thalurania refulgens Gould, P. Z. S., 1852, p. 9 (" Unknown "= Venezuela).

Cariaquito, d^ d" 9 January 16 (58,409, 58,413, 58,421), d March 15
(58,408), d March 18 (58,420).

Isla de Morocatico, Manimo River, March 3 (58,404) and two
males without data.

77. Colibri delphinae (Less.). Brown Violet-ear.

Ornysmya Delphince Lesson, Rev. Zool., 1839, p. 44 ("loc. unknown " =
Guiana).

Cariaquito, cf January 14 (58,412).

78. Anthracothorax nigricoUis (Vieill.). Violet-tailed Mango.

Trochilus nigricoUis Vieillot, N. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., vii, p. 349, 1817 (Brazil).
Guinipa Village, 5 cf February 2 and 3 (58,390-4).
Cariaquito, cf March 17 (58,389).
Jocopita, 9 9 February 23 (58,405-6).

79. Anthracothorax gramineus (Gmel.). Green-throated Mango.

Trochilus gramineus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, i, p. 488, 1788 ("no. loc" = Guiana).
Pedernales, d d January 27 (58,395-6) and one other without
data.

80. Agyrtria chionopeotus (Gould). White-breasted Emerald.

Thaumatias chionopectus Gould, Monogr. Trochil, v, PI. 293 (1859)
(Trinidad).

Guinipa Village, d February 2 (58,429).
Pedernales, d January 27 (58,431).

81. Agyrtria fimbriata (Gmel.). Lesson's Emerald.

Trochilus fimbriatus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, i, p. 493, 1788 (Cayenne).
Boco Uracoa, Manimo River, cf February 10 (58,426).
Buelta Triste, Manimo River, cf February 20 (58,432).
Jocopita, Manimo River, cf cf February 22 and 23 (58,427-8).
Cafio Corosal, 9 cf February 25 and 28 (58,402-3).

82. Saucerottea erythronota feliciae (Less.). Felicia's Erythronote.

Ornysmya Felicire Lesson, Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 72 (San Jose dist. Brazil).
Cariaquito, 9 January 14 (58,425), cf 9 January 16 (58,433,
58,436). & January 18 (58,424), d cf March 13 and 16 (58,401,
58,434). Three without data.

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

83. Hylocharis cyanus viridiventris Berlepsch. Green-vented Sapphire.

Hylocharis cyanea subsp. viridiventris Berlepsch, Ibis., 1880, p. 113 (Merida,
Venezuela).

Cariaquito, o" March 17 (58,435).

84. Chrysuronia oenone (Less.). Lesson's Sapphire.

Ornysmya oenone Lesson, Hist. Nat. Ois.-Mouches, Suppl., p. 157, 1832
(Trinidad).

Cariaquito, cf d^ March 10 (58,397-8).

85. Chlorestes notatus (Reich.). Blue-ehianed Sapphire.

Trochilus notatus Reichenbach, Mag. des Thierreichs (Erlange), i, Abth. 3,
p. 129, 1795 (Cayenne).

Cariaquito, 9 9 January 14 (58,422-3), d^ c^ March 13 and 17
(58,437,58,400).

Guinipa Village, cT February 2 (58,430) and two males without
data.

86. Anthoscenus superba (Shaw). Long-billed Star-throat.

Trochilus superbus Shaw, Nat. Misc. xiii, PI. 517, 1802 ("South America" =
Colombia).

Cariaquito, d' juv. March 10 (58,411).

FORMIC ARIID^.

87. Thamnophilus punctatus (Shaw), Choca.

Lanius punctatus Shaw, Gen. Zool., vii, pt. 2, p. 327 (Cayenne).
Cariaquito, 9 cf March 13 (58,451-2).

88. Thamnophilus canadensis (Linn.). Black -crested Bush-Shrike.

Lanius canadensis Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 134, 1766 ("Canada"

= Cayenne).

Cariaquito, cf January 25 (58,450).

Settlement on Vagre River, cf January 28 (58,449).

Jocopita, Manimo River, cf February 22 (58,448).

89. Microrhopias grisea intermedia (Cab.). AlUed Ant-Wren.

Formicivora intermedia Cabanis, Arch. f. Naturg., 13, I, p. 225, 1847 (Car-
thagena, Aragua, Venezuela).

Cariaquito, 9 January 18 (58,456), cf 9 March 13 (58.453, 58,457).

90. Sclateria nsevia (Gm.). Surinam Ant-Creeper.

Sitta noevia GmeUn, Syst. Nat., I, i, p. 442, 1788 (Surinam).
Cano Vagre, d" 9 Januar;^ 29 (58,454-5).

DENDROCOLAPTID^.

91. Acrorchilus alopecias (Pelzeln). Northern Rusty-backed Spinetail.

Synallaxis alopecias Pelzeln, Sitzungsb. Ak. Wissensch. Wien, xxxiv, p. 101,
1859 (Rio Branco, Brazil).

Manimo River, cf cT 9 February 9 (58,461-3).

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203

92. Synallaxis albescens albigularis Scl. Sclater's Spine-tail.
Synallaxis albigularis Sclater, P. Z. S., 1858, p. 63 (Rio Napo).

Jocopita, Manimo River, cf February 23 (58,465).
Cano Corosal, & juv. February 27 (58,464).

93. Synallaxis oinnamomea (Gm.). Yellow-throated Spine-tail.

Certhia cinnamomea Gmelin, Syst, Nat., I, i, p. 480, 1788 ("no loc. " = Guiana).
Boca Uracoa, Manimo River, 9 9 February 10 (58,466-7).

94. Dendrocincla meruloides phaeochroa Berl. and Hart. Munduapo Wood-hewer.

Dendrocincla phceochroa Berlepsch and Hartert, Nov. Zool., ix, p. 67,''1902
(Munduapo, Rio Orinoco).

Cariaquito, 9 January 14 (58,459).

95. Dendroplex picirostris I.afr. White-throated Wood-hewer.

Dendroplex picirostris Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 76 (Rio Hacha
Colombia).

Jocopita, Manimo River, d^ February 22 (58,460).

96. Pioolaptes albolineatUS (Lafr.). Fulvous-throated Wood-hewer.

Dendroplex albolineatus Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 208 (Colombia).
Cariaquito, 9 January 18 (58,458).

TYRANNID-Sl.

97. FluVicola pica (Bodd.). White-shouldered Water Tyrant.

Muscicapa pica Boddaert, Tabl. d. PI. Enl., p. 42, 1783 (Cayenne).
Manimo River, cf d" February 9 (58,511-2).

98. Arundinicola leucocephala (Linn.). White-headed Marsh Tyrant.

Pipra leucocephala Linna?us, Mus. Ad. Frid., ii, prodr., p. 33, 1764 ("no
loc." = Surinam).

Buelta Triste, Manimo River, cf February 20 (58,509).

Boca Uracoa, Manimo River, cf February 10 (58,510).

99. Maohetornis flavigularis Todd. Yellow-throated Tyrant.

Machetornis flavigidaris Todd, Ann. Carnegie Mus., viii, p. 210, 1912
(Tocuyo, Venezuela).

Caiio Corosal, cf 9 cf February 25 (58,487-9).

100. Craspedoprion olivaceas guianensis (McConnell). Guiana Flat-bill.
Rhynchocyclus oliiaceus guianensis McConnell, Bull. B. O. C, x.xvii, p.

106, 1911 (British Guiana).

Cariaquito, cf January 21 (58,502).

101. Mionectes oleagineus pallidiventris Hellmayr. Pallid Oily Flycatcher.

Mionectes oleagineus pallidiventris Hellmayr, Nov. Zool., xiii, p. 22, 1906
(Cumana).

Cariaquito, 9 January 19, cf March 15 (58,468-9).

102. Elaenea Sp. ?

Jocopita, Manimo River, cf February 22 (58,507).

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

103. Elaenea flavogaster (Thunberg). Yellow-vented Crested Flycatcher.

Pipra flavogaster Thunberg, Mem. Acad. St. Petersburg, viii, p. 286, 1822
("no loc." = Brazil).

. Cariaquito, d^ March 17 (58,495).
Corosal, & February 27 (58,494).

104. Elaenea gaimardii (d'Orb.). Gaimard's Crested Flycatcher.

Muscicapara Gaimardii d'Orbigny, Voyage (1838-47), p. 326 (Yuracares,
Bolivia).

Cariaquito, cf January 14 (58,503).

This is probably referable to the subspecies guianensis, but I have
not material to settle this point with certainty.

Mr, Ridgway has established the genus Elainopsis for this species
and has referred it to the Cotingidce.

105. Myiozetetes Similis COlumbianuS Cab. and Hein. Colombian Flycatcher.

Myiozetetes columbianus Cabanis and Heine, Mus. Hein., ii, 1859, p. 62
(Pto. Cabello, Cartagena).

Cariaquito, 9 9 9 January 13, 21, 20 (58,499-501).

106. Pitangus derbyanus rufipennis (Lafr.). Rufous-winged Flycatcher.

Saurophagus rufipennis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1851, p. 471 (Colombia and
Caracas).

Guinipa Village, cf February 3 (58,486) and another without data,
probably from the same locality.

107. Pitangus lictor (Licht.). Lichtenstein's Flycatcher.

Lanius lictor Lichtenstein, Verz. Doubl., p. 49, 1823 (Para).
Manimo River, 9 February 8 (58,496).
Guinipa River, a" 9 January 31 (58,497-8).

108. Myiodynastes maculatus (P. L. S. Mull.). Streaked Flycatcher.

Muscicapa Maculata P. L. S. Miiller, Syst. Nat., Suppl., p. 169, 1776
(Cayenne).

Cariaquito, cf cf January 18 and March 10 (58,490-1).

109. Rhynchocyclus sulphurescens assimilis Pelz. Pelzeln's Flat-bill.
Rhynchocyclus assimilis Pelzeln, Orn. Bras., p. 181, 1869 (Rio Negro, N.

Brazil) [nomen nudum at p. 110].

Cariaquita, 9 March 15 (58,504).
Jocopita, 9 February 22 (58,506).

110. Todirostrum cinereum (Linn.). Black-crowned Tody-Tyrant.

Todus cinereus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 178, 1766 (Surinam).
Cariaquito, d" January 17 (58,515), cf March 15 (58,516), 9
March 14 (58,517).

Pederuales, cf January 27 (58,519).

Buelta Triste, Manimo River, d' 9 February 20 (58,518, 585,13).

Jocopita, Manimo River, cf February 23 (58,514).

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205

111. Todirostrum maculatum (Desm.). Spotted Tody-Tyrant.

Todus macidatus Desmarest, Hist. Nat. Tangaras, etc., PI. 70, 1805 (Guiana).
Pedernales, cf 9 January 25 and 26 (58,521 and 58,520).

112 Colopteryx galeatus (Bodd.). Helmeted Pygmy Flycatcher.

Motacilla galcata Boddaert, Tabl. PI. Enl., p. 24, 1783 (Cayenne).

Jocopita, Manimo River, cf February 22 (58,522).

Also a young bird in first plumage (58,523) from Cariaquito, Janu-
ary 14.

113. Megarhynclius pitangua (Linn.). Pitangua Flycatcher.

Lmiius Pitangua Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 136, 1766 (Brazil).
Cariaquito, d^ March 17 (58,485), 9 January 20 (58,484).

114. Myiarchus ferox venezuelensis Lawr. Venezuelan Crested Flycatcher.

Myiarchus venezuelensis Lawrence, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, p. 38
(Venezuela).

Boco Uracoa, Manimo River, cf February 10 (58,479).

Jocopita, Manimo River, 9 February 22 (58,480).

115. Tyrannus melancholicus satrapa (Cab. and Heine). Lesser Yellow-breasted Kingbird.
Laphyctes satrapa Cabanis and Heine, Mus. Hein. ii, p. 77, 1859 (Guiana:

Caracas) .

Pedernales, 9 January 26 (58,481).

Cariaquito, 9 9 January 21 and March 13 (58,482-3).

116. Tyrannus dominicensis (Gmel.). Gray Kingbird.

Lanius dominicensis Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, i, p. 302, 1788 (Santo Domingo).

La Pedrita, Rio Uracoa, cT February 15 (58.493), 9 February 17
(58,492).

117. Muscivora tyrannus (Linn.). Fork-tailed Flycatcher.

Mitscicapa tyrannus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 325, 1766 (Cayenne).
Boca Uracoa, cf 9 9 February 10 (58,476-8).
La Pedrita, Rio Uracoa, cf February 11 (58,475).

COTINGID^.

118. Tityra Cayana (Linn.). Cayenne Tityra,

Lanius cayanus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 137, 1766 (Cayenne).
Cariaquito, cf March 16 (58,526).

119. Pachyrhamphus rufus (Bodd.). Cinereous Thick-bill.

Muscicapa ruja Boddaert, Tabl. PI. Enl., p. 27, 1783 (Cayenne).
Manimo River, cf February 20 (58,527).

120. Pachyrhamplius cinereiventris Scl. Gray-belUed Thick-bill.

Pachyrhamphus cinereiventris Sclater, Cat. Amer. Birds, p. 242, 1862 (Santa
Martha).

Guinipa Village, cf February 3 (58,505).

206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

PIPRIDJB.

121. Chiroxiphia lanceolata (Wagler). Lance-tailed Manakin.

Pi-pra lanceolata Wagler, Isis, 1830, p. 931 ("Guiana" = Colombia),
Cariaquito, 9 January 18 (58,524), cr' juv. March 13 (58,525) and
an adult male without data.

HIRUNDINID^.

122. Progne chalybea (Gmel.)- Gray-breasted Martin.

Hirundo chalybea Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, ii, p. 1026, 1789 (Cayenne).
Cano Corosal, 9 February 26 (58,530).

123. Iridoprocne albiventer (Bodd.). White-bellied Tree Swallow.

Hirundo albiventer Boddaert, Tabl. PI. Enl., p. 32, 1783 (Cayenne).
Guinipa River, cf February 5 (58,532).
Pedernales, 9 January 26 (58,531).

124. Stelgidopteryx ruflcoUis aequalis Bangs. Bangs' Rough-winged Swallow.

Stelgidopteryx ruficollis oequalis Bangs, Proc. N. E. Zool. Club, ii, p. 58, 1901

(Santa Marta).

Manimo River, 9 d" February 9 (58,528-9).
TROGLODYTID^.

125. Heleodytes nuchalis (Cab.). Fulvous-naped Cactus-Wren.

Campylorhynchus nuchalis Cabanis, Arch, fiir Naturg. i, p. 206, 1847
(Venezuela) .

Buelta Triste, Manimo River, cf cf February 20 (58,438-9).
Boca Uracoa, Manimo River, cf February 18 (58,440).
Manimo River, 9 February 9 (58,441).
"Iris white, legs and upper mandible blue, lower white."

126. Heleodytes minor Cab. Lesser Cactus Wren.

Heleodytes minor Cabanis, Mus. Hein., i, p. 80, 1850 (Venezuela).
Guinipa Village, 9 February 3 (58,533).

127. ThryopMlus rufalbus castanonotus Ridgw. Chestnut-backed Wren.

Thryophilus rufalbus castanonotus Ridgway, Proc. Best. Soc. X. H., xxiii,
March, p. 386, 1888 (Angostura, Costa Rica).

Cariaquito, January 17 (58,537), d" January 20 (58,538), d

March 15 (58,534).

"Feet light lead color, lower mandible bluish-white."

128. Thryothorus rutilus Vieill. Bar-throated Wren.

Thryothorus rutilus Vieillot, N. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., xxxiv, p. 55, 1819
(Trinidad).

Cariaquito, d January 17 (58,768).

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207

129. Troglodytes musculus Clarus Berlepsch and Hartert. Venezuelan House-Wren.

Troglodytes musculus- clarus Berlepsch and Hartert, Nov. Zool., ix, p. 8, 1902
(Bartica Grove, British Guiana).

Cariaquito, d" January 19 (58,536), d" March 17 (58,535).
MIMID^.

130. MimuS gilvus melanopterus Lawr. Black-winged Mockingbird.

Mimus melanopterus Lawrence, Ann. Lye. N. Y., v, p. 35, 1849 (Venezuela).
La Pedrita, Rio de Uracoa, February 17 (58,539).
Cano Coro.sal, cT cf 9 February 28 (58,540-2).

131. Donacobius atricapillus fLinn.). Black-capped Mocking Thrush.

T Urdus atricapilla Linnajus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 295, 1766 ("Cape of
Good Hope " = Brazil).

Manimo River, d" cf 9 February 9 (58,442-4).

La Pedrita, Rio Uracoa, 9 February 14 (58,445).

Guinipa Village, 9 9 February 3 (58,446-7).

"Iris and skin on sides of neck yellow, bill and inside of mouth

black, legs grayish horn color."

TURDID^.

132. Planesticus phaeopygUS phaeopygoides (Seebohm). Tobago White-throated Thrush.

Turdus phceopygoides Seebohm, Cat Birds, Brit. AIus., v, p. 404, 1881
(Tobago).

Cariaquito, d cf March 10 and January 21 (58,543-4).

VIREONID^.

133. Vireo chivi (Vieill.). Chivi Vireo.

Sylvia chivi Vieillot, N. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., xi, p. 174, 1817 (Paraguay).
Cariaquito, cf cf March 15 and 12 (58,545-6).

134. Pachysylvia aurantiifrons saturata Hellmayr. Venezuelan Golden-fronted Warbler.

Pachysylvia aurantiifrons saturata Hellmayr, Nov. Zool., xiii, p. 322 (Rio
Vaupe).

Cariaquito, 9 January 14 (58,472), d d 9 January 20 (58,471,

3 and 4), d March 16 (58,470).

135. Cyclorhis gujanensis flavipectUS Sclater. Guiana Greenlet Shrike.

Cyclorhis flavi pectus Sclater, P. Z. S., 1858, p. 448 (Trinidad).
Cariaquito, d March 17 (58,547).
Pedernales, 9 January 25 (58,549).
Jocopita, Manimo River, 9 February 23 (58,550).
Boco Uracoa, Manimo River, cf February 10 (58,548).
"Iris yellow, feet light bluish."

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

MNIOTILTID^.

136. Compsothlypis pitiayumi elegans Todd. Elegant Warbler.

Compsothlypis pitiayumi elegans Todd, Ann. Carnegie Mus., viii, No. 2,
p. 204, 1912 (Lara, N. W. Venezeula).

Cariaquito, d' March 10 (58,553), 9 January 21 (58,554).

137. Dendroica sestiva (Gmel.). Yellow Warble:.

Motacilla cestiua Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, ii, p. 996, 1789 (Canada).
Cauo Corosal, d" d" February 25 and 27 (58,551-2).

138. Seiurus noveboracensis (Gmel.). Small-billed Water-Thrush.

Motacilla noveboracensis Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, ii, p. 958, 1789 (Louisiana and
New York).

Cariaquito, 9 9 January 20 and 18 (58,555-6).

139. GeotMypis aequinoctialis (Gmel.). Equinoctial Warbler.

Motacilla aquinoctialis Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, ii, p. 972, 1789 (Cayenne).
Manimo River, cf February 20 (58,558).

140. Basileuterus auricapillus olivascens Chapm. Chapman'-s Warbler.

Basileuteriis vermioorus olivascens Chapman, Auk., 1893, p. 313 (Princestown,
Trinidad).

Cariaquito, cf March 13 (58,557).

MOTAOILLID^.

141. Anthus lutescens Pucher. Rufous Pipit.

Anthus lutescens Pucheran, Archiv. du. Mus., vii, p. 343, 1855 (Brazil).
La Pedrita Uracoa, o^ 9 February 17 (58,560-1).
While known from Guiana, I do not find this species previously
recorded from Venezuela.

FRINGILIilD^.

142. Sporophila americana (Gmel.). GmeUn's Seed-eater.

Loxia americana Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, ii, p. 863, 1789 ("America " = Cayenne) .
Pedernales, cf January 25 (58,572).
Cano Corosal, 9 February 28 (58,574).
This is another species apparently not recorded from Venezuela.

143. Sporophila grisea (Gmel.). Gray Seed-eater.

Loxia grisea Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, ii, p. 857, 1789 (" Virginia " = Guiana).
Cano Corosal, cf February 25 (58,573).

144. Sporophila minuta (Linn.) Pygmy Seed-eater..

Loxia minuta Linnseus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, i, p. 176, 1758 (Surinam).
Pedernales, d" d" d" January 26 and 27 (58,569-71).

145. Volatinia jacarini splendens (Vieill.). Jacarini Grassquit.

Fringilla splendens Vieillot, N. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., xii, p. 173, 1817
(Cayenne) .

Cariaquito, d" 9 January 21 and 19 (58,568 and 58,565).

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209

146. Saltator olivascens Cab. Gray-breasted Saltator.

Saltator oUvascens Cabanis, in Schomb. Reis. Guian., iii, p. 676, 1848 (Guiana).
Guinipa Village, cT 9 February 2 (58,625-6).
La Pedrita, Rio Uracoa, cf d" February 13 (58,627 and 58,635).

147. Sicalis colombiana Cab. Venezuelan Yellow-finch.

Sycalis columbiana Cabanis, Mus. Hein., i, p. 147, 1851 (Porto Cabello).
La Pedrita, Rio Uracoa, d" 9 February 13 (58,578 and 58,564).
Caiio Corosal, cf February 28 (58,576).

148. Serinopsis arvensis minor (Cab.). Little Yellow Finch.

Sycalis minor Cabanis, in Schomb. Reis. Guian., iii, p. 679, 1848 (British
Guiana) .
Cano Corosal, d" 9 February 27 (58,575 and 58,577).

149. Myospiza manimbe (Licht.). South American Grasshopper Sparrow.

Fringilla Manimbe Lichtenstein, Verz. Doubl., p. 25, 1823 (Bahia).
La Pedrita, Rio Uracoa, 9 & February 17 (58,562-3).

150. Paroaria nigrogenis (Lafr.). Black-faced Cardinal.

Nemosia nigrogenis Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool., 1846, p. 273 (Orinoco region).
La Pedrita, Rio Uracoa, d February 13 (58,579).
Manimo River, cT February 10 (58,580).
Jocopita, Manimo River, 9 February 23 (58,581).
Cano Corosal, d juv. February 28 (58,.582),

CCEREBID^.

151. Coereba luteola fCab.). Venezuela Flower-pecker.

Certhioln luteola Cabanis, Mus. Hein., i, p. 96, 1851 (Puerto Cabello).
Cariaquito, 9 January 21, cf January 18, cf January 14
(58,603-5).

Isla de Morocotico, Manimo River, 9 March 3 (58,601).
Jocopita, Manimo River, cf February 23 (58,602).

152. Dacnis cayana (Linn.). Turquois Honey-creeper.

MotaciUa cayana Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 336, 1766 (Cayenne).
Cariaquito, c^ 9 9 January 14 (58,607, 58,598-9), & January 20
(58,608), & March 17 (58,606) also a male without data.
"Iris hazel, feet flesh color."

153. Cyanerpes cyaneus (Linn.). Blue Honey-creeper.

MotaciUa cyanea Linnseus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 188, 1766 (Brazil and
Cayenne) .

Cariaquito, 7 d March 10 (58,583-9).

Pedernales, d 9 March 6 (58,590).

^'Legs carmine, bill black."

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,.

154. Cyanerpes oaeruleus (Linn.). Purple Honey-creeper.

Certhia cceruleus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, i, p. 118, 1758 (Surinam).
Cariaquito, cf January 13 (58,591), 9 January 14 (58,594)
9 March 10 (58,592), also three without data.
"Feet clear lemon-yellow."

165. Chlorophanes spiza (Linn.) Green Honey-creeper.

Motacilla Spiza Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, i, p. 188, 1758 (Surinam).
Cariaquito, d' & & 9 January 13 (58,597, 58,610-12), 9 d' cf
January 14 (58,595, 58,613-14), juv. cf January 16 (58,593), cf'
January 18 (58,596), 9 January 21 (58,609).

TANGARID^.

156. Tanagra trinitatis (Strickl.). Yellow-capped Euphonia.

Euphonia trinitatis Strickland, Contr. Orn., 1851, p. 72 (Trinidad).
Cariaquito, 9 January 18, 9 January 14, cf January 16, cf'
January 13 (58,566-7, 58,649-50), and two without data. '

157. Tangara desmarestii (Gray). Red-headed Calliste.

Calliste Desmarestii Gray, Gen. Bds., ii, p. 366, 1844 (Trinidad).
Cariaquito, c^ 9 March 10 and 12 (58,648, 58,647).

158. Thraupis episcopus SClateri (Berlepsch). Trinidad Blue-gray Tanager.

Tanagra sclateri Berlepsch, Il?is., 1880, p. 112 (Orinoco Dist. or Trinidad).
Cariaquito, cf cf January 16, c/" January 19 (58,620-2).
Guinipa Village, cf 9 February 3 (58,623-4).

159. Thraupis palmarum melanoptera (Scl.;. Western Palm Tanager.
Tanagra melanoptera Sclater, P. Z. S., 1856, p. 235 (E. Peru).

Cariaquito, cf 9 9 9 January 14 (58,615-8), cf January 1(>
(58,619).

160. Eamphocelus carbo (Pall.). Silver-beaked Tanager.

Lanius Carbo Pallas, Vroeg's Catal. Rais. Adumbrat., p. 2, 1764 (Surinam).
Cariaquito, 9 January 16, 9 January 14 (58,645-6).
Peclernales, d^ 9 January 26 (58,636, 58,644).
Buelte Trlste, Manimo River, d' cT 9 February 20 (58,639-41).
Guinipa Village, cT c^ February 2 (58,637-8), 9 9 February 2
and 3 (58,642-3).

" Lower mandible pearly-white, black at tip."

161. Tachyphonus rufus (Bodd.). Greater White-shouldered Tanager.
Tanagra rufa Boddaert, Tabl. PI. Enl., p. 44, 1783 (Cayenne).

Cariaquito, d^ January 20, cf January 14, cf 9 January 19
(58,629-31,58,634).
Jocopita, Manimo River, d February 22 (58,632),
Guinipa Village, d February 3 (58,628).

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 211

.162. Tachyphonus surinamus (Linn.). Fulvous-crested Tanager.

Turdiis surinamus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 297, 1766 (Surinam).
Vagre River, cf January 29 (58,633).
lOTERID^.

163. Ostinops decumanus (Pall.). Great Crested Cacique.

Xanthornus decumanus Pallas, Spic. Zool., fasc. vi, p. 1, 1769 (Surinam).
Cariaquito, 9 cf January 14, cf cf 9 January 16 (58,682-4,
58,798-9).

''Iris blue, legs black, bill greenish-yellow."

164. Ostinops viridis (P. L. S. Mull). Great Green Cacique.

Oriolus Viridis P. L. S. Muller, Syst. Nat. Suppl., p. 87, 1776 (Cayenne).

Settlement on Vagre River, 9 January 28, 9 9 February 7
<58,678-80).

Isla Morocotico, Manimo River, 9 March 3 (58,681).

Found nesting only on the Vagre (S. B.).

"Iris blue, skin around eye and base of beak yellow, terminal
part of beak deep orange."

165. Cacicus Cela (Linn.). Yellow-backed Cacique.

Parus Cela Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, i, p. 191, 1758 (" India" = Guiana).
Cariaquito, cf cf cf d^ 9 January 14, cf January 18 (58,686-9,
58,796-7), and one without data.
"Bill greenish-horn color, legs black, iris pale bluish-white."

166. Agelaius icterocephalus (Linn.). Yellow-headed Marsh-bird.

Oriolus icterocephalus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 163, 1766 (Cayenne).
La Pedrita de Uracoa, cf cf 9 February 13 (58,664-6).
Found only on the savannas at La Pedrita (S. B.).

167. Leistes militaris (Linn.). Red-breasted Marsh-bird.

Embcriza militaris Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, i, p. 178, 1758 (Guiana).
La Pedrita, Rio de Uracoa, cf cf 9 February 11 (58,667-8,
58,671), d^ 9 February 17 (58,669-70).

Cano de Corosal, cf juv. February 28 (58,672).
Found only in the savannas (S. B.).

168. Gymnomystax mexioanus (Linn.). Black-and-yellow Oriole.

Oriolus mexicanus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 162, 1766 ("Mexico"
= Cayenne).

Corosal, cf cf February 27 (58,651-2).
"Feet, bill and skin round the eye black."

169. Icterus auricapillus Cassin. Golden-crowned Oriole.

Icterus auricapillus Cassin, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1847, p. 332 ("South
America " = Colombia) .

Cariaquito, 9 9 January 14 and 9 January 21 (58,659-61).

212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

170. Icterus chrysocephalus (Linn.). Moriche Oriole.

Oriolus chrysocephalus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, i, p. 164, 1766 (America) -
Guinipa River, 9 9 January 31 and February 2 (58,662-3).

171. Icterus xanthornus (Gmel.). Yellow Oriole.

Oriolus Xanthornus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., I, i, p. 391, 1788 ("Jamaica and
Nov. Hisp . " = Venezuela) .

Cariaquito, cf January 16 (58,658), 9 March 12 (58,657).

Buelta Triste, c^ February 20 (58,655).

Cano de Corosal, 9 cf cT' February 25 (58,653-4, 58,656).

172. Lampropsar tanagrinus guianensis Cab. Guiana Grackle.

Lampropsar guianensis Cabanis, in Schomb. Reis. Guiana, iii, p. 682, 1848
(Guiana).

Cano de Vagre, d' January 29 (58,673).

Guinipa River, 9 9 February (58,674-5).

173. Holoquiscalus lugubris (Sw.). Swainson's Grackle.

QuiscnlK.s Iiiguhris Swainson, Anim. in Menag., p. 299, 1838 ("Brazil"'
= British Guiana).

Boca Uracoa, Manimo River, cf February 18 (58,677).

1913.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213

NOTES ON SERPENTS IN THE FAMILY COLUBRID^.

BY JOSEPH C. THOMPSON, SURGEON, U. S. N.

It is a curious fact that during the last two decades one of the
rarest things in the literature dealing with serpents is a detailed
account of an individual specimen. Reference is not made to
original descriptions of a type, as the majority of these are full and
satisfactory, but anything like the records left by Dumeril and Bibron
or by Cope of a particular specimen are now made by few authors.
The need for them is a very real one, both to students of zoogeography
in their efforts to outline the distribution of allied forms, and to those
engaged in the gathering of data relating to the range of variation
exhibited by a given species.
Trirhinopholis styani Boulenger.

No. 26,786 Cal. Ac. Sci. Coll. Rev. C. Barlow. Waung Wan
Shan, Chekiang Province, China. Male; total length 205, tail
29 mm.

Squamation. — Scales in 15 rows, continuous throughout the body,
smooth, without pits, those in the outer series rounded behind and
twice as wide as those in the dorsal series, Gastrosteges 118, '
abnormally broad. Anal entire. Urosteges 27 pairs. Nasal
divided, entirely surrounding the nostril. Loreal absent. Pre-
ocular 1. Postoculars 2. Anterior temporals 2, the lower not in
contact with the postoculars; posterior 2. Supralabials 6, the third
and fourth entering the eye. Infralabials on the right side 5, the
normal fourth and fifth fused and with an incisure from the upper
border; on the left side 6, the first pair widely separated bj' the mental
which is in contact with the chin-shields. Geneials in two pairs,
anterior the larger and touching three labials, the posterior touch the
third and fourth.

Anatomy. — Maxillary with 20 small, equal teeth. Palatine with
10 teeth. Pterygoid with 22 teeth, only a trifle smaller than those
on the maxillary. Dentary with 20 equal teeth, the posterior third
of the bone is free, as in Polyodontophis. Hypophyses present
throughout the vertebral column. Eye 2 mm. in diameter and 1 mm.
distant from the mouth. Rudimentary lung present. Apex of the
heart at the 23d gastrostege, in terms of body vertebrae this is 19.5%

214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

down the column. Liver extending from the 31st to the 65th gas-
trostege. Head flat and pointed. Body vertically compressed
throughout; just behind the heart it is 5.5 mm. deep and 8 mm.
broad. Tail short, flat, and pointed.

Habitat. — Heretofore known only by the two type specimens which
were captured in Fokien Province, China.

Oxyrhabdium modestum (Dumeril and Bibron).

No. 15,235 Cal. Ac. Sci. Philippine Islands. Female; total
length 216, tail 42 mm.

Squamation. — Scales in 15 continuous rows, smooth, without
apical pits, broader than long; outer row slightly enlarged and
rounded behind. Gastrosteges 163. Anal entire. Urosteges 62
pairs. Rostral 1.1 mm. deep, 1 mm. wide; portion visible from
above strongly concave and with the borders raised well above the
level of the surrounding shields; below it is deeply incised. Nasals
divided, the posterior the larger and with raised edges. Internasals
.8 mm. long and .6 mm. broad, mutual suture one-third the length
of that between the prefrontals. Frontal 3.3 mm. long, 2.5 mm.
wide, 2.8 mm. distant from the rostral; facet for supraocular concave.
Parietals 3.3 mm. long, 2.5 broad; narrowed behind. Loreal 2.2 mm.
long, .8 mm. broad, anterior border in line with the suture between
the second and third labial; behind an acute angle between the
preocular and the fifth labial. Preocular 1, on each side, .8 mm.
long, 1.1 deep. Postoculars 2; superior the wider; inferior narrow
and excluding the seventh labial from entering the eye. Temporals
anterior 1, twice as wide as broad, inclined downward and forward;
posterior 2. Supralabials 8, the fifth and sixth entering the eye;
the anterior four are very small, the first one-half the size of the
second, the second, third and fourth equal, the eighth the largest
being 2.7 mm. long. Mental ver}^ short, rounded behind. Infra-
labials right 8, left 9, the additional shield due to the division of the
sixth, the fifth the largest. Geneials a single pair, 2.6 mm. long, in
contact with five labials. Gular shields in two pairs, shorter than
wide; these followed by the first gastrostege, the anterior border of
which is below the posterior border of the eye.

Coloration. — Above uniform iridescent light brown, head a trifle
darker, the trace of a nuchal band. Below yellow, line of demarca-
tion sharp, on the body along the lower border of the first scale row,
on the head along the supralabials.

Anatomy. — Body laterally compressed, at the middle being 7.8 mm.
deep, and 6.5 mm. wide. Head slightly distinct from neck, width

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215

6.3 mm. interorbital region 3.7 mm., interval between nostrils 1.1 mm.
Eye with vertically subelliptic pupil, diameter 1.7 mm., its distance
from the mouth .8 mm. Maxillary bone with 33 teeth; reaching
beyond the palatine. Ectopterj'goid bone short, ectopterygo-
maxillary joint at the level of the second, and ectopterygo-pterj-goid
joint at the level of the seventh tooth on the pterygoid bone. Pala-
tine bone Avith 20 teeth; no vomerine process; maxillary process a
broad elongate shelf extending back to the level of the 13th tooth,
at the articulation with the maxillary bone its external edge is incisetl,
before and behind the joint an externally directed process; on the
under surface of this shelf at the base of each process is a foramen,
these are the entrance and the exit to a canal which perforates the
bone and gives passage to a branch of the palatine artery; palato-
pterygoid joint oblique from within out, the posterior tip of the
palatine bone reaching to the level of the last tooth on the maxilla.
Pterygoid bone with 30 teeth which extend to within 1.1 mm. of the
posterior tip of the bone. Apex of the heart at the level of the 37th
gastrostege, eciuivalent to 22.7% down the spinal column. No
rudimentary right lung or extension of the pulmonary tissue along
the trachea. Liver extends from the 45th to the 88th gastrostege.

Habits. — The stomach contained an earthworm belonging to the
family Perichaiidoe.

Habitat. — Recorded from Luzon, Samar, Leyte, Calamianes,
Dinagat, and Mindanao.

Lystrophis semicinctus (Dumeril and Bibron).

No. 14,571 Cal. Ac. Sci. (Purchased.) Tucuman, Argentine.
Male; total length 455, tail 63 mm.

Squamation. — Scales in 21 rows anteriorly, reduced to 19 and 17
posteriorly ; the sequence of suppression is the V row followed by the
IV row; the gastrostege level at which the rows terminate is nearly
the same on each side:

Rows.

21

19

Suppressed Row.

V

IV

Right.

97

112

Left.

99

114

17 continued.

each scale is smooth, and with a single apical pit; the lateral and
dorsal scales are elongate, and in very oblique transverse series, the
tip of each is well anterior to the middle of the scale below and behind
it ; the scales in the first to the fifth rows are broad, not in markedly
oblique series, the tip of each scale is anterior to the centre of the
15

216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

scale that is below and behind it. Gastrosteges 156. Anal divided.
Urosteges 34 pairs, the second to the seventh and the ninth entire.
Rostral reaching to the azygos prefrontal, separating the internasals
and lateral prefrontals, above with a sharp median keel, anterior
inferior surface flat, inclined upward at an angle of 45°, and bordered
by a sharp edge. Frontal with a small incisure from the middle of
the anterior border. Preoculars 2, postoculars 2. Anterior tem-
porals 2, posterior 2. Supralabials 8, the fourth and fifth entering
the eye. Infralabials 11, the first pair broadly in contact. Anterior
geneials three times the size of the posterior; touching five labials.

Anatomy. — Posterior vertebrae with a low rounded keel. Maxillary
with 5 small teeth gradually increasing in size posteriorly; these
followed by a space that would support two more ; behind 2 enlarged
teeth situated below the posterior rim of the pupil, a trifle longer than
the space, curved, and with a sharp cutting edge behind. Palatine
with 5 teeth ; tip of bone reaching to the interval between the second
and the third maxillary tooth. Pterygoid with 12 teeth; pterygo-
palatine joint at the interval between the enlarged maxillary teeth.
Dentary with 14 equal teeth. Heart far forward, apex opposite the
26th gastrostege, in terms of body vertebrae this is 16.7% do^\Ti the
column. Left lung begins abruptly at the base of the ventricle,
without free apex or extension of the pulmonary tissue along the
trachea. Liver extending from the 36th to the 64th gastrostege.
Hemipenis 20 mm. long, divided, sulcus furcate, spinous, and with an
apical disk. Compared with the figure of the organ in L. dorhigny
(Dumeril and Bibron)^ this form is less deeply divided, the divisions
reaching to one-third, instead of one-half the distance from the tip
of the organ to the bifurcation of the sulcus, the apical disk is larger
and with a wider free border. Eye 2.5 mm. in diameter, its distance
from the mouth 3.3 mm.

Oligodon vertebralis Giinther.

No. 15,808 Cal. Ac. Sci. Coll. A. Seale, Esq. Puerto Princesa,
Palawan, P. I. Female; total length 159, tail 24 mm.

Squamation. — Scales in 15 rows, finely striate, without keels or
pits. Gastrosteges 139. Anal divided. Urosteges 36 pairs. Ros-
tral one and one-half times broader than long, portion seen from above
two-thirds its distance from the frontal. Suture between the inter-
nasals twice as long as that between the prefrontals. Frontal one-

1 1900: Cope, Croc, Liz., Sn. No. Am., Repl. U. S. Nat. Mm., 1898, PI. XXIV,
fig. 6.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217

third longer than broad, distance from the rostral less than one-half
its width, a trifle shorter than the parietals. Nasal divided into
two equal portions. Loreal nearly square, not quite as deep as the
diameter of the pupil. Preocular 1, postoculars 2. Temporals
anterior 1, posterior 1. Supralabials 7, the third and fourth entering
the eye, the sixth the deepest, and touching the posterior temporal.
Infralabials 8, the first pair in contact behind the mental. Anterior
geneials nearly twice as large as the posterior, in contact with four
labials.

Coloration. — Body above brown, with a vertebral series of ten
round or oblong, yellow, black-edged spots; tail with two; numerous
yellow dots having a tendency to be arranged in two to three trans-
verse rows between each dorsal spot; the anterior chevron mark
interrupted over the frontal; on the parietals behind the posterior
chevron a small dot. Under surface of head white, throat with a
break in the posterior chevron; body beneath yellow.

Anatomy. — Pupil round. Heart apex at the level of the 34th
gastrostege, in terms of body vertebrae this is 24% down the spinal
column. Anterior tip of the liver at the 43d gastrostege.

Museo de Santa Toma, Manila. Palawan, Philippine Islands.
Male; total length 308, tail 54 mm.

Squamation. — Scales in 15 continuous rows. Gastrosteges 136.
Anal divided. Urosteges 37 pairs and the terminal pointed scale.
Internasal suture as long as the prefrontal suture. Frontal as long
as the parietals. Preocular 1, postoculars 2. Temporals anterior 1,
posterior 2. Supralabials 7 on the left side and 6 on the right, the
fifth and sixth fused, the third and fourth entering the eye.

Coloration. — Body with ten, tail with two, yellow black-edged
dorsal spots.

Museo de Santa Toma, Manila. Palawan, Philippine Islands.
Male; total length 340, tail 64 mm.

Squamation. — Scales in 15 continuous rows. Gastrosteges 143.
Anal divided. Urosteges 41 pairs, and the terminal pointed scale.
Preocular 1, postoculars 2. Temporals anterior 1, posterior 2.

Coloration. — Body with ten, tail with three, yellow black-edged
vertebral spots.

Habitat. — Heretofore known only by the type which came from
Banjermasin in the extreme south of Borneo.
Oligodon schadenbergi Boettger.

No. 15,281 Cal. Ac. Sci. Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Female;
total length 226, tail 39 mm.

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April,

Squamation. — Scales in 15 rows, continuous throughout, finely
striate, without keels or pits. Gastrosteges 137. Anal divided.
Urosteges 42 pairs. Rostral one and one-half times broader than
long. Suture between the internasals .6 mm., two-thirds of that'
between the prefrontals. Frontal 3.9 mm. long, 3 mm. broad, its
distance from the rostral 1.5 mm. Parietal 4.2 mm. long. Preocular
1, postoculars 2. Temporals anterior 1, posterior 2. Supralabials 7,
third and fourth entering the eye; the sixth the highest. Infra-
labials 8, the first pair in contact behind the mental. Anterior
geneials touching four labials, one and one-half times as large as the
posterior.

Coloration.— Eody dark brown above, with a vertebral series of
twelve very small yellow, black-edged spots, tail with two ; between
each pair of spots are three transverse rows of minute yellow dots.
Under surface orange. Head with two chevron-shaped bands, the
posterior twice the broader; beneath with black V-shaped mark on
the anterior geneials, a short longitudinal line on the throat, posterior
chevron broadly interrupted.

Anatomy. — Heart apex at the level of the 28th gastrostege, in
terms of body vertebrae this is 20.4% down the column. Anterior
tip of the liver at the 39th gastrostege.

Habitat. — Previously known from three specimens secured on
Busuanga Island, Calamianes Group, Philippine Islands.

This species as at present defined cannot be separated from 0.
vertebralis by any single isolated character. The few specimens
recorded show that the one to which Boettger's description applies
may be distinguished from a tj'pical 0. vertebralis in the following
details : internasal suture shorter than the prefrontal ; lateral borders
of the frontal converge posteriorly, instead of being parallel; loreal
broader than deep; two posterior temporals, sixth supralabial lower
and not reaching to the superior-posterior temporal; the vertebral
series of spots are much smaller and the transverse rows of minute
dots are more distinct. These differences are each well within the
range of individual variation. The most pronounced character is
the absence of the large spots on the back of the adult 0. schadenbergi,
but it does not hold for the young. The distribution of the two
broadly overlap in the Southern Philippines. As more specimens
are secured there will probably be found examples that will form a
complete intermediate series.

U. S. F. S. Albatross, March 17, 1913.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219

May 6.
Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.

Thirty-nine persons present.

The reception of papers under the following titles was reported
by the Publication Committee :

"The antenodal reticulation of the wings of Agrionine Dragon-
flies," by Herbert Campion (April 18).

"The fossil Odonate Phenacolestes, with a discussion of the
venation of the Legion Podagrion Selys," by Philip P. Calvert
(April 18). ■

"A contribution to a knowledge of the Orthoptera of Argentina,"
by James A. G. Rehn (April 19).

The issue of the Index to the Publications of the Academy from
1817 to 1910, inclusive, was reported.

Miss H. New^ell Wardle made an illustrated communication
on the miniature temples and temple pyramids of the ancient Mexi-
cans. (No abstract.)

May 20.
Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.

Three hundred persons present.

The death of the Rev. Leander T. Chamberlain, a member, INIay 16,
1913, was announced.

The Publication Committee reported the reception of a paper
entitled "The Helicidae of Lower California," by Henry A. Pilsbry
(May 22).

Dr. William E. Hughes made a finely illustrated communication
on a winter exploration of Bolivia and Peru, with special regard to
the Inca ruins. (No abstract.)

The following were ordered to be printed :

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

THE ANTENODAL RETICULATION OF THE WINGS OF AGKIONINE
DR&GONFLIES.

BY HERBERT CAMPION.

When describing the remarkable fossil dragonfly Phenacolestes
inirandus, from Florissant, Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell laid stress upon
its possession of five antenodal nervures, and, upon the strength of
that character alone, proposed to erect Phenacolestes — together with
Dysagrion, also from the North American Tertiaries — into a new
subfamily of Agrionidae, the Dysagrioninse.^ "Dysagrion Scudder,
the type of the subfamily," he wrote, ''has not been supposed to
possess an unusual number of antenodals, but it is evidently allied to
Phenacolestes, which has five; and Scudder's figure of Dysagrion
fredericii shows two antenodals beyond the arculus, and as the first
two of all Agrionids must certainly have been present, there were at
least four." In the description of Phenacolestes mirandus it is stated:
"Antenodal sectors five, of which only the first two continue to the
radius, these being the two present in Agrioninse. The second,
however, does not meet, or nearly meet, the arculus, but ends on the
radius 204/^ beyond it (a character also of Melanagrion)." On the
same occasion Prof. Cockerell described the apical half of a wing,
also from the Tertiary of Florissant, as Phenacolestes parellelus, but
expressed a doubt as to the true generic position of the fossil. Sub-
sequently, he recorded the base of a wing having six antenodal
cross-nervures, which he referred provisionally to the same species.^

In the typical Agrionine wing we find two antenodals only, which
cross transversely both the costal and subcostal spaces; one of them
is placed before and the other at the level of the arculus. In fact,
so general is this 'number of antenodals in the Agrioninse, that for
many years it was one of the chief characters used in separating that
subfamily from the Calopteryginse, in which the antenodals are more
numerous. In a few recent Agrionines, however, three, or even five,
antenodals occur with more or less constancy, and we are therefore
no longer able to regard antenodal reticulation as a character of

'■Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXIV, p. 60 (1908).
^Amer. Journ. Sci., XXVI, p. 75 (1908).

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221

primary importance in the classification of the Zygoptera. Super-
numerary antenodals are often weaker than the normal ones, and are
frequently incomplete; that is to say, they may appear as short
nervures crossing the costal space alone or the subcostal space alone.

As already remarked, the second antenodal coincides with the
arculus in the typical Agrioninse, but in such genera as Agriocnemis,
Argiocnemis, Ceratura, and Hemiphlebia, it comes before the level of
the arculus, while it lies beyond it in the fossil genera Melanagrion
and Phenacolestes.

In Neurolestes trinervis De Selys, from Kamerun, we get three
complete antenodals constantly present, and, according to its de-
scriber, the supernumerarj^ nervure is placed between the usual two.
Neuragrion mysticum Karsch was described from a single 9 from
Ecuador, and here again there is an additional nervure lying between
the ordinary ones. But in this case the nervure is confined to the
hind-wings and to the subcostal space only. Of Thaumatoneura,
from Central America, two species are known, namely, T. inopinata
McLach. and T. pellucida Calv. In this genus a fourth, or even a
fifth, antejiodal is occasionally added to the more usual number of
three, and in some instances the number is reduced to two. The
third, fourth, and fifth antenodals, when present, are placed beyond
the level of the arculus and are confined to the costal space. Podop-
teryx roseonotata De Selys is represented in the British Museum
Collection by three specimens, namely, the type cf , obtained in Aru
by A. R. Wallace, and a fine pair (cf & 9 ) from Queensland (F. P.
Dodd). The Australian examples do not possess more than two
antenodals in any of their wings, but the type specimen has a third
antenodal in each wing, beyond the level of the arculus, and crossing
the costal space only in three wings, and both the costal and subcostal
spaces in the remaining wing. Furthermore, in three wings there
is a transverse nervure traversing the subcostal space alone before
the first regular antenodal.

Although the South African genus Chlorolestes does not normally
possess more than two cross-veins before the nodus, there are two
specimens in the British Museum Collection which exhibit a third
cross-vein. One of these insects is a cf of C. longicauda Burm., in
the right hind-wing of which the additional nervure is placed between
the usual two and ceases at the subcosta. The other is a cf of
C. fasciata De Selys, and in this case the added nervure, which ceases
at the subcosta, lies before the first normal antenodal in the right
hind-wing.

222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Two Neotropical genera occasionally present similar features to
those observed in Chlorolestes. The Godman-Salvin Collection of
Central American Odonata, now in the British Museum, includes
the type and three other specimens of Paraphlebia quinta Calv., all
from Guatemala. Two of these have an additional antenodal in as
many as five out of their eight wings, and in each instance it is
proximal to the first regular antenodal and is restricted to the sub-
costal space. A 9 of Heteragrion chrysops Hag., from Vera Cruz,
also in the Godman-Salvin Collection, has, in three of its wings, a
supernumerary antenodal between the usual ones and limited to the
costal space.

All the recent species which have been considered so far belong to
De Selys' Legion Podagrion, a group which has been declared to be
"heterogeneous and untenable," but which includes the most archaic
genera of Agrioninae that have yet been made known. However,
at least two species belonging to the more highly specialized genera
may be cited as affording other instances of the accidental reappear-
ances of the kind under review. One of these is the type 9 of
Ischnura granti McLach., from Sokotra, preserved in the British
Museum, in which a third antenodal is present in all the wings, except
the right fore- wing. In each case it is placed beyond the level of the
arculus and ends on the subcosta. The other species referred to is
Pyrrhosoma nijmphula Sulz., concerning which Prof. Philip P. Calvert
is kind enough to inform me that he possesses a 9 from Birmingham,
Warwickshire, taken by Mr. W. H. Bath, whose left fore-wing has
three antenodals, the third lying beyond the usual two and crossing
the costal space only.

It is not improbable that the supernumerary antenodals which we
have found to occur sporadically, as an individual peculiarity, repre-
sent nervures which were present normally in the wings of some
ancestral form, but which have been lost in the majority of living
Agrioninae. The main tendency of Agrionine development has been
in the direction of simplified wing-venation, and in the more highly
specialized genera the costal and subcostal spaces have shared in the
general elimination of superfluous cross-veins. As soon as the
number of antenodals had been reduced to two, however, specializa-
tion in this direction appears to have ceased, for no Agrionine is known
having fewer than two complete cross-veins, except in rare cases of
individual aberration. In this connection it will be useful to quote
some remarks made by Prof. Calvert respecting two Mexican speci-
mens of Ischnura denticollis Burm., which are in the following terms:

1913.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

223

"Two abnormalities in venation may be mentioned here: One
male from Patzcuaro has only one antecubital on the right hind-wing,
situated at the level of the submedian cross-vein. One female from
Orizaba has the first antecubital on the right hind-wing only about
as far from the second as the costal space is wide, and it crosses only
the costal, not the subcostal, space."^ In consequence of the dis-
continuous antenodal in the 9 , which I have seen, and the single
antenodal in the d" lying on the level of the cubito-anal cross-vein
in each case, I regard both of them as occupying the intermediate
position between the two normal antenodals of Agrioninte.

If this view should prove to be well-founded, it would follow that
we have evidence of the former existence of at least seven antenodals,
of which the second and fourth alone persist in the greater number of
recent Agrioninaj. In a hypothetical wing, including all the antenodal
cross-veins of which indications have so far been afforded by mor-
phology and teratology, the fourth antenodal is that which coincides
with the arculus, and this fact enables one to recognize it in all other
Agrionine wings. It is also comparatively easy to determine, in any
given case, the identity of each of the three antenodals which precede
it. But at present I can discover no means of ascertaining the exact
homology of the antenodals lying beyond the level of the arculus
which occur occasionally in one or two recent genera.

In our reconstructed wing, then, we have seven antenodal cross-
veins, disposed in the following manner: Nos. 1, 2, and 3 placed
before the level of the arculus; No. 4 coinciding more or less exactly
with the arculus, and Nos. 5, 6, and 7 lying between the level of the
arculus and the nodus. Arranging in tabular form the material
which we have had under review, we get this result:
With antenodals Nos. 2 and 4:

Agrioninae (with the exceptions noted below).
With antenodals Nos. 1, 2, and 4-'

Chlorolestes fasciata (teratological cT).

Paraphlehia quinta (teratological specimens).
With antenodals Nos. 1,2, 4, and one other:

Podopteryx roseonotata (type cf )•
With antenodals Nos. 2, 3, and 4:

Neurolestes trinervis (teste De Selys).

Neuragrion mysticum.

Chlorolestes longicauda (teratological d").

Heteragrion chrysops (teratological 9 ) .
^Biol. Centr.-Amer., Neuropt., p. 127, footnote (1902).

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

With antenodal No. 3 only:

Ischnura denticollis (teratological cf).

With antenodals Nos. 3 and I^:

Ischnura denticollis (teratological 9 ) .

With antenodals Nos. 2, 4, and another:
Ischnura granti (type 9).
Pyrrhosoma nymphula (teratological 9 ) .
Thaumatoneura (normally) .

With antenodals Nos. 2, 4, and two or three others:
Thaumatoneura (occasionally) .

With antenodals Nos. 2, 4, 5, 6, and 7:
Phenacolestes mirandus.

Although Phenacolestes parallelus is believed to have had six
antenodal cross-veins, it has not been possible to place it in the
table, as no information has been given concerning the position of
the veins in relation to the arculus.

Looking at the number and arrangement of the antenodal nervures
alone, and without having regard to any other considerations, it
would appear that among recent genera Thaumatoneura bears the
closest resemblance to Phenacolestes. Moreover, this resemblance
is accentuated when, as sometimes happens, a fourth, or even a fifth,
antenodal is present. But of course the venation of the spaces lying
between the nodus and the base of the wing is only one of many
characters which must be studied in attempting to arrive at the true
affinities of Phenacolestes, and for the present it is perhaps advisable
to retain in the subfamily Agrioninse this and other genera associated
with it.

In conclusion, I have to thank Professor Calvert for his kindness
in suggesting amendments to this paper, and particularly for drawing
my attention to the two Mexican specimens of Ischnura denticollis
recorded by him, and furnishing me with information respecting the
British 9 of Pyrrhosoma nymphula contained in his own collection.

1913.] ■ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225

the fossil odonate phenacolestes, with a discussion of the
venation of the legion podagrion selys.

by philip p. calvert.
Contents.

Phenacolestes Material Studied, p. 225.

The Principal Characters of Phenacolestes, p. 227.

Comparisons of the fossils Dysagrion (p. 230), Melanagrion (p. 231) and Lithagrion
(p. 232) with Phenacolestes.

Comparison of Thaumatoneura with Phenacolestes, p. 233.

Relationships of Thaumatoneura, p. 233.

Comparisons of Philogenia (p. 23.5), Megapodagrion [Allopodagrion] (p. 236),
Paraphlebia (p. 237), Dimeragrion (p. 238), Heteragrion (p. 239), Mesagrion,
Heteropodagrion and Neuragrion (p. 240), Rhipidolestes (p. 241), Podopteryx
(p. 242), Argiolestes (p. 243), Chlorolestes (p. 244) and Various Old World
Genera (p. 244) with Phenacolestes.

General Discussion of the Value of the Venational Characters compared in the
preceding Genera for the Determination of Relationships, p. 245.

Synopsis of Venational Characters of Genera of the Legion Podagrion, p. 256.

Outline of an Alternative Groui)ing of the Genera of the Legion Podagrion, p. 261.

The Relationships of Phenacolestes, p. 262.

On the Subfamily Dysagi'ionina? Cockerell, p. 264.

Additional Data on Dimeragrion, n. gen., p. 265.

Bibliography, p. 270.

Explanation of Plate XIV, p. 272.

Phenacolestes Material Studied.

In 1908, Profe.ssor T. D. A. Cockerell described (1908a) two species
of fossil Odonata from Station 14, Florissant, Colo., as Phena-
colestes mirandus and P/!.(?) parallelus. A little later (19086) he
added a note based on an additional fragment which he referred to
the latter species, and in another place (1908c) he gave a figure
showing the body as well as the wings, the previous accounts having
referred to the wings only. In connection with the original descrip-
tion he quotes from a letter from Professor Needham who almost
implies that Ph. mirandus is to be placed in de Selys' legion Podagrion
of the Agrioninffi (1908a, p. 63).

In the latter part of 1910, Professor Cockerell wrote to me that
he had found more wings of Phenacolestes, and requested me to study
them, in view of some differences of opinion as to its relationship to
modern dragonflies.

When I accepted this offer, Professor Cockerell sent me four

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

specimens of these fossil wings which, for reference here, I have
numbered as follows:

No. 1. Labelled " Phenacolestes mirandus Ckll. Florissant," in
Professor Cockerell's handwriting; 27 mm. long from base to apex.

No. 2. Labelled " Phenacolestes mirandus CkW. Florissant Sta. 12 B
(G. N. Rohwer)," in the same hand. Apparently a hind wing.
Distorted, length from base to apex as it lies on the stone 26 mm.

Nos. 3 and 4. Unlabelled. [These are the two impressions of the
same wing, and were collected by Geo. N. Rohwer. T. D. A. Cock-
erell.] Apparently a front wing. Length of No. 3 from base to apex
28 mm. ; of No. 4 (apex lost) from base to distal end of stigma 25 mm.

They are figured from enlarged photographs on Plate 'XIV as fig-
ures 1-4.

The beautiful preservation of these wings has rendered possible
the drawing up of almost as full a description of the venation as for
any living species.

Professor Cockerell has very kindly presented specimen No. 3
to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia ; the other three
specimens will be returned to him.

Thanks to the kindness of Dr. F. A. Bather, through the good
offices of Mr. C. J. Gahan, I have also studied two fossils of this
insect in the British Museum of Natural History, when in London
in August, 1912. One of these, catalogued as "No. I 8423," is the
paratype of Professor Cockerell's original description of Phenacolestes
mirandus. The other, "No. I 15,049," is labelled in Professor Cock-
erell's handwriting "Phenacolestes mirandus Ckll. Florissant Sta.
13 B (S. A. Rohwer)." No. I 8423 measures 20.5 mm. in length
from the wing-base to the proximal end of the stigma; the distal
part of the stigma and the tip of the wing are lacking; the nodus is
9 mm. from the base. No. I 15,049 has lost the stigma and apex of
the wing from the distal end of M2 forward (cephalad and distad)
and the extreme hind margin between the apices of M2 and Cui;
its length along the costa as preserved is 23 mm., the nodus is 10 mm.
from base.

Use has also been made of an excellent photograph, for which I
thank Professor Cockerell and Dr. Max M. Ellis, of the University
of Colorado, of an almost perfect wing from the same locality as
that of the second specimen quoted in the preceding paragraph.
This photograph is reproduced as figure 5 on Plate XIV accompany-
ing this paper; it will be designated as No. 5 in these pages and
apparently represents a front wing. *

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 227

The following account is based, therefore, on six wings in seven
impressions.

Throughout this paper the Comstock-Needham nomenclature
for the wing-veins has been emploj^ed. In the previous literature
on the living members of the legion Podagrion the Selysian terms
have been used. The equivalents of the two systems are therefore
appended here.

De Selys:

Costa = C.-N.

: Costa, C.

Subcosta =

Subcosta, Sc.

Median vein =

Ri.

Principal sector =

Ml.

Ultra-nodal sector =

Mia.

Nodal sector =

M2.

Subnodal sector =

Rs ( -f the bridge, if it be

present). 1

Median sector =

M3.

Short sector =

M4.

First (or superior)

sector of the tri-

angle =

Cui.

Second (or inferior)

sector of the tri-

angle =

Cu2 and Anal (A).

Basal postcostal

nervule =

Cubito-anal cross-vein or c-a.

The Principal Characters of Phenacolestes (Plate XIV, figs. 1-5).

1. Nodus at one-third of the wing-length.

2. More than two antenodals. (Four in at least two (Nos. 2, 3, 4)

of these specimens, five in No. 5 and in the two cited from
Brit. Mus.)

3. Postnodals 17-19.

4. Stigma having its proximal edge oblique.

5. Cells of the wing generally, posterior to Mi, not greatly elongated

at right angles to long axis of wing.

6. The veins generally, posterior to Mi, have but a slight caudal

curvature shortly before they approach the hind margin of
the wing.

7. Between Mi and Mia is only one row of cells throughout to wing-

margin. (In No. 5, increased to two rows at five cells' distance
from the margin.)

8. Between Mio and M2 is one row of cells, increasing to two and

then three rows, and so continuing to wing-margin.

1 Throughout this paper "Rs" has been used as the equivalent of de Selj^s'
"*' subnodal sector. "

228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

9. AI2 separates from Mi at five-thirteenths ( = .38) of the distance
from nodus to stigma. (In No. 5, however, the distance is
only .28, in No. I 8423 B. M. it is .26.)

10. Between M2 and Rs is one row of cells increasing to two and then

three rows, and so continuing to the margin.

11. Rs separates from Mi + 2 at the subnodus. (Nos. 3, 4, 5, and

B. M. I 15,049 show this clearly; B. M. I 8423 apparently
agrees with them; No. 1 has the point of separation slightly
proximal to the subnodus, while in No. 2 this part is indis-
tinguishable.)

12. Between Rs and Ms is one row" of cells, increasing to two and then

to three rows of cells.

13. Arculus slightly proximal to the second antenodal.-

14. M3 separating from M1+2 at six-tenths' to three-fourths' way

from arculus to subnodus.

15. Between Ms and M4 are (a) at least two cross-veins proximal to

the level of the subnodus,^ and (6) at the wing-margin are 4-5
rows of cells.

16. Quadrilateral with («) its proximal and distal sides strongly

diverging caudad and (6) its distal side more than one-and
one-half times as long as its proximal side.

17. Between Mi and Cui are (a) seven antenodal cells {sensu Selysii)

and (6) at the wing-margin four to five rows of cells.

18. Cubito-anal cross-veins one, which is situated between the

levels of the first and second antenodals.

19. Between Cui and Cu2 at the wdng-margin are about two rows

of cells (three rows in B. M. No. I 15,049).

20. Area posterior to Cu2 without distinct branches, but with three

to four rows of cells.

21. Anal vein separating from the hind wing-margin (a) proximad

to the level of the arculus and (6) proximad to the level of the
cubito-anal cross-vein.

22. Anal cross-veins, proximal to the level of the distal end of the

quadrilateral, one.

Compared with Professor Cockerell's original description of
Phenacolestes mirandus (1908a, p. 61), the present material shows the
following differences :

Antenodal cross-veins^ four in some specimens instead of five.

Basal space {i.e., cell M1-4) 4 mm. long, instead of nearly 5 mm.

2 For B. M. No. I 8423 I have even noted, "Arculus very slightly more distal
than midway between the two normal antenodals."

» The second, or distal, of these is actually at the subnodus in the two British
Museum specimens.

4 Prof. Cockerell speaks of antenodal and postnodal sectors meaning these
cross-veins. This word is not in accordance with the usage of other authors on
the Odonata. R3 in the same description should be Rs.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229

Quadrangle with its upper side distinctly shorter than the lower
side.

Ms separating from M1+2 at 3.5-4 mm. from the arculus, 2.5-1 mm.
from level of nodus.

Postnodal cross-veins'* 17-19, instead of 21.

Stigma bounding 3^ or 4| cells above, preservation imperfect in
most of these specimens.

Ml and M2 separating at as much as 10.75 mm. from arculus,
instead of 9.67 mm.

Beyond the ciuadrangle, i.e., between M4 and Cui, are seventeen
single cells (Nos. 3 and 4), or sixteen (No. 5), then two rows increas-
ing; hence very different from Prof. Cockerell's statement, p. 62,
which does not seem to agree with his figure (13 of Plate V).

There is but one row of cells between Mi and Mia throughout, thus
agreeing with the description of P/i.(?) parallehis (I.e., p. 62) in
distinction from Ph. mirandus.

Two specimens, Nos, 1 and 3, are sufficiently preserved to enable
a count of the cells between M2 and Rs to be made. From the margin
proximad these are, in No. 1, 7 marginal cells, then 3 rows for 3-4
cells, then 2 rows for 6 cells, then 1 row (which is consequently met
at 10-11 cells in from the margin), this single row comprising about
15 cells to the origin of Rs, three of these 15 being basad of the origin
of M2. Corresponding figures for specimen No. 3 are 5 (?) marginal
cells, then 3 rows for 4 cells, then 2 rows for 3 cells, then 1 row (which
is consequently met at 8 cells in from the margin), this single row
comprising about 20 cells to the origin of Rs, 5| of these 20 being
basad of the origin of M2. In B. M. No. I 8423, this single row
consists apparently of 15 cells, 4 of which are basad of the origin of
M2. In B. M. No. I 15,049, this single row consists of 15 or 16 cells,
3 and the greater part of the fourth of which are basad of the origin
of M2; No. 5 appears to be very similar. None of these arrange-
ments is identical with that described for Pfi. mirandus, where,
however, the single row of cells is met at 11 cells in from the margin.

Prof. Cockerell gives two formulae for Ph. mirandus and Ph.{?)
parallelus, respectively (I.e., p. 62), these formulae being obtained by
taking "a section of the wing down from the basal part of the stigma
to Cu2, and count[ingl the numbers of rows of cells successively met
between the longitudinal veins .... commencing with that
between Ri and Mi." The numbers of cells so obtained will depend
on the exact position of the line of section, but Prof. Cockerell does
not specify this. Choosing, as the two points fixing this line, the

230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

inferior proximal angle of the stigma and the point where Cu2 meets
the hind wing-margin, the following formulae for the present material
were obtained:

No. 1: 1, 1, 2, 1, 2, 2, 3, 2.

No. 2: (too imperfect).

No. 3: 1, 1, 2, I, 2, 2, 3, 2.

No. 4: 1, 1, 2, 1, 2, 2, 3, 2.

No. 5: 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 2.

No. I 15,049: 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 2.

We have here two different formulae, neither of which agree with
either of Prof. Cockerell's formulae.

Guided b}^ the amount of variation in venational details of one
and the same living species of Agrioninae, I am of the opinion that
the differences shown by the present material, inter se and from
Prof. Cockerell's data, do not justify the specific separation of the
specimens before me from Ph. mirandus.

All of the present material show more or less distinctly the dark
band across the wing, described by Prof. Cockerell; it is best illus-
trated in our figure 5.

Phenacolestes agrees with the venational characters of the legion
Podagrion, as stated by de Selys in 1886,^ with the one exception
that the wings are not "petiolees beaucoup plus loin que la nervule
basale postcostale." I think that there can be no doubt that its
nearest living aUies are to be found in this group. I have therefore
made comparisons with a number of genera of this legion, especially
American, with the results set forth below. As I have had only
five of the fossil wings and photographs of one other before me and
am unable to determine whether all of them are of the fore or hind
pairs, I have not thought it necessary to employ any great number
of specimens of the living species for these comparisons.

Comparison of th£; fossil Dysagrion (packardii, fredericii)
WITH Phenacolestes.

According to the figures and descriptions of this Eocene genus,
from the Green River shales of Wyoming, given by Scudder,^ Dysa-
grion and Phenacolestes agree in the characters above numbered
2, 3, 4, 5, 7,'^ 10, 11,^ 14, 156, 16a and b, 20, 21a and b, and 22, and

5 Mem. Couron. Acad. Belg., XXXVIII, p. 30.

6 Tertiary Insects of North America, 1890, pi. 6, figs. 3, 9, 14 and pp. 128-133.
' In D. packardii, but not in D. fredericii.

8 As Scudder has pointed out, p. 129, however, the subnodus is bent proximad
(instead of distad as is the case in Phenacolestes).

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 231

differ in the following characters, the difference shown by Dijsagrion
being stated:

I. Nodus at .37 of the wing-length.

6. The veins generally, posterior to Mi, have a slighter caudal

curvature as they approach the hind margin.

7. Between Mi and Mia are two rows of cells beginning under the

stigma (D. fredericii, not D. packardii).

8. Between Mia'and M2 is one row of cells increasing to two, three,

and finally five rows.

9. M2 separates from Mi at .15^ of the distance from nodus to stigma.

12. Between Rs and Ms is one row of cells increasing to two, three,

and eventually eight rows.

13. Arculus apparently at the second antenodal.

15a. Between Ms and"M4 is apparently only one cross-vein proximal
to the level of the subnodus.

17. Between Mt and Cui are (a) 8-10 antenodal cells (the quadri-

lateral is much shorter than in Phenacolestes) and (6) at the
wing-margin onl}^ one row of cells.

18. Cubito-anal cross-veins two in D. fredericii, one of them proximal,

the other distal, to the arculus; none showTi in D. packardii.

19. Between Cui and Cu2 at wing-margin one {D. packardii) or three

(D. fredericii) rows of cells.

Comparison of the fossil jNIelanagrion (umbratum) with
Phenacolestes.

According to the figures and description of this Miocene genus
from Florissant, Colo., given by Scudder,!" Melanagrion and Phena-
colestes agree in the characters above numbered 5, 7, S,^^ 9, 10, ^^
13, 14, 15a, 16a and b, 18, and differ in the following characters,
the difference shown by Melanagrion being stated :

1. Nodus at .3 (?) of the Aving-length.

2. Only two antenodals.

3. More than 26 postnodals (27, Scudder).

4. Stigma having both proximal and distal ends much less oblique.
6. The veins generally, posterior to Mi, have a slighter caudal

curvature as they approach the hind margin.

II. Rs separates from'Mi+2 slightly proximal to the subnodus.

» This is taken by measurement from Scudder's figure, although he says that
the '"nodal sector arises from the principal .... scarcely more than one-fifth
way to the pterostigma" (p. 129), and in another place (p. 128) "at scarcely
one-fifth the distance from the nodus to the pterostigma." Whether figure oi-
text be correct, both differ from the condition in Phenacolestes.

10 Scudder, Tertiary Insects of North Aynerica, 1890, pi. 13, figs. 12, 14, p. 136,
described this form as a Lithagrion. It was made the type of a new genus,
Melanagrion, by Prof. Cockerell in Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXXIII, p. 138,
1907. . ,. ,

" At the extreme margin there are four rows m Melanagrion.

16

232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

12. Between Rs and Ms is one row of cells increasing to two rows.
156. Between Ms and M4 at the wing-margin are only three rows

of cells,
17. Between M4 and Cm are (a) about three antenodal cells and

(h) at the margin one row of cells.

19. Between Cm and Cu2 at the wing-margin appear to be but one

row of cells.

20. Area posterior to Cu2 with no more than two rows of cells.

21. Anal vein separating from the hind wing-margin (a) distad

(fig. 12) or proximad (fig. 14) to the level of the arculus and
(6) at the level of the cubito-anal cross-vein (fig. 14, cross-vein
not shown in fig. 12). i"'

22. No anal cross-veins, according to both figures.

Comparison of the fossil Lithagrion (hyalinum) with
Phenacolestes.

According to the figure and description of this ^Miocene genus
from Florissant, Colo., given by Scudder^^ and some notes on
more recently found specimens kindly communicated by Prof.
Cockerell, Lithagrion and Phenacolestes agree in the characters above
numbered 1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10 (probably), 11, 14, 15a, 16a and h, 18,
and differ in the following characters, the differences shown by
Lithagrion being stated:

2. Probably only two antenodals.^'*

4. Stigma having its proximal edge very much less oljlique.
6. The veins generally, posterior to Mi, have a slighter caudal
curvature as they approach the wing-margin.

12. Between Rs and iVls is only one row of cells to the wing-margin.

13. Arculus at the second antenodal. ^^

156. Between Ms and M4 at the wing-margin are only two or three

rows of cells.
17. Between M4 and Cui are (a) three antenodal cells and (6) one

row of cells increasing to two rows only at the extreme margin.

19. Between Cui and Cu: at the wing-margin is only one row of cells.

20. Area posterior to Cu2 with only one row of cells.

21. Anal vein, separating from the hind margin of the wing distad

to the levels (a) of the arculus and (6) of the cubito-anal cross-
vein.

22. Anal cross-veins proximal to the level of the distal end of the

quadrilateral apparently none.

12 Scudder's description, p. 136, says, "The wings are petiolated veiy nearly
up to the first postcostal nervule, which is placed shortly before the base of the
quadrilateral. "

13 Tertiary Insects of North America, 1890, pi. 13, fig. 4, and pp. 128, 134-136.

1^ Scudder's figure, I.e., shows but one, at the arculus^ Compare Prof. Cock-
erell's statements on this point in Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXXIII, p. 137
(1907); XXXIV, p. 63 (1908); Amer. Journ. Sci., XXVI, p. 69 (1908).

15 A sketch kindly sent by Prof. Cockerell shows the arculus a little distal to-
the second antenodal.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233

COxMPARISON OF ThAUMATONEURA (iNOPINATA AND PELLUCIDA)
WITH PhENACOLESTES.

{Til. inopinata cf 9, Th. pellucida d^ , Costa Rica).

These two genera agree in the characters above numbered 2, 11,
14 (except as noted below), and 21a. As regards character 11, the
separation point of Rs in Thaumatoneura varies and may be a Uttle
proximal to, at, or a Httle distal to, the subnodus.

The two genera differ in characters given below; after each nmnber
the difference shown by Thaumatoneura is stated:

1. Nodus at about one-fifth of the wing-length.

3. Postnodals very numerous, about 70.

4. Proximal edge of stigma more obhque.

5. Cells more elongated at right angles to long axis of wing.

6. Stronger caudal curvatures of the veins generally as the}' approach

the hind margin of wing.

7. The one row of cells between lsl\ and Mia increases to about

10 rows at the wing-margin.

8. The one row of cells between ]Mia and M2 increases to 6+ rows

at the wing-margin.

9. M2 separates from Mi at nearly one-half way from nodus to

stigma and at a less acute angle.
10. Between M2 and Rs at the wing-margin are 6-7+ rows of cells.

12. Between Rs and Ms at the wing-margin are 7-8 -f- rows of cells.

13. Arculus at the second antenodal. '

14. Ms separates from M1+2 at a less acute angle.

15. Between ^h and M4, (a) no cross-veins proximal to the level of

the subnodus, (6) at the wing-margin 10-|- rows of cells.

16. Quadrilateral with ia) its proximal and distal sides subparallel

and (6) subeciual.

17. Between ]\I4 and Cui are (a) 3-6 antenodal cells and ih) at the

wing-margin 8+ rows of cells.

18. Cubito-anal cross-veins two, one proximal to the level of the

first antenodal cross-vein, the other below the middle of the
quadrilateral.

19. Between Cui and Cu2 at wing-margin are about 12 rows of cells.

20. Area posterior to Cu2 much larger, Cu2 with many branches.
216. Anal vein separates from the hind margin of the wing distad to

the level of the proximal cubito-anal cross-vein.
22. Anal cross-veins proximal to the level of the distal end of the
quadrilateral 3-5.

Relationships of Thaumatoneura.

Some words maj' be added here as to the retention of Thaumato-
neura in this group after the diverging opinions of Professors Needham
and Foerster. The late Mr. McLachlan, on describing Thaumato-

234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

neura (1897), referred it to the Calopteryginffi. In 1902, I placed
it in the legion Podagrion of the Agrioninse.^'' In 1903, Professor
Needham associated it with the Anormostigmatini ( = legion
Pseudostigma of Selys), stating that "it has all the essential vena-
tional characters of this group, and surely these are sufficiently
distinctive."^^ A comparison of Thaumatoneura with these essential
venational characters'^ gives the following result.

Thaumatoneura agrees with the Anormostigmatini in that Us
separates from M1+2 at or very close to the subnodus and the part
of the wing beyond the nodus is greatly enlarged. On the other hand,
Thaumatoneura differs from the Anormostigmatini in that, while the
stigma is not braced, it is not diffuse or lost ; the matching of cross-
veins is not so marked; the longest vein between Mi and M2, which,
in the preceding pages, we have assumed to be Mia, does not parallel
M2 more than it parallels Mi and lies almost midway between Mi
and M3; it has shorter supplementary sectors between itself and Mi
and also between itself and M2; these latter tend to be longer and
better developed than those anterior to Mia, and in this Thaumato-
neura resembles Paraphlehia and differs from the Anormostigmatini.
This tendency to the development of more rows of cells between
Mio and M2 than between Mi and Mia is emphasized in Philogenia
carrillica, P. terraha, Heteragrion tricellulare, H. erythrogastrum and
Argiolestes icterotnelas which have no supplementary sectors between
Ml and Mia, but two between Mio and M2; all these are Podagrionines.
Even in more reduced venations of the same group, as in Allopoda-
grion there are no supplementary sectors between Mi and Mia, but
still one between Mia and M2. On the other hand, even in Anormos-
tigmatini with the most reduced venation, e.g., Mecistogaster, there
is a longer supplementary sector between Mi and Mia than between
Mia and M2. Professor Needham himself has pointed out some
further differences of Thaumatoneura from Megaloprepus, and still
others may be added. Thus the nodus and quadrilateral (quad-
rangle) are no more approximated in Thaumatoneura than in many
other undoubted members of the legion Podagrion (See Table I,
p. 250, posted). Thaumatoneura possesses more supplementary
sectors between M2 and Rs and between Rs and Ms. I believe,
therefore, that Thaumatoneura shows more resemblances to the
legion Podagrion than to the legion Pseudostigma, but it does not

i« 1902, pp. 29-32. Biol. Centr. Amer. Neur., p. 58.
" Genealogic Study, pp. 748-749, footnote.
18 Needham, I.e., p. 748.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235

seem impossible that the Anormostigmatini may have descended
from some form like Thaumatoneura.

Professor Foerster considers Thaumatoneura as a connecting form
between the Calopteryginse and the legion Podagrion. ''which is
better left with the Calopteryginse." "Bei .... Thamnato-
neura ist der aussere Ast des Sector inferior trianguli convex nach
vorn gebogen wie bei alien echten Calopterygiden. Bei alien
Agrioninen ist er dagegen schwach convex nach hint en. "^^ Many
Calopteryginse (Selys) have not Cu2 convex anteriorly, of course,
such as Micromerus, Rhinocypha biforata and other species, Libellago,
etc., but perhaps these are not ''echt." On the other hand, such
Agrionines as Megaloprepus, Microstigma , and Paraphlehia also have
Cu2 convex anteriorly, while a tendency in the same direction is
observable in Argiolestes and even in Hyponeura, so that I cannot
see that any strong argument for the Calopterygine affinities of
Thaumatoneura can be drawn from this character.

Comparison of Philogenia (terraba, carrillica) with
Phenacolestes.

{Ph. terraba cf , Ph. carrillica cf 9 , Costa Rica.)

These two genera agree in the characters above numbered 4, 5, 6,
7, 10,-0 11 {carrillica, not terraba), 12,2o 14, 16, 18.

These two genera differ in characters given below; after each
number the difference shown by Philogenia is stated.

1. Nodus at one-fourth of the wing-length.

2. Only two antenodals.

3. Postnodals 22-30.

8. Between Mia and M2 is at first but one row of cells which, more

distad, is increased to two and then to three rows by the
presence of two distinct curvilinear {i.e., not broken) supple-
mentary sectors, the posterior of which arises proximad to the
anterior; each of these three rows increases to a double row
before reaching the wing-margin at an individually variable
distance therefrom.

9. M2 separating from Mi at one-third of the distance from nodus

to stigma.
11. Rs separating from M1+2 a little distad to the subnodus {terraba,

not carrillica).
13. Arculus slightly distal to the second antenodal.

19 Jahrh. Nassau. Ver. f. Naturk. in Wiesbaden, 62, p. 214, 1909.

-" At the very margin itself, each of the three rows in Philogenia tends to divide
into two rows, but each of these last extends inward only 2-3 cells from the
margin.

236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

15. Between Ms and M4 is (a) one cross-vein proximal to the level
of the subnodus and (6) at the wing-margin are two or three
rows of cells.

17. Between M4 and Cui are (a) 2-3 antenodal cells and (b) at the
wing-margin one row of cells.

19. Between Cui and Cu2 at the wing-margin is one row of cells.

20. Area posterior to Cu2 less developed, having only one row of cells.

21. Anal vein separating from the hind wing-margin at the mid-level

of the quadrilateral, hence distad both to (a) the level of the
arculus and (6) that of the cubito-anal cross-vein.

22. No anal cross-vein proximal to the level of the distal end of the

quadrilateral, but there is a cross-vein continuing the vein
which forms the distal end of the quadrilateral to the wing-
margin; this cross- vein is absent in Phenacolestes, Thaumato-
neura and Paraphlebia.

Note. — The wing figured by Prof. Needham (Genealogic Study,
PL 53, fig. 4) as that of "Philogenia sp.?" is not Philogenia, but
Megapodagrion Selys sens. kit. (AUopodagrion Foerster).

Comparison of IMegapodagrion (nebulosum^^) with
Phenacolestes.

{M. nebulosimi 2 cf, Bolivia.)

These two forms agree in the characters above numbered 1, 3, 5,
7, 10, 11, 14, 16, 18, 21a, 22.

These two forms differ in the characters given below; after each
number the diflference shown by the Megapodagrion is stated.

2. Only two antenodals.

4. Stigma having its proximal edge less oblique.

6. The longitudinal veins show less curvature.

8. Between Mia and M2 at the wing-margin are two rows of cells.

9. M2 separates from Mi at .45 to .41 of the distance from nodus

to stigma.

12. Between Rs and Ms at the wing-margin is only one row of cells.

13. Arculus at the second antenodal.

15. Betw^een Ma and M* is (a) only one cross-vein proximal to the
level of the subnodus and (6) at the wing-margin are two rows
of cells.

17. Between M4 and Cui are (a) 3-5 antenodal cells and (6) at the
wing-margin only one row of cells.

19. Between Cui and Cu2 at the wing-margin is only one row of cells.

20. Area posterior to Cu2 wath only one row of cells.

21 Megapodagrion nebulosum Selys is referable to the recently proposed genus
AUopodagrion of Forster, Wien. Ent. Zeit., XXIX, p. 51, 1910.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237

216. Anal vein separating from the hind margin of the wing at or
slightly distad to the cubito-anal cross-vein.
iVote.— The wing figured by Prof. Needham {Genealogic Study,
pi. 53, fig. 4) as that of ''Philogenia sp.?" is really that of a Mega-
podagrion Selys sens, hit., AUopodagrion Foerster.

Comparison of Paraphlebia (zoe and abrogata) with
Phenacolestes.

(P. zoe d^ 9 Mexico, P. abrogata cf Guatemala.)

These two genera agree in the characters above numbered 4, 5, 10

{abrogata only), 12 {abrogata only), and 156 {abrogata only).
These two genera differ in the characters given below; after each

number the difference shown by Paraphlebia is stated.

1. Nodus at one-fifth of the wing-length.

2. Only two antenodals.

3. Postnodals 40 ±:.

6. Stronger caudal curvatures of the longitudinal veins generally

as they approach the hind margin of the wing, although less
strongly curved than in Thaumatoneura.

7. The one row of cells between ]Mi and Mia increases to 3 rows

{abroqata) or 4-6 rows {zoe) at the wing-margin.

8. The one row of cells between INIia and M2 increases to 3 rows

{abrogata) or 4-6 rows {zoe) at the wing-margin.

9. M2 separates from Mi at one-half {abrogata) or thirteen-thirtieths

( = .43) of the distance from nodus to stigma {zoe).

10. Between M2 and Rs at the wing-margin are 3-6 rows of cells

{zoe) .

11. Rs separates from M1+2 distad to the subnodus.

12. Between Rs and Ms at the wing-margin are 3-6 rows of cells

{zoe).

13. Arculus at or even slightly distal to the second antenodal.

14. Ms separating from M1+2 at or distad to the subnodus.

15. Between jNIs and Mi (a) are no cross-veins proximal to the level

of the subnodus {zoe, abrogata), and (6) at the wing-margin are
5-7 rows (front wings, zoe) or 6-11 rows (hind wings, zoe) of
cells.

16. Quadrilateral with (a) its proximal and distal sides subparallel

or slightly diverging caudad, and (6) its distal side hardly more
than one and one-half times as long as the proximal side.

17. Between :Sl4 and Cui is (a) one, or less than one, antenodal cell,

and (6) at the wing-margin are 3 (abrogata) or 3-6 {zoe) rows
of cells.

18. Cubito-anal cross-veins two, one between the levels of the first

and second antenodals, but nearer to that of the first, the other
nearly below the middle (or distal to the middle) of the quadri-
lateral.

238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

19. Between Cui and Cu2 at the wing-margin are 10-14 rows of cells

in zoe, seven (front wings) or five (hind wings) rows in ahrogata.

20. Area posterior to Cu2 le-ss developed and with only two (ahrogata,

zoe 9 ) or three (zoe cf ) rows of cells. "

21. Anal vein separating from the hind wing-margin (a) distad to

the level of the arculus and (b) nearly at the level of the second
(distal) cubito-anal cross-vein.

22. Anal cross-veins, proximal to the level of the distal end of the

quadrilateral, tivo (one in the front wings of the single female
zoe) .

Comparison of Dimeragrion n. gen. (percubitale n. sp.) with
Phenacolestes.

(D. percubitale 14 6^, 6 9 , British Guiana, Plate XIV, fig. 6.)

These two genera agree in the characters above numbered 1, 5,
7,23 g^ 9^ 12,24 16^^ 16^,

These two genera differ in characters given below; after each
number the difference shown by Dimeragrion is stated.

2. Twoantenodals.2^

3. Postnodals 20-27 (front wing), 16-24 (hind wing), fewer in the

females than in the males.

4. Stigma having its proximal edge more oblique.

6. The veins generally, posterior to Mi, have a slighter caudal
curvature, or are almost straight, as they approach the hind
margin of the wing.

10. Between M2 and Rs is but one row of cells which at a distance of

usually two2^ cells from the '^\-ing-margin increases to two rows.

11. Rs separates from M1+2 at the first postnodal, or a little proximad

thereto, or between the first and second postnodals.

13. Arculus at or very slightlj^ distal to the second antenodal.

14. M3 separates from M1+2 a little proximad to the subnodus, at

least at seven-eighths' distance from arculus to subnodus. 2^

2- The hind wings of some individuals, c? 9 , of P. duodecima have only one
row of cells here.

-^ Two rows of cells between Mi and Mio for short distances proximad to the
level of the stigma have occasionally been noted in Dimeragrion, viz. : for three
cells in one front wing each of two males and for two cells in the other front wing
of one of these same two males.

-* Each of the three rows of cells in the terminal part of the area Rs increases
to two rows at the wing-margin in one front and one hind wing of the same male.

-* A third antenodal placed between the usual two and confined to the costal
space exists in the right hind wing only of one male.

-^ This increase to two rows has been noted as beginning at three cells from
the margin in 2 front wings and 2 hind wings; at four cells in 3 front wings,
1 hind wing; at five cells in 2 front wings, 1 hind wing; at six cells in 2 front
wings, 2 hind wings; at seven cells in 1 hind wing. All the individuals, seven
in number, showing these variations are males.

^ In one wing only it separated at the subnodus.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239

15. Between ]Mi-3 and M4 are (a) no cross-veins proximal to the

level of the subnodus, and (b) between Ms and jM4 is only one
row of cells to the wing-margin.

17. Between M4 and Cui are (a) two to three antenodal cells {sensu

Sehjsii) and (6) only one-^ row of cells to the wing-margin.

18. Cubito-anal cross-veins between the levels of the two antenodals

varying from . one to four, most frequently two ; often an
additional cross-vein proximal to the level of the first antenodal.-'*

19. Between Cui and Cu2 is only one row of cells to the wing-margin.

20. Area posterior to Cu2 with only one row of cells.

21. Anal vein separating from the hind wing-margin (a) distad to the

level of the arculus and (6) distad to the level of the cubito-anal
cross-vein or veins.

22. Anal cross-veins, proximal to the level of the distal end of the

quadrilateral, one, situated a little proximad to the oblique
vein which continues the distal side of the quadrilateral caudad,
or at that oblique vein.

Comparison of Heteragrion (tricellulare) with
Phenacolestes.

(H. triceUulare cf , Guatemala.)'"'

These two forms agree in the characters above numbered 0, 7, 8,

16, 18, 21a.

These two forms differ in characters given below ; after each number
the difference shown by the Heteragrion is stated.

1. Nodus at one-fourth. of the wing-length.

2. Only two antenodals.

3. Postnodals 21-25.

4. Proximal edge of pterostigma more oblique, but the difference is

less marked than in Thaumatoneura.
6. Longitudinal veins hardly curved at all caudad on approaching

the wing-margin.
9. M2 separates from Mi at three-sevenths ( = .43) of the distance

from nodus to stigma.

10. Between M2 and Rs at the wing-margin is but one row of cells.

11. Rs separates from M1+2 far distad {e.g., five to six cells) to the

subnodus.

12. Between Rs and M3 at the wing-margin is but one row of cells.

13. Arculus at the second antenodal.

14. Ms separating from M1+2 at or barely proximad to the subnodus.

15. Between Ms and M4 are (a) no cross-veins proximal to the level

of the subnodus, as results from No. 14, and (6) at the wing-
margin only one row of cells.

28 Two rows exist in both hind wings of each of two females and in one hind
wing of one male.

2^ For details see the specific description of Dimeragrion percubitale, postca, p. 269.

30 The wing of Heteragrion flavovittatum has been figured by Xeedham {Geneal.
Study, pi. 53, fig. 6).

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

17. Between M4 and Cui are (a) three antenodal cells'^^ and (6) at

the wing-margin only one row of cells.

19. Between Cui and Cu2 at the wing-margin only one row of cells.

20. Area posterior to Cu2 less developed, having only one row of cells.
216. Anal vein separating from the hind wing-margin at or distad

to the cubito-anal cross-vein.
22. Anal cross-vein as stated above for Philogenia.

Comparison of Mesagrion, Heteropodagrion, and Neuragrion

WITH PhENACOLESTES.

■ Of three other American genera of the legion Podagrion, Mesagrion
Selys, Heteropodagrion Selys and Neuragrion Karsch, each represented
b}^ a single species, the first from Bogota, the second from Quito,
the third from Ecuador without more definite locality, I have seen
no material.

According to the description of de Selys (1886), Mesagrion agrees
with PhenacoJestes in characters above numbered 3, 7 (probably), 8,
12, and 16a, and differs from Phenacolestes in the following characters:

2. Only two antenodal cross-veins.

10. Between M2 and Rs only one row of cells.

11. Rs separates from M1+2 distad to the subnodus.

14. Ms separates from M1+2 a little distad to the subnodus.
156 (Probably one row of cells between Ms and M4).
17fl. Between M4 and Cm are two antenodal cells and h (probably
one row of cells at the wing-margin).

18. Cubito-anal cross-veins one, situated proximad to the level of

the first antenodal cross-vein.

19. (Probably one row of cells between Cui and CU2).

21. Anal vein separating from the hind margin of the wing (a) distad

to the level of the arculus, and (b) distad to the level of the
cubito-anal cross-vein.

According to de Selys' description (1886), Heteropodagrion agrees
with Phenacolestes in characters above numbered 7 (probably), 10,

12. 14, and 16a, and differs from Phenacolestes in Nos. 2, 11, 156
(probably), 17a (and 6 probably), 18, and 21 in the same particulars as
Mesagrion is above stated to differ from Phenacolestes. Heteropodag-
rion further differs from Phenacolestes in the following characters :

3. Postnodals 20-23.

8. (Probably one^^^ j.^^ Qf ^ells between Mio and M2.) .

21 Other species of Heteragrion have but two or one antenodal cell (Selys, 1886,
pp. 54, 5.5).

2- Dr. Karsch, in hi.s description of Neuragrion, states that it has "zwei Schalt-
sectoren .... zwischen dem Nodal- und Ultranodalsector, " and, further
on, that it agrees in this respect with Heteropodagrion, but de Selys' description
of the latter is silent on this point, (although not for the same area'of Mesagrion)
and, I think, implies the absence of "Schaltsectoren" here.

1913.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

241

According to Karsch's clescription,^^' Nenragrion agrees with
Phenacolestcs in characters above numbered 2 (but for the hind wings
only), 3^ 8, 10, 12, 14 (in so far as "Der Mediansector entspringt aus
dem Principalis vor der vom Nodus absteigenden Ader"), and 16a,
and differs from Phenacokstes in the following characters:

2. Only two antenodals on the front wings.

3. Postnodals 20-21.

11. Rs separates from M1+2 near the first postnodal cross-vein.
13. Arculus distal to the normal second antenodal.
156. Between Ma and M4 probably only one row of cells to margin.
176. Between M4 and Cui probably only one row of cells to margin.

18. Cubito-anal cross-vein apparently proximal to ("vor," not

"von"?) the level of the first antenodal.

19. Between Cui and Cu2 at wing-margin probably only one row of

cells.
21. Anal vein separates from the hind wing-margm (a) at the level
of the arculus and therefore (6) distad to the level of the
cubito-anal cross-vein.

Comparison of Rhipidolestes (aculeata) with Phenacolestes.

{Rhipidolestes aculeata inhabits Formosa.)

According to the description and figure of Dr. Ris (1912), these
iwo forms agree in the characters above numbered 1, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
10,=*^ 12,35 i5ff^ iQa (and perhaps 166), 18, 19, and differ in the fol-
lowing characters possessed by Rhipidolestes:

2. Only two antenodals.

3. Postnodals about 22 (front wing) and 21 (hind wing).

4. Stigma, although having its proximal edge of about the same

obliquity as in Phenacolestes, is shorter proximo-distally and
its distal edge is less oblique.
11. R.S sei)arates from M1+2 proximad to the subnodus at very nearly
three-fourths' distance from arculus to subnodus.

13. Arculus at the second antenodal.

14. Ms separates from M1+2 at mid-way from arculus to subnodus.
156. Between Ms and M4 at the wing-margin are three rows of cells.
17. Between M4 and Cui are (a) three antenodal cells and (6) at the

wing-margin three rows of cells.

20. Area posterior to Cu2 with only one row of cells.

^* Societas Entomologica VI, p. 10.5, 1891. Neuragrion was described from a
single female.

■■'^"Im Hinterfliugel drei Antecubitalqueradern, deren mittlere aui den bub-
costdlramii beschrankt ist."

35 Each of the three rows in the terminal parts of these M2 and Rs areas may
divide itself into two rows at two or three cells' distance from the wing-margin.

242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,.

21. Anal vein separating from the hind wing-margin (a) distad to

the level of the arculus and (b) distad to the level of the cubito-
anal cross- vein.

22. Anal cross-vein at the vein descending from the distal end of the

quadrilateral.

Comparison of Podopteryx (roseonotatus) with
Phenacolestes.-^^

(P. roseonotatus cf type of Selys (from Aru), 1 cf 1 9 Queensland
determined by Mr. Herbert Campion; all three in the British
Museum.)

These two genera agree in the characters above numljered 5, 7,.
8^37 10,38 11^39 1240, 16, 176, and 18.^^

These two genera differ in the characters given below; after each
number the difference shown by Podopteryx is stated.

1. Nodus at one-fourth of the wing-length.

2. More often only two antenodals.**-

3. Postnodals 32-35.

4. Stigma less oblique, shorter in its proximo-distal dimension in

proportion to its antero-posterior dimension.
6. The veins generally, posterior to Mi, have a more pronounced

caudal curvature as they aJDproach the hind margin of the

wing.
9. M2 separates from Mi at .37 to .43 of the distance from nodus to

stigma.
13. Arculus at the second antenodal.^^

2" I am indebted to Mr. Herbert Campion for first calling my attention to the
desirability of comparing this genus with Phenacolestes.

" There are 7-8 rows at the extreme margin, however.

^^ There are 5-7 rows at the extreme margin, however.

^^ In both front wings of the Queensland male and in the left front wing of the
female Rs is united with Ms for from one-half to one cell distad of the subnodus.

■*" There are 5-6 rows at the extreme margin, however.

^1 The right hind wing of the type male, the right front and left hind wings
of the Queensland female have a second cubito-anal cross-vein proximal to the
normal one and nearly mid-way between the levels of the first and second ante-
nodals; the normal cubito-anal cross-vein is, in all, nearer to the level of the
second antenodal. Prof. F. Foerster has also noted (Termesz. Fiiz. XXIII,
p. 104, 1900) an instance of two cubito-anal cross-veins in Podopteryx.

*- The type male has three antenodals on all four wings, the third being distal
to the other two and not reaching posteriorly beyond the subcosta. The two
Queensland examples have only two antenodals on all the wings. The type male
has also a subcostal cross-vein, proximal to the first antenodal, on both front
wings and the right hind wing; this is lacking in the Queensland specimens.

^^ Slightly distal to the second antenodal on the two wings of the right side of
the Queensland male. This is an appropriate place to record certain abnormalities
of the type male, already mentioned by de Selys (1886); three of its wings have
each a single medio-cubital cross-vein which, on the right front wing, is slightly
proximal to the level of the normal first antenodal, but on the right hind wing
and left front wing is slightly distal to the normal first antenodal. On the left
hind wing there is merely a slight rudiment or vestige of such a cross-vein pro-
jecting forward as a stump from Cu slightly distad to the level of the first ante-
nodal.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243

14. Ms separates from M1+2 at .75 to .83 of the distance from arculus

to subnodus.

15. Between Ms and M4 is (a) only one cross-vein proximal to the

level of the subnodus and (6) one row of cells increasing to

9 to 11 rows at the wing-margin.
17a. Between M4 and Cui are 3+ to 5 antenodal cells (sensu

Selysii).
19. Between Cui and the very much angidated Cu2 is one row of cells.
'20. Area posterior to Cu2 with many branches from that vein and

four (front wings) or five (hind wings) rows of cells between it

and the wing-margin.

21. Anal vein separates from the hind margin (a) at or slightly distad

to the level of the arculus and therefore (6) much more distad
to the level of the cubito-anal cross-vein.

22. More often no anal cross-veins."*^

Comparison of Argiolestes (icteromelas) with Phenacolestes.
(.4. icteromelas cf 9 , Victoria, Australia.)

These two forms agree in the characters above numbered 1, 3, 5,
7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18.

These two forms differ in the characters given below; after each
number the difference shown by the Argiolestes is stated.

2. Only two antenodals.

4. Proximal edge of pterostigma nearh' as in Phenacolestes, but the

distal edge much more oblique.
6. Longitudinal veins posterior to Mi with a stronger caudal

curvature as they approach the margin.
9. M2 separates from Mi at four-tenths to one-half of the distance

from nodus to stigma.
13. Arculus at or slightly distal to the second antenodal.
15. Between Ms and M4 is (a) one cross-vein proximal to the level
of the subnodus, and (6) at the wing-margin are 8-10 (front
wings) or 6-8 (hind wings) rows of cells.
17. Between M4 and Cui are (a) three (occasionally four) antenodal
cells and (6) at the wing-margin are two to three rows of cells.

19. Between Cm and Cu2 at the wing-margin is only one row of cells.

20. Area posterior to Cu2 with about two rows of cells.

21. Anal vein separating from the hind margin distad to the levels

(a) of the arculus, and (6) of the cubito-anal cross-vein,

22. Anal cross-vein as stated above for Philogenia.

« There is an anal cross-vein proximal to the level of the distal end of the
quadrilateral in the right front and right hind wings of the Queensland male and
in the right front and left hind wings of the female. In the other eight wings,
the first cross-vein in this part of the wing is at or slightly distal to the vein
descending from the distal end of the quadrilateral and therefore should perhaps
not be called an anal cross-vein, but a cross-vein posterior to Cu2. It has been
marked Cu2a by Mr. Williamson, 1913, p. 260.

244 proceedings of the academy of [may,.

Comparison of Chlorolestes (fasciatus) with Phenacolestes.

{Ch.fasciatus, 2 cf Natal, 1 cT "Pirie Bush, S. Africa, A. N. Stenning
98-191"; all -S^^ ji^ the British Museum.)

These two genera agree in the characters above numl:)ered 5, 6,
7^46 8^9,48 10,49 156, 16, 18,5« and 22.

These two genera differ in the characters given below; after each
number the difference shown by Chlorolestes is stated.

1. Nodus at four-fifteenths ( =.27) of the wing-length.

2. Only two antenodals.^^

3. Postnodals on the front wings 22-23, on the hind wings 17-20.

4. Stigma less oblique.

11. Rs separates one to two cells distad to the subnodus, but in all

cases nearer to Ms than to M1+2.

12. Between Rs and Ms is one row of cells which may increase to two

rows at the extreme margin, symmetrically or asymmetrically.

13. Arculus at the second antenodal.

14. Ms separating from M1+2 at the subnodus.

15a. Between Ms and M4 are no cross-veins proximal to the level of
the subnodus, the first cross-vein being very nearly at, but
still slightly distal to, the level of the subnodus.

17. Between M4 and Cui are (a) two to three antenodal cells (sensu
Selysii) and (6) one row of cells to the wing-margin.

19. Between Cui and Cu2 is one row of cells to the wing-margin.

20. Area posterior to Cu2 with only one row of cells.

21. Anal vein separating from the hind wing-margin at, or slightly

distal to, the level of the middle of the lower side of the quadri-
lateral, therefore far distad (a) to the level of the arculus and
(6) to that of the cubito-anal cross-vein.

Various Old World Genera and Phenacolestes.
The genus Wahnesia Forster, of New Guinea, has the area posterior
to Cu2 fairly well developed, but not to the extent that it is in Phena-
colestes, but as this genus differs from Phenacolestes in a number of
characters, such as Nos. 2, 9, 11, 13, 14, 21, 22, a more detailed
comparison has not been made.

^5 These three males have a brown band for the full width of the wing from the
origin of M2 distad to half-way from this point to the proximal end of the stigma.

^ Occasionally increasing to two rows at the extreme margin.

<^ Each one of the three rows may divide, however, into two rows at the extreme
margin.

*3 M2 separates from Mi at .28 to .33 of the distance from nodus to stigma.

■'^ At the extreme margin there are 5-7 rows, however; but compare p. 229,
antea.

50 The cubito-anal cross-vein is nearer to the level of the first than to that of
the second antenodal.

5^ One of the Natal males has on the right hind wing an additional antenodal
proximal to the normal first and confined to the costal area.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245

None of the following Old World genera seem to offer any close
approximations to Phenacolestes and therefore have not been studied
further in this connection: Neurolestes Selys, Nesolestes Selys,
Podolestes Selys and Synlestes Selys. It may be notecl, however,
that in Neurolestes trinervis Selys, from Old Calabar, the three
antenodals are so arranged that the arculus is at the third antenodal
on all four wings.

General Discussion of the Value of the Venational Charac-
ters COMPARED IN THE PRECEDING GeNERA FOR THE

Determination of Relationships.

Many of the ideas which have been expressed on the changes
which have taken place in the venation of Odonate wings liave been
based on the comparative morphology of living representatives of
the order or on considerations of mechanical advantage. It does
not follow that these foundations are trustworthy or that there has
always been mechanical improvement in the wings. Degeneration
is just as probable as progressive development. The actual course
of phylogeny cannot be deduced from these considerations or from
the data of morphology. It seems therefore desirable to attempt to
ascertain what paleontological evidence exists affording clues to the
descent of these insects, by tracing the modifications which the wings
exhibit from the Carboniferous period down to the present time.

The characters of Phenacolestes and other genera which have been
compared in the preceding pages under the numbers 1 to 22 may for
the most part be arranged into two groups:

A. Those characters which are concerned with the positions of
the points of separation of longitudinal veins and the positions and
number of certain cross-veins.

B. Those characters which are concerned with the number of rows
of cells existing between the longitudinal veins and their branches.

Group A includes numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 11, 13, 14, 15r/, 16, 17a,
18, 21, and 22.

1. The Position of the Nodus. — The Protodonata of the Carbonifer-
ous and the Permian possessed no nodus ; their subcosta (whose apex
in the Odonata usually coincides with the nodus) reached often beyond
mid-length of the wing, its minimal extent being to four-tenths of
the wing-length in Meganeurula (Handlirsch'^'-). The earliest of

52 Foss. Ins., p. 309, Taf. XXXI, figs. 37, 38.

246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

the known Odonata, from the Lias, have been segregated by Hand-
lirsch as a suborder, distinct from the existing Zygoptera and Anisop-
tera, under the name Anisozygoptera.^^ These insects usually
possessed a nodus which lay at about mid-length of the wing. Hand-
lirsch considers^'* that, of the recent forms, the Gomphidse and
Calopterygidse have unquestionably the closest relations to the
Anisozygoptera and are probably direct descendants thereof. The
Agrioninae of Selys have usually been looked on as descendants of
Calopterygid(or -gine)-like forms." The position of the nodus in
Calopteryginae and in Agrioninae, respectively, has been stated as
follows :

"The position of the nodus varies in both the Calopteryginae and
the Agrioninae, but in general it is farther from the base of the wing
in the former than in the latter. Among the first-named it is probably
nearest the haae (one-third the wing-length) in Amphipteryx and in
Chalcopteryx,^^ among the second group it is farthest from the base
(more than one-third the wing-length) in Archilestes. No Calop-
teryginae have the nodus as near to the base as one-fifth the wing-
length, but many Agrioninae have it in that position.""

This statement was based on conditions existing in recent forms.
Very little is known of fossil Zygoptera of periods earlier than the
Eocene"^ when Dysagrion and fragments named Podagrion abortivum
by Scudder appear. From the Jurassic, Handlirsch lists^^ Euphceoj)sis
multinervis Hagen, in fair preservation, and four possible but inde-
ciphera]:)le species of Pseudoeuphcea, all considered to be allied to the
living Epallage, Euphcea, etc., i.e., Calopteryginae of Selys. Euphce-
opsis multinervis had the nodus at .44 of the wing-length. Another
fossil of the same age is Steleopteron deichmulleri placed by Handlirsch
in a separate family Steleopteridae, which is considered to possess

" L.c, p. 463, August, 1906.

5* L.c, p. 464.

s5 Calvert, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, XX, pp. 211, 212, 1893; Ris, Zool. Jahrb.,
Abth. Syst. Geog. Biol. Thiere, IX, p. 623, 1896.

Cf. Needham, Genealogic Study, pp. 742, 748, 750, 1903; Handlirsch, Foss.
Ins., p. 472, 1906; Tillvard, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, XXXVI, p. 600, 1912;
XXXVII, p. 406, 1913.

58 In Chalcopteryx the nodus is at .37 (front wing) or .39 (hind wing) of the
wing-length.

57 Calvert, Ent. Mo. Mag., (2), XIII, p. 31, 1902.

58 Osborn, The Age of Mammals, 1910, p. 42, places the Green River shales in
which these genera occur as equivalent to the Upper Ypresian, i.e.. Middle Eocene.

59 Fossile Insekten, pp. 595 et seq.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247

both Epallagid (Calopterygine) and Agrionine affinities. It had the
nodus at only three-tenths of the wing-length.*'

No Cretaceous Zygoptera are listed by Handlirsch.

No ontogenetic data showing a proximal shifting in position of the
nodus in any Zygopteron seem to have been published. If the
evidence that may be drawn from the hypothetical descent of
Agrioninae (Selys) from Calopteryginse (Selys) be left out of con-
sideration, there yet appears to be good paleontological support,
as sketched above, for the statement of Needham^^ that shortening
of the subcosta and retraction of the nodus toward the base of the
wing is a developmental tendency away from the generalized con-
dition of a long subcosta and a nodus remote from the wing-base.
Yet it must be pointed that an upper Liassic fossil is known in
which the subcosta ends at only .15 of the wing-length. This is
Protomyrmeleon hrunonis Geinitz, for which Handlirsch has erected
the suborder Archi-Zygoptera and which he even suggests^^ may have
been a connecting link between the Protodonata and the Agrionidse
( = Agrioninae Selys) . Should such an ancestry for the latter group
ever be demonstrated, the retraction of the nodus in living Odonata
could not have the same significance, as a sign of specialization, which
Needham has given it. The alternative suggestion of Handlirsch,
that Protomyrmeleon is simply an analogue to the Agrionidse (Agri-
oninae Selys) whose descendants have become extinct, seems at
present the more probable.

2. The Number of Antenodal Cross-veins. — A priori one might expect
retraction of the nodus to be accompanied by a decrease in the
number of antenodal cross-veins. No such proportional reduction
exists, however. The two Calopterygine genera cited on p. 246 anted
as having the most retracted nodus in that whole group, Chalcopteryx

^ Still another Jurassic (Eichstadt) fossil is the Agrion eichstdttense of Hagen,
listed by Handlirsch as Malmagrion eichstdttense {Foss. Ins., p. 599). Hagen
says of it {Paleontographica, X, p. 119, 1862): "Die Fliigel sind 21 mm. lang,
sehr schmal .... Der. Nodus liegt 6 mm. von der Basis. Das Geader ist
nicht deutlich. " His lithographic figure 5, Taf. XIV, agrees with these propor-
tions.

Meunier (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, LXV, pi. 3, 1896) has given a figure labelled
"Agrion? eichstattense Hagen type." It is photographic and represents an
insect lying in the same position as that of Hagen's figure and of the same
natural size. From Meunier's figure the position of the nodus cannot be recog-
nized. In his text Meunier says, p. 131, "Agrion eichstdttense Hagen. No. 150.
Type de cet auteur. Paleontographica, t. x, p. 118 a 119, pi. XIV; Cassel,
1862." I cannot understand his expression a few lines farther in the same
paragraph: "Cette echantillon a beaucoup d'analogie avec celui de Hagen."

61 Genealogic Study, p. 730.

62 Foss. Ins., p. 472.

17

248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

and Amphipteryx, have respectively 23-26 (front wing), 21-23 (hind
wing), and 7-10 (front wing), 7-8 (hind wing) antenodals. The
paleontological evidence (with the exception of Protomyrmeleon,
which has but one antenodal), including Steleopteron, is favorable to
the view that reduction in the number of antenodals is a more recent
acquisition. The preceding paper by Mr. Campion^^ discusses in a
suggestive way the apparent evidence for such reduction afforded
bj' recent Agrioninae.

3. The Number of Postnodal Cross-veins. — Prof. Needham has
concluded®^ that one of the developmental tendencies of the Odonata
is: "Antenodal and postnodal cross- veins becoming reduced in
numljer, stronger, more regular, sometimes matched in position or
differentiated among themselves." In the Zygoptera this tendency
is more evident in the antenodals than in the postnodals, the latter
never becoming so few, absolutely, or relatively to the antenodals,
as in certain Anisoptera, e.g., Pachydiplax (front wing: antenodals 6,
postnodals 6) or Miathyria simplex (front wing: antenodals 7, post-
nodals 5).

In the Protodonata, owing to the great extension of the subcosta
toward the apex of the wing, although there was no nodus, the
potential postnodals were less numerous than the actual antenodals,
assuming that the nodus of the Odonata developed at, or but little
proximad to, the apex of the subcosta. AVith retraction of the nodus
a greater number of postnodals in the costal space became possible.
Numerous cases of subsequent reduction in the number doubtless
occurred independently of each other, but the paleontological data
are not sufficiently abundant to demonstrate progressive reduction
in any one line of descent, however likely this may appear from the
standpoint of mechanical advantage or of economy of vein-forming
material.

4. The Pterostigma. — The stigma is an Odonate feature not pos-
sessed by the Protodonata. In those Anisozygoptera, which are
considered by Handlirsch®^ to be ancestral to the Calopterygidae,
viz., the Tarsophlebiidse, the stigma was fairly oblique and in one
species at least braced at its proximal end.^^

In EuphcBopsis, of the Jurassic, the stigma is not oblique; in

^ The Antenodal Reticulation of the Wings of Agrionine Dragonfiies. This
volume of these Proceedings, anted, pp. 220-224.
^ Genealogic Study, p. 730.
65 Foss. Ins., p. 468.
^.Tarsophlebia eximiaoi the .Jurassic; Handlirsch, I.e., Taf. XLVII, fig. 1.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHIL.^DELPHIA. 249

Steleopteron, also of the same age, its proximal edge is not as oblique
as in Tarsophlebia eximia and unbraced while its distal edge is more
oblique. So far as one may judge from Handhrsch's figures" of
Liassic Odonata the stigma was not oblique, or but moderately so,
and unbraced; the forms in which it is preserved, however, seem to
have but little relationship to the insects discussed in this paper.
The paleontological evidence, therefore, furnishes little encouragement
to use the stigma as a means of determining relationships.^^ It is
important to notice, however, from the accompanying Table I,
that the position of the stigma in the wing varies iDut little in different
genera and species, so that it constitutes a relatively fixed landmark.
9,11. The Points of Separation of M2 from Mi and of Rs from M1+2. —
Prof. Needham has noted®^ a minor line of development within the
Agrioninae, "in which nodus and quadrangle become more and more
approximate, and the veins M2, Rs, and Ms migrate separately along
vein Ml from their accustomed places toward the stigma." This
migration may be real or apparent. Retraction of the nodus with
no change in position of the separation point of M2 would result in a
greater interval between nodus and M2 and hence an apparent
movement of the latter toward the stigma, but no real movement
in respect to the wing as a whole. (Compare Table I, Thaumato-
neura, Rhipidolestes and Paraphlebia zoe cf .)

Real migration is where the separation-point of M2 is transferred
distad considered in relation to the total wing-length, and may or
may not be accompanied by a change in the position of the nodus.
(Compare Table I, Perilestes and Dysagrion, and Perilestes, Argio-
lestes icteromelas 9 and Melanagrion.) These remarks will also
apply to characters 11 (the separation-point of Rs, including its
bridge where it exists, from M1+2), 14 (the separation-point of M3
from M1+2), 15a (the number of cross-veins proximal to the level of
the subnodus between Ms and M4) and 17a (the number of antenodal
cells between M 4 and Cui). In the preceding pp. 228-244, the state-
ments for these characters have been made with reference, not to the
wing-length, but to certain more or less varying landmarks, as the
arculus, nodus, or stigma; this course has been in conformity with
the established custom of descriptive writers.

" L.c, Taf. XLII.

^ Cf. Needham, Genealogic Study, pp. 710 at top and 730 at bottom.

«3 L.c, p. 749.

250

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[May,

Table I.

Positions of Certain Wing-details in Decimal Parts of Wiyig-length for
Certain Odonata.

The measurements have been made from a single wing only in each species
(front wing in living species).

Genus and Species.

(Recent, except where otherwise marked.)

Protomyrmeleon brunonis (Lias)

Tarsophlebia eximia (Jurassic)

Euphseopsis multinervis (Jurassic)

Steleopteron deichmiilleri (Jurassic)

Dysagrion packardii (Eocene)

Phenacolestes mirandus (Miocene)

spmn. No. 3

Phenacolestes mirandus (Miocene)

spmn. Xo. 5

Thaumatoneura inopinata cf

" pellucida c?

Melanagrion umbratum (Miocene)

Rhipidolestes aculeata c?

Argiolestes icteromelas cf

9

Allopodagrion nebulosum cf

Lithagrion hyalinum (Miocene)

Philogenia carriUica cf

9

" terraba cf

Paraphlebia zoe cf

" 9

" abrogata cf

Dimeragrion percubitale cf

Heteragrion tricellulare cf

Perilestes fragilis? cf

Summary :

Maximum

Minimum

Range

.2§[.2§

.15,

.45 .87

.44

.30

.39 .87

.83

.33

.34
.18
.18

.29 .83

,29 .93
.30

.28! -89

.29 .90

.34 .88

.23 .91

.24 .90

.25! .91

.19 .93

.19 .95

.20 .92

.25 .81

.23 .91

.28 .88

<^

^--^''=*-,'

'■^

g S

.48; .21 (None)! 71.53

.47 .38! .14 .33 .15

.52

CO o*

5 :

o S

c a

,2:s
Is

^ 2

13 .29 .18

.14; .26

.08 .17

.08! .16

.16 .25

.18 .25

.171 -28

.16 .28

.181 .27;

.20: .28!

.16 .23

.16 .24

.16 .23

.12 .20

.13 .20

.14 .22

.16 .25

.16 .25

.21 .36

.49 .21 .36
.19 .08 .15
.30 .13 .21

.02

.08 .15 .13
.lO! .23 .15 .16
.15 .30 .17 .07

.10

.11
.06
.06
.15
.20
.18
.18
.16

.20
.12
.12
.27
.22
.22
.21
.21
.24 .23
.20 .18
.21 .20
.20 .19
.19 .17
.19 .18
.22, .21
.19 .18
.20 .15
.25 ^2

™ The number in parenthesis at the top of each vertical column is that under
which that character has been treated throughout this paper,
^1 In Protomyrmeleon brunonis Ms separates from Rs.
" A not developed as a vein separate from the hind margin.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251

The paleontological evidence with reference to the separation-
points of iVIi, Rs and AI3 is that the Liassic fossils (with the exception
of Protomyrmekon) had M2 separating at the subnodus, and Rs
(including its bridge) and Ms proximad to the nodus;" none of these
fossils which have the nodal region preserved are considered by
Handlirsch to be ancestral to Zygoptera, however. For many of
the Jurassic remains^^ the same statement as to the positions of these
separation-points holds true, including Tarsophlehia eximia and
EuphcEopsis multinervis; Steleopteron had Rs and Ms arising well
proximad to the nodus, M2 only a short distance distad to the nodus;
Palceophlebia synlestoides, which Brauer, Redtenbacher and Gangl-
bauer assigned to the legion Podagrion of Selys^^ but which Hand-
lirsch regards as an Anisozygopter of doubtful position,'^^ is imperfectly
preserved, but seems to have had the origins of both Rs and M2
distinctly distal to the nodus, while that of Ms was probabh' proximal
to the nodus. Paleophlebia came from the Dogger, or lower Jurassic,
of Siberia, and is therefore older than the other Jurassic fossils just
referred to, all of which are Malm or Upper Jura. The paleontological
evidence is consequently not altogether satisfactory and at least
admits of the possibility of the separation-points of these three veins
having fluctuated proximad or distad from time to time. Prof.
Needham's statement as to their migration, quoted above, has not
that evidence from other sources than comparative morphology
which is necessary to enable us to use these characters with perfect
confidence.

13. The position of the arculus has been relatively stable, so that there
is little reason for attaching any special phylogenetic value to it.

14. The Point of Separation of il/s frotn M1+2. — (See the discussion
above under Nos. 9, 11.)

15a. The Number of Cross-veins, Proximal to the Level of the Sub-
nodus, between Ms and Mi. — This character is closely dependent on
No. 14, for the more proximal is the separation-point of Ms from Mi+2,
the greater is the area available for these cross-veins. In the genera
here compared the greatest number of cross-veins, two, is found in
Phenacolestes, Lithagrion, and Melanagrion, all of which have a more
proximal origin of Ms. The reverse case is not necessarily true, as
Philogenia, Allopodagrion, and Dysagrion, with an equally proximal

73 Handlirsch, Foss. Ins., Taf. XLII.

^1 L.c, Taf. XLVII.

75 Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., (7), XXXVI, p. 6, 1889.

'« Foss. Ins., p. 584.

252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

origin of Ms (see Table I), have but one such cross-vein. Tarsophlehia
eximia had five in its hind wing (these veins are not preserved in the
front wing) and Steleopteron had two.

16. The Obliquity of the Quadrilateral. — The shape of the quadri-
lateral becomes more oblique with the greater divergence of its
proximal and distal sides. Prof. Neeclham has assumed" that a
nearly rectangular quadrilateral, in which opposite sides are parallel
to each other, is the more primitive form and that from it at least
two kinds of oblique quadrilaterals have arisen. There seems to be
no published ontogenetic evidence in favor of this view and the only
paleontological evidence not contradicting it is limited to that
puzzling Liassic form, Protomyrmeleon, in which, if Handlirsch's
interpretation of the venation be correct,^^ R and M are still distinct
from the base distad, and there is no trace of a beginning arculus.

On the other hand, all the Jurassic fossils, which are not clearly
Anisoptera, show an oblique quadrilateral with its posterior distal
angle acute.'^* This holds true not only for those fossils referred by
Handlirsch to the Zj^goptera like Euphceopsis and Steleopteron, or
for forms regarded by him as ancestral to Zygoptera, as Tarsophlebia
(and including a Liassic fragment, T. westwoodi^) , but also for other
Anisozygoptera not apparently forefathers of the Zygoptera, as
Stenophlebia, Isophlebia, and Anisophlebia . Dysagrion of the Eocene
had an oblique quadrilateral, and in fact not one of the published
descriptions and figures of Tertiary Zygoptera listed byHandlirsch^^
shows a rectangular quadrilateral; all havje it oblique.

It therefore seems necessary to regard the oblique quadrilateral
as the more primitive and the rectangular as a later appearance.

''' Genealogic Study, p. 717, fig. 11, p. 731. See also Williamson, 1913, p. 2.59,
and figs. 1 and 2 on p. 260.

'sFoss. /«s., Taf. XLII, fig. 14.

'^L.c, Taf. XLVII. Hagen, indeed (Paleontographica, X, Taf. VIII, f. 8),
shows the quadrilateral of the Jurassic Euphcea longiventris as rectangular. In
his description, p. 128, he says, "Noch undeutlicher ist der tibrige Theil des
Geaders .... das Viereck ist gleichfalls undeutlich," and he gives no details
of its shape. Meunier's photographic reproductions (Arch. Mus. Teyler, 2, VI,
pi. XXVI, figs. 81, 82, cf. p. 127), not of Hagen's tj-pe, but of other specimens in
the Munich Museum, show the shape of the quadrilateral as indecipherable.
Handlirsch (Fossil Ins., p. 580) places Euphcea longiventris Hagen as a synonym
of Tarsophlehia eximia Hagen and remarks, "Bezuglich Hagens Euphtea longi-
nentris [longiventris] habe ich zu bemerken, dass der von ihm 1. 13 f. 8 abgebildete
Flugel allerdings von jenem der Tarsophlebien wesentlich abweicht. Aus der
Beschreibung ergibt sich jedoch, dass die basale Partie des Flugels an dem
Fossile kaum zu entziffern ist, so dass wir diese Reconstrucktion als werthlos
betrachten konnen."

8» Pass. Ins., Taf. XLII, fig. 6.

81 L.c, pp. 896-899, 1357.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253

17a. The Number of Antenodal Cells between Mi and Cm. — This
character is in general dependent on the degree of retraction of the
nodus, as the more the nodus approaches the base of the wing the
smaller is the area available for these cells. This correlation, although
not absolute and exact in the genera here compared, holds in a rough
way. We may therefore regard reduction in the number of antenodal
cells as a specialization. There appear to have been 12 on the front
wing, 13 on the hind wing of Tarsophlebia eximia (counting only a
single row — there are two rows in part of this area) , almost three in
Steleopteron. A reduction in the number of antenodal cells may occur
independently of retraction of the nodus, however, by the greater
development of the quadrilateral distad. (Compare Table I,
Thaumatoneura and Paraphlebia, also pp. 233, 237 anted.) ■

18. The Number of Cubito-anal Cross-veins. — These veins are usually
small and weak in the Zygoptera, and they have not been preserved
well in the fossils, so that few data on their development in point of
geologic time are available. Perhaps the same kind of evidence
which Mr. Campion has secured^^ fQj. ^jie reduction of the antenodals
might be obtained for these cross-veins also. It is conceivable that
the ancestral Zygopteron might have had a moderate number and
that some of its descendants might have acquired more, others fewer.
While recognizing the paucity of evidence, I am inclined to view
reduction in their number as specialization, in harmony with the
reduction of antenodals.

21. Petiolation of the Wing. — When the anal vein (A) separates
from the hind margin of the wing at some distance from the base, a
stalk-like appearance of the wing-base is produced, especially on the
hind margin, to which the term "petiolee" was long ago applied by
de Selys. Petiolation involves a reduction of the anal area and is
specifically mentioned by Prof. Needham^ as a fundamental develop-
mental tendency in the Agrionidse ( = Agrionin£e Selys). It is not
visible m Protomyrmeleon (Lias); in Tarsophlebia, Stenophlebia ,
Isophlebia, or Anisophlebia (Jura). It seems to have been well-
marked in Steleopteron, while the shape of the wing-outline certainly
suggests it in Euphceopsis, although here A may have remained dis-
tinct from the hind margin.^* It seems justifiable to assume that the
farther distad petiolation has progressed, the more specialized the
insect.

82 These Proceedings, p. 223, antea.

« Genealogic Study, p. 748. Cf. Ris, 1912, p. 45; Tillyard, 1913, p. 444.

«* Handlii-sch, Foss. Ins., Taf. XLVII.

254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

22. The Number of Anal Cross-veins. — Progressive petiolation
reduces the area available for anal cross-veins, but not always to the
extent one might expect. Thus of American genera discussed in this
paper which have the petiolation extending distad to the arculus,
Paraphlehia has 2, PhUogenia 0, Dimeragrion 1 or 0, Lithagrion 0
anal cross-veins. Calopteryginae (Selys) have on the whole more
anal cross-veins than do the Agrioninse Selys. If the latter are
descendants of some of the former and if Tarsophlehia stands in an
ancestral position to the Zygoptera, then we may consider reduc-
tion in number of the anal cross-veins as a specialization. Proto-
myrmeleon, Tarsophlehia, Isophlebia, and Anisophlebia each had not
less than four anal cross-veins, some of them many more. In
Euphceopsis they are not preserved, in Steleopteron they appear to
have been present only distad to the level of the outer (distal) end
of the quadrilateral.

B. The characters included under group B on p. 245, ajited, are
Nos. 7, 8, 10, 12, 156, 176, 19, and 20. In the comparisons made in
the early pages of this paper, these characters have been stated in
terms of numbers of rows of cells found between the branches of the
great veins. They may be stated also by specifying the number of
interposed, or supplementary, sectors in each area, and have usually
been so stated in the taxonomic literature. It is easy to translate
one method of statement into the other, as one row of cells implies
no supplementary sector, two rows of cells one supplementary sector,
three rows two sectors, etc. The individual variation to which they
are subject increases as the hind margin of the wing is approached.

The Protodonate wing of the Carboniferous and the Permian was
richly veined with many supplementary sectors. So also were the
Odonate wdngs of the Lias, excepting Protomyrmeleon; if Handlirsch's
interpretation of its venation be correct,*^ there was but one row of
cells between each of the branches of the main veins, except between
Rs and Ms (two rows increasing to three), Ms and M4 (two rows),
M4 and Cui (two rows), and posterior to A (two rows).

Turning to the Odonata of the Jura,*" we find richly veined wings
in the Anisozygoptera {Tarsophlehia, Stenophlebia, Isophlebia,
Anisophlebia), and in Euphceopsis; Steleopteron has one row of cells
between Mi and Mio, Mio and M2, M2 and Rs, INIs and M4, and be-
tween the veins posterior to Cui, three rows between Rs and Ms, two
rows between M* and Cui.

85 Foss. Ins., Taf. XLII, fig. 14.

8« Handlirsch, Foss. Ins., Taf. XLVII.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255

If Handlirsch be correct in his conjecture^^ that the Protodonata
have descended from such genera of the Dictyoneuridse (Palseodic-
tyoptera) as Stenodictya, the dense venation of the former evolved
from the equally dense, but more irregular, network of the latter.
The Odonata then carried reduction in the network to a greater
degree than in the Protodonata and reduction in the rows of cells
of the areas now under discussion would, therefore; be a specializa-
tion. We must then recognize that as ^arly as the Lias such reduc-
tion was carried in Protomyrmeleon to a greater degree than is shown
by many living genera and a similar statement must be made for
Steleopteron of the Jura. That any of these reduced venations were
capable of giving rise to more exuberantly veined descendants would
be denied by many phylogenists, but the actual proof of such a
denial is not at hand for the Odonata. We have, therefore, only the
general tendency to guide us when we assume that reduction in density
of venation in the characters of group B means specialization. On
the other hand, we must suppose that such richly veined forms
of the present day as Thaumatoneura, Calopterijx, Thorc, and Neuro-
themis have either preserved the dense venation of, perhaps Mesozoic,
ancestors or that they have acquired their density by hypertrophy
in the course of generations.*^ Here, as elsewhere in this discussion,
the possibility of further light from ontogenetic studies is very
evident.

Summarizing the results of this discussion, we conclude that
later phylogenetic status is denoted by the following conditions in
the characters of the genera compared in this paper :

1. Retraction of the nodus toward the wing-base.

2. Reduction in the number of antenodals.
(3. Reduction in the number of postnodals.)

(7. Reduction in the number of rows of cells l^etween ]\Ii and

Mia.)

(8. Reduction in the number of rows of cells between Mm and M2.)

9. More distal position of origin of M2.

(10. Reduction in the number of rows of cells between M2 and Rs.)
11. More distal position of origin of Rs.

(12. Reduction in the number of rows of cells between Rs and Ms.)
14. More distal position of origin of Ms.

15a. Reduction in number of cross-veins proximal to the subnodus
between Ms and M4.

8' L.c, p. 305.

88 The latter alternative is apparently that held by Dr. Ris for the analogous
cases of Pantala and Tramea. 1912, p. 46.

256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Maj',

(156. Reduction in the number of rows of cells between Ms and M4.)

16. Rectangular quadrilateral.

17a. Reduction in the number of antenodal cells between M4 and

Cui.
(176. Reduction in the number of rows of cells between Mi and Cui.)
(18. Reduction in the number of cubito-anal cross-veins.)
(19. Reduction in the number of rows of cells between Cui and Cu2.)
(20. Reduction in the number of rows of cells posterior to Cu2.)
21. More distal petiolation of the wing.
(22. Reduction in the number of anal cross-veins.)

I have endeavored to indicate that the paleontological evidence
is not as strong for some of these statements, by enclosing them in
parentheses, as for those left unenclosed. There is no ontogenetic
evidence as yet.

These conclusions and the data on which they are based merely
permit us to determine the probable course, or direction, of change
in certain features of the venation. They do not enable us to decide
as to the relative order in which the different features changed,
whether, for example in the ancestors of living Podagrionine genera,
Ms assumed a position at or distad to the subnodus at an earlier, or
at a later, period than the reduction of the number of rows of cells
in the area posterior to Cu2 occurred, although, given a character,
we can say which genera should come first and which should follow
in our phylogenetic list in respect to the modifications of that charac-
ter. In the imperfection of our knowledge, we are largely guided,
therefore, by motives of convenience in selecting the primary charac-
ters on which a classification of the members of this group is to be
based. .Having regard to all these considerations, the following
scheme for a phylogenetic grouping of the genera of Selys' legion
Podagrion is presented.

Synopsis of Venational Characters of Genera of the Legion
Podagrion.

Legion Podagrion Selys 1862.

IMs separating from M1+2 nearer to the nodus than to the arculus.
Pterostigma normal, i.e., consisting of but a single cell. Cu2 present.
Supplementarj' f^ectors present, at least between Mia and M2, except
in Perilestes.

A. — Ms separating from M1+2 proximad to the subnodus, at six-
tenths or more of the distance from arculus to subnodus (half-way
in Rhipidolestes) .

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257

B. — Antenodals more than two on all the A\-ings, or on the hind wings
only (Neuragrion). (See also the parenthesis following rubric
BB.)
C. — Area posterior to Cu2 with three or more rows of cells, A
separating from the hind margin proximad to the level of the
arculus, Rs l^eginning at the subnodus.
D. — Quadrilateral oblique at distal end.
E. — Supplementary sectors between M* and Cui absent; between
:\Iio and :\I2 five, between Rs and Ma eight rows of cells,

respectively Dysagrion Scudder, 1878 (Eocene, Wyoming).

EE.— Supplementary sectors between M4 and Cui three or four;
between Mia and M2 three, between Rs and Ms three rows

of cells respectively

Phenacolestes Cockerell, 1906 (Miocene, Colorado).
DD. — Quadrilateral almost rectangular at both proximal and distal

ends; many supplementary sectors from Mi to hind margin

Thaumatoneura :\I'Lachlan, 1897 (Central America).
€C.— Area posterior to Cu2 with only one row of cells, A separating
from hind margin at or distad to the level of the arculus.
F. — Us beginning at subnodus, supplementary sectors from

Mia to ]\l4, two or more cubito-anal cross-veins

Neurolestes Selys, 1882 (West Africa).
FF.— Rs beginning distad to the subnodus, supplementary

sectors from Mia to Ma, one cubito-anal cross-vein

Neuragrion Karsch, 1891 (Ecuador).

BB. — Antenodals two only (more than two have been noted in

occasional specimens of Podopteryx, a genus included under

this rubric).

G. — Rs beginning proximad to the subnodus.

H. — Area posterior to Cu2 with two rows of cells, A separating

from the hind margin proximad to the level of the

arculus, supplementary sectors from Mia to M4

Melanagrion Cockerell, 1907 (Miocene, Colorado).

HH.— Area posterior to Cu2 with one row of cells, A separating

from hind margin distad to the level of the arculus,

supplementarv sectors from Mia to Cu2

Rhipidolestes Ris, 1912 (Formosa).
GG. — Rs beginning at the subnodus.

J.— Area posterior to Cu2 with 4-5 rows of cells, A separating
from the hmd margin at or distad to the level of the

arculus, supplementary sectors from Mia to Cui

Podopteryx Selj's, 1871 (Aru, Queensland).
JJ. — Area posterior to Cu2 with 2 rows of cells, otherwise as

in Podopteryx

Argiolestes Selys, 1862, sens, strict.^^ (Australian region).

89 As here limited includes only the groups IC and 2 of Selys' Revision of 1886,
p. 81. See the remarks of Martin on the variability of the points of departure
of Ms and R^ in Argiolestes, Boll. Soc. Ent. Ital, Ix, p. 201, 1909.

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,^

JJJ. — Area posterior to Cu2 with one row of cells.
K.— Old World Genera.9«
L. — A separating from the hind margin proximad to
the level of the arculus (some Podolestes fall here —
see below under 00).
M. — Supplementary sectors from Mi to Ms and between

M4 and Cu2, none between Ms and M4

Rhinagrion nom. n. for Amphilestes

Selys, 1862^1 (Malaysia).

MM. — Supplementary sectors (two each) from Mio to Rs,

one between Ms and M4

Mesopodagrion McLachlan, 1896 (Thibet, West China).

LL. — A separating from the hind margin distad to the level

of the arculus.

N. — Quadrilateral with its anterior side more than half

as long as its posterior side, Cui only slightly

arched forward on leaving the quadrilateral.

O. — Arculus distinctly distal to the second antenodal,

supplementary sectors (two each) from Mia to

M4 Nesolestes Selys, 1891 (Madagascar).

00. — Arculus at, or but slightly distal to, the second
antenodal, supplementary sectors (one or two

each) from Mm to M4

Podolestes Selys, 1862 (Labuan, Sumatra).
NN. — Quadrilateral with its anterior side half, or less
than half, as long as the posterior side; Cm
strongly arched forward on leaving the quadri-
lateral, supplementary sectors (one each) from

Ml or Mia to Rs or Ms

Synlestes Selys, 1869 (Australia).
KK. — New World Genera.

P. — A separating from the hind margin proximad to

the level of the arculus, .supplementary sectors

from Mia to Rs and between Ms and M4.

Q. — Area Mia to M2 with three I'ows of cells, two

unbroken supplementary sectors between M2

and Rs Megapodagrion Selys, 1885,

sens, strict. (Brazil).

QQ. — Area Mia to M2 with two rows of cells, one

zigzag supplementary sector between M2 and

Rs Allopodagrion Foerster, 1910

(Northern South America).

3" Although the first two subdivisions, K and KK, under rubric JJJ are geo-
graphical, not structural, for convenience' sake, the structural features under
K and KK are sufficiently detailed to enable the identification of a form of
unknown habitat to be made.

81 The name Amphilestes Selys is preoccupied by Amphilestes Owen (Encyc.
Brit., 8th edit., XVII, p. 157, 1859) for a fossil mammal. Rhinagrion is suggested
by de Selys' emphasis of one of the characters of his Amphilestes as " Tete robuste,
k ^pistome saillant."

.1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259

PP. — A separating from the hind margin distad to the
level of the arculus.
R,_Nodus more nearly at one-third of the wing-
length, no supplementary sectors between

Rs and Ms Lithagrion Scudder, 1882

(Miocene, Colorado).
I^I^__Nodus more nearly at one-fourth of the wing-
length, at least two supplementary sectors
l^etween Rs and Ms. (Supplementary sectors

from Mia to M4 or Cui)

Philogenia Selys, 1862, except
P. terraha Calv. (Costa Rica to Brazil).
<;;GG.— Rs beginning distad to the subnodus, A separating from
the hind margin distad to the level of the arculus.

g_ — Area posterior to Cu2 with usually two or
more rows of cells, supplementary sectors
from Ml to Cu2 or to hind margin, two
cubito-anal cross-veins, the second under the

quadrilateral

Paraphlehia hyalina Brauer, 1871 (Mexico).
gg^_Area posterior to Cu2 with one row of cells,
no supplementary sectors posterior to M4.
T — Supplementary sectors from Mia to M4,
one cubito-anal cross-vein.
Xj._Antenodal cells between M4 and Cui two
or three (otherwise as above under RR)

Philogenia terraha^^ Calvert, 1907

(Costa Rica).

UU.— Antenodal cells between M4 and Cui one;

quadrilateral very long, reaching to the

level of the nodus

AUolestes Selys, 1869 (Seychelles).

TT. — Supplementary sectors from Mia to Ms

(often none between M2 and Rs), usually

more than one cubito-anal cross-vein^

Dimeragrion new genus (Guiana) .^^

'P'P'p^ — Supplementary sectors between M2 and R«

and (two long ones) between Rs and Ms,

one cubito-anal cross-vein

Heteropodagrion Selys, 1885 (Ecuador).

32 In spite of the fact that Philogenia terraba faUs here, instead of under RR
with the rest of the genus Philogenia, the only difference which separates it is the
slight one of the more distal position of the separation-point of Rs from Mi +2,
and I think this does not entitle terraba to a different generic name.

9' The genus Ncitragrion Karsch was described from a single female and has
been placed under rubric FF above. If additional specimens should prove to
have only two antenodals, the genus would fall under TT and would differ from
Dimeragrion presumably, at least, in possessing only one cubito-anal cross-vem.

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

TTTT. — Supplementary sector one between ^Iia and
M2, one cubito-anal cross-vein, quadri-
lateral not reaching the level of the nodus

Protolestes Foerster, 1899 (Madagascar).
AA. — Ma separating from M1+2 at the subnodus, only two antenodals^
Rs beginning distad to subnodus.

Y. — Area posterior to Cu2 with usually two

or more^* rows of cells, A separating from

the hind margin distad to the level of the

arculus.

W. — Supplementary sectors from Mi to Cu2

or to hind margin; two cubito-anal

cross-veins, the second under the Cjuadri-

lateral Paraphlebia Hagen, 1861

(Mexico, Guatemala).

WW.- — Supplementary sectors from Mia to

Cui or to hind margin,' one cubito-anal

cross-vein Wahnesia Foerster, 1900

(New Guinea)^*

VV.— Area posterior to Cu2 with one row of

cells, one cubito-anal cross-vein.

X. — Supplementary sectors from Mio to

M4, A separating from hind margin at

or distad to arculus

' Chlorolestes Selys, 1862 (South Africa).

XX. — Supplementary sectors confined to

area Mia to M2, A separating from hind

margin proximad to, at, or distad to^

the level of the arculus

Heteragrion Selys, 1862

(Mexico to Argentina) .^^

AAA. — Ms separating from M1+2 distad to the subnodus, only two

antenodals, Rs beginning distad to the subnodus, A separating

from the hind margin distad to the level of the arculus (or not

developed as separate from the hind margin in Perilesfes).

Y. — xVrea posterior to Cu2 with two or
three rows of cells.
Z. — Supplementary sectors from Mi to
Cu2 or to hind margin, other charac-
ters as above under W

Paraphlebia (see W).

9* Both sexes of Paraphlebia duodecima Calv. have only one row of cells posterior
to Cu2 on the hind wings, but two or more rows on the front wings.

95 This is group IB of Argiolestes in Selys' Revision of 1886, p. 81.

56 In his Synopsis of 1862, p. 31, de Selys suggested the separation of H. petiola-
hini as a separate subgenus under the name of Oxystigma, chiefly distinguished
from Heteragrion by the long quadrilateral reaching almost to the level of the
nodus, the pterostigma extremely, pointed proximally and only one antenodal
cell (between Mi and Cui), but he did not adopt this suggestion in his Revision,
of 1886. The name Qxysligma does not appear in Kirby's Catalogue.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261

ZZ. — Supplementary sectors from Mia to

Cui

Meiacjrion n. gen.^^ (New Guinea).
YY. — Area posterior to Cu2 with one row of
cells, no supplementary sector pos-
terior to M3.
a. — Quadrilateral not touching the hind
margin of the wing, supplementary
sectors between ^Mia and ]M2 and

between Rs and AIs

Mesagrion Selys, 1885 (Colombia).
aa. — Quadrilateral touching the hind
margin of the wing, no supple-
mentary sectors except a rudiment
between ]\I2 and Rs or between Rs
and Ma, arculus well distal to the

second antenodal

Perilestes Belys, 1862
(Costa Rica, Guiana, Brazil).

In view of the olDservations on the imperfection of our knowledge,
made on p. 256, in introducing the preceding Synopsis, it seems
useful to offer also this

Outline of an Alternative Grouping of the Genera of the
Legion Podagrion.

A. — Area posterior to Cu2 with more than one row of cells.

B. — A separating from the hind margin proximad to the level

of the arculus, Ms separating from Mi-r2 proximad to the

subnodus.

C. — Rs beginning proximad to the subnodus, two antenodals,

supplementary sectors Mia to M4, two rows of cells

posterior to Cu2 Melanagrion.

CC. — Rs beginning at the subnodus, more than two ante-
nodals Dysagrion, Phenacokstes, Thatimatoneura.

BB. — A separating from the hind margin at, or distad to, the level
of the arculus, normally two antenodals.
D. — Ms separating from Mi+o proximad to the subnodus.
E. — Rs beginning at the sulinodus . Podopterijx,Argiolestes.

EE. — Rs beginning distad to the subnodus

Paraphlebia hyalina.
DD. — Ms separating from M1+2 at, or distad to, the level of

the subnodus Paraphlebia, Wahnesia, Metagrion.

AA. — Area posterior to Cu2 with onlj- one row of cells.

F. — A separating from the hind margin proximad to
the level of the arculus.

3^ Type: Argiolestes postnodalis Selys. This genus is group lA of Selys'
Revision of 1886, p. 81.

262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

G. — Ms separating from M1+2 proximad to the

subnodus, Rs at the subnodus

Rhinagrion, Mesopodagrion, Megapodagrion,

Allopodagrion, Podolestes.

GG. — Ms separating from Mi +2 at the subnodus, R«

distad to the subnodus Heteragrion.

FF. — A separating from the hind margin at, or distad to,
the level of the arculus (or not developed as a vein
distinct from the hind margin in Perilestes).
H. — Ms separating from M1+2 proximad to the
subnodus.

J. — Rs beginning proximad to subnodus

Rhipidolestes.

JJ. — Rs beginning at the subnodus

Neurolestes (3 antenodals), Lithagrion,
Philogenia, Nesolestes, Podolestes, Synlestes.

JJJ. — Rs beginning distad to the subnodus

Neuragrion (3 antenodals on hind wings),

Philogenia terraha, Allolestes, Dimeragrion,

Heteropodagrion, Protolestes.

HH. — Ms separating from M1+2 at the subnodus

Chlorolestes, Heteragrion.

HHH. — Ms separating from M1+2 distad to the

subnodus Mesagrion, Perilestes.

The preceding Synopsis, pp. 256-261, will enable one using this
Alternative Grouping to distinguish from each other the genera
listed under each final rubric.

A comparison of Synopsis and Alternative Grouping will show
that, in spite of a number of differences in the order in which the
genera appear in the two schemes, both begin with and both end
with nearly the same forms, which may therefore be regarded as,
respectively, the oldest and the youngest members, phylogenetically,
of the legion Podagrion.

The Relationships of Phenacolestes.

// the conclusions reached on pp. 255-256 he correct,
Dysagrion of the Eocene of Wyoming, the oldest member of the
legion Podagrion now known, cannot have been an ancestor of any
of the three known Miocene genera from Colorado, Phenacolestes,
Lithagrion, and Melanagrion, because it lacked supplementary sectors
between Mi and Cui. Melanagrion indeed possesses one more
primitive feature than is found in any of the other three of these
extinct genera, viz., Rs begins proximad to the subnodus.

Phenacolestes has preserved more primitive characters than has

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263

its contemporary Lithagrion, as may be seen bj- a comparison of
those numbered 2, (4?), 12, 156, 17a and h, 19, 20, 21a and h, and 22,
on pp. 227 and 232, anted.

Phenacolestes is more primitive than its contemporary Melanagrion
in characters Nos. 1, 2, 12, 156, 17a and 6, 19, 20, 216 and 22, but less
primitive in characters Nos. 3, (4?), and 11. See pp. 227 and 231,
anted.

Phenacolestes may have been the ancestor of the New World genera
Megapodagrion, Allopodagrion, and PerUestes and of the African
Chlorolestes, unless it shall be shown that the less oblique pterostigma
possessed by all four of these living genera cannot have been acquired
from the form which existed in Phenacolestes. Of these four, Mega-
podagrion is most like Phenacolestes. But Megapodagrion and the
other three genera may equally well have descended from Melana-
grion, with which they agree more closely in the shape of the ptero-
stigma, although Melanagrion is figured as having no anal cross-veins,
a not very weighty objection in this connection.

Phenacolestes might be considered ancestral to Heteropodagrion
and Heteragrion, were it not that these two have, in at least some
species, a greater number of postnodals.

Phenacolestes was apparently- not the ancestor of:

Neuragrion, which has more postnodals, and the cubito-anal cross-
vein in a different position, i.e., proximal to the level of the first
antenodal ;

Mesagrion, for the second reason just given for Neuragrion;

Thaumatoneura, Paraphlehia, or Dimeragrion, which have more
than one cubito-anal cross-vein and denser venation in the wing
generally {Thaumatoneura), or between Cui and Cu2 {Paraphlehia),
or as shown in the greater numbers of postnodals (all three) ;

Philogenia, which has more postnodals and rather denser venation
between Mia and M2;

Rhipidolestes, which has Ms separating from M1+2 more proximad,
Rs beginning proximad to subnodus, and more postnodals;

Podopterijx, which has a denser venation between Ma and M4 and
posterior to Cu2, and more postnodals;

Argiolestes, which has a denser venation between Ms and M4.

Comparisons with genera of the Old World having more reduced
venations are useless, as the equally possible descent from other
extinct genera than Phenacolestes arises again.

Whether Megapodagrion and its near ally Allopodagrion are to
be looked on as descendants of Phenacolestes or of Melanagrion,
18

264* PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

it is of interest to point out that they are not in their present geo-
graphical distribution the nearest Podagrionine genera to Colorado,
as none of their species are known from a more northern locality
than Colombia ("Bogota")- In the intervening territory are found
Thaumatoneura, Paraphlehia, Philogenia, Heteragrion, and Perilestes,
and of these four genera the most northern known representatives
are Paraphlebia zoe and hyalina and Heteragrion chrysops of the
State of Vera Cruz, Mexico.^*

Professor Cockerell has suggested in correspondence that although
the genera allied to Phenacolestes are now Neotropical, they are of
northern origin or had northern ancestors. Considering how wide-
spread are the living genera of the legion Podagrion, it seems incon-
ceivable that their forerunners in the Miocene did not inhabit many
other regions than Colorado, The fact that we know them only
from Florissant seems to the writer very negative and insufficient
evidence on which to found a conjecture as to the place of origin of
this group.

On THE Subfamily Dysagrionin^ Cockerell.

Preceding his original description of Phenacolestes mirandus,
Professor Cockerell proposes a new subfamily of Agrionidse {sensu
strictiori) , under the name Dysagrioninse, which he defines as follows.^'

"Antenodals 2 Subfamily Agrioninae.

Antenodals 4 or more Subfamily Dysagrioninse."

The number of antenodals is hardly a character of sufficient impor-
tance by itself to establish a subfamily, owing to its variability, and at
least three genera come between Professor Cockerell's two divisions.
Thus in Thaumatoneura M'Lachn., the number of antenodals varies
from 3 to 5, and Neurolestes Selys of Africa and Neuragrion Karsch
of Ecuador have three antenodals.^*'" It is not without bearing on
the present topic that all three of these living genera, as well as
Phenacolestes, are of Selys' legion Podagrion, but if any new taxo-
nomic arrangement, whether of "subfamilies" or of "legions," is to be
made, the distinctive characters must be formulated in some other
terms than those which Professor Cockerell has employed. The
tenability of the subfamily Dysagrioninse has also been discussed

98 Calvert, Biol. Centr. Amer. Neur., pp. 60, 61, 64, 1901.
M Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXIV, p. 60.

«» Cf. Calvert, Ent. Mo. Mag., XXXVIII [2-XIII], pp. 29-32, 1902, where
also the characters of the Agrioninae are discussed.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265

by Mr. Campion in his preceding paper on "The Antenodal Reticu-
lation of the wings of Agrionine Dragonflies."^"^

Additional Data on Dimeragrion n. gen.

In addition to the venational characters which have been given
on pp. 238-239, anted, the following are generic features from other
parts of the body:

Second antennal joint one and one-half times as long as the first,
the third longer than the first two together.

Ligula (median labial lobe) bilobed in its distal third, apices
tapering but not very acute, separated by an interval whose width
is about equal to its depth.

Tibial spines longer (often 2-3 times longer) than the intervals
separating them, 7-8 in the anterior (outer) row, and 8-9 in the pos-
terior (inner) row of the third tibia.

The generic name proposed is in allusion to the fact that there are
two supplementary sectors onl}^ in two areas of the "vv^ng, viz., those
between Mio and M2 and between Rs and Ms.

Type, Dimeragrion percubitale n. sp.
Dimeragrion percubitale n. sp. PI. XIV, figs. 6-S.

Adult cf . — Vertex, genae, and rear of the head black with some
metallic green reflection not very brilliant. A yellowish streak
between each antenna and the lateral ocellus of the same side.
Traces of pruinosity on the rear of the head. Frons, nasus, and upper
half of rhinarium dark metallic violet, well-defined from the black
above and the pale yellow below, which latter forms a transverse
band on the lower half of the rhinarium and basal half of the labrum,
this band having almost parallel edges. Distal half of the labrum
and the mandibles dark metallic violet. Submentum, mentum, and
bases of the maxillse luteous, the distal parts of these two pairs of
appendages blackish. Antennae black.

Prothorax black with a slight metallic green reflection.

Mesepisterna and mesepimera metallic green, low^er part (more
than half) of the former and the third fourth (counting from above)
of the latter pruinose, or the latter without pruinosity. Metepi-
sternum metallic green or metallic violet, a narrow pale (luteous ?)
stripe separating this color from that of the mesepimeron, or this pale
stripe absent (still older males). Metepimeron and metasternum
pale brown or luteous, some pruinosity on the latter.

"1 These Proceedings, anted, pp. 220-224.

266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Legs blackish, some pruinosity on coxse, trochanters, and femora.

Wings uncolored, the venation described on p. 238. Stigma dark
brown, surmounting 2+ to 4 cells, its proximal side very oblique,
so that one or more postnodals are placed between it and the costa,
and at least twice as long as the distal side. The relative lengths of
the four sides of the stigma, beginning with the longest, are : posterior,
proximal, anterior, distal. No brace-vein, i.e., no thickened cross-
vein in prolongation caudad of the proximal side.

Dorsum of abdominal segments 1 and 2 dark metallic green, of
3-10 black, except that in the middle of 3-5 or 6 the black is replaced
by ill-defined dark brown. Sides of 1 and 2, a transverse basal ring
on 3, sides inferiorly of 3-7, pale brown or luteous. The dorsal black
of 3-6 is continued ventrad at the posterior ends of these segments,
forming a transverse apical band on each. A transverse basal
yellow ring on 4-7. Intersegmental articulations of 7-10 luteous,
otherwise 8-10 are wholly black, 9 being also pruinose on the dorsum.
Pruinose traces are also visible on the intersegmental articulation of
1-2 and on the sides and sternites of most of the segments. Hind
margin of 10 entire.

Superior appendages longer than 10, a little shorter than 9, black,
partly pruinose. Viewed in profile, the axis of each appendage is
parallel to that of the abdomen, but the superior margin is strongly
declined in the proximal fourth, less so in the remaining three-fourths ;
the inferior margin in the distal three-fourths of the appendage is
produced ventrad into a strongly convex lamella which terminates
at the blunt apex of the appendage ; this lamella reaches its maximum
at one-half to two-thirds of the appendage-length. On the dorsal
surface of the appendage at the extreme base is a short transverse
ridge, which in profile view appears as a tooth. In dorsal view, each
superior appendage shows its superior margin as almost straight and
decreasing in width throughout the proximal three-fourths, while the
distal fourth is strongly curved toward its fellow of the opposite side;
the ventral lamella is inclined inward and downward (mesad and
ventrad) , the short transverse basal ridge is at the mesal margin.

Inferior appendages about seven-eighths as long as the superiors,
black. Each one, in profile view, conical, tapering more rapidly on
the superior margin beyond two-fifths its length, so that at this point
this margin shows an angle; distal third curved strongly upward
(dorsad) and terminating in a slender very acute apex. In ventral
view, each appendage is applied against its fellow for the proximal
three-fifths of its length, beyond which it is continued along the outer

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267

(ectal) edge as a blunt cylindrical process one-half to one-third as
wide as the proximal part of the appendage; the abrupt contraction
from the proximal part to the distal process is made by a right-angled
"shoulder."

I have not been able to detect any differences either in these
appendages or in the genitalia of the second abdominal segment of
the males from the four different localities.

Young d^ . — Differs from the adult cf in the absence of pruinosity,
in the paler hue of the yellow areas generally, in having pale yellow
where the adult has luteous; metallic violet on the head paler,
bases of the mandibles and a spot between each one and the adjacent
eye yellow, metallic violet or metallic brown instead of metallic green
on the thorax, an indistinct narrow yellowish stripe on each side of
the mid-dorsal thoracic carina, a bright yellow line on the humeral
suture, coxse and trochanters pale yellow, pterostigma paler brown
with a pale luteous line just within each bounding vein, dorsum of
abdominal segments 1 and 2 metallic blue, of 3-7 dark brown, darker
at the hind end of each where it is continued ventrad as in the adult,
most of the ventral surfaces of 7-10 pale j-ellow, except at the hind
ends of 7 and 8 which are blackish, proximal half of the inferior
appendages yellowish ventrally.

9 . Differs from the adult cf as follows : Dark color on the nasus,
rhinarium and labrum shining black instead of metallic violet. Sides
of the first two (confluent with the transverse yellow band below),
bases of the mandibles and an oblique band running from each eye
upward (dorsad) and inward (mesad) on to the anterior surface of
the frons to a variable distance (not correlated with amount of
pruinosity on body), bright yellow. A narrow stripe on the humeral
suture, a wider stripe on the first lateral suture and on the mete-
pisternum bordering the second suture, yellowish. Pruinosity on
the thorax in slight quantity on the sterna and metapleuron, or on
the sterna only. Coxae and trochanters yellow. Pterostigma as
described for the young male, pruinose on the under surface. No
pruinosity (or but a trace of it) on the dorsal side of abdominal
segment 9, but present in slight traces on the sides inferiorly of 1-8
and in somewhat greater amount on the sternites of 1-8. Hind
margin of 10 with a narrow mid-dorsal notch about one-fourth as
deep as the length of the segment, from which runs a low median
carina to the anterior end of the segment; ventral surface of this
segment pale brown. Abdominal appendages about twice as long
as segment 10, not as long as segment 9, straight, slender, tapering
to an acute apex, black.

268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Genital valves ( = external gonapophyses of 9) reaching almost,
but not quite, to the level of the hind end of 10, brownish, ventral
margin spinulose, the palps slender, reaching beyond the level of the
hind end of 10, but not of that of the anal tubercle ( = 11), darker
in color.

Of the two females from Tumatumari, one lacks all pruinosity
on the body and the pterostigmata, the other has a small quantity
on the rear of the head only; they appear to be the most immature
of their sex in the present material.

Dimensions. — Abdomen cf 26,5-34, 9 24,5-25,5; hind wing
cf 21,5-25, 9 20-22.5 mm.

Habitat. — British Guiana: Wismar, January 30 and 31, three
males, three females; Rockstone, February 1, six males, one female;
Tumatumari, February 5, one male, February 7, one female, February
11, one male, one female; Potoro Landing, February 10, three males.
Collectors, L. A, and E, B, Williamson and B. J. Rainey, 1912.

Type. — A male from Wismar, January 30, abdomen 30.5, hind
wing 22,5 mm, long, in the collection of Mr, E. B, Williamson, of
Bluffton, Ind, The other material in the cohections of Mr. WiUiam-
son and of the author.

Habits. — The Tumatumari female of February 11, the youngest
of her sex of the present material bears this label by Mr. E, B, Wil-
liamson: "taken at top of trail 2| mile past Tiger Creek trail on
twig." A male from Potoro Landing, the smallest of his sex in all
the present lot has this note by the same collector: "On ends of
twigs wings expanded usually in shade,"

Mr, Williamson has kindly furnished the following notes with
reference to the habits: "At Wismar back from the river, across
the railroad tracks and south of the eminence on which stands the
manager's (Mr. Croombie's) house, is a brushy swampy woods,
traversed by numerous small streams which head in small ravines
with abrupt and rocky ends or pockets. These streams at the
season I was there were small and frequently disappeared and hence
were followed with some difficult}^ in their upper course. All were
short and were intermingled in the lower (east) end of the woods
where the ground was swampy and the footing treacherous. The
Agrionines were found usually near the upper ends of the streams
below the rocky pockets.

"At Rockstone the railroad track was followed back toward Wismar
where two or three streams, small at this season, cross the track at
intervals, flowing in a northerly direction. These streams were

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

269

followed in the direction of their flow till each was lost in the woods
and it was impossible to trace its course further.

"The habits of the Agrionines at both locations (Wismar and
Rockstone) were identical. They rested on the extreme tips of dead
twigs, usually two or three feet from the ground, with outspread
wings and rigidly horizontal bodies. The color and the position
assumed gave the impression of alertness and self-reliance. The
flight was swift, and because of light-conditions also, was difficult
to follow. At rest they were fairly conspicuous. When one flew at
my approach I stood still and began examining the possible destina-
tions in the direction of its flight, and thus located it."

Variations. — The smallest males are from Potoro Landing, followed
in order by those from Tumatumari, Wismar and Rockstone. The
order of the females by size from the smallest is not the same, owing
perhaps to there being but a single specimen of this sex from
Rockstone, viz.: Tumatumari, Rockstone, Wismar,

The most remarkable variation in this species is in the number
of cubito-anal cross-veins, which varies from 1 to 4 on the front wings
and from 1 to 5 on the hind. Of the twenty specimens studied only
three (all males) have the same number on all four wings, and of
these three two have 2 cubito-anal cross-veins and the third three.
Two other specimens (females) agree with each other in the number
and arrangement of these veins on their four wings, leaving fifteen
out of the twenty no two of which are exactly alike in this feature when
all four wings are considered. The remarkable nature of this varia-
tion will be appreciated when it is recalled that in the great majority
of the Agrioninse of de Selys there is but a single cubito-anal cross-
vein on each wing. The conditions found in the present material are
summarized in the following

Table II.

Showing the Number of Wings of Twenty Individuals of Dimeragrion
peraihitale having the Specified Numbers of Cubito-anal Cross-veins.

(The numbers in parentheses are those of the wings in which the most prox-
imal of these cross-veins is situated proximad to the level of the first antenodal.)

Right front wing.

Left front wing.

Right hind wing.

Left hind wing.

1 with 1 cu-a c-v

13(1) " 2 " "
5(1) " 3 " "
1 " 4 " "

3 with 1 cu-a c-v
11(1) " 2 " "
5 (4) " 3 " "
1(1) " 4 " "

2 with 1 cu-a c-v
10 " 2 " "
6 " 3 " "

2(1) " 4 " "

0 with 1 cu-a c-v

8 " 2 " "
8(3) " 3 " "
3(2) " 4 " "
1(1) " 5 " "

20 (2)

20(6)

20(1)

20(6)

270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

It is rather curious, although at present insignificant, that the
abnormality of having a cubito-anal cross-vein situated proximad
to the level of the first antenodal should be more frequent on the
left side in both the front and the hind wings.

The specific name proposed, percuhitale, is in allusion to the
unusual numbers of cubito-anal cross-veins.

Bibliography.

(Isolated descriptions of genera are not quoted here when they are included in
Selys 1886 or Kirby 1890).

Brauer, Redtenbacher, u. Ganglbauer. 1889. Fossile Insekten aus der
Juraformation Ost-Sibii'iens. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Si. Petersb., (7),
XXXVI, No. 15. (Paleophlebia synlestoides, p. 6.)

Calvert, P. P. 1893. Catalogue of the Odonata of the Vicinity of Philadel-
phia, with an Introduction to the Study of this Group. Trans. Amer. Ent.
Soc, XX, pp. 152a-272. (Relationship of the Odonate Groups to each
other, pp. 211-214.)

1902. On the Systematic Position of Thaumatoneiira inopinata McLachlan

(Order Odonata), with some remarks on the classification of the Suborder
Zygoptera. Ent. Mo. Mag., (2) XIII, pp. 29-32.

1901-1908. Biologia Centrali-Americana. Neuroptera. Odonata. Lon-
don. (Mexican and Central American genera and species of the legion Poda-
grion, pp. 58-65, 1901; 354-357, 1907; 409, 1908.)

Campion, H. 1913. The Antenodal Reticulation of the Wings of Agrionine

Dragonfiies. These Proceedings, antea, pp. 220-224.
CocKERELL, T. D. A. 1907. Fossil Dragonfiies from Florissant, Colorado.

Bull. Amer. Mns. Nat. Hist., XXIII, pp. 133-139. (Lithagrion hyalinum

Scud., redescribed and figured, p. 137; Melanagrion n. gen. for Lithagrion

umbratum Scud., p. 138.)

1908a. Fossil Insects from Florissant, Colorado. Bull, cit., XXIV,

pp. 59-69. (Original description of Phenacolestes, p. 60.)

. 19086. Descriptions of Tertiary Insects. Atner. Journ. Sci., XXVI,

pp. 69-75. (Additional on Lithagrion hyalimim and Phenacolestes, pp.
69, 75.)

1908c. Some Results of the Florissant Expedition of 1908. Amer. Nat.,

XLII, pp. 569-581. {Phenacolestes, pp. 574-5.)

FoERSTER, F. 1899o. Contributions a la Faune Odonatologique Indo-Australe.
Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., XLIII, pp. 63-72. (Variations in Podopteryx, p. 70.)

18996. Zur Odonaten-Fauna von Madagascar. Ent. Nachr., XXV,

pp. 186-191. (African-Madagassian genera of legion Podagrion and Pro-
tolestes, n. gen., pp. 186-188.)

1900. Odonaten aus Neu-Guinea. Termeszet. Fiizetek, XXIII, pp.

81-108. (Identification table of Indo-Australian genera of legion Podagrion,
p. 103; Argiolestes Selys, p. 104, Wahnesia, n. gen., p. 105.)

1909. Beitrage zu den Gattungen und Arten der Libellen. Jahrb.

Nassau. Ver. Naturk. Wiesbaden, 62, pp. 213-235. (Relationship of Thau-
matoneura, p. 214.)

1910. Beitrage, etc. II. Wien. Ent. Zeitg., XXIX, pp. 51-56. (Mega-

podagrion Selys, p. 53, Allopodagrion, n. gen., p. 54.)

Hagen, H. a. 1862. Ueber die Neuropteren aus dem lithographischen Schiefer
in Bayern. Meyer's Paleontogr., X, 2te Lief., pp. 96-145.

Handlirsch, a. 1906-1908. Die Fossile Insekten. Leipzig, W. Engelmann.

Karsch, F. 1891. Neue Odonaten von Ecuador. Sodetas Entom., VI, pp.
105, 113, 121-2. (Nevragrion, n. gen., p. 105.)

Kirby, W. F. 1890. A Synonymic Catalogue of Neuroptera Odonata. London :
Gurney & Jackson.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271

Martin, R. 1909. Odonates de la Nouvelle Guinee Britannique. Bull. Soc.

Entom. Hal., LX, pp. 195-207. (Note on the groups of Argiolestes, p. 201.)
M'Lachlan, R. 1896. On Odonata from the Province of Szechuen, in Western

China, and from Moupin, in Eastern Thibet. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6),

XVII, pp. 364-374. {Mesopodagrion, n. gen., p. 372.)

1897. Thaumatoneura inopinata, a new genus and species of Caloptery-

ginaj. E7it. Mo. Mag., (2), VIII, pp. 130, 131.

Meunier, F. 1896. Les Agrionides Fossiles des Musees de Munich et de
Haarlem. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1896, pp. 30-35, 3 pis.

1898. Les Insectes des Temps Secondau-es. Revue critique des fossiles

du Musee paleontologique de Munich. Arch. Mus. Teyler, (2), VI, pp.
85-149, 10 pis.

MuTTKowsKi, R. A. 1910. Catalogue of the Odonata of North America.

Bull. Publ. Mus. City Milwaukee, I.
Needham, J. G. 1903. A Genealogic Study of Dragonfly Wing Venation.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, pp. 703-764. 24 pis.

1911. Descriptions of Dragonfly Nymphs of the Subfamily Calopterygin£e

(Odonata). Ent. Neivs, XXII, pp. i45-154. 2 pis. (Remark on more
primitive Calopteryginae, p. 153.)

OsBORN, H. F. 1910. The Age of Mammals in Europe, Asia and North America.
New York.

Ris, F. 1896. Untersuchungen iiber die Gestalt des Kaumagens bei den
Libellen und ihren Larven. Zool. Jahrb., Abth. Syst. Geog. Biol., IX,
pp. 596-624. (Relationships of Odonata to each other, pp. 621-624.)

1912. Neue Libellen von Formosa, Siidchina, Tonldn und den

Phillippinen. Supplem. Entom. Deutsch. Ent. Mus., I, pp. 44-85. 3 pis.
(Primitive venation in Zvgoptera, pp. 44-47; Rhipidolestes, n. gen., p. 57.)

ScuDDER, S. H. 1890. The"^ Tertiary Insects of North America. Rep. U. S.

Geol. SuTLK Terr., XIII.
DE Selys-Longchamps, E. 1862. Synopsis des Agrionines. 3me Legion. —

Podagrion. Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg., (2), XIV, pp. 5—44.

1886. Revision du Synopsis des Agrionines. Mem. Couron. Acad. Roy.

Belg., XXXVIII, pp. i-iv, 1-233.

1891. Causeries Odonatologiques No. 5. Deux nouveaux groupes

d'Agrionines de Madagascar: Nesolestes et Nesocnemis. Comptes Rendus,
Soc. Ent. Belg., (IV), 23, pp. cccxcviii-cccciii.

Till YARD, R. J. 1911. On the genus Cordulephya. Proc. Linn. Soc. New South
Wales, XXXVI, pp. 388-422, 2 pis. (General relationship of Odonate
groups, pp. 410, 411.)

1912. On the genus Diphlebia, with descriptions of new species and life-
histories. Proc. cit., XXXVI, pp. 584-604. 2 pis. (Relationships of
groups of Zygoptera, pp. 600-603.)

1913. On some New and Rare AustraUan Agrionidae (Odonata). Proc.

cit., XXXVII, pp. 404-479. 6 pis. (Classification of Zygoptera, pp.

404-407.)
Williamson, E. B. 1913. The Medio-anal Link in Agrionina? (Odonata).

Ent. News, XXIV, pp. 258-261.

The following contain descriptions and studies of Protodonata published since
Handlirsch's great resume. Die Fossile Insekten.

Handlirsch, a. 1910. Ueber die Insektenreste aus der Trias Frankens.
Abh. Naturh. Ges. NUrnberg, XVIII, 4 pp. (On Handlirschia gelasii Reis
=Reisia gelasii.)

1911. New Paleozoic Insects from the Vicinity of Mazon Creek, Illinois.

Amer. Journ. Sci., XXXI, pp. 297-377. {Paralogopsis, n. gen., p. 374.)

Meunier, F. 1909a. Nouveaux Insectes du Stephanien de Commentry (Cin-
quieme note). Bull. Mus. Nation. Hist. Nat., 1909, No. 1, pp. 37-40 (Gilsonia
n. gen. p. 37).

19096. Nouvelles Recherches sur les Insectes du Terrain Houiller de

Commentry (Allier). Ann. Paleontol. (Paris), IV, pp. 12.5-152, 5 pis.

272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Reis, O. M. 1909. Handlirschia Gelasii nov. gen. et spec, aus dem Schaumkalk
Frankens. Ab/id. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., Math.-Phys. Klasse XXIII, pp.
659-694, 1 pi. ' ^^

Sellards, E. H. 1906. Types of Permian Insects. Amer. Journ. ScL, XXII,
pp. 249-258. (Tupus, n. gen.)

Explanation of Plate XIV.

Figs. 1-5. — Phenacolestes mirandus Cockerell. Florissant, Colorado. From
photographs. These are the specimens described antea, pp. 225-230.

Fig. 6. — Dimeragrion percubitale n. gen., n. sp. Wings of male, Rockstone, British
Guiana, February 1, 1912. (From photograph by H. A. Walters.)

Figs. 7, 8. — D. percubitale, apex of abdomen of male type, Wismar, British Guiana,
January 30, 1912. 7, dorsal view; 8, right side profile view. Camera draw-
ings, Zeiss oc. 2, objective A with lower lens off. Scale alongside fig. 7 is
that of one millimeter in tenths, for figures 7 and 8 only.

1913.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273

A CONTRIBUTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE ORTHOPTERA OF
ARGENTINA.

BY JAMES A. G. REHN,

The present paper is based entirely on collections made by Mr.
P. Jorgensen, of Buenos Aires. These collections were sent either
direct to us for study or through Mr. Esben Petersen, of Silkeborg,
Denmark, to whose interest we are obligated for much of the material
treated in the paper. In addition to thanking these gentlemen for
the opportunity to study the present collections, we also wish, on
behalf of the Academy, to thank Mr. Jorgensen for the very important
additions received from the collection, by far the greater portion of
which, including all the types and unique specimens, remain in the
Academy series.

The entire series, collected over the greater portion of northern
and north-central Argentina, comprises ten hundred and twenty
specimens, representing one hundred and sixty -two species, of which
three genera and twenty species are new to science.

The general regions represented in the collections are:

First. Territory of the Misiones. The extreme northeastern
extension of Argentina extending between the Parana and Uruguay
Rivers, which respectively separate it from Paraguay and Brazil.
In consequence of its f>osition it has a far greater proportion of tropical
types than any other portion or portions of Argentina.

Second. Province of Corrientes. Southwest of the Misiones and
between the same rivers, but of a less tropical character.

Third. Province of Jujuy. The extreme northwestern province,
forming part of the Bolivian boundary. This is a region charac-
terized by a number of types of Orthoptera peculiar to it or shared
with Bolivia or the province of Salta to the south and east.

Fourth. Province of Salta. This province is next south of Jujuy,
which it also bounds on the east, the latter portion forming part of
the Chaco region.

Fifth. Province of Tucuman, South of Salta and at the east base
of the Andean uplift, part of which is within the province.

Sixth. Provinces of San Juan and Mendoza. These are in the
•west-central part of the country, forming a considerable part of the
Chilean frontier and including conditions from the plains to the

274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [MajT^

summits of the Andes. Mr. Jorgensen has kindly furnished us with
the following information on these two provinces, which he has
examined with considerable care. "Provincia de Mendoza is
unusually dry and exceedingly hot (extreme heat 42° C). Rain
falls as a rule in local showers, although occasionally there are heavy
rainfalls with terrific thunderstorms. As a rule, the sky is cloudless,,
and the temperature, even in summer, often falls to a considerable
degree at night. In the district around the town of Mendoza it
freezes not rarely at night during the 'winter' months (May-Septem-
ber), although even at this elevation to see a layer of snow in the
morning is rare, and in any event, even in the coldest months, snow
never has the opportunity of laying, for it can be quite hot towards
midday. Only high up and in the front range of the Cordillera de
Mendoza the snow lays for long periods in the very coldest months.
In the lowlands, or rather the flat lower lying districts, east of the
Cordilleras, the ground is composed of alluvial strata of an ash-gray,
finely powdered clay soil, which bears a rich bush vegetation, the
gray color of which, together with its adaptation to the climate, points
to an ancient desert vegetation. A large proportion of the plants,,
quite apart from the cacti, are thorny and spiky, the Spanish name
'Espinales' thus suiting the district admirably. The grass fruits
are often prickly and also in a single instance mechanical flycatchers..
Many of the plants here are very aromatic or contain quantities of
resin. At the transition point between the lowlands and the Cor-
dilleras, the ground is more or less rising, here and there swamps are
to be found, often strongly impregnated with saltpeter, and nearly
everywhere are to be found stones (rolling stones), or even pieces of
rock, mixed with the earth. The front ranges of the Cordilleras,,
which rise to the west of the city of Mendoza, are partly solid rock
and partly products of disintegration. These are covered with the-
very same plants as the lowland (Covillea divaricata, Gourhcea decor-
ticans, Prosopis campestris and alpataco, Acacia furcata, Senecia
mendocinus, Suoeda divaricata, etc.). Localities: Mendoza (767
meters above the sea), Chacras de Coria (936 meters), nine kilometers
more southerly, both at the foot of the first range, Precordillera de
Mendoza; Punta del Agua and Blanco Encalada (1,068 meters) in
the mountains and railroad stations on the Ferro Carril Transandina ;,
Potrerillos (1,368 meters) and San Ignacio (1,325 meters), railroad
stations in a large valley in the second range, Cerro Negro, on the
Rio Mendoza; Pedregal (696 meters), seventeen kilometers east of
Mendoza, swamps; La Paz (504 meters), forty-eight kilometers

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275

.southeast of Mendoza on the Rio Tunuyan. The Provincia de San
Juan is similar to Mendoza, but hotter and drier."

Seventh. Province of San Luis. East of Mendoza and, according
to Mr. Jorgensen, of the same nature and condition as around
Mendoza.

Eighth. Province of Cordoba. East of San Luis and forming a
considerable part of the great ''Pampa. "

Ninth. Vicinit}^ of Buenos Aires, The immediate vicinity of the
t3apital, a historic zoological locality, is represented by quite a number
of specimens.

The total number of species represented aside from the new forms
is one hundred and forty-two, of which fifty-six are here recorded
from Argentina for the first time. Of these fifty-six, forty-nine are
recorded only from the Misiones. Of the total of one hundred and
sixty-two species, one hundred and sixteen are recorded from the
Misicrnes. These figures give some idea of the richness of the Misiones
territory in Orthoptera.

A tabulation of the distribution of the entire list of species shows,
among other things, the following interesting features:

One hundred and sixteen species recorded from the Misiones.

Twenty species recorded from the Misiones and west of, but not
south of, the same.

Forty-seven species recorded from Brazil, Paraguay and the
Misiones alone in Argentina.

Thirty-two species recorded from the Misiones and the Pampan
region, also northward, but not westward.

Seventeen species recorded from Buenos Aires westward to
Mendoza. (Typical pampan and plains forms.)

One species recorded only from Jujuy and the Pampas.

Three species recorded only from the Chaco, Jujuy, and Tucuman.

The distribution of all of the species treated has been given in the
paper, and, aside from the new ones, the forms here recorded from
Argentina for the first time bear an asterisk before their names.

Family BLATTIDiB.

Subfamily PSEUDOMOPIN^.

* Fseudomops negleota Shelf ord.

1906. P[seudomops] neglecta Shelford, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1906, p. 256.
[Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.]

Misiones. December 20. (No. 4.) ''Common on flowers."
Two males, one female.

276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May^

While fully agreeing in every other way with the description of the
species, which was based on a single female, the males are found to
lack the pale annulus on the antennae, which is marked in the single
female.

The measurements of the specimens are as follows:

Length of body 8.6 mm. 8.5 mm. 9. mm.

Length of pronotum 3. " 3. " 3.2 "

Greatest width of pronotum 3.2 " 3.3 " 3.6 "

Length of tegmen 8. " 8.2 " 8.

This species is now known from southern Brazil (Rio Grande do
Sul), Uruguay (Montevideo; Shelf ord), eastern Paraguay (Puerto
Bertoni),^ and northern Argentina.

Ischnoptera rufa Brunner.

1865. I[schnoptera] rufa Brunner, Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 131, PI. Ill, figs.
13a-c. [Brazil; Porto Rico.]

Misiones. December 2, 1910. (No. 5.) Two males.
We have no previous Argentine records of this species aside from
that from San Lorenzo, Jujuy (Giglio-Tos),

Ischnoptera marginata Brunner.

1865. I[schnoptera] marginata Brunner, ibid., p. 132. [Brazil.]

Misiones. December 20, 1910. (No. 8.) One female.

This specimen is perfectly typical of the species. The nearest
definite localities from which the species has been recorded are
Sapucay and Villa Rica, Paraguay, and Salta, Argentina.

Ischnoptera brasiliensis Brunner.

1865. I[schnoptera] brasiliensis Brunner, ibid., p. 131, pi. Ill, figs. 12a-c.
[Brazil.]

Misiones. December, 1910. Two males.

Pedregal, Mendoza. December 14, 1906. One male.

The Pedregal specimen shows no differences from the Misiones
individuals. The species has also been recorded from San Lorenzo,^
Jujuy, Oran, Salta and San Pablo, Tucuman (Giglio-Tos), Rio Negro,
Sierra de Corrumalan, Carmen de Patagones (Berg), and Bahia
Blanca (Saussure), Argentina; Sapucay, Paraguay (Caudell and
Rehn), and Uruguay (Berg).

1 The acquisition of the present material enables us to identify the broken
specimen of this genus from Puerto Bertoni recorded by us as Pseudomops sp.
{Ent. News, XXII, p. 247) as this species.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 277

Blattella germanica (Linnaeus).

1767. [Blatta] germanica Linn£Eus, Syst. Nat., 12th ed., p. 688. [Denmark.]
Misiones. February 4, 1910. (No. 3.) One female.

Subfamily NYCTIBORINJE.
*Nyctibora limbata (Thunberg).

"1826. Blatta limbata Thunberg, Mem. I'Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., X,
p. 277."

Misiones. January, 1911. (No. 9.) One male.

We have followed Shelford in using limbata for the species usually
called sericea Burmeister. The set of the Memoires in the Academy
library unfortunately lacks volume ten, so we are unable to verify
this reference. The present specimen has but four tarsal joints in
the right caudal tarsus and another male from Puerto Bertoni,
Paraguay, has the same true of the left caudal tarsus.

This species has been recorded by the author from Puerto Bertoni,
Paraguay, but it is here reported from Argentina for the first time.

Subfamily EPILAMPRIN.E.
Rhicnoda jorgenseni n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Misiones, Argentina. December 2, 1910. (P. Jor-
gensen.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., type No. 5,210.]

Closely resembling R. rugosa Brunner, from the Oriental region,
but differing in the proportionately broader abdomen, the broader
and less produced supra-anal plate, which is also much more shallowly
divided, and in the smaller size.

Size medium; form greatly depressed; surface of the dorsum
coriaceous. Head with only the extreme cephalic portion of the
vertex visible beyond the pronotum; facial portion strongly depressed
and flattened; interocular space equal to twice the depth of the eye,
rugulose, the occipital outline moderately arcuate, very narrowly
rounded in section; antennae subequal to half the length of the body.
Pronotum semicircular in form, the cephalic and lateral margins
regularly arcuate, caudal margin subtruncate with the faintest
possible very low broad median projection, lateral angles very
narrowly rounded. Caudal margins of the meso- and metanotum
arcuato-emarginate, that of the metanotum more decidedly so than
that of the mesonotum, the median projection of the metanotum
more decided than that of the pronotum or the mesonotum, Teg-
mina equal to about two-thirds of the length of the pronotum,
lateral, squamiform, the basal width of the same but little less than

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

the length, external margin slightly arcuate, internal margin more

decidedly arcuate, the external margin thick-

^^-^7'''''^^"^ ened and projecting distad of the internal

/ / \ \ margin at the apex as a minute point; apex of

I aH \ Tm^ \ ^^^ tegmina slightly surpassing the margin of

1 'I/- ^y'-XT* . ^Q mesonotum. No >vings present. Abdo-

Jjr:r<iZ:tzi:>^x men slightly broader than the thoracic seg-

IJh^-^^'. "■',""" ' -"'^'^^>4>\ ments; caudal margins of the segments with

(//V".' ■ '.'.'.'.'.' '■ !tt^:t^y low, regularly placed ridges, such as are found

i V --•■'lU"'7j^ "t in other species of this genus; caudo-lateral

^— ^ \ angles of the segments acutely produced;

Fig. l.—Rhicnoda jor- supra-anal plate transverse, the length con-

gensenin. sp. Dor- tained about twice in the greatest width,

(Xl|.) the margin regularly arcuate with a shallow

median rectangulate emargination ; cerci no

more than half the length of the supra-anal plate, broad fusiform,

depressed; subgenital plate broad, the general outline of the plate

arcuate with a shallow emargination by each cercus. Cephalic

femora with the ventro-cephalic margin with four median spines,

the ventro-caudal margin with three spines on the distal half;

median femora with five spines ventro-cephalad, one of which is

apical, ventro-caudal margin with the same number, but with the

spines more regularly placed; caudal femora with the ventro-cephalic

margin with five spines similarly disposed to those on the same

margin of the median femora, caudal margin with spines but one or

none; caudal tarsi missing in the type specimen.

General color above Vandyke brown, the tegmina and the lateral
portions of the metanotum prout's brown, the abdominal ridges
weakly lined with seal brown. Ventral surface chiefly tawny-olive,
the abdomen broadly but indefinitely bordered with seal brown, the
paler portions with numerous spots of the same color, these spots
being placed on very low and not very distinct tubercles, a narrow
medio-longitudinal line of seal brown indicated on the venter of the
abdomen. Head ventrad to below the eyes seal brown; eyes and
antennae clove brown. Limbs becoming burnt umber distad.

Measurements.

Length of body 22 . 5 mm.

Length of pronotum 6 .

Greatest width of pronotum 11 . "

Length of tegmen 4 . "

■Greatest width of abdomen 14 . "

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279

The type of this species is unique. It is quite singular that the
present species shows no close relationship to any of the previously
known American forms of this peculiar genus, while its close affinity
to the Oriental rugosa is immediately apparent when the two are
examined.

We take pleasure in dedicating this interesting species to the
collector, Mr. P. Jorgensen, to whom we are indebted for the oppor-
tunity to study the very remarkable collection of Argentine Orthop-
fera treated in the present paper.

Epilampra stigmatiphora- n. sp.

Type: cf; Misiones, Argentina. February 8, 1910. (P. Jor-
gensen; No. 1.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., tj^pe No. 5,211.]

This new form is a very interesting species apparently allied to
E. testacea Brunner, from Brazil, and caizana Giglio-Tos, from Bolivia,
differing from the former in the color pattern of the head and
pronotum and in the covered portion of the tegmen being no darker
than the general color, and from caizana in the greater size, in the
more rotundate median protuberance of the caudal margin of the
pronotum, the non-punctate margins of the same, in the blackish
humeral trunk of the tegmina and the non-punctate limbs.

Size medium. Head very slightly projecting beyond the pronotum,
considerably depressed; interocular space nearly one and one-half
times the depth of the eye, the outline hardly rounded when seen
from the dorsum, the eyes well rounded; paired ocelli enormous in
size, elliptical in outline, converging ventrad, slightly impressed;
antennae slightly longer than half of the body length. Pronotum
of the form, found in most species of the genus, cephalic margin
regularly arcuate from the lateral angles except for a slight flattening
dorsad of the head, lateral angles very narrowly rounded obtuse-
angulate, lateral margins moderately convergent caudad, caudal
margin appreciably produced mesad into a broad rounded expansion,
laterad of which the margins are arcuato-emarginate ; disk with two
pairs of impressed punctures slightly cephalad of the middle, the usual
transverse creasing of the surface toward the caudal margin distinct
but not deep. Tegmina surpassing the apex of the abdomen by
about half the pronotal length, moderately broad, the median half
subequal in width ; costal margin moderately arcuate in the proximal

2 2-<; //o-^-^opo?, bearing brandmarks .
19

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

half, then straight and finally
narrowly rounding to the apex,
sutural margin subrect in the
proximal two-thirds, thence arcu-
ate oblique-truncate to the well-
rounded but in general form acute
apex; venation prominent; anal
field very elongate pyriform, the
anal vein reaching the sutural
margin mesad. Wings ample,
the greatest width contained one

T.. o 77 -7 f 4-1, and two-thirds times in the

tig. 2. — E pilampra stigmatipnora n. sp.

Dorsal view of type. (Xli) length of same; costal margin

moderately arcuate distad, apex
rotundato-rectangulate; region of the costal veins coriaceous, sub-
opaque; anterior ulnar vein with three complete and eight incom-
plete rami; anterior field of the wing very broad. Abdomen strongly
depressed; supra-anal plate broad, produced, rounded, with a median
rectangulate emargination ; cerci subfusiform, the distal extremity
attenuate; subgenital plate broad, rounded, .slightly asymmetrical,
slightly impressed at the insertion of the styles, the latter very small.
Cephalic femora with the ventro-cephalic margin armed with four
or five spines mesad and a single distal one, the area between supplied
with very short setiform spinulations. Median and caudal limbs
with the ventro-cephalic margins of the femora supplied with five
spaced spines. Caudal metatarsi very slightly longer than the re-
mainder of the tarsus, biseriato-spinulose ventrad, pulvillus small,
distad.

General color cream-buff, the tegmina, aside from the costal por-
tion, nearly uncolored translucent, maculations Vandyke brown and
where less decided russet. Head with the occiput having a large
maculation of vandyke brown divided cephalo-caudad by a line of
the base color ; region from the middle of the interocular space to the
middle of the interocellar space russet with a decided vandyke brown
section dorsad; eyes seal brown; antennae, except for the pale proxi-
mal joint, bistre. Pronotum thickly speckled with fine vandyke
brown points with less frequent rather regularly placed larger dots
' of the same color, a median sublyrate pattern, part of which is made
up of a transverse series of eight large dots, of the same color; caudal
margin with a series of well-spaced points. Tegmina with a short
sinuous line on the base of the humeral trunk seal brown, the well-

19 13. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281

scattered points, which sometimes resolve themselves into larger
blotches, russet. Wings hyaline with the veins of the anterior field
very pale russet and of the posterior field Vandyke brown, the
coriaceous portion of the costal margin buffy. Limbs and ventral
surface pale clay color, the latter finely speckled with vandyke
brown and with larger paired lateral patches of the same color, the
former darkening in color distad, the spines tawny.

Measurements.

Length of body 23. mm.

Length of pronotum „ 6 . "

Greatest width of pronotum 7.5 "

Length of tegmen 22 . 5 "

Median width of tegmen 7.4 "

In addition to the type, we have examined six paratypes (taken
January 1, February 8, October 1, and December, 1910) which differ
little from the type. The size shows almost no variation, while color
differences are wholly in the degree of density of the fine brownish
punctations on the tegmina. In this respect the type represents one
pale extreme, from which the series grades to the other extreme,
represented by one specimen, in which these small spots are much
more abundant and generally distril:)uted on the tegmina, being well
marked on the costal field. The larger maculations of the tegmina
of the type are represented in the darker individuals by smaller,
Vandyke brown, more sharply cut ones, while the lining of the humeral
trunk is broader, solid, and decidedly striking.

*Epilainpra verticalis Burmeister.

1838. E[pilampra] verticalis Burmeister, Handb. der Entom., II, Abth.. II,
pt. 1, p. 505. [Brazil.]

Misiones. November 2, 1910. (No. 6.) One female.

All of the previous records of this species are from Brazil.

Subfamily BLATTIN^.
Periplaneta brunnea Burmeister.

1838. P[eriplaneta] brunnea Burmeister, ibid., p. 503. [Chile; Demerara.]

Embarcacion, Salta. April, 1911. One female.

This specimen shows no differences from a pair from Caiza, BoHvia.

The species has been recorded from San Lorenzo, Jujuy, Argentina,

Aguairenda and Caiza, Bolivian Chaco and Colonia Risso, upper

Paraguay (Giglio-Tos).

282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

SubfamUy PANCHLORIN^.
Fanchlora thalassina Saussure and Zehntner.

1893. Panchlora thalassina Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.-Amer.,
Orth., I, pp. 91, 93. [Guatemala; Santa Catharina, Brazil; La Plata,
Argentine Republic]

Misiones. April 20, 1910; November, 1910. (No. 2.) One
male, one female.

The above fully agree with material from Puerto Bertoni, Para-
guay. The form has been reported from Sapucay, Paraguay (Cau-
dell) and Tala, Salta and San Lorenzo, Jujuy, Argentina (Giglio-Tos) .

SubfamUy BLABERIN^.
*Monastria biguttata (Thunberg).

"1826. Blatta biguttata Thunberg, Mem. I'Acad. St. Petersb., X, p. 276,
pi. 14."

Misiones. January 29, 1911. (No. 10.) "Common." One
female.

This specimen is very interesting as, while it fully agrees with the
descriptions of the female of this species in every other respect,
according exactly in the form of the tegminal margins, it differs in the
tegmina being distinctly longer than in the more usual type described.
The tegmina in our specimen cover nearly half of the abdomen and
are nineteen millimeters in length from the point of attachment to
the extreme portion of the margin. The previous descriptions give
the length of the tegmina as from ten to twelve millimeters.

All of the older records of the species are simply from ''Brazil."
The present author has recorded a male from Yaguarasapa, Paraguay,
while Giglio-Tos^ has recorded what is in all probability this or a
congeneric species from Paraguay as Blabera fumigata, a peculiarly
Cuban species, the female of which resembles this genus.

*Blaberus fraternus Saussure.

1864. Blabera fraterna Saussure, Mem. I'Hist. Nat. Mex., Ill, p. 241.
[South America; Cuba?]

Jujuy. April, 1911. One female.

This specimen shows a few differences from the original description,
which was based on the male sex, but these are probably only sexual.
In all the more important characters, which would be shared by both
sexes, our specimen agrees with the description. The pronotal

2 Zoolog. Jahrb., Abth. Syst., VIII, p. 805.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283

patch is considerably extended laterad along the caudal margin and
is sharply cut out on the sides. This form belongs to the same group
of species as minor, and to which apparently belongs hrasilianus
Saussure and sulzeri Guerin.

We know nothing definite regarding the distribution of this species.

Subfamily CORYDIX.E.
Melestora fulvella n. sp.

Type: cf; Misiones, Argentina. December, 1910. (P. Jor-
gensen.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., type No. 5,212.]

This species, the first of this very peculiar genus seen by us, differs
from adspersicollis and fuscella Stal, both from Rio Janeiro, in the
smaller size, non-lineate pronotum, and very much more uniform
coloration.

Size small; form moderately depressed; body, except pronotum
and tegmina, covered with fine ochraceous pile. Head but very
slightly projecting beyond the pronotum, outline of the occiput
subtruncate; interspace between the eyes broad, about equal to one
and one-half times the greatest depth of the eye, this region and the
equally broad interantennal section impresso-
punctulate; eyes elongate pyro-reniform in
outline; antennae subequal to the body
in length. Pronotum transverse elliptical in
outline, the cephalic margin subtruncate, Fig. 3.—Meleslora ful-
lateral portions moderately declivent; surface ^f^^egnS (S^'ti^l
polished. Tegmina surpassing the apex of the ( x 4.)
abdomen by more than the length of the

pronotum, very slightly inferior to the tips of the wings, sublanceolate
in outline ; costal margin gently arcuate, sutural margin straight in the
proximal two-thirds and thence arcuate to the rather broadly rounded
apex; venation of the peculiar type found in this genus, the trans-
verse veins forming regularly subquadrate or subrectangulate areas,
the surface of these areas as well as the costal field minutely papillose;
costal veins seven in number; anal vein joining the sutural margin
at about a third of the length from the base. Supra-anal plate with
the distal margin arcuate; subgenital plate asymmetrical; cerci
depressed, hardly tapering, apex moderately acute.

General color rather pale ochraceous, on the disk of the pronotum
inclined toward tawny. Occiput ferruginous, passing into hazel on
the lower face; eyes clove brown; antennae drab.

284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [MaV,

Measurements.

Length of body 7 . mm.

Length of pronotum 1.8 ''

Greatest width of pronotum 2.2 "

Length of tegmen 7.7 "

Greatest width of tegmen 2.7 "

The type of this interesting species is unique.

Family MANTID^.

Subfamily ORTHODERIN^.
*Maiitoida'burmeisteri (Giebel).

1862. Ch[cetoessa] burmeisteri Giebel, Zeitschr. fiir die Gesammt. Naturwiss.,
XX, p. 316. [Neu Freiburg, State of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.]

Misiones. January 26, 191L One male.

This is the first record of the species since the origilial description.

Subfamily MAXTIX.^.
Acontista bimaculata Saussure.

1870. A[contista] bimaculata Saussure, Mittheil. Schweiz. Entom. Gesell.,
Ill, p. 229. [Brazil.]

Jujuy, Province of Jujuy. April, 1911. One male.

Misiones. January 31, 1911; February 15, 1911; October, 1910;
October 30, 1909. (No. 10.) Six males.

A single Misiones male (October 30, 1909) has the head, pronotum,
and cephalic coxae washed with orange. An individual of the same
sex from Sapucay, Paraguay, now before us, has the same color
present but more extensive, coloring the femora as well.

The only previous Argentine record is from San Lorenzo, Jujuy
(Giglio-Tos) . The other known records of the species are from
Paraguay (Giglio-Tos) ; Sapucay, Paraguay (Caudell, Rehn) ;
Asuncion, Paraguay (Giglio-Tos) ; Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil (Saus-
sure); Goyaz, Brazil (Saussure), and Chiquitos,- Bolivia (Saussure).
Brunneria brasiliensis Saussure.

1870. B[runneria] brasiliensis Saussure, ibid., p. 240. [Brazil.]

Misiones. March 15, 1910. (No. 2.) One male.

This is the second record of the species from Argentina. Other
records of the form show its range to extend from Brazil and Paraguay
(specificalty from Sapucay) west to San Lorenzo, Jujuy, Argentina.

Brunneria subaptera Saussure.

1869. B[rimneria] subaptera Saussure, ibid., p. 71. [Argentine Pampas.]

Buenos Aires. May 1, 1909. One female.

This species has been recorded from northern Patagonia north to
Carcarana and Buenos Aires.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285

The Genus COPTOPTEEYX.

In studying the material in the present collection belonging to the
genus Coptopteryx, we have found it necessary to make a preliminary
revision of the genus, examining all the available material belonging
to the same. From the present series, the Academy Collection and
the Hebard Collection we have assembled fifty specimens, and from a
careful study of this series it is evident that considerable confusion
has existed in all previous work on the genus, including that by the
present author. A large portion of this confusion is directly traceable
to Saussure's error in using Blanchard's name crenaticoUis for a
species distinct from that author's gayi, when, as shown by the
present material, they are clearly sexes of the same species.

It is evident from our material that almost all of the species'* of
the genus show very considerable size variation, that venational
characters are very unreliable, and also that green phases with hyaline
tegmina and wings in the male, and brown phases with infumate or
infuscate tegmina and wings in the same sex probabl}^ will be found
in the same species, although we have little conclusive evidence
regarding the color phases.

The following key has been constructed from the material before
us and we trust it will be found serviceable.

Males.

a. — Size medium to large. Shaft of pronotum not strongly con-
stricted mesad. Width of head contained at least two and
one-half times in the length of pronotum.
b. — Size large (body 56.5-79 mm.; pronotum 15-21.2).

c. — Greatest width of the pronotum contained not more than
three and one-half times in the length of the same,
d. — Wing narrower, the breadth contained more than

twice in the length argentina (Burmeister).

dd.— Wing broader, the breadth contained less than twice

in the length claraziana Saussure.

cc. — Greatest width of the pronotum contained at least four

times in the length of the same thoracica n. sp.

bb. — Size medium (body 43.5-54 mm.; pronotum 11.3-14.8),

gayi (Blanchard).

aa. — Size small. Shaft of pronotum strongly constricted mesad.

Width of head contained less than twice ' in the length of

. pronotum constrida n. sp.

* The species Mantis gymnopyga Burmeister and Mantis grisea Philippi, which
have been questionably referred to this genus, do not appear to belong here.
Phihppi's grisea is clearly a nymph of another genus as suggested by Saussure.

286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Fe7nale.

a. — Lateral margins of the pronotum regularly and finely denticulate.
Tegmina with the discoidal and anal fields unicolorous.

(Form robust.) argentina (Burmeister).

aa. — Lateral margins of the pronotum strongly spinose, the spines
with regularly intercalated spinulations. Tegmina with the
discoidal and anal fields bicolored.
b. — Size medium to large. Pronotum with the length of the
collar contained over twice in that of the shaft,
c. — Size large (body 62-80 mm.; pronotum 19-25.3).

d. — Pronotum broader, the greatest width contained about
three times in the length, shaft weakly carinate.

Cephalic limbs more robust daraziana Saussure.

dd. — Pronotum more elongate, the greatest width contained
about four times in the length, shaft decidedly
though finely carinate. Cephalic limbs slenderer,

thoracica n. sp.
cc. — Size medium (body 44-54 mm.; pronotum 13.2-15.8),

gayi (Blanchard).

bb. — Size small. Pronotum with the length contained not more

than twice in that of the shaft constricta n. sp.

Coptopteryx argentina (Burmeister) .5

1864. M[antis\ arQenlina Burmeister, Berl. Entom. Zeitschr., VIII, p. 208.
[Argentina between Buenos Aires and Mendoza.]

Misiones. January 18, 1910. (No. 1.) One male,

Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 767 meters. May 2, 1908.
One female.

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. January
20, 1908; March 9, 1908; April 5 and 11, 1907. Four females.

Cordillera de Mendoza. March 22, 1908. One male.

Of this species we have before us a series of eleven males and
fifteen females, from the evidence of which we know there is a great
amount of individual variation in size. The two males from Sapucay
previously recorded by us as crenaticollis (vide infra) are considerably
smaller than any other specimens of that sex, although the largest
male individual is from the same locality. The females of the
Sapucay series show very similar, but somewhat less decided size
variation, while those from the Province of Mendoza average con-
siderably smaller, yet show much variation among themselves.

Measurements of the extreme individuals are as follows:

^ To this species belongs the male material from Sapucay, Paraguay, recorded
by us as crenaticollis {Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 155).

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287

Length

Length

Greatest

Length

Length of

Length

of

of

width of

of

cephaUc

of caudal

body.

pronotum.

pronotum.

tegmen.

femur.

femur.

mm.

mm.

mm.

mm.

mm.

mm.

cf Sapucay, Paraguay.

[Hebard Coll.]

56.5

15.

3.8

37.5

11.8

18.

cf Sapucay, Paraguay.

[Hebard Coll.]

.79.

21.2

5.5

53.3

18.

28.

d^ Cordillera de

Mendoza.

[A. N. S. P.]

.64.

17.

4.7

48.

13.7

20.5

cf Misiones.

[A. N. S.P.]

.76.5

20.8

5.2

53.2

16.5

26.5

9 Sapucay, Paraguay.

[A.N.S.P.]

67.

21.

6.5

8.6

18.

20.

9 Sapucay, Paraguay.

[A. N. S. P.]

..77.

25.3

8.2

13.7

22.2

24.5

9 Mendoza.

[A.N.S.P.]

.64.

19.

, 6.2

13.

16.5

18.2

9 Mendoza.

[A. N. S. P.]

.70.

22.2

7.2

14.5

19.2

20.8

The two small male.s from Sapucay and the Cordillera de Mendoza
male differ from all the others of that sex in having the extreme
proximal portion of the marginal field of the tegmina equally hyaline
with the remainder of that field, while the other specimens have the
same opaque rufous, on one side touching the humeral trunk and on
the other obliquely delimited.

The Cordillera de Mendoza specimen differs from all the other
specimens seen in having the margins of the collar of the pronotum
more decidedly converging cephalad, the cephalic extremity being
much narrower than usual in consequence. This appears, however,
to be purely individual.

The species, from the basis of previous records and present material,
is known to range from southern Brazil (Saussure) and central
Paraguay (Sapucay) south to Uruguay (Saussure) and west to the
Cordillera de Mendoza, Argentina.
Coptopteryx claraziana Saussure.7

1869. C[optopteryx] claraziana Saussui'e, Mittheil. Schweiz. Entom. Gesell.,
Ill, p. 66. ["Ager argentinus."]

Chacras de Coria, Prov. de Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. Decem-
ber 13, 1907. One male.

This specimen has the tegmina fuliginoso-hyaline, while the wings
are more decidedly fuliginous. The female from Carcaraiia, Argen-
tina, previously recorded by us as crenaticoUis,^ belongs to this species.

The Chacras de Coria specimen measures: length of body, 72 mm.;

6 Imperfectly developed.

^ This name was almost immediately cancelled by Saussure, who then considered
the species to represent Blanchard's crenaticollis. This is clearly an error and
the name claraziana is available for the species, which has been recorded by most
authors as crenaticollis, following Saussure.

8 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 155.

288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

length of pronotum, 19; greatest width of pronotum, 5.2; length of
tegmen, 52; length of cephalic femur, 14.7.

This species, as far as can be determined from our correlation of
the published records, ranges from southern Brazil (Saussure) and
the Province of San Pedro, Paraguay (Giglio-Tos), south to Bahia
Blanca and the north of Patagonia (Saussure), west to Mendoza
Province (Chacras de Coria) and east to the Rio de la Plata (Buenos
Aires; Giglio-Tos).
Coptopteryx thoracica n. sp.

1894.^ Coptopteryx gaiji Giglio-Tos (not of Blanchard), Boll. Mus. Zool.
Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, No. 184, p. 3. [Province of San Pedro, Paraguay;
Santa Rosa, Salta, Argentina.]
1907. Coptopteryx gayi Rehn (not of Blanchard), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1907, p. 155. [Sapucay, Paraguay.]

Type: 9 ; Sapucay, Paraguay. December 19, 1904. (William
Foster.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., type No. 5,215.]

The differential characters of this form have been emphasized in
the key.

Size large (for the genus); form less robust than in argentina.
Head trigonal, slightly broader than deep; occiput moderately
arcuate, the juxta-ocular sections subbullate and separated from the
occipital margin proper by moderately deep sulci, the dorsal portion
of the eyes considerably ventrad of these inflated sections; ocelli
small, placed in an arcuate line; facial shield strongly transverse,
the greatest depth contained about three times in the width of the
same, dorsal margin obtuse-angulate, lateral margins oblique trun-
cate; eyes moderately prominent, subovate in basal outline; antennae
short, filiform. Pronotum elongate, not strongly inflated, the greatest
width contained about four times in the length; lateral margins of
the collar and shaft closely and regularly spinose with nearly as
regularly placed intercalated spinulations ; collar having the cephalic
margin strongly arcuate with the middle slightly flattened, lateral
margins regularly expanding caudad to the well-rounded supracoxal
dilation; shaft with the margins narrowing more abruptly caudad of
the dilation than the collar expands to the same, thence caudad
apparently subequal, but in reality very slightly expanding to the
arcuate caudal margin, which is subtruncate mesad; transverse
sulcus deep, median carina finely but decidedly indicated, present
throughout the prothoracic length except for a very short distance

9 It is quite probable that Coptopteryx gayi Gigli-Tos {Zoolog. Jahrb., Abth.
Syst., VIII, p. 805, 1895), listed without comment from Paraguay, is the same as
the present form. In the reference given in the above text the accompanying
description enables us to place the species without question, but in the Jahr-
biicher case we have no such aid.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289

cephalad. Tegmina broad-ovate, surface subcoriaceous as in all of
the species of the genus ; costal margin strongly arcuate on the proxi-
mal fourth, thence obliquely arcuato-truncate to the broad arcuate
obtuse-angulate apex, sutural margin moderately arcuate; stigma
hardly indicated; anal field elongate subpyriform, anal vein reaching
the sutural margin about three-fourths the length of the same from
the base. Wings not exceeding the tips of the tegmina. Supra-
anal plate trigonal in form, lateral margins arcuato-bisinuate, apex
slightly acute, median carina pronounced, sublamellate distad; cerci
moniliform, short; subgenital plate slightly exceeding the supra-anal
plate. Cephalic limbs (for the sex) quite slender; coxae about
two- thirds as long as the cephalic femora, cephalic margin with six
to seven recurved spines and numerous intercalated spinulations,
caudal margin with the same character of armament, lateral margin
with numerous spinulations, internal face of the coxae with numerous
scattered points; cephalic femora subequal in length to the pronotal
shaft, its greatest depth contained about six times in the length,
external margin armed with five spines, internal margin armed with
fourteen spines, of which only the penultimate and antepenultimate
are markedlj'' smaller than the others, discoidal spines three in
number; cephalic tibiae armed on the external margin with nine
spines; on the internal margin with sixteen to seventeen spines
exclusive of the apical claw; cephalic metatarsi slightly longer than
the remaining tarsal joints. Median and caudal limbs similar to
those of other species of the genus.

General color burnt umber, washed with wood brown on the limbs,
the tibiae and tarsi distinctly bice green in tone. Tegmina with the
proximal two-thirds shining clove brown, the remainder
dull wax yellow, the veins reticulate with umber.
Eyes clove brown.

Allotype: cT ; Sapucay, Paraguay. December 10, 1905.
(William Foster.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.]

Differing from the type in those characters which are
sexual in the genus, the more important differences
being here given. Fig. 4.— Cop-

Size large; form elongate, slender. Ocelli large, topteryx
placed in a triangle ; facial shield with the dorsal margin n sp'^Dor-
arcuato-emarginate laterad. Pronotum with the great- sal outline
est width contained four and a half times in the depth ^Natural
of the same; lateral margins obscurely crenulate, this size.)
more distinct on the collar than elsewhere. Tegmina
slightly surpassing the apex of the abdomen, the greatest width

290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

contained about* five and a half times in the length of the same;
costal margin straight for the greater portion of its length, arcuate
proximad and distad, apex narrowly rounded; costal field very
narrow, from about the proximal fourth gradually narrowing dLstad;
anal field elongate pyriform, the anal vein reaching the sutural margin
not quite a third the distance from the base. Wings ample, the
greatest width contained slightly more than twice in the length of the
same; apex rotundato-acuteangulate, separated from the peripheral
margin by a distinct obtuse-angulate emargination; anterior field
narrow. Supra-anal plate broadly trigonal, of similar form to that
of the female; subgenital plate broad, the distal extremity of the
margin with a slight obtuse-angulate emargination. Limbs similar
to those of the female, but slenderer.

General color prout's brown, becoming isabelline on the cephalic
limbs and greenish on the caudal ones. Tegmina strongly washed
with liver brown, costal field with the veins buffy aside from the
subcoriaceous portion adjacent to the humeral trunk, which is of the
general tegminal color. Wings infuscate with bistre, the cross veins
white, greater portion of the costal margin and a small area at the
base of the wing claret brown.

Measurements.

Female (type). Male (allotype) .

Length of body : 82 . mm. 70 . mm.

Length of pronotum 25.5 " 21.

Greatest width of pronotum 6.5 " 4.7 "

Length of tegmen 12.5 " 50.5 "

Greatest width of tegmen 7. " 9. "

Length of cephalic femur 19.5 " 14. "

In addition to the type and allotype, we have before us two male
and three female paratypes. The specimen referred to by us (vide
supra) from Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, received from Saussure and
determined by him as gayi, is clearly referable to this species. In
size the Sapucay specimens show but little variation for this genus,
while the color varies appreciably in intensity in the females and in
the males to the extent noted in the paper quoted above.

Coptopteryx gayi (Blanchard).

1851. Mantis Gayi Blanchard, in Gay, Hist. Fis. Polit. de Chile, Zool.,

VI, p. 21, Orth. pi. 1, fig. 5. [Chile.]
1851. Mantis crenaticollis Blanchard, ibid., p. 22. [Chile.]

Chacras de Coria, Prov. de Mendoza. Elev. 930 meters. January

5, 1908; March 6, 1908; December 6, 1907. Two males, one female.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291

Mendoza, Prov. de Mendoza. Elev. 767 meters. March 20,
1908; April 9.and 24, 1908. One male, two females.

Potrerillos, Prov. de Mendoza. Elev. 1,368 meters. December
29, 1909. One female.

A careful study of Blanchard's original descriptions of the above
species leaves no room for doubt but that the two names were based
on opposite sexes of the same species, gayi on the male and crenati-
collis on the female.

The present material agrees very fully with these descriptions and
also shows that the species varies very considerably in size, the
Mendoza male being very much smaller than the others of that sex.

The original measurements and those of the present series are as
follows :

Length Length Greatest Length Length of Length of

of of width of of cephahc caudal

body. pronotum. pronotum. tegmen. femur. femur.

^ mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm.

Original of gra?/i 44-48'"

Mendoza 43.5 11.3 2.6 31.5 8. 14.

Chacras de Coria 52.3 14. 3.3 41. 10.5 18.2

€hacras de Coria 54. 14.8 3.2 40. 11. 17.7

?

Original of crenaiicoMis 44 . "

Mendoza 46. 13.2 4. 7.2 9.1 13.

Mendoza 44.7 14. 4.1 8.4 10.5 13.8

Chacras de Coria 49.5 15.8 4.6 9. 12. 14.1

Potrerillos 54. 15. 5. 9. 12.5 16.2

The males before us agree with the original figure, although the
tegmina and wings are very slightly less fuliginous. The small
Mendoza male has the limbs colored exactly as in the original figure,
while the other males have them more brownish, particularly the
cephalic ones. The females are all of tones of brownish varying
toward hoary gray brown and seal brown.

The species is known to range from Chile (specifically Santiago,
vide Philippi) east to Buenos Aires (Saussure), south to Bahia Blanca
(Saussure).
■Coptopteryx constricta n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Chacras de Coria, Province of Mendoza, Argentina.
Elev. 936 meters. April 19, 1907. (P. Jorgensen.) [Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., type No. 5,216.]

The differential characters of this very distinct species are given
in the keys.

^° Approximately as above — the original 22-24 lines.
" Approximately as above — the original 22 lines.

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF IMay,

Size small (smallest in the genus) ; form moderately robust, abdo-
men broad fusiform. Head broad trigonal, the depth contained about
one and one-third times in the width; occipital margin moderately
arcuate, appreciably indented at the sulci, more distinctly arcuate
laterad of the same; ocelli small, placed in a depressed triangle;
facial shield strongly transverse, the depth contained nearly three
times in the width, dorsal margin obtuse-angulate, ventral margin
nearly straight, two slight median bosses present; eyes hardly
prominent, well rounded; antennae filiform, very short. Pronotum
of the general form found in females of species of this genus, the
width of the supracoxal expansion contained two and one-half times
in the length of the pronotum; cephalic margin very slightly pro-
duced, very narrowly rounded at the extremity, margins of the collar
expanding caudad to the supracoxal expansion, margins of the shaft
moderately constricted, regularly concave, caudal margin arcuate
laterad, s-ubtruncate mesad, all of the lateral margins spinose, the
spines of the margins of the shaft much longer than those elsewhere,
distinct, more or less regular intercalated spines of minor length
present on the same margins; transverse sulcus strongly impressed,
shaft with a very distinct, but not high median carina. Tegmina
very short, not more than half the length of the pronotum, broad
ovate, costal margin strongly arcuate, apex subtruncate, sutural
margin moderately arcuate; marginal field more than half the width
of the remainder of the tegmen, anal field very long and narrow.
Supra-anal plate transverse, trigonal, the margins laterad of the apex
arcuate, apex obtuse-angulate; cerci simple, terete, not exceeding
the supra-anal plate; subgenital plate compressed, rostrate. Ceph-
alic coxse slightly more than two-thirds the length of the pronotum,
dorsal and ventral margins with numerous distinct recurved denti-.
form spines and intercalated spinulations, external margin with
denticulate tubercles, internal face of the coxse with numerous
tubercles arranged more or less regularly in longitudinal series;
cephalic femora more than five-sixths the length of the pronotum,
the greatest depth of the femur slightly more than a fourth the
length of the same, dorsal margin nearly straight, ventro-external
margin arcuate, armed with five short robust spines, internal margin
with thirteen spines more or less alternating in length, the proximal
spines the longer, discoidal spines three in number; cephalic tibiae
(exclusive of apical claw) about half the length of the femur, armed
on the external margin with eight spines, a considerable unarmed dias-
tema at the base, internal margin armed with thirteen to fourteen

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

295

spines increasing in length distad ; cephalic tarsi subequal in length to-
the cephalic tibiae with claw, meta-
tarsus slightly exceeding the re-
maining tarsal joints in length.
Median and caudal limbs of the
usual type, but rather robust in pro-
portion.

General color pale apple green,
the abdomen pale olive green, but
possibly this is due to discolora-
tion. Head with the upper face
inclined toward yellowish, eyes
olive. Tegmina with the base color
of the discoidal and anal fields
orange-ochraceous, the veins weak
olive buff, finely outlined with chest-
nut, the costal field and proximal
portion of the discoidal and anal
fields more or less uniformly deep
maroon, the veins of the costal field
outlined with pale salmon-buff,
those of the discoidal and anal
fields more olive buff. Proximal

portion of the cephalic tibiae and distal portion of the cephalic femur
washed with chrome yellow. Cephalic femoral and tibial spines
ochre yellow tipped with seal brown.

Allotype: cf ; Chacras de Coria, Province of Mendoza, Argentina.
Elev. 936 meters. April 4, 1907. (P. Jorgensen.) [Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila.]

Size small for the genus; form moderately elongate, but more
abbreviate cephalad than usual in this genus. Head slightly more
transverse than in the female, the occipital outline slightly less
arcuate; ocelli large, placed in a triangle; eyes more prominent.
Pronotum with the greatest width more than a third of the length,
general form of the pronotum similar to that of the male, but with the
margins entire or faintly crenulate instead of spinose; median carina
but very faintly indicated. Tegmina ample, considerably surpassing
the apex of the abdomen, the greatest width contained about four
times in the length of the same; hyaline, with the vicinity of the
humeral trunk coriaceous; costal margin arcuate proximad and
distad, straight for the remainder of the length, sutural margin

Fig. 5. — Coptopteryx constrida n. sp.
Dorsal view of female (tj^pe).
(X 2.)

294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

strongly arcuate to the rotundato-obtuse apex, thence nearly

straight to the anal field. Wing moderately broad,

the greatest width contained about twice in the

length, the apex well rounded; hyaline, except for a

coriaceous strip along the costal margin ; anterior ulnar

vein biramose. Cephalic median and caudal limbs as

in the opposite sex. Supra-anal plate of similar form to

^fovteryx ^^at of the female; cerci elongate, moniliform; sub-

constrida genital plate large, moderately produced, the distal

saf Outline margin narrowly arcuato-emarginate.

of male General color very pale apple green. Ocelli gamboge

(X?.)^^ yellow; eyes mars brown; antennae ochre yellow.

Tegmina and wings thalassino-hyaline with the

coriaceous median trunk of the former ochraceous, the costal margin

of the latter greenish. Proximo-ventral abdominal segments with a

broad seal brown edging mesad on the distal margin. Median and

caudal tarsi clouded with olive.

Measurements.

Female (type). Male (allotype).

Length of body 28.5 mm. 36. mm.

Length of pronotum 9. " 9. "

Greatest width of pronotum 3.7 " 3.

Length of tegmen .»... 4.8" 29 . 5

Length of cephalic femur 8. " 7.5

Length of caudal femur 8.7 " 11.9

In addition to the type and allotype, we have before us the following
series: Chacras de Coria, March 29, 1907, one male; Mendoza,
Province of Mendoza, April 11 and 20, 1908, one male, two females;
La Paz, Province of Mendoza, elev. 504 meters, January 29, 1908,
one male. Aside from the fact that the paratypic male is pale ochra-
ceous in color, while all of the other specimens seen are greenish, the '
series presents no noteworthy differences.

Miopteryx rustica (Fabricius).

1781. [Mantis] rustica Fabricius, Spec. Ins., I, p. 350. [Shores of Pata-
gonia.]

Misiones. April 19 and 30, 1910, September 9, 1909. (No. 7.)
Three males.

The present material fully agrees with Fabricius' original descrip-
tion, which, though brief, satisfactorily characterizes the species.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295

The second description given by Saussure^^ shows some points of
difference from our material, and it is quite probable that he had
another (Brazilian) species before him. Our specimens have no
trace of a covering or overcapping projection of the front extending
over the inferior ocellus, as described by Saussure, in fact there is no
approach to a development of this sort of structure, which is so
marked in Pseudomiopteryx and toward which Saussure considered
rustica, as understood by him, to tend. The cephalic coxae are very
finely serrulate instead of unarmed as stated to be by Saussure.

One of our specimens is more decidedly infuscate than the others,
being as dark as specimens of Pseudomiopteryx infuscafa, but this is
apparently individual.
*Paramusonia livida (Serville).

1839. Thespis livida Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orthopt., p. 172. [Brazil.]

Misiones. April 30 and May 3, 1910. (No. 5.) ''Flies at night."
Two males.

Aside from the type locality, this species has also been recorded
from Sapucay, Paraguay, with material from which latter place the
present individuals have been compared.
Paramusonia seclusa n. sp.

Type: cf ; Alto Pencosa, Province of San Luis, Argentina. Elev.
660 meters. December 20, 1908. (P. Jorgensen.) [Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., type No. 5,213.]

This species in general size is much the same as P. livida, but the
form of the pronotum is very slender, more as in the other species
of the genus, from all of which it differs markedly in the brevity of
the same portion.

Size medium (for the group), form moderately bacilliform. Head
strongly transverse, the greatest depth contained about one and
one-half times in the width; occipital margin arcuato-truncate
between the transverse sulci, laterad of the same well rounded,
hardly produced; ocelli very large, placed in a triangle; eyes very
prominent, ovoid in form when seen from the side, prominent; an-
tennae with the joints appreciably but very gradually increasing in
length distad. Pronotum with the greatest width contained about
four and one-half times in the length of the same; shaft distinctly
broader than the collar and both subequal in width, the margins of
the collar rounded at the cephalic extremity and slightly expanded
caudad to the rotundato-obtuse supracoxal expansion, caudal

^ Miss. Scient. Mex., Rech. Zoolog., VI, p. 277.
20

296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

extremity rouijded with a slight median truncation; lateral margins

finely serrulate, median carina thin, decided and well elevated.

Tegmina over twice the length of the pronotum, of the type found in
other species of the genus. Wings exceeding the
tegmina by about the length of the collar of the prono-
tum, apex of similar form to that of the tegmina. Supra-
anal plate elongate acute-lanceolate, considerably sur-
passing the subgenital plate, carinate ; cerci nearly twice

y 7 _p the length of the supra-anal plate, elongate monihform,

r'am'usonia apex acute; subgenital plate with the distal margin

seclma n ^^^ rounded, styles moderately long, well separated,
sp. J-JorsS;! I'll • /-^^ 1

outline of Simple, the space between slightly emargmate. Leph-

pronotum ^jj^ (^Q^se subequal to the length of the pronotal shaft,

(X 2.) margins very finely serrulate; cephalic femur with the

dorsal margin nearly straight, armed on the external

margin with five spines, on the internal margin with thirteen spines,

discoidal spines four in number; cephalic tibiae about two-fifths the

length of the femur, armed on the external margin with five spines

placed on the distal section of the margin, internal margin armed

with seven to nine spines; cephalic metatarsus slightly longer than

the remainder of the tarsal joints and subequal to the tibiae in length.

Median and caudal limbs extremely slender, caudal metatarsus but

slightly less than half of the caudal tibial length.

General color fawn color, mottled, sprinkled, clouded and washed

with hair brown and seal brown. Head strongly washed with the

overlying color, the line of the occiput showing up as the clear base

color, ocelli tawny olive, eyes mars brown. Tegmina pale brownish

hyaline, the longitudinal veins prout's brown, the adjacent portions

of the short cross veins of the same color, intercalated veins and

remainder of cross veins cream color.

Measurements.

Length of body 32 . 5

Length of pronotum 7.8

Greatest Avidth of pronotum 1.5

Length of tegmen 18 . 5

Length of cephahc femur 6.2

Length of caudal femur 11.

The type of this species is unique.

Thesprotia vidua Saussure and Zehntner.

1894. Thesprotia vidua Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I,
p. 170. [South America.]

Misiones. January 3, 5 and 10, 1910; March 29, 1910; October

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297

5, 1909; December 10, 1910. (No. 6.) ''At .light" and "flying at
night." Nine males, one female.

This series shows that there is a very slight amount of variation
in the subhyaline character of the tegmina and wings of the male.
One male has these appendages subinfumate, but between this and
the other practically hyaline extreme are all intermediates. In size
the male specimens agree very closely with the dimensions for that
sex given by Giglio-Tos,i'' while the female is but a trifle under the
type measurements.

The only previous definite record of the species is that from San
Francisco, Bolivian Chaco (Giglio-Tos).

Subfamily VATIX.E.
*Oxyopsis lobeter Rehn.

1907. Oxyopsis lobeter Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 159,
figs. 3, 4. [Sapucay, Paraguay.]

Misiones. January 12, 1910; March 22, 1909; May 15, 1909;
September 26, 1910. (Nos. 3 [cf] and 4 [9].) Two males, two
females.

This species was previously known only from the female sex. The
present females are very similar to the typical specimens, the color
of the tegmina being more uniform than in the type and in this respect
more nearly resembling the paratype.

The male sex may be recognized by the following summary of
differences from the female sex.

AUotype: cf ; Misiones, Argentina. Januarj^ 12, 1910. (P. Jor-
gensen.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.]

Size medium (compared with the female) ; form moderately elong-
ate. Head more decidedly transverse than in the female; ocelli
large, placed in a triangle; facial shield similar to that of the male,
but more decidedly transverse ; antennae slightly longer than the head
and pronotum together. Pronotum differing from the female in such
respects as found in other species of the genus, the greatest width of
the supracoxal expansion contained five times in the length, the
greater portion of the collar and shaft subequal in width, the mod-
erately marked expansion well rounded; lateral margins sparsely
crenulate; median carina and transverse sulcus as in the female.
Tegmina slightly more than twice the length of the pronotum, apex
rotundato-rectangulate, hyaline with the marginal field coriaceous.
Wings surpassing the tips of the tegmina by about the length of the

« Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Camp. Torino, XII, No. 302, pp. 14, 15.

298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

collar of the pronotum, form of the apex of the same similar to that
of the female. Supra-anal plate transverse trigonal, with the
immediate apex narrowly emarginate; cerci moderately elongate;
subgenital plate considerably elongate, the margins converging
distad, styles rather short, closely placed, depressed. Cephalic
limbs in structure and armament similar to those of the female, but
slenderer and with the spines of the external margin of the tibise
sometimes numbering eleven. Median and cephalic limbs similar to
those of the female, but slenderer.

General coloration essentially as in the female with the following
exceptions: base color more apple green than oir green; region of
the occiput washed with mars brown, the eyes of the same color;
tegmina hyaline with the coriaceous marginal field apple green,
narrowly edged with cream color, costal margin of the wings and the
apex of the same weakly washed with apple green, faintly edged with
cream; pronotum ochraceous buff on the shaft (probably due to
drying out) ; median and caudal limbs pale clay color distad passing
into pale oil green.

Measurements.

Length of body 45 . 5 mm.

Length of pronotum 14. "

Greatest width of pronotum 2.7 "

Length of tegmen 32 . 5 "

Greatest width of tegmen 6.5 "

Greatest width of marginal field 2. "

Length of cephalic femur 9.8 "

Length of median femur 9.2 "

Length of caudal femur 12.5 "

Parastagmatoptera unipunctata (Burmeister).

1838. M[antis] unipunctata Burmeister, Handb. der Entom., II, Abth. II,
pt. 1, p. 540. [Brazil.]

Buenos Aires. May, 1911. One female.

Embarcacion, Salta. April, 1911. One male.

This species has been recorded from Buenos Aires (Burmeister)
in addition to the type locality, while a single female in the collection
of the Academy is labelled "Parana River." Burmeister states that
this is the most abundant species of Mantis about Buenos Aires.

Stagmatoptera hyaloptera (Perty).

1830-1834. Mantis hyaloptera Perty, Delect. Anim. Artie, p. 117, pi. 23,
fig. 6. [Amazon River.]

Jujuy, Province of Jujuy. April, 1911. One male.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 299

Tucuman, Province of Tucuman. July, 1911. "Very common."
One male.

This form has been recorded from San Lorenzo, Jujuy (Giglio-Tos)
and Cordoba, Argentina (as the synonymous luna), as well as north-
ward as far as Guiana.

Stagmatoptera precaria (LinnEeus).

1758. [Gryllus (Ma7itis)] precarius Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Xth ed., I, p. 426.
["America; Africa."]

Mision€s. April 18, 1909. One male.

Previous Argentine records of this species are from Tucuman and
Catamarca (Burmeister) and Buenos Aires (Serville). Burmeister
stated that he had not taken the species south of Rosario. The
same author notes that the individuals from the provinces (i.e.,
Tucuman and Catamarca) average two to two and one-half inches
in length, while tropical Brazilian individuals are three to three and
one-half in length. The present specimen shows the following
measurements: length of body, 72 mm.; length of pronotum, 24;
greatest width of pronotum 5 ; length of tegmen, 53 ; greatest width
of tegmen, 14.5; width of marginal field, 4; length of cephalic
femur, 16.

Zoolea lobipes (Olivier).

1792. Mantis lobipes Olivier, Encycl. Meth., Ins., VII, p. 637. ["Tran-
quebar; coast of Coromandel."]

Misiones. December, 1908. One male.

This genus and species was previously known from Argentina only
by a single record from San Lorenzo, Jujuy (Giglio-Tos). The
published records show the range to extend from the Guianas west
to Peru and south to the northern edge of the Argentine Republic.

*PhyllovateS iheringi (Saussure and Zehntner).

1894. Theodytes iheringi Saussure and Zehntner, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth.,
I, p. 193. [Rio Grande do Sul, BrazU.]

Misiones. November 24, 1909; November, 1910. (No. 8.)
Two females.

This species was previously known only from the original reference.
Giglio-Tos^^ has recorded the allied P. paraUela, under the synonymic
name Theodytes surinamensis, from Buenos Aires.

^'Boll. Mus. Zool. Atiat. Comp. Torino, IX, No. 184, p. 4.

300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Family PHASMIDiB.
Subfamily PYGIRHYNCHIN^.
* Canuleius ^^ inermis Redtenbacher.

1906. C[amdeius] inermis Redtenbacher, Die Insekt. Fam. Phasmiden,
p. 68, pi. II, figs. 1, 2. [Theresopolis and Espirito Santo, Brazil.]

Misiones. November 2, 1910. One female.
This specimen is considerably damaged, so that the characters of
the caudal limbs cannot be verified.

Subfamily ANISOMORPHIN.E.
Agathemera millepunctata Redtenbacher.

1906. A[gathemera] millepunctata Redtenbacher, ibid., p. 89, [Carmen de
Patagones, Prov. of Buenos Aires, Argentina.]

La Paz, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 504 meters. December 15,
1908. One female.

This specimen is slightly smaller than the original measurements,
but otherwise it agrees fully. The species is very distinct from
A. crassa, with material of which from Cruz del Eje, Prov. of Cordoba,
the present specimen has been compared.
*Aiii80inorpha dentata St&l.

1875. A[nisomorpha] dentata StS,l, Recens. Orthopt., Ill, p. 95. [Santa
Catharina, Brazil.]

Misiones. January 3, 1910; November 2, 1910. Two females.

These specimens are somewhat smaller than the measurements
given by Stal and Redtenbacher, but are otherwise quite typical of
the species. This is the first record of the species from Argentina,
the previous ones, in addition to the type locality, being Matto
Grosso, Brazil, Paraguay and Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Bolivia.

Subfamily PSEUDOPHASMINiE.
*Paraphasma marginale Redtenbacher.

1906. P[arap}iasma\ marginale Redtenbacher, Die Insekt. Fam. Phasmiden,
p. 115. [Santos, Minas Geraes, Rio de Janeiro, Goyaz, Brazil; Paraguay.)

Misiones. January 5, 1911; December 5, 1909. (No. 9.) One
male, one female.

These specimens agree very well with the description of the species,
which is the same as that recorded by the author from Sapucay,
Paraguay, as Olcyphides fasciatus (female) and 0. hopii (male).^^

15 The individual from Sapucay, Paraguay, recorded by us (Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 161) as Ceroys coronatus (Thunberg) belongs to the genus
Canuleius, and we tentatively refer it to C. similis Redtenbacher {ibid., p. 68),
a very closely related form described from Theresopolis, Brazil.

16 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 165.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301

Redtenbacher considered marginale a close ally to the congeneric
fasciatum, from which it was separated by the lineate femora.
Gray's Phasma hopii was unknown to him and accordingly placed
doubtfully under the genus Stratocles. The original description of
fasciatum gives us no clue to the color of the femora. The presence
or absence of the lateral thoracic line of yellowish, the slightly
annulate antennae and the differences in the tegminal protuberance
used by us to separate the Sapucay material into hopii and fasciatus
have been shown by Redtenbacher to be individual in character.

The localities given in the original description, with Sapucay,
Paraguay, are all that were previously known.

Subfamily CLITUMNIN.^.
*Steleoxiphus oatastates Rehn.

1907. Steleoxiphus catastates Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907,
p. 163, figs. 5, 6. [Sapucay, Paraguay.]

Misiones. January 29, 1911; March 13, 1909; December 14,
1910. (Nos. 1, 2 and 8.) Two adult females, one immature male,
one immature female.

The immature male shows conclusively that this genus is not the
opposite (female) sex of Paraleptynia Caudell, which was suggested as
a possibility in the original description of Steleoxiphus. The character
of the antennae, form of the head and proportions show the two to
be generically distinct, and in these respects the two sexes are very
similar. The immature male and female, both taken on December
14th, are similar in size, being somewhat more than half the length
of the adults.

The anal segment of the male is compressed, carinate dorsad, more
strongly so distad, the distal margin obtuse-angulate emarginate;
supra-anal plate very minute, trigonal; cerci more than half the
length of the anal segment, crassate, subcylindrical, apex subacute;
subgenital plate hardly reaching the apex of the anal segment, apex
narrowly rotundato-subtuberculate. The immature female has the
subgenital operculum but slightly shorter proportionately than it is
in the adult.

XIPHOPHASMA" n. gen.

A member of the Clitumninae and related to Steleoxiphus Rehn and
Paraleptynia and Ceratiscus Caudell. From Steleoxiphus it can
readily be separated by the bispinose and broader head, the more
abbreviate metatarsi and the depressed and abbreviate antennae;

" From i-Kpog, sword, and Phasma.

302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

from Paraleptijnia and Ceratiscus the new genus differs in the spinose
head, also from the former in the more abbreviate antennse and from
the latter in the narrower head, more abbreviate metatarsi and
non-lobate limbs.

Head bispinose ; greatest width of the head less than the length of
the same; antennae short, composed of fifteen joints, the proximal
longer than broad, the next subquadrate, the third subequal to the
first in length, the fourth transverse, the remainder longitudinal and
tapering, the fifth and sixth less longitudinal than the succeeding ones,
all depressed. Median segment longitudinal, subequal to the head
in length. Cerci of female terete; subgenital plate of female greatly
elongate, lanceolate, compressed. Limbs non-lobate; tarsi abbreviate,
in no case a fourth the tibial length ; metatarsi of the cephalic limbs
slightly more than half the length of the tarsi, of the other 'limbs a
half or less than a half the length of the same.

Type: X. missionum n, sp.

Xiphophasma missionum n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Misiones, Argentina. December 18, 1910. (No. 7.)
(P. Jorgensen.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., type No. 5,214.]

Size large; form very elongate. Head with the greatest width
contained one and one-half times in the length of the same; paired
horns placed between the caudal portions of the eyes, slightly diver-
gent and inclined slightly cephalad; eyes not
at all prominent, in fact slightly recessed, in
outline nearly circular; antennse as described

^. „ v-Li. under the genus, their length about equal to

Fig. 8. — Xiphophasma n i , , ^ ^ ^T i- -,

missionum n. gen. that of the head and half of the pronotum;

and sp. Lateral out- occipital margin with three moderately dis-

Ime of head of tvpe. ... .

( X 2.) ~ tmct indentations, the whole head narrowing

caudad. Pronotum with its length subequal

to that of the head caudad of the eyes, longitudinal, the median

width very slightly greater than half of the length ; the lateral margins

sinuate dorsad of the insertion of the coxae. Mesonotum about five

and a half times the pronotal length, subequal in width in the greater

portion of its length, faint traces of a median carina present. Meta-

notum (including median segment) nearly four-fifths the mesonotal

length, similar in structure to the mesonotum; medium segment

not separated from the metanotum proper by a transverse sulcus.

Abdomen with segments one to seven longitudinal, progressively

increasing in length distad, eighth segment longitudinal, but little

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303

more than half the length of the seventh segment, ninth segment
distinctly longitudinal, slightly longer than the eighth segment,
marinate, distal margin rectangulate-emarginate mesad, rounded
laterad; supra-anal plate rectangulate, merely the apex extending
caudad of the ninth segment; cerci acute, terete, not a third the
length of the ninth dorsal segment; subgenital plate enormously
elongate, the length equal to that of the five proximal abdominal
segments, of this length two-thirds is distad of the real apex of the
abdomen, V-shaped in section, compressed, acute, carinate ventrad.
Cephalic femur longer than the pro- and mesonotum together,
proximal flexure pronounced, carina subcristate; cephalic tibiae
slightly exceeding the femora, slender, moderately compressed;
cephalic metatarsi slightly longer than the remainder of the tarsal
joints. Median femora very slightly shorter than the mesonotum;
median tibiae very slightly longer than the femora; metatarsi slightly

Fig. 9. — Xiphophasma missionum n. gen. and sp. Lateral outline of apex of
abdomen of type. (X 1|.)

shorter than the remainder of the tarsal joints. Caudal femora
reaching to the distal margin of the fourth abdominal segment;
caudal tibiae hardly longer than the femora; caudal metatarsi very
slightly longer than the remainder of the tarsus.

General color burnt umber, the head, pronotum, cephalic half of
the mesonotum, apex of the abdomen and the limbs dusted more
or less thickly with hoary white; antennae seal brown; eyes tawny
olive.

Measurements.

Length of body 118 . mm.

Length of head 7.8 "

Length of pronotum 4.8 "

Length of mesonotum 27. "

Length of metanotum (including median segment) 21 .5 "

Length of cephalic femur 35.5 "

Length of median femur 26.3 "

Length of caudal femur * 30.5 "

Length of subgenital plate 41.5 "

The type of this very interesting genus and species is unique.

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Ma\r,.

Family AORIDID^.
Subfamily ACRYDIIN^.
Prototettix lobulatus (Stll).

1860. Tetrix lobulata St^l, Kong. Svenska Freg. Eugenies Resa, Zool., I,,
p. 347. [Rio Janeiro, Brazil.]

Misiones. April 5 and May 20, 1910. (No. 23.) One male, one
female.

Embarcacion, Prov. of Salta. April, 1911. One male.

The present species has- been recorded by Bolivar from Argentina

without definite locality.

*Apotettix bruneri Hancock.

1906. ApoteUix bruneri Hancock, in Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX,
p. 614. [Paraguay.]

Embarcacion, Prov. of Salta. April, 1911. One male.

The only other exact record is of the occurrence of the species at
Puerto Bertoni, Paraguay (Rehn), with the female from which place
the present specimen has been compared.
Tettigidea paratecta n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Misiones, Argentina. February 1, 1911. (P. Jor-
gensen.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., type No. 5,217.]

Belonging to the section of the genus including chichimeca Saussure,
tecta Morse, annulipes Bruner and scudderi Bolivar. From chichimeca
and scudderi the present form can be readily distinguished by the
tectate dorsum, scudderi also having the femora narrower; from
annulipes the new form can be separated by the non-glabrous surface
and the blunter and much less produced vertex, no approach being
found to the type of T. prorsa, the vertex of which that of annulipes
is said to greatly resemble. From tecta, its closest ally, paratecta
can be separated by the more elevated and arcuate median carina
of the pronotum, the more regularly angulate cephalic margin of the
same, the less decidedly lineato-rugulose dorsum of the pronotum, the
less projecting vertex, the less thickened margins of the frontal costa,.
the more lanceolate tegmina and more finely sculptured pagina of the
caudal femora.

Size medium (for the genus); form robust; surface rather evenly
chagrinous. Head with the greatest width contained about one and
one-third times in the depth of the same; fastigium with the carina
regularly arcuate when seen from above, obsolete immediately
laterad of the median carina, width of the fastigium subequal to that
of one of the eyes; median carina of the fastigium prominent, pro-
jecting moderately cephalad of the lateral carina of the fastigium,
when viewed from the side strongly arcuate and passing into the

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

305

facial outline, which is arcuate with a slight sinuosity at the ocellus;
facial forks moderately separated, hardly diverging ventrad; eyes
considerably shorter than the depth of the infra-ocular portion of the
genffi, trigono-reniform in basal outline, moderately prominent when
seen from the dorsum. Pronotum tectate in section, the median
carina well elevated, in longitudinal section regularly arcuate with the
very faintest interhumeral flattening; cephalic margin of the pro-
notum almost rectangulate, the immediate angle very fine, reaching
to the base of the fastigial carina of the vertex; humeral angles not
at all prominent, rounded very broad obtuse-angulate ; apex reaching

Pig 10,— Tettigidea parateda n. sp. Lateral outline of type. (X 8.)

to the base of the genicular arches of the caudal femora, in general
form acute, the immediate apex blunted, slightly subulate; surface
of the dorsum with a number of very weak longitudinal lines, these
most numerous in the humeral region and all slightly latero-caudad
in general trend; lateral lobes with the greatest dorsal length slightly
greater than the greatest depth, with several glabrous areas dorsad,
caudal margin oblique-truncate, ventro-caudal angle acute, humeral
sinus very slight, rectangulate. Tegmina very small,
in length not exceeding that of the ventral margin of \ /
the lateral lobes of the pronotum, elongate-lanceolate,
the greatest exposed width contained nearly four times
in the length of the same, apex very narrowly rounded.
Cephalic and median limbs not at all lobate. Caudal
femora nearly equal to three-fourths of the length of
the pronotum, robust, moderately inflated, the greatest
width contained slightly more than twice in the length
of the same, pagina very finely sculptured; caudal
tibiee moderately robust, slightly expanded distad.
General color seal brown with the dorsum largely

306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

fawn color and the venter pale ochraceous. The pale dorsal color is
clouded with the general color except for a clear section cephalad
on the pronotum and a reversed V-shaped section which has its apex
on the median carina between the shoulders, extending laterad over
the dorsum of the pronotum and the dorsal and lateral faces of the
caudal femora; median carina of the pronotum beaded with about
seven regularly placed areas of the dark general color. Median and
cephalic limbs with more or less complete annuli of the dark general
color on pale ochraceous. Eyes mars brown.

Measurements.

Length of body 9.6 mm.

Length of pronotum .9. "

Greatest dorsal width of pronotum 3. "

Length of tegmen. 1.7 "

Length of caudal femur 6.5 "

The type of this species is unique.

* Tettigidea arcuata Bruner.

1910. Tettigidea arcuata Bryner, Annals Carneg. Mus., VII, p. 135.
[Chapada, Brazil.]

Misiones. July 7, 1910. (No. 23.) Male and female ''in copula."
These specimens are typical of the form, which was taken at

Chapada in April, May, and June.

Tettigidea multicostata Bolivar.

1887. T[ettigidea] multicostata Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg., XXXL
p. 299. [Brazil.]

Misiones. April 4, 1910. One male.

We have before us individuals from Caiza, Bolivian Chaco, Salta
and Tucuman, Argentina, and Sapucay, Paraguay, with which the
Misiones specimens have been compared.

The species is now known to range from Brazil (specifically
Corumba [Bruner]) and the Bolivian Chaco (Caiza and San Francisco
[Gigho-Tos]), south to Tucuman [Bruner] and across Paraguay to the
Misiones territory.

Subfamily PROSCOPIN.^.

Tetanorhynchus borellii Giglio-Tos.

1897. T[etanorhynchus] borellii Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat.-Comp.,
Torino, XII, No. 302, p. 18. [Caiza and San Francisco, Bolivian Chaco;
San Lorenzo, Jujuy, Argentina.]

Embarcacion, Prov. of Salta. April, 1911. Two males, one

female.

Jujuy, Prov. Jujuy. April, 1911. Two females.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307

The above-listed specimens have been compared with a pair of
cotypes in the collection of the Academy, received from Dr. Borelli,
taken at Caiza and San Lorenzo, and found to be inseparable. One
Jujuy female undoubtedly had an injury to the rostrum which
retarded the development of the characteristic clavate expansion of
the same, although the almost equally characteristic cruciform sec-
tion of that portion is decided.

The original localities and those given above are all we know for
the species.

Cephalocoema costulata Burmeister.

1880. Cephalocf£tna costulata Burmeister, Abhandl. Natui-forsch. Gesell.,
Halle, XV, heft I, p. 9, pi. 1, figs. 5-7. [Argentina.]

Misiones. October 18, 1909; December 12-18, 1909; January
24, 1910; March 12-18, 1909; March 24, 1910; April 4-5, 1910.
(Nos. 3, 4 and 5.) Three adult males, ten adult females, one imma-
ture female.

These specimens average slightly larger than individuals from
Cordoba and Carcarana, Argentina, but smaller than Sapucay,
Paraguay, representatives. The number of spines on the dorso-lateral
margin of the caudal tibise is very unreliable as a diagnostic character,
as an examination of the present series, which unquestionably repre-
sents but a single species, shows the number to range from eight to
twenty, while in a single specimen the disparity in the number of
spines on these margins of the two tibiae is as much as four (eight and
twelve) .

This species is found over a considerable area, having been recorded
from as far north as Matto Grosso, Brazil (Bruner), and Aguiarenda,
Bolivian Chaco (Giglio-Tos) , south to the Rio Colorado (Bruner),
east to Montevideo, Uruguay (Brunner), west to Tucuman, Argen-
tina (Giglio-Tos).

Cephaloccema lineata Brunner.

1890. Cephalocoema lineata Brunner, Verhandl. K.-K. Zoolog.-botan.
Gesell., Wien, XL, p. 118, pi. V, fig. 11. [Mendoza, Argentina.]

Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 767 meters. February 5,
1909. One male.

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. February
24, 1908. One female.

Potrerillos, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 1,368 meters. February
20, 1908. Two females.

This constitutes the second report of the occurrence of this very
remarkable species. As a male was previously unknown, a few notes
on the points of difference from the female may be of interest.

308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Size rather large; form extreme elongate. Proportions of the head
essentially as in the female; eyes more prominent. Pronotum much
slenderer than in the female, the portion cephalad of the insertion
of the cephalic limbs narrower than the portion caudad of the same,
expansion at the cephalic margin very decided as well as that at the
insertion of the limbs. Dorsum of the pronotum, mesonotum and
metanotum more or less distinctly tricarinate mesad, the carinse being
closely placed, traces of the same present in the female. Supra-anal
plate short, lanceolate, apex acute; cerci extremely short, simple;
subgenital plate elongate-lanceolate, subequal in length to that
portion of the pronotum caudad of the insertion of the limbs, strongly
compressed, acute. Limbs very slender, the median and cephalic
almost filiform, the caudal femora almost imperceptibly inflated.

Measurements.

Length of body 103 . mm.

Dorsal length of head 25 .

Length of pronotum 23 .

Width of pronotum at the insertion of limbs 2 .

Length of mesonotum and metanotum 6.2

Length of cephalic femur 22 .

Length of median femur 21.5

Length of caudal femur -. 35 .

Length of subgenital plate 1 1 .

Astroma compactum Brunner.

1891. Astroma compactum Brunner, Verhandl. K.-K. Zoolog.-botan.
Gesell., Wien, XL, p. 120, pi. V, figs. I2a-b. [Mendoza, Argentina;
Santiago, Chile.]

Alto Pencosa, Prov. of San Luis. Elev. 660 meters. February
2, 1908; December 22, 1908. One male, one immature female.

La Paz, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 504 meters. January 29, 1908.
One female.

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. March
18, 1907; December 6, 1907; January 15, 1908; February 4-11,
1908; March 6, 1908. One male, six females, two immature females.

Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 767 meters. November
10-15, 1907; December 13-18, 1907; January 5, 1908; March 27-29,
1908; April 12 and 24, 1908; May 7 and 13, 1908; June 5-18,
1908. Ten males, nineteen females, six immature individuals of
both sexes.

Blanco Encalada, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 1,068 meters. Feb-
ruary 16, 1908. One female.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309

San Ignacio, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 1,235 meters. March 15
.and 22, 1908; April 5, 1908. Four males, two females.

This very extensive series is of considerable interest, demonstrating
as it does that the species is undoubtedly common within its range
and that considerable variation in size and sculpture occurs.

The size extremes of the series are: length of body, d^ 36.7-45.5
mm., 9 63.5-82.5; length of head, d' 5.3-6.7, 9 8.5-10; length of
rostrum, cf 1.2-1.5, 9 2.5-3.8; length of pronotum, cT 7.2-9.8,
9 11.2-13.8; length of tegmen, 9 2.5-2.7; length of cephalic femur,
cf 7.1-9, 9 9.3-12.6; length of caudal femur, d' 14.8-18, 9 20.8-
27.5. Both extremes of the male sex are from Mendoza, the minimum
of the female sex from Blanco Encalada and the maximum from
Chacras de Coria.

The wings of the female vary in the shape of the exposed coriaceous
portion, this ranging from broad ovate to elongate elliptical, the size
variation of the same being considerable and in no way correlated
with the general size. The rostrum exhibits a very appreciable
amount of variation in the female, ranging from a length hardly
greater than that of the eye to one and one-half times the length of
the same. The spiniform tubercles on the cephalic and caudal
margins of the pronotum and the spiniform lobes of the mesonotum
vary considerably in prominence, the latter also in the degree of their
erection, being vertical in some and decidedly inclined caudad in
other individuals. The linear rugosities of the body show some
variation in prominence which does not appear to be correlated with
the development of the tubercles and lobes.

The only evidence of geographic variation seen in the series is that
noticed in the slenderer pronotum of the male and immature female
from Alto Pencosa, a locality somewhat removed from those at which
the other specimens were taken.

The color varies from dull brown through gray-browns to hoary
white, but how much of the brownish coloration is due to discolora-
tion cannot be determined. Some individuals are partially blackish,
but this is unquestionably due to discoloration, as the specimens were
not eviscerated.

The following diagnosis shows the features in which the previously
undescribed male differs from the female.

Size small; form more elongate than in the other sex; surface much
smoother than in the female. Head with its dorsal length two-thirds
that of the pronotum, considerably constricted caudad of the eyes,
the whole head considerably elevated cephalo-dorsad ; fastigium

310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

horizontal, much shorter than in the female, hardly more than half
the length of the eye, apex very blunt; eyes very prominent, ovate
in outline, their length more than half that of the proximal portion
of the dorsum of the head; antennae slightly longer than the eye^
five-jointed. Pronotum subcylindrical, subequal in width except
for the expansion at the cephalic margin and the insertion of the
cephalic limbs, the former margin truncate mesad with a pair of low
flanking tubercles and obliquely truncate laterad; width at the
insertion of the cephalic limbs contained two and one-half times in
the length of the pronotum, caudal margin non-tuberculate; surface
of the dorsum without the prominent ridges found in the female.
No tegmina or wings present. Caudal margin of the mesonotum
non-tuberculate. Abdomen with the medio-longitudinal carina
indicated only caudad; supra-anal plate sublanceolate, apex well
rounded, a prominent medio-longitudinal sulcus present on the
proximal two-thirds; cerci simple, styliform, short, blunt; subgenital
plate moderately rostrate, subacute, carinate ventrad, dorsal face
of the apex flattened, sulcate, the apical margin slightly cleft. Limbs
slightly more robust than in the female; caudal femora slightly more
bullate, the tips of the femora reaching to the distal margin of the
sixth abdominal segment.

Measurements.

Length of body 40 . mm.

Length of pronotum 8.3 "

Greatest width of the pronotum at the insertion of the

cephalic limbs 3 .

Length of remaining thoracic segments 6 .

Length of cephalic femur 7.3

Length of median femur 7 .

Length of caudal femur 15.5

The only information with the specimens on the habits of the
species is on several Mendoza individuals labelled ''On Larrea." This
is apparently Covillea (Larrea of authors) divaricata, a shrub which Mr.
Jorgensen tells us constitutes an important part of the vegetation of
the Mendoza region. It is probable that the insect spends a con-
siderable part of its life on the twigs of the bush, which it simulates
very well and where it would be well protected. This proclivity is
found in certain species of Orthoptera occurring on the allied C
tridentata of the Lower Sonoran deserts of North America.

Nine of the pairs in the series were taken "in copula." The
earliest seasonal date that is represented by adults is November 15,

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311

a single male from Mendoza bearing that date, the latest June 18,
while the first date for a pair in copula is March 6.

*Astroma foliatum Brunner.

1890. Aslroma foliatum Brunner, Verhandl. K.-K. Zoolog.-botan. Gesell.,
Wien, XL., p. 121, pi. V, fig. 12c'8 [Arannias, Chile.]

La Paz, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 504 meters. Januaiy 29, 1908;
December 15, 1908. One male, two females.

Alto Pencosa, Prov. of San Luis. Elev. 660 meters. December
22, 1908. One nearly adult female.

The present specimens are referred to this species with some
uncertainty, as certain points of difference from the original descrip-
tion are evident, although how much weight to allow these differences
is a matter of question, as series of the allied A. chloropterum and
compadum show considerable variation in size and sculpture.

Brunner knew" only the female of the species, and his type specimen
was considerably smaller than either of the adult females before us,
although larger than the immature one. This size difference is,
however, about equalled in our series of compactum.

Brunner used the serrulate or smooth condition of the margins of
the ovipositor jaws as one of the major division characters for the
species of the genus, placing chloropterum and compactum in the
serrulate section and granulosum and foliatum in the other. As a
matter of fact, chloropterum is very similar to foliatum in having verj^
weak serrulations on the margins of the dorsal valves, while com-
pactum has the serrulations very decided. Aside from size, the
description oi foliatum, based on the female sex, agrees with that sex
of the present series in all the characters except the number of spines
on the margins of the caudal tibiae and in the character of the caudal
margin of the pronotum. The number of spines is unimportant, as a
count shows they run from nine to twelve on the external margin
(Brunner gives thirteen) and from nine to eleven on the internal
(Brunner gives eleven). One specimen has nine on each of the
margins and another has a difference of two spines on the same
margins of the two tibiae. The pronotum is described as "margine
antico et postieo in lobos binos foliatos, obtusos productis," and in
the present material these margins are strongly bispinose, but hardly
developed in foliate lobes.

18 Given in error as "Fig. 12B" in the text, but the explanation to the plates
shows that "B" refers to compactum and "C" to foliatum.
21

312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

The measurements of the present specimens are as follows :

Male. Female. Female. Imm. Female.
La Paz. La Paz. La Paz. Alto Pencosa.
mm. mm. mm. mm.

Length of body 60. 101. 93. 67.

Length of head 10.8 19. 15.5 12.2

Length of rostrum 5.8 11.8 8.2 6.2

Length of pronotum 12.5 20.7 19.5 13.2

Length of tegmen 4. 3.5 2.

Length of cephalic femur 10.5 14.3 13. 9.

Length of caudalfemur 20.5 32.5 30. 19.2

As the male has not been previously reported, the differential
characters of that sex may be of service.^^

Size rather small; form very elongate. Head very similar to that
of the female, but the eyes are more prominent and the depth of the
head caudad of the eyes is subequal for a greater distance and not
regularly increasing in depth as in the female. Pronotum with the
greatest (supra-coxal) width contained about five times in the
length of the same; cephalic margin with two low nodes instead of
high spiniform tubercles; caudal margin unarmed; no lateral carinse
present as in the other sex; the general form of the pronotum more
subequal in width and not gradually enlarging caudad as in the
female. No trace of tegmina and wings. Narrowest portions of
the mesonotum and metanotum subequal in width to the pronotum ;
mesonotum with no spines on the margin. Abdomen not multi-
carinate, a single median carina indicated; supra-anal plate lanceo-
late, the apex not rounded, surface sUghtly excavate, not sulcate;
cerci simple, tapering, very short, blunt; subgenital plate greatly
produced, rostrate, subdeplanate, dorsal surface sulcate, apical
margin strongly divided, hardly carinate ventrad. Limbs slenderer
than in the female; caudal femora reaching to the caudal margin of
the fifth abdominal segment.

Subfamily ACRIDIN^.
*Hyalopteryx rufipennis Charpentier.

1845. Hijalopteryx rufipennis Charpentier, Orthopt. Desc. et Depict.,
tab. 46. [Brazil.]

Misiones. January 1, 1910; January 3, 1909; December 10-12,
1909; December 12, 1910. (No. 13.) Nine males, two females.
These specimens are quite uniform in color and when compared

" The data here given are from the La Paz male measm-ed above, this being
the allotype of the species.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313

with the allied asinus Rehn and specularis Bruner are found to be
quite distinct. The males show some variation in size, the extremes
of tegminal length being twenty-eight and thirty millimeters.

The information with several specimens taken December 12, 1909,
and 1910 is to the effect that the species was ''very common in the
Campo."

Bruner has 'recently recorded a single' female specimen of this
species from Chapada, Matto Grosso, Brazil, but otherwise it has
not been correctly recorded since the original description. The
present author recorded specimens of the then undescribed specularis
as this species, but later corrected his error.

Eutryxalis gracilis (Giglio-Tos).

1897. Hiyalopteryx] gracilis Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Anat. Comp., Torino,
XII, No. 302, p. 22. [San Lorenzo, Jujuy, Argentina; Caiza, BoUvian
Chaco.l

Misiones. January 11; December 14, 1910. (No. 24.) Two
males, two females.

Buenos Aires. February 20, 1909; May 1, 1907. Four females.

One female has the dorsal aspect purplish, similar to an individual
of the same sex from Carcarana, Argentina.

The species has been recorded from as far north as Caiza, Bolivian
Chaco, and Sapucay, Paraguay, south to the Rio Colorado, west to
Jujuy, Argentina, east to the Rio de la Plata and the Misiones.
Truxalis brevicornis (Johannson).

1764. Gryllus brevicornis Johannson, Amoen. Acad., VI, p. 398. [North
America (Pennsylvania^").]

Misiones. February 20, 1909; April 20, 1909. Two males.
Buenos Aires. February 14-26, 1909; March 7, 1909. Five
females.

A widely distributed American sj^ecies found as far south as the
Rio Colorado of Argentina.
Orphula pagana (Stai).

1860. Gomphocerus {H yalopteryx) paganus St&l, Kong, Svenska Freg.
Eugenics Resa, Zool., I, Ins., p. 339. [Rio Janeiro, Brazil.]

Misiones. March 27, 1909; April 30, 1910; May 5-6, 1910;
December 12, 1910. (Nos. 7 and 8.) Ten males, eight females.

This interesting series has been compared with thirteen other
individuals of the genus from localities in Brazil and Paraguay.
It is evident that considerable individual variation in several charac-

^ The original material was credited to DeGeer, and he subsequently says
{Mem. Ins., Ill, p. 499) he received the species from Pennsylvania, sent by
Acrelius.

314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

ters is present in the species, while it also passes into the following
form which is merely a geographic race.

The size varies considerably, even in series from the same locality,
while the coloration is modified by the variable intensity of the
blackish or brownish postocular bars which margin the lateral carinse
ventrad. The dorsum of the head and pronotum is either uniform in
color or supplied with a pair of narrow velvet}^ blaxik lines, which
diverge caudad and margin the lateral carinse on their internal edge.
These lines are variable in intensity and also in continuity, those on
the head sometimes being parallel and again regularly divergent and
continuous with their pronotal section. Several individuals from
the Misiones and Sao Paulo, Brazil, are more or less completely
sprinkled with fine blackish-brown punctations, in this respect resem-
bling similarly colored individuals of Chloealtis conspersa and Psolaessa
texana.

The lateral carinse of the pronotum are variable in character, in
some individuals being decidedly discontinuous at the transverse
sulcus and continuous in others. In the latter specimens the carinse
are slightly but regularly divergent through their entire length,
while in the other type they are more or less decidedly offset laterad
at the sulcus, subparallel on the prozona and slightly divergent or
(more frequently) subparallel on the metazona. These two types
have no geographic significance, cannot be correlated with size, and
in color only that all of the continuous type have the supplementary
dorsal lines of black. Some individuals are almost intermediate
in the character of the carinse, and similar variation is found in
0. pagana minor.

The typical form of the species ranges from Rio Janeiro, Brazil
west to at least Formosa, Argentina, extending south only as far as
Resistencia Chaco and Misiones, Argentina, northward and westward
apparently grading into 0. p. minor, specimens from Chapada and
Corumba, Matto Grosso, Brazil, being nearer cotypes of Giglio-Tos'
form.

Orphula pagana minor (Giglio-Tos).

1897. M[etaleptea] minor Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp., Torino,
XII, No. 302, p. 23. [San Lorenzo, Jujuy, Argentina; Caiza and Aguai-
renda, Bolivian Chaco.]

Jujuy, Prov, of Jujuy. April, 1911. One male.
After careful study of all available material, we are able to amphfy
our previous comments on this form^^ arid demonstrate that it is but

21 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 17.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315

a geographic race of pagana. The Jujuy male fully agrees with the
cotypic material, and typical individuals of the two forms can be
separated by the following features:

A. — Form more robust; tegmina broader, less elongate; head
broader, eyes prominent, shorter, fastigium broad 0. pagana.

AA. — Form slenderer; tegmina more elongate, narrower; head
narrower, eyes less prominent, longer, fastigium narrow, more
elongate 0. pagana minor.

This race is prol^ably restricted in its typical form to the Bolivian
Chaco and the adjacent portions of Argentina (Jujuy). Material
from Chapada and Corumba, Matto Grosso, Brazil, is rather inter-
mediate between the present subspecies and true pagana, but some-
what closer to minor.
*Amblytropidia robusta Bruaer.

1906. AmhUjlropidia robusta Brunei', Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 631.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

Misiones. April 5 and 23, 1910; May 5, 1910. One male, three
females.

These individuals are inseparable from Sapucay specimens. One
female has the dorsum washed with dull green, as mentioned by
Bruner.

The species is only known from the type locality, Puerto Bertoni,
Paraguay, and the Misiones.
Sinipta dalmani Stai.

1860. Gomphocems {Sinipta) Dalmani St&l, Kong. Svenska Fregatt. Eugenics
Resa, ZooL, I, Ins., p. 340. [Montevideo, Uruguay.]

Alto Pencosa, Province of San Luis. Elev. 660 meters. December
20-22, 1908. Seven males, one female.

These specimens have been compared with two pairs in the
Academy collection from Carcarana, Argentina, collected by Bruner.
The female of the present series is the only one of the dozen now
before us which does not possess supplementary pronotal carinse.
The coloration of this individual is essentially the same as the other
two of that sex, but there is no trace of the carinse. Doubtless this
genus is similar in this respect to Eriteitix, which has the supple-
mentary carinse present or absent in the same species from the same
locality.22

The locaUties from which this species has been recorded are Cor-
doba, Carcarana, and Alto Pencosa, Argentina; Sapucay, Paraguay,
and Montevideo, Uruguay.

2 Vide Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1910, p. 625.

316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Parorphula pallidinota Bruner.

1900. P[arorphila] pallidinota Bruner, Sec. Rep. Merch. Locust Invest.
Comm. Buenos Aires, p. 26. [Carcarana, Argentina.]

Caucete, Prov. of San Juan. Elev. 567 meters. January 13,
1909. One male, two females.

Beunos Aires. May 3, 1907. One female.

This species has previously been recorded only from Carcarana.
There is considerable variation in coloration, several shades of
yellowish brown and pale brown being the dorsal color, this dis-
tinctly paler than the lateral color in all but one specimen. The
latter has the dorsal region lineate and finely speckled with the
overlying brown of the lateral color. One specimen has the marginal
field of the tegmina greenish.

*Sisaiitum gracilicorne (Bruner).

1910. Orphula gracilicornis Bruner, Entom. News, XXI, p. 301. [Puerto
Bertoni, Paraguay.]

Misiones. March 15 and May 1, 1909. Two males.
These specimens have been compared with two topotypic females
previously recorded by us.-^

Orphulella punctata (DeGeer).

1773. Acrydium pundalum DeGeer, Mem. I'Hist. Ins., Ill, p. 503, pi. 42,
fig. 12. [Surinam.]

Misiones. March 24, 1909; April 4 and 30, 1910; August 4, 1909;
September 1, 1909; December 12 and 14, 1910. (Nos. 10 and 25.)
Eight males, eleven females.

San Juan, Prov. of San Juan. Elev. 673 meters. January 14-20,
1909. One male.

Caucete, Prov. of San Juan. Elev. 567 meters. January 13, 1909.
One male.

Pedregal, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 696 meters. September
20-22, 1906; December 1-18, 1906. Five males, one female.

A careful examination of this series and that already contained
in the Academy collection, convinces us that our former position
regarding the synonymy of elegans and intricata with this species^*
is correct. Bruner in his last table of species of the genus^^ gives
full specific rank to these "forms." The San Juan, Caucete and
Pedregal material would under his arrangement be referred to his
new elongata, based on a single female from Corumbd, Brazil.

23 Entom. News, XXII, p. 250.

^ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 27, 28.

25 Ann. Carneg. Mus., VIII, pp. 10-12.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317

These individuals are typical of the new ''form," which is merely
a long-winged phase of punctata, possibly the exclusive or pre-
dominating form in certain regions, but found also in a number of
localities as we have it in our series from Sapucay, Paraguay (two
individuals) and the Misiones (one individual). In the San Juan
series green is the predominating color in the females, although one
of that sex is brown, as is the Pedregal female. The Misiones series
is, with the exception of the ''elongata" individual, "elegans" and
"intricata" inextricably confused, with typical individuals and
intergrades.

The species is found over the greater portion of tropical America
south at least to the parallel of Buenos Aires.

Toxopterus miniatus Bolivar.

1890. Toxopterus tniniatus Bolivar, Anales Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., XIX,
p. 314. [Cumbase, Peru.]

Misiones. March 3-29, 1907. Four males, one female.

These specimens are inseparable from individuals from Sapucay,
Paraguay, and Chapada, Matto Grosso, Brazil. In addition to these
localities, it has been reported from Rio Janeiro, Bolivia, extreme
northern Argentina, and several Ecuadorean localities.

Fenestra bohlsii Giglio-Tos.

1895. Fenestra bohlsii Giglio-Tos, Zoolog. Jahrbiicher, Abth. Syst., VIII,
p. 807. [Paraguay.]

Bompland, Misiones. December 10. One immature female.
This species is known to range from central Paraguay (Sapucay)
and the Misiones, south to Cordoba and Carcarana, Argentina.

Staurorhectus longicornis Giglio-Tos.

1897. Staurorhectus longicornis Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp.,
Torino, XII, No. 302, p. 26. [San Lorenzo and Tala, Argentina; Caizd,
Bolivian Chaco.]

Misiones. January 12, 1911; February 24, 1910; May 5, 1910.
(Nos. 17 and 36.) Two males, one female.

Bompland, Misiones. December 1, 1910. One immature male,
one immature female.

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. 1906.
One female.

The female specimen from Chacras de Coria has the lateral carinse
of the pronotum more strongly constricted mesad than in the majority
of the females of the species, and subobsolete between the first and
third transverse sulci. The coloration of this individual is different

318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

from the types previously given by the author,^^ having the discoidal
field of the tegmina with quadrate maculations and the marginal
field largely ochraceous, the general appearance of the individual
suggesting certain species of the genus Scyllina.

The range of this species extends from the Province of Mendoza
(Chacras de Coria) and Cordoba northward.

* Staurorhectus glaucipes Rehn.

1906. Staurorhectus glaucipes Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906,
p. 34, figs. 9, 10. [Sapucay, Paraguay.]

Misiones. December 12, 1910. (No. 4.) Four males.

Bompland, Misiones. December 1, 1910. One male.

These specimens have been compared with paratypic females.
We feel compelled to differ from Bruner^^ in placing this species in a
genus {Aynblysca'pheus) distinct from Staurorhectus longicornis, the
type of the latter genus. We have examined a considerable number
of specimens of the two species and find that the two characters given
as diagnostic of Amhlyscapheus are not in this case important enough
to be of generic value. These two are the "entire absence of
lateral carinse on the pronotum" and the "valves of the ovipositor
very blunt." The first character is one which is very strongly
approached if not absolutely reached in our series of longicornis,
while the second character, although constant, is of slight degree,
not worthy in the present case of generic value. The claim of the
genus Amhlyscapheus for recognition is, however, completely
destroyed by its author in the recent description of a species of the
genus Staurorhectus, S. inter medius,-^ which has as characters the
following: "lateral carinse of the pronotum almost obliterated on
the anterior lobe" and "valves of ovipositor similar to those of
Amhlyscapheus glaucipes Rehn (lineatus Bruner)."

As the male was previously unknown, the following are its principal
differences from the opposite sex.

Size small; form similar to that of the female. Head with the
eyes slightly more prominent than in the female, face more retreating
than in the other sex; interspace between the eyes distinctly narrower
than the width of one of the eyes; frontal costa with the margins
more subparallel and the sulcus deeper than in the female; antennae
as long as the caudal femur, slightly deplanate proximad. Tegmina

26 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, pp. 33, 34.

2^ Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 632. The species Amhlyscapheus lineatus
equals S. glaucipes as stated by us {Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 167) and
later admitted by Bruner (Ann. Carneg. Mus., VIII, p. 31).

^Ann. Carneg. Mus., VIII, p. 31.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319

with the distal portion broader and less attenuate than in the female.
Interspace between the mesosternal lobes slightly more longitudinal
than in the female; metasternal lobes subattingent. Caudal
femora slightly more robust than in the opposite sex.
Coloration similar to that of the female.

Measurements.

Length of body 16 . mm.

Length of pronotum 3.3

Length of tegmen 12 .5

Length of caudal femur 11.8

Sapucay, Paraguay, and the Misiones are the only known localities
for the species.
Euplectrotettix conspersus Bruner.

1900. Euplectrotettix conspersus Bruner, Sec. Rep. Merch. Locust Invest.
Comm. Buenos Aires, p. 40.^ [Eastern slopes of the Andes at Mendoza,
Argentina.]

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. April
10, 1907. One female.

This specimen fullj^ agrees with a cotypic individual from Mendoza,
loaned by Prof. Bruner. Our specimen is grayer with the darker
maculations more decided, but these differences are purely individual.

The species is only known from the Mendoza region.
Euplectrotettix schulzi Bruner.

1900. Euplectrotettix Schulzi Bruner, ibid., p. 41. [Vicinity of Cordoba,
Argentina.]

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. April
7, 1907. One male.

Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 767 meters. April 24, 1908;
May 11, 1908. Two females.

We have before us several typical specimens of this species loaned
by Prof. Bruner and we are forced to the conclusion that he erred
in associating female specimens with converging lateral carinse
to the pronotum with males having those carinae non-converging.
The former are to our mind prasinus, which varies in the coloration
of the dorsum of the pronotum. Our two females agree with the
males in the character of the lateral carinse and the coloration. One
of the females is larger than the other, the measurements of the two
being as follows :

23 Fig. 14 on page 41 of this paper is given as E. conspersus, but we are led to
believe from typical material of all of the species, kindly loaned by Prof. Bruner,
and our present series, that it represents prasinus.

320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Length of body 31. mm. 24. mm.

Length of pronotum 5.5 " 4.5 "

Length of tegmen 20+ " 17. ''

Length of caudal femur 17.8 " 12.8 "

The range of this species is now known to extend as far west as the

eastern foot of the Andes.

Euplectrotettix prasinus Brunei.

1900. Euplectrotettix prasinus Bruner, ibid., p. 42, fig. 14 (erroneously titled
conspersus). [Cordoba, Argentina.]

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. February
23, 1907. One male.

Cordillera de Mendoza. March 20, 1908. One female.

It is evident that this species has at least two color phases, one
largely green and the other several shades of brownish, the latter in
the extreme condition with little contrast in tones. In addition to
these phases there is one form which has the dorsum of the pronotum
uniform in color, and another with broad lateral longitudinal iDars of
velvety black on the same. The above-listed female and a typical
female from Cordoba, loaned by Prof. Bruner, have the uniform
pronotum, one in the green phase, the other in the brown phase.
The Chacras de Coria male and a female from Cordoba, from Bruner
and labelled schulzi by him, have the dorsum of the pronotum
barred, the Chacras de Coria male being a well-contrasted brownish
individual and the female strongly approaching the green phase.

The lateral carinae of the pronotum are the same in all of the-
specimens, converging caudad to the first transverse sulcus, thence
regularly diverging. In the male the tegmina are proportionately
longer than in any other species of the genus and the whole form of
the same sex is decidedly compressed.

The measurements of the above-mentioned specimens are as follows :

Male Female

Chacras Female Female Cordillera

de Coria. Cordoba. Cordoba, de Mendoza.

mm. mm. mm. mm.

Length of body 20. 23.5 31.3" 25.5

Length of pronotum 4.2 4.6 5. 5.1

Length of tegmen 20. 20.5 21.5 20.8

Length of caudal femur ... 13.2 14.4 15.5 15.5

This species is known only from the Provinces of Cordoba and
Mendoza, Argentina.

Abdomen greatly and abnormally distended.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321

Scyllina picta (Bruner).

1900. P[lectrotettix] pidus Bruner, ibid., p. 38, fig. 13. [Provinces of Cor-
doba and Santa Fe, Argentina.]

Misiones. January 12, 1911. (No. 38.) One female.

Corrientes, Prov. of Corrientes. Elev. 76 meters. IMarcli 3,
1909. One male, one female.

Buenos Aires. May 1-3, 1907. One male, twa females.

La Carlota, Prov. of Cordoba. Elev. 142 meters. May 7, 1907.
One female.

Alto Pencosa, Prov. of San Luis. Elev. 660 meters. January 30,

1908. One female.

San Juan, Prov. of San Juan. Elev. 673 meters. January 20,

1909. (No. 41.) Four males.

Cordillera de Mendoza. November 26, 1906. One female.

This series gives more information regarding the distribution of
this typically Argentine species than all we previously possessed.
In the present series are all of the extreme points of the range of the
species, this being from the Misiones, Corrientes and San Juan,
south to Buenos Aires and west to the Cordillera de Mendoza.

Stirapleura bruneri Rehn.

1906. Stirapleura bruneri Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 49.
["Argentina from the Pampa Central, extending into Uruguay to the

eastward."]

Misiones. December 14, 1910. Two males.

Buenos Aires. May 3, 1907. One male, five females.

This series is found to be identical with specimens from Carcarana,
Argentina, which we select as the type locality of the species.^^

The females all have greenish more or less the predominating
color, all of the males having their patterns in browns and ochres
without any indication of green. In extreme greenish specimens
from Buenos Aires, this color is that of all the light areas of the
sides and dorsum, while in the other extreme of that phase the only
decidedly green sections are the face, gense and humeral streak of the
tegmina.

What is probably this species was recorded by Berg^^ ^s Steno-
bothrus signatipeyinis (Blanchard) from Cerro Blanco, Nueva Roma,
and the Naran-Choyque, southwestern Buenos Aires. The same

^1 The name bruneri was given to replace S. signatipennis Bruner, 1900 (not of
Blanchard, 1851), the distribution of which, given above, was all that was cited
by Bruner for the species. We possess two pairs determined by him, from
■Carcarana, and we here designate this place as the type locaht3^

32 Enlom. Zeit. Stettin, XLII, p. 38.

322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,.

author credited the species to Chile (apparently after Blanchard and
in reference to true signatipennis) and Uruguay.

Subfamily (EDIPODINiE.

Trimerotropis pallidipennis (Burmeister).

1838. 0[edipoda] pallidipennis Burmeister, Handb. der Entom., II, Abth.
II, pt. 1, p. 641. [Zimapan, Hidalgo, Mexico.]

Alto Pencosa, Prov. of San Luis. Elev. 660 meters. November
21-22, 1908. Four males.

La Paz, Mendoza. Elev. 504 meters. November 15, 1908. One
female.

Pedregal, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 696 meters, November 23,
1906; December 16 and 30, 1906. One male, two females.

Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 767 meters. February 23,
1908; March 13 and 27, 1908; April 2-24, 1908; May 2-31, 1908;
June 5-12, 1907-1908; July 27, 1907; September 27, 1908; October

26, 1908; November 12 and 29, 1907; December 2 and 10, 1907.
Nineteen males, nineteen females.

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. January
7-22, 1907-1908; February 9-24, 1907; March 27, 1907; April 4-24,
1907, 1908 and 1909; May 25, 1907; November 2, 1906. Eight
males, nine females.

Potrerillos, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 1,368 meters. December

27, 1908. One female.

Cordillera de Mendoza. March 20, 1908; November 21, 1906.
Three males, one female.

This extensive series shows that the species varies tremendously
in size and color, in these respects being parallelled by similar variation
in the closely allied, if at all distinct, North American T. vinculata.
The same variations in general size, color tone, width, intensity,
solidarity, and curve of tegminal bands, intensity and width of wing
band, tone of wing disk and colors of ventral sulcus of caudal femora
are noted as in vinculata.

The rugosity of the metazonal disk varies individually in both
sexes, while the caudal angle of the pronotum shows variants ranging
from slightly obtuse to slightly acute, the majority having it rect-
angulate.

The species has a very considerable range, having been recorded
from north-central Mexico south to at least as far as the provinces
of Santa Fe, Cordoba, San Luis, and Mendoza, Argentina.

^913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323

Subfamily OMMEXECHIX.E.

:Parossa''3 viridis (GigUo-Tos).

1897. 0[ssa] viridis Giglio-Tos, Boll Mus. Z90I. ^nat Comp Torino
XII, No. 302, p. 27. [Caiza and San Francisco, Bolivian Chaco, San
Lorenzo, Jujuy, Argentina.]
Jujuy, Prov. of Jujuy. April, 1911. Four females.
San Juan, Prov. of San Juan. Elev. 673 meters. January 17-20,
1909. One male, two females.

Alto Pencosa, Prov. of San Luis. Elev. 660 meters. December
21, 1908. One female.

La Paz, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 504 meters. December 19,
1908. One male, one female.

Pedregal, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 696 meters. January 3-5,

1907. Two males, two females.

Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 767 meters. January 2-16,
1908; February 12, 1908; April 3, 1908; May 24, 1908; June 5,

1908. Four males, five females.

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. January
19-29, 1907; February 2-13, 1908; March 27, 1907; April 5-11,
1907. Fifteen males, five females, one immature female.

Blanco Encalada, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 1,068 meters. Feb-
■ ruary 12, 1908. One male, one female.

Punta del Agua, Prov. of Mendoza. February 27, 1907. Two

- "f pTy\Q iPS

San Ignacio, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 1,235 meters. March
15-22, 1908; April 5, 1908. Three males, three females.

Pot'rerillos, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 1,368 meters. January
20, 1908. Two males, four females.

This very interesting series throws some light on the color phases
of the species. It is apparent that three are present: first, a green
phase, which was that originally described by Giglio-Tos; second,
a brownish or dull wine-colored phase, and, third, a speckled phase.
The green phase shows Uttle variation in itself aside from that in the
yellowish tone of the green base color and the more or less pronounced
character of a yellowish wash on the dorsal section of the tegminal

33 After examining the literatm-e involved, we can substantiate what Bruner
fAnn Carneg Mus., VIII, p. 38, footnote) has said regarding the proper status
of Blanchard's genus Paulinia. It is clearly the same as Ccelopterna bt&l, which
name it should replace, and in no way related to Ossa Gigho-Tos, which
through an unfortunate preoccupation must fall, and in place ot which Bruner
has erected Parossa.

324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

bases.^^ The brownish phase varies in tone from pale dull wine color
(vinaceous) and clay color to burnt umber, the caudal femora in the
extreme condition with more or less apparent transverse dark bars
on the dorsal face, and in the same pronounced type the caudal
tibise are of the general tone. The brownish phase and the normal
greenish phase are apparently connected by intermediate types,
some individuals being of the green phase with the dorsum of the
pronotum and the tegmina weakly vinaceous, while other specimens,
which otherwise would be referred to the brownish phase, have
yellowish the underlying color, the femora unhanded and the tibise
of the glaucous of the green phase. The speckled phase also shades
into both of the other forms and is characterized by a mottling of
bistre, olive-green, or bay over the underlying bright gamboge to
lemon-yellow of the pronotum and head of those specimens approach-
ing the green phase and over burnt umber in the single (Jujuy)
specimen approaching (or rather in) the brownish phase. These
fine mottlings are either general on the dorsum or grouped in
two irregular longitudinal bars, which are postocular in their po-
sition, the interocular portion of the head also being much suffused.
In the extreme condition of this phase the femora are moderately
banded dorsad, the tibise being of the color which the general tone of
the individual more nearly approaches. These phases are not
geographic, as the Mendoza series has all three, but apparently a
certain type is more numerous in one locality than in others. All of
the Potrerillos material is either in or very closely approaching the
speckled phase, while, aside from several brownish individuals, all
of the Chacras de Coria representatives are in or very near the green
phase.

There is considerable size variation, but this appears to be indi-
vidual and not geographic.

The range of the present species is known to extend from the
Bolivian Chaco (Caiza and San Francisco, cotypic individuals being
before us) and Jujuy, south to the Provinces of Santa Fe (Carcarana),
Cordoba, San Luis (Alto Pencosa), and Mendoza {vide supra).

PACHYOSSA n. gen.

Intermediate in position between Parossa Bruner (Ossa Giglio-Tos)
and Ommexecha Serville, sharing certain characters of each, but far

^* Superficially, this might suggest to some an approach to P. bimaculata, which
is in part characterized by having large yellowish maculations in the same regions,
but in the present form the yellow is never as decided or as sharply outlined,,
while excellent structural characters readily differentiate the two species.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325

closer to the former. With Parossa it agrees in the general form of
the occiput and interocular region, the reduction of spines on the
pronotum and tubercles on the limbs, the non-spiniform ventro-
caudal angles of the lateral lobes and the rounded internal angle of
the mesosternal lobes ; while from Parossa it differs in the subrostrate
interantennal portion of the frontal costa, the tuberculate caudal
margin of the pronotal disk, the scabrous dorsum of the same, the
peculiar coriaceous texture and subnodulose surface of the tegmina,
in this respect resembling Ommexecha and Spathalium, and in the
abbreviate, robust form.

Form robust, abbreviate; surface of head, pronotum, and femora
multituberculate; head, pronotum, venter, and limbs, but particu-
larly the latter two, strongly villose. Occiput buUate; interocular
region very broad, greatly exceeding the width of the eye, greatly
declivent, non-impressed; frontal costa subrostrate between the
antennse, evanescent ventrad, sulcate dorsad; eyes subglobose.
Pronotum robust, greatest dorsal width subequal to its length;
prozona hardly elevated, metazona depressed cephalad, transversely
elevated caudad; cephalic margin slightly emarginate mesad, caudal
margin very broadly obtuse-angulate with three pairs of marginal
nodes; lateral lobes with the ventro-caudal angle very broadly
rounded, non-spiniform. Tegmina broad, sublanceolate, apex
moderately rounded; texture coriaceous; surface without decided
nodes, but with certain of the transverse veins of the discoidal and
anal fields slightly elevated. Wings perfectly developed. Interspace
between the mesosternal lobes very decidedly transverse, the margins
of the lobes rounded; metasternal interspace more transverse than
the mesosternal one.

Type. — P. signata n. sp.

Pachyossa signata n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Misiones, Argentina. January 12, 1910. (P. Jor-
gensen; No. 22.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., type No. 5,218.]

Size medium; form fusiform, subdepressed ; surface of the head
with the tubercles fewer and lower on the occiput than elsewhere,
pronotum ruguloso-tuberculate, hairs on the head, pronotum, and
pleura few and scattered, around the insertion of the limbs and on
the same very much more numerous. Head with the greatest width
contained less than one and one-half times in the depth of the same;
interocular space one and two-thirds times the length of the eye,
greatly declivent to the subvertical fastigium, which is delimited

326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

caudad by an obtuse-angulate series of tubercles, passing cephalad
into the frontal costa without interruption; frontal costa when seen
from the side arcuate subrostrate between the antennae, obsolete
ventrad, dorsad with a V-sectioned sulcation; eyes subglobose, their
length contained about one and one-third times in the length of the
infra-ocular gense; antennae incomplete, Pronotum with the median
carina indicated only on the prozona and there by a tuberculate
ridge, slightly arcuate in profile; lateral angles indicated on the
metazona and there only by bluntly rounded, low-tuberculate shoul-

Fig. 12. — Pachyossa signata n. gen. and sp. Lateral view of type. (X 3.)

ders, on the prozona no trace of the angles exists; transyerse sulci
weak, indications of four present, only the caudal at all distinctly
marked; lateral lobes with the greatest depth contained about one
and one-third times in the greatest length of the same, caudal margin
oblique subtruncate, the ventro-caudal angle yery broadly rounded
and extending considerably yentrad of the yentro-cephalic angle,
which is obtuse. Tegmina nearly two and one-half times as long as
the pronotum, the greatest width at the proximal fourth and con-
tained oyer three times in the length, thence rather eyenly tapering
to the rather narrowly rounded apex; marginal field broad at the
proximal fourth, there slightly more than a third the total width of
the tegmen; sutural margin yery slightly but regularly arcuate; the
transyerse yein-groups which form subnodose eleyations are formed
by a number of yery short transyerse yeinlets coalescing and filling
up the intervening cells, the contrast between these groups and the
distinctly outlined cells between the elevations bringing them into
greater prominence. AVings with their length subequal to that of
the tegmina when both are in repose, the greatest width contained

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

327

Fig. 13. — Pachyossa
'signata n. gen. and
sp. Dorsal out-
line of head and
pronotum. (X 3.)

nearly twice in the length of the same; apex well rounded. Pro-
sternum transversely carinate with a compressed
trigonal projection mesad; interspace between
the mesosternal lobes four times as broad caudad
as deep, the lateral margins diverging, obliquely
rounded; interspace between the metasternal
lobes even more decidedly transverse than that
l)etween the mesosternal lobes. Cephalic and
median limbs strongly villose. Caudal femora
one and two-thirds times the length of the
pronotum, pattern of the pagina moderately
regular; caudal tibiae subequal to the femora in
length, armed on the external margin with six
spines; caudal metatarsus subequal to the
remainder of the tarsus in length; all of the
caudal limb strongly and thickty villose.

General color clove brown, passing into Vandyke
brown mottled with wood brown on the limbs;
ventral surface mummy brown, becoming wood
l:)rown on that aspect of the limbs. Head,
pronotum, and pleura with the tubercles varied with pale brown and
blackish, so that the general color is modified in a "pepper-and-salt"
fashion; lower part of the face with much wood bro^\Ti; eyes raw
sienna; antennae with the joints blackish, each joint margined distad
with ochraceous. Tegmina with the base color seal bro^vTi, with a
reticulate pattern of wood brown and ecru drab formed by the
coloring of groups of veins, both longitudinal and transverse, the ecru
drab predominating toward the apex and the costal margin; anal
field with a proximal ovate spot of clear orpiment orange, which is
completely hidden when the tegmina are in repose. Wings strongly
infu.'Scate with clove brown proximad, this passing gradually into the
pale creamy -white of the apex, where the veins alone retain the color
of the proximal portion. Limbs mottled and blotched with the
general colors, the caudal femora with two irregular pale transverse
bars, which are V-shaped on the external face. Hairs of the entire
body straw yellow.

Measurements.

Length of body 28 . mm.

Length of pronotum 8 . "

Greatest dorsal width of pronotum 7. "

Length of tegmen 21 . "

Greatest width of tegmen 6. "

Length of caudal femur 13.2 '*

328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Information with the unique type is to the effect that it was taken
from stones of a very similar coloration.
* Ommexeclia giglio-tosi Bolivar.

1899. 0[mmexecha] Giglio-Tosi Bolivar, Revista Chilena Hist. Nat., Ill,
pp. 54, 55. [Caiza, Aguairenda, and San Francisco, Bolivian Chaco.]

Jujuy, Prov. of Jujuy. April, 1911. Five males, three females.

Embarcacion, Prov. of Salta. April, 1911. Three females.

This series of specimens show two types of structure, one with the
pronotum more sellate than the other, but we do not feel warranted
in separating them specifically. Both forms are in the Jujuy series,
but only that with the more sellate pronotum in the Embarcacion lot.

The wings are pale azure on the disk, the apex very lightly infumate,
with the transverse veins of the discoidal and adjacent portion of the
axillary fields seal brown.

The above localities are all from which the species is known.
*Ommexecha germari Burmeister.

1838. 0[mmexecha] Germari Burmeister, Handb. der Entom., II, abth. II,
pt. 1, p. 655. [Brazil.]

Misiones. August 4, 1909. One female.

This individual is inseparable from representatives from Sapucay,
Paraguay.

The present species has been recorded from Brazil (specifically
Sao Leopoldo [Bolivar], Porto Allegre [Karsch], and Corumba
[Bruner] ), Paraguay (specifically Villa Rica [Giglio-Tos] and Sapucay
[Rehn] ) and the Misiones. This is the first record of the species
from Argentina.
Ommexeclia servillei Blanchard.

1837. Ommexecha Servillei Blanchard, Ann. See. Entom. PVance, V, p. 613,
pi. XXII, figs. 2, 3. [Province of Corrientes, Argentina.]

Misiones. May 12, 1910; November 9, 1910; December 12 and
17, 1910. (No. 20.) Four males, two females.

All of these specimens are brownish in coloration and we have
provisionally retained the name servillei for them, although we have
little doubt that topotypes of Serville's virens, from Buenos Aires,
will show that name to have been based on a green color phase of
the present insect.

Previous records of servillei are from Porto Allegre, Rio Grande do
Sul (Karsch), Sierra Geral, Santa Catharina (Karsch), Sao Paulo
(Bruner), Reboucas (Rehn), Corumba, Matto Grosso (Bruner),
Matto Grosso (Karsch), Brazil; Asuncion and San Bernardino,
Paraguay (Bruner), Sapucay, Paraguay (Rehn, as virens), and
Misiones and Corrientes, Argentina.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329

* Spathalium 35 stall Bolivar.

1884. Sp^thalium Slali Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Xat., XIII, p. 32.
[Sao ("San") Leopoldo, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.]

Misiones. January 12, 1911; October 31, 1910; November, 1910.
(No. 30 and 37.) One male, two females.

The present specimens are clearly referable to this species, which
was previously known only from the original description. Two facts
are evident from the material before us, these being that the species
is dichromatic and that the length of the tegmina and wings varies
greatly in the same.

The type was of a greenish color phase, which is almost matched
by one of the females in hand, the green of the tegmina apparently
being more extensive than in the type, as it colors the adjacent
portions of the marginal and anal fields of the tegmina as well as the
discoidal as described. The other individuals are of a similar pat-
tern, but in several tones of brown with no evidence of green.

The tegmina show considerable length variation as well as some in
the form of the apex of the same. The latter may be acute-angulate
without any trace of bluntness or of similar general outline, with the
immediate apex narrowly rounded. The wings are described as
"dimidise elytrorum longitudinis, " while in one of the present females
the wings are about two-thirds of the tegminal length, and in the
other they fall but little short of the tegminal apices when in repose.
In the male the wings are subequal to the tegmina when closed.

The measurements of the present material and of the type are as
follows :

Male. Female. Female. Female (type).

mm. mm. mm. mm.

Length of body 22. 34.5 33. 32.

Length of pronotum 7.5 10. 10. 9.5

Greatest dorsal width of

pronotum 6.2 9.2 9.6

Length of tegmen 23. 27.2 33.5 23.

Length of caudal femur .. 13.2 16.8 20. 16.

'5 The specimens from Chapada, Matto Grosso, Brazil, recorded by us as
Spathalium cyanopterum (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXVI, p. 110), we find on
re-examination to be S. klugii (Bm-meister), which Bolivar synonymized under
S. serrulatum Thunberg, the type of Burmeister's species having been examined
by him. There seems no doubt but that his description of "serrulatum" was in
part drawn from this specimen. On examination of the original description of
serrulatum we have been unable to positively place the species, but it does not
seem to be the same as klugii. Kirby {Syn. Catal. Orth., Ill, p. 298) has given
the synonymy correctly and permitted both names to stand. Bruner, unfortu-
nately, has redescribed klugii as S. bolivari (Ann. Carneg. Mus., VIII, p. 39).
Our material fuUy agrees with his description and that of Burmeister and of
Bohvar.

330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [May,

Subfamily LOCUSTIN^.
Coryacris angustipennis (Bmner).

1900. Elceochlora angustipennis Bruner, Sec. Rep. Merch. Locust Invest.

Comm. Buenos Aires, p. 58. [Rosario, Prov. of Santa Fe, Argentina.]
1909. Coryacris diversipes Rehn, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXV, p. Ill,
figs. 1 and 2. [Corumbd, Matto Grosso, Brazil]

Posadas, Misiones. March 6 and 7, 1909; April 8, 1910. Two
males, one female.

These specunens have been compared with a paratypic female
of diversipes from Cuyaba, IMatto Grosso, and found to be inseparable.
Bruner has recently established the above synonymy,^^ which
appears to be correct.

The localities given above are all that are known for the species.
Prionolopha serrata (Linnseus).

1758. [Gryllus (Bulla)] serratus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., X ed., p. 427.
["Indiis."]

Embarcacion, Prov. of Salta. April, 1911. One female.

This striking species, which ranges northward to northern South

America, has been recorded from as far south as Tucuman and

Resistencia nel Chaco, Argentina.

Diedronot'us laevipes (Stai).

1878. T[rapidonotus] Icevipes St&l, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl.,
V, No. 9, p. 20. [Sao Leopoldo, Brazil; Argentine Republic]

IViisiones. January 10, 1911; January 12 and 26, 1910; November
26, 1909. (Nos. 21 and 34.) Three males, one female.

This interesting form has been recorded from a number of localities

extending from southern Brazil and Paraguay south as far as

Buenos Aires. According to Bruner, it inhabits the open "camp."

Diedronotus angulatus (S&tl).

1873. T[ropinotus] angulatus Stai, Ofv. Kong. Vet.-Akad. Forh., 1873,
No. 4, p. 52. [Bahia, Brazil.]

Jujuy, Prov. of Jujuy. April, 1911. Two males.

Embarcacion; Prov. of Salta. April, 1911. One female.

This species has been recorded from several Brazilian localities
south to as far as Asuncion, Villa Rica, and Sapucay, Paraguay, and
Tucuman, Argentina (Giglio-Tos) , the latter being the only previous
Argentine record.

Diedronotus discoideus (Serville).

1831. Tropinotus discoideus Serville, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 273. [Brazil.]

Misiones. March 26 and 30, 1909; April 12 and 20, 1910; Sep-
tember 16, 1910. Two males, four females.

^ Ann. Carneg. Mm., VIII, p. 53.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331

All of these specimens, except the March 30 female, have the
tegmina distinctly maculate, the exception having the discoidal field
with the faintest possible indication of the usual blotching. The
male and female taken March 30 were in coitu, and the two represent
the extremes in maculation of the discoidal field of the tegmina.
The anal field of the tegmina is unicolorous in all of the specimens.

Information with one specimen is to the effect that the species is
"common."

Northward this form has an extensive range, while the southern
border of its distribution extends from Jujuy (Giglio-Tos) eastward
to Buenos Aires (Giglio-Tos) and Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil (Rehn).

Elaeochlora viridicata (Serville).

1839. Xiphicera viridicata Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orthopt., p. 614.
[Buenos Aires.]

Buenos Aires. February 14 and 20, 1909. Three males.

Misiones. January 3 and 5, 1910; February 1, 1910; March
20-26, 1910; December 3, 1909; December 12 and 24, 1910. (No.
2.) Six males, eight females.

The Buenos Aires specimens are typical of the species, while the
Misiones series is referred here with some doubt, differing much
as does the Sapucay, Paraguay representation previously examined
by us." The pronotum is, in the Misiones specimens, more compressed
than in Buenos Aires individuals, the fastigium shorter and broader
in the male, being more of an equilateral triangle, and the coloration
different, the median line of the pronotum being much narrower,
while the humeral regions of the pronotum of the male are washed
with dull purplish and the caudal tibiae of the same sex are wax yellow
to pale orange, without reddish as in typical viridicata. The females
have the tibiae green as in Buenos Aires specunens, the spines and
tarsi usually without sanguineous, although this is indicated in
two Misiones individuals. It is probable that the Sapucay and
Misiones series are specifically or subspecifically distinct from
viridicata, but we have refrained from recognizing their differences
with a name. It seems more desirable at present to get a better
conception of the real value of these differences, which can only be
done by the acquisition of more material from a number of localities.

This species has been recorded from points extending from the tj^pe
locality north to Chapada, Matto Grosso, Brazil.

3' Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 174.

332 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF i^^^Y)

Chromacris miles (Drury).38

1773. Gryll[us] Loc[usta] miles Drury, Illust. Nat. Hist. Exot. Ins., II,
pp. 79 and Index, pi. XLII, fig. 2. [Bay of Honduras.]

Misiones. February 20, 1909; December 1-14, 1909-1910.
(No. 14.) Two males, five females, three nymphs.

Buenos Aires, February 14 and 20, 1909. Two males, three
females.

Jujuy, Prov. of Jujuy. April, 1911. One male,

Alto Pencosa, Prov. of San Luis. Elev. 660 meters. January
30, 1908; February 2, 1908. Three males, five females.

Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 767 meters. February 29,
1908. One male.

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. February
6-16, 1907-1908; April 11, 1907. Three males, seven females.

We have before us specimens from Merida, Yucatan, contained
in the Hebard Collection, which agree absolutely with the original
description of miles. The material from Argentina and Paraguay
shows certain constant differences which have already been empha-
sized by Pictet and Saussure.^^ Any expression of the exact rela-
tionship of the material from the two regions seems best withheld,
until at least sufficient series from other localities can be examined,
thus enabling us to judge more clearly how constant over definite
regions apparent differences are. The Merida individuals, seven in
number, are constant and typical. All of the Argentine and Para-
guayan specimens seen are duller with the pale maculations more
orange-rufous than yellow, the wings with the pale areas brick red
or orange, the pale occipital bars narrower and the pale areas of the
caudal margin of the pronotum usually not continuous, but broken

28 In studying the present series of this species we have made a rather extensive
re-examination of our material of this and allied forms, as well as the literature
bearing on the subject. It is in consequence necessary to correct certain previous
references which are erroneous on account of a confusion of 7niles and stolli.
Bruner's first reference of stolli (Sec. Rep. Merch. Locust Invest. Coram. Buenos
Aires, p. 60) should be credited to tniles, as material before us studied and deter-
mined by him at that time shows. Specimens of stolli from British Guiana, also
from him, we find labelled 7niles in his handwriting. The present author, partly
by following these determinations, is responsible for the following misidentifica-
tions, which should refer to C. miles.

Chromacris stolli Rehn {nee Pictet and Saussure), Entom. News, XVI, p. 38.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

Chromacris stolli Rehn {nee Pictet and Saussure), Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1907, p. 174. [Sapucay, Paraguay.]

Chromacris stolli Rehn {nee Pictet and Saussure), Entom. News, XXII, p. 251.
[Puerto Bertoni, Paraguay.]

39 Mitt. Schweiz. Entom. Gesell., VII, p. 350, as variety A.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333

into spots or areas somewhat as in stolli, but less decided than in that
form.

The Misiones series has the wings more reddish than the other lots,
while the Chacras de Coria individuals have these more orange.

The provinces of Buenos Aires, Cordoba, and Mendoza seem to be
the southern limit of the species.

*Zoniopoda iheringi Pictet and Saussure.

1887. Zoniopoda Iheringi Pictet and Saussure, Mitth. Schw. Entom.
Gesell., VII, p. 357. [Southern Brazil.]

Misiones. February 8 and 14, 1910; 15 and 21, 1909 and 1910;
December 8 and 23, 1910. (No. 18.) Four males, three females.

These specimens have been compared with individuals from
Sapucay, Paraguay, and a female from Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil,
received from and determined by Saussure. It is evident that
considerable size variation is found in the species, as we have differ-
ences in the extremes of the two sexes from Misiones as follows :

Male. Female,

mm. mm. mm. mm.

Length pf body 27. 32.5 35. 49.5

Length of pronotum 6.2 7.5 8.9 12.2

Length of tegmen 24.5 26. 32.5 37.

Length of caudal femur 14.7 17. 19. 25.5

There is also an appreciable amount of variation in the general
form, some specimens, irrespective of sex, being more compressed
than others, more noticeably so in the male than in the female, and
quite irrespective of locality. A casual examination would lead
one to suppose that two species were present, but careful study shows
that the extremes cannot be separated on account of the intermediate
individuals. The median carina of the pronotum shows some varia-
tion in prominence in both sexes.

In color there is marked variation in the shade of blue on the disk
of the wing, in some individuals this being nile blue, flax flower blue
(Ridgway) in others, running through heliotrope purple to phlox
purple. This variation does not appear to be correlated with sex,
locality, size, or degree of compression. The caudal tibiae also vary
in general color from cream to scarlet vermilion dorsad, with the
ventral surface very pale apple green.

Information with one specimen is to the effect that the species is
gregarious. Its range is known to extend from Chapada, Matto
Grosso (Bruner), and Rio Grande do Sul (Rehn), Brazil, to the
Misiones.

334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Zoniopoda cruentata (Blanchard).

1846. Acridium cruentatum Blanchard, in D'Orbigny, Voy. dans I'Amer.
Merid., VI, pt. II, p. 216, pi. XXVII, fig. 5. [No locality.]

Jujuy, Prov. of Jujuy. April, 1911. One male.

La Carlota, Prov. of. Cordoba. Elev. 142 meters. May 8, 1909.
One female.

Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 767 meters. April 9, 1908.
One female.

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. January
15-30, 1907-1908; February 7-15, 1907-1908; March 23-25, 1907;
April 4-18, 1907 and 1909; May 22-23, 1907. Five males, twelve
females.

Pedregal, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 696 meters. January 14,
1907; December 13, 1906. Two males.

Misiones. November 12, 1909; December 10-12, 1909. Five
males.

This series is very constant in coloration aside from a slight
variation in the depth of the ground color of the head. The Jujuy
individual, alone of the series, has the proximal portion of the external
face of the caudal femora more olive green than in the other specimens
and blending into the blackish disto-median band. There is no
tendency in the series to approach the Brazilian Z. tarsata (Serville) .

The northern limit of the range of the present species is not defi-
nitely known, as most of the records are confused with tarsata, but to
the southward, where cruentata alone is found, its range is given by
Bruner as "central and northern Argentina." The above records
and that from Buenos Aires (Giglio-Tos) are the most southern
definitely known ones.

Zoniopoda omnicolor (Blanchard).

1846. Acridium omnicolor Blanchard, ibid., p. 216, pi. XXVII, fig. 3. [No
locality.]

Jujuy, Prov. of Jujuy. April, 1911. One female.

This species has been recorded from as far north as Caiza, Bolivian
Chaco (Giglio-Tos), and Sapucay, Paraguay (Rehn; Bruner), south
to Santiago del Estero (Stal) and Cordoba, Argentina (Bruner).

Diponthus electus (Serville).

1839. Acridium electum Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orthopt., p. 67. [IMonte-
video.]

Misiones. November, 1910; December 17 and 22, 1910. (No.
32.) Two males, one female.

This beautiful species is easily recognized by its nearly uniform
colored tegmina and longitudinally barred pronotum. The present

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335

individuals all have the caudal tibiae more or less extensivelj^ pinkish
purple distad, in the female this color covering almost the whole of
the tibiae, while the dorsum of the tarsi are suffused with the same
color in all. The pale head and pronotal lines vary from dull straw
yellow to clay color, the pale areas of the caudal femora closely
agreeing with this color, while the darker pronotal bars vary from
dark oil green to purplish brown; the dark areas of the pleura and
caudal femora agree in color with the dark pronotal bars.

The previous records of this species are from Montevideo (Ser-
ville) and Patagonia (Pictet and Saussure).

*Diponthus festivus Gerstaecker.

1873. Diponthus festivus Gerstaecker, Entom. Zeit., Stettin, XXXIV, p.
193. [Porto Allegre, Rio Grande do Sul, BrazU.]

Misiones. November 26, 1909; December 1 and 18, 1909-1910.
Three females.

This striking species has only been recorded from the type locality
and by Pictet and Saussure without exact locality from the same
state (Rio Grande do Sul).

* Diponthus crassus Bruner.

1910. Diponthus crassus Bruner, Entom. News, XXI, p. 303. [Puerta
Bertoni, Paraguay.]

Misiones. October 27, 1909; November 9 and 12, 1907 and 1909;
December 12, 1909. Four males, five females.

These specimens are perfectly typical of this very distinct recently
described species. As the male was previously unknown, the
measurements of an average individual of that sex may be of interest r
length of body, 24 mm.; length of pronotum, 5.2; length of tegmen,.
16.3; length of caudal femur, 14. Of the above series three pairs,
taken in November and December, were captured in coitu.

The type locality and the Misiones are the only localities from which
the species is known.

♦Diponthus paraguayensis Bruner.

1906. Diponthus paraguayensis Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX,.
p. 657. [Sapucay, Paraguay.]

Misiones. May 5, 1910; November 12, 1909; December 12, 1910.
(Nos. 3 and 6.) Three males, six females.

The variation in color tone previously noted by us in this species^^
is evident in the present series. Information with the species is to
the effect that it is very common.

« Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 179.

336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

The only localities known for this form are that of the type and the
Misiones.

Diponthus argentinus Pictet and Saussure.

1887. D[iponthus] argentinus Pictet and Saussure, Mitt. Schweiz. Entom.
Gesell., VII, p. 372. [Buenos Aires.]

Mendoza, Prov, of Mendoza. Elev. 767 meters. April 9, 1908.
One female.

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. Janu-
ary 31, 1907; April 3, 1907; December 3, 1903. Two adult and
one immature female.

Cordillera de Mendoza. April 3, 1908. One female.

Potrerillos, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 1,368 meters. December
27, 1907. One male, one female.

These specimens vary considerably in the tone of both the dark
and light base colors, the former being olive green in some, blackish
in others, while the pale shade varies from nearly clear yellow or
creamy yellow to decided dull orange.

The single immature individual was taken April 3, 1907.

This species ranges from Buenos Aires west to the Cordillera de
Mendoza, while to the north or south we know nothing of the limits
of its distribution.

Leptysma filiformis (Serville).

1839. Opsomala filiformis Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orthopt., p. 593. [The
north of the State of Sao Paulo, BrazU.]

Misiones. March 18, 1909; December 12, 1909. (No. 12.)
Two males.

These specimens fully agree with Sao Paulo females now before us.

The species has been recorded from as far north and east as Rio de
Janeiro, Brazil (Bolivar), south to the Rio Colorado, Buenos Aires
(Berg), west to San Lorenzo, Jujuy (Giglio-Tos), and Chapada,
Matto Grosso, Brazil (Bruner).

* Leptysma obscura ^Thunberg).

1827. Truxalis obscura Thunberg, Nova Acta Reg. Soc. Scient. Upsal.,
IX, p. 79. [Brazil.]

Misiones. December 2 and 12, 1909. (No. 12.) Two males.

These individuals fully agree with males from Sapucay and San
Bernardino, Paraguay.

The range of this species extends- from Bonito, Pernambuco,
Brazil (Rehn), south to the Misiones, west to Chapada, Matto
Grosso, Brazil (Bruner; Rehn).

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 337

Leptysmina pallida Giglio-Tos.

1894. L[eptysmina] pallida Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp.
Torino, IX, No. 184, p. 35. [Resistencia nel Chaco, Argentina.]

Buenos Aires. February 20 and 26, 1909. Two males, one
female.

The present individuals have been compared with Carcarana,
Argentina specimens. The localities from which this species has
been recorded, in addition to those given above, are Carcarana and
Rosario, Argentina, and with a query from Victoria, Brazil (all by
Bruner in error for L. rosea).

*Oxybleptella sagitta Giglio-Tos.

1894. Oxyhleptella sagitta Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino,
IX, No. 184, p. 33. [ViUa Rica, Paraguay.]

Misiones. August 2, 1910. One male.

This specimen is inseparable from Sapucay, Paraguay, individuals.

The records of this .species are from Villa Rica, Paraguay (type),
Paraguay (Gigho-Tos), Sapucay, Paraguay (Rehn), Sao Paulo,
Brazil (Bruner), and Chapada, Matto Grosso, Brazil (Bruner). The
latter record, we believe, probably relates to the closely allied 0.
pulcheUa.

*Inusia pallida Bruner.

1906. Inusia pallida Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 660.

[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

Misiones. April 19, 1909. One male.

This species was previously known only from the unique female
type. The present individual agrees satisfactorily with the original
•description except that the green color of the type is replaced
in the present specimen by dull ochraceous, the dark lateral line is
«ven more decided than in the type and the proportions are, as usual
in opposite sexes, somewhat different. The measurements of the
present specimen are: length of body, 20.8 mm. ; length of pronotum,
4.3; length of tegmen, 22; length of caudal femur, 11.5.
Oxyblepta puncticeps (Stil).

1860. Opsomala puncticeps St§,l, Kong. Svenska Fregat. Eugenies Resa,
Zool., Ins. I, p. 325. [Rio Janeiro, Brazil.]

Misiones. April 26, 1909. One male, one female.

This species has also been recorded from Rio Janeiro (Stal) and
Corumba (Rehn; Bruner), Brazil; Paraguay (Giglio-Tos), Sapucay,
Paraguay (Bruner); Caiza and San Francisco, Bolivian Chaco
(Giglio-Tos); San Lorenzo, Jujuy (Giglio-Tos), and Resistencia nel
Chaco (Bruner), Argentina.

338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF L^ay,.

Oxyblepta boMsii (GigUo-Tos).

1895. S[tenopola] bohlsii Giglio-Tos, Zoolog. Jahrbiicher, Abth. Syst.,
VIII, p. 813. [Paraguay.]

Misiones. May 20, 1910. One female.

The previous records of this species were from Chapada (Bruner)
and Corumba (Rehn; Bruner), Brazil; Paraguay (Giglio-Tos),
Sapucay, Paraguay (Bruner; Rehn), and Resistencia nel Chaco,
Argentina (Giglio-Tos) .

*Aleuas vitticollis St&l.

1878. A[leuas] vitticollis Stal, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl.,
V, No. 4, p. 69. [Sao ("San") Leopoldo, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil; Mon-
tevideo, Uruguay.]

Misiones. February 24, 1910. One male.

This species has also been recorded from Sapucay, Paraguay

(Rehn; Bruner), and Corumba, Matto Grosso, Brazil (Rehn; Bruner).

♦Aleuas brachypterus Bmner.

1906. Aleuas brachypterus Bruner, Proc. IJ. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 667.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

Misiones. February 2, 1911. (No. 39.) "On water plant."
One female.

The only previously known locality for the species was that of the
type. It seems very probable to us that this is the female sex of
vitticollis, the material before us, consisting of four females, differing
from vitticollis males only in such characters as are sexual, using the
term in the sense of known sexual differences in the closely allied
A. gracilis.

Aleuas lineatus StS.1.

1878. A[leuas] lineatus StM, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl.,
V, No. 4, p. 70. [Buenos Aires; Uruguay.]

Caucete, Prov. of San Juan. Elev. 567 meters. January 13, 1909.
One male, one female.

San Ignacio, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 1,235 meters. April 4,
1908. One male, one female.

These specimens are seen to have longer tegmina and wings than
two pairs from Carcarana, when compared with the same. In the
males from Caucete and San Ignacio the tegmina surpass the tips of
the caudal femora by very nearty or quite the pronotal length, while
in the Carcarana males the difference is hardly ijiore than half of the
same. In the females the discrepancy is less decided, but still quite
apparent.

This species is known to range from Sapucay, Paraguay (Bruner),.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 339

south to Buenos Aires and Uruguay (Stal), west to San Ignacio,
Mendoza and Caucete, San Juan, Argentina.

Abracris^i nebulosa (Bruner).

1900. Jodacris (?) nebulosa Brunei-, Sec. Rep. Merch. Locust Invest. Comm.
Buenos Aires, p. 67. [Asuncion, Paraguay; Prov. of Tucuman,
Argentina.]

Misiones. May 6, 1910. One female.

This species has also been recorded from Corumba (Bruner),
Chapada (Rehn), and Victoria (Bruner), Brazil, Paraguay (Giglio-
Tos), and Sapucay, Paraguay (Bruner; Rehn).

*Abracris signatipes (Bruner).

1906. Omalotettix signatipes Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 673.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

Misiones. November 9, 1909. One male, four females.
This species has an extensive range to the northward, the present
locality constituting its most southerly known limit of distribution.

Osmiliola aurita Giglio-Tos.

1897. 0[smiUola] aurita Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino,
XII, No. 302, p. 33. [San Lorenzo, Jujuy, Argentina; Caiza, BoUvian
Chaco.]

Misiones. September 5, 1909; October, 1910. Two males, one
female.

The pair of this species taken October, 1910, were in coitu.

This very interesting species, in addition to the localities given
above, has been recorded from Pernambuco, Brazil, and Chapada,
Matto Grosso, Brazil, both by Bruner.

Schistocerca infumata Scudder.

1899. Schistocerca infumata Scudder, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci.,
XXXIV, p. 457. [Montevideo, Uruguay; Brazil.]

Misiones. May 7 and 23, 1910. (No. 15.) Two females.

Posadas, Misiones. Elev. 80 meters. March 3, 1909. Two
males.

One of the female individuals is labelled ''Common. " Bruner says
this form, "is quite generally distributed over Argentina and
Uruguay along the La Plata River and northward into Brazil."
The only definite records aside from those above mentioned are from
Sapucay, Paraguay (Rehn; Bruner).

*i Bruner's genus Omalotettix equals this Walkerian genus, according to Kirby,
Synon. Catal. Orth., Ill, p. 428.

340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,.

Sohistocerca paranensis (Burmeister).

1861. Acridium. paranense Burmeister, Reise durch La Plata Staat., I,,
p. 491. [La Plata Region.]

Misiones. December 1, 1910. (No. 1.) ''Very common." One
male.

Buenos Aires. May 6, 1907. One male, one female.

La Carlota, Prov. of Cordoba. Elev. 142 meters. May 7, 1907.
One male.

Alto Pencosa, Prov. of San Luis. Elev. 660 meters. February
2, 1908. One adult female, one immature male, one immature
female.

Pedregal, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 696 meters. January 3, 1907.
One female.

Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 767 meters. December
12-13, 1907 and 1908. Three males, one female.

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters,
November 28, 1907; December 7-16, 1907. Three males, three
females.

The La Carlota individual belongs to the peculiar dwarfed form of
the species. The Mendoza and Chacras de Coria series are very pale,
similar to spring specimens from Carcarana received from Bruner.

*Atraclielacris olivaceus (Bruner).

1911. Dichroplus olivaceus Bruner, Ann. Carneg. Mus., VIII, p. 133.
[Chapada, Matto Grosso, Brazil.]

Misiones. January, 1911; January 12, 1911. (No. 35.) Two
males, one female.

This species appears to us to be an Atrachelacris and not a Dichro-
plus as described. From A. unicolor it differs in the more elongate
and distad subfalcate cerci of the male, more compressed form,
broader fastigium, broader and distinctly sulcate dorsal section of
the frontal costa, shorter and smaller eyes and more mottled greenish
coloration. There is no close relationship of this form to A . gramineus
Bruner. *2

In addition to the above specimens, we have before us a single
female from Sapucay, Paraguay (Hebard Collection), taken January
20, 1905 (Foster). The only difference worthy of note is that in the
Sapucay female the fastigium is even wider than in the Misiones
female.

The localities from which the species is known are Chapada, Matto
Grosso, Brazil, Sapucay, Paraguay, and the Misiones, Argentina.

^ Ann. Carneg. Mus., VIII, p. 129. This species equals A. unicolor Bruner,
1900 {nee Giglio-Tos, 1894).

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341

Dichroplus pratensis Bruner.

1900. Dichroplus pratensis Bruner, Sec. Rep. Merch. Locust Invest. Comm.
Buenos Aires, p. 74, figs. 36 and 37. [Provinces of Santa Fe and Buenos
Aires, Argentina.]

Buenos Aires. February 20, 1908. One female.

La Carlota, Province of Cordoba. Elev. 142 meters. May 7-9,

1907. Four males.

San Juan, Prov. of San Juan. Elev. 673 meters. January 17,
1909. One female.

Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 767 meters. March 31,

1908. One female.

San Ignacio, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 1,235 meters. March
5-22, 1908; April 5, 1908. Four females.

The Buenos Aires and San Juan individuals are similar in
coloration to four specimens from Carcarana, Argentina, the San
Juan female being slightly smaller than the others of that sex. The
La Carlota, Mendoza, and San Ignacio representatives are very
somberly colored with little contrast in the markings, the general
tone varying from broccoli brown to clove brown. The La Carlota
specimens have the reduction in contrast more decided than in any
of the other individuals, while in size they average larger than the
Carcarana specimens. The females from San Juan and Mendoza
Provinces are all slightly or considerably smaller than Carcarana or
Buenos Aires individuals of the same sex.

The localities in Mendoza and San Juan here given constitute the
western limit of the range of the species.

Dichroplus elongatus Giglio-Tos.

1894. D[ichroplus] elongatus Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp.,
Torino, IX, No. 184, p. 23. [San Pablo, Province of Tucuman, Argentina;
Villa Rica and Asuncion, Paraguay.]

San Juan, Prov. of San Juan. Elev. 673 meters. January 12-22,

1909. Twenty males, nine females.

Caucete, Prov. of San Juan. Elev. 567 meters. January 13 and
17, 1909. Eighteen males, ten females, one immature female.

La Paz, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 504 meters. December 19,
1909. One male.

Pedregal, Prov. of Mendoza.. Elev. 696 meters. November 20,
1906; December 12, 1906. Two males.

Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 767 meters. January 3,
March 14 and 31, April 24, May 7, 11, and 31, June 5, December 3,
5, and 12, 1908. Eleven males, eleven females.

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. Feb-

342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

ruary 7, 1907; March 15 and 16, 1907 and 1908; April 7, 10, and 18,
1907. Five males, two females.

San Ignacio, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev, 1,325 meters. January
15, 1909; March 15 and 22, 1908; April 5, 1908; December 13, 1908.
Eleven males, nine females.

Potrerillos, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 1,368 meters. February
23, 1908. One male.

Buenos Aires. May 3, 1907. One female.

This very interesting series of one hundred and eleven specimens
shows that considerable variation in size and color is present in the
species. Apparently the size variation is more geographic and
enviromnental than individual. The San Juan and Caucete series
are very similar in proportions and size, such individual variation In
the latter as is noticed being found in both lots. The La Paz, Pedre-
gal, Mendoza, and large portion of the Chacras de Coria and San
Ignacio series are uniformly smaller, with shorter tegmina and
consequent more robust appearance. Two males and two females
from San Ignacio and several males from Chacras de Coria are similar
in general form to the San Juan and Caucete lots. A single male
from Mendoza is of similar proportions, but the size is no greater
than the other Mendoza specimens. Apparently at these three
localities the differences are environmental, as they are decided and
correlated with color characters. Such differences produced by
isimilar agencies are frequently found in species of the allied North
American genus Melanoplus.

The first color type, which almost invariably has longer tegmina
than the second, is always paler, the base color varying from buff to
nearly ochraceous, with the median portion of the dorsum more or
less suffused with tawny to chestnut. The postocular bars are always
decidedly indicated and the base color of the femora and tibiae in
the two forms varies with the general base color. The second type
has the base color nearer gamboge and saffron yellow, but little
evident, however, as the overlying suffusion of from clove brown to
clay color is, as a rule, heavier and more extensive than in the first
type, permitting less contrast between the region of the postocular
bars and other areas. The females of this latter type are much
duller than the male. The dark suffusion of the sharply delimited
dorsal two-thirds or so of the external face of the caudal femora
varies greatly in intensity, usually more solid and darker in the
individuals of the second type.

Representative individuals of both sexes taken at random from
the larger series measure as follows:

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343

San Juan (Type 1). Caucete (Type 1).

Male. Female. Male. Female.

mm. mm. mm. mm.

Length of body 22.5 28. 21.5 25.2

Length of pronotum 4.5 6. 4.6 6.

Length of tegmen 19. 22.5 18. 21.2

Length of caudal femur 11.8 14.7 11.5 14.5

San Ignacio (Type 1).

Male. Female,

mm. mm.

Length of body 21.5 28 . 5

Length of pronotum 4.5 6.2

Length of tegmen ;. ' 17.8 22.

Length of caudal femur _ 11.5 15.

Mendoza (Tj-pe 2). San Ignacio (TjT)e 2).

Male. Female. Male. Female.

mm. mm. mm. mm.

Length of body 19. 25.2 21. 26.5

Length of pronotum 4.2 5.5 4.5 5.5

Length of tegmen 15.5 18.3 15.5 19.

Length of caudal femur 10.2 13. 10.5 13.5

This species has been recorded from as far north as Villa Rica and
Asuncion, Paraguay, and San Pablo, Tucuman, Argentina, south to
the Provinces of Santa Fe, Cordoba, Mendoza, and Buenos Aires,
Argentina.

Dichroplus punctulatus (Thunberg).

1824. Gr[yllus] punctulatus Thunberg, Mem. I'Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb.,
IX, p. 408. [BrazU.]

Misiones. January 5, 1909; February 16, 1910; November 9,
1909; December 2-30, 1909-1910. (Nos. 26 and 33.) Four males,
eight females.

Buenos Aires. May 6, 1907. One female.

Los Cisnes, Argentina. May 13, 1907. One female.

This series shows considerable color and size variation, the most
striking of which is found in a single female from Misiones, which is
distinctly larger than the average of the species and has the proximo-
dorsal pale band on the caudal femora and the "hour-glass "-shaped
figure on the dorsum of the pronotum cream-buff, in striking contrast
to the remainder of the body color.

This widely distributed species ranges south as far as the Rio
Negro region of Patagonia.
23

344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Dichroplus conspersus Bruner.

1900. Dichroplus conspersus Bruner, Sec. Rep. Merch. Locust Invest.
Comm. Buenos Aires, p. 76, fig. 41. [Southern Santa Fe and eastern
Cordoba Provinces, Argentina.]

Buenos Aires. May 3, 1907. One female.

This specimen has been compared with Carcarana individuals
received from Bruner. The localities given above are all known for
the species.

* Dichroplus dubius Bruner.

1906. Dichroplus dubius Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 682.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

Misiones. January 3-14, 1910; December 12, 1910. (No. 9.)
Two males, two females.

These individuals are found to be inseparable from topotypes.
The Misiones and Sapucay, Paraguay, are the only localities known
for the species.

Dichroplus vittatus Bruner.

1900. Dichroplus vittatus Bruner, Sec. Rep. Merch. Locust Invest. Comm.
Buenos Aires, p. 77, figs. 43 and 44. [Provinces of Santa Fe, Cordoba,
San Luis ("Louis") and Mendoza ("Mendosa"), Argentina.]

San Juan, Prov. of San Juan. Elev. 673 meters. January 16-17,
1909. Three males, two females.

Caucete, Prov, of San Juan. Elev. 567 meters. January 11,
1909. One female.

Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 767 meters. March 20,
April 24, May 1-31, June 12, 1908. Twelve males, four females.

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. Feb-
ruary 9, April 5 and 7, 1907. One male, two females.

San Ignacio, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 1,235 meters. March 23,
April 5, 1908. Three males, one female.

Cordillera de Mendoza. March 20, 1908. One male, one female.

We have before us, in addition to the above series, two pairs of
typical material from Rosario, received from Bruner. It is evident
that the insect varies greatly in size, wholly individually so it appears.
The Mendoza series alone contains specimens of both sexes showing
this very clearly, the extremes of both sexes measuring as follows:
length of body, d" 14.3-17.5 mm., 9 20-24.2; length of pronotum,
d" 3.3-4, 9 4.2-6; length of tegmen, cT 5.2-6.8, 9 7-9.2; length of
caudal femur, cf 8.6-9.5, 9 11-13. All of the individuals in the
present series are brachypterous.

In color the variation is considerable, but apparently this is almost
wholly geographic. The series from Mendoza Province have a more

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345

olive green tone than any of the Caucete or San Juan specunens,

which are more yellowish on the pale areas and more contrastingly

colored.

The species has been reported from the Provinces of Santa Fe,

Cordoba, San Luis, San Juan, and Mendoza, Argentina.

*Dichroplus brasiliensis Bruner.

1906. Dichroplus brasiliensis Bruner, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, pp.
678, 682. [Victoria, BrazU.]

Misiones. December 14, 1910. (No. 28.) One male.

This specimen measures as follows: length of body, 19.5 mm.;
length of pronotum, 4.2; length of tegmen, 16; length of caudal
femur, 10.5.

The records of the species are from Victoria (Bruner), Sao Paulo
(Rehn), Espirito Santo (Rehn), Rio de Janeiro (Bruner; Rehn),
Brazil and the Misiones.

* Dichroplus robustulus St&l.

1878. P[ezotettix] robustulus St&l, Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad,
Handl., V, No. 9, p. 7. [Sao Leopoldo, southern BrazU.]

Misiones. May 6, 1910; April 23, 1909; December 14, 1910.
(No. 22.) Three females.

This well-marked species has previously been reported from the

localities given above and Chapada, Matto Gros.so, Brazil (Bruner).

Dichroplus bergii (St&l).

1878. P[ezotettix] Bergii Stkl, ibid., V, No. 9, p. 6. [Buenos Aires, Parand,
Corrientes, Argentina.]

Misiones. March 15-27, 1909; April 23 and 30, 1910. Four
males, ten females.

Posadas, Misiones. Elev. 80 meters. March 6, 1907. Two
females.

Buenos Aires. February 20, 1909. Two females.

Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 767 meters. June 12, 1908.
One female.

This species shows considerable variation in size as well as in the
intensity of the broad postocular bars. The caudal tibiae of all the
Misiones and Mendoza individuals are decided deep glaucous blue,
the Buenos Aires specimen agreeing with Rosario and Carcarana
representatives in having these oil green. In the series from
Sapucay, Paraguay, previously recorded by us,*^ the color of the
tibiae is deep indigo blue in about half of the males and deep oil green
in all of the females, the remainder of the males varying in this

« Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 188.

346

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[May,

respect from deep oil green to a paler tone of the same, with one
individual having them glaucous green.

This species has been recorded from as far north as Bolivia (Bruner),
Province of San Pedro, Paraguay (Giglio-Tos), and Brazil (Bruner),
south to Uruguay (Bruner) and Buenos Aires (Stal) , west to Mendoza.

*Leiotettix sanguineus Bruner.

1906. Leiotettix sanguineus Bruner, Proc, U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 687.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

Misiones. December 14, 1910. (No. 29.) Two males, one
female.

These specimens are smaller than topotypes, which are also before
us, although otherwise they are inseparable. A pair of the Misiones
individuals measure as follows:

Male. Female.

Length of body 16.5 mm. 20.2 mm.

Length of pronotum 3.5 " 4.5 '*

Length of tegmen 13.5 " 16.2 "

Length of caudal femur 9.2 " 11.3 "

Information with the specimens is to the effect that the species is
common. It has only been recorded from Sapucay, Paraguay,
Chapada, Matto Grosso, Brazil, and the Misiones, Argentina.
Leiotettix politus n. sp.

Type: cf ; Misiones, Argentina. December 12, 1910. (P. Jor-
gensen. No. 6. [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., type No. 5,219.]

Allied to L. sanguineus Bruner, but differing in the narrower
interspace between the eyes, less protuberant and more
ovoid eyes, less regularly rugulose dorsum of the
pronotum, the more decided median carina of the same,
the decidedly blunt instead of strongly acute prosternal
spine, the slenderer distal portion of the cerci, the more
brownish coloration and pale reddish caudal tibiae.
There is no close relationship to either L. flavipes Bruner
or hastatus Rehn.

Size small; form moderately compressed. Head
with the interspace between the eyes but little more
than half the width of the fastigium, moderately
expanding caudad; fastigium considerably declivent,
distinctly broader than long, rounding into the decidedly
retreating face; frontal costa regularly expanding
caudad, wider even dorsad than the interspace between
the eyes, moderately excavate immediately dorsad and
ventrad of the ocellus, dorsal portion strongly punctate;

Fig. U.— Le-
iotettix po-
litus n. sp.
Dorsal
outline of
head and
pronotum
of type.
(X3.)

1913.] JNATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347

eyes broad subovoid, the greatest width about three-fourths of the
length, not prominent when viewed from the dorsum; antennae
sUghtly longer than the head and pronotum together. Pronotum
with the greatest dorsal width about two-thirds of the length, the
width of the dorsum subequal except for the faintest widening near
the caudal margin; cephalic margin truncate, caudal margin obtuse-
angulate with the immediate angle broadly rounded; median carina
distinct, sharp, but not high; lateral shoulders narrowly rounded;
transverse sulci three in number, the caudal one placed slightly
caudad of the middle; lateral lobes with the greatest dorsal length
greater than the depth, ventral margin broadly obtuse-angulate
with the cephalic portion sinuate; surface of the dorsum and lateral
lobes, aside from the usual glabrous area on the prozona of the
lateral lobes, strongly impresso-punctate, on the dorsum rugulose, the
rugae arranged in a crudely linear fashion on the metazona. Tegmina
surpassing the tips of the caudal femora by nearly the length of the
head, narrow, the apex completely rounded. Prosternal spine
strongly retrorse, blunt conical, nearly in contact with the mesoster-
nal margin; interspace between the mesosternal lobes decidedly
longitudinal, the length contained about twice in the width, the
margins slightly diverging caudad, the angles well
rounded; metasternal lobes in contact for the greater
portion of their length, the suture linear. Furcula
very minute, subparallel, closely placed, linear lobes;
supra-anal plate subtrigonal in general form, the Fig. 15.— Le-
margins rounded, the apex obtuse, proximal half with utus\. sp.
a well-impressed medio-longitudinal sulcus ; cerci Lateral
falcate, considerably^ exceeding the supra-anal plate j^pg^ of ab-
in length, the proximal third broader, sharply narrow- d o m e n
ing, thence subequal to the tapering, acute distal (^ >< 4 )
extremity, when seen from the dorsum the form of the
cercus is slightly sigmoid; subgenital plate considerably produced,
narrowing, when seen from the side straight except for a slight
•proximal arcuation, apex blunt, rounded. Caudal femora with
their tips very slightly surpassing the apex of the abdomen; caudal
tibiae armed on the external margin with nine spines.

General color russet dorsad, becoming mars brown on the pro-
notum, ventral surface wax yellow; a pair of more or less distinct
subparallel clove brown lines extend from the fastigium caudad to
the caudal margin of the dorsum of the pronotum, the area between
these on the head wax yellow caudad, on each side a narrow line of

348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

the same color extends caudad from the eye on the head alone, these
cutting off from the dorsal color a broad postocular bar, which is
contrasted ventrad with the uniform wax yellow gense. The latter
color also covers the face and the ventral half of the lateral lobes of
the pronotum; eyes very pale broccoli brown spotted with clove
brown; antennae pale ochraceous tipped with clove brown. Dorso-
median portion of the lateral lobes of the pronotum with a shining
bar of blackish. Ventro-lateral carina of the caudal femoral pagina
wax yellow, ventral face of the femora and the caudal tibiae Chinese
orange, the spines pale yellow tipped with black; caudal genicular
arches black.

Measurements.

Length of body 18 . mm.

Length of pronotum '... 4. "

Length of tegmen : 15 .3 "

Length of caudal femur 10.2 "

In addition to the type, we have before us a paratypic male which
shows no important differences from the type. A label with the
material states that the species is "very common."
Leiotettix pulcher n. sp.

Type: cf ; Misiones, Argentina. December 12, 1910. (P. Jor-
gensen, No. 5.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., type No. 5,222.]

Closer to L. hastatus Rehn^ than to any other species of the genus,
but differing from that in the smaller size, distinctly narrower and
less declivent fastigium, which is also more decidedly excavate, the
more compressed pronotum, more angulate caudal margin of the
disk of the pronotum, the different sculpture of the supra-anal plate,
in the more elongate cerci, which are subfalcate distad, and in the
less produced subgenital plate. The color of the caudal tibiae
immediately separates this species from flavipes Bruner, but in addi-
tion to that the present species can be distinguished by the narrower
distal section of the cerci, shorter subgenital plate, and less declivent
and more excavate fastigium. The female is very similar to that sex
of flavipes, but the pronotum is more constricted, with the caudal
margin of the lateral lobes straighter and more vertical, and the tibiae
are red.

Size medium; form rather slender. Head with the occiput very
slightly arcuate; interocular space broad, hardly narrower than the
greatest width of the fastigium and approximately equal to half of

** Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 189, fig. 1.3. [Sapucay, Paraguay.]

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

349

the width of one of the eyes; fastigium moderately declivent, round-
ing into the frontal eosta, considerably excavate ; frontal
costa broad, nearly as wide as the interspace between
the eyes, slightly narrowing dorsad, subequal from
slightly dorsad of the insertion of the antennae ventrad,
broadly and deeply sulcate from slightly dorsad of the
ocellus, dorsal portion impresso-punctate; face consid-
erably retreating; eyes ovoid, not very prominent, dis-
tinctly longer than the infra-ocular portion of the sul-
cus; antennae slightly exceeding the length of the head
and pronotum combined. Pronotum verj' appreciably
constricted mesad; dorsum with the cephalic margin pig. 16.— Le-
arcuato-truncate, caudal margin very broadly obtuse- iotettix
angulate with the immediate angle subtruncate and the gp. ^ Dor-
lateral portions of the angles slightly sinuate, greatest sal outline
caudal width of the disk contained about one and one- ^ n d p r o-
half times in the length of the same ; lateral angles nar- . n o t u m
rowly rounded, more decided on the metazona than (*X35^^'
on the prozona ; median carina very weak on the prozona,
moderately elevated on the metazona; principal transverse sulcus
placed very slightly caudad of the middle; lateral lobes slightly longer
than deep, ventral margin decidedly obtuse-angulate mesad. Tegmina
very slightly surpassing the tips of the caudal femora, subequal in width
for the greater part of their length, apex rotundato-truncate. Pro-
sternal spine conical, erect; interspace between the mesosternal
lobes strongly longitudinal, the width contained nearly twice in
the length, internal margins of the lobes slightly arcuate, caudal
angle hardly rounded; metasternal lobes contiguous. Furcula very
short, contiguous, spiniform; supra-anal plate crudely semi-ovate
in outline, the apex obtuse-angulate, laterad of which on each side
is placed another very slight angulation, proximal two-thirds of the
plate with a distinct median sulcus bounded laterad
^^^^^^^^ by considerably elevated carinse, remainder of the plate
Ci /\7 appreciably excavate; cerci surpassing the apex of the
^"^--......^jT^ supra-anal plate, considerably tapering in the proximal

half, thence subfalciform and slightly excavate mesad
on the external face, when seen from the dorsum they
are moderately in-bowed in a sigmoid fashion; sub-
genital plate moderately produced, the marginal length
subequal to the proximal width, margin slightly arcuate
when seen from the side, form of the elevated margin
when seen from the dorsum semi-elliptical, the apex not

Fig. 17.— Le-
iotettix pid-
cher n. sp.
Lateral
outline o f
apex of ab-
d o m e n
of type.
(X4.)

350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

marginal, the true apex bluntly tuberculate. Cephalic and median
femora slightly inflated. Caudal femora slender; caudal tibiae
armed on the external margin with nine spines.

General color of the dorsum prout's brown, passing on the tegmina
into pale raw umber. Head with the face bice green, passing into
apple green on the gense; a broad postocular bar greenish-black,
margined dorsad by a narrow area of yellowish; eyes tawny-olive;
antennae prout's brown. Postocular bar continued over the lateral
lobes of the pronotum, becoming obsolete on the metazona, the dorsal
portion of the bar decidedly greenish, ventral portion black, remainder
of lateral lobes ecru drab cephalad, greenish caudad. Cephalic and
median limbs between oil and bice green in color, lined more or less
with black. Caudal femora oil green dorsad, external face citron
yellow ventrad, genicular arched black; caudal tibise and tarsi pale
coral red, spines salmon at base, distad tipped with black.

Allotype: 9 ; data similar to that of the type.

Differing from the male sex in the following important characters ;
Size moderately large; form moderately robust. Interspace between
the eyes about equal to three-fourths the width of one of the eyes;
fastigium shallowly excavate; frontal costa broad, very faintly
expanding caudad, excavate only in the vicinity of the ocellus; eye
more reniform than ovate. Interspace between the mesosternal
lobes contained about one and one-half times in the length of the
same; metasternal lobes but shghtly separated caudad. Coloration
very similar to that of the male, but the dorsal color is more hazel
than prout's brown.

Measurements.

Type Allotype

(male). (female).

Length of body 20. mm. 25.8 mm.

Length of pronotum 4.6 " 6. "

Length of tegmen 16. " 19.3 "

Length of caudal femur 11.2 " 14.5 ''

In addition to the type and allotype, we have before us two para-
typic males. These males fully agree with the type, and the differen-
tial characters of the female sex are given above. A label with the
specimens tells us they are "very common."
Paradichroplus nigrigena n. sp.

Type: cT ; Misiones, Argentina. May 1, 1909. (P. Jorgensen.)
[Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., type No. 5,220.]

A very peculiar species which seems to be closer to P. bilohus and

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 351

hrunneri Giglio-Tos than to any of the other forms of the genus.
From the former it can be immediately separated by the absence of
decided lobiform furci>la, while from the latter it can readily be
distinguished by the heavier, deeper head, the more vertical face, the
more elongate supra-anal plate, the more' tapering and strongly
incurved cerci, the less produced subgenital plate and very different
coloration.

Size medium; form robust. Head not elevated dorsad of the k-vel
of the pronotum, the interocular region and the fastigium regularly
declivent; interocular width moderate, slightly greater than the
interantennal width of the frontal costa, hardly more than a
third the width of the eye; fastigium distinctly transverse, margins
distinct and rectangulate, surface of the fastigium and the inter-
ocular portion of the vertex very slightly excavate; face moderately
retreating, subvertical for a very short distance dorsad, forming a
slight obtuse angle at the junction with the fastigium; frontal costa
in general subequal in width, the average breadth slightly less than
that of the interocular portion of the vertex, strongly narrowing
dorsad to the junction with the fastigium, slightly narrowed imme-
diately ventrad of the ocellus, sulcate throughout ; antennae about
two and one-half times the length of the pronotum; eye not at all
prominent when seen from above, in outline reniform-ovate,
the infra-ocular portion of the genae about two-thirds the length of
the eye. Pronotum roughly semicylindrical, the dorsum regularly
rounding into the lateral lobes, no shoulders present but a very brief

Fig. 18. — Paradichroplus nigrigena n. Fig. 19. — Paradichroplus nigrigena n.
sp. Dorsal outline of apex of abdo- sp. Lateral outline of apex of abdo-

men of type. ( X 4.) men of type. ( X 4.)

carina indicated cephalad on each side; cephalic margin arcuate
with the faintest possible median emargination, caudal margin very
broadly but decidedly emarginate; median carina faintly indicated,
but continuous; prozona twice as long as the metazona; lateral
lobes decidedly longitudinal, the depth contained nearly twice in the
length, ventral margin obtuse-angulate mesad; surface of the
metazona strongly punctate when compared with the prozona.
Tegmina linear, hardly equal to the length of the pronotum, very

352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

slightly expanding distad, the greatest width contained slightly
more than three times in the length, apex rounded. Prosternal
spine stout, erect, conical, blunt; interspace between the mesosternal
lobes distinctly but not greatly transverse, internal margins of the
lobes well rounded; metasternal lobes subcontiguous caudad.
Abdominal segments with a distinct median longitudinal carina;
furcula present as very brief trigonal acute subcontiguous fingers;
supra-anal plate trigonal, the margins regularly converging, the apex
acute, sulcate mesad for the entire length of the plate, a pair of
deeper and broader converging lateral depressions separated from
the median sulcation by low ridges; cerci slightly exceeding the
supra-anal plate in length, styliform, the base broad, thence
regularly narrowing to the blunt apex, the narrowing being wholly
due to the oblique excision of the ventral margin, the dorsal margin
being straight, when seen from the dorsum the distal two-thirds of
the cercus is regularly incurved; subgenital plate broad, the proximal
width considerably exceeding the length of the lateral margin, when
seen from the side the lateral margin is straight, when seen from the
dorsum the margins are seen to be converging at an acute angle, the
apex slightly produced and labiate. Cephalic and median femora
considerably inflated and bowed. Caudal femora about two and
one-half times as long as the pronotum, rather slender; caudal
tibiae armed on the external margin with nine spines.

General color of the dorsum prout's brown. Head with the face
and cephalic portion of the gense tawny-olive, remainder of the gense
shining seal brown, partially separated from a postocular area of the
same color by a blotch of naples yellow, the postocular section being
bordered dorsad by a narrow edging of the same yellow; eyes ochra-
ceous; antennae ochraceous-rufous. Pronotum with a distinct
subequal arcuate postocular bar of shining seal brown, the dorsal
margin of which is weakened and poorly defined; ventral portion
of the lateral lobes naples yellow, sharply delimited dorsad and with
a ventral marginal edging of seal brown. Tegmina bistre with a very
narrow marginal line of naples yellow dorsad. Venter of the thorax
and abdomen cinnamon, this color covermg most of the apex of the
abdomen; lateral bars on the abdomen bistre, prominent proximad
on the abdomen and becoming obsolete about the middle of the same.
Pleura dark bistre with two spots of naple-5 3^ellow, one of which is a
continuation of the ventral yellow section of the lateral lobes.
Cephalic and median limbs pale oil green, becoming yello\\ish
proximad on the femora. Caudal femora oil green on the lateral

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 353

face, the dorsal, ventral and internal faces gamboge yellow, the distal
extremity almost wholly blackish with a very weak whitish edging
to the genicular lobes; caudal tibiae glaucous blue, the spines cream
at the base and tipped with black.

Measurements.

Length of body 18 . mm.

Length of pronotum 4.2 ^^

Length of tegmen ^-^ ^^

Length of caudal femur 11-2

The type of this interesting species is unique.

Osmilia violacea (Thunberg).

1824. Gr[ijllus] inolaceus Thunberg, Mem. I'Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb.,
IX, p. 413. [Brazil.]

Misiones. March 18-29, 1909-1910; April 5 and 12, 1909;
September 1-11, 1910; October 1, 1910; December 12, 1908.
(Nos. 16 and 31.) Eight males, seven females.

Information with this material is to the effect that the species is
"common in forest."

The range of this form has not been clearly defined, owing to
considerable confusion with other species of the genus, but in Argen-
tina it has also been reported from San Lorenzo, Jujuy (Giglio-Tos),
Chaco (Bruner) and Tucuman (Bruner).

Family TETTIGONIDJE.
SubfamUy PHANEROPTERIN.E.

*Tetana grisea Bmnner.

1878. T[etana] grisea Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 120, pi. II,
fig. 20A-B. [Chile.]

Alto Pencosa, Prov. of San Luis. Elev. 660 meters. December
'20-22, 1908. Two males.

San Juan, Prov. of San Juan. Elev. 673 meters. January 20,
1909. One male.

These specimens are referred to this species with some little doubt,
:as the fastigium is more or less sulcate and the generic description of
Tetana says "non sulcato." The tegmina also appear slightly
longer proportionately than in the figure, but the length measure-
ments are in accord with those given by Brunner. It is also possible
that the individuals from Alto Pencosa are distinct from that from
San Juan, but the differences noted are probably individual.

354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May^

BURGILIS St&I.

This hitherto monospecific genus is represented in the present
series by three species, none of which are the same as the type
species — B. curta (Serville). The following key will assist in the
determination of the four species now known.

A.— Ovipositor of female nearly straight curta (Serville).

AA. — Ovipositor of female distinctly curved.

B. — Ovipositor distinctly exceeding the cephalic femora in length.
Exposed portion of wings of male very slender, the depth

contained over four times in the length of same

mendosensis n. sp.
BB. — Ovipositor subequal to the cephalic femora in length. Ex-
posed portion of wings of male less slender, the depth
contained less than four times in the length of same.
C. — Tegmina tapering distad; marginal field suddenly
narrowed mesad. Costal margin of male tegmina

markedly white mesad grandis n. sp.

CC— Tegmina tapering gradually distad; marginal field not
suddenly narrowed mesad. Costal margin of male
tegmina not white mesad missionum n. sp.

Burgilis mendosensis n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Potrerillos, Prov. of Mendoza, Argentina. Elev. 1,368
meters. December 26, 1907. (P. Jorgensen.) [Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., type No. 5,221.]

The larger ovipositor of this species readily separates it from the
other forms before us. In the male the very narrow exposed portion
of the wings is sufficiently diagnostic to immediately separate the
form.

Size medium; form subcompressed. Head with the fastigium of
the vertex hardly wider than half of the proximal antennal joint,,
moderately declivent, moderately constricted mesad, rather bulbous
distad, sulcate; facial fastigium slightly broader than that of the
vertex, almost touching the same; antennae about twice the length
of the body; eye moderately prominent,
subovate, of medium size. Pronotum with the
dorsum deplanate, very faintly concave
Fig. 20.~Burgilis men- cephalo-caudad, the width of the dorsum

H?eT/'oviposito^"of subequal and contained one and one-half times

type. (X3.) in the pronotal length ; cephalic margin faintly

arcuato-emarginate, caudal margin arcuate,

lateral angles continuous and distinct, most decided caudad, wher&

they are very slightly diverging; lateral lobes with the depth con-

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355

tained one and one-half times in the length, ventral margin arcuato-
-emarginate dorsad of the coxae, ventro-caudal angle and caudal
margin broadly rounded, humeral sinus acute-angulate incised.
Tegmina two and two-thirds times as long as the head and pronotum,
acute lanceolate, the greatest width in the proximal half, distad of
which the tegmina taper to the narrowly rounded apex; marginal
field in the proximal third of the tegmina but little narrower than
the width of the discoidal field in the same region, thence rather
abruptly narrowing to slightly distad of the middle of the tegmina
where the marginal field becomes non-existent; median vein diverging
•at the middle of the tegmen and. reaching the sutural margin of the
tegmen, simple; discoidal vein with a single complete ramus which
follows the median vein in trend. Wings with their exposed portion
slightly longer than half of the tegminal length, narrow, gently
tapering to the very acute apex. Cephalic tibiae with the dorsd-
caudal margin with four spines aside from the apical one, dorso-
•cephalic margin unarmed. Median tibiae with all of the margins
armed, the dorso-cephalic with fewer spines than the others. Caudal
'femora subequal to the length of the wings, unarmed ventrad.
Ovipositor slightly longer than the head and pronotum together,
gently arcuate, moderately robust, tapering, apex acute, ventral
margin slightly flattened in the proximal half, dorsal margin serrato-
■dentate for two-thirds of its length, ventral margin more weakly
serrato-dentate for half of its length, surface of the ovipositor except
on the swollen proximal portion scabroso-dentate ; subgenital plate
trigonal with the distal extremity of the margin narrowly truncate.

General color clay color, except the tegmina, exposed portion of
wings, distal two-thirds of the ovipositor and almost all of the tibiae
which are apple green. It is probable that apple green is the general
natural coloration. Eyes burnt umber. Tegmina with a brief
■edging on the costal margin and a longer one on the sutural margin
buff.

Allotype : cf ; Potrerillos, Province of Mendoza, Argentina.
Elev. 1,368 meters. January 20,1907. (P. Jorgensen.) [Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila.]

The following characters are those of difference from the female
sex:

Size rather small. Tegmina with the tympanum having the length
slightly greater than the width, the apex of the stridulating vein
Toundly projecting beyond the general arcuation of the tympanal
inargin. Exposed portion of the wings two-thirds as long as the

356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May

tegmina. Cerci simple, tapering in the proximal two-thirds, straight,
distal third regularly falcate inward, the same portion sub-
depressed, the apex spinif orm and slightly turned dorsad ; subgenital
plate moderately produced, the margin of the same deeply arcuato-
emarginate, no styles present.

Color in general similar to that of the type, but the pleura, lateral
lobes of the pronotum, and the base of the limbs cream-buff, the
tibise tawny (the cephalic almost liver brown), and the proximal
portion of the tegmina of the general color. Tegmina with no pale
sutural edging, the posterior ulnar vein lined with chestnut distad
from the apical portion of the tympanum.

Measurements.

Type Allotype

(female). (male).

Length of body 20.7 mm, 15.3 mm.

Length of pronotum 4.2 " 3.5 "

Length of tegmen ' 18.5 " 15.5 "

Greatest width of tegmen 4. " 3.5 "

Length of exposed portion of wing 10. " 9.2 "

Length of caudal femur 24.5 " 20.2."

Length of ovipositor 8. "

In addition to the type and allotype, we have before us a pair from
the type locality (January 29, 1907; December 27, 1907) and a single
female from San Ignacio, Province of Mendoza (March 22, 1908).
The additional Potrerillos female is slightly smaller than the type,
the San Ignacio female distinctly smaller, but otherwise they are
inseparable.

Burgilis grandis n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Jujuy, Prov. of Jujuy, Argentina. April, 1911.
(P. Jorgensen.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., type No. 5,223.]
The combination of small ovipositor and decidedly tapering teg-

Fig. 21. — Burgilis grandis n. sp. Out- Fig. 22. — Burgilis grandis n. sp. Outline
line of ovipositor of type. (X 3.) of tegmen of male allotype. ( X 2.)

mina are diagnostic of this species, the character of the marginal
field of the male tegmina also being very distinctive.

Size medium; form little compressed. Head with the fastigium

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 357

narrower than in B. mendocensis, but narrower and less decidedly
sulcate; frontal fastigium similar to that of mendocensis; eyes ovate,
moderately prominent. Pronotum similar to that of mendocensis,
but with the sinuation of the ventral margin less decided and
the humeral sinus subrectangulate. Tegmina about three times as
long as the head and pronotum combined, the general form similar
to that of mendocensis, but the marginal field is shghtly broader
and the discoidal vein has two distinct rami. Exposed portion of
the wings twice the length of the pronotum, apex slightly less acute
than in ynendocensis. Cephalic tibise with five to six spines on the
dorso-cephalic margin. Ovipositor subequal to the head and prono-
tum together in length, well arcuate, tapering, the dorsal margin
serrato-dentate on the distal half, irregularly serrulate on the proximal
half, ventral margin crenulato-serrate distad, becoming weakly
crenulate proximad, the surface of the ovipositor scabroso-dentate,
subgenital plate broad trigonal with the distal margin rounded.

General coloration essentially the same as that of mendocensis,
but the tegmina have no buff edging and the dorsum of the head has
traces of maroon purple linings and the humeral angles of the prono-
tum have broken lines of the same color.

Allotype: cf ; Jujuy, Province of Jujuy, Argentina. AjDril, 1911.
(P. Jorgensen.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.]

The following characters are those of difference from the female
sex:

Marginal field of the tegmina very broad, subequal to the breadth
of the adjacent portion of the discoidal field; the narrowed distal
portion of the tegmina slightly broader than in the female ; tympanum
with the length nearly twice the width, speculum more regularly
narrowing caudad than in mendocensis. Cerci similar to those of
mendocensis, but shorter and less robust; subgenital plate with the
distal extremity somewhat wider than in mendocensis.

General color similar to that previously described with the following
additions : dorsum of the head and pronotum and the dorsal portion
of the lateral lobes of the pronotum finely sprinkled with maroon
purple, the antennae strongly washed with the same; tegmina with
the extreme proximal portion of the discoidal field washed with
olive green, the tympanal curve of the posterior ulnar vein, the
speculum and the adjacent portion of the tympanum seal brown;
remainder of the anal field of the tegmina olive-yellow; marginal
field of the tegmina with a broad cream colored margin.

35S PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Measurements.

Type Allotype

(female). (male).

Length of body 20. mm. 14. mm

Length of pronotum 4. " 3.3

Length of tegmen 18.5 " 18.

Greatest width of tegmen 4.3 " 4.5

Length of exposed portion of wing 7.4 " 9.8

Length of caudal femur 23.5 " 20.5

Length of ovipositor 5.8 "

The type and allotype described above are all of the species seen
by us.
Burgilis missionum n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Misiones, Argentina. December, 1911. (P. Jor-
gensen, No. 5.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., type No. 5,224.]

The short ovipositor and gradually tapering tegmina, which have
the marginal field not sharply narrowed and unmarked with white,
will readily separate this species.

Size medium; form little compressed. Head with the fastigium
slightly narrower than in grandis and more distinctly sulcate, hardly
bulbous at the extremity; frontal fastigium narrower than in the
other species examined; eyes ovate. Pronotum of the form of the
other species, but shorter; lateral lobes with the depth contained one
and a third times in the length of the same, ventro-caudal angle of
the same obliquely subtruncate, humeral sinus rectangularly incised.
Tegmina three and one-half times as long as the head and pronotum,
regularly and not at all strongly tapering distad ; marginal field with
its greatest width distinctly less than that of the adjacent portion of

Fig. 23. — Burgilis missionum n. sp. Fig. 24. — Burgilis missionum n. sp.
Outline of ovipositor of type. Outline of tegmen of male allotype.

(X3.) (X2.)

the discoidal field, regularly narrowing from the proximal third of
the tegmen to near the apex, without any decided point of excision;
apex obliquely subtruncate; median vein similar to that of the other
species of the genus; discoidal vein with three well-marked rami, all
reaching the sutural margin of the tegmen, the distal one practically
at the apex. Exposed portion of the wings about half the length of
the tegmina, the apex acute. Cephalic tibiae with four spines on the
dorso-caudal margin aside from the distal spine. Caudal femora

1913.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359

slightly surpassing the tegmina in length. Ovipositor subequal to
the head and pronotum in length, arcuate, slightly tapering, distal
half of the dorsal margin serrato-dentate, ventral margin crenulato-
dentate for almost the entire length, surface of the ovipositor scabroso-
dentate except on the swollen proximal portion; subgenital plate
trigonal with the distal margin very narrowly emarginato-truncate
mesad.

General color pale clay color, the exposed portion of the wings,
distal half of the tegmina, anal field of the same, and all or part of the
tibiae apple green. We presume apple green was the color of the
whole insect in life. Eyes burnt umber.

Allotype: cf ; Misiones, Argentina. December 14, 1910. (P.
Jorgensen.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.]
. The characters here given are those of difference from the female.

Tympanum of the tegmina very similar in form to that of B.
grandis, but proportionately smaller; discoidal vein occasionally
(on one tegmen) with but two rami toward the sutural margin.
Cephalic tibiae occasionally with six spines on the dorso-caudal
margin in addition to the distal one. Cerci more elongate than in
the other species of the genus, the form nearer that found in mendo-
censis, but slenderer, the distal extremity less depressed and slightly
more spiniform; subgenital plate arcuato-emarginate distad, flanked
laterad by brief styliform processes.

General color sulphur yellow on the head and pronotum, passing
into buff on the abdomen, tegmina and wings pale apple green, the
limbs more or less washed with the same color. Tegmina with the
marginal field unicolor; anal field with the tympanum and the longi-
tudinal area adjacent to it more or less uniformly prout's brown.
Eyes russet.

Measurements.

Type Allotype

(female). (male).

Length of body ... 16.5 mm. 14.5 mm.

Length of pronotum 3.8 '' 3.3 "

Length of tegmen 21.3 " 17.5 "

Greatest width of tegmen 4.1 " 3.8 "

Length of exposed portion of wing 10. " 8.3 "

Length of caudal femur 23. " 20.5 "

Length of ovipositor 6. "

In addition to the type and allotype, we have before us two para-
typic males taken January 12, 1910, and December 12, 1909. These
specimens show no noteworthy differences from the allotype. Infor-
24

360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

mation with the specimens is to the effect that the species is "very
common."

*Aniara proxima Brunner.

1891. A7iiara proxmia Brunner, Verhandl. K. K. Zool.-bot. Gesellsch.
Wien, XLI, p. 58. [Lages, Santa Catharina, Brazil.]

Misiones. November, 1910. (No. 9.) One male.
This specimen fully agrees with the original description except
that it is of larger size. The dimensions are as follows:

Length of body 21. mm.

Length of pronotum 4.8 "

Length of tegmen 30.5 "

Width of tegmen at proximal third 5.8 ''

Length of caudal femur 19. "

The species has also been recorded with a query from Sapucay,
Paraguay, by Caudell.

Hyperophora brasiliensis Brunner.

1878. H[yperophora] brasiliensis Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 126.
[Brazil.]

Posadas, Misiones. Elev. 80 meters. March 6, 1909. One male.

Misiones. April 30, 1909; December 12, 1909. Two males.

These specimens are slightly smaller than individuals from
Sapucay, Paraguaj^ but otherwise inseparable.

This species has been recorded from Brazil (Brunner), Sapucay
(Caudell; Rehn) and Prov. of San Pedro (Giglio-Tos), Paraguay, and
Buenos Aires, Argentina (Giglio-Tos).
Hyperophora angustipennis Brunner.

1891. Hyperophora angustipennis Brunner, Verhandl. K. Iv. Zool.-bot.
Gesellsch. Wien, XLI, p. 59. [Cordoba, Argentine Republic]

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. March
13, 1907. One male.

This beautiful species has only been recorded from Cordoba,
Santa Rosa, Salta (Giglio-Tos), and Chacras de Coria.^^

Hyperophora major Brunner.

1878. H[yperophora] major Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 126,
pi. II, tig. 24a-6. [Buenos Aires.]

Misiones. December 12, 1909. One female.
Corrientes, Prov. of Corrientes. Elev. 76 meters. March 3,
1909. One male.

^ The record of this species from Sapucay, Paraguay, by the author (Ent. News,
XVI, p. 42) is erroneous, as a re-examination of the material shows it to belong
to H. minor, a species then unknown to him.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 361

Embarcacion, Prov. of Salta. April, 1911. One female.

Jujuy, Prov. of Jujuy. April, 1911. Two males.

Pedregal, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 696 meters. December 1-19,
1906. Two males, one female.

Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 767 meters. February 5,
1909. One male.

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. January
1 and 11, 1908; February 26, 1908; April 7 and 24, 1907. Three
males, one female, one immature male.

Potrerillos, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 1,368 meters. February
22, 1909. One female.

This series shows very considerable variation in size and coloration.
In size, the only specimen equalling individuals from Sapucay,
Paraguay, previously measured^^ is the single female from the Mis-
iones, all the other representatives being slightly or considerably
smaller. In color, green is the predominating shade, but individuals
with buff the base color are from Potrerillos, Mendoza, Chacras de
Coria, and Corrientes, while two Jujuy females are much darker,
their base tone being clay color. In all of the brownish individuals
the infuscation of the dorsal section of the lateral lobes of the
pronotum and the continuation of the same marking distad over the
tegmina, margining the tympanum, and the anal field of the same,
is more or less decided and umber in color. In the Jujuy individuals
these ' areas are very strongly indicated, the tegmina also being
decidedly maculate on the discoidal field with the same shade. This
latter condition is suggested in certain of the buffy specimens.

The species has also been recorded from Buenos Aires (Bruner)
and Santa Rosa, Salta (Giglio-Tos), Argentina, . and Sapucay, Para-
guay (Rehn).

CALLINSARA47 „. gen.

A member of the Insarce (Hormilice of authors) and related to
Insara Walker {Hormilia Stal and authors), from which it can
immediately be distinguished by the acuminate fastigium of the
vertex, which also is not in contact with the frontal fastigium, the
short bispinose genicular lobes of the caudal femora and the non-
dilated abdominal segments which have their dorsal margins not
produced mesad.

Fastigium acuminate, sulcate, carinate ventrad, separated from

« Proc. Acad. Nat. Set. Phila., 1907, p. 373.
«Ka'A2og, beautiful — Insara.

362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

the frontal fastigium; eyes globose, prominent. Pronotum sub-
sellate, dorsum expanding caudad, lateral angles more or less
indicated; lateral lobes roughly quadrate, sublongitudinal. Tegmina
elongate-lanceolate, costal and sutural margins subparallel, apex
rounded; median vein simple, reaching the sutural margin, discoidal
vein with three rami similar to the median vein; anterior ulnar vein
with numerous oblique subparallel rami similar in form to the median
vein and the rami of the discoidal vein. Femora with the genicular
margins non-produced meso-dorsad. Tympanum of the cephalic
tibiae open on both faces. Caudal femora elongate, armed beneath
on both margins, genicular lobes brief, bispinose.

Type. — C. clupeipennis n. sp.
CaUinsara clupeipennis ^^ n. sp.

Type: cf ; Misiones, Argentina. December 30, 1910. (P. Jor-
gensen; No. 13.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., type No. 5,227.]

Size medium; form subcompressed. Head with the base of the
fastigium horizontal, thence moderately declivent, lateral margin
moderately elevated, the apex rounded when seen from the side,

Fig. 25.— CaUinsara clupeipennis n. gen. and sp. Lateral view of type. (X li?

sublamellate ventrad; fastigium of face very broad, rounded, well
separated from that of the vertex; eyes very prominent; face with
strumose ridges distributed as follows: a brief postocular one, an
oblique one from the ventral portion of the eye to the ventro-caudal
angle of the gena and continued thence dorsad along the caudal
margin of the gena half-way to the postocular bar, oblique line from
the fastigium of the face to the corner of the clypeus and finally
ridges outlining the clypeus dorsad and laterad. Pronotum appre-
ciably sellate, the cephalic margin not at all greatly but sharply
elevated, caudal portion gradually and slightly elevated; dorsum
with the greatest caudal width contained one and one-quarter times

^ Clupea, herring; pennis, wing— in allusion to the "herring-bone" color pattern

1913.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA,

363

in the length of the same; lateral angles indicated by callous ridges
similar to those on the head, sinuate on the cephalic
half, considerably diverging caudad, distinct but not
at all strong humeral shoulders developed caudad, a
very fine medio-longitudinal sulcus present on the
dorsum; cephalic margin very slightly arcuato-emargi-
nate, caudal margin considerably arcuate ; lateral lobes
with the greatest depth contained one and one-third
times in the length of the same, ventral margin sinuato-
arcuate, ventro-caudal angle subtruncate, humeral
sinus rotundato-rectangulate. Tegmina about one and
one-half times as long as the body, greatest width of the
marginal and discoidal fields contained about six times
in the tegminal length, the width gradually narrowing
to the middle, thence subequal to the well-rounded apex;
marginal field with its greatest width at the proximal
third, where jt is but little narrower than the adjacent
portion of the discoidal field, gradually narrowing thence
to practically the apex; costal transverse nervures near the base of
the marginal field forked, simple distad, all subcallose, oblique;
median vein diverging distinctly distad of the middle of the discoidal
vein, short, sinuate, oblique, reaching the sutural margin; rami of
the discoidal vein three in number, similar to the median vein in
form, length, and direction, two reaching the sutural margin, the
third reaching the apex; anterior ulnar vein with five veins similar
to the others of the discoidal field in character and direction, the
anterior ulnar vein far removed from the posterior ulnar vein and
close to and subparallel with the discoidal vein; tympanum with
the stridulating vein very strong, slightly oblique, speculum trig-
onal, the margin little produced at the apex of the stridulating vein.
Exposed portion of the wings slightly longer than the pronotum,
sutural margin straight, costal margin rounding to the apex which
is sutural in position. Lobes of the mesosternum and metasternum
broadly rounded. Disto-dorsal abdominal segment produced, trun-
cate, considerably emarginate laterad at the bases of the cerci;
supra-anal plate slightly elongate, trigonal, the apex well rounded;

Fig. 27. — Callinsara clupeipennis n.
gen. and sp. Genicular region of
caudal limb of type. (X 3.)

Fig. 2S.— Callinsara clupeipennis n.
gen. and sp. Dorsal outline of apex
of abdomen of type. ( X 3.)

364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

cerci simple, tapering, slightly bent near the middle, thence incurved,
apex acute, spined; subgenital plate greatly produced, narrowing
distad, distal margin deeply arcuato-angulate emarginate, supplied
with rather short, distinct styles. Cephalic femora with two to three
spines on the ventro-cephalic margin and a single spine on the ventro-
caudal one; dorso-caudal margin of the cephalic tibiae with five
spines, one of which, is placed on the proximal dilation and the other
at the distal extremity, dorso-cephalic margin with only the single
distal spine or another additional one. Median femora with three or
four spines on the ventro-cephalic margin and one or two on the
ventro-caudal one. Caudal femora about three-fourths the length
of the tegmina, very slender, ventral margins with seven spines on
each, placed on little more than the distal half, genicular lobes bluntly
acute, not surpassing the dorsum of the femoral apex,- bispinose;
caudal tibise appreciably exceeding the femora in length, all of the
margins armed, the dorsal more thickly so than the ventral ones.

General color oil green passing into clay color on the pleura and
abdomen. Head with the frontal fastigium, the base of the labrum
and the above-described strumose ridges cream color; eyes cinnamon;
antennae washed with saffron yellow. Pronotum faintly washed
with chrome yellow, median sulcation and the lateral angles dull
cream color, the latter margined ventro-cephalad and ventro-caudad
with ochraceous. Tegmina with a faint ochraceous tinge at the base
of the humeral trunk; principal longitudinal veins whitish, the
transverse veins of the marginal field, the rami of the anterior ulnar
vein, the median vein and the rami of the discoidal vein similarly
colored, on the marginal field the direct rami of the costales also
are similarly colored, the rami of the anterior ulnar vein having their
secondary ramifications for a very short distance each side of the
main rami also whitish, while the median vein and the rami of the
discoidal vein have this more extensive, involving the whole of
certain of the minor ramifications, the entire pattern being very
decided. Exposed portion of the wings with the principal veins
whitish in the same fashion as on the tegmina. Spines on the
femora black.

Measurements.

Length of body 16.3 mm.

Length of pronotum 3 . 7

Greatest dorsal width of pronotum " 3 .

Length of tegmen . 27 .

Greatest width of tegmen 4 , 5

Length of caudal femur 20 .

The type of this most interesting genus and species is unique.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365

Ligocatinus spinatus (Brunner).

1878. A[m.aura] spinata Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 248, pi. V,
fig. 74a-6. [Buenos Aires.]

Buenos Aires. February 26, 1909. Three females.

This species has been recorded from Caiza, Bohvian Chaco,
San Lorenzo, Jujuy, and Buenos Aires, Argentina. We also have
before us a pair from Rosario, Argentina, collected by Bruner.

* Ligocatinus olivaceus (Brunner).

1891. Amaura olivacea Brunner, Verhandl. K.-K. Zool.-bot. Gesell., XLI,
p. 123. [Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.]

IMisiones. February 1, 1910; March 20, 1909. Two females.

It seems probable that L. borrellii Giglio-Tos*^ is either a synonym
of the present species or certain of its supposed diagnostic characters
are not constant, such as the black median line on the dorsum of the
abdomen, which is strongly indicated in most of the specimens (five
in all) before us and almost completely absent in one. The character
of insertion of the lateral lobes of the pronotum is susceptible of much
latitude in individual interpretation, while the length of the ovipositor
and degree of angulation of the subgenital plate are not hard-and-fast
characters, as in the first case personal equation is a factor in deter-
mining the base of the ovipositor and in the second case the condition
of the specimen and the amount of flexure and compression of the
plate may lead to different conclusions.

These specimens have been compared with individuals from
Sapucay, Paraguay, which is the only locality aside from the type
locality and that given above from which the species is known.

*Ceraia cornutoides Caudell.

1906. Ceraia cornutoides Caudell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 237.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

IVIisiones. March 15, 1909. One female.

This individual has been compared with topotypes.

♦Vellea cruenta (Burmeister).

1838. Ph[aneroptera] cruenta Burmeister, Handb. der Entom., II, Abth. II,
pt. 1, p. 691. [Rio Janeiro, Brazil.]

Misiones. April 14, 1909. One female.

This interesting species has been recorded from San Jose, Costa
Rica (Rehn), Demerara (Walker), Para (Walker), and Rio Janeiro
(Burmeister; Brunner). This is the most southern record for the
species.

« Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino. XII, No. 302, p. 38.

366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Scaphura nigra (Thunberg).

1824. Griyllus] niger Thunberg, Mem. I'Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pet^rsb., IX,
p. 415. [Brazil.]

Misiones. December 5, 1909. (No. 2.) One male, one female.

We find no important color differences between the male specimen
and individuals from Sapucay, Paraguay, previously reported by us.^
The female, on the other hand, belongs to the variety B of Brunner,^>
with the description of which it completely agrees.

Gymnocera elegans Serville.

1839. Gymnocera elegans Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orthopt., p. 427. [Buenos
Aires.]

Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 767 meters. January 5,
1909; January 14, 1907; March 19 and 30, 1908; April 4, 9, and 24,
1908; May 6, 1908; December 13-20, 1907. Two males, eleven
females.

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. Janu-
ary 1-31, 1907; January 9, 1908; February 4-24, 1907; March 16-30,
1907; April 4-24, 1907; December 5 (juv.), 6 (juv.), 9 (juv.), and 17,
1907. Ten males, twenty-five females, four immature specimens.

Potrerillos, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 1,368 meters. February
23, 1908; December 27, 1907. Two females.

This very interesting series gives us some desirable and definite
information on the extent of variation in this variable species as
found at a single locality. All of the specimens of the present species
are in the color phase which has metallic blue the most striking color
characteristic. The variation here noted are all aside from this base
color. The color of the tegmina also remains nearly uniform in the
series, varying only moderately in the depth of the ferruginous or
hazel of the same, the distal blackish area present on the tegmina of
all of the specimens seen. The pale maculation on the facial fastigium
and that on the fastigium of the vertex are invariably present, as is
the broad patch of the same on the ventral portion of the lateral
lobes of the pronotum and the obHque pale line on the pleura. The
dorsum of the pronotum may be without pale markings, with a single
small median pair or with an increasing number of pairs up to four,
these always arranged along the median line and variable in size, but
always in symmetrical pairs. Frequently the pairs run together,
forming bars, which tendency in a single extreme specimen is so
complete that we have paired pale lines extending from the cephalic

^ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 377.
^^ Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 2.58.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3^7

to the caudal margins of the disk. The antennae may or may not
be broadly annulate with buffy. In every case the caudal femora
have a median buffy white patch.

In size there is-considerable individual variation.

The species has been recorded from localities extending from
Buenos Aires and Montevideo south to Patagonia and west to
Santiago, Chile.

StilpnocMora incisa Brunner.

1878. St[ilpnochlora] incisa Brunner, ]\Ionogr. der Phaneropt., p. 361.
[Peru.]

Jujuy, Prov. of Jujuy. April, 1911. One female.
This interesting species is known only from Peru, San Lorenzo
(Giglio-Tos), and Jujuy, Prov. of Jujuy, Argentina.

*Posidippus dentiferus (Walker).

1869. Steirodon dentiferum Walker, Catal. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., II,
p. 391. [Locality unknown.]

Misiones. December 20, 1910. One female.

We have followed Kirby^^ i^ using this name for the present species.
Information with our specimen is to the effect that the species is very
uncommon.

The localities from which the form is known are Peru, Surinam,
Brazil, and the Misiones,

Anaulacomera argentina n. sp.

Type: cf ; Misiones, Argentina. January 1, 1910. (P. Jor-
gensen.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., type No. 5,225.]

Closely allied to A. laticauda Brunner from Mexico and Central
America, but differing in the angularly emarginate subgenital plate
of the male, the longer and less arcuate cerci of the same sex, the
slenderer ovipositor of the female, the less compressed pronotum of
both sexes, and the broader tympanum of the male.

Size medium; form moderately compressed. Head with the
occiput slightly declivent to the fastigium; fastigium broad at the
base, strongly constricted mesad, distad moderately bulbous, deeply
sulcate on the base and the constricted median portion, the sulcus
represented for some distance on the adjacent portion of the occiput
by a shallower sulcus, lateral margins of the fastigium elevated mesad
and proximad, strongly diverging proximad; fastigium of the front
very broad, touching that of the vertex, their contiguous margins
subtruncate, the cephalic portions of both subdeplanate; eyes

^ Syn. Catal. Orth., U, p. 458.

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

broad-ovoid, very prominent; antennae reaching to the tips of
the wings. Pronotum with the dorsum flattened, the greatest
caudal width of the same contained about one and one-half
times in its length; cephalic margin of the disk sinuato-truncate,
caudal margin moderately arcuate, lateral angles rounded but quite
apparent, middle of disk with an impressed U-shaped figure which is
connected with the caudal margin by a very faint median sulcus;
lateral lobes with the greatest depth subequal to the greatest length,
cephalic margin gently arcuato-emarginate, ventral and caudal
margin regularly and broadly arcuate, humeral sinus rectangularly
incised. Tegmina about one and one-half times the length of the
body, regularly lanceolate, the greatest width contained slightly more
than five times in the length, apex well rounded; pattern of the
tegminal cells similar to that found in many of the other species of

Fig. 29. — Anaulacomera argenlina n. sp. Fig. 30. — Anaulacomera argentina
Dorsal outline of apex of abdomen n. sp. Outline of ovipositor,

of type. (X3.) (X3.)

the genus; median vein diverging two-fifths the distance from the
base of the tegmen, furcate, reaching the sutural margin very shortly
before the apex; tympanum with the greatest width contained one
and one-half times in the length of the same, stridulating vein slightly
arcuato-oblique, sutural margin broadly rounded at the apex of the
same vein. Wings with the exposed portion surpassing the tips of
the tegmina by about the length of the head and pronotum. Cephalic
and median femora unarmed on the dorsal margin, tympani of the
cephalic tibiae exposed. Caudal femora about two-thirds the length
of the tegmina, moderately inflated proximad, ventral margins armed
with one (internal) or two (external) spines distad; caudal tibiae
distinctly surpassing the femora in length. Disto-dorsal abdominal
segment with the distal margin arcuato-emarginate mesad, the
median portion of the segment with a broad longitudinal sulcus;
supra-anal plate acute-trigonal; cerci elongate, tapering, moderately
curved mesad, the apex slightly hooked and faintly enlarged, covered
with erect hairs ; subgenital plate with the median portion somewhat
produced, sharply narrowing, the distal extremity deeply V-emargi-
nate, no styles present.

General color of the abdomen maize yellow, passing into dull

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369

chrome yellow on the head and to pale olive yellow on the pronotum.
Tegmina and exposed portion of the wings very pale bice green, the
femora of the general abdominal color passing into pale apple green
on the tibiae. Eyes walnut brown. Tympanum of the tegmina
washed with ferruginous with a dot of seal brown at the base and
another at the apex. Dorsal part of the tympanal inflation of the
■cephalic tibiae marked with ferruginous.

Allotype: 9 ; Misiones, Argentina. April 24, 1909. (P. Jor-
gensen.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.]

The following characters are chiefly those of difference from
the opposite sex:

Tegmina about one and one-third times the body length; median
vein diverging but slightly proximad of the middle of the tegmen.
Ovipositor slightly more than twice the length of the pronotum,
gently arcuate, very broad, the greatest width contained three and
one-half times in the length of the same, dorsal margin almost
straight, ventral margin very faintly crenulate distad; subgenital
plate subtrans verse.

Color as in the male, but the base of the tegmina yellowish (possibly
by discoloration) and the dorsum and lateral lobes of the pronotum
iinely sprinkled with points of ferruginous.

Measurements.

Type Allotype

(male). (female).

Length of body 15.5 mm. 16.2 mm.

Length of pronotum 3.8 " 3.8

Length of tegmen 26.5 " 22.5

Greatest width of tegmen 5. " 4.3

Length of caudal femur 15.5 " 15.

Length of ovipositor 7.8

The typical pair are all we have seen of the species.

jAnaulacomera dama n. sp.

Type: d^ ; Misiones, Argentina. January, 1911. (P. Jorgensen.)
[Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., type No. 5,226.]

Allied to A. cornucervi Brunner from Central Peru, having similar
very peculiar cerviform cerci, but differing in the smaller general size
.and in the cerci having the proximal fork non-spiniform, but expanded
.and moderately palmate, while the distal extremity of the cercus is
decidedly palmate, trifid, and incurved.

Size small ; form moderately compressed. Head with the fastigium

370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May^

of the vertex very similar to that of A. argentina, but with the bulbous^
extremity less inflated and the median sulcation not continued over
the vertex; frontal fastigium no wider than the fastigium of the
vertex, the lateral margins subparallel, the extremity closely pressed
against the fastigium of the vertex; eyes similar to those of argentina;
antennae surpassing the tips of the wings by nearly the length of the
tegmina. Pronotum more compressed than in argentina; dorsum
subequal in width, the greatest width contained one and two-thirds
times in the length of the same ; lateral angles distinct, but narrowly
rounded; cephalic margin moderately arcuate emarginate, caudal
margin gently arcuate, middle of the disk with a V-shaped impressed
figure ; lateral lobes with the greatest length slightly greater than the
depth, cephalic margin arcuato-emarginate, ventral margin gently

Fig. 31. — Anaulacomera dama n. sp. Fig. 32. — Anaulacomera dama n. sp.
Lateral outline of apex of abdomen Dorsal outline of apex of abdomen

of type. (X3.) of type. (X3.)

arcuate, passing by a little indicated and rounded angle into the
oblique arcuate caudal margin, humeral sinus acutely incised. Teg-
mina nearly half again as long as the body, general form and vein
disposition similar to the type found in argentina, tympanum shorter
and broader than argentina, the greatest width contained less than
one and one-half times in the length, margin considerably though
roundly projecting at the extremity of the stridulating vein. Wings
with the exposed portion surpassing the tegmina by about the length,
of the pronotum. Disto-dorsal abdominal segment with the distal
margin truncato-emarginate, strongly emarginate laterad dorsad of
the cerci; cerci cerviform, slightly longer than the dorsum of prono-
tum, when seen from the dorsum strongly arcuate laterad, incurving,
at the tips which are subcontiguous, when seen from the side there is
seen to be a proximal fork diverging ventro-mesad, with its extremity
compressed, lamellate, and bidentate, distad of the middle the cercus
becomes palmate with one long distal ''tine" or fork, and dorsad and
ventrad of the same are short acute ones of the same character;
subgenital plate short, narrowing distad, the distal margin truncate,
flanked laterad by short styliform processes. Caudal limbs lacking.
General color gamboge yellow on the abdomen, passing into dull

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371

sulphur yellow on the pleura, pronotum, and head. Tegmina maize
yellow proximad, passing into pale apple green on the distal two-
thirds; tympanum with the principal veins lined with burnt sienna;
exposed portion of the wings pale apple green. Eyes chocolate.

Measurements.

Length of body 13 . 8 mm.

Length of pronotum 3.2 ''

Length of tegmen 17 . 3 "

Greatest width of tegmen 3.4 "

The type of this remarkable species is unique.

*Grammadera albida Brunner.

1878. G[rammaderd\ albida Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 298.
[Brazil.]

Misiones. December 22, 1910. (No. 8.) One female.
This species has been recorded from Sapucay, Paraguay (Rehn),
in addition to the localities given above.

Phylloptera ovalifolia BurmeLster.

1838. Ph[ylloptera] ovalifolia Burmeister, Handb. der Entom., II, Abth. II,
pt. 1, p. 311. [South America.)

Misiones. March 18 and 22, 1909. Two males.

This widely distributed species has previously been recorded in
Argentina only from Buenos Aires (Serville), while from southern
Brazil it has been reported from Theresopolis (Saussure and Pictet),
Rio Janeiro (Walker; Brunner), and Santa Catharina (Saussure and
Pictet).

*PhylIoptera spinulosa Brunner.

1878. Phiylloptera] spinulosa Brunner, Monogr. der Phaneropt., p. 314.
[Ypanema, Sao Paulo, Brazil.]

Misiones. March 15, 1909. One female.

This specimen has been compared with a pair from Sapucay,
Paraguay. The three localities here mentioned are all knoTNoi for
the species.

SubfamUy PSEUDOPHYLLIN^.

Dasyscelis normalis Brunner.

1895. Dasyscelis normalis Brunner, Monogr. der Pseudophyll., p. 119.
[Uruguay; Buenos Aires.]

Buenos Aires. February 26, 1909. One male.

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Majr,,

*Dasyscelis dilatatus Brunner.

1895. Dasyscelis dilatatus Brunner, Monogr. der PseudophylL, p. 120.
[Theresopolis, Brazil.]

Misiones. November, 1910. One female.

This specimen is slightly larger than the original measurements
and is very strikingly marked on the pronotum, abdomen, and limbs
with seal brown, but otherwise it fully agrees with the description.

The species is known only from the types and the present specimen.
Nannotettix bilineatus n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Misiones, Argentina. December 10, 1910. (P. Jor-
gensen.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., type No. 5,228.]

Allied to N. guentheri and pallidevittatus Brunner from Sorata,
Bolivia, but differing from the former in the paler face, the absence
of black from the pronotum, in the broadly ovate instead of lanceolate
tegmina, in the fewer femoral spines, the different subgenital plate and
shorter caudal femora and ovipositor; from the latter in the non-
tuberculate cephalic margin of the pronotum, the fewer femoral
spines, the different coloration of the femora and abdomen and the
longer tegmina. The striking yellowish postocular lines are sirhilar

Fig. 33. — Nannotettix bilineatus n. sp. Lateral outline of type. (X H-)

to those found in pallidevittatus, but the more uniformly colored
limbs and abdomen will immediately separate the present species.

Size medium; form rather elongate. Head with the vertex
slightly declivent; fastigium acute, reaching to the margins of the
antennal scrobes, margins distinctly elevated dorsad of the ocelli,
the apex of the fastigium of the front not in contact with that of the
vertex; face gently and roundly retreating; eyes subglobose, slightly
directed cephalad, indistinctly flattened laterad; proximal antennal
joint elongate, armed disto-laterad with a distinct spine. Pronotum
with the length of the disk nearly twice the caudal width of the same ;
cephalic margin of the disk arcuato-truncate, caudal margin moder-

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373

ately arcuate; transverse sulci two in number, the cephalic placed
about the cephalic third, the caudal placed immediately caudad of
the middle, margins of the pronotum non-tuberculate; lateral
carinae indicated by lines of low tubercles, which gradually converge
to the caudal transverse sulcus, then more abruptly diverge to the
caudal margin; lateral lobes with the greatest depth contained one
and two-thirds times in the length of the lobes, ventral margin slightly
sinuato-emarginate caudad, ventro-caudal angle slightly obtuse;
surface of the dorsum and the lateral lobes of the pronotum
shagreened. Tegmina subequal to the pronotum in length, broad
ovate in form, the width two-thirds of the length, the extreme portion
of the broadly rounded apex faintly truncate. Supra-anal plate
trigonal with a distinct medio-longitudinal impression; cerci brief,
acuminate; subgenital plate with the distal margin rectangulate
emarginate mesad; ovipositor subequal to the length of the prono-
tum and tegmina together, moderately arcuate, tapering, ventral
margin serrulato-denticulate on the distal fourth. Cephalic femora
very slightly longer than the length of the head and pronotum
together, unarmed on the ventro-caudal margin, with three spines
distad on the ventro-cephalic margin; cephalic tibiae unarmed dorsad,
on the ventral margins with five (caudal) to six (cephalic) spines.
Median femora very slightly longer than the cephalic femora, armed
on the ventro-cephalic margin with two to three spines, unarmed on
the ventro-caudal margin; median tibiae unarmed dorsad, ventro-
caudal margin with four to five spines, ventro-cephalic margins with
five to seven spines. Caudal femora about three times as long as the
tegmina, moderately robust, considerably inflated proximad, ventro-
cephalic margin with four decided distal spines, ventro-caudal margin
unarmed; caudal tibiae slightly exceeding the femora in length, well
spined.

General color raw umber, becoming burnt umber on the dorsum of
the head and pronotum, the tegmina walnut brown. Head with the
face and portions of the genae straw yellow; a narrow postocular line
naples yellow; eyes tawny ochraceous; antennae distad of the second
joint tawny. Pronotum with the postocular line of the head con-
tinued caudad over the tuberculations of the pronotum as narrow lines
of naples yellow. Ovipositor with the margins and apex washed
with burnt sienna. Cephalic and median femora ferruginous,
becoming darker distad; cephalic and median til)i8e vinaceous-cinna-
mon, rather darker proximad. Caudal femora ferruginous, slightly
darkened distad, spines yellowish with the tips burnt sienna; caudal

374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

tibiae cinnamon-rufous with the tip slightly washed with burnt
sienna. •

Measureme7its.

Length of body 23 . mm.

Length of pronotuni 5. "

Length of tegmen 5 . "

Length of caudal femur 15.8 "

Length of ovipositor 9.8 "

The type of this species is unique. Information with the specimen
is to the effect that the species is "common."

Subfamily CONOCEPHALIN^.

-*Paroxyprora tenuicaudaKarny.

1907. Paroxyprora tenuicauda Karny, Abhandl. K. K. Zool.-bot. Gesell.
Wien, IV, p. 13. [Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.]

Misiones. December 29, 1909. One male.

The present male fully agrees with the individual of that sex from
Puerto Bertoni, Paraguay, previously reported by us.^^

The three localities here mentioned are all known for the species.

€aulopsis gracilis Redtenbacher.?

1891. Caulopsis gracilis Redtenbacher, Verhandl. K. K. Zool.-bot. Gesell.
Wien, XLI, p. .377, pi. Ill, fig. 2.5. [Brazil; Buenos Aires; Montevideo;
Rosario; Cuba.]

Misiones. December 12, 1909. One female.

This specimen is referred to the present species with some doubt,
as it is considerably smaller than the measurements of the same sex
given by Redtenbacher. The dimensions of our individual are as
follows: length of body, 38.5 mm.; length of f astigium, 6 ; length of
pronotum, 8.9; length of tegmen, 43.5; length of median femur,
7.7; length of caudal femur, 19.5; length of ovipositor, 20.5. Aside
from the differences in measurements and the hardly carinate instead
of "obtusely" carinate venter of the fastigium, our specimen agrees
with the original description.

* Neoconocephalus muticus iRedtenbacher).

1891. Conocephalus muticus Redtenbacher, ibid., XLI, p. 393. [Cuba; St.
Vincent, Lesser Antilles.)

IMisiones. March 5, 1910. (No. 3.) One female.

This specimen very satisfactorily answers the description of the
species, previously known only from localities in the West Indies,
Central America and northern South America.

« Entom. News, XXII, p. 254.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELrHIA. 375

*Neooonocephalus redtenbacheri Kamy.

1907. Neoconncephalus redtenbacheri Karny, Abhandl. K. K. Zool.-bot.
GeseU. Wien, IV, p. 32. [Rio Grande do Sul, BrazU.]

Tucuman, Prov. of Tucuman. March 16, 1911. One male, two
females.

These specimens agree fully with the original description of the
species. The male and one female are in a green phase, while the
other female is in a brown phase very closely resembling N. obscurel-
lus, from which it can be separated by the narrower fastigium.

The type locality and Tucuman are the only points from which the
species has been recorded.

* Neooonocephalus saturatus (Griffini).

1891. Conocephalus saturatus Griffini, Miscell. Entom., VII, p. 5. [Based
on Conocephalus infuscatus Redtenbacher (not of Scudder); Medellin;
St. Vincent, Lesser Antilles; Cuba; Venezuela; Surinam; Cayenne;
Brazil; Rio Grande and Theresopolis, Brazil.]

Buenos Aires. January 14, 1909. One male.

Misiones. March 16, 1911. One male.

Neoconocephalus macropterus (Redtenbacher).

1891. Conocephalus macropterus Redtenbacher, Verhandl. K. K. Zool.-bot.
GeseU. Wien, XLI, p. 402. [Mexico; Martinique; St. Vincent, Lesser
Antilles; Cuba; San Francisco and Pernambuco, Brazil; Peru; Buenos

Aires.]

Posadas, Misiones. Elev. 80 meters. March 6, 1909. One
female.

This specimen has been compared with individuals from Rosario,
Argentina, Mexico, and the West Indies.

*Agraecia maculata Redtenbacher.

1891. Agraecia maculata Redtenbacher, ibid., XLI, p. 455, pi. IV, fig. 63.
[Theresopolis, Brazil.]

Misiones. November 12, 1909. One male.

This specimen has been compared with individuals from Sapucay,

Paraguay.

Conocephalus longipes (Redtenbacher).

1891. Xiphidium longipes Redtenbacher, ibid., XLI, p. 505, pi. IV, fig. 81.
[Buenos Aires; Montevideo; Rio Grande do Sul and Santa Catharina,
Brazil; Peru (?).]

Misiones. March 30 and April 19, 1909. One male, one female.

Buenos Aires. February 26, 1909; May 3, 1907. One male, one
female.

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. Janu-
ary 11, February 16, and April 7, 1907. Four males.
25

376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev, 767 meters. April 4 and 9,

1908. Two males.

San Ignacio, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 1,235 meters. March
15 and 22, April 5, 1908. Five males, six females.

These specimens have been compared with material from Car-
carana, Argentina, and Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, determined by
Bruner and Saussiire, respectively.

* Phlugis Spinipes (Fabricius).

1775. [Locusta] spinipes Fabricius, Syst. Entom., p. 283. [Brazil.]
Misiones. September 1, 1910. (No. 6.) One female.
We have followed Kirby^ in using this name for the species in

place of tener Stal.

The only previous definite record for the species at all near that

cited by us is Sao Paulo, Brazil.

Family GRYLLID^.
Subfamily GRYLLOTALPIN.E.

* Scapteriscus borellii Giglio-Tos.

1894. S[capteriscus] borellii Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp.
Torino, IX, No. 184, p. 45, pi. figs. 12 and 15. [Colonia Risso, Rio Apa,
Paraguay.]

Misiones. December, 1910. One male.

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 m&ters. Decem-
ber 9, 1907. One male.

These specimens accord fully with the original description and
figures. The species is here first recorded from Argentina.

Subfamily GRYLLIN^.
Nemobius longipennis Saussure.

1874. Nemobius longipennis Saussure, Miss. Scient. Mex., Rech. Zool., VI,
p. 383. [Buenos Aires.]

San Juan, Prov. of San Juan. Elev. 673 meters. January 20,

1909. One male, six females.

Pedregal, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 696 meters. December 14,
1906. Two females.

These specimens fully agree with the original description of the
species. Previous records are from Paraguay and Asuncion, Sapu-
cay^^ and Villa Rica, Paraguay; Santa Rosa, Salta, and San Pablo,
Tucuman, Argentina.

^Synon. Catal. Orth., II, p. 285.

^ The material recorded by Caudell from Sapucay as N. fasciatus (Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 243) belongs to this species, the two males there recorded
having been examined by us.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377

*Nemobius rufus Saussure.

1877. Nemohius rufus Saussure, Mel. Orthopt., V, p. 256. [Brazil.]

Misiones. December, 1910. One male, one female.

The present specimens answer the original description very well,
except that the last article of the palpi bears no black and the wings
are fully developed and caudate. The latter fact shows the species
to be dimorphic in wing length. The general appearance of the
species is very similar to that of N. longipennis, but rufus can be
separated from the latter by having the ovipositor longer, the dorsal
margin of the apex of the same serrulate instead of serrate and the
disto-dorsal spurs of the caudal tibiae unequal in length instead of
equal.

The species is only known from the type locality and the INIisiones.

Gryllus argentinus Saussure.

1874. Gryllus argentinus Saussure, Miss. Scient. Mex., Rech. Zool., VI,
p. 399. [Southern Brazil; Argentine Republic and the north of Patagonia;
Buenos Aires; Bahia Blanca; Rio Negro of Patagonia.]

Misiones. December 30, 1910. (Nos. 2 and 3.) Two females.

Mendoza, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 767 meters. December 20,
1907. One male.

Chacras de Coria, Prov. of Mendoza. Elev. 936 meters. Janu-
ary 16, 1908. Two females.

One Misiones female has the wings caudate, the others having

them not exceeding the tegmina. A typical female from Buenos

Aires, received from Saussure, has the wings no longer than the

tegmina.

SubfamUy (ECANTHIX.E.
(Ecanthus sp.

Misiones. March 29 and December, 1910. Two males, one
female.

These specimens are too imperfect to be determined with certainty.

Neoxabea brevipes n. sp.

Type: 9 ; Misiones, Argentina. November 6, 1910. (P. Jor-
gensen.) [Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., type No. 5,229.]

Closely related to N. hipunctata (De Geer), from which it differs in
ihe less projecting ventral margins of the lateral lobes of the prono-
tum, the shorter limbs, the shorter caudal tarsi and more uniform
coloration. One of the more apparent differences is that the inflated
proximal portion of the cephalic tibiae is less than half the entire
length of the same in hipunctata and a full half that length in brevipes,
the whole tibiae also being more robust in the new form.

Size medium ; form as usual in the genus. Head with the occiput

378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

slightly concave; eyes ovoid, rather small, not at all prominent when

seen from the dorsum; antennae with the node on the proximal joint

well developed, the tips of the antennae surpassing the tips of the

tegmina. Pronotum of the general type found in the

genus, narrow cephalad, regularly and considerably

expanding caudad, the greatest width contained one

and one-quarter times in the length of the same,

F' 34 — A^ - cephalic margin of the disk truncate, caudal margin

o X ah e a arcuato-sinuate laterad, disk with a pronounced trans-

hrevipes^n.^ verse sulcus near the caudal margin, immediately

outline o f cephalad of which is an incomplete circular sulcus, the

pronotum imperfect portion of which is cephalad; ventral margins

(X 4.) of the lateral lobes but little projecting, when seen

from the lateral aspect this margin is slightly emargi-

nato-sinuate dorsad of the insertion of the limbs, slightly arcuato-

lobate immediately caudad of the same. Tegmina slightly more

than twice the length of the head and pronotum together, of the

general character found in females of this genus ; dorsal field with the

general pattern of the venation regularly oblique, the areas more

regular, more numerous and smaller than in N. bipunctata; lateral

field broad, deeper than the breadth of the dorsal field, reticulations

more numerous and smaller than in N. bipunctata. Wings projecting

caudad of the tegmina a distance equal to nearly two-thirds the

tegminal length. Ovipositor shorter than the combined length of

Fig. 35. — Neoxabea brevipes n. sp. Out- Fig. 36. — Neoxabea brevipes n. sp. Cau-
line of cephalic limb of type. (X 3.) dal tarsus of type. (X 6.)

the head and pronotum. Cephalic and median limbs very short,
the cephalic femora hardly as long as the head; cephalic tibiae very
slightly longer than the femora, the inflated area surrounding the
tympanum slightly longer than the narrow subequal distal extremity.
Median limbs equally short as the cephalic ones. Caudal femora
about two-thirds the length of the tegmina, when extended caudad
reaching only to the base of the ovipositor, slender; caudal tibiae
slightly longer than the femora; caudal tarsi very short when com-
pared with those of bipunctata, the metatarsi comparatively shorter,
no long than, instead of distinctly longer than, the remaining joints
of the tarsi.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379

General color of the head, pronotum, dorsum of tegmina, and
exposed portion of the wings prout's brown, lateral aspect of the
tegmina and the limbs wood brown. Eyes dull ferruginous; antennae
dull naples yellow. Several irregular linear touches of seal brown
are placed on the dorsal side of the humeral trunk on the distal half of
the tegmina, these markings being co-extensive with certain linear
cell areas of the same region. Ovipositor obscure burnt sienna with
the tips blackish. Femora distinctly sprinkled with points of burnt
umber, the tibiae with a few of the same character; the spots on the
femora disposed in linear and, as a rule, balanced series.

Measurements.

Length of body 17. mm.

Length of pronotum 3.3

Length of tegmen 12 .3

Length of exposed portion of the wing 7.2 "

Length of caudal femur 7.3 "

The type of this very interesting species is unique.

SubfamUy TRIGONIDIIN.^.
Thamnoscirtus amoenus (Burmeister).

1880. PhylloscirUts amoenus Burmeister, Abhandl. Naturfor. GeseU. Halle,
XV, p. 18, pi. 1, figs. 8-10. [Mouth of the Riachuelo, Buenos Aires,
Argentina.]

Buenos Aires. February 20, 1909. Three males, one female.

This striking species is a true Thamnoscirtus, and not a Phylloscir-
tus, the head being vertical and not at all horizontal. Saussure has
described a very closely related species from Guiana as Thamnoscirtus
viridicatus.^^

Giglio-Tos has recorded this species from the Province of San Pedro,
Paraguay, as ? Thamnoscirtus cicindeloides Gerstaecker,^^ later
correcting the determination to Phylloscirtus amcenus.^^

SubfamUy ENEOPTERIN^.
Diatrypa tuberculata Saussure.

1874. Diatrypa tuberculata Saussure, Miss. Scient. Me.x., Rech. Zool., VI,
p. 479. [Buenos Aires.]

IMisiones. April 30, 1910. (No. 1.) One male.

This species has been recorded only from Buenos Aires, the Misiones
and Sapucay, Paraguay (Caudell). Our specimen is striped on the
pronotum in a similar fashion to the female examined by Caudell. ^^

^Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 240.

" Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torino, IX, No. 184, p. 40.

^Zool. Jahrb., Abth. Syst., VIII, p. 816.

59 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 243.

380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

NOTES UPON SOME LOWEK CALIFORNIAN HELICES.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

The receipt of some Helices collected on Cerros (Cedros) Island,
Lower California, by Mr. H. N. Lowe, has been made the occasion
for giving plates illustrating the Micrariontas of Lower California
and offering some notes upon the characters, variation, distribution,
and type localities of the several forms. Information upon the
habitats and stations of several species may be found in an article
by Mr. Lowe in the Nautilus for July, 1913.

The only recent work of an exact nature upon these snails is in. a
paper published by Doctor W. H. Dall in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila. for 1900, in which several new forms are defined. The fauna
stands much in need of investigation by some one who can study the
snails on the ground; who will look into the limits and characteristics
of the snail colonies, locate them exactly, and keep the snails of
different colonies separate. At present we have little knowledge of
the association of forms or the range of variation within a colony.

The first Helices from the Lower Californian coast seem to have
been collected by Dr. Hinds, who accompanied Capt. Belcher as
surgeon of H. M. S. Sulphur. The Sulphur was engaged in work
of survey and exploration along the West Coast in 1839, and oppor-
tunity for land collecting was had at San Diego and various points
northward, San Quintin, Cerros Island, Turtle (San Bartolome)
Bay, and Magdalena Bay. Two species collected by Hinds were
described by Pfeiffer in 1845, Helix levis and H. areolata, both re-
ported, in the original descriptions, as from "California," whether
Lower or Upper not specified ; moreover, at the time of the Sulphur
voyage the differentiation of the Californias seemed a small matter
to Europeans, both being equally savage and remote.

During 1846 the Herald and Pandora surveyed parts of the coast —
Victoria, Esquimalt Harbor, Port Discovery, Port Townsend, San
Francisco Bay, San Nicolas, S. Clemente, San Diego Bay, Los
Coronados, San Quintin, Cerros Island, Magdalena Bay.^ A number

^Narrative of the Voyage of H. M. S. Herald during the years 1845-51, by
Berthold Seemann, 1853.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381

of West Coast shells were collected, but unfortunatelj^ the localities
were badly mixed up, as in the Sulphur shells.

Good accounts of the explorations of Veatch, Gabb, Scammon, and
others of that period together with much historical and other infor-
mation concerning the peninsula may be found in a book issued by
the Lower California Company, entitled, "Lower California: Its
Geography and Characteristics," New York, 1868. The most exten-
sive recent reports by scientific observers are those published by the
California Academy of Sciences. These deal chiefly with the Cape
region, which differs widely from the peninsula further north by reason
of its far greater rainfall.

Helicoid and Bulimoid landsnails living in exposed places usually
become more variegated than the related forms from sheltered or
shaded places. When exposed to the sun, the ground color or the
whole shell becomes opaque white, an adaptation to exclude light,
which would shine through a brown, corneous, or yellowish shell,
probably to the detriment of the snail. Compare Cerion, Hemi-
trochus, Bulimulus schiedeanus, Leucochroa, etc. Among snails living
in drj^, sunny places, there is also very often a tendency to multiply
color-bands, in snails derived from stocks with one or few bands,
as in Euparypha, Hemitrochus, Plecto stylus, etc. This may possibly
be protective, as a variegated shell is less conspicuous on a bush or
weed than a one-colored shell.

The enhanced color development and variabilitj^ of snails living
on trees or other plants lead to the formation of color varieties from
diverse variations in different colonies. Where the topographic
and other environmental conditions favor isolation of colonies,
permanent races or species result, as among the Partulce and Achati-
nellce. When the colonies occasionally mingle by changing condi-
tions of vegetation, etc., we have polymorphic hybrid races —
colonies where great individual diversity of pattern or form are seen.

Lower California, exclusive of the Cape region, is probably an area
of increasing aridity, like southern Arizona and Sonora, so that there
is now a strong tendency towards restriction and consequent isolation
of the snail colonies. The rather wide distribution of some of the
species and the polymorphic coloration of many colonies leads us to
believe that conditions formerly were much more favorable to migra-
tion and mingling of land snails. Subsidence has also played a part
in isolating the snails of the small islands along the coast. That the
changes have often been unfavorable is shown by the dwarfed size of
many races, as on San Geronimo, Natividad, and Asuncion Islands.

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

The irregular apertural thickening, lumps, and uneven "teeth" of
some forms of M. levis and others show the unfavorable action of
extreme aridity.^

The apparent absence of Helicidse on the comparatively well-
watered southern end of the peninsula is an anomaly. I cannot
help thinking that further search will bring some Helices to light.
It is a region of fine Bulimuli.

In the northeastern part of the peninsula and on the Coronado
Islands, Micrarionta stearnsiana Gabb is found.^ Farther down and
inland the closely related M. orcutti Dall occurs. This seems to be
constant in its divergence from stearnsiana in the large lot I have
seen. Far off shore on Guadalupe Island is the small M. guadalu-
piana Dall, a perfectly distinct species of the typical group of Micra-
rionta.

On the sierra running down the peninsula near the eastern border
there are several Sonorella-Wke species, such as Helix lohrii Gabb,
unknown anatomically, but probably belonging to the desert group
of Micrarionta characteristic of southwestern Arizona and south-
eastern California.

Micrarionta consists of three rather sharply differentiated groups
or sections: (1) Micrarionta typical, small, compact shells with the
lip strongly reflexed, insular in distribution, M. rujicincta, gabhi,
facta, guadalupiana. (2) Section Eremarionta for M. desertorum
P. & F., includes also M. hutsoni Clapp and probably all the Cali-
fornian and Lower Californian species which have been referred to
Sonorella. The lip is expanded, shell smooth. (3) Section Xerarionta
for the capacious forms with the lip not expanded or but slightly so,
the axis perforate or closed, the shell generally variegated, many-
banded. M. veatchii may be taken as the type of this group, which
extends from the Channel Islands of California to Magdalena Bay,
on the islands and adjacent shore.

Micrarionta pandoras (Forbes). PI. XV, figs. 17 to 23.

Helix pandorce Forbes, P. Z. S., 1850, p. 55, pi. 9, f. 3 a, b. Binney, Land

and Fresh-water Shells of N. A. I, p. 179.
Epiphragmophora pandorce (Forbes), Dall, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1900, p. 101.
Helix damascenus Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., VI, p. 11, 1856; Otia

Conch, p. 219.
Epiphragmophora pandorce bonitosensis Pils., Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1898, p. 70,

pi. 1. figs. 4, 5 (genitalia).

This species was collected by H. M. S. Herald or Pandora, the

2 Cf. DaU, "On Insular Land Snail Faunas. "

3 This has been shown by Mr. G. H. Clapp to differ specifically from M. kelletti
of the Channel Islands.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383^

locality uncertain. On p. 53 of Forbes' article, he states that "Helix
kellettii and pandorce, both new, are probably from the same country
[i.e., neighborhood of the Columbia River], though the box in which
they were contained was marked Santa Barbara. " On p. 55 he saj'^s,
"collected near the Straits of Juan del Fuaco [Fuca]."'^

The Santa Barbara Island Helix of this type is tnjoni Newc. H.
pandorce must have come from some southern locality. Since speci-
mens exactly resembling Forbes' figure were taken by Anthony and
others on San Benito Island, off the north end of Cerros Island, that
place may for the present be taken as the type locality, as no other
place has yet afforded shells agreeing so well with Forbes' figures.

San Benito, or "Los Benitos," is west of the north end of Cerros
Island and consists of two or three small and very barren islets.
The name has also been spelled "San Bonito" (Captain C. M.
Scammon) .

Though we are considering Los Benitos the type locality of H.
pandorce, it must be said that we have no definite information of
where the original lot was taken. The Herald touched Cerros Island,
and left the Pandora behind to complete the survey. No further
report of the movements of the Pandora is given in the narrative,
but it is not unlikely that S. Benito was visited in the course of the
survey. The fact that Forbes named the species for the Pandora
may be taken, in the absence of any information to the contrary, as
some indication that it was obtained by members of the Pandora's
surveying party.

The locality "Santa Barbara, on Margarita Bay, Lower California,
Forbes," quoted by Dall, I am unable to confirm, as I can find no
place or bay so named on the coast of Lower California, on maps
acces.sible to me.

Dall has noted that this small species "varies from white to dark
gray above, and below may be white or banded with ashy-gray.
The nucleus is, however, invariably of a livid purplish color, and the
surface is dull and conspicuously striate." It is sometimes pure
white (pi. XV, fig. 23), or has a few diffuse reddish-purple bands
on the last whorl (pi. XV, figs. 21, 22), the apex whitish or dark
(fig. 22 photographed abnormally dark).

The typical form (pi. XV, figs. 17, 18, 19, 20) is dull purplish above
and banded below the periphery on a creamy ground, the apex purple

* The Spanish Captain de Fuca has recently been canonized by a Cahforniaa
conchologist, Bull. S. Cal. Acad. Sci., X, p. 54, 1911.

384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

or reddish. The lip is very slightly expanded, narrowly white-
bordered within, and the columellar margin concave with no trace of
a tooth. The embryonic whorl, when unworn, has radial wrinkles
as in veatchii; the spire is not granular, and the last whorl shows
spiral incised lines. Alt. 15, diam. 18 mm., 4f whorls. It was this
form which I dissected, under the name of "E. p. honitosensis."

M. pandorw is anatomically similar to veatchii on a smaller scale.
It belongs, I think, nearer veatchii than to any other species. As in
other races of these small arid islands, pandorce is conspicuously
reduced in size, probably through the continuous influence of short
active and long dormant periods.

The specimens figured are from S. Benito Island, collected by
Anthony and Hemphill.

Micrarionta veatchii ('Newc' Tryon). Plate XV, figs. 1 to 7 (varieties figs. 8 to 16).

Arionta veitcMi [error for veatchii] Newcomb, Tryon, American Journal of
Conchology, II, p. 316, pi. 22 (5), fig. 19, 1866. Ill, p. 162, 1867.

Helix veatchii Stearns, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., Ill, p. 328, 1867.

Helix areolata W. G. Binney, Land and Fresh-water Shells of N. A., I, p. 177,
fig. 311, two figures in the middle.

A fine species, known by its large size, turbinate, elevated shape
(which, however, is variable), and the coloration, somewhat like
Helix aspersa, but also very variable; the embryonic shell when
unworn is finely irregularly wrinkled radially. There is never any
trace of a columellar tooth. It was described from Cerros Island,
where Veatch collected it in 1859, and the typical form at least is
confined to that place.

In specimens collected at the north end of Cerros Island by Mr.
H. N. Lowe in 1912 (pi. XV, figs. 2, 3), the foot and sole are pale
gray, back brownish-gray, paler towards the shell, near the edge
yellowish -gray, under a lens seen to be closely peppered with yellow
dots on a dark gray ground. A specimen of the same lot having the
shell light colored (pi. XV, fig. 1) has the animal gray-brown through-
out, a little darker on the back. The tail is depressed, back with
the usual pair of grooves. In walking, the muscular waves extend
entirely across the sole, and are about 5 mm. apart, more separated
towards the tail. Foot about 60 mm. long. The shell in this lot
(pi. XV, figs. 1, 2, 3) varies notably in degree of elevation and in
color. The ground is pink-white; some shells are boldly marked
with blackish-chocolate bands, as many as eleven in fig. 3. Others
have the shoulder band well developed, several others weakly traced,
fig. 2. In others, all the bands present are very weak, fig. 1 ; or again,
the shoulder band alone is indicated by an interrupted dark fillet.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385

•Granulation is weakly developed on the second and third whorls,
and incised spiral lines are well developed on the last whorl.

The type lot of veatchii consists of smaller shells, pi. XV, figs. 6, 7,
in which the bands number 9 or 10, are brown or blackish and more
or less speckled. Fine, distinct granulation (as in levis) may be seen
•on the second and third whorls. The incised spirals of the last whorl
are weak and much interrupted. The lip is slightly expanded, the
•callus within making it appear more expanded than it really is.
This feature is rather poorly shown in the figures because of the
•darkness of the interiors in the photographs. In M. levis there is
little or no expansion of the lip.

The largest individual seen measures, alt. 26|, diam. 28| mm.
It was collected by Hemphill (pi. XV, fig. 5). The highest in a
series sent by Mr. H. N. Lowe measures, alt. 2Q^, diam. 25| mm.j
with 6^ whorls (fig. 2) ; and the lowest, in the same lot, is, alt. 24^,
diam. 28 mm., 5f whorls (fig. 1). The types were smaller, about
23 X 23 mm. Two of the type lot are figured, pi. XV, figs. 6, 7. In
these the spiral incised lines are less developed than in the larger
forms. The lip is less broadly expanded in many specimens, as in
fig. 4, collected by Gabb.

Besides the typical elevated form already noticed, there are several
more or less divergent forms found on Cerros Island. I have referred
to these by number, as their status cannot be discussed intelligently
until careful field work locates the colonies and gives material for a
study of the variations in each.

(1) M. veatchii leucanthea Dall, from the eastern side of Cerros
Island (pi. XV, fig. 10, a cotype, U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 107,627) is
exactly like the lower forms of veatchii in shape of the shell and the
rather broadly expanded lip. It differs by the absence of distinct
bands on the pink-white surface and the more distinct granulation
of the entire upper surface. The shell figured measures, alt. 23,
diam. 26 mm., with 5| whorls.

(2) Shells collected on Cerros Island by Hemphill, what part of
the island not stated, resemble leucanthea in shape and sculpture, but
differ in having the lip expansion very narrow. In one lot (pi. XV,
figs. 15, 16) the fleshy-brown bands vary from weak and "curdled"
(like the traces of a band in leucanthea) to moderately strong.

(3) In another lot (pi. XV, figs. 13, 14) the last whorl has a pale
brown tint; there are no bands whatever, but the surface is strewn
with purplish-gray dots, translucent by transmitted light. The
lip expands very narrowly.

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 'May,

(4) Natividad Island, off the south end of Cerros. A shell col-
lected by Anthony and sent me alive by Dr. Dall (pi. XV, fig. 12) is
banded and streaked profusely with purplish-brown. The embryo
is distinctly wrinkled and the inner whorls following are somewhat
granulated; lip narrow. Alt. 21, diam. 23.8 mm., with 5| whorls.
The genitalia of this individual were figured by me as "areolata" in
Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1898, pi. 1, figs. 6, 7. It certainly has nothing
to do with the real areolata, but belongs to the veatchii group of forms.

(5) Turtle Bay, collected by Hemphill (pi. XV, fig. 9), white or
pink-white, immaculate or with a few fleshy dots. Embryonic
whorl wrinkled, the rest of the upper surface granulated more or
less, lip very narrow. Resembles varieties (2) and (3), except in
color.

(6) Turtle Bay, Hemphill (pi. XV, fig. 8). The white or pale
embryonic whorl is nearly smooth (in 8 adult shells examined, no
young ones seen); granulation appears weakly on the inner whorls,
not on the last one or two. Lip expansion is narrow. The shell is
compactly coiled. Bands speckled with white, either numerous, as
in fig. 8, or reduced in number and intensity (as in fig. 15). Alt. 20,
diam. 23 mm., with 5| whorls. This lot was sent out by Hemphill
as "H. areolata var."

(7) Turtle Bay (pi. XV, fig. 11). Same as No. 6, but white with
the coloring of leucanthea, plus some scattered fleshy dots.

Whether all of the Turtle Bay lots were from one colony or from
several is not known. Mr. Hemphill sorted out his Helices into
color forms, thereby destroying all evidence as to the composition of
the colonies.

M. veatchii was named in honor of John A. Veatch, who surveyed
Cerros Island in search of copper and other minerals in June, July,
and August, 1859. By an error or oversight the name was spelled
"veitchii" in the original account.

Micrarionta veatchii canescens (Adams and Reeve). Text fig. 1.

A series collected by Mr. H. N. Lowe at South Bay, Cerros Island,
agrees well with the figures and description of Helix canescens,^

5 The original description follows:

"Helix canescens. Shell globose, nearly covered perforate, opaque white,
ornamented with oblique streaks and several interrupted blackish concentric
lines and a conspicuous central band, whorls 5, the last rotund-inflated. Aperture
lunate-rotund, peristome thickened within, callous in the columellar margin.
Hab. Africa. A white globose shell with simple lip banded and minutely sprinkled
with black. " (Adams and Reeve, in Zoology of the Voyaqe of H. M. S. Samarana,
p. 62, pi. 16, fig. 10, 1848.)

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387

which was described with the indefinite locality '' Africa" and has
not been recognized by subsequent authors, although Tryon has
called attention to its resemblance to veatchii, etc. Part of the
specimens (fig. 1, a, h, c) have a columellar tooth; some, as fig. 1,6,
have the coloration of Adams and Reeve's type figure in the Zoology
of the Samarang, pi. XVI, fig. 10. Others, fig. 1, a, have the pattern
shown by Reeve in the Conchologia Iconica. Still other examples
«how but faint traces of dark markings, fig. 1, c. With these there
were a few shells generally similai', but without the columellar tooth,
fig. 1, d, which by themselves would be referred to M. veatchii var.
No. 7, or with the tooth very weak, intergrading with the distinctly
dentate form.

Fig. 1. — Micrarionta v. canescens (A. & R.), South Bay, Cerros Island.

The Samarang surveyed from Japan to Borneo, going and return-
ing by the Cape route. They did not reach American shores, and
touched Africa only at the Cape, where no such species as H.
canescens is found. It seems to be one of several species without
definite locality which Reeve inserted. Captain Belcher who com-
manded the Samarang had previously explored Cerros Island in the
■Sulphur, and probably he added H. canescens to the Samarang shells
from his former collection.

By its columellar tooth M. canescens has affinity to M. levis.
Whether it will eventually be united to veatchii or to levis remains
to be decided, but it seems deserving of at least subspecific rank.

Micrarionta levis (Pfeiffer). PI. XVI, figs. 48 to 52, 42 to 45.

Helix levis Pfr., Zeitschrift fur Malakozoologie, II, 1845, p. 152; Syst. Conchyl.
Cabinet, p. 249, pi. 36, fig. 17, type, fig. 16, var.

Original description. — "Shell perforate, globose, thin, smooth,
obliquely striate, obsoletely granulate, whitish, variously ornamented
with series of dots or pellucid corneous bands. Spire short, rather
acute. Whorls 5, but slightly convex, the last inflated. Aperture
rotund-lunar, colored like the outside or fulvous within; peristome

388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May^

acute, somewhat labiate within, the columellar margin dilated above^
vaultingly reflexed, nearly covering the perforation. Alt. 13, diam.
46 [typographical error for 16] mm. Variety: with a sharplj^ defined,
lengthened, tooth-like tubercle on the lower margin near the colu-
mella (fig. 16)."

Pfeiffer's figure of the type, pi. XVI, fig. 51, and of the variety
pi. XVI, fig. 52, are copied photographically.

This is a rather small species (diam. 17 to 20 mm.), compactly
coiled, rather solid though generally somewhat thin, opaque white
or very light brown, encircled with many blackish lines and narrow
bands, which are more or less interrupted or speckled with white.
The embryonic whorl is usually brown, rarely whitish. The surface
of several post-embryonic whorls is minutely granulated. The last
whorl is not distinctly striated spirally. Lip hardly expanded,,
narrowly thickened within, at the columella it is dilated, and white-
calloused within, the callus often ending abruptly below, or in form
of a small tooth. Whorls 5 in small, up to 5| in large individuals.

Specimens in the Academy are from San Rosario (Orcutt!); San
Geronimo Island, fossil only (H. N. Lowe!); Lagoon Heads, Cerros
Island, and Turtle Bay (H. Hemphill!); Asuncion Island, fossil only
(Stearns). Also reported by Dall from Rosalia Bay, between the
second and third localities above.

Pfeiffer records that this species was taken by Hinds in "Cali-
fornia." Hinds, on H. M. S. Sulphur, Capt. Belcher, visited Cali-
fornia and Lower California, stopping October 28, 1839, at Turtle
Bay, which is another name for S. Bartolome Bay, or Port, a good
harbor a short distance below the projection of the peninsula below
Cerros Island. As Hemphill found the species here in some abun-
dance, I propose to select Port San Bartolome as the t3^pe locality.
The Sulphur landed a party at this place to make observations for
position. The geological features and marine shells are mentioned
in Captain Beechey's narrative (Vol. I, p. 330), and I think it almost
certain that Hinds, who was a good collector and conchologist^
picked up the Helix levis here.

Small specimens, such as pi. XVI, fig. 45, and others of the same
lot agree perfectly with Pfeiffer's description and his type figure.
Others from Turtle Bay, such as figs. 42, 43, are larger, more elabo-
rately decorated, and show more of a columellar tooth.

Shells from San Rosario, Cerros Island (fig. 44), and Lagoon Heads,
are practically identical with those from Turtle Bay. All of these
places except Cerros Island are on the mainland. Other localities.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389

have varying forms, which for the present I have designated by
numbers, as follows:

(1) Asuncion Island, not far below Turtle Bay, has a somewhat
differing race (pi. XVI, fig. 48). The bands, translucent instead of
brown, are usually fewer and broader — five or six, or sometimes as
many as ten. Granulation indistinct or obsolete. Diam. 16 to
19 mm. All the specimens seen from this tiny, barren islet were
dug out of fine sand. It probably occurs only fossil. It is much
like Pfeiffer's figures of levis, but the granulation is scarcely visible^

(2) Var. crassula Dall (pi. XV, fig. 24) from Natividad Island
(south of Cerros) is like the preceding in having few translucent
bands, about 6 in the cotype figured. It is somewhat heavier than
levis of equal size, and is a little more elevated. No granulation is
now visible on the corroded surface. The columellar callus is heavy
and prominent. Alt. 15, diam. 17 mm., with nearly oh whorls
{levis of the same diameter has f of a whorl less). Fossil.

(3) The variety from San Geronimo Island (pi. XVI, figs. 49, 50,.
coll. by H. N. Lowe) resembles crassula in contour and banding.
It is not quite so heavy, has a half whorl less, and is well enough
preserved to show traces of granulation on the spire in some examples.
It was found fossil. Specimens measure:

Alt.

141, di

am. 16^ mm.;

5 whorls.

14 ,

' 151 "

5 "

14 , '

" 14.8 "

5 "

' 18 "

(broken)

It appears that on these small, barren islets the levis stock has
deteriorated in size, often becoming more globose, and finally has died
out. The weak sculpture and usually small number of bands (in
comparison with Turtle Bay levis) are probably ancestral characters^
preserved in these isolated colonies. So far as I know, these dimin-
ished races are extinct. The bands of these helices, brown or blackisk
in life, become translucent gray in long dead or fossil specimens.

(4) M. levis globosa n. subsp. PL XVI, figs. 46, 47. The shell
is glohose-conic, higher than levis, with very little of the granulation
of that species, solid, glossy, multilineate with brown on a white
ground, or sometimes bluish-white without bands. Columella strongly-
toothed. Alt. 20.3, diam. 22.3 mm., 5^ whorls; or higher, alt. and
diam. 22 mm. Cerros Island, living. Probably Binney's two out-
side figures 311, in Land and Fresh-water Shells, I, p. 177, represent
this race.

•390

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[May,

Micrarionta areolata ('Sowb.' Pfr.). PI. XVI, figs. 25 to 33.

Helix areolata Sowb. ms., Pfr. Zeitschr. f. Malak., II, p. 154, 184.5; in Philippi,
Abbildungen, etc., II, p. 184, pi. 9, f. 4; Conchylien Cabinet, p. 248, pi. 36,
f. 10-13. Crosse and Fischer, Miss. Sci. Mex., Moll., p. 262, pi. 11, f. 4.

Epiphragmophora areolata (Sowerby) Dall, Proc. A. N. S. Phila., 1900, p. 100.

Helix areolata was described by Pfeiffer from specimens brought
liome by Hinds, with no more informing locaUty than ''California."
In a later publication he adds " on the Columbia River in California. "
Several places visited by Hinds on the Sulphur along the coast allow
a wide range of choice for the type locality: San Quintin Bay,
Cerros Island (where no shells seem to have been collected by Hinds) ,
Turtle (Bartolome) Bay, and Magdalena Bay, where several days
were spent.

Fig. 2. — a, b, c, type of Helix areolata; d, H. areolata, variety,
graphically from the Conchylien Cabinet.

Copied photo-

Pfeiffer described it as having the columella unidentate," diam. maj.
^6, min. 23, alt. 18 mm.^

The specimen measured, presumably considered the type, was
figured by Philippi (Abbildungen, etc.) and again in the Conchylien
Cabinet, pi. XXXVl, figs. 10-12. These figures are copied photo-
graphically in text-figure 2 a, b, c.

Reeve and Crosse have figured specimens of the tessellated Magda-
tena Bay form, and some in the Academy Museum, received from
Sowerby many years ago (pi. XVI, fig. 4) are of the same rather
•depressed race, and agree well with Pfeiffer's figures, though neither

6 Pfeiffer later qualified this by the expression "pkrumque unidentato," and
in the Conchylien Cabinet he says the columella of the type is "iindeutlich ein-
zdhnig," and recognizes two varieties: "Variety 1. Smaller, more globose;
umbilical perforation almost closed; columellar tooth distinct and strong, fig. 13.
Variety 2. With the columellar tooth entirely wanting."

' Pfeiffer measured the altitude of HeHces along a line parallel to the axis of
the shell, and not to the base of the lip, as is now done. By the modern system
it would be 22 mm. high.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391

of them is fully mature. I think, therefore, that "Magdalena Bay"
should undoubtedly be taken as the type locahty of H. areolata.
Further information is needed to determine the exact place in that
neighborhood where shells agreeing with Pfeiffer's figures 10-12
(my text-fig. 2) are found, whether on the mainland or on Margarita
Island. None of the shells before me are exactly localized. They
bear the general locality "Magdalena Bay." It is evident from the
five lots seen that different colonies vary in size, elevation, and degree
of maculation.* Pfeiffer's type and the specimens received from
Sowerby are more depressed than most other lots.

The more northern localities cited for areolata by Dr. Cooper and
others pertain, I believe, to forms of the levis group, which is known
to occur from Asuncion Island northward, a region where areolata
does not occur. The known areas of levis and areolata are separated
by a long reach of coast whence no land snails are known. The
Natividad Island specimen I dissected as areolata (1898) is a form of
veatchii. With the exception of var. exanimata Cooper, areolata is
not known to occur elsewhere than about Magdalena Bay, where it
inhabits one of the dryest regions in the world.

The shell is opaque white, with ochre-lirown bands broken into
square spots, very variable in number and arrangement, as shown
in the figures. In one lot, markings are absent, or indistinct and
corneous. The embryonic whorl is grayish corneous or yellowish
corneous. The columella varies from simple to distinctly toothed.
The size varies.

Alt.

21 ,

diam. 25 mm.;

b\ whorls.

18 ,

" 23.3 "

16.3,

U ^Q u

4! ''

(1) Var. arida (pi. XVI, figs. 39, 40, 41). Small, thin, white, or
having sparse markings of typical form and color; lip hardly or not
thickened, columella concave, not toothed. Descent of the last whorl
to the aperture deeper and longer than in any other form of areolata.

Alt. 14, diam. 18 mm.; 4| whorls.
" 15, '' 181 '' 4f ''

Magdalena Bay (R. C. Macgregor).

*The locality "Margarita Bay, Newcomb," quoted by Dall, must have been
an error or slip of Newcomb's for Magdalena Bay, or more likely Margarita
Island, which guards the bay, since, so far as I can learn, there is no Margarita
Bay on that coast.
26

392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May,

(2) Var. scammoni (pi. XVI, figs. 34, 35, 36). Small, with many
or few narrow brown bands (translucent gray in fossil or dead shells),
continuous or nearly so, sometimes wanting. Columellar tooth
usually developed, often weak, sometimes wanting.

Alt.

15, diam.

20.3 mm.;

whorls 4f.

17.8, "

22 "

'' 4f.

17, ''

20.5 ''

'' 5|.

Magdalena Bay (W. M. Gabb), 14 specimens.

Pfeiffer's fig. 13 (copied in my text-fig. 2, d) was probably this
variety, which I name for Capt. Scammon, who has given a good
account of this coast.

(3) Var. aspersa (pi. XVI, figs. 37, 38). Small, last whorl ^Zo6ose,
spire short. With wide marbled brown bands resembling those of
M. veatchii or Helix aspersa in pattern. Columellar tooth distinct or
indicated.

Alt. 17.3, diam. 20 mm.; 4f whorls.
" 14.8, " 17 "

Magdalena Bay (W. M. Gabb).

(4) Var. exanimata Cooper, Proc. Col. Acad. Sci. (2) III, p. 216,
pi. XIV, fig. 7, from Espirito Santo Island, in the Gulf of California,
is known "to me only by the original account. I would expect it to
be specifically different. It is the only form of this group yet found
on the gulf side of the peninsula.

Helix decorata Pfr. (Conchyl. Cab., p. 249, pi. XXXVI, figs. 14, 15),
the locality of which is unknown, may be a fully colored, thin, de-
pressed form of areolata. It has been referred to H. pisana with
doubt, and seems to-be a ''lost species. " It is not Helix decorata Fer.
I have copied the figures of decorata in text-fig. 3.

^ «x«^ ^

Fig. Z.-^Helix decorata Pfr., copied from the Conchijlien Cabinet.

Explanation of Plates XV, XVI.

Plate XV. — Figs. 1, 2, 3. — Micrarionta veatchii 'Nc' Tryon. North end of
Cerros Island. H. N. Lowe. A. N. S. P. No. 106,016.
Fig. 4.—M. veatchii. Cerros I. Gabb. No. 10,261.
Fig. 5.—M. veatchii. Cerros I. Hemphill. No. 60,034.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 393

Figs. 6, 7. — M. veatchii. Cerros I. Newcomb. Two of the cotypes. No,

10,263.
Fig. 8.—M. veatchii, var. 6. Turtle Bay. Hemphill. No. 60,038.
Fig. 9. — Micrarionta veatchii, var. 5. Turtle Bay. Hemphill. No. 60,046.
Fig. 10. — Micrarionta veatchii, var. leucanthea Dall. Cotype, U. S. Nat. Mus.

No. 107,627.
Fig. 11. — Micrarionta veatchii, vax. 5. Turtle Bay. Hemphill. No. 60,041.
Fig. 12. — Micrarionta veatchii, var. 4. Natividad Island. Anthony.

No. 69,646.
Figs. 13, 14:.— Micrarionta veatchii, var. 3. Cerros Island. Hemphill.

No. 60,036.
Figs. 15, 16. — Micrarionta veatchii, var. 2. Cerros Island. Hemphill.

No. 60,035.
Figs. 17-20. — Micrarionta pandorce Forbes. S. Benito Island. Anthony.

No. 66,092.
Figs. 21, 22, 23. — Micrarionta pandorce, Forbes. S. Benito Island. Hemp-
hill. No. 10,297.
Fig. 24. — Micrarionta areolata crassula, Dall. Cotype Natividad Island,

Anthony. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 107,623.

Plate XVI.— Figs. 25, 2%.— Micrarionta areolata 'Sowb.' Pfr. Magdalena Bay.

HemphiU. A. N. S. No. 10,298.
Fig. 27.— ikf. areolata. White form. No. 10,299.

Fig. 28. — M. areolata. Specimen received from Sowerby. No. 10,300.
Figs. 29, 30, 31.— M. areolata. Magdalena Bay. W. M. Gabb. No. 10,264.
Figs. 32, 33.— M. areolata. Santa Maria Bay. Stearns. No. 10,301.
Figs. 34, 35.— M. areolata scammoni Fils. Cotypes. Magdalena Bay. Gabb.

No. 10,302.
Fig. 36.— il/. areolata scammoni Pils. Cotype. No. 10,266.
Fig. 37, 38. — M. areolata aspersa Pils. Cotvpes. No. 10,265.
Figs. 39, 40, 41.— M. areolata arida Pils. Cotypes. No. 76,208.
Figs. 42, 43, 45.— M. levis Pfr. Turtle Bay. Nos. 60,045, 60,042.
Fig. 44.— M. lems Pfr. Cerros Island. HemphUl. No. 60,037
Fig. 46.— ilf. levis globosa Pils. Type. W. M. Gabb. No. 10,304.
Fig. 47.— M. levis globosa Pils. No. 10,305.
Fig. 48. — Micrarionta levis var. Asuncion Island. R. E. C. Stearns. No.

10,306.
Figs. 49, 50.— Micrarionta levis var. 1. San Geronimo Island. H. N. Lowe.

No. 109,064.
Fig. 51.— Micrarionta levis Pfr. Photographic copy of Pfeiffer's type figure.
Fig. 52.— Micrarionta levis var. Photographic copy of Pfeiffer's figure.

394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

A REVISION OF THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS NEMOBITJS (ORTHOPTERA .

GRYLLID^) FOUND IN NORTH AMERICA NORTH OF

THE ISTHMUS OF PANAMA.

BY MORGAN HEBARD.

The genus Nemohius is typical of the group Nemobiites, the other
genera of which are more or less aberrant. The group Nemobiites
stands at the head of the subfamily Gryllinae, which is the second
division of the family Grylhdse.

All of the species of Nemohius are of small size and are rather
delicate in structure; their bodies are covered with long hairs. The
plasticity in certain species, the lack of characters in the male
genitalia and the great variability in size, wing length, and coloration,
all combine to make the study of the genus difficult. Added to this,
the many incorrect determinations and frequent synonyms have
caused the task of correcting the nomenclature to be unusually
complex. An effort is made in the present paper to afford sufficient
information for subsequent workers to be able satisfactorily to
determine material of either sex, but it is certain that, especially
in the males of some species, no single specific character can be
considered absolutely trustworthy, and careful consideration of all
the specific differences must be made before a safe conclusion can be
reached. The large series of different species before us show con-
clusively that, where some character may be safely relied upon in a
large series of the same species from one region, that character is
often obscure or unreliable in series from other portions of the insects
range and in consequence can only be used to supplement the com-
bination of characters found in that species.

Genus NEMOBIUS Serville.

1839. Nemohius Serville, Hist. Nat. Ins., Orth., p. 34.5. [Generic de-
scription.]

1869. Argizala Walker, Cat. Dermap. Saltat. Br. Mus., I, p. 60. [Generic
description.]

1874. Nemohius Saussure, Miss. Sci. Mex., Rech. Zool., VI, p. 380. [Key-
to American species and descriptions of new species.]

1877. Nemohius Saussure, Melang. Orth., II, Fasc. V, p. 236. [Full
generic description, key to species of the world and many descriptions of
new species.]

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395

1896. Nemobius Scudder, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, IV, p. 99. [Key to North
American species and descriptions of new species.]

1896. Noyiobius Pantel, Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., XXV, p. 47. [Mor-
phological studies.]

1896. Nemobius Scudder, Psyche, VII, p. 431. [Key to North American
species and descriptions of new species.]

1897. Nemobius Saussure, Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., I, p. 221. [Key to
Central American species and descriptions of new species.]

1900. Nemobius Blatchley, Psyche, IX, p. 51. [The Indiana species with
descriptions of new species.]

1903. Nemobius Blatchley, Orth. of Indiana, p. 419. [Numerous notes
and description of one new species.]

1904. Nemobius E. M. Walker, Can. Ent., XXXVI, p. 181. [Numerous
notes and descriptions of new species.]

1906. Nemobius Kirby, Synon. Catal. Orth., II, p. 13. [List of species.]

The genus included two species. Genotype — Nemobius {Nevio-
hius) sylvestris [Acheta sylvestris] (Bosc), selected by Kirby, 1906.

Generic Description.— ^ize small; form compact; body pub.escent
and sparsely clothed with long chsetiform hairs. Head rounded,
a little flattened in front; interantennal protuberance feeble, obtuse
and rather large; eyes oval, rather protuberant; maxillary palpi
with distal extremity of terminal joint very moderately oblique.
Pronotum a little wider cephalad than the head; lateral lobes with
ventral margin horizontal, the ventro-cephalic and ventro-caudal
angles projecting about the same and similarly rounded. Tegmina
complete or abbreviate; in the male furnished with a rather simple
tambourine, having only a single ulnar (oblique) vein which is longitud-
inal, lengthened, developing from the angle of the stridulating (anal)
vein; in the female the dorsal field is furnished with few but promi-
nent longitudinal veins connected by transverse veinlets which are
directed at right angles to the veins; the tegmina are always present
in the North American species and are rounded at the apex; lateral
field of tegmina occupied by five or six simple veins which are free
from their bases. Wings strongly developed, abbreviate or absent.
Ovipositor slender, long and straight, or shorter and very gently
arcuate; apex very little enlarged, in all of the North American
species the portion formed by the dorsal valves is armed with serra-
tions or serrulations, the portion formed by the ventral valves is
unarmed or supplied with minute, very widely spaced serrulations.
Cerci of both sexes moderately long, tapering, and covered with
hairs. Cephalic tibiae supplied with a few long slender hairs, caudal
face only bearing a distinct tympanum, corresponding portion of
cephalic face slightly swollen. Caudal femora greatly dilated;
caudal tibiae with dorsal margin armed with a double row of extremely
long, widely spaced, mobile spines (in the North American species,

396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

four pairs are present on each tibia), and armed distad with three
pairs of well developed spurs, the dorso-internal longer than any of
the other distal spurs. Caudal metatarsus non-sulcate and unarmed
dorsad, the distal extremity armed on both sides with long spines,
of which the internal is much the longer, and above these are situated
two minute teeth.

Morphological Notes. — In the present genus the spines and spurs
of the caudal tibiae are extremely interesting.

In the study of the North American species Mr. A. N. Caudell
first pointed out to the author a character in the distal spurs of the
caudal tibiae which proves to be absolutely constant and of the
greatest value. In four groups of North American species the internal
disto-ventral spur is much longer than the external disto-ventral
spur, in the remaining group these spurs are exactly equal in length.

In the males of all of the North American species the proximo-
internal spine of the caudal tibia is highly specialized in structure.
It differs from the other spines in being very short, large at the base,
irregularly conical, suddenly attenuate and soft to the immediate
apex which is sharply pointed. The enlarged base is hard, of dark
color and polished, the soft portion is light in color and somewhat
translucent, while the immediate apex is hard and rather dark in
color. Frequently the hard apex is missing, and in such cases there
is every indication that it has been broken off. PanteP has carefully
discussed this peculiar specialization in his interesting morphological
studies in the present genus, and it has been casually noted in certain
species by other authors."

We find other interesting characters in the spines of the caudal
tibiae of the North American species of the genus. In all of the
species having the disto-ventral spurs unequal in length the spines
(with the exception of the proximo-internal spine in the males,
which we have discussed above) are above rounded and hairy, below
concave with the margins of this sulcation minutely serrulate. In
all of the species having the disto-ventral spurs equal in length, the
disto-internal spine in the males is somewhat swollen near its base
and its shaft is appreciably bent; the other spines (likewise with
the exception of the proximo-internal spine in the males) are above
rounded and hairy, below concave, but with the margins of this
sulcation smooth. The apices of all of the spurs and spines of the

1 Anal. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., XXV, p. 47, 1896.

2 Saussure, Melarig. Orth., II, Fasc. V, p. 267, pi. 11, fig. VII, 6i, 1877. Brunner,
Prodr. Europ. Orth., p. 424, 1882.

1913.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

397

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

Diagrammatic sketches of venation of male (Fig. 1) and female (Fig. 2) tegmina
of Nemobius.

1 Mediastine Vein (Saussm-e and Brunner).

2 Humeral Vein (Saussure) = Anterior Radial Vein (Brunner).

3 Discoidal Vein (Saussure) = Posterior Radial Vein (Brunner).

4 Median Vein = False Discoidal Vein (Saussure) = Ramus of

Posterior Radial Vein (Brunner).
5 Ulnar Vein = Oblique Vein (Saussure) = Anterior Ulnar Vein

(Brunner) .

6 Anal Vein (Saussure) = Posterior Ulnar Vein (Brunner).

A Axillary Veins.

S. V Stridulating Vein.

C Cordes or Postaxillary Veins.

D. V Diagonal Vein.

F Free Veins of Lateral Field.

D.-A. R. B....Discoido-anal Root-basin.

C. V Cross- veinlets.

L. F Lateral Field.

D. F Dorsal Field (which includes Apical Area).

I. C Intermediate Channel.

T Tambourine.

A. N Anal Node, Musical Node, Node.

A. A Apical or Distal Area.

S. M Sutural Margin.

C. M Costal Margin.

Mgn. B. T... Approximate margin of Tegmina in brachypterous forms.

M Speculum or Mirror.

CC Cells formed by Cordes.

I Interior Cell of Speculum.

E Exterior Cell of Speculum.

X Cells of Apical Area.

S Stigma.

398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

caudal tibiae are uncinate; smooth, sharp, and hard. Pantel has
also discussed the peculiarities of the distal (or fourth) internal spine
of the caudal tibia in his paper, where he has also given an excellent
figure of the spines and spurs of the caudal tibia in the male and
female of Nemobius Uneolatus Brulle.

In the species having the disto-ventral spurs equal in length, the
internal dorsal and median spurs have lateral fringes of hairs on these
spurs more prominent and regular than in the other species.

Comparison with Other Genera. — When compared with the genus
to which it is most nearly related, Paranemohius Saussure, we find
that Nemobius can be easily separated by the following characters:
the lateral lobes of the pronotum are quadrate, not oblique; the
tegmina of the male are provided with a tympanum; the vertex is
slightly convex, not excavate and rostrate; the caudal tibiae are each
armed with six, not five, distal spurs. The genus of next nearest
relationship is Caconemobius Kirby, which differs in the lateral lobes
of the pronotum which are not quadrate, the organs of flight which
are absent and the cephalic tibiae which have no tympanum. From
the other more nearly related genera, Nemobius may be readily
separated by the characters found in the caudal tibiae which are
armed with long, mobile, pilose spines and in the caudal metatarsi
which are neither sulcate nor serrate dorsad.

Distribution of the Genus in North America. — The northern boundary
of the range of the genus is known to extend from Prince Edward
Island westward across Canada to Calgary, Alberta; from the latter
locality it has been found southward in the Yellowstone National
Park and the Salt Lake Valley in Utah, these localities showing its
extreme western distribution until southern Utah is reached, in which
latitude it has been taken at St. George, Utah, Las Vegas, Nev., and
the Panamint Valley in California to the Pacific coast at Los Angeles.
The genus is apparently found everywhere else in the United States
and Mexico south to the Isthmus of Panama, although the very few
records from southern Mexico, Nicaragua, and Costa .Rica may
possibly indicate that in these southern regions the genus is very
scarce. In the West Indies the genus has been taken in the Bahamas,
Cuba, and Granada.

We consider the northern distribution of the genus in the Dominion
of Canada probably limited by the spruce belt only, but so little
work has been done so far north that nothing definite can at present
be stated. No specimens have been taken in Arkansas, Oklahoma,

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399

and on the majority of the West Indian islands, but careful work
will show that the genus is well distributed in these regions with
scarcely any doubt. No material is known from Yucatan, Honduras,
Salvador and Panama, where the genus will almost certainly be
found, though very possibly in few numbers.

History. — The important references to the genus which apply to
the North American species have already been given.

Walker described the genus Argizala in 1869,^ which genus is
monotypic and was synonymized by Saussure in 1877^ under Nemo-
hius. We consider Argizala to be a valid subgenus, distinguished
from the subgenus Allonemobius by the very large size, peculiar
glossiness, much more transverse pronotum, longer spines of the
caudal tibia and ovipositor with apex armed above with serrulations.
This subgenus will probably be found to belong chiefly to the South
American fauna when the species of the present genus from that
continent have been carefully studied. Nemohius hrasiliensis, the
genotype, is the only species of this subgenus known from North
America.

The following North American species have l)een wrongly referred
to the genus Nemohius.

In 1842, De Haan in Temminck'^ recorded two species of the genus
Anaxipha as Gryllus (Nemohius) pulicarius and pumilus; this caused
Walker to refer the first of these species with a query to Nemohius
in 1869."

Scudder described Nemohius circumcinctus in 1868,'^ which name
was used by Walker,^ Thomas,^ and Saussure^*^ until 1896, when the
species was correctly synonymized as Proihacustes mexicana Saussure
by the original author of the synonym."

In 1896,^- Scudder described two species of Gryllidae as Nemohius
distinguendus and ensifer, and later in the same year^^ two more
species as Nemohius pictus and delicatus. All four of these species
unquestionably belong to the genus Miogryllus, as our examination
of the types show. Saussure in the next year^^ followed Scudder

3 Cat. Dermap. Saltat. Br. ilf ms., I, p. 60.

KMelang. Orth., II, pp. 241, 25.5, 256.

= Verhand. Natuur. Gesch. Nederl. Overz. Bezitl., Orth., p. 226.

« Cat. Dermap. Saltat. Br. Mus., I, p. 111.

' Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XII, p. 143.

« 1869. Cat. Dermap. Saltat. Br. Mus., I, p. 57.

3 1870. Am. Ent., II, p. 206.
1° 1874. Miss. Sci. Me.v., Rech. Zool., VI, p. 385.
" Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., IV, p. 99.
^^Jour. N. Y.Ent. Soc., IV, pp. 100, 101.
13 P.syche, VII, pp. 431, 433, 434.
1* Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., I, pp. 222, 224.

400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

when quoting the latter's records of distinguendus and ensifer. In
1906/5 Kirby followed Scudder in quoting pictus as a Nemohius, but
two years later Rehn and Hebard^^ correctly quoted the species for
the first time as a Miogryllus.

Kirby also gives Nemohius exiguus Say in his list/^ though that
species has long been known to belong to the genus Anaxipha.

Examination of the types shows that Nemohius alleni Morse/^
belongs to a different genus.

An exotic species has been recorded as a North American species
but once. In 1906, CaudelP^ recorded as Nemohius fasciatus from
Sapucay, Paraguay, specimens of the South American species
Nemohius rufus.

The following records cannot be determined without examination
of the material.

Theresa of Bavaria's-" record of Nemohius exiguus from Brazo de
Loba, Lower Magdalena River, Colombia, South America, and
Woodworth's-^ records of Nemohius mexicanus and neomexicanus
from California.

We have omitted Nemohius trinitatis Scudder, owing to the fact
that until additional material from Trinidad is secured little definite
can be said of this insect. The type series is in bad condition, and
we feel justified in stating only that the specimens belong to the
subgenus Eunemobius and may prove to be an insular race of Nemohius
carolinus. Though the type series are all from the South American
fauna, the specimens recorded by Brunner-- as Nemohius cuhensis
from Balthazar, Granada, have been examined and found to belong
probably to this insect.

Material Examined. — ^2,088 specimens: 890 males, 1,144 females
and 54 nymphs.

In the preparation of the present work the types of the following
species have been before us : —

{Nemohius utahensis Scudder, synonym of Nemobius fasciatus (De Geer).)
Nemohius fasciatus socius Scudder.

(Nemohius canus Scudder, synonym of Nemohius fasciatus socius Scudder.)
{Nemohius aterrimus Scudder, synonym of Nemohius fasciatus socius Scudder.)

15 Synon. Catal. Orth., II, p. 17.

^^Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1908, p. 401.

17 1906. Synon. Catal. Orth., II, p. 19.

18 1905. Psyche, XII, pp. 21, 22.

19 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 243.

20 1900. Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., XIV, p. 258.

21 1902. Univ. Cal. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull, p. 142, fig. 7a.

22 1893. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1893, p. 609.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401

{Nemobius hasiatus Saussure, synonym of Nemobius fasciatus socius Scudder.)
Ndnobius fasciaius abortivus Caudell.
Nemobius maculatus Blatchley.
Nemobius griseus E. M. Walker.
Nemobius griseus funeralis Hart.
Nemobius ambitiosus Scudder.

Nemobius brasiliensis {¥. Walker). av„ii-ov ^

{Nemobius melleus Scudder, synonym of hemobius brasihensis I . Walkei.)
Nemobius patttdi n. sp.

Ne))i(ihiiis Iirinitri n. sp. , • o \

(Ncninhuis rnlnlicus Scudder, synonym of Nemobius cubensis Saussure.)
Nemuhiiis ciiIk itsis mormonius Scudder.

{Nemobius comanchus Saussure, synonym of Nemobius cubensis mormonius
Scudder.)

Nemobius palustris Blatchley.

Nemobius palustris aurantius Rehn and Hebard.

Nemobius carolin us Scudder. c'„„rUav ^

{Nemobius angusticollis E. M. Walker, synonym of ^emoblus carolmus bcudder.J

Nemobius caroUnus brevicaudus Bruner.

Nemobius carolinus neomexicanus Scudder.

Nemobius confusus Blatchley.

A large portion of the material is located in the author's collection,
that of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia and the
Hebard Collection ex Bruner. We are deeply indebted to Mr. W. S.
Blatchley, Dr. E. M. Walker, and Mr. Charles A. Hart for the loan
of their types of the genus; to Dr. Samuel Henshaw, for the privilege
of studying all of the types and other material in the Scudder Col-
lection and to Mr. A. N. Caudell, for the opportunity of studying
the types of Nemobius in the National Museum and the loan of that
institution's entire collection of Nemobius with the exception of the
types. Mr. W. T. Davis, Messrs. Sherman and Brimley, Professor
A. P. Morse, Mr. J. Chester Bradley, Mr. Charles Schaeffer of the
Museum of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences, and Mr. Lutz
of the American Museum of Natural History, have also been very
kind and have aided us greatly in sending their collections of Nemo-
bins for examination.

Key of the North American Species of the Genus Nemobius.

A — Disto-ventral spurs of caudal tibia unequal in length. All
spines of caudal tibia (excepting in the male the proximo-
internal spine) concave below with margins of this sulcation
minutely serrulate, the disto-internal spine not specialized.
Ovipositor with ventral margin of apex unarmed.
B.— Ovipositor nearly rigidly straight; nearly as long as or longer
than the caudal femur (excepting in the geographic races
Nemobius fasciatus socius and Nemobius griseus funeralis
and in the species Nemobius panteli).

402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,.

C. — Ovipositor with dorsal margin of apex obliquely subtruncate,.

armed with teeth (Subgenus AUonemohius)..

D. — Ovipositor with dorsal margin of apex armed with not

very sharp teeth.

E. — Ovipositor distinctly longer than caudal femur (in

occasional specimens this character does not hold).

F. — Size large to small for genus. Apex of ovipositor

narrowly sublanceolate, enlarged portion longer.

Coloration rusty black to dusky brown, rather

immaculate, occiput obscurely striped

fasciatus (De Geer).
FF. — Size medium to small for the genus. Apex of
ovipositor sublanceolate, enlarged portion shorter.
Coloration very dark, occipital stripes indistin-
guishable .fasciatus abortivus Caudell.

EE. — Ovipositor as long as or shorter than caudal femur,,
(in occasional specimens this character does not

hold). Coloration as in fasciatus

fasciatus socius Scudder.

DD.— Ovipositor with dorsal margin of apex armed with very

sharp teeth.

E. — Size medium, form robust. Ovipositor as long as

caudal femur, this length constant.

F. — Ovipositor with rather heavy sublanceolate apex

armed with rather heavy teeth. Coloration dark

brown maculate with piceous, pale yellowish line

about eyes excepting on infra-ocular portion of

the gense, no other striking markings on head

maculatus Blatchley.
FF. — Ovipositor with similar but somewhat shorter apex
armed with somewhat heavier serrations. Colora-
tion dark brown, somewhat maculate with a
darker shade, head very strikingly and character-
istically marked ambitiosus Scudder.

EE. — Size somewhat smaller, form more slender. Ovipositor

extremely variable in length. (Coloration of head

below antennae strikingly piceous, occiput obscurely

striped.)

F. — Ovipositor usually much longer than caudal femur.

Coloration light to dark brown with a grayish

suffusion griseus E. M. Walker.

FF. — Ovipositor shorter than caudal femur. Coloration

very dark brown with a grayish suffusion

griseus funeralis Hart.

CC. — Ovipositor with dorsal margin of apex straight, armed with

closely spaced serrulations.

D. — Pronotum with length considerably more than half the

width. Ovipositor considerably shorter than caudal

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403

femur. Size large, form compact. Coloration very

dark brown, not iridescent

(Subgenus Brachynemobius)

panteli n. sp.

DD. — Pronotum with length approximately half the width.

Ovipositor nearly as long as caudal femur. Size very

large, form more graceful. Coloration very pale,

cream buff to tawny olive, moderately iridescent

(Subgenus Arigizala)

brasiliensis F. Walker.

BB. — Ovipositor gently curved; about two-thirds as long as caudal

femur (Subgenus Neonemobius).

C. — Ovipositor more decidedly curved, dorsal margin of apex

armed with serrations. Form robust.

D. — Size large. Ovipositor heavier and very decidedly

curved for the genus; apex armed with blunt serrations.

Coloration chestnut, decidedly marked with very dark

brown toltecus Saussure.

DD. — Size medium. Ovipositor less heav}^ and not as decidedly
curved; apex armed with very sharp serrations.
Coloration clay color, mottled and flecked with dark

brown bruneri n. sp.

CC. — Ovipositor very gently curved, dorsal margin of apex armed
with very fine serrulations. Form not so robust.
D. — Size small. Coloration not solid.

E. — Form quite slender. Coloration dark brown, very

little mottled, without occipital darker line

cubensis Saussure.

EE. — Form not as slender. Coloration usually not as dark

brown, frequently very much paler, more mottled

and with an occipital darker line

cubensis mormonius Scudder.
DD. — Size very small. Coloration solid.

E. — Coloration of head, pronotum and liml)s solid Vandyke
brown; tegmina and dorsal surface of abdomen dark

clove brown palustris Blatchley.

EE. — Coloration of head, pronotum and limbs almost uniform
ochraceous; tegmina and dorsal surface of abdomen

black palustris aurantius Rehn and Hebard.

AA. — Disto-ventral spurs of caudal tibia equal in length. Disto-
internal spine of caudal tibia specialized (in male only), all-
other spines (excepting in the male the proximal internal
spine) concave below with margins of this sulcation smooth.
Ovipositor with ventral margin of apex armed with minute,

widely spaced serrulations (Subgenus Eunemobius.)

B. — Size medium. Maxillary palpi not immaculate, rather
yellowish with tip of terminal segment darkened. Colora-
tion rather pale brown, dorsal surface of female abdomen

404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June^

with three rows of paler spots. Apex of ovipositor sub-
lanceolate, armament of same heavy.
C. — Form rather stout.

D. — Coloration dark mummy brown, spots of dorsal surface
of female abdomen moderate in size. Ovipositor more

than half as long as caudal femur carolinus Scudder.

DD. — Coloration wood brown, spots of dorsal surface of female
abdomen extremely large. Ovipositor less than half as

long as caudal femur carolinus hrevicaudus Bruner.

CC. — Form somewhat more slender. (Coloration usually con-
siderably paler than in carolinus)

carolinus neomexicanus Scudd.
BB. — Size small. Maxillary palpi immaculate bone white. Colora-
tion solid, very dark brown, dorsal surface of female abdo-
men immaculate. Apex of ovipositor lanceolate, armament
of same very heavy confusus Blatchley.

The present key is of necessity somewhat involved owing to the
difficulties found in the present genus and commented upon at the
beginning of this paper.

In some species it may be seen that certain characters, which are
of little or no value in the majority of species, are of great importance.
The color pattern of the head is distinctive in Nemobius maculatus,
ambitiosus, griseus and griseus funeralis. The coloration of the
maxillary palpi is distinctive in Nemobius carolinus and its races and
particularly so in confusus.

Certain important differences exist in the North American species
of the genus which are of sufficient value to warrant the erection of
four subgenera and the recognition of Walker's Argizala as another
subgenus. A study of all the species of Nemobius of the world would
probably show the advisability of considering some of these groups
separate genera, while many other groups not found in North America
would constitute still other genera and subgenera.

The genotype of Nemobius is Nemobius sylvestris of Europe, which
species belongs to a group differing very widely from any of those
here treated in the following combination of characters. Spines of
caudal tibia unmodified in both sexes, disto-ventral spurs of same
unequal, but not nearly as much so as in the North American species
having this character. Ovipositor longer than caudal femur, nearly
rigidly straight; apex very narrowly sublanceolate and wholly
unarmed. Color pattern of head distinctive. Nemobius sylvestris
bears a superficial resemblance to Nemobius aynbitiosus.

Examination of other exotic species shows that the genus Nemobius

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405

is divided into numerous natural groups everywhere in its distribution
as in North America.

A number of species treated in the present paper are found in both
brachypterous and macropterous forms, while others are known from
brachypterous or macropterous individuals only. These facts have
been treated under the Biological Notes for each species, as habit
and environment appear to have been chiefly instrumental in such
development. These differences are almost wholly without value as
specific characters, and, since they have been frequently so used^
have given rise to much confusion in the past literature.

Subgenus ALLONEMOBIUS n. subgen.

The subgenus includes four species and three geographic races
from North America. Type of Subgenus — Nemobius fasciatus
[Gryllus fasciatus] (De Geer) .

Suhgeneric Description. — Size large to small for the genus. Disto-
ventral spurs of caudal tibia very unequal in length. Proximo-
internal spine of caudal tibia in male specialized as described under
Morphological Notes for the genus; other spines of caudal tibia
below concave, with margins of this sulcation minutely serrulate in
both sexes, the disto-internal spine not specialized. Ovipositor long
and nearly rigidly straight; apex with margin of portion formed by
dorsal valves obliquely subtruncate and armed with teeth, the
portion formed by ventral valves unarmed.

Nemobius fasciatus (DeGeer).

1773. Gryllus fasciatus De Geer, Mem. I'Hist. Ins., Ill, p. 522, PI. 43, fig. 5.

(Original description.) [Pennsylvania.]
1775. A[cheta] hospes Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 281. (Description.)

[America.]
1791. Gryllus hospes Olivier, Encycl. Meth., VI, p. 636. (First use of name.)
1835. Acheta servilis Harris, Hitch., Kept. Geol. Mass., 2d ed., p. 576.

[Massachusetts.]
1841. Acheta vittata Harris, Ins. Inj. Veget., 1st ed., p. 123. (Description.)

"1847. ^^ Acheta vittata Fitch, Am. Jour. Agr. Sci., VI, p. 146. [New York.]"
18.54. Acheta vittata Jaeger, No. Am. Ins., 1st ed., p. 160. [Brief notes on
habits.]

1861. Nemobius viltatus Packard, Rept. Nat. Hist. Me., 1861, p. 376.
[Chamberlain Farm, Maine.]

1862. N[emobius] exiguus Scudder (not Acheta exigua Say, 1825), Bost. Jour.
Nat. Hist., VII, pp. 429, 430. [St. Louis, Missouri; Minnesota.]

1862. N[emobius] vittatus Scudder, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist., VII, p. 430.

[Massachusetts; Maine; Connecticut.]
1862. N[emobius] fasciatus Scudder, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist., VII, pp. 430, 431.

(In part.) [Massachusetts; Delphi, Indiana.]

^ A reference in quotation marks indicates in the present paper that the
author has been unable to see that paper, otherwise all of the references have
been verified.

406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

1863. Acheta vittata Rathvon, Rept. U. S. Dept. Agr., 1862, p. 380, PI.

fig. 16. [Lancaster, Pennsylvania.]
"1865. Nemobius viltatus Thomas, Trans. 111. St. Agr. Soc, V, p. 443.

[Illinois.]"
1868. Nemobius fasciatus S. I. Smith, Proc. Portl. Soc. Nat. Hist., I, p. 144.

[Norway, Maine, at light; Treats Island near Eastport, Maine.]
1868. Nemobius vittatus S. I. Smith, Proc. Portl. Soc. Nat. Hi,st., I, p. 144.

[Norway, Maine. Abundant over State.]

1868. Nemobius vittatus Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XI, pp. 308,
309. [New England. Notes on stridulation.]

1869. Nemobius fasciatus Walker, Cat. Dermap. Saltat. Br. Mus., I, p. 56.
(In part.) [North America.]

1869. Nemobius riltaius Walker, Cat. Dermap. Saltat. Br. Mus., I, p. 57, 114.
[North America; Indiana; Nova Scotia.]

1870. Nemobius viWiiu^ Riley, Am. Ent. and Bot., II, p. 373. [New Har-
mony, Indiana. Gnaws fruit.]

"1872. Nemobius vittatus Smith, Rept. Conn. Bd. Agr., 1872, pp. 353, 370."
"1872. Nemobius fasciatus Smith, Rept. Conn. Bd. Agr., 1872, pp. 354, 379."
1872. Nemobius vittatus Walker, Can. Ent., IV, p. 30. [Nova Scotia.]
1872. Nemobius vittatus Scudder, Final Rept. U. S. Geol. Surv. Nebr., p. 249.

[Banks of Platte River, Nebraska.]
1872. Nemobius vittatus Glover, Illust. N. A. Ent., PI. 3, figs. 9, 10. [Figures

of cf and 9 .]
1872. Nemobius fasciatus Glover, Illust. N. A. Ent., PI. 6, fig. 13. [Figure

of 9.]
1872. Nemobius exiguus Glover (not Acheta exigua Say, 1825), Illust. N. A.

Ent., PL 7, fig. 18. [Figure of macropterous 9 •]
1874. Nemobius vittatus Scudder, Hitch. Rept. Geol. N. H., I, pp. 364, 365,

fig. 48. [All over New Hampshire, even in White Mountain region.]
1874. Nemobius fasciatus Scudder, Hitch, Rept. Geol. N. H., I, p. 365.

(In part.) [New Hampshire; Missouri.]
1876. Nemobius vittatus Provancher, Nat. Can., VIII, pp. 60, 61. [Better

description. Quebec, Quebec. Very common everywhere in fields.]

1876. Nemobius fasciatus Provancher, Nat. Can., VIII, p. 61. [Better
description. Quebec, Quebec]

1877. Nemobius fasciatus Saussure, Melang. Orth., II, p. 243. [Notes and
measurements.]

1877. Nemobius vittatus C. E. Bessey, Bienn. Rept. Iowa Agr. Coll., VII,

p. 206. [Central Iowa.]
1877. Nemobius vittatus Packard, Am. Nat., XI, p. 422. [Experiments on

sense organs.]

1884. Nemobius vittatus Riley in Kingsley, Stand. Nat. Hist., II, p. 181.
[Common in our fields and pastures, [Eastern United States].]

1885. Nemobius vittatus Bruner, Bull. Washb. Coll., I, p. 126. [Topeka;
MacPherson and Barber Counties, Kansas.]

1886. Nemobius vittatus Caulfield, Can. Ent., XVII, p. 211. [Montreal,
Quebec. Abundant.]

1886. Nemobius fasciatus Caulfield, Can. Ent., XVII, p. 211. [Montreal,
Quebec. Not as abundant.]

1887. Nemobiiis vittatus Caulfield, Can. Rec. Sci., II, p. 393. [Toronto,
Ontario. Common.]

"1888. Nemobius fasciatus Fernald, Ann. Rept. Mass. Agr. Coll., XXX,
p. 100. [New England.]"

1889. Nemobius vittatus Davis, Ent. Am., V, p. 79. (In part.) [Staten
Island, New York.]

1890. Nemobius vittatus Crane in Smith, Cat. Ins. N. J., p. 408. [Caldwell,
New Jersey. Common.]

1890. Nemobius fasciatus Bruner in Smith, Cat. Ins. N. J., p. 408. [James-
burg, New Jersey.]

1890. Nemobius fasciatus Smith, BuU, N. J. Exp. Sta., K, p. 41. [On
cranberry bogs.]

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407

1891. Nemobius fasciatus McNeill, Psyche, VI, p. 6. [Rock Island, Illinois.
Abundant everywhere.]

1891. Nemobius vittatus Osborn, U. S. Dept. Agr., Div. Ent., BuU. 23, p. 59.
[Ames, Iowa. Completely covered the surface of the ground that year.]

1892. Nemobius vittatus Osborn, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., I, Pt. 2, p. 119.
[Ames, Iowa, and State. Very common in meadows and especially hillsides
with southern exposure.]

1892. Nemobius fasciatus Smith, Bull. X. J. Exp. Sta., XC, p. 31. [Xot

rare in New Jersey.]
1892. Nemobius vittatus Smith, Bull. X. J. Exp. Sta., XC, p. 31. [Xot

common in Xew Jersey.]

1892. Nemobius vittatus Blatchlej , Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci., 1891, pp. 135, 136.
[Enormous numbers in Indiana.]

1893. Ne)7iobius fasciatus Bruner, Publ. Xebr. Acad. Sci., Ill, p. 32.
[General and common in eastern half of Xebraska.]

1893. Nemobius vittatus Bruner, Publ. Xebr. Acad. Sci., Ill, p. 32. [About
the same range in Xebraska as fasciatus.]

1894. Nemobius fasciatus Garman, Orth. of Ky., p. 6. [Very common
everywhere in meadows and pastures in Kentucky. Brachypterous form
much more common.]

1894. Nemobius fasciatus Beutenmiiller, Bull. Am. Mus. Xat. Hist., VI,

pp. 266, 267, PI. 5, fig. 9. [Xew York, X. Y.]
1894. Nemobius fasciatus vittatus Beutenmiiller, Bull. Am. Mus. Xat. Hist.,

VI, p. 267, PI. 5, fig. 10. [Xew York, X. Y.]
1896. Nemobius fasciatus Scudder, Jour. X. Y. Ent. Soc, IV, pp. 100, 102,

103. (In part.) [Xorthern New England; Michigan; Manitoba; South
Dakota; Big Horn Mountains and Pine Cliffs (Bluffs), Wyoming; South
Bend, West Point, Sydney and Lincoln, Xebraska; Shawnee, Kansas; Vir-
ginia; Mount Graylock, Massachusetts; Decatur, Alabama.]

1896. Nemobius utahensis Scudder, .Jour. X. Y. Ent. Soc, IV, pp. 100, 103,

104. (Description.) [Spring Lake and Salt Lake VaUey, Utah.]

1896. Nemobius cubensis Scudder, Jour. X. Y. Ent. Soc, IV, p. 105. (In

part.) [Ogle County, Illinois.]
1896. Nemobius fasciatus Pantel, Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. X^'at., XXV, p. 51.

(Morphological studies.)
1896. Nemobius fasciatus Scudder, Psyche, VII, p. 432. (Xew key.)
1896. Nemobius utahensis Scudder, Psyche, VII, p. 432. (Xew key.)

1896. Nemobius fasciatus form vittatus Piers, Proc. and Trans. Xova Scotia
Inst. Sci., IX, Pt. 2, pp. 210, 211. [Windsor and Halifax, Xova Scotia.
Exceedingly abundant in fields. Xotes on appearance.]

1897. Nemobius fasciatus vittatus Zabriskie, Jour. X. Y. Microsc. Soc, XIII,
pp. 1, 5, PI. 62, fig. 14. [Construction of musical rasps.]

1897. Nemobius vittatus Blatchley, Ins. in Gen. and Orth. Ind. in Particular,
p. 23. [Indiana.]

1897. Nemobius fasciatus Blatchley, Ins. in Gen. and Orth. Ind. in Particular,
p. 23. [Indiana.]

1897. Nemobius fasciatus Harvey and Knight, Psyche, VIII, p. 77. [Jack-
man, Maine.]

1897. Nemobius fasciatus Ball, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., IV, p. 236. [Iowa, in
fields.]

1898. Nemobius fasciatus form vittatus Lugger, Orth. Minn., pp. 262, 263,
fig. 170. [Minnesota.]

1898. Nemobius fasciatus Lugger, Orth. Minn., pp. 261, 262. [Minnesota.]
1898. Nemobius fasciatus Lochhead, Ann. Rept. Ent. Soc Ont., XXVIII,

p. 42, figs. 29, 30. [Studies.]
1898. Nemobius vittatus Lochhead, Ann. Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont., XXVIII,

p. 42. [Studies.]
"1899. Nemobius fasciatus vittatus Blatchley, Gleanings, p. 227, fig. 56."
1900. Nemobius fasciatus Xeedham, Occ Mem. Chicago Ent. Soc, I, p. 24.
1900. Nemobius fasciatus Blatchley, Psyche, IX, pp. 51, 52. [Indianapolis,

Fort Wayne and other localities in northern Indiana.]

27

408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

1900. Nemobius fasciatus vittatus Blatchley, Psyche, IX, p. 52. [Indiana,
abundant everywhere.]

1900. Xemobius fasciatus Fogg, Proc. jManchester Inst. Arts and Sci., I,
p. 46. [Manchester, New Hampshu-e.]

1900. Nemobius fasciatus Scudder, Psyche, IX, p. 104. [Common every-
where in New England.]

1900. Nemobius fasciatus Smith, Ins. of New Jersey, p. 164. [Staten
Island, N. Y.; New Brunswick, N. J.]

1901. Nemobius fasciatus Pettit, Mich. St. Agr. Exp. Sta., Bull. 186, p. 39.
[Au Train Falls, Mich.]

1902. Nemobius fasciatus Slosson, Ent. News, XIII, p. 8. [Summit of Mount
Washington, N. H.]

1902. Nemobius fasciatus Fyles, 32d Ann. Kept. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1901, p. 92.
[Quebec, Quebec. Common.]

1902. Nemobius maculatus E. M. Walker Cnot of Blatchley, 1900), 32d Ann.
Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1901, p. 109. [Tobermory, Ont.]

1903. Nemobius fasciatus Caudell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, pp. 808,
809. (In part.) [Fort Collins, Colo.]

1903. Nemobius utahensis Caudell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, p. 809.
[Sedalia and Montevista, Colo.]

1903. Nemobius fasciatus Blatchley, Orth. of Indiana, pp. 420, 423. [Brach-
ypterous from Terre Haute and all Indiana; macropterous from Round
Lake in Whitley County, Indianapohs and Fort Wayne, Ind.]

1903. Nemobius canus Blatchley, Orth. of Indiana, pp. 420, 423, 424.
[Sparingly in southern Indiana; Crawford County, Ind.]

1904. Nemobius fasciatus Mead, Dept. Zool. Ent. Ohio St. Univ., No. 19,
p. 112. [Cedar Point, Ohio.]

1904. Nemobius fasciatus E. M. Walker, Can. Ent., XXXVI, pp. 182, 183.
[Niagara Falls, Point Pelee, Arner, Chatham, Sarnia, Goderich, Southamp-
ton, Bruce Peninsula, Owen Sound, Hamilton, Toronto, Lake Simcoe,
Severn River, Lake Muskoka, Algonquin Park, North Bay and Stony
Ijake in Peterboro County, Ont.]

1904. Nemobius canus E. M. Walker, Can. Ent., XXXVI, pp. 182, 184.
[Arner, Ont.]

1904. Nemobius maculatus E. M. Walker (not of Blatchley, 1900), Can. Ent.,
XXXVI, pp. 182, 185. [Tobermory, Ont.]

1904. Nemobius fasciatus Rehn, Ent. News, XV, p. 269. [Pequaming,
mainland opposite Pequaquawaming Point and Baraga County, Michigan.
Great majority brachypterous.]

1904. Nemobius fasciatus Rehn, Ent. News, XV, p. 331. [Medford and
Atsion, N. J.]

1904. Nemobius carolinus Rehn (not of Scudder, 1876), Ent. News,. XV,
p. 331. [Near West Creek and Atsion, N. J.]

1905. Nemobius fasciatus Isely, Publ. Kan. Acad. Sci., p. 248. [Hiawatha,
Atchison, Fairview, Clearwater, Sedgwick and Wichita, Kan.]

1905. Nemobius fasciatus Forbes, 111. St. Ent. 23d Rept., p. 214, figs. 225,
226. [Urbana, 111.]

1905. Nemobius fasciatus form vittatus Kellogg, Am. Ins., p. 159, fig. 225.
[Popular notes.]

1906. Nemobius fasciatus Hart, 111. St. Lab. Nat. Hist. Descr. Syn. Ins. Coll.,
II, Orth., p. 89. [Illinois.]

1906. Nemobius fasciatus vittatus Hart, lU. St. Lab. Nat. Hist. Descr. Syn.
Ins. Coll., II, Orth., p. 89. [lUinois.]

1906. Nemobius canus Hart, lU. St. Lab. Nat. Hist. Descr. Syn. Ins. Coll.,
II, Orth., p. 89. [Illinois.]

1906. Nemobius fasciatus Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1906, p. 418. ' [Mammoth Hot Springs and Old Faithful Geyser, Yellow-
stone National Park, Wyo.; Salt Lake City, Utah; St. Louis, Mo.]

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 409

1907. Nemobius fasciatus vittatus Hart, Bull. 111. St. Lab. Nat. Hist., VII,
No. VII, pp. 235, 262. [Devils Neck, Moline Sand Hill and yicmity, 111.]
' 1907.' Nemobius fa sciahis Tucker, Kan. Univ. Sci. Bull., IV, No. 2, p. 75.
[Douglas County, Kan.]

1907. Nemobius fasciatus var. vittatus Tucker, Kan. Univ. Sci. Bull., IV,
No. 2, p. 75. [Douglas County, Kan.] .

1908. Nemobius fasciatus form vittatus Washburn, Press Bull. 32, Univ.
Minn. Agr. Exp. Sta. [Eagle Bend, Minnesota. Devours eggs of Melano-
plus [bi]vittatus.]

1908. Nemobius fasciatus Paxson, Ent. News, XIX, p. 328. [Devon,
Pennsylvania. Numerous.] -■ ■ -ni -i

1909. Nemobius utahensis Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. A at. Sci. Phila.,

1909, p. 173. [Albuquerque, N. Mex.]

1909. Nemobius fasciatus E. M. Walker, Can. Ent., XLI, pp. 144, 211.
[Bear Island and elsewhere in Temagami District, Ont.]

1910. Nemobius canus AUard, Proc. Ent. Soc. W^ash., XII, p. 41. [ihomp-
son's Mills, Ga.]

1910. Nemobius fasciatus Hebard, Ent. News, XXI, p. 184. [New Haven,
Conn. Common.] -to

1910. Nemobius fasciatus Rehn in Smith, Ann. Kept. N. J. State Mus. 1909,
p. 191. [Throughout New Jersey, most common in pine barrens.]

1910 N[eynobius\ vittatus BeutenmiiUer insert in Rehn in Smith, Ann. Rept.
N. J. State Mus. 1909, p. 191. [More northern records.]

1910. N[e7nobius] canus Rehn in Smith, Ann. Rept. N. J. State Mus. 1909,

p. 192. [Sumner and Whitings, N. J.]
1910. N[emobius] macuMus Rehn in Smith (not of Blatchley, 1900), Ann.

Rept. N. J. State Mus. 1909, p. 192. [Mount Pleasant, N J.]
1910. Nemobius fasciatus var. vittatus Allard, Ent. News, XXI, pp. 352, 355.

[Oxford, Mass. Exceedingly common in fields.]

1910. Nemobius palustris Allard (not of Blatchley, 1900), Ent. News, XXI,
pp. 352, 355. [Oxford, Mass. Cold damp places beneath loaves.]

1911. Nemobius fasciatus (vittatus) Allard, Ent. News, XXII, pp. 28, 32, 33,
37. [Oxford, Mass.]

1911. Nemobius palustris Allard (not of Blatchley, 1900), Ent. News, XXII,

p. 37. [Misidentification first made in 1910.] ■ -r,. -,

1911. Nemobius fasciatus Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,

1910, pp. 645, 646. [Sulphur Springs and Mount Pisgah, N. C; Bay-
ville, Vir.]

1911 Nemobius maculatus Rehn and Hebard (not of Blatchley, 1900), Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1910, p. 647. (In part.) [Sulphur Springs, N. C.]

1911. Nemobius fasciatus Hancock, Nature Sketches, p. 302, figs. [Lake-
side, Berrien County, Mich. Attracted to hght.]

1911 N[emobius] fasciatus W^alden, Bull. 16, State Conn. State Geol. Nat.
Hist. Surv., pp. 151, 152. [Throughout Connecticut. Very common,
rarely macropterous.] , ^ . , -r^ . tvt or>i ta/t

1911. Nemobius fasciatus Sherman and Brimley, Ent. News, p. 391. [Moun-
tains of North Carolina.]

1911. Nemobius fasciatus Shull, :\Iichigan Geol. and Biol. Surv., Publ. 4,
Biol. Ser. 2, p. 229. [Huron County, Mich.]

1912. Nemobius canus Washburn, Jour. Econ. Ent., V, No. 2, p. 11 < . [Fergus

1912. Nemobius fasciatus Washburn, Jour. Econ. Ent., V, No. 2, p. 117.
[Fergus Falls, Minn.]

The present species finds its nearest relatives in .V. maculatus and
N. griseus. From macidatus, typical fasciatus may be separated by
its larger size, more uniform general coloration, striped occiput,

410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

longer and less decidedly truncate tegmina in both sexes and in the
female by the teeth of the dorsal margin of the apex of the ovipositor,
which in fasciatus are rather prominent but not very sharp, while in
maculatus these teeth are as prominent and verj' sharp. The ovi-
positor in typical fasciatus is also longer and not so rigidly straight.

From griseus the present species may be readily distinguished by
its more robust proportions in even the smallest race, A'', fasciatus
abortivus, the different general coloration, and also in characters of
the ovipositor which in griseus are much as in maculatus. In fasciatus
the lower face is never darker than the interocular portion of the
same, while in griseus the lower face is strikinglj' darker than the
other portions of the head.

Certain individuals of this plastic species approach maculatus
closely in general appearance, and those before us from Tobermory,
Ont., Mount Pleasant, N. J., and Sulphur Springs, N. C, recorded,
respectively, by E. M. Walker, Rehn, and Rehn and Hebard as
that species, do indeed bear it a close resemblance. There are
a number of other specimens in the present series likewise
differing from typical fasciatus in being small, highly colored and
more or less tawny, from numerous localities extending from New
Jersey to North Carolina. No specimens in this series, however,
have the peculiar color pattern of maculatus, nor the compact struc-
ture and tegminal outline of that species. From the form here
discussed to typical fasciatus, every gradation may be found in the
material before us.

The series of specimens from Thompson's Mills, Ga., recorded by
Allard as N. canus bear a resemblance to the aberrant individuals
discussed above, but are considerably larger and still more highly
colored as described in the color notes on the following page. These
specimens in consequence have a general fasces very different from
that of typical fasciatus.

Type: 9 ; Pennsylvania. (M. Acrelius.) [De Geer Collection.]

We here describe a female from Philadelphia, Pa., taken August
22, 1898, as this city was probably the exact locality at which the
type was captured.

Size large for the genus, form compact; head rather large, full
and rounded, about as wide as the pronotum. Maxillary palpi with
penultimate joint about half as long as terminal joint, the latter
expanding very gently distad, gently obliquely truncate. Eyes
broad-ovate, moderately protruding. Pronotum with length con-

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411

tained about one and four-tenths times in greatest (caudal) dorsal
width, narrowing slightly in the cephalic portion. Tegmina nearly
as long as the caudal femora, apex of same dorsal in position, distal
margin of dorsal field rotundato-rectangulate, longitudinal veins
rather conspicuous, cross-veinlets faint. Wings very long, twice as
long as tegmina. Supra-anal plate very short and strongly
transverse, sharply and suddenly depressed mesad, the caudal
margin almost straight but slightly produced mesad, separated
by a pronounced transverse fold from the supra-anal plate, which
plate is shield-shaped. Cerci long, evenly tapering, thickly
covered with hairs. Ovipositor very long, longer than caudal
femora, rigid, with a scarcely perceptible arcuation, apex of same
very narrowly sublanceolate enlarged with that portion formed by
the dorsal valves armed, the upper margin dentate, these teeth
regular, heavy, sharply cut, but with their immediate apices blunt.
Subgenital plate scoop-shaped, rectangulate-emarginate mesad with

Fig. 3. — Nemobius fasciatus. Ovipositor. (Greatly magnified.)

the margins broadly rounded.-^ Caudal femora with greatest
(meso-cephalic) width contained about three times in length.

A male bearing the same data as the female here described affords
the additional characters given below.

Size very slightly smaller, proportions much as in female. The
tegmina are translucent and when in repose the dorsal fields are
hemi-elliptical in outline. Subgenital plate scoop-shaped, narrowing
evenly but considerably caudad. The proximo-internal spine of the
caudal tibia specialized as described under Morphological Notes in the
generic discussion of the present paper.

The brachypterous form of the present species differs in having the
apex of the female tegmina at the humeral angle, the distal margin
of the dorsal field roundly obhque, arcuato-truncate, while the sutural
margin passes into the distal margin without angulation.

2^ In the present species the shape of the subgenital plate of the female varies
from the present type to one similar to that of maculatus.

412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Measurements {in millimeters).

Philadelphia, Pa.
Specimens here described.^^ ^*

9 cf 9 cf

Length of body 11.5 10. 9.5 10.6

Length of pronotum 2.3 2. 2.4 2.1

Caudal width of pronotum 3. 2.8 3. 3.

Length of tegmina 7.4 7. 4.1 6.1

Length of wings 15 . 14 .

Length of caudal femur 7.8 7.3 8. 7.6

Greatest width of caudal femur 2.7 2.4 2.7 2.7

Length of ovipositor 9.4 8.4

Oxford, Mass." MacNab's Id., N. S.^s

9 c? 9 cT

Length of body 8. 8. 9. 7.2

Length of pronotum 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.8

Caudal width of pronotum 2.1 2.3 2.6 2.3

Length of tegmina 3.8 4.9 3.7 4.4

Length of wings

Length of caudal femur 6. 5.7 6.6 5.7

Greatest width of caudal femur .1.9 1.8 2.1 2.

Length of ovipositor 6.8 7.

Specimens from Aweme, Man., show characters intermediate
between A^. fasciatus abortivus and A", fasciatus.

The upper dotted line includes all of the specimens of A^. fasciatus
abortivus.

The lower dotted line separates the majority of specimens of
N. fasciatus socius (on the left) from the majority of specimens of
A^. fasciatus (on the right).

The diagonal line indicates the squares in which the length of the
ovipositor is equal to that of the caudal femur.

From the table on page 413 the relative measurements of
the ovipositor and caudal femur of fasciatus and its geographic
races are shown to be of use as a character, though exceedingly
variable. Typical fasciatus has the ovipositor usually considerably

25 These specimens are examples of the largest macropterous form of the present
species, from which form the type was unquestionably described as De Geer's
figure shows.

26 These specimens are among the largest of the series of brachypterous
specimens which we have before us.

" These are among the smallest of the series of specimens which we have before
us from the New England States.

2s The specimens from Nova Scotia are typical of the species over the extreme
northeastern portion of its range.

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

413

s.

sz

^^

^6

-TS

6

62

6^

66

^&

Length ol

7- 7-^

Ov,p

7'}-

7C>

V 0"

76

8 8Z

0.

8^

56

8 6

9

9&

94^

f6

s^

^.^

t^

\

' 1

1

b

/

\ !

1

1

Si,

^^v^

k

B

r 1"

1/

1

1

S8

r\

B

BBBB

c

/

6

\

c

BH- ^A

F /

'

cz

c

\

s>.

-,,

D

^ ' 1

c;

i

T 7

i,^

■

\\

!

^6.6

Sz-r

\

k

E-H.

!

H-H-

\
1

j

z-rz

^

JK-K

F

JV G

Gj.pa

e

i

^ 7

"e

c TZ

5Z-

zz

^^

F-GH H-J-a-iL GGC'

0- 1 1 H-0. j

iNN-r

s

"^

svz-

s

n n-Hfis- iH-io

" 1

5vr

ki

litis-

H

N

NO-

o-o-

I

VXXtT;

p.Q.

HIK

1-

« 8

p

S.S.

Z

\

"■^^^

K

^

l-o-

H-0-

a

sx-

T

K-n-K

w

......

G

NO-

^8Z

UYY

\

—

\

3

56

X

\

^

88

X

\

w

9.

Y

X

w

VJ-X

\

Fig. 4.-

-Rclative length of ovipositor and caudal femur in Nemohius fasciatus
and its races. The letters indicate the following localities:

Nemobius fasciatus abortivus Caudell.

A. Calgary, Alberta.' C. Aweme, Manitoba.

B. Moose Jaw, Saskatchewan. D. Portal, North Dakota.

Nemobius fasciatus (De Geer) .

E. MacNab's Island, Xova Scotia.

F. Pequaming, Michigan.

G. Duluth, Minnesota.
H. Oxford, Massachusetts.
I. Marion, Mass.

J. Pine Bluffs, Wyoming.

K. Lincoln, Nebraska.

L. La Junta, Colorado.

M. St. Louis, Missouri.

N. Castle Rock, Pennsylvania.

O. Tinicum Island, Pa.

P. Sulphur Springs, North Carolina.

Q. Mount Pisgah, N. C.

R. Thompson's JVIills, Georgia.

Nemobius fasciatus socius Scudder.

S. Raleigh, North Carolina. Y. Brunswick, Ga.

T. Fayetteville, N. C. Z. Thomasville, Ga.

U. Dallas, Texas. a. Pablo Beach, Florida.

V. Galveston, Tex. b. Lakeland, Fla.

W. Yemassee, South Carolina. c. Tampa, Fla.
X. HomervUle, Georgia.

414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

longer than the caudal femur and seldom under seven millimeters
in length. The southern geographic race, fasciatus socius, has the
ovipositor as short as or shorter than the caudal femur with scarcely
an exception, while the northern prairie race, fasciatus abortivus, is
distinguished from fasciatus by the usually shorter and differently
shaped ovipositor and almost invariably shorter caudal femur. The
letters indicating the distribution of fasciatus socius are S to c, while
those of fasciatus abortivus are A to D.

Color Notes. — The specimens here described are typical in coloration
of the majority of specimens of the species found about Philadelphia.
General color of head and pronotum clove brown shading to very
dark mummy brown on the abdomen, limbs, and exposed portions of
the wings. Head with occiput very obscurely striped with four
longitudinal lines which are very slightly lighter than the rest of the
occiput, eyes very dark mummy brown. Maxillary palpi mummy
brown, the terminal segment darker. Tegmina of male translucent
mummy brown, in the almost transparent portions shading to burnt
umber, discoidal vein ivory white, this marking being so narrow as
to be inconspicuous; of female prouts brown, the longitudinal veins
Vandyke brown and the proximal portion of the intermediate channel
Vandyke brown. The postocular portion of the gense and ventral
margin of the lateral lobes of the pronotum are yellowish, these
ye,llowish markings very obscure. Ovipositor very dark Vandyke
brown.

A few individuals from the same region are to be found of lighter
coloration and in these the color pattern of the species is much more
pronounced. In such the dorsal portion of the head, the eyes, and
dorsum of the pronotum are prouts brown, the occipital stripes are
distinct, while the interantennal protuberance is pale burnt umber
shading to russet on the mouth parts. The last joint of the maxillary
palpi is russet in these specimens for the proximal third, shading in
the remaining portion to very dark brown. The upper portion of the
lateral lobes of the pronotum is very dark brown, while the ventral
margin of the same is prouts brown. The limbs and ventral surface
of the abdomen are russet. This russet shade is frequently found to
extend to the dorsal surface of the abdomen in such specimens of
light coloration, when this is not the case that portion of the abdomen
is clove brown.

Interesting differences in coloration of series of the present species
are found over its entire range of distribution, the more important
of which are here considered. A series of large pale individuals from

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415

Dallas, Tex., is before us, upon which Scudder based his N. canus;
these specimens belong to the race fasciatus socius, while specimens
from places in the region where fasciatus and fasciatus socius appar-
ently intergrade, Raleigh, N. C, and Crawford County, Ind., are
of the same light coloration but somewhat more slender. Specimens
oi fasciatus proper from Long Island, N. Y., and Falls Church, Va.,
are equally pale, being russet in general coloration, but none are as
robust as the individuals from Dallas, Tex. In all of these specimens
as well as in a somewhat darker but very brilliantly colored series
from Thompson's Mills, Ga., the males have the coloration of the
discoidal vein more pronounced, while the area between this and the
free veins of the lateral field is seal brown proximad and of that
coloration to the end of the tegmen between the discoidal and medi-
astine veins. It is interesting to note that in such pale specimens of
the present species as well as in those of very dark coloration the
longitudinal stripes of the occiput are absent, while these stripes
become more and more pronounced between the extremes of light
and dark coloration until in the absolute intermediates-^ they are
usually well defined.

Very dark individuals of fasciatus proper are to be found in almost
every series, but this is much more pronounced in individuals from
the more northern points of the species' distribution. In the material
before us this is very noticeable in a series from Oxford, Mass., which
are for the greater part small in size and very dark. In these speci-
mens the light portion of the lateral lobes is much reduced and ob-
scured while in the darkest specimens of the series it is absent, the
yellowish coloration of the discoidal vein is scarcely perceptible to
the naked eye. The few lighter specimens in this series, however,
have the occipital stripes more pronounced than in any other speci-
mens of the species before us.

Every conceivable intergradation between the extremes of the
species is to be found in the present series not only in coloration, but
also in size and in length of tegmina, wings, caudal femur, and ovi-
positor.

Distribution.— Typicsd fasciatus is to be found from Prince Edward
Island across the Dominion of Canada westward to the prairie region
in Manitoba, where its place is occupied by fasciatus abortivus.
South of this countrj^ that geographic race gives place again to

29 The intermediates here referred to are usually few in number, as by far the
majority of individuals of the species approach the dark extremes more or less
closely.

416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF fJune,

fasciatus proper in northern North Dakota and Montana, and true
fasciatus is to be found as far west as the Yellowstone National Park
in Wyoming, to the base of the Rockies in Colorado, and a few
specimens have been taken at Spring Lake, Utah. Its southern
limits are marked by the fall line in the southeastern United States,
and west of the Appalachians it is found as far south as Tennessee,
Arkansas, Oklahoma, and, without doubt, the Panhandle of Texas,
to Roswell and Albuquerque, N. Mex. South of this as far west as
the dry country of Texas, fasciatus is supplanted by the geographic
race, fasciatus socius.

Biological N'otes. — The present species is one of the most abundant
of the North American Gryllidse and is often found in great numbers
over the greater part of its range. It flourishes not only in grassy
uplands, but also in meadows and in the heavy grasses about marshes
and swamps. It is also frequent along the borders of woodlands
and is to be met with in open forests where the ground is somewhat
grassy. It is particularly noticeable in areas of lush grasses about
damp places in the northernmost portions of its range, where, as has
been found in almost all insect life of the north, as numerous species
disappear, those remaining and having a more northerly distribution
are found in enormous numbers. The present species does not
flourish under arid conditions, but its distribution is often extended
into the arid west in many places where river bottoms and other
watered spots afford a green vegetation well suited to this insect.

The majority of specimens seen of fasciatus are brachypterous, al-
though at times macropterous individuals appear in countless num-
bers, and are then conspicuous, particularly about the lights at night.
The writer has seen one flight which occurred in the fall of 1911 at
Chestnut Hill, Phila., when, shortly after nightfall, the ground under
the arc lights in that portion of Philadelphia swarmed with these
crickets, although usually few if any specimens are to be found at
that place attracted to light.

The song of the insect is shrill and has been described as "tiiii-
tiiii-tiiii" or " ti-ti-ti-ti-ti-ti-ti-ti " by Allard, and as "creeeeeee" or
" creee-creee-creee-creee " by Rehn and Hebard. Piers states that
"the stridulation is produced by lifting the wing covers about forty-
five degrees above the abdomen and then shuffling them together,
producing a sound resembling the word plee-e-e-e plee-e-e-e plee-e-e-e
or cree-e-e-e."

Morphological Notes. — An interesting variation in size is found in
the present species. It appears that the insect decreases in size

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 417

northward from the centre of its distribution, but that occasional
series of unusually small size are sometimes found in the central
portion of its range. These smaller series would seem at first glance
to belong to a different species, but close examination fails to disclose
valid characters of any sort, which is also true of the occasional light
colored specimens which have from time to time been referred to
canus.

Synonymy. — The synonymy of the present species is much involved
owing to the fact that it is one of the oldest recognized species of
North American Orthoptera as well as one of the most abundant and
variable over the greater portion of its range.

In 1775, Fabricius described Acheta hospes from America, this
being a synonym based on the macropterous form oi fasciatus.

Harris^°, in 1841, described the brach3^pterous form of the present
species as Acheta vittata, which name since that time has been exten-
sively used to designate the brachypterous form of the insect.

Scudder, in 1862, most unfortunately recorded macropterous
specimens of the present species as N(emobius) exiguus, confusing
Say's Acheta exigua with fasciatus, which former species belongs to
the genus Anaxipha. This mistake was repeated by Glover in 1872,
and the introduction of that name in the nomenclature of the genus
Nemohius resulted in the greatest confusion in the work of many
subsequent authors.

In 1896, Scudder described Nemohius utahensis, the type of which''''
cannot be distinguished from the brachypterous form of fasciatus,
while since that time specimens of the present species have been
referred by various authors to Nemohius utahensis, canu^-, maculatus,
■cubensis, palustris, and carolinusP

Specimens Examined}^ — 641: 273 males, 353 females, and 15
nymphs.

^° In 1835 Harris included in his list of Massachusetts insects Say's manuscript
name Acheta servilis based on the macropterous form of fasciatus, but, as there
was no accompanying description, that name falls as a nomen nudum.

^1 We here select as single type a female specimen, taken at Spring Lake, Utah,
in July, 1875, and now in the United States National Museum.

^2 See discussion of this name under the Synonymy of Nemohius fasciatus
socius.

^^ The only other name probably applicable to the present species is Nemohius
marginata of Murtfeldt, published in 1893 without description, hence a nomen
nudum.

^' The following abbreviations are used to differentiate the specimens here
recorded: Lg., large size; med., medium size; sm., small size; b., brachyp-
terous; m., macropterous; pi., pale in coloration; dk., dark in coloration; br.,
brilliantly colored; maj., majority of specimens; v., very; n., nymph.

418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,.

Bothwell, Prince Edward Island, Aug. 24, 1912, (B. Long) 1 9 [A. N. S. P.]..
Lg. b.

Souris, P. E. I., Aug. 24, 1912, (B. Long) 2 9 [A. N. S. P. and Hebard Col-
lection]. Lg. b.

St. Andrews, P. E. I., Aug. 26, 1912, (B. Long) 1 9 [A. N. S. P.]. Lg. b.

Bunbury, P. E. 1., Aug. 28, 1912, (B. Long) 1 9 [A. N. S. P.]. Lg. b.

Charlottetown, P. E. I., Sept. 1, 1912, (B. Long) 2 cf , 2 9 [A. N. S. P. and
Hebard Collection]. Med. b.

Malpeque Bay, P. E. I., Aug. 29, 1912, (B. Long) 1 cf , 1 9 [Hebard Collec-
tion]. Med. b.

Cape Aylesbury, Malpeque Bay, P. E. L, Aug. 29, 1912, (B. Long) 2 9 [A. N.
S. P.]. Med. b.

MacNab's Island, Halifax, Nova Scotia, Sept. 9, 1903, (Perrin) 1 o^, 1 9
[Hebard Collection]. Med. b.

Chateau Richer, Orit., Sept., 1894, (E. M.Walker) 1 9 [University, of Toronto].
Med. b.

De Gras.si Point, Lake Simcoe, Ontario, Aug. 21, 13, 15, 1896, 1897, 1904,
(E. M. Walker) 3 d' [University of Toronto]. Sm. high colored b., pair lg. b.
^ Isle d'Orleans, Ont., Aug. 24, 1904, (E. M. Walker) 1 cf [University of Toronto].
Sm. high colored b.

Toronto, Ont., Oct. 8, 1893, (E. M. Walker) 1 d^, 1 9 [University of Toronto].
Sm. b.

Tobermory, Ont., Aug. 24, 1901, (E. M. Walker) 1 c? 1 9 [University of
Toronto]. Sm. high colored b.

Southampton, Ont., Aug. 20, 1901, (E. M. Walker) 1 9 [Universitv of Toronto].
Sm. pi. b.

Arner, Ont., Aug. 9, 1901, (E. M. Walker) 2 9 ]University of Toronto]. Both
lg., 1 m.

Mount Washington, New Hampshire, 1 9 [Scudder Collection].

White Mountains, N. H., 1 d", 3 9 [Scudder Collection].

Franconia, N. H., 3 cf , 3 9 [Scudder Collection].

Greylock Mt., Massachusetts, Aug., 1899, (Knab) 1 d", 1 9 [U. S. N. M.].
Med. dk. b.

Boston, Mass., (Scudder) 1 cf [Scudder Collection].

South Natick, Mass., Oct. 26, 1905, (Morse) 1 d" [Blatchley Collection). Med.,
br. b.

Cape Cod, Mass., Sept., (Scudder) 1 9 [Scudder Collection].

Oxford, Mass., Oct., 1909, (AUard) 4 c?, 12 9 [U. S. N. M.]. Maj. dk., d d'
sm. 9 9 med., all b.

Marion, Mass., Aug. 30, 1905, (H.) 1 d', 6 9 . Med. somewhat pi. b.

New Haven, Connecticut, Oct., 1909, (H.) 2 d", 2 9 . dd sm. 9 9 med.,
all b.

Glenville, Conn., Aug. 11, 1910, 1 c^, 1 9 , 2 9 n. [Am. Mus. N. H.]. Med. b.

North Elba, New York, Oct., (Davis) 1 d" [Davis Collection]. Sm. b.

Black Mtn., Lake George, N. Y., Aug. 21, 22, 23, 30, 1893, (Zabriskie) 2 .^^
4 9 , 1 9 n. [Am. Mus. N. H.]. Med. and sm. dk., but rather highly colored, b.

Clyde, N. Y., (Wood) 1 9 [U. S. N. M.]. Lg. b.

Goshen, N. Y., Sept. 7, 1910, 2 d^, 3 9 [Am. Mus. N. H.]. d & sm. dk. 9 9
med., all b.

De Brue, N. Y., Sept. 14, 1910, (Davis) 1 d', 3 9 [Davis Collection], d" sm.
9 9 med., all b.

Suffern, N. Y., Sept. 17, 1910, 2 c^, 1 9 [Am. Mus. N. H.]. Med. dk. b.

Nyack, N. Y., 1886, (Zabriskie) 2 9 [Am. Mus. N. H.]. Med. b.; 1 9 [U. S.
N. M.]. Lg. b.

Mosholu, N. Y., 3 d^, 3 9 [Am. Mus. N. H.]. All med, 2 9 m.: Sept. 4, 6,
Oct. 18, 1902, 1 d^, 3 9 [Hebard Collection]. Med. b.

New York, N. Y., (Angus) 2 cT, 9 9 [Am. Mus. N. H.]. Med. and lg. b.

Montauk, Long Island, N. Y., Sept. 23, 1910, (Davis) 2 d', 1 9 [Davis Col-
lection]. 1 d med., others lg., all b.

Calverton, L. I., Sept. 29, 1910, (Davis) 1 d [Davis Collection]. Sm. b.

Yaphank, L. I., July, 1909, Sept. 5, 1910, (Davis) 1 d^, 2 9 [Davis Collection].
Lg. b.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 419 ^

Rockaway, L. I., 1 c^ [Am. Mus N. H^j. Med„m.

' Sti4n Id'^N.'V.^'Augi'S-'i'e; 1905. (Davis) 2 d^, 6 9 [Davis CoUection].

"^io^hftilinl-Feknsyly^^^^^ 13, 1906, (B. Long) 1 cT, 1 9 [A. X. S. P.].

%^'e. Jamison City, Pai, Sept. .5, 1909, (Davis) 1 cT [Davis Collection].

^^cintral, Pa., Sept. 4, 1909, (Davis) 1 9 [Davis Collection] Med. b.
Greentown, Pa., Sept. 16, 1906, (B. Long 1 9 [A. N. S. P. . Lg. b.
Shady Nook, Pa., Aug. 6-7, 1908, (Stone) 1 9 [A. N- S^P.]. Lg. b.
Scotrun, Pa. Aug. 11, 1906, (B. Long) 1 9 [A X. S. P.]. Lg. m.
Tobyhanna, Pa., Sept. 1, 1903, (H.) 1 d^. Med. b.
Stroudsburg, Pa., Sept. 1, 1903, (H.) 1 cf ■ Med b
Lehigh Gap, Pa., Oct. 5, 1903, (G. Greene) 1 9 [A. N . S. P.]^ Lg. b.
Marysville, Pa., Oct. 6, 6 c^, 8 9 [Pa. St. Dept. Zool.] Med. b.
Rociville, Pa., July 29, 1 c^ n., 1 9 n. [Pa St. Dept. ZooL]
Harrisburg, Pa., Aug. 16, 19, .30 2 ^, 2 9 [Pa. St Dept. Zool.]. Med. b.
Enola, Pa., Oct. 13, 8 cf , 5 9 [Pa St. Dept. Zool.]. Med. b.
CamphiU, Cumberland Co., Pa., Oct. 19 1 c^ [Pa. St Dept. Zool.]. Med. b.
Philadelphia, Pa., Aug. 22, 1898, (R.) 1 c^, 1 9; Aug. 1, 1901, (R.) 1 9.

^ cSnwells, Pa., Oct., 1906, (R. and H.) 2 o^ 1 9 . 1 c? sm., pair v. lg. rather

^^^Chesmut Hill, Pa., July 8, 1911, (H.) 3 c?, 3 9 . Lg. b.

Mount Airv, Pa., Sept. 18, 1903, (H.) 1 cf • Lg. m. r^ „ ,• ^

Overbrook, Pa., Sept. 8, 1912, (G. Greene) 1 c?, 1 9 [Greene Collection].

^^Pink Hill, Delaware Co., Pa., July 9, 1908, (R. and H.) 3 9 n pL
Swirthmore Pa Sept. 13, 1906, (Cresson Jr.) 1 9 A. A. S. P.). Lg. b.
CasTle Rock, Delaware Co., Pa.', Sept. 19, 1909 (R. and H.) 3 o^, 6 9 ; Sept.

9 IQT^ (G Greene) 1 d" [A. N. S. P.]. Med. b.

''CHili:CheXW,pi.,Sept.l9>08,(R^^a^^^^^^ Lg b

Tinicum Id., Pa., Oct. 20, 1901, (G. Greene) 1 c? [A. N. fe. P.]; Sept. 9, 19,

1904, 1908, (R. and H.) 12 cf, 23 9. Lg., all b. except 1 m. 9 .
Cameron Co., Pa., Oct., 190.5, (Fowler) 1 9 l^-^JJj^ ^ed. b
Diamond Valley, Huntingdon Co Pa Sept^ 10, 190.o (R.) 8 o^ 9 9^ Lg^b-
Chestnut Ridge, Westmoreland Co., Pa., (Brugger) 1 d^, 1 9 [A. N. S. P.].

^^Palisades, New Jersey, Aug. 25, (Davis) 1 c? [p^yis Collection]. V. sm. b.
Newark, N. J., Sept. 11, 1880, (Rockwood) 1 9 [U- S. N. MJ^. Lg. b.
Bear Swamp, Ramapo Hills, N. J., Oct. 8, 1909, (Davis) 1 cT [Davis Collec-

^'"sindy Hook, N. J., (Davis) 1 9 [Davis Collection] Lg b.

New Brunswick, N. J., Oct. 6, 11, 2 d^, 9 9 [Am Mus N. H.]^ Med. b.
Jamesburg, N. J., Sept. 27, (Davis) 1 9 [Davis Collection^. Sm. b
Trenton, N. J., Aug. 6, 1911, (Davis) 1 c^, 1 9 n. [Davis CoUection]. d^ sm.

^' Whifesville, N. J., Sept. 22, 1907, (R.) 1 o^, 19. Med. rather pi b.

Lakehurst, N. J., Aug. 17, 18, Sept. 3, 4, 5, 14, 15, Oct. 3 6, 12, 18, 31, 190/
(Davis) 15 d^, 5 9 [Davis Collection], c^ c^ v. sm. and br., 9 9 med. only

'"'^Medford, N. J., Sept. 7, 1902, (St^ne), 1 d^ tf Nf S- P-]- Lg- b-
Riverton N. J., Sept. 11, 1904, (G. Greene) 1 cT [A- N- S. P.]. Lg. b.
Sumner, N. J., Oct. 15, 1906, (B. Long) 1 d^, 1 9 [A. N. S. P.]. Sm. and med.

^'Atsion, N. J., Oct. 8, 1903, (H.) 2 c?, 1 9 . Med. b., 1 9 sm. br.

Stafford's Forge, N. J., Sept. 16, 1905, (H.) 3 cT, 3 9 ; Aug. 18, 26, 31, 1907,
OS 09 (R ) 3 d^, 1 9 • Rather sm. b., 2 d^ br. ^ .^ , r. l u

Near West Cr;ek,N. J., Sept. 6, 1903, (R.) 1 d^ [A. N. S. P.]. Sm. br. b.

■ 420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Ocean View, N. J., Sept. 5, 1907, Aug. 11, 1908, (Fox) 1 c^, 2 9 [A. X. S. P.].
Med. b., cf br.

Anglesea, N. J., Sept., 1 9 [Hebard Collection]. Med. dk. b.

Cape May Co., N. J., Aug., 1910, (Davis) 1 9 [Davis Collection]. Lg. b.

Mount Pleasant, N. J., Sept. 7, 1908, (Fox) 1 9 [A. N. S. P.]. Sm. br.-b.

Cold Spring, N. J., Aug. 31, 1910, (Davis) 2 9 [Davis Collection]. Lg. b.

Delaware, 1 9 [A. N. S. P.]. Lg. b.

Chestertown, Maryland, Aug. 3, 10, 13, 20, 23, 1899, 1901, 04, (Vanatta) 7 cf,
7 9 [A. N. S. P.]. 1 9 pi., all med. b.

Beltsville, Md., Sept. 26, 1911, (Davis) 1 d' [Davis CoUection]. Med. br. b-

Montgomery Co., Md., Sept. 2.5, 1911, (Davis) 1 d" [Davis Collection]. Med-
br. b.

Plummer's Island, Md., Sept. 2, Oct. 11, 1906, (Caudell) 3 cf , 2 9 [U. S. N. M.].
Pair lg. m., others b. the cf & sm. br.

Hyattsville, Md., Sept. 17, 1911, (Davis) 3 cf , 1 9 [Davis Collection]. Med.
dk. b.

Aurora, West Virginia, Aug., (Hirchman) 1 cf, 1 9 [U. S. N. M.]. Sm. br.
b., 9 pi.

Washington, D. C, 1 cf [Hebard Collection]. Sm. b.; Sept. 20, 1911, (Davis)
1 cf [Davis Collection]. Med. dk. m.; Oct. 6, 1880, 3 9 [U. S. N. M.]; Sept. 9,
Oct. 16, 1909, Nov. 8, 13, 1911, 12, (Caudell) 1 cf , 7 9 [U. S. N. M.]. Lg. med.
and sm. b.

Fairfax Co., Virginia, Sept. 21, 1911, (Davis) 3 a" [Davis Collection]. Sm.
br. b.

Falls Church, Va., Sept. 4, Oct. 9, 1906, (Caudell) 9 cf , 8 9 [U. S. N. M.].
Med. and sm. br. b.

Rosslyn, Va., Oct. 14, (Caudell) 1 cf [U. S. N. M.]. Med. br. b.

Bayville, Va., July 19, 1908 (R.) 1 9 . Lg. b.

Jefferson, North Carolina, Aug., 1907, (Sherman) 1 9 [Coll. N. C. Dept. Agr.].
Med. b.

Cranberry, N. C, Oct. 2, 1907, (Sherman) 1 9 [Coll. N. C. Dept. Agr.].
Med. b.

Grandfather Mtn., N. C, Sept. 11, 1908, (Metcalf) 3 9 [Coll. N. C. Dept.
Agr.]. Med. b.

Blowing Rock, N. C, Sept., 9, 10, 1908, (Metcalf) 3 cf , 2 9 [Coll. N. C. Dept.
Agr.]. cf cf sm., 1 br. b.; 9 9 med. b.

Black Mts., N. C, Aug. 16-31, Sept., 1900, (BeutenmuUer) 2 cf , 1 9 [Am. Mus.
N. H.]. Med. br. b.

Asheville, N. C, Sept. 24, 1904, (H.) 2 cf , 5 9 . Med. br. b.

Mt. Pisgah, N. C, Oct. 1, 1904, (H.) 5 cf , 2 9 . Med. rather br., but 1 b.

Balsam, N. C, Sept. 15-18, 1908, (Metcalf) 1 cf , 2 9 [Coll. N. C. Dept. Agr.].
Med. b.

Waynesville, N. C, Sept. 19, 1908, (Metcalf) 1 d^, 2 9 [CoU. N. C. Dept.
Agr.]. Med. b.

Atlanta, Georgia, July 29, 1910, 2 d" [Collection State of Ga.]. Med. m.

Thompson's MiUs, Ga., Oct., 1909, (AUard) 10 d^, 1 9 [U. S. N. M.]. Lg. v.
br. b.

Decatur, Alabama, (Shimek) 1 9 [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. Med. m.

Pequaming, Michigan, July 21, 28, 31, Aug. 1, 5, 8, 9, 30, 1903, 04, (H.) 8 (^,
6 9 . All sm. and dk. but one 9 pi. ; all but one pair b.

La Salle Isle, Mich., Aug., 1899, (Blatchley) 1 d', 1 9 [Blatchley Collection.]
Sm. dk. b.

Duluth, Minnesota, Aug., 1906, (Stone) 3 cf , 17 9 [A. N. S. P.]. Med., 3 cf ,
13 9 m.

Beaver Dam, Wisconsin, Aug. 28, 1906, (W. E. Snyder) 3 d" [U. S. N. M.].
Med. dk. m.

Sheridan, Indiana, Aug. 20, 1907, (Caudell) 1 9 [U. S. N. M.]. Lg. b.

Buckeye Lake, Ohio, Sept. 28, 1912, 1 d" [Ohio State Univ. Collection].

Crawford County, Ind., Aug. 30, Sept. 4, Oct. 9, 1900, 1902, (Blatchley) 2 d".
3 9 [U. S. N. M. and Blatchley Collection]. Lg. very pi. b.

Ogle County, Illinois, 1 9 [Scudder Collection].

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 421

Chicago, 111., Sept. 9, 1903, (H.) 1 d^, 1 o . Med. b.

Moline, 111., Aug. 24, 26, (McNeill) 1 o^, 1 9 [Scudder Collection].

Urbana, 111., Oct. 1, 1904, (Knab) 2 cf , 1 ? [U. S. N. M.]. All b., pair med.,
one sm.

Effingham, 111., Aug. 29, 1904, 1 d' n. [Hebard Collection]. Lg. pi.

Dalla.s County, Iowa, Aug., (Allen) 1 d^ [Scudder Collection].

St. Louis, Mis.souri, Aug. 27, Sept. 4, 1904, (Heink; H.) 4 d", 9 9 [Hebard
CoUection]. All med. b. 1 9 m.; Aug. 8, Oct. 22, 1875, 76, 5 9 [U. S. X. M.].
Lg. b.

Nashville, Tennessee, (Shimek) 6 d", 1 9 [Hebard Collection]. Med. mod.
pi. b.

Chattanooga, Tenn., (Shimek) 4 d^ [Hebard Collection]. Med. mod. pi. b.

Bismarck, North Dakota, Aug. 9, 188.5, 1 9 [Hebard Collection ex Bruner].
Med. mod. pi. b.

Billings, Montana, July 28. 1909, (R. and H.) 1 d^, 2 9 n. o^ med. dk. b.

Mammoth Hot Springs, Y. N. P., Wyoming, Aug. 5, 1904, (H.) 2 cf , 2 9
Med. dk. b.

Upper Geyser Basin, Y. N. P., Wyo., Aug. 7, 1904, (H.) 1 d", 1 9 . Med. dk. b.

Big Horn Mts., Wyo., Aug., 1894, (Bruner) 1 d' [Hebard Collection]. Med.
dk. b.

Pine Bluffs, Wyo., (Bruner) 2 d", 6 9 fHebard Collection]. Med. b.

Glen, Nebraska, Aug., 190.3, (Bruner) i d" [Hebard Collection]. Med. dk. b.

West Point, Nebr., Aug.-Oct., 1880-1901, 15 &, 21 9 [U. S. N. M., Hebard
Collection]. All med., 1 d^, 5 9 m.

North Platte, Nebr., July 28, 1910, (R. and H.) 1 d", 1 d' n., 1 9 n. d med. b.

Sidney, Nebr., 1 9 [Hebard Collection]. Med. pi. b.

Lincoln, Nebr., July 14-Sept. 3, 1889-1909, (Bruner), 4 o^, 13 9 [Hebard
Collection ex Bruner]. All med. mod. pL, 2 d^, 10 9 m.

Falls City, Nebr., Aug. 30, 1910, 1 o" [Davis Collection]. Med. dk. b.

Fairview, Kansas, Aug., 1904, (Isely) 1 d", 2 9 [U. S. N. M.]. Lg., 19 m.

Topeka, Kan., (Cragin) 1 d" [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. Lg. b.

W^ichita, Kan., July 23, 1904, (Lselv) 1 9 [U. S. N. M.]. Lg. h.

Dodge City, Kan., Sept. 13, 1909, (H.) 1 d', 2 9 . Lg. b.

Barber Co., Kan., (Cragin) 1 9 [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. Lg. b.

Ft. Collins, Colorado, Aug. 10, 1901, (Caudell) 1 d", 1 9 [U. S. N. M.]. Med. b

Boulder, Colo., Oct. 7, 20, (Cockerell) 2 9 [U. S. N. M.]. 1 large and 1 med. b.

La Junta, Colo., Sept. 11, 1909, (R. and H.) 2 9 . Med. m.

Montevista, Colo., Aug. 13, 1901, (Caudell) 1 d [U. S. N. M.]. Med. b.

Salt Lake City, Utah, Aug. 13, 1904, (H.) 1 d. Med. dk. b.

Spring Lake, Utah, July, 1875, 1 d", 2 9 , 1 d" n. Type, paratypes, N. utahensis
Sc. [U. S. N. M., Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. Med. b.

Albuquerque, New Mexico, Sept. 14, 1907, (H.) 1 9 . Med b.

Roswell, N. AL, Aug., 1902, (Cockerell) 2 9 [A. N. S. P.]. Lg. m.

Nemobius fasciatus socius Scudder.

1862. N[etnohius\ fasciatus Scudder, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist., VII p 431

(In part.) [Charleston, S. C]
1869. Nemobius fasciatus Walker, Cat. Dermap. Saltat. Br. Mus., I, p. 56

(In part.) [St. Johns Bluff, Fla.]
1874. Nemobius fasciatus Scudder, Hitch. Rept. Geol. N. H., I, p. 365.

(In part.) [Louisiana; Texas.]
1877. Nemobius socius Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XIX, p. 37.

(Original de.scription.) [Georgia.]
1894. Nemobius fasciatus Ashmead, Ins. Life, VII, p. 25. [Utica,

Miss.]
1896. Nemobius canus Scudder, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, IV, pp. 100, 103.

(Description.) [Dallas, Tex., and Texas.]
1896. Nemobius socius Scudder, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, IV, pp. 100, 103.

(In part.) [Sanford and Charlotte Harbor, Fla.; New Orleans, La.;

Gulf coast of Texas.]

422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

1896. Nemohius aterrimus Scudder, Jour. N. Y. Ent. 8oc., IV, pp. 100, 105.

(In part.) (Description of cf.) [Jacksonville, Fla.]
1896. Nemohius canus Scudder, Psyche, VII, p. 4.32. (New key.)

1896. Nemohius socius Scudder, Psyche, VII, p. 432. (New key.)

1897. Nemohius hastatus Saussure, Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., I, pp. 221, 222.
(Description.) [Mexico City at 8,190 ft.]

1903. Nemohius fasciatus Caudell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, pp. 808,
809. (In part.) [Victoria, Tex. Large numbers at light.]

1905. Nemohius maculatus Rehn and Hebard (not of Blatchley, 1900),
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 799. [Thomasville, Ga.]

1905. Nemohius socius Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904,
p. 800. [Thomasville, Ga.]

1905. Nemohius socius Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905,
p. 50. [Tampa, Fla.]

1906. Nemohius fasciatus vittatus Hart, Ent. News, XVII, p. 159. [Brazos
County, Tex.]

1906. Nemohius socius Hart, Ent. News, XVII, p. 159. [College Station,
Brazos River Bottoms and Galveston, Tex.]

1907. Nemohius socius Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907,
p. 316. [Pablo Beach, Gainesville, Bronson and Cedar Keys, Fla.]

1908. [Nemohius] fasciatus Brimley, Ent. News, XIX, p. 21. [Raleigh,
N. C. Open fields.]

1908. [Nemohius] canus Brimley, Ent. News, XIX, p. 21. [Raleigh, N. C.
Pine woods.]

1909. Nemohius fasciatus Tucker, Ent. News, XX, p. 297. [Piano, Tex.]
1911. Nemohius fasciatus socius Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

PhUa., 1910, p. 596. [Bainbridge, Ga.]
1911. Nemohius fasciatus socius Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Phila., 1910, p. 647. [Raleigh and New Berne, N. C]
1911. Nemohius canus Sherman and Brimley, Ent. News, XXII, p. 391.

[Raleigh, N. C]

1911. Nemohius fasciatus socius Sherman and Brimlev, Ent. News, XXII,
p. 391. [Raleigh, N. C]

1912. Nemohius fasciatus socius Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1912, p. 273. [Miami, Fla.]

This geographic race can be distinguished from typical fasciatus
solely by the proportions of the caudal femur and ovipositor; over its
entire range there is an increase in the robustness of the caudal femur
and in the female a decrease in the length of the ovipositor, which, when
compared in length with the caudal femur, is found to be as short as
or shorter than that member. So few exceptions are to be found to
this that, in spite of the close affinity of these southern individuals
to fasciatus in all other respects, they should certainly be considered
to belong to a definite geographic race.

Type: 9 ; Georgia. [Scudder Collection.]

Description of Type. — Agrees perfectly with typical fasciatus,
except that the caudal femora are proportionately longer and heavier
and the ovipositor shorter, in consequence the length of the caudal
femur is equal to that of the ovipositor.

Males from the same State as the type do not differ from males of
fasciatus except in their more robust caudal femora, and so great is
the size variation in the species that, with no other than this differen-

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

423

tial character, scattered males unaccompanied by females of this
southern geographic race are scarcely separable from those of true

fasciatus.

Measurements {in millimeters) .

Thomasville, Ga.
Average of a typical series.

Length of body 9 . 1 (8 . -10 . )

Length of pronotum 1.8 (1.7- 2. )

Caudal width of pronotum 2.5 (2.1- 2.7)

Length of tegmen 5.1 (4.2- 6.1)

Length of wing

Length of caudal femur 6.5 (5.8- 7. )

Greatest width of caudal femur 2.4 (2. - 2.7)

Length of ovipositor

Thomasville, Ga,
Average of a typical series,

9 9

9.6 (9.3-10. )
2.1 (1.9- 2.3)

2.7 (2.3- 3. )
4.6 (3.9- 6. )

7.3 (7. - 7.8)
2.6 (2.3- 2.9)

6.4 (5.2- 7.1)

Georgia.
s. Type.

Length of body : 9 . 5 ( 8 . 8-10 ,

Length of pronotum. 1.9 ( 1.8- 2 .

Caudal width of pro-
notum 2.6 ( 2.1- 3.

Length of tegmen 6.2 ( 5.8- 6.7)

Length of wing 13.8(12.8-15. ) 13.6(13.4-14. )

9 9

9.7 ( 9.1-10. )
1.9 ( 1.8- 2. )

2.8 ( 2.4- 3.1)
6.3 ( 5.9- 6.9)

9
9.5

Length of caudal femur
Greatest width of cau-
dal femur

Length of ovipositor

6.6 ( 6.3-
2.2 ( 2.1-

7. ) 7. ( 6.9- 7.2)

2.4)

2.5 ( 2.1- 2.7)
. 6.5 ( 6. - 6.8)

Dallas, Texas.^^

6.25

Length of body 9 . 8

Length of pronotum 2 . 2

Caudal width of prono-
tum 3.4

Length of tegmen 6 . 6

Length of wing

Length of caudal femur

Greatest width of caudal

femur

Length of ovipositor

9.8
2.

2.7

5.6

7 .
2.7

10.9
1.9

3.

6.4

14.8

7.3

2.6

9
10.
2.6

3.1
3.9

8^6

3.1
8.3

9
10.2
2.4

2.9

4.8
...^...^

2.8

7.8

^= The brachypterous individuals from this locality are part of the type series
of Scudder's Nemobius canus, while the macropterous specimen bears Scudder's
label "N. socius."

424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Bronson, Bainbridge, Raleigh, Mexico City,
Fla. Ga. N. C. Mex.

cf 9 d' 9 9

Length of body 11.1 12. 7.9 7.6 7.7

Length of pronotum 2. 2.4 1.7 1.8 1.6

Caudal width of prono-
tum 2.9 3.5 2.4 2.4 2.1

Length of tegmen 6.8 8.4 4.8 4.2 2.6

Length of wing 14.7 17.6

Length of caudal femur 7.9 8.9 6.3 6. 5.2

Greatest width of caudal

femur 2.6 2.7 2. 2. 2.1

Length of ovipositor 8.9 5.4 5.2

The series from Thomasville, Ga., is typical oi fasciatus socius and
shows the considerable variabihty in size found in a series of this
geographic race from a single locaht}^ The specimens from Dallas,
Tex., average larger than any series before us from east of the Appala-
chians, but the male specimen from Bronson, Fla., and the female
from Bainbridge, Ga., show that the largest individuals from the east
considerably exceed in size those from Dallas, Tex. The majority
of specimens before us from Raleigh, N. C, are of average size, but
the series contains some of the smallest specimens of fasciatus socius
before us, and the measurements of these are given above to show that
extreme of the race.

Color Notes. — Specimens from the south Atlantic and Gulf coasts
which were taken in damp or marshy situations are without exception
very dark brown in coloration. Those from the undergrowth of the
pine woods in the south Atlantic States are frequently cinnamon or
russet in general coloration, while some of the males taken under such
conditions have the markings of typical fasciatus very conspicuous.
Individuals taken at various places in the semi-dry interior of Texas
are quite as pale as these, but are not so tawny and the males do not
have the darker markings so well defined and conspicuous. As in
fasciatus, the occipital bars are absent in all very light or very dark
specimens while most conspicuous in those which are slightly lighter
than the average.

Distribution. — This geographic race is found over the southeastern
United States, the northern limit of distribution being defined by the
fall line. West of the Appalachians it is found from the Gulf of
Mexico northward to Tennessee, Arkansas, and Oklahoma. These
northern limits marking the line of intergradation into typical
fasciatus. The most western localities at which fasciatus socius has

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 425

been taken are Victoria, Sarita, and Brownsville, Tex., and Mexico
City.

Biological Notes. — Though often found in large numbers, this
geographic race is seldom met with in the myriads in which true
fasciatus is so frequently found. In southern Georgia and along the
Gulf coast the insect is to be found adult at all seasons except during
the coldest portions of January, February, and ]March, while in
southern Florida it is found mature throughout the entire year.

The series before us indicates that more macropterous individuals
are met with in this geographic race than in typical fasciatus.

Morphological Notes. — The variability of the present species is
nowhere more striking than in series of fasciatus socius from various
localities. Very light individuals are to be found and others with
heads or tegmina of unusual size and shape. The specimens from
Dallas, Tex., upon which Scudder based N. canus, are very pale,
though but little tinged with russet, and have abnormally large
heads. There are many specimens before us which show the un-
questionable intergradation from the various series to typical /ascmhis
socius and also from one series to the other.

Synonymy. — In 1896 Scudder described Nemohius canus from a
series of six males and ten females of which we here select a male
from Dallas, Tex. (Boll.) [Scudder Collection], as the type. We
unhesitatingly place this species in the synonymy under fasciatiis
socius, from which geographic race it can in no way be separated ; the
specimens upon which it was based, including the type here selected,
are large and rather pale individuals of fasciatus socius. In his
original description Scudder states that it is possibly only a geographic
race of fasciatus, remarkable for its cinereous aspect and the striped
appearance of the female tegmina. The series before us show that
the cinereous aspect is found in pale specimens of both fasciatus and
fasciatus socius in varying degrees over their entire range, and the
different appearance of the tegmina is solely due to the fact that in
light specimens of the present species the dark markings are often
conspicuous.

In the same paper in which Scudder described A^ canus, he also
described N . aterrimus. This is a most unfortunate result of careless-
ness, for the unique male, which we here select as the type of aterri-
mus, is a medium-sized, dark, brachypterous specimen of fasciatus
socius, while the unique female belongs to N. cuhensis. A thoroughly
brief and unsatisfactory description based on two specimens of dif-
ferent species can hardly have been expected to do other than mislead
when opportunity was lacking to examine the types.

426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [JuHG,

Saussure, in 1897, described Nemohius hastatus, basing that species
on a single female from Mexico City.^^ Careful examination of this
tjTJe proves it to be a synonym of the present geographic race of
fasciatus. The specimen is of exceptionally small size, but Saussure's
error was caused by his misconception of De Geer's fasciatus in the
same paper, for the specimens which he there regards as that species
belong in fact to the very different hrasilieyisis of Walker, and conse-
quently he looked upon the specimen under consideration as new.

Specimens Examined. — 274: 108 males, 157 females, and 9 nymphs.

Raleigh, North Carolina,^^ July 8 to Dec. 7, 1904-08, (Sherman, Brimley,
Wolgum, Bentley) 20 cf, 41 9 [N. C. Dept. Agr., U. S. N. M., Hebard Col-
lection]. Nos. sm., maj. med., few Ig., many pi. med.; 1 cf Ig., 4 9 , m.

New Berne, N. C, July 24, 1908, (R.) 1 d'. Med. b.

Fayetteville, N. C, Sept. 9, 1911, (R. and H.) 6 cT, 9 9 . Med., 3 cf , 4 9 pL;
aUb.

Hamlet, N. C, late Oct., 1906, (Sherman) 3 cf , 5 9 [N. C. Dept. Agr.]. Med.
and Ig. b.

Lake Waccamaw, N. C, Sept. 8, 1911, (R. and H.) 1 d^, 2 9 . Med. b.

Wilmington, N. C, Sept. 8, 1911, (R. and H.) 1 cf , 1 9 • Med. dk. b.

Winter Park, N. C, Sept. 7, 1911, (R. and H.) 1 cf , 4 9 . c^ and 2 9 dk.;
all med. b.

Southport, N. C, Oct., 1906, (Sherman) 1 9 [N. C. Dept. Agr.]. Med. b.

Smith Id., N. C, Oct., 1906, (Sherman) 1 d" [N. C. Dept. Agr.]. V. sm. b.

N. end Sullivan Id., South Carolina, Sept. 5, 1911, (R. and H.) 1 d. Med. b.

Yemassee, S. C, Sept. 4, 1911, (R. and H.) 6 d', 6 9,1 9 n. AU Ig.; 1 9 m.

Tybee Id., Ga., Sept. 2, 1911, (H.) 1 d. Med. dk. b.

Brunswick, Ga., Aug. 30, 1911, (H.) 1 c^, 3 9 . Lg. b.

Cumberland, Id., Ga., Aug. 31, 1911, (R. and H.) 1 9 . V. Ig. m.

Billy's Id., Okefenokee Swamp, Ga., July, 1912, (Bradley) 1 9 [Cornell Univ.
Collection]. Lg. b.

Homerville, Ga., Aug. 27, 1911, (R. and H.) 4 c^, 8 9 . Lg. b.

Thomasville, Ga., May 21 to Dec. 11, 1903, (H; for H.) 6 d, 18 9 [Hebard
CoUection]. Med.; some pi.; 1 c^ ; 10 9 m.: Mar. 18, 21, 1904, (H.) 4 n.

Bainbridge, Ga., July 15-27, 1909, Sept. 2-7, 1910, (Bradley) 1 cf , 4 9 [Col-
lection State of Ga.]. Pair med., others v. large; all m.

Georgia, 1 9 Type. [Scudder Collection]. Med. b.

Atlantic Beach, Florida, Aug. 24, 1911, (R. and H.) 2 cf , 1 9 . Lg. b.

Pablo Beach, Fla., Aug. 11, 12, 1905, (R. and H.) 2 cT, 4 9 . Lg.; 2 9 m,

Jacksonville, Fla., (Slosson) 1 cf [Scudder Collection] ; (Pridday) 1 cf. Type,
A'', aterrimus Sc. [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. Med. dk. b.

Gamesville, Fla., Aug. IS, 1905, (R. and H.) 1 9 . Lg. b.

Bronson, Fla., Aug. 16, 1905, (R. and H.) 1 d^. Lg. m.
. Cedar Key, Fla., Aug. 17, 1905, (R. and H.) 1 d^, 1 9 . Med. b.

Sanford, Fla., 1 d [Scudder Collection].

Orlando, Fla., Nov. 15, 1901, (Polk) 1 9 [U. S. N. M.]. Sm. dk. b.

Lakeland. Fla., Nov. 8, 1911, (Davis) 5 d', 2 9 [Davis Collection and U. S.
N. M.]. Med. b., 1 d m.

Tampa, Fla., Jan. 16, 1904, (H.) 1 9,1 9 n. Sm. b.; 1 c?, 2 9 [Collection
State of Ga.]. Med. dk. m.

'^ This locality is wronglj'^ given with the original description in the Biologia
as Ciudad in Durango.

3' This large series is of particular interest owing to the great amount of varia-
tion shown not only in size, but also in color. As the locaUty would suggest, the
present series contains many intermediates between fasciatus and fasciatus socius.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427

Sarasota, Fla., Jan. 29, Mar. 1, 1911, (Blatchley) 1 d", 2 9 [Blatchley Collec-
tion]. Med. b.

Charlotte Harbor, Fla., 1 9 [Scudder Collection].

Fort Myers, Fla., Mar. 12, 1911, (Blatchley) 1 d^ [Blatchlev Collection].
Med. b.

Miami, Fla., Mar. 28, 1910, (H.) 1 cf . Med. dk. m.

Homestead, Fla., July 10, 12, 1912, (R. and H.) 1 cf . Sm. dk. b.

New Orleans, Louisiana, Nov.-Dec, 1882, (Shufeldt) 1 cf [U. S. N. M.].
Med. b.

De Kalb, Texas, Sept. 1, 1904, (C. R. Jones) 1 cf [U. S. N. M.]. Med. pi. m.

Dallas, Tex., (Boll) 5 o", 7 9 , 2 — n.^s [Scudder Collection, Hebard Collection
ex Bruner, U. S. N. M.]. Med. and Ig., pi.; 1 d" m.

College Station, Tex., Dec. 27-29, 1905, (Hart) 5 d', 2 9 [111. State Lab. Nat.
Hi.st.] Med. b.

Beaumont, Tex., July 23, 1912, (H.) 10 d', 8 9. Med., 5 d', 4 9 m. (at
light).

Columbus, Tex., June 10, 1879, 1 9 [U. S. N. M.]. Med. pi. b.

Galveston, Tex., July 19-21, 1912, (H.) 9 cf , 7 9 ; Jan. 3, 1906, (Hart) 1 9
[111. State Lab. Nat. Hist.]. Med. b.

Virginia Point, Tex., July 21, 1912, (H.) 1 d^. Med. b.

Webster, Tex., Julv 19, 1912, (H.) 1 9 . Med. b.

Rosenberg, Tex., July 25-26, 1912, (H.) 19. Lg. b.

Victoria, Tex.. June, 1902, (Caudell) 1 c?, 2 9 [U. S. N. M.]. Med. pi. m.

Sarita, Tex., Dec. 5, 1911, (Hart) 1 9 [111. State Lab. Nat. HLst.]. Lg. dk. b.

Brownsville, Tex., Julv 31-Aug. 5. 1912, (H.) 1 9 n.; (Townsend) 1 o". Med. m.

Mexico City, Mexico, 8,190 feet, (Forrer) 1 9 . Type, N. hastatus Sauss. [Br.
Mus.]. V. sm. dk. b.

Nemobias fasciatus abortivus Caudell.

1904. Nemobius fasciatus var. abortivus Caudell, Can. Ent., XXXVI, p. 248.
(Original description.) [Moose Jaw, Saskatchewan.]

1906. Nemobius fasciatus var. abortivus E. M. Walker, Can. Ent., XXXVIII,
p. 59. [Common everywhere on prairies, Manitoba, Assiniboia (Sas-
katchewan), Alberta.]

1908. Nemobius fasciatus abortivus Caudell. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXIV,
p. 81. [Calgary, Medicine Hat, Moose Jaw, Canada; Portal, N. Dak.]

1910. Nemobius fasciatus abortivus E. M. Walker, Can. Ent., XLII, p. 355.
[Aweme, Elkhorn, Manitoba; Yellow Grass, Moosomin, Vonda, Sas-
katchewan.]

1911. Nemobius fasciatus form abortivus Rehn and Hebard, Ent. News,
XXII, p. 10. [Aweme, Manitoba.]

1911. Nemobius fasciatus abortivus E. M. Walker, Can. Ent., XLIII, p. 304.
[Ft. William, Ont.]

1912. Nemobius fasciatus abortivus Caudell and Hebai'd, Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 1912, p. 168. (Single type fixation.)

Individuals of the present geographic race of N. fas&iatus are found
to differ from typical specimens of the species in their much smaller
size, very dark coloration, extreme abbreviation of the tegmina, and,
in the female, by differences in the ovipositor, the apex of which is
fully as much enlarged but for a less di.stance than in fasciatus, being
more obliquely subtruncate, and is provided with more pronounced
teeth.

38 All belong to the type series of the synonymous Neynobius cayius Scudder,
1th the exception of the macropterous specimen, which is labelled .V. socius by

with the exception of the macropterous
Scudder.

428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADExMY OF [June,

Though resembhng N. maculatus closely in size and somewhat in
form, individuals of this race may be separated by the absence of light
markings on the head, immaculate and dark coloration, less sharply
truncate tegmina in both sexes, more shiny appearance in the males,
and different apex of the ovipositor in the females.

Type: cf ;- Moose Jaw, Saskatchewan. In grass along borders of
draw on prairie. August 24, 1903. (Caudell) [U. S. N. M. Collection.]

Description of Type. — Size smallest of the races of fasciatus,
similar to A'', maculatus in size, but form not quite so robust. Head,
eyes, and pronotum as in fasciatus. Tegmina not as long as the caudal
femur, translucent and rather abruptly rounded distad, though not as
sharply truncate as in typical maculatus. Wings absent. Abdominal
appendages and first proximal internal spine of caudal tibiae as in
fasciatus. Limbs as in fasciatus.

Allotypic 9 , here selected, bears the same data as the type.

Description of Allotype. — Size larger, but proportions much as in
the type. Tegmina much shorter than the caudal femur, broadly
rounded distad, though not as much so as in typical maculatus,
longitudinal veins rather conspicuous, cross veinlets faint. Wings
absent. Ovipositor long, longer than caudal femur, rigid, with a
scarcely perceptible arcuation, apex of same sublanceolate, enlarged
for a shorter distance than in fasciatus and more obliquely subtrun-
cate than in that species, with that portion formed by the dorsal
valves armed, the upper margin dentate, these teeth rather irregular,
heavy, and sharply cut.

Fig. 5. — Xcmobius fasciatus ahortivus. Ovipositor. (Greatly magnified.)

Measurements {in millimeters) .

Allotype. Type. Average of paratypic series.

9 c^ 9 9 d'd'

Length of body 9. 7.4 8.2(7.3-9.) 7.3(6.7-8.)

Length of tegmina 3.5 4.8 3 . 6 (3 . 1-4 . 6) 4 . 9 (4 . 3-5 . 8)

Length of caudal femur .5.4 5.1 5 . 8 (5 . 4-6 . 2) 5 . 2 (4 . 9-5 . 5)
Greatest width of caudal

femur 1.8 1.7 1.9(1.8-2.1) 1.8(1.7-1.9)

Length of ovipositor 6.2 6.8(6.2-7.4)

The above measurements show that when compared with the
smallest individuals of fasciatus, the length of the caudal femur of

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 429

this race averages considerably less, while the length of the ovipositor
is also less in the majority of cases.

The small dark form of fasciatus fomid in eastern Ontario and
Michigan, of which Walker speaks,^^ is, as he has stated, but a
degenerate and does not, as Caudell has supposed,^"^ belong to the
present geographic race. From this it may be separated by the
general coloration, which although dark, is not as nearly black as in
fasciatus abortivus, and the ovipositor which is exactly as in fasciatus.
Intermediates between such individuals and fasciatus abortivus will
undoubtedly be found frequently in the area of intergradation be-
tween fasciatus and the present geographic race. The individuals
from Aweme, Man., before us, do not show the characters which
define the geographic race as distinctly as do the specimens from the
type locality, all of the other specimens here treated are typical.

Color Notes. — The males of the present geographic race appear to
be shiny black to the naked eye, but under a Zeiss binocular are
found to lie shiny dark clove brown in general coloration. The
maxillary palpi are darker than in typical fasciatus. The yellow
line of the discoidal vein of the males is extremely narrow, and the
yellowish markings of the postocular portion of the genae and
ventral margin of the lateral lobes are absent or very greatly reduced
and obscured in both sexes. The tegmina of the females have the
dorsal field sepia in general color with the longitudinal veins tinged
with tawny and the median vein distinctly outlined in clove brown,
which is also the color of the entire lateral field with the exception
of the intermediate channel which is of the same color as the dorsal
field. Several of the females of fasciatus abortivus before us have a
general coloration which is somewhat less dark, and in these specimens
the dorsal surface of the insect approaches sepia with a faint tawny
cast and in one or two individuals the pale stripes of the occiput are
faintly indicated.

Distribution. — This geographic race is found over the prairie region
of Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and Alberta in the Dominion of Canada,
and in the adjacent portions of the United States. It has also been
taken as far east as Fort William, in extreme western Ontario.

Biological Notes. — Caudell has found this race plentiful in the grass
along the borders of a draw on the prairie at IMoose Jaw, Sask.,
while Walker states that it is common everywhere on the
prairies of Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and Alberta. The latter author

39 Can. Ent., XXXVI, p. 184.
" Can. Ent., XXXVI, p. 248.

430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [JunC,

when at Fort William, Ont., noted that its song differed from that
oifasciatus and described it as " a low continuous trill. " No macrop-
terous specimens have been taken.

Specimens Examined. — 48: 19 males, 29 females.

Aweme, Manitoba, Aug. 8, 24, 25, 30, Sept. 22, Oct. 5, 6, 1904-09, (Criddle)
4 cf , 7 9 [Hebard, University of Toronto, and A. N. S. P. Collection].

Portal, North Dakota, Aug. 25, 26, 1906, (Caudell) 1 cf , 1 9 [U. S. N. M.].

Moose Jaw, Saskatchewan, Aug. 24, 1903, (Caudell) 9 cf, 14 9, Type, allo-
type, paratypes; August, 1906, (Caudell) 4 c?, 4 9 [U. S. N. M., Blatchley and
Hebard Collection].

Medicine Hat, Alberta, August, 1906, (Caudell) 2 9 [U. S. N. M.].

Calgary, Alta., August, 1906, (Caudell) 1 cf , 1 9 [U. S. N. M.].

Nemobius maculatus Blatchley.

1900. Nemobius maculatus Blatchley, Psyche, IX, pp. 52, 53. (Original

description.) [Marion and Vigo Counties, Ind. In small numbers.]
1903. Nemobius maculatus Blatchley, Orth. of Indiana, pp. 420, 424, 425.

[Marion and Vigo Counties, Ind. Low open woods, near and under logs.]

1903. Nemobius confusus Blatchley, Orth. of Indiana, pp. 421, 428, 429.
(In part.) (Description of cf ■) [Tippecanoe Lake, Kosciusko County,
Ind. Low damp woods.]

1904. Nemobius maculatus Mead, Dept. Zool. Ent. Ohio State Univ., No. 19,
pp. 110, 112. [Franklin County, O.]

1906. Nemobius maculatus Hart, 111. State Lab. Nat. Hist., Descr. Syn.

Ins. Coll., II, Orth., p. 89. [Illinois. About logs and dead wood in sparse

woods and near streams.]
1908. [Nemobius] maculatus Brimley, Ent. News, XIX, p. 21. [Raleigh,

N. C. Mixed woods.]
1911. Nemobius maculatus Sherman and Brimley, Ent. News, XXII, p. 391.

[Raleigh and Jefferson, N. C]

The long straight ovipositor of the present species having the dorsal
margin of its apex obliquely subtruncate and armed with teeth
places it at once in the first of the North American subgenera,
Allonemobius, of which fasciatus is the type.

From typical N. fasciatus it is possible to distinguish maculatus by
its smaller size and more compact structure, the different markings
on the head and maxillary palpi and more mottled general color
pattern, the short tegmina which are more quadrate in the male and
more nearly squarely truncate in the female, and the shorter more
rigid ovipositor which is armed with very sharp teeth.

From N. griseus it may be distinguished by all the characters
which separate that species from all other species of the subgenus.

A general superficial resemblance to N. amhitiosus is noticeable,
but examination at once reveals the many differential characters of
that aberrant species.

Described from one male and nine females from two localities.

Single type here designated: 9 ; Marion County, Indiana, in low
open woods. October 6, 1895. (Blatchley.) [Blatchley Collection.]

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

431

We here describe a female paratype bearing the same data as the
type, excepting the date, which is September 10, 1895, in the United
States National Museum.

Size medium for the genus, form robust; head rather large, full
and rounded, about as wide as the pronotum. Maxillary palpi of
much the same form as in fasciatus, but with
joints not quite as much produced as in that
species. Eyes broad-ovate, moderately pro-
truding. Pronotum, when compared with
that of fasciatus, slightly less transverse,
narrowing very slightly cephalad. Tegmina
not half as long as caudal femur, apex at
humeral angle broadly but distinctly obtuse-
angulate, sutural margin passes into distal
margin with a distinct angulation, longi-
tudinal veins rather conspicuous, cross-
veinlets very weak. Wings absent. Supra-
anal plate and cerci as in fasciatus. Ovi-
positor long, equal to the caudal femur in
length, rigid, almost straight, apex similar
to that of fasciatus, but armed Avith very
sharp teeth.*^ Subgenital plate scoop-
shaped, caudal margin arcuato-truncate, briefly cleft mesad.'*^
Caudal femora slightly more robust than in fasciatus.

Fig. 6. — Nemobins macu-
lalus. Dorsal view of
female here described.
(X3.)

Fig. 7,

Fig. 8.

Figs. 7, 8. — Nemobius maculatus. Ovipositor; normal (Fig. 7) and distorted
(Fig. 8). (Greatly magnified.)

A topotypic male taken October 16, 1904, by Blatchley, and in the
Blatchley Collection, affords the additional data given below.

*i The series of specimens before us show that, when the ovipositor has received
usage, these teeth become blunt, and in some cases have been worn down until
their bases alone remain.

^ The degree of truncation and division of the subgenital plate is variable in
this species as well as in fasciatus.

432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Size slightly smaller, proportions much as in the female. The
tegmina are translucent, and when in repose the dorsal fields are
quadrate in outline, with the caudal margin broadly arcuato-truncate.
Subgenital plate as in fasciatus. Proximo-internal spine of caudal
tibia as described under Morphological Notes in the generic discussion
of the present paper.

Measurements (in millimeters) .

Marion County, Ind.

Paratype. Average of series.

9 cf cf 9 9

Length of body 8.3 7 . 3 (6 . 5-8 . 4) 8.3(7.7-9. )

Length of pronotum 1.9 1.8 2. (1.9-2.2)

Caudal width of pronotum 2.7 2 . 5 (2 . 3-2 . 7) 2.7(2.4-2.8)

Length of tegmen 2.7 3.8 2 . 9 (2 . 5-3 . 1)

Length of caudal femur 6.1 5.6(5.2-5.9) 6 . 5 (6 . 1-6 . 8)

Greatest width of caudal femur 2.3 2 . 2 . 4 (2 . 2-2 . 6)

Length of ovipositor 6 6.4 (5.9-6.8)

Cabin John Run, Chestnut Hill,

Md. Pa.

Average of series.

d' & 9 9 cf 9

Length of bodv 7.5(7.-8.) 8.4(7.6-9.1) 8.2 9.

Length of pronotum 1.8(1.7-1.9) 1.9(1.8-2.1) 1.9 2.

Caudal width of prono-
tum 2 . 5 (2 . 4-2 . 7) 2 . 5 (2 . 4-2 . 7) 2.4 2.6

Length of tegmen 3.8(3.5-4.) 2.5(2.-3.1) 4.3 3.2

Length of caudal femur... 5 . 8 (5 . 6-6 . ) 6 . (5.4-6.4) 5.7 6.1

Greatest width of caudal

femur 2.1(2.-2.2) 2.2(2.-2.6) 2.1 2.1

Leng-th of ovipositor 6. (5.-6.8) 5.8

As in other characters, there is very much less variation in the
size and proportions of the present species than in fasciatus. In the
entire series before us there are no specimens noticeably larger or
smaller than those whose measurements are given above.

Color Notes. — The specimens here described are typical in colora-
tion of the great majority of specimens of the species before us.
General color bistre with a tawny suffusion, the dorsum of the
pronotum dotted, and the caudal limbs mottled with darker brown.
Head with a narrow pale yellowish line about the eyes except on the
infra-ocular portion of the gense, a medio-longitudinal line of the
same color faintly indicated on the occiput. Maxillary palpi, of
male with proximal portion of penultimate segment pale, of female
with penultimate segment and proximal portion of terminal segment

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 433

russet."*^ Lateral lobes of pronotum broadly barred with clove
brown, the immediate ventral margin of the general coloration of the
insect. Tegmina with dorsal field of male translucent bistre, with
discoidal vein narrowly outlined in ivory white; dorsal field of female
bistre with a tawny suffusion, the median vein pale yellowish; lateral
field in both sexes clove brown. Ovipositor very dark Vandyke
brown.

As has been noted, the males are usually darker than the females
and in consequence have the abdomen wholly clove brown, while
in the females this portion of the body is usually bistre, more or less
suffused with tawny. In a few of the specimens of darkest coloration
the light markings on the head are, as would be expected, considerably
obscured.

Distribution. — The present species is distributed over the Upper
Austral Zone of the eastern United States and has been taken from
Flatbush, L. I., N. Y., southward through New Jersey, Pennsylvania,
Maryland, and Virginia, as far as Raleigh, N. C, and westward
through Ohio and Indiana to Illinois.

Biological Notes. — This is a secretive species which is almost always
found among leaves and about logs in woods, particularly in damp
situations. In such places colonies of considerable size are some-
times to be found, but unless special effort is made to locate these,
the little insects in most cases wholly escape the notice of the col-
lector.

This is one of the species of Nemobius in which the reduction of the
tegmina has reached an advanced stage, and we are consequently
not surprised to find no macropterous individuals in the series of
specimens before us.

Synonymy. — No synonyms of the present species have been erected.
Specimens of the diminutive and peculiarly colored type of fasciatus
discussed under that species have been referred by Walker on
Scudder's identification, and bj^ Rehn and Hebard to the present
species.

Specimens Examined. — 81: 27 males, 53 females, and 1 nymph.

Flatbush, Long Island, New York, Sept. 30, 1890, (Zabriskie) 1 9 [Am. Mus.
Nat. Hist.] Normal.

Staten Island, N. Y., Sept. 19, (Davis) 1 cf, 1 9 [Davis Collection]. Normal.

■»3 This difference of coloration is due to the fact that the female is lighter than
the male, this is usually the case in the present species. The series before us
indicates that, in maculatus as in fasciatus, the lightest portion of the maxillary
palpi is the proximal portion of the penultimate segment. In pale specimens
the light coloration extends from the apex of the segment which precedes the
penultimate to the base of the terminal segment.

434

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[June>

Camphill, Cumberland Co., Pennsylvania, Oct. 19, 1 tf [Pa. St. Sept. Zool.].
Normal.

Chestnut Hill, Pa., Oct. 4, 1903, (H.) 2 cf, 4 9 . Few somewhat rufous.

Cabin John Run, Maryland, Sept. 19, 1911, (Davis) 7 cf , 18 9 , 1 cT n. [Davis
Collection]. Rather.

Plummers Island, Md., Oct. 6, 10, 1906, 1909, (Caudell, Fisher, Barber) 2 d',.
6 9 [U. S. N. M.]. Normal and somewhat rufous.

Washington, D. C, Sept. 20, 1911, (Davis) 1 d' [Davis Collection]; Oct.,.
1909, (Caudell) 1 9 [U. S. N. M.]. d normal, 9 verv rufous.

Fairfax County, Virginia, Sept. 21, 1911, (Davis) 1 c^, 2 9 [Davis Collection].
Normal.

Alexandria County, Va., Sept., 1911, (Davis) 1 cf, 10 9 [Davis Collection].
Rather dark.

Cherrydale, Va., Oct. 9, 1908, (Caudell) 1 d^, 2 9 [U. S. N. M.]. Pale rufous.

Dead Run, Va., Aug. 12, 1912, (Caudell) 1 d [U. S. N. M.]. Rather dark.

Raleigh, North Carolina, Oct. 30, 1905, (Brimley) 1 cT, 2 9 [Brimley and:
Hebard Collection]. Very pale, rufous.

Tippecanoe Lake, Kosciusco County, Indiana, Aug. 26, 1902, (Blatchley)
2 cT. Part of type series of N. confusus. [Blatchley Collection]. Dark.

Marion County, Ind., Sept. 10, 1895, (Blatchlev) 1 9 . Paratype [U. S. N. M.];:
Oct. 16, 1904, (Blatchley) 3 c^, 4 9 [A. N. S. P., U. S. N. M., Hebard Collection].
1 cf , 3 9 rather rufous.

Vigo County, Ind., (Blatchley) 1 9 . Paratype [Hebard Collection].

Buckeye Lake, Ohio, Sept. 12, 1912, 1 d [Ohio State Univ.].

Sugar Grove, Ohio, Sept. 28, 1912, 1 cf [Ohio State Univ.].

Cincinnati, Ohio, Oct. 19, 1912, 1 d [Ohio State Univ.].

Nemobius griseus E. M. Walker.

1900. Nemobius cubensis Blatchley (not of Saussure, 1874), Psyche, IX, p. 54.
[Terre Haute, Ind. Sandy canal.]

1903. Nemobius cubensis Blatchley (not of Saussure, 1874), Orth. of Indiana,,
pp. 420, 425. (Material recorded in 1900.)

1904. Nemobius griseus E. M. Walker, Can. Ent., XXXVI, pp. 181, 182.
(Original description.) [High Park at Toronto, Sarnia, and de Grassi
Point on Lake Simcoe, Ontario. On sandy soil.]

The present insect is an aberrant member of the subgenus Allo-
nemobius, typical individuals of which may be distinguished from the
other species by the proportionately longer ovipositor, which usually
exceeds the length of the caudal femur by about
one-quarter, the more grayish general coloration
and the distinctive coloration and marking of the
head which is deep shining piceous below the
antennae, and grayish or brownish gray above,
with two or three usually distinct dark narrow
longitudinal stripes on the occiput.

Described from twelve males and thirteen
females from three localities.

Single type here designated: 9 ; High Park,

Toronto, Ontario. On sandy soil. September 8,

1902. (E. M. Walker.) [University of Toronto

Fig. 9. — Nemobius Collection.]

v?ew^of fe^rnale. Description of Type. — Size medium for the

(X 3.) genus; form moderately slender; head rather

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 435

large, full and rounded, about as wide as the pronotum. Maxillary
palpi much as in fasciatus in general form, but with joints not as much
produced. Eyes not as prominent as in that species, somewhat more
broadly ovate. Pronotum, when compared with that of fasciatus,
slightly less transverse, narrowing very slightly cephalad. Tegmina
more than half as long as caudal femora, apex at humeral angle
nearly rectangulate and sharply rounded, sutural margin passes into
distal margin with an appreciable angulation, longitudinal veins
very conspicuous, cross-veinlets numerous but very faint. Wings
absent. Ovipositor very long, exceeding the length of the caudal
femur by about one-quarter, nearly straight, stout, apex of same of

Fig. 10. Fig. 11.

Figs. 10 and 11. — Nemobius griseus. Cephalic (Fig. 10) and dorsal (Fig. 11)
aspect of color pattern of head. ( X 4.)

the fasciatus type but slightly shorter and heavier, with dorsal margin
armed with prominent, sharp, regularly spaced teeth.

Allotypic male, here selected, bears the same data as the tj^pe
excepting that it was taken August 16, 1902; it is also in the Univer-
sity of Toronto Collection.

Description of Allotype. Size considerably smaller; form more
slender than the type. Tegmina are translucent and when in repose
the dorsal fields have the sides subparallel with the caudal margin
arcuato-truncate. Spines of caudal tibiae somewhat more slender
than in fasciatus.

Measurements {in millimeters) .

Toronto, Ont.

Type. Allotype. Paratypes.

9 cf 9 9 9 d'

Length of body 8.2 7.3 8. 8.6 7.8 7.5

Length of pronotum 1.9 1.6 2.1 1.7 1.6 1.5

Caudal width of prono- -

tum 2.5 2.1 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.

Length of tegmina 4. 4. 3. 4.9 2.9 4.1

Length of wings 10.9

Length of caudal femur ... 6.9 5.2 6.8 6.3 5.8 5.
■Greatest width of caudal

femur 2.3 1.7 2.1 2. 2. 1.7

Length of ovipo.sitor 8.9 8.3 8.2 8

436 ' PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

de Grassi Point, Ont. Terre Craw-

■ ' ^ Haute, ford Co.,

Paratype. Ind. Ind.

9 & d" & d'

Length of body 7.6 6.8 6.8 7. 8.

Length of pronotum 1.6 1.4 1.4 1.6 1.8

Caudal width of pronotum. 2.1 2.1 1.9 2.2 2.5

Length of tegmma 2.9 4. 4. 4.2 4.9

Length of wings

Length of caudal femur 5.7 5. 4.9 5.3 6.

Greatest width of caudal

femur 2. 1.8 1.7 1.9 2.

Length of ovipositor 7.2

The measurements of all the specimens before us of the present
species are given above, these indicate that there is considerable
variation in the proportions of griseus, but in other respects the
specimens are very similar.

Color Notes. — The specimens we have examined are quite similar
in coloration. General color, in pale specimens, hair brown; in
dark specimens, clove brown washed with grayish. Head below the
antennae deep shining piceous, above of the general coloration with
two or sometimes three usually distinct, dark, narrow, longitudinal
stripes on the occiput. Eyes wood brown. Maxillary palpi with

Fig. 12. — Netnobius griseus. Ovipositor. (Greatly magnified.)

penultimate segment the palest, terminal segment very dark. Dor-
sum of pronotum, dorsal surface of abdomen and of caudal femora of
the general coloration, excepting that the first segments of the
abdomen, concealed beneath the tegmina, are shining black, while
the exposed segments have each a small dark median spot. Lateral
lobes of pronotum broadly banded with clove brown, the ventral
margin narrowly marked with buff, which marking is, in the majority
of specimens, a mere line. Tegmina translucent; male with dorsal
field of the general coloration, the discoidal vein narrowly outlined
in buff, lateral fields clove brown becoming pale toward the costal
margin; female with dorsal field broccoli brown, in some specimens
somewhat tinged with rufous, intermediate channel somewhat paler
with a black line on the dorsal margin bordering the median vein,
lateral field similar in coloration to the dorsal field with the exception
of a dark area between the humeral and mediastine veins, which in

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 437

pale specimens is seal brown and in dark specimens black. Ventral
surface of body, caudal femora and sometimes other limbs wood
brown, more or less suffused with russet in the males, and all but the
median portion obscured with dark brown in one female. Cephalic
and median limbs and caudal tibiae clove brown maculate with a
paler shade.

Distribution. — This insect is known from the type localities in the
central portion of eastern Ontario and from southwestern Indiana.

Biological Notes. — The insect has been found only on sandy soil
among scant vegetation. Dr. Walker tells us that its pale colors
render it very inconspicuous against the sand. Thirty specimens of
the present species have now been recorded, of which but one is
macropterous.

Synonymy. — No synonyms of the present species exist. Blatchley,
however, was led to record specimens of this insect as iV. cubensis
in 1900 and 1903, owing to Scudder's incorrect determination.

Specimens Examined. — 13: 7 males, 6 females.

De Grassi Point, Lake Simcoe, Ontario, Sept. 1.5, 1901, (E. M.Walker) 1 9.
Paratype; Aug. 14, 1904, (E. M. Walker) 2 c?, 1 9 [University of Toronto and
U. S. N. M.].

High Park, Toronto, Ont., Aug. 16, Sept. S, 1902, (E. M. Walker) 3 d', 3 9 .
Type, Allotype, Paratypes. [University of Toronto and A. N. S. P.].

Terre Haute, Indiana, Oct. 9, 1893, (Blatchley) 2 cf [Blatchley Collection].

Crawford County, Ind., Sept. 4, 1902, (Blatchley) 1 & [Blatchley Collection].

Nemobius griseus funeralis Hart.

1900. Ncmohius funeralis Hart, Ent. News, XVII, p. 159. (Description.)
[College Station, Tex.]

The present interesting insect is very different from any of the
other species found in Texas, but, although known from the unique
type only, comparisons with the type and other specimens of Walker's
N. griseus show without question that it is a geographic race of that
species differing only in the darker coloration, more obscure color
pattern and much shorter ovipositor. Material from the country
which intervenes between the type locality and the range of typical
griseus will doubtless show intermediates much as those found between
N.fasciatus and its southern race N.fasciatus sociiis, although in the
present race the differentiation appears to have reached a more
advanced degree.

Type: 9 ; College Station, Brazos County, Texas. December
26, 1905. (Charles A. Hart) [lUinois State Laboratory of Natural
History Collection.]

Description of Type. — Size and form similar to that of smaller
individuals of N. griseus. Head, maxillary palpi, eyes, pronotum,

438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juiie,

and tegmina"** as in that species. Wings absent. Ovipositor^^ pre-
cisely as in griseus, but very much shorter, little over three-quarters
the length of the caudal femur.

Measurements (in millimeters) .

Type, 9.
College Station, Tex.

Length of body . 7.9

Length of pronotum 1 . 7

Caudal width of pronotum . 2 .

Length of tegmina 2.7, 2.9

Length of caudal femur 5 . 6

Greatest width of caudal femur 1.8

Length of ovipositor 4 . ^^

Color Notes. — The type is much darker than the series of N. griseus
before us, being in general coloration very dark clove brown (almost
black) washed with grayish, but the distinctive markings of that
insect are all present in this dark specimen although less prominent.
The portion of the head below the antennse is deep shining piceous,
exactly as in griseus, while the occipital stripes though faint are
clearly discernible under a Zeiss binocular. Eyes clove brown and
maxillary palpi of the same color, the distal portion of the third
segment and the entire penultimate segment somewhat paler.
Pronotum wholly of general coloration excepting in the cephalic
portion which is somewhat paler, particularly so on the lateral lobes.
Tegmina with dorsal field broccoli brown faintly tinged with rufous,
intermediate channel of same coloration with the black line of the
dorsal margin (often striking in griseus) very narrow; lateral fields
black. Femora and ventral surface of body black; other portions
of limbs bistre.

Distribution. — The present insect is known only from College
Station, in central southeastern Texas.

Specimens Examined. — 1 : 1 female.

College Station, Texas, Dec. 26, 1905, (Hart) 1 9 . Type N. funeralis Hart.
(HI. State Lab. Nat. Hist.] b.

44 The right tegmen of the type is slightly shrivelled.

■*5 The ovipositor of the type has the dorsal and ventral valves considerably
separated at their extremities as is so frequently found in .V. bruneri.

^^ Hart gives in the original description 3.5 mm. for this length, probably
because he measured the length of the exposed ventral surface of the shaft. The
measurements given throughout the present paper for this length are taken
from the base of the ovipositor, within the subgenital plate, to the apex of the
ovipositor.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 439

Nemobius ambitiosus Scudder.

1877. Nemobius ambitiosus Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XIX,

pp. 81, 82. (Original description.) [Fort Reed, Fla.]
1896. Nemobius ambitiosus Scudder, Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc, IV, pp. 99, 104.

[Fort Reed, Charlotte Harbor, Sandford, Indian River, and Jacksonville,

Fla.]
1896. Nemobius ambitiosus Scudder, Psyche, VII, p. 432. [New key.]
1902. Nemobius ambitiosus Blatchley, A Nature Wooing, pp. 40, 223.

[Ormond, Fla.]
1905. Nemobius ambitiosus Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,

1904, p. 800. [Thomasville, Ga., Leon County, Fla. In pine straw.]
1905. Nemobius ambitiosus Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,

1905, p. 50. [Miami, Tampa, Fla. In dead leaves.]

1907. Nemobius ambitiosus Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1907, p. 317. [Pablo Reach, San Pablo, and Gainesville, Fla. Under-
growth in pine woods and in palmetto scrub.]

1909. Nemobius ambitiosus Hebard, Ent. News, XX, p. 115. [Thomasville,
Ga. Frequent in pine woods. December.]

1911. Nemobius ambitiosus Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1910, p. 596. [Bainbridge, Ga.]

1911. Nemobius ambitiosus Allard, Ent. News, XXII, p. 156. [Thompson's
Mills, Ga. One of the commonest and earliest species.]

1912. Nemobius ambitiosus Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1912, p. 273. [Miami and Homestead, Fla. Undergrowth in pine woods.]

This trim insect may be immediately distinguished from all other
North American species of the genus by the very strilving marlvings
of the head and the usually distinctly striped caudal femora. More-
over, in the males, the evenness of the dorsal field of the tegmina,
which is bounded by a pale narrow line not only laterad, but caudad
as well, gives this sex a very clean-cut appearance, while the scarcely

Figs. 13 and 14:.^Nemobius ambitiosus. Cephalic (Fig. 13) and dorsal (Fig. 14)
aspect of color pattern of head. (X 4.)

enlarged apical portion of the ovipositor in the opposite sex is dis-
tinctive.

The insect is a very aberrant member of the subgenus Allonemohius.
Although a small amount of variation exists in size, proportions, and
tone of general coloration, the peculiarly striking color pattern is
constant in the present species.

Described from a series of eleven specimens from a single locality.

Single type here designated: 9 ; Fort Reed, Florida. April 20-22,
1876. (Comstock.) [Scudder Collection.]

We here describe a female from Gainesville, Fla., taken August
16, 1905, in the undergrowth of the pine woods by Rehn and Hebard.
29

440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Size medium for the genus, form robust; head rather large and
rounded, but considerably flattened in front. Maxillary palpi much
as in N. griseus, but with the penultimate segment much more de-
cidedly constricted in the proximal portion. Eyes broad-ovate, not
at all protruding. Pronotum as in griseus. Tegmina less than half
as long as caudal femora, apex at humeral angle very broadly and
roundly obtuse-angulate, distal margin of dorsal field oblique, passing
into the sutural margin arcuately without angulation, the intermediate
channel not conspicuous and forming part of the dorsal field, longi-
tudinal veins very heavy and straight, cross-veinlets numerous but
very faint. Wings absent. Ovipositor slightly longer than the
caudal femora,'*'^ rigidly straight, apex of same scarcely enlarged,
dorsal margin of apex armed with an even series of heavy, sharp
teeth. Subgenital plate scoop-shaped, shorter than in N. fasciatus,
with caudal margin straight. Caudal femora with greatest width
(meso-cephalic) contained less than three times in the length. Spines
of caudal tibiae stiff, covered with very short hairs, margins very
finely serrate; caudal metatarsus furnished on dorsal and ventral
margins with unusually heavy bristles.

Fig. 15. — Nemobius ambitiosus. Ovipositor. (Greatly magnified.)

A male bearing the same data as the female here described furnishes
the additional information given below.

Size slightly smaller, form similar to female. The tegmina are
translucent and shiny, with the dorsal field when in repose having
the sides subparallel and the caudal margin broadly and very evenly
arcuate. Subgenital plate similar to that of N. fasciatus.

Measurements {in millimeters).

Thompson's Mills, Ga.

Averages of series.

cfd^ 9 9

Length of body 7 . 2 (6 . 6-7 . 8) 7 . 5 (6 . 9-8 . )

Length of pronotum 1.6(1.5-1.7) 2 . (1.9-2.1)

Caudal width of pronotum 2.1 (1 . 9-2 .3) 2 . 4 (2 . 3-2 . 5)

Length of tegmina 4 . 4 (4 . 2-4 . 5) 2 . 9 (2 . 7-3 . 1)

Length of caudal femur 5 . 6 (5 . 4-6 . ) 6 . (5.7-6. 3)

Greatest width of caudal femur 2 . 2 (2 . 1-2 . 4) 2 . 3 (2 . 2-2 . 4)

Length of ovipositor 5.2 (4 . 9-5 . 6)

*^ Examination of the large series before us shows that the length of the ovi-
positor is variable in the present species and the average measurements show that
it is usually not as long as the caudal femora.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 441

Thomasville, Ga.
Averages of series.

cf cf 9 9

Length of body 6 . 8 (6 . 1-7 . 8) 7 . 1 (6 . 1-8 . 2)

Length of pronotum 1.7(1.6-1.9) 1.8(1.7-2. )

Caudal width of pronotum 2 . 2 (2 . 1-2 . 4) 2 . 2 (2 . -2 . 4)

Length of tegmina 4 . 2 (4 . -4 . 5) 2 . 8 (2 . 6-3 . 3)

Length of caudal femur 5 . 4 (4 . 8-5 . 8) 5 . 6 (5 . 2-6 . )

Greatest width of caudal femur 2 . (1.8-2.3) 2.1 (1 . 8-2 . 4)

Length of ovipositor 4.5 (3.9-4.8)

Gainesville, Fla.
Extremes of series.

cf d^ 9 9

Length of body 5.9 8. 6. 7.4

Length of pronotum 1.2 1.7 1.6 1.8

Caudal width of pronotum 1.9 2.3 2 . 2.6

Length of tegmina 3.2 3.9 2.2 2.8

Length of caudal femur 4.8 6. 4.9 6.1

Greatest width of caudal femur 1.7 2.3 1.7 2.4

Length of ovipositor 4.2 6.4

Homestead, Fla.

cf d' d^ 9 9

Length of body 6.3 6.1 6.5 7.7 7.6

Length of pronotum 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.8 2.

Caudal width of pronotum . 2 . 2. 2.2 2.2 2.5

Length of tegmina 3.7 3.6 3.8 2.4 2.7

Length of caudal femur 5.6 5.2 5.5 5.9 5.8

Greatest width of caudal

femur 2. 2. 2.1 2.2 2.4

Length of ovipositor 4.8 6.1

Although the variation in size and proportions is well demon-
strated by the above measurements, we find the species to vary but
little in its distinctive color pattern and tegminal structure. Over
the distribution of ambitiosus there is no gradual increase or decrease
in size, local conditions governing such variation ; this is shown by
the extremes given for the series from Gainesville, Fla., which series
averages rather large, but contains not only the largest, but also the
smallest specimens before us.

Color Notes. — The general coloration ranges from cinnamon to
clove brown tinged with tawnj^, frequently more or less flecked with
a darker shade and occasionally with grayish, which gives to certain
females a rather' close superficial resemblance to N. maculatus.
Both extremes are represented by numerous specimens in the series

442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

before us, those of cinnamon coloration having in ahnost every case
been taken in the undergrowth of the pine woods.

The coloration of the specimens here described is as follows. Occi-
put and vertex mars brown; face shining piceous, sharply delineated
from the vertex by a paler edging of the latter and crossed by a very
striking but narrow supra-ocellar band; post-ocular region pale
russet. Maxillary palpi with proximal segments cinnamon, terminal
segment dark, shading abruptly from cinnamon to clove brown in the
proximal fifth. Pronotum mars brown with ventro-caudal angle of
lateral lobes clove brown, the immediate margin at this point very
pale. Dorsal surfaces of limbs russet, flecked with darker brown;
external face of caudal femora, however, strikingly marked with two
narrow longitudinal bands of clove brown tinged with tawny. Teg-
mina of male shining piceous, discoidal vein cream color, which
coloration is continued as a narrow distal border to both dorsal and
lateral fields, thereby giving the insect a very trim appearance; of
female shining piceous, the intermediate channel buffy. Dorsal
surface of abdomen of male clove brown tinged with tawny; of
female mars brown, that portion hidden by the tegmina piceous in
both sexes. In both sexes the ventral surface of the body and limbs
is cinnamon.

A number of females before us have the entire dorsal fields of the
tegmina of the same paler coloration as the intermediate channel
and in such specimens this surface is usually flecked with darker
brown. Some specimens have the lateral lobes of the pronotum
unicolorous, dark or light brown, and the pale coloration of the
margin of the ventro-caudal angle is often much reduced or entirely
absent. In a very few of the palest colored specimens the striking
markings of the external faces of the caudal tibiae are absent. The
striking cephalic markings are always distinct and are an excellent
specific character.

Distrihution. — The present species is known to range from Florence,
South Carolina, and Gwinnett County in northern Georgia, south-
ward over that State and throughout the mainland of Florida.

Biological Notes. — Allard states that the present species is the first
to appear at Thompson's Mills in north Georgia, and describes its
song as a very brief, high-pitched, and shrill "tiiiiiiii-tiiiiii-tiiiiiiiii-
tiiiiiiii." He further remarks, ''It is one of the commonest species
of Nemobius in this vicinity and begins to stridulate as soon as spring
opens in March and April. In April, 1910, very cold periods of
weather with considerable sleet and snow completely silenced these

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 443

hardy crickets. Notwithstanding this inclement weather, these
crickets were always in active stridulation as soon as the days became
warmer." The present author has often noticed the same hardiness
of this species at Thomasville, Ga., during the winter months, and
from there southward the insects are found adult throughout the
year. It seems singular that a species showing such hardy habits
is so limited in northward distribution. It is our opinion that no
macropterous form of the present species exists.

Speciinens Examined. — 161: 76 males, 73 females, and 12 nymphs.

Florence, South Carolina, Sept. 6, 1911, (R. and H.) 1 d^, 1 9 .

Thompson's Mills, Gwinnett Countv, Georgia, April 17, 1910, (AUard) 3 d' ,
4 9, 2 c^ n., 1 ? n. [U. S. N. M.].

Jesup, Ga., December, (H.) 1 d"] Sept. 1, 1911, (R. and H.) .3 9.

Spring Creek near Bainbridge, Ga., June 7-23, 1911, July, 1912, (Bradley)
2 9 [Cornell Univ.].

Thomasville, Ga., Feb., Mar., Apr., Oct., Nov., Dec, 1903, 1904, (H. and for
H.) 16 cf , 8 9.

Homerville, Ga., Aug. 27, 1911, (R. and H.) 4 d', 4 9 .

Lot 328, 12th Distr., Ware Countv, N. edge Okefenokee Swamp, Ga., Aug. 28,
1911, (R. and H.) 2 o^, 2 9.

Billy's Island, Okefenokee Swamp, Ga., June, 1912, (Bradley) 1 cf , 1 9 , 1 d" n.
[Cornell Univ.].

Honey Island, Okefenokee Swamp, Ga., June, 1912, (Bradley) 1 9 [Cornell
Univ.].

St. Simon's Island, Ga., Aug. 30, 1911, (R. and H.) 5 d", 6 9 .

Cumberland Island, Ga., Aug. 31, 1911, (R. and H.) 6 o', 5 9 .

Leon County, Georgia State Line, Florida, Spring of 1903, (H.) 1 d".

Live Oak, Fla., Aug. 26, 1911, (R. and H.) 3 9 .

Jacksonville, Fla., Nov., 188.5, (Ashmead) 2 d [Hebard Collection ex Bruner];
(Pridday) 1 9 [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]; Nov. 3, 5, 1911, (Davis) 3 d', 3 9
[Davis Collection].

Atlantic Beach, Fla., Aug. 24, 1911, (R. and H.) 1 9.

Pablo Beach, Fla., Aug. 12, 190.5, (R. and H.) 1 9 n.

San Pablo, Fla., Aug. 13, 190.5, (R. and H.) 1 9 .

Ormond, Fla., Mar. 26, Apr. 9, 1899, (Blatchley) 2 d", 2 9 [Hebard Collection,
A. N. S. P.].

Gainesville, Fla., Aug. 16, 1905, (R. and H.) 15 d', 14 9 .

Indian River, Fla., (Priddav) 1 d" [Hebard Collection ex Bruner].

Lakeland, Fla., Nov. 8, 9, 10, 1911, (Davis) 1 c?, 4 9 [Davis Collection].

Tampa, Fla., Jan. 16, 17, 1904, (H.) 1 c?, 1 9.

Sarasota, Fla., Feb. 16, 21, 22, 1911, (Blatchley) 3 c?, 3 9 [Blatchley Col-
lection].

Punta Gorda, Fla., Nov. 12, 14, 1911, (Davis) 1 d", 1 9, 1 o' n. [Davis Col-
lection, U. S. N. M.].

Miami, Fla.. Feb. 6, 7, 1904, Mar. 20, 28, 1910, (H.) 4 d^, 1 9 , 4 d^ n., 2 9 n.

Homestead, Fla., Mar. 17-19, 1910, (H.) 2 d", 2 9 ; July 10-12, 1912, (R. and
H.) 1 d. .

Subgenus BRACHYNEMOBIUS n. subgen.

The subgenus is monotypic. Type of subgenus — Nemohius
panteli n. sp.

Subgeneric Description. — Size large for genus. Disto-ventral spurs
of caudal tibia very unequal in length. Proximo-internal spine of
caudal tibia in male specialized as described under Morphological

444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Notes for the genus; other spines short and heavy, below concave,
with margins of this sulcation minutely serrulate in both sexes, the
disto-internal spine not specialized. Ovipositor moderately long,
nearly rigidly straight ; apex with the margin of that portion formed
by the dorsal valves straight and armed with serrulations, the portion
formed by the ventral valves unarmed.

The present subgenus finds its nearest relationship in the North
American subgenera to Allonemohius, from which it differs in the
shorter heavier spines of the caudal tibiae, the ovipositor which has
the apex with that portion formed by the dorsal valves not obliquelj-
subtruncate or armed with teeth and a more robust general appear-
ance.

Nemobius panteli n. sp.

1896. Nemobius mexicanus Scudder (not of Walker, 1869), Jour. N. Y. Ent.
Soc, IV, p. 107. (In part.) [Mescico, Mex.]

This species appears to be related more nearly to Nemobius fasciatus
socius than to any of the other North American species of the genus.
It differs distinctly from that species in the characters given in
separating the present subgenus from the subgenus Allonemohius
as well as in certain important characters of color pattern.

A certain relationship is shown to Nemobius brasiliensis in the
characters of the apex of the ovipositor, but in other respects these
species differ very widely.

Fig. 16. — Nemobius panteli. Ovipositor. (Greatly magnified.)

Type: 9; Mescico, Mexico. (E. Palmer.) [Scudder Collection.]
Description of Type. — Size large, form robust; head large, very
full and rounded, about as wide as the pronotum. Maxillary palpi
much as in N. fasciatus, and eyes and pronotal proportions likewise
similar. Tegmina not as long as caudal femora, apex at humeral
angle less broadly obtuse-angulate than in most species, sutural
margin passes into distal margin with scarcely any angulation,
longitudinal veins not heavy, cross-veinlets very faint. Wings
absent. Ovipositor considerably shorter than the caudal femur,
nearly rigidly straight, stout; apex with that portion formed by the
dorsal valves straight and armed with serrulations. Spines of
caudal tibiae distinctive, as given in description of subgenus.

The allotype bears the same data as the type and is also in the
Scudder Collection.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 445

Descnptio?i of Allotype. — Very similar to female. Tegmina similar
to those of N. fasciatus. Wings absent. Proximo-internal spine
of caudal tibia as in fasciatus. Spurs and spines of caudal tibiae
distinctive, as given in description of subgenus.

Measurements {in millimeters) .

San Jose,
Mescico, Mex. Costa Rica.

Type 9. Allot j-pic cf. c?

Length of body 9.2 8.4 7.5

Length of pronotum 1.9 1.9 1.9

Caudal width of pronotum 2.4 2.3 2.3

Length of tegmina 4 . 5.2 4.4

Length of caudal femur. 6 . 6 . 6 .

Greatest width of caudal femur 2.3 2.3 2.1

Length of ovipositor 4.7

Color Notes. — General coloration of head, pronotum, tegmina, and
abdomen clove brown; the dorso-caudal jDortion of the occiput is
russet, this marking extending on the sides of the head as a narrow
line which borders the caudal margin of the eyes, the remaining
post-ocular portion of the gense being of the darker general colora-
tion. In front of the paler marking of the occiput there is an indica-
tion of four very narrow and faint longitudinal lines of this color
and the dorsum of the pronotum is also minutely dotted with russet.
In the female the intermediate channel of the tegmina is broccoli
brown, in the male wood brown. The limbs are bistre in the female,
drab in the male. Ovipositor dark burnt umber.

The specimen from Costa Rica was taken when it had recently
reached the adult condition ; this specimen shows scarcely any
cephalic markings.

Distribution. — The present species is known only from ^Mescico,
Mex., and San Jose, Costa Rica.

Synonymy. — It is surprising that Scudder, in 1896, considered his
specimens of this aberrant species to be the same as the very different
Nemohius cuhensis mormonius, which insect he then erroneously
believed to be Nemohius mexicanus Walker.

Specimens Examined. — 13: 6 males and 7 females.

Mescico, Mexico (near), (E. Palmer) 5 cf, 7 9. Type, Allotype, Paratypes.
[Scudder Collection.]

San Jose, Costa Rica (border of river Maria Aguilar), June, 1905. (P. BioUey)
1 cf [A. N. S. P.].

Subgenus ARGIZALA Walker.

The subgenus is monotypic. Type of subgenus — Nemohius
hrasiliensis [Argizala hrasiliensis] (Walker).

446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Suhgeneric Description. — Size very large for the genus. Pronotum
with width almost twice the length, much more transverse than in
the other North American subgenera. Disto-ventral spurs of caudal
tibia very unequal in length. Proximal-internal spine of caudal
tibia in male specialized as described under Morphological Notes
for the genus; other spines very long, below concave, with margins
of this sulcation minutely serrulate in both sexes, the disto-internal
spine not specialized. Ovipositor long, nearly rigidly straight;
apex with the margin of that portion armed by the dorsal valves
straight and armed with serrulations, the portion formed by the
ventral valves unarmed. The glossiness of the only known North
American species of this subgenus is very striking.

The present subgenus finds its nearest relationship in the North
American subgenera to Allonemobius and Brachynemobius. In form
it is perhaps somewhat nearer the former, while the shape and
armament of the apex of the ovipositor is similar to that found in the
latter subgenus.

Nemobius brasiliensis (Walker).

1869. Argizala brasiliensis Walker, Cat. Dermap. Saltat. Br. Mus., I, p. 61.

(Original description.) [Santarem, Brazil, and Brazil.]
1877. Nemobius brasiliensis Saussure, Melang. Orth., II, pp. 241, 255, 256.

[Brazil.]
1884. Nemobius fasciatus Bolivar (not Gryllus fasciatus De Geer, 1773),

Viaje al Pacifico., Neur. y Ort., p. 107. [Huasco, Peru.]

1895. Nemobius longipennis Bruner (not of Saussure, 1874), Bull. Lab. Nat.
Hist. Univ. Iowa, III, Pt. 3, p. 67. [Castillo, Nicaragua. In deep woods.]

1896. Nemobius melleus Scudder, Psyche, VII, pp. 432, 434. (Description.)
[San Rafael, Vera Cruz, Mex.]

1897. Nemobius fasciatus Saussure (not Gryllus fasciatus De Geer, 1773),
Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., I, p. 243. [San Juan Bautista, Teapa, Tabasco,
Mex.]

1906. Nemobius melleus Caudell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 243.
[Sapucay, Paraguay.]

This insect is distinguished from all other species of the genus
Nemobius, excepting A^". major, by its very large size, peculiar color
pattern and glossiness, and ovipositor with the straight dorsal margin
of the apex armed with serrulations.

Without being able to examine the type of major, we do not feel
warranted in considering it a brachypterous individual of the .present
species. Saussure's description shows major to be very closely allied
to brasiliensis, differing from it in the less transverse pronotum, with
bands on either side of the same, and the longer ovipositor.

Based on two females from Brazil.

Single type here designated: 9 ; Santarem, Brazil. (Bates)
[British Museum].

1913.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

447

We here describe a female taken at Medellin, Vera Cruz, Mex., in
September, 1895, and in the Hebard Collection.

Size very large for the genus; form compact; head rather large
and rounded but a little flattened in front. Maxillary palpi of
much the same form as in N. fasdatus.
Pronotum extremely transverse with
length contained nearly twice in greatest
(caudal) dorsal width, narrowing evenly
and considerably cephalad and with a
slight medio-longitudinal sulcus in the
cephalic portion. Tegmina nearly as
long as the caudal femora, apex of the
same dorsal in position, distal margin of
dorsal field rotundato-acute-angulate, lon-
gitudinal veins conspicuous, cross-veinlets
numerous and heavy, faint cross-veinlets
are also present in the intermediate
channel and traces of such are to be found
even between the veins of the lateral
fields. Wings very long, considerably
more than twice as long as the tegmina.
Ovipositor long though shorter than the
caudal femur, rigid, straight, apex of
same very narrowly sublanceolate, with
the margin of that portion formed by the FtiJ" l^oT^a^v ?e w'of

ensts.
female.

(X 3.)

dorsal valves straight and armed evenly
with serrulations. Subgenital plate

scoop-shaped, more elongate than in N. fasdatus, with a deep acute-
angulate emargination mesad. Caudal femora with greatest (meso-
cephalic) width contained over three times in the length.^^ Spines
of caudal tibiae very long, covered with long hairs and having the
margins armed with serrulations which are more than usually con-
spicuous. Caudal tibiae and tarsi heavily supplied with fine short
hairs.

A male from Castillo, Nicaragua, taken in February, 1893, by
B. Shimek and now in the Hebard Collection ex Bruner, affords the
additional characters given below.

Size considerably smaller; proportions much as in the female.
Tegmina transparent and when in repose the dorsal fields are hemi-

^* In the Paraguayan specimens this character does not hold.

448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

elliptical in outline. Subgenital plate and first proximal internal
spine of caudal tibia much as in fasciatus.

Measurements {in millimeters) .

Medellin, San Rafael, Sapucay,

Castillo, V. C, V. C, Paraguay.

Nicaragua. Mexico. Mexico. , ' v

cf 9 9 9 9

Length of body 9. 11.4 11.7 11.6 11.1

Length of pronotum 1.4 1.8 1.8 1.9 1.9

Greatest width of prono-
tum 2.7 3.4 3.5 3.7 3.2

Length of tegmen 5.6 6.4 6.8 6.9 6.9

Length of wings 11.6 14.1 15.9 15.1 16.5

Length of caudal femur 6.5 8.3 8.3 7.7 7.5

Greatest width of caudal

femur 2. 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.8

Length of ovipositor 6.4 7.1 6. 7.7

The specimens before us indicate that there is a moderate amount
of size variation in the present species, particularly in the length of
the ovipositor, but the specimens from Mexico and Paraguay are
surprisingly similar for material from localities so widely separated.

Color Notes.— The specimens before us are very similar in colora-
tion; those from Nicaragua, Brazil, and Paraguay are slightly darker
than the Mexican individuals. General color glossy cream-buff or

Fig. 98. — A^emobius hrasiliensis. Ovipositor. (Greatly magnified.)

very pale glossy tawny-olive, the underparts somewhat paler. Head
of general coloration, the occiput distinctly striped with three longi-
tudinal lines of mummy brown, eyes bistre. Maxillary palpi covered
with short dark hairs, of general coloration with the exception of the
extreme apex of the terminal segment which is bistre. Pronotum of
general coloration with a large meso-dorsal maculation of mummy
brown, the caudo-lateral portions of this maculation are of somewhat
darker coloration and remain as two dark dots in the palest specimens
in which the dark markings are very much reduced. In the palest
specimens the tegmina and wings are of the general coloration, with
the exception of a very small dark area at the discoido-anal root
basin of the tegmina which in the darker specimens is greatly expanded
and the entire exposed portions of the tegmina and wings are suffused
with mummy brown; intermediate channel very slightly paler than

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 449

lateral fields of tegmina. Ovipositor russet, the apex burnt umber.
The glossy and characteristic coloration combined with the large
size and certain different proportions give the present insect a very
distinctive appearance.

Distrihution. — Though known from few specimens, the present
species has the widest distribution of anj^ American species of the
genus, being found from the state of Vera Cruz in Mexico southward
through Nicaragua and Brazil to Paraguay and westward to the
province of Atacama in Chile.

Biological Notes. — No brachj-pterous specimens of the present
species are known.

Synonymy. — Scudder, in 1896, described Nemohius melleus from a
single specimen from San Rafael, Vera Cruz, Mex., apparently
omitting comparison with or reference to the South American species
of the genus. We here place this species in the s>Tionymy under
hrasiliensis, for after careful examination of the types of the two
species we find that no differential characters exist.

Specimens Examined.— 7 : 1 male, 6 females.

San Rafael, Vera Cruz, Mexico, (TowTisend) 1 9 . Type, N. melleus Sc.
IHebard Collection ex Bruner].

Medellin, V. C, Alex., Sept., 1895, 1 9 [Hebard Collection].

San Juan Bautista, Teapa, Tabasco, Mex., Jan., (H. H. Smith) 19" [Br. Mus.].

Castillo, Nicaragua, Feb., 1893, (B. Shimek) 1 cf [Hebard Collection ex
Bruner].

Santarem, Brazil, (Bates) 1 9 , Type [Br. Mus.].

Sapucay, Paraguay, Feb. 10, 24, 1901, (W. T. Foster) 2 9 [U. S. X. M.].

Subgenus NEONEMOBIUS n. subgen.

This subgenus includes four species and two geographic races
from North America. Type of Subgenus — Nemohius cubensis
Saussure.

Subgeneric Description. — Size medium to verj^ small for the genus.
Disto-ventral spurs of caudal tibia verj' unequal in length. Proximo-
internal spine of caudal tibiae in male specialized as described under
Morphological Notes for the genus ; other spines of caudal tibiae
below concave, with margins of this sulcation very minutely serrulate
in both sexes, the disto-internal spine not specialized. Ovipositor
short, about two-thirds the length of the caudal femur, gently curved^"

*^ This specimen was unfortunately recorded as N. fasciatus by Saussure in the
Biologia.

5" We find the species Nemobius bruneri to be a somewhat aberrant member
of this subgenus, having a more decidedly curved and slightly heavier ovi-
positor than in the other species, the apex of which has the dorsal margin armed
with serrations.

The species Nemohius tollecus shows all of these aberrations to an even greater
degree. Both of these species are considerably more robust than the other
species of the present subgenus.

450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juiie^

and more slender than in the species having a more rigid ovipositor;,
apex with margin of portion formed by dorsal valves nearly straight
or obliquely subtruncate and armed with serrulations or serrations,
the portion formed by the ventral valves unarmed.

Nemobius toltecus Saussure.

1859. N[emobius] toltecus Saussure, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 2e Ser., XI, p. 316.

' (Original description.) [Mexico.]
1869. Nemobius mexicanus Walker, Cat. Dermapt. Saltat. Br. Mus., I,

p. 57. (Description.) [Oajaca, Mex.]
1874. Nemobius toltecus Saussure, Miss. Sci. Mex., Rech. Zool., VI, pp. 386,.

387. [Oajaca, Mex. From notes, probably on material originally

described. Type lost.]
1897. Nemobius toltecus Saussure, Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., I, pp. 223, 224.

[Omilteme in Guerrero, Mex. Scudder's incorrect localities also given.]

This striking species has a decided superficial resemblance to the
Old World N. sylveshis, from which species it differs in being a little
smaller and in having the ovipositor curved and armed and the
tegmina not obliquely truncate.

From the North American species it may be separated readily by
its color pattern combined with the characters of the ovipositor which
is considerably heavier and more curved than in any of these.

Type: 9 ; Mexico (probably State of Oaxaca). [Type lost.]

We here describe a female from Omilteme, Guerrero, Mex., taken
in July at an elevation of 8,000 feet by H. H. Smith and now in the
British Museum.

Size large (for the genus), form heavy and compact; head rather
large, full and rounded, about as wide as the pronotum. Pronotum.
with length contained not quite one and four-tenths times in greatest
(caudal) dorsal width, narrowing slightly cephalad. Tegmina very
short, not half as long as the caudal femora; distal margin of dorsal
field almost transverse, very broadly arcuato-truncate; intermediate
channel distinctly depressed; longitudinal veins rather heavy;
cross-veinlets faint. Wings absent. Ovipositor very heavy, length
contained about one and one-half times in that of the caudal femora,
distinctly arcuate (decidedly so for the genus) , apex of same narrowly
sublanceolate enlarged with that portion formed by the dorsal
valves armed, the upper margin serrate, these serrations small, short
and blunt (heavier than in any of the other North American species
having a curved ovipositor). Caudal femora heavy, greatest (meso-
cephalic) width contained slightly more than two and one-half times.
in length.

The male of the present species is unknown.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 451

Measurements {in millimeters) .

Oajaca (?), Omilteme,

Mexico. Guerrero, Mexico.

9 9

Length of body 9 . 10 .

Length of pronotum 2.^

■Caudal width of pronotum 2.7

Length of tegmina 2.7

Length of caudal femur 6. 6.4

•Greatest width of caudal femur 2.5

Length of ovipositor 4.5 4.3

Color iVofes.— The coloration of this species shows a similarity to
that of the European N. sylvestris. Head and dorsum of pronotum
•chestnut, maxillary palpi yellowish with distal portion of ultimate
Joint dark brown. Dorsal field of tegmina straw color, lateral lobes
of pronotum and lateral field of tegmina very dark brown. Body
and limbs brown, somewhat tinged with reddish.

Distribution. — The present species is known from probably but
three specimens, these taken in the states of Guerrero and Oaxaca,
Mex.

Biological Notes. — All of the known specimens of the present
species are brachypterous.

Synonymy.— In 1869, Walker very inadequately described N. mexi-
canus from Oaxaca, Mex., which species Saussure, in 1874, synon-
ymized with his A^. toltecus (described in 1859 from Mexico, probably
Oaxaca). Scudder, however, in 1896, resurrected mexicanus without
having examined the type, and the specimens so recorded at that
time were so quoted in the Biologia by Saussure the following year,
without doubt because Scudder's recent revision of the North Ameri-
can species of Nemohius should have indicated that his knowledge
of the North American members of the genus was superior to that of
others. It is the opinion of the present author that Saussure was
entirely correct in synonymizing mexicanus with his toltecus, and in
the present paper the opinion which he held in 1874 is followed. We
have not been able to find the type of mexicanus Walker, but we have
before us the series of specimens which Scudder considered mexicanus,
and it is our opinion that these do not fit Walker's original description,
but that that description agrees much better with the description
.and the specimen examined of toltecus. We are further strengthened
in this opinion by the series of Nemohius which Scudder considered
toltecus in the same paper of 1896, but which in fact belong to the
very different N. carolinus neomexicanus, which series is now before us.

452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Specimens Examined. — 1 : 1 female.

OmUteme, Guerrero, Mex., July, 8,000 feet, (H. H. Smith) 1 9 [Br. Mus.].

Nemobius bruneri n. sp.

1885. Nemobius sp. Bruner, Bull. Washb. Coll. Lab. Nat. Hist., IV, No. 4,
p. 126. [Topeka, Kan. In woods among fallen leaves.]

1893. Cyrtoxyphus ? mriegatus Bruner, (Mss.), Publ. Nebr. Acad. Sci., III>
p. 32. (Without description.) [West Point, Nebr.]

1897. Nemobius carolinus Blatchley (not of Scudder, 1877), Ins. in Gen.
and Orth. Ind. in Particular, p. 23. [Indiana.]

1900. Nemobius carolinus Blatchley (not of Scudder, 1877), Psyche, IX,
p. 53. [Vigo, Putnam, and Monroe Counties, Ind. Rather common. Grass-
covered banks of streams and in open spaces in woods. Description.]

1903. Nemobius carolinus Blatchley (not of Scudder, 1877), Orth. of Indiana,
pp. 421, 427. [Localities previously given. Description.]

1905. Nemobius carolinus Isely (not of Scudder, 1877), Publ. Kan. Acad.
Sci., p. 248. [Dale's Pond, Wichita, Kan.]

This species is related to N. toltecus in the shape and armament of
the ovipositor, but differs in being smaller, of very different color
pattern and having a much less heavy ovipositor.

It may be readily separated from all other North American species
by its head markings and peculiar color pattern which gives it a
dotted and speckled appearance, and also by the characters of the
ovipositor. The insect is in no way nearly related to any other
species of Nemobius found north of the Rio Grande, but some of the
more mottled specimens of N. cube7isis mormonius from Texas bear
it a certain amount of superficial resemblance.

Type: cf; West Point, Cuming County, Nebraska, September 1.
(Bruner.) [Hebard Collection ex Bruner.]

Description of Type. — Size medium; form a little robust; head
large, full, and rounded, about as wide as the pronotum. Maxillary
palpi not as attenuate as in N. fasciatus. Eyes broad ovate, very
moderately protruding. Pronotum with length contained about
one and three-tenths times in greatest (caudal) dorsal width, narrow-
ing very slightly cephalad, with a slight medio-longitudinal sulcus
in the cephalic portion. Head and pronotum supplied with rather
long, bristly, black, scattered hairs. Tegmina with length but little
inferior to that of caudal femora (.8 mm.), translucent, almost
transparent, when in repose hemi-elliptical in outline. Wings
absent. Subgenital plate scoop-shaped, narrowing somewhat roundly
but rather decidedly caudad. Caudal femora short and heavy,
having the greatest (meso-cephalic) width contained less than three
times in length.

Allotypic 9 . Putnam County, Indiana, August 25, 1901. (Blatch-
ley.) [United States National Museum Collection.]

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 453

Description of Allotype. — Size larger than male; form robust.
Head, maxillary palpi, eyes, and pronotum much as in the type.
Tegmina almost equal in length to caudal femora, apex at humeral
angle broadly but distinctly obtuse-angulate, sutural margin passes
into distal margin with a distinct sharply rounded obtuse-angulation,
longitudinal veins very conspicuous, cross-veinlets faint. Wings
absent. Supra-anal plate and cerci much as in fasciaius. Ovipositor

Fig. 19. Fig. 20.

Figs. 19 and 20. — Nemobius bruneri. Cephalic (Fig. 19) and dorsal (Fig. 20)
aspect of color pattern of head. (X 4.)

moderately heavy, a little over half as long as the caudal femora,
slightly but noticeably curved, apex of same very narrowly sub-
lanceolate^^ with that portion formed by the dorsal valves armed,
the upper margin serrate, these teeth regular, heavj^ with immediate
apices very sharp. Subgenital plate scoop-shaped, very acute-
angulate emarginate mesad with margins broadly rounded.

Fig. 21. — Nemobius bruneri. Ovipositor. (Greatly magnified.)

Measurements {in millimeters).

West Point, Nebr. Putnam Co., Ind.

c? Type. cf cf 9 Allotype.

Length of body 6.8 6.4 6.5 7.4

Length of pronotum 1.4 1.4 1.5 1.9

Caudal width of pronotum 1.8 1.8 2. 2.1

Length of tegmina 4. 4.1 4.1 3.

Length of caudal femur 4.8 4.7 5. 6.

Greatest width of caudal

femur 1.7 1.8 2. 2.1

Length of ovipositor .3.8

51 This specimen, as well as all but two of the others of the present species
before us, has the dorsal and ventral valves of the ovipositor considerably sepa-
rated at their extremities; the two specimens mentioned also indicate this cleavage,
but to a much less degree. We have noted this peculiarity to be very rare in
other species of Nemobius, and in all cases the irregularity of its proportions and
the distorted appearance of the apices of the valves prove it to be an abnormality.
It is quite probable that peculiarities in the oviposition of the insects has brought
about this result, and a study of these habits in this and other species should
prove most interesting.

454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Wichita, Washington, Cabin John

Kan. D. C Run, Md.

cT 9 9 (? ^ 9

Length of body 7.5 9.1 9.4 7. 6.6 9.1

Length of pronotum 1.7 1.9 2. 1.6 1.9 2.

Caudal width of prono-
tum 2.1 2.1 2.7 2. 2.2 2.4

Length of tegmina 4.4 3.1 3.6 3.9 2.8 3.9

Length of caudal femur. 5.6 6. 6.4 5. 5.2 6.7
Greatest width of caudal

femur 2.1 2.4 2.5 2. 2. 2.5

Length of ovipositor 3.4 3.5 3.7 4.1

There is considerable variation in proportion and size in the series
before us, large and small individuals being found in the same region
as the measurements of the Washington and Cabin John Run speci-
mens show. The majority of specimens from the Atlantic coast
are about intermediate in size between the extremes.

Color Notes. — The coloration of the specimens here described is
typical of the series before us, the only variation shown being a small
amount of intensification or diminution of the color pattern in a few
specimens. General coloration clay color mottled and flecked with
mummy brown. Head below and including the interantennal space
shining Vandyke brown, above cinnamon more or less maculate with
mummy brown above the interantennal space and on the base of the
occiput, the broad occipital bar of cinnamon thus formed usually
rather conspicuous, eyes dark bistre. Maxillary palpi clay color, the
distal portion of the terminal segment mummy brown. Pronotum
clay color, more or less mottled and flecked with mummy brown, this
mottling often heavy in the median portion of the dorsum, and
particularly so on the lateral lobes. Tegmina of male sepia, discoidal
vein cream color but usually very inconspicuous, discoido-anal root-
basin and upper portion of lateral field bistre; of female bistre, with
veins and intermediate channel clay color. Dorsal surface of abdo-
men of male (concealed by tegmina) clove brown; of female cephahc
portion (concealed by tegmina) clove brown, exposed portion clay
color more or less maculate with clove brown. Ovipositor burnt
umber. Ventral surface of body clay color. Limbs clay color
tinged with russet and more or less mottled and flecked with prouts
brown.

The specimens from Wichita, Kan., differ from the rest of the
series in having the lower portion of the head cinnamon instead of
Vandyke brown, and the intermediate channel of the female tegmina

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 455

is more decidedly defined in the paler color than in the other speci-
mens. In every other respect, however, these specimens are typical.

Distribution. — The present species is known from the vicinity of
the District of Columbia, west-central Indiana, northeastern
Nebraska, and northeastern and south-central Kansas.

Biological Notes. — No macropterous specimens of this insect are
known.

Synonymy. — The history of the present species is a succession of
unfortunate occurrences. In 1885, Bruner recorded specimens of
Nemobius sp. from Topeka, Kan., which belong to this species;
later, in 1893, he drew up a description of the species which was never
published, hence his Cyrtoxyphus ? variegatus Bruner (Mss.), an
unidentifiable ijame from the literature, but the material before us
from the Bruner Collection shows it to be this species.

Before 1897, Blatchley sent a series of Indiana specimens of
Nemobius to Scudder for determination, and the present species was
inexcusably identified for him as N. carolinus Scudder, hence his
subsequent misconception of that species, and Caudell upon seeing
specimens of Blatchley's material so labelled followed him in this
error; thus material sent him for determination by Isely was likewise
recorded as carolinus.

Specimens Examined. — 19: 10 males, 9 females.

Cabin John Run, Maryland, Sept. 23, 1911, (Davis) 1 9 [Davis Collection].
Plummer's Island, Md., Oct. 11, 12, 1906, (CaudeU) 1 c^, 1 9 [U. S. N. M.j.
Washington, D. C, Oct. 5, (CaudeU) 3 o^, 3 9 [U. S. N. M.].
Glencarlyn, Virginia, Sept. 6, (Caudell) 2 d" [U. S. N. M.].
Putnam County, Indiana, Oct. 7, 1894, Aug. 25, 1901, (Blatchley) 1 cf , 1 9 .
9 Allotype [U. S. N. M.].
Fairview, Kansas, Aug. 15, 1904, (Isely) 1 9 [tJ. S. N. M.].
Wichita, Kan., June, 1904, (Isely) 1 c^, 2 9 [U. S. N. M.].
West Point, Nebraska, Sept. 1, (Bruner) 2 d^. Type, Paratype [Hebard
Collection].

Nemobius cubensis Saussure.

1874. Nemobius cubensis Saussure, Miss. Sci. Mex., Rech. Zool., VI, pp.

384, 385, PI. 7, fig. 5. (Original description.) [Cuba; Mexico; Brazil.]
1877. Nemobius volaticus Scudder, Proe. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XIX, pp.

36,37. (In part.) (Description of cf.) [Georgia.]
1888. N[emobius] cubensis Bolivar, Mem. Zool. Soc. France, I, p. 156.

[Cuba.]
1891. Nemobius cubensis Gundlach, Ent. Cuba, II, p. 367. [Cardenas,

Cuba.]
1893. Nemobius cubensis Brunner, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1893, p. 609.

(In part.) [Costa Rica.]

1895. Nemobius cubensis Bruner, Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Univ. Iowa, III,
pt. 3, p. 67. [Castillo, Nicaragua.]

1896. Nemobius carolinus Scudder, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, IV, p. 107. (In
part.) [Lake Worth, Fla.]

30

456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

1896. Nemobius cubensis Scudder, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, IV, pp. 99, 105, 106.

(In part.) Lake Worth, Sanford, and Capron, Fla.]
1896. Nemobius aterrimus Scudder, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, IV, pp. 100, 105.

(In part.) (Description of 9 .) [Jacksonville, Fla.]
1896. Nemobius cubensis Pantel, Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat., XXV, p. 51.

(Morphological studies.)
1896. Nemobius aterrimus Scudder, Psyche, VII, p. 432. (In part.) (New

key.)
1896. Nemobius cubensis Scudder, Psyche, VII, p. 432. (New key.)
1905. Nemobius aterrimus Rehn and Hebard (in part of Scudder, 1896),

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 50. [Tampa, Fla.]
1909. Nemobius cubensis Rehn, 2d Rept. Centr. Exp. Sta. Rep. Cuba, p. 218.

[Cayamas, Cuba.]

1911. Nemobius cubensis Sherman and Brimley, Ent. News, XXII, p. 391.
[Raleigh, N. C]

1912. Nemobius cubensis Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1912, p. 273. [Homestead, Fla.]

The large series of the present species, which is the type of the
subgenus Neonemobius, before us shows that a very close relationship
exists to N. palustris. although typical N. cubensis looks very different
from that species, being larger, of less dark and solid coloration, with
tegmina almost always much less abbreviate. A careful study of the
material at hand shows that there are, however, specimens in the
series of cubensis which can scarcely be separated from palustris.
These few extreme individuals are as small and of much the same
form as palustris, with wings lacking and tegmina quite as abbreviate
as in that species. Almost every one of these specimens, however,
is not as solid in coloration, and all but two are more pale in general
coloration. The majority of specimens of cubensis wanting wmgs
have the tegmina considerably less abbreviate than in palustris, a
number of these having the tegmina quite as well developed as in
those specimens having the longest wings. In summing up the
differences between the two species we may add that, in addition to
the other differential characters, cubensis usually has the under por-
tions of the body quite pale, much paler than is normal in palustris.

From typical specimens of the western race, A^. cubensis mormonius,
typical individuals of the present species may be readily separated
by their less robust build and more solid coloration without the
characteristic cephalic and tegminal markings of that race. In
fact, so different are typical specimens of the two that, were it not for
the very large series before us which reveals the vast amount of
variability found in these insects, we should certainly have considered
them distinct species.

Small dark macropterous males of N. fasciatus have been mistaken
for this species, but the heavier build and less smooth appearance

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 457

of that species should always distinguish readily even the most
aberrant males from cubensis, while the ovipositor characters of the
females show the two species to belong to different subgenera.

Little has apparently been known of the life history of the present
species, and it is probably due to the fact that the majority of speci-
mens collected have been taken flying to lights at night that so few
brachypterous specimens have been previously recorded.

Types: 4 c?", 5 9; Cuba. (Poey.) [Saussure Collection.]

We here describe a female from Cuba, taken by Gundlach, and now
in the Scudder Collection.

Size small, form slender for the genus; head small but full and
rounded, wider than cephalic width of pronotum. ]\Iaxillary palpi
of much the same form as in .V. fasciatus, but with joints not quite
as much produced. Eyes broad-ovate, very mildly prominent, though
somewhat more so than in A^. jmlustris. Pronotum of much the same

Fig. 22. — N^emobius cubensis. Ovipositor. (Greatlj- magnified.)

proportions as in fasciatus, but of smaller relative size to rest of
body. Tegmina long, extending beyond end of abdomen, apex of
same dorsal in position, distal margin of dorsal field rotundate acute-
angulate, longitudinal veins not very prominent, cross-veinlets very
faint. Wings absent. Ovipositor more than two-thirds as long as
caudal femur, distinctly though very feebly arcuate; apex of same
very narrowly sublanceolate, with that portion formed by the dorsal
valves armed, the upper margin serrulate, these serrulations very
closely arranged, regular, minute, sharp. Caudal femora with
greatest (meso-cephalic) width contained about three times in
length. Spines of caudal tibiae more slender than in fasciatus, not
quite as slender as in palustris.

A male in the Scudder Collection, bearing the same data as the
female here described', affords the following additional information.

Size very slightly smaller, proportions very much the same. The
tegmina are translucent, and when in repose the dorsal fields are hemi-
elliptical in outline. Wings very long. Proximo-internal spine of
caudal tibiae similar to that oi fasciatus.

458

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[June,

Measurements {in millimeters) .

Homestead, Fla.

Cuba.

Macropterous
extremes.

Brachypterous
extremes.

(f 9 cTcT 9 9 d'd'

Length of body 7. 7.2 7. - 7.1 6.9- 7.4 5.7-6.6

Length of prono-
tum L6 1.4 1.4- 1.4 1.3- 1.5 1.2-1.7

Caudal width of

pronotum 2.4 2.3 2,2- 2.4 2.2- 2.3 1.9-2.2

Length of teg-
mina 4.6 4.7 4.1- 4.3 4.4- 4.9 3.9-4.

Length of wings . 11 10.3-10.7 10.4-11.4

Length of caudal
femur 5.3 5.4 5.1- 5.4 5.3- 5.1 4.2-5.1

Greatest width of

caudal femur 1.5 1.7 1.6- 1.7 1.8- 1.8 1.8-1.9

Length of ovi-
positor 4 3.8- 3.8

Raleigh, Washington,

N. C. D. C.

Brachypt. Macropt.

extremes. extremes.

9 9 9 9

Length of body 6.6-8. 6.8-7.4

Length of pronotum 1,7-1.7 1.4-1.6

Caudal width of pronotum 2.1-2.3 2.1-2.2

Length of tegmina 2.9-3.4 4.6-4.8

Length of wrings 10.7-10.4

Length of caudal femur 5.4-5,6 5.1- 5.6

Greatest width of caudal femur 2.-2. 1.6-2.

Length of ovipositor 3.4-3.9 3.9-4.

Vera Cruz, Mex.

Macropt, extremes,

cf 9 9

Length of body 7.1 6.-6.9

Length of pronotum 1.2 1 .3-1.6

Caudal width of pronotum 2 . 2.-2.1

Length of tegmina 4.8 4.-4.4

Length of wings 9.6 8.9-9.7

Length of caudal femur 4.6 4 . 7-5 .

Greatest width of caudal femur 1,6 1 , 7-1 . 8

Length of ovipositor 2.7-2.9

9 9
5.6-7.

1.6-1.7

2. -2,2

2,9-3.1

5. -5.2

1.7-1.9

3.6-4.

Staten
Island,
N, Y.

9

7,4
1.7
2.3
4.5
11.
5.4
1.8
3.7

Castillo,
Nica-
ragua.

/ .

1.4

2.1

4.1

9.4

4,7

1,7

2,8

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 459

It is evident that the variation in the present species and its races
is further emphasized by the measurements given above. It is true
that the specimens from Vera Cruz, Mexico, and Castillo, Nicaragua,
have in the female sex ovipositors very much shorter than are found
in any of the other specimens before us. These specimens are also
different in being the only ones at hand having the lower portion of
the head much paler than the upper portion, and the maxillary palpi
pale with only the distal portion of the terminal segment very dark.
In other respects these specimens agree almost perfectly with typical
ciibensis, and after a careful consideration of the variation in the
species, these differences do not warrant considering this material
worthy of racial distinction.

Color Notes. — -The specimens here described agree well with other
macropterous specimens of the species before us in the coloration-
here given. General color very dark Vandyke brown, glossj% shading
to burnt umber on limbs and tegmina. Head and pronotum very
dark Vandyke brown, immaculate, shining; eyes equally dark.
Maxillary palpi^^ Vandyke brown, the terminal segment very dark.
That portion of the head which fits under the pronotum may be
seen to be a very little paler than the other parts of the head when
examined closely. Tegmina translucent, shading from Vandyke
brown in the proximal portion to burnt umber on the greater part
of both dorsal and lateral fields; intermediate channel very faintly
defined in burnt umber. Dorsal surface of abdomen shining black.
Exposed portion of wings burnt umber, concealed portion very white
when folded. Limbs and ventral surface of insect immaculate,
limbs above prouts brown, ventral surface pale^ but varying con-
siderably in depth of coloration.

We have but one large series of brachypterous specimens of cubensis
before us, these from Homestead, Fla.,the majority of which specimens
are not of as solid coloration and are of somewhat lighter shade than
the specimens described above. In these the penultimate segment
of the maxillary palpi is mummy brown, the other segments of the
very dark general coloration. Pronotum a little maculate with
mummy brown, tegmina marked with the same color, the intermediate
channel quite distinctly defined in the lighter color in several speci-
mens. Limbs prouts brown, maculate to a slight degree with darker
shades.

52 In some very dark specimens before us, the penultimate segment of the
maxillary palpi is nearly white, while the other segments are very dark; in a few
of the other specimens only the distal portion of the terminal segment is very dark.

460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Other brachypterous specimens before us are even darker than the
normal coloration, being colored very similarly to A^. palustris, but
in almost all cases having much longer tegmina, and in the one or two
cases where this is not true they are larger than the largest specimens
of that species.

Distribution. — The present species is known from Staten Island,
N. Y., south along the Atlantic coast to the extreme southern portion
of the mainland of Florida, and also from Cuba, Vera Cruz in Mexico,
Nicaragua and Costa Rica to Brazil. Its western distribution in the
United States appears to be limited bj^ the fall-line. The records
given Ijy Scudder and Blatchley for Illinois and Indiana pertain to
other species.

Biological Notes. — Though seldom numerous, the present insect
appears to be always much more plentiful near the sea than elsewhere ;
the writer has found it in large numbers but once, in the high grass
of the everglades. Of all the North American species of Nemohius
it develops in the macropterous form proportionately the longest
tegmina and wings. The majority of macropterous specimens
taken have been captured flying to lights at night ; about such places
we have never found this insect anything but very scarce. Con-
sidering the usual extreme development of the tegmina and wings
in the present species, it is surprising to find some brachypterous
specimens with tegmina quite as much aborted as in A'', palustris.

Synonymy. — In 1877, Scudder described Nemohius volaticus, which
species he himself placed in the synonymy under cubensis in 1896.
We here select a male of that series from Georgia in the Scudder
Collection as single type.^^

In Scudder's 1896 paper on the North American species of the
genus, he unfortunately created confusion by misidentifying much
material, one instance of which was the crediting of specimens of the
present species from Lake Worth, Fla., to A^. carolinus and another
in taking a small dark brachypterous female of cubensis as the basis
of the description of that sex of his new and doubly invalid A^. aterri-
mus.

In 1905, Rehn and Hebard, at a loss to fathom the literature,
credited a pair of dark cubensis, having long tegmina but no wings,
from Tampa, Fla., to aterrimus.

Specimens Examined.^* — 67: 14 males, 52 females, and 1 nymph.

*3 The female before us is a macropterous specimen of N. carolinus.

^* The following abbreviations are used to differentiate the specimens here
recorded: b., brachypterous; m., macropterous; I. teg. only, long tegmina only;
med., medium; v., very.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 461

Staten Island, New York, Aug. 22, (Davis) 1 9 [Davis Collection], m.

Cape May County, New Jersey, Aug., 1910, (Davis) 1 9 [Davis Collection].
V. b.

Montgomery County, Maryland, Sept. 2,5, 1911, (Davis) 1 9 [Davis Col-
lection]. V. b.

Washington, D. C, .\ug. 24, 29, (Havenstein) 9 9 [U. S. N. M.]. m. but
1 1. teg. only.

Raleigh, North Carolina, Aug. 15, 16, 17, Sept. 6, 12, 190.5, 06, 08, 09, (Brimley)
6 9 [Brimley Collection], med. b. but 1 m.

Florence, South Carolina, Sept. 6, 1911, (R. & H.) 1 cf. b.

Georgia, 1 d^. Type N. volaticus Sc.

Jesup, Ga., Sept. 1, 1911, (R. & H.) 1 9 . 1. teg. only.

Jacksonville, Florida, Nov., 1885, (Ashmead) 1 9 . Paratype A\ aterrimus Sc.
[Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. V. b.

Sanford, Fla., (Frazer) 1 cf , 1 9 [Scudder Collection].

Capron, Fla., Jan. 16, Apr. 12, .3 9 [U. S. N. M. and Scudder Collection], m.

Tampa, Fla., Jan. 17, 1904, (H.) 1 o", 1 9 . 1. teg. only.

Lake Worth, Fla., (Slosson) 1 d" , 1 9 [Scudder Collection]. V. b.

Miami, Fla., Feb. 4, 1903, (H.) 1 d^. m.

Homestead, Fla., Mar. 17-19, 1910, (H.) 7 a", 14 9,1 n.; July 10-12, 1912,
(R. & H.) 1 9 . med. b., 3 c^, 2 9 m.

Cuba, (Gundlach) 2 cf , 3 9 [Scudder Collection], m.

Vera Cruz, Vera Cruz, Mexico, (Knab) 1 cf , 8 9 [U. S. N. M.]. m. but 1
I. teg. only.

Castillo, Nicaragua, Feb., 1893, (Shimek) 1 9 [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. m,

Nemobius cubensis mormonius Scudder.

1893. Nemobius sp. Bruner, N. Amer. Fauna, VII, p. 266. [Death Valley

region (Panamint Valley) and Los Angeles, Cal.]
1893. Nemobius cubensis Brunner, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1893, p. 609.

(In part.) [New Orleans, La.]
1896. Nemobius carolinus Scudder, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, IV. p. 107. (In

part.) [Texas.]
1896. Nemobius mexicanus Scudder (not of Walker, 1869), Jour. N. Y. Ent.

Soc, IV, pp. 100, 106, 107. (In part.) [Mexico, Jalapa, Orizaba and

Minatitlan, Mex.]
1896. Nemobius mormonius Scudder, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, IV, pp. 101, 106.

(Original description.) [St. George, Utah.]
1896. Nemobius neomexicanus Scudder, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, IV, p. 104.

(In part.) [Sierra el Taste, Lower Cal.]
1896. Nemobius mormonius Scudder, Psyche, VII, p. 433. (New key.)
1896. Nemobius cubensis Scudder, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, IV, p. 106. (In

part.) [San Jose del Cabo, Lower Cal.]

1896. Nemobius mexicanus Scudder (not of Walker, 1869), Psyche, VII,
p. 433. (New key.)

1897. Nemobius cubensis Saussure, Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., I, p. 222.
[Teapa, Tabasco, Mex.]

1897. Nemobius comanchus Saussure, Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., I, pp. 221,
222. (Description.) [Durango and (or) Sinaloa, Mex.]

1897. Nemobius mexicanus Saussure, Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., I, pp. 221,
224. (Scudder's wrong characters and records given.)

1906. Nemobius mexicanus Hart (not of Walker, 1869), Ent. News, XVII,
p. 160. [College Station, Tex.]

1907. Nemobius sp. Rehn, Ent. News, XVIII, p. 212. [Brownsville, Tex.]

1909. Nemobius cubensis Tucker, Ent. News, XX, p. 297. [Piano, Tex.]

1910. Nemobius mormonius Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1909, p. 483. [Las Vegas, Nev.]

The present geographic race varies widely in general appearance,
owing probably to the facts that its range includes a great variety of
territory, and that as this range includes so much of the semiarid

462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

and desert regions of the West, it is found more or less isolated at a
great number of localities. Brachypterous individuals somewhat
outnumber the macropterous. Though the specimens in each respect-
ive series from Texas, from Nevada, and from Vera Cruz, Mex., are
quite similar, each series has a decidedly distinctive appearance;
intermediates between these are, however, always to be found.

The general resemblance to A^. carolinus neomexicanus is sometimes
so very close that, were it not for the fact that in this species the
disto-dorsal spurs of the caudal femora are unequal, while in carolinus
neomexicanus they are equal, it would be impossible to distinguish
some of the males of the two, though the females are readily separable
by the very different characters of the ovipositor as well.

So different are individuals from the Texan region, the arid South-
west and southern Mexico, that there is little wonder that several
synonyms of the present insect exist, and it would seem advisable to
recognize at least three geographic races, were it not for the fact
that practically all of the differences are due to coloration, probably
caused by the immediate environment and, as would be expected
in such a case, every conceivable intergradation is found in the large
series before us.

The insect differs from N. cubensis in being less slender, in having

Fig. 23. — Nemobius cubensis mormoniiis. Ovipositor of specimen from Texas.
(Greatly magnified.)

a different color pattern, and in being more mottled and almost
always considerably paler in general coloration. The color pattern
and its variations, consequently important in determining the present
insect, is fully treated in the Color Notes.

Described from two females and a nymph from a single locality.

Single type here designated: 9 ; St. George, Utah. April.
(Palmer.) [Scudder Collection.]

We here describe the paratypic female now in the Hebard Col-
lection ex Bruner.

Size small; form not as slender as in N. cubensis, rather compact;
head small, full, and rounded, wider than cephalic width of pronotum.
Eyes and maxillary palpi much as in cubensis. Pronotum with length
almost equal to caudal width, narrowing very little cephalad. Teg-
mina short, covering little over half of abdomen, three-fifths the

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 463

length of the caudal femora; apex at humeral angle very broadly
and roundly obtuse-angulate, distal margin of dorsal field almost
transverse, very broadly arcuato-truncate, sutural margin passes
into distal margin with a distinct, rather sharply rounded angulation
at an angle of slightly more than ninety degrees; intermediate
channel not conspicuously depressed and forming part of the dorsal
field, this field rounding very slightly; longitudinal veins few but
conspicuous, cross-veinlets^^ exceedingly faint. Wings absent. Ovi-
positor^*^ a little more than two-thirds as long as the caudal femur,

^

Fig. 2A.—Nemohius cubensis mormonius. Ovipositor of specimen from Vera
Cruz, Mex. (Greatly magnified.)

distinctly though feebly arcuate, form and armament much as in
cubensis. Caudal femora and spines of caudal tibiae much as in that
species.

We here select as allotype, a male from Las Vegas, Nevada, taken
Sept. 2, 1909, by Rehn and Hebard, and in the Hebard Collection.

Description of Allotype. — Size smaller than female, proportions
much the same. The tegmina are translucent and when in repose
the dorsal fields are hemi-elliptical in outline. Wrings absent.

Measurements {in millimeters) .

St. George, Utah. Las Vegas, Nev.

Type Paratype Allotype

9 9 d^ d^d^ 9 9

Length of body 7.5 7. 7. 7. (6.6-7.4) 7.4(6.6-8.2)

Length of pronotum. 2.2 1.9 1.6 1.6(1.4-1.8) 1.7(1.6-1.9)

Caudal width of pro-
notum 2.3 2.1 2.1 2.1(2.1) 2.2(2.1-2.3)

Length of tegmina 3. 2.9 4.1 4.1 (3.9-4.3) 2.9 (2.7-3. )

Length of caudal

femur 5. 5. 5. 4.9(4.8-5.) 5.2(5.1-5.3)

Greatest width of

caudal femur 2. 2. 2. 1.9(1.7-2.) 2. (2.)

Length of ovipositor... 3.8 3.8 (3.5-4. )

55 These cross-veinlets are so faint in some specimens as to be scarcely visible
under a Zeiss binocular.

56 As the ovipositor of the paratype before us is broken, we have drawn up this
portion of the description from the type.

464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juiie,

Beaumont, Tex.

c^d^ 9 9 c^ 9"

Length of body 6 . 7 (5 . 3-7 . 5) 7 . 6 (7 . 1-8 . ) 7.2 7.1

Length of pronotum .. 1.6(1.3-1.8) 1.7(1.6-1.8) 1.4 1.6
Caudal width of pro-
notum 2. (1.9-2.1) 2. (1.9-2.1) 2.4 2.3

Length of tegmina 4.5 (4.2-4.8) 3.7 (3. -5. ) 4.4 5.6

Length of wings 9.4 10.8

I^ength of caudal

femur 5. (4.7-5.3) 5.3(5.-5.6) 5.1 5.6

Greatest width of

caudal femur 1.9(1.8-2.) 2. (2.) 2. 2.

Length of ovipositor 3.9(3.6-4.2) '3.4

Durango Orizaba, Cordoba, Mex.

or Sinaloa, Mex. (Extremes) .

9' ^ 9 "" d^cf 9 9

Length of body 8.5 7.6 6.5 6.8-7.9 7.1-7.9

Length of pronotum 1.8 1.6 1.8 1.4-1.5 1.4-1.9

Caudal width of pro-
notum 2.3 2.1 2.1 2.1-2.4 2.1-2.2

Length of tegmina 5.6 4.1 2.9 4.6-5. 4.4-5.

Length of wings 12.4 10.2-10.4 10. -11.1

Length of caudal femur 5.8 5. 5.1 5.-5.2 5.1-5.5
Greatest width of cau-
dal femur 2.3 2. 2. 1.8-2. 2.-2.1

Length of ovipositor 4.2 3.6 4.-4.

Averages in Ovipositor Length.

Galveston, Tex. 3.5(3.4-3.7)

Brownsville, Tex. 3 . 8 (3 . 5-4 . 1)

Uvalde, Tex . 3.6(3.2-3.9)

Fort Yuma, Cal. 3.7

Los Angeles Co., Cal. 3.8

Tia Juana, Cal... 3.6

Jalapa, Mex. 3.7

Though some amount of variation is shown in each of the series
before us, there appears to be little difference in the size and pro-
portions of specimens from the various natural divisions of the range
of the present insect. As has been noticed in other species, macrop-
terous specimens always are found to have the pronotum more
widened caudad.

Color Notes. — The great majority of specimens from Texas are of

°' This specimen is the type of A^. comanchus Saussure.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 465

the type of coloration here described. General color mummy brown,
inconspicuously marbled with sepia and bistre. Head raw umber,
a very narrow line of darker shade extending across the occiput from
the caudal margin of the eyes, the remaining caudal portion of the
occiput and postocular portion of the gense somewhat paler than the
rest of the head. Eyes prouts brown. Maxillary palpi raw umber,
the distal half of the terminal segment clove brown. Pronotum
mummy brown clouded with bistre, under a Zeiss binocular small
dots of wood brown are apparent. Tegmina translucent; of male
with dorsal field a very dark shade of bistre particularly pronounced
in the proximal portion, discoidal vein obscurely outlined in cream
color, lateral fields clove brown ; of female bistre much suffused with
raw umber, the longitudinal veins of the dorsal field, the intermediate
channel and ventral margin of lateral fields raw umber, remaining
portion of lateral fields clove brown. Dorsal surface of abdomen of
males and macropterous females (concealed beneath tegmina)
shining black; of brachypterous females, proximal (concealed)
portion of the same color, remaining portion black somewhat maculate
with raw umber and covered with hairs of the same color. Ovi-
positor Vandyke brown. Limbs tawny olive slightly mottled with
raw umber, the outer face of the caudal femora marked with two
faint longitudinal bars of the latter color.

The material before us from the state of Vera Cruz, Mex., resembles
these specimens, but the majority are somewhat darker with a more
russet suffusion, and the markings which give most of the specimens
from Texas a somewhat marbled appearance are considerably
reduced. The distinctive markings of the head are^^, however, in
most cases more pronounced. This type of coloration, as well as
intermediates between it and the normal Texan type, is represented
by a number of specimens from Texas.

The majority of specimens from Fort Yuma, Cal, and Lower
California, are of a very pale desert type of coloration. So pale
are these that the color pattern has in most cases almost disappeared.
General color wood brown, faintly marked with a darker shade.
Head mars brown, a paler caudal portion of the occiput only detect-
able under the Zeiss binocular. Disk of pronotum of general color

^ Scudder, in his treatment of the specimens which are now before us, and
which he wrongly considered N. mexicanus, gave these color characters very well
in his key, "longitudinal markings of head interrupted at the crown, the whole
back portion immaculate, sharply defined from the portions in front at the
summit, which is feebly subcarinate transversely."

466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF fjune;.

marbled with a darker shade, lateral lobes heavily marked with very
dark bistre. Tegmina mummy brown marked cephalad with dark
bistre. Ovipositor burnt umber. Limbs and ventral surface of
body wood brown tinged with russet, the longitudinal markings on
the outer surface of the caudal femora very faintly indicated. Inter-
mediates between this and the normal Texan type are to be found in
specimens from San Jose del Cabo, L. Cal., Las Vegas, Nev., and
Brownsville, Tex.

The typical series from St. George, Utah, all of the Californian
specimens except those from Fort Yuma, and almost the entire series
from Las Vegas, Nev., belong to a color phase closely resembling
that of the specimens from Vera Cruz, excepting that these specimens,
are not so much tinged with russet, the usually distinctive cephalic
markings are very obscure (practically absent in many cases), while
the females have the intermediate channel of the tegmina strikingly
cream colored. Intermediates between this type of coloration and
that of the Mexican series are at hand, but in none of the Texan
series is a close approach to this to be found. In all other respects,.
however, the specimens are inseparable and consequently not worthy
of even racial distinction.

Distribution. — The present geographic race is known to range from
Biloxi, Miss., to the Pacific coast, and southward as far as the state
of Tabasco, Mex. The most northern localities at which it has been
taken are St. George, Utah, Las Vegas, Nev., and the Panamint
Valley, Cal.

Biological Notes. — In the desert regions of the southwestern.
United States this insect is but very occasionally met with in the
short grasses growing near streams and other restricted damp areas,
but in the semiarid mesquite region of Texas it is widely distributed
in the short grasses which are there so frequently encountered; and
its range extends still further eastward, where it is found in the
typical undergrowth of the long-leaf pine forests. A few macropter-
ous specimens have been taken at light at Beaumont, Brownsville,
and Del Rio, Tex. ; other than at light this long-winged form has
scarcely ever been encountered.

Morphological Notes. — It is the opinion of the author that the
considerable amount of variation found in the present insect is due
to its frequent isolation together with its very extensive distribution.
Though ranging over all the desert regions of the southwest, this
insect, like all other North American Nemobius, is never found unless
a certain amount of moisture is present. In its desert distribution

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 467

there are consequently often hundreds of square miles utterly unfit
for the insect, since it is only found where some dampness is derived
from a river or stream, a lake, or some subterranean water supply.
There is little variation in any of the specimens from the heavier
portion of the Texan mesquite belt where its range is not
discontinuous.

Synonymy. — When the present geographic race was described in
1896, Scudder wrongly believed a series of specimens of this insect
from the state of Vera Cruz, Mex., to belong to the poorly described
N. mexicanus of Walker, and he also failed to recognize as such pale
specimens of the same from Texas and Lower California which he
determined as N. carolinus and A^. neomexicanus (both belonging
to the subgenus Eunemobius, which has the disto-ventral spurs of
the caudal tibiae equal and the apex of the ovipositor an.ied above
and below).

In 1897, Saussure, supposing Scudder to be correct in his statements,
followed him in quoting the records of what Scudder supposed to be
mexicanus, but without seeing the material, and so a single specimen
of the pale color form of cuhensis mormonius in his possession from
Durango or Sinaloa, Mex., was to him apparently new and so de-
scribed as A'', comanchus. In the same paper Saussure considered
specimens from Tabasco, Mex., to be N. cubensis.

Hart recorded this insect as N. mexicanus in 1906.

Specimens Examined. — 1.31: 66 males, 61 females, and 4 nymphs.

BUoxi, Mississippi, March 11, (F. M. Jones) 1 cT [A. N. S. P.]. b.

Texas, (Belfrage) 2 cT [Scudder Collection]. 1 m.

College Station, Tex., Dec. 23, 1905, (Hart) 1 & [111. State Lab. Nat. Hist.], b.

Beaumont, Tex., July 23, 1912, (H.) 9 d^, 6 ? , 1 n. 1 cf , 2 9 , m.

Webster, Tex., July 19, 1912, (H.) Id', b.

Dickinson, Tex., July 20, 1912, (H.) 7 d', 4 9 . b.

Galveston, Tex., July 19-21, 1912, (H.) 7 d^, 6 9 , 1 n. 19 m.

Rosenberg, Tex., July 25, 26, 1912, (H.) 1 9 . b.

Columbus, Tex., Dec. 15, 1878, (Schwartz) 2 d', 2 9 [U. S. N. M.]. Under
old leaves near Brazos River. Sm. b.

Kerrville, Tex., Aug. 17, 18, 1912, (R. and H.) 1 d'. b

Victoria, Tex., Aug. 8, 1902, (W. E. Hinds) 1 9 [U. S. N. M.]. Lg. m.

Brownsville, Tex., June, (Snow) 2 9 [A. N. S. P.]. m.; May 1, 4, 1904,
(Barber) 3 9 [U. S. N. M.]. sm. m.; July 31-Aug. 5, 1912, (R. and H.) 7 cf ,
6 9 , 1 n. 2 9m.; June 23, 1908, Nov. 21, 24, Dec. 19, 1910 (Hart) 3 d', 7 9 .
1 n. [111. State Lab. Nat. Hist.]. 1 d', 3 9 m.
.Piper Plantation, Brownsville, Tex., Aug. 3, 1912, (R. and H.) 1 d", 2 9 .
9 9 m.

Esperanza Plantation, Brownsville, Tex., May 3, 1903, (Schaeffer) 1 9 [Bklyn.
Inst. A. and S.]. b.

Uvalde, Tex., Aug. 21, 22, 1912. (R. and H.) 5 d', 4 9 . b.

Del Rio, Tex., Aug. 22, 23, 1912, (R. and H.) 2 cf , 1 9 . m.

St. George, Utah, April, (Palmer) 2 9 , 1 n. Type and Paratypes [Scudder
and Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. Dk. b.

468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Las Vegas, Nevada, Aug. 10, 1907, (H.) 2 d', 1 9 . b.; Sept. 2, 1909, (R. and
H.) 5 c?, 7 9. Dk. b.

Fort Yuma, California, (Wickham) 1 cf , 2 9 [Hebard Collection ex Bruner].
V. pi. m.

Panamint Valley, Cal., (Koebele) 1 d' [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. Dk. b.

Tia Juana, Cal., Aug. 16, 1907, (H.) 19. Dk. b.

Los Angeles County, Cal., (Coquillett) 1 9 [U. S. N. M.]. Dk. b.

Mexico, (Sumichrast) 2 cT, 1 9 [Scudder Collection], b.

Sierra el Taste, Lower California, 1 9 [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. V. pi. m.

San Jose del Cabo, L. Cal., 1 cf , 3 9 [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. Lg. m.

Durango or Sinaloa, Mexico, (Forrer) 1 9 . Type of N. comanchus. [Biologia
Collection in Br. Mus.]. Lg. v. pi. b.

Jalapa, Vera Cruz, Mex., 1 9 [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. b.

Medellin. V. C, Mex., 2 cf [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. 1 m.

Orizaba, V. C, Mex., Nov., 1887, (Bruner) 1 cf, 1 9 [Hebard Collection ex
Bruner]. b.

San Rafael, V. C, Mex., (Townsend) 1 cf [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. m.

Minatitlan, V. C, Mex., Feb. 1, 1892, 1 9 [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. b.

Teapa, Tabasco, Mex., (H. H. Smith) 1 cf [Biologia Collection in Br. Mus.]. b.

Nemobius palustris Blatchley.

1896. Nemobius carolinus Scudder, Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc, IV, p. 107. (In
part.) [South Kent and Canaan, Conn.]

1900. Nemobius palustris Blatchley, Psyche, IX, p. 53. (Original descrip-
tion.) [Northern Indiana. Tamarack swamps and cranberry bogs.]

1903. Nemobius palustris Blatchley, Orth. of Indiana, pp. 421, 427, 428.
[Marshall, Fulton, and Starke Counties, Ind. In sphagnum mosses of
swamps and bogs.]

1904. Nemobius palustris E. M. Walker, 34th Ann. Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont.,.
No. 19, p. 97. [Algonquin Park, Ont. In sphagnum moss of floating
cranberry bog.]

1904. Nemobius palustris E. M. Walker, Can Ent., XXXVI, pp. 182, 185.

[Ragged Lake, Algonquin Park, Ont. In sphagnum swamp. Recorded

material.]
1906. Nemobius palustris Morse, Psyche, XIII, p. 158. [Wellesley, Dover,

and Natick, Mass. Sphagnum moss of bogs and wet meadows.]

1909. Nemobius palustris Davis, Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc, XVII, p. 188. [Low-
lands of Lakehurst and at Lake Hopatcong, N. J.]

1910. Nemobius palustris Rehn in Smith, Ann. Rept. N. J. State Mus.,
1909, p. 192. [Stafford's Forge, N. J.]

1911. Nemobius palustris Walden, Bull. 16, State of Conn., St. Geol. and
Nat. Hist. Surv., pp. 151, 152, 153. [Salisbury, Lyme, and New Haven,
Conn. Swampy places, often in sphagnum moss.]

This species, the smallest of the North American members of the
genus, may be separated from the other North American species of
Nemobius belonging to the subgenus Neonemobius by its very small
size, slender build, and very dark solid coloration.

The species resembles N. confusus closely in general appearance,
but examination quickly shows that species to belong to the subgenus
Eunemobius.

The closest affinity is found in N. cubensis, from which species it
differs in being smaller in the great majority of cases, of darker and
more solid coloration, without tegminal markings of any kind.
In the male the tegmina are almost always less broad, and in the
female are usually more abbreviate.

1913.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

469

Described from an unspecified series of specimens from northern
Indiana.

Single type here designated: 9 ; Fulton County, Indiana.
October 5, 1898. (Blatchley.) [Blatchley Collection].

Descriptioji of Type. — Size very small and form slender for the
genus, head small, but full and rounded, wider than the cephalic
width of the pronotum. Maxillary palpi of
much the same form as in N.fasciatus, but with
segments not as much produced. Eyes broad-
ovate, not prominent. Pronotum^^ of much
the same proportions as in fasciatus, but of
smaller relative size to the rest of the body.
Tegmina very shghtly more than half as long
as the caudal femora; apex at humeral angle,
very broadly and roundly obtuse-angulate;
distal margin of dorsal field very slightly
oblique, very broadly arcuato-truncate ; sutural
margin passes into distal margin with a dis-
tinct but broadly rounded angulation at an
angle of slightly more than ninety degrees;
intermediate channel not- conspicuously de-
pressed and forming part of the dorsal field, this field unusually
evenly rounded; longitudinal veins very conspicuous, cross-veinlets
very few and extremely obscure. Wings absent. Ovipositor about
two-thirds as long as caudal femora, distinctly though feebly
arcuate; apex of same narrowly sublanceolate, with that portion
formed by the dorsal valves armed, the upper margin serrulate,

Fig. 25. — iV e m obi us
palnstris. D o x- s a 1
view of type, female.
(X 3.)

Fig. 26. — Nemobiusjpalustris. Ovipositor. (Greatly magnified.)

these serrulations regular, minute, sharp, as closely arranged as in
N. cuhensis. Caudal femora with greatest (meso-cephalic) width
contained slightl}^ more than three times in the length. Spines of
caudal tibiae considerably more slender than in fasciatus and supplied
with fewer hairs.

^^ The series of the present species before us shows that though the majority
have the pronotum narrowing very slightly cephalad, some few have the cephalic
and caudal width of the same subequal, while in other specimens the pronotum
narrows decidedly cephalad.

470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

A male in the Blatchley Collection, bearing the same data as the
type, is here selected as the allotype.

Description of Allotype. — Size smaller, proportions somewhat more
slender than in the female. The tegmina are translucent and when
in repose the dorsal fields are very narrowly hemi-ellipitical in
outline. Wings absent.

Measurements (in millimeters).

Fulton County, Ind.
Type. Allotype. Average of topotj'pes.

9 cf 9 9 d'd' ^

Length of body 6.2 5.8 6 . 1 (5 . 9-6 . 4) 5 . 7 (5 . 2-6 . 2)

Length of pronotum 1.4 1.2 1.5(1.3-1.6) 1.3(1.-1.5)

Caudal width of pro-
notum 2. 1.9 2. (1.8-2.1) 1.9(1.6-2.1)

Length of tegmen 2.5 4. 2.4(2.1-2.8) 3.9(3.8-4.)

Length of caudal femur 4.8 4.6 4.6(4.-4.9) 4.6(4.2-5.)

Greatest width of cau-
dal femur 1.6 1.6 1 .7 (1 .4-1 .8) 1 .6 (1 .3-1 .7)

Length of ovipositor 3.4 3.2(3.1-3.4)

Ragged Lake,
Algonquin Park, Natiek, Dover, Wilmington,
Ont. Mass. Mass. N. C.

^9 cT 9 cf 9 cT'

Length of body 6. 5.3 6.8 6.2 6.8 5.7

Length of pronotum 1. 1. 1.6 1.4 1.9 1.4

Caudal width of pro-
notum 1.8 1.6 1.9 1.9 2.4 2.

Length of tegmen 2.7 3.4 3.2 3.7 3.1 3.9

Length of caudal femur .. 4.1 3.9 4.6 4.8 5.4 4.8
Greatest width of cau-
dal femur 1.3 1.4 1.7 1.7 2.1 1.8

Length of ovipositor 3.6 3.7 3.8

The specimens from Ontario are the smallest before us, while those
from North Carolina are the largest. Additional material at hand
bears out this evidence that the species increases in size very gradually
from north to south over its range. Comparatively little variation
IS shown, however, in the present species.

Color Notes. — The types here described are of the same coloration
as the majority of topotypic specimens before us. The head, pro-
notum, and limbs are solid Vandyke brown. Maxillary palpi Vandyke
brown with the exception of the terminal joint which is wholly clove

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 471

brown. Tegmina and dorsal surface of abdomen dark clove brown.
Ovipositor dark Vandyke brown.

The majority of specimens not from Indiana are, however, some-
what differently colored. These specimens have the entire dorsal
surface of the body dark clove brown, while underneath the usual
coloration is raw umber. In such specmiens the maxillary palpi
usually have the third joint a rather light brown, the penultimate
joint considerably paler and the terminal joint wholly clove brown.
Both males and females of the present species have a rather shiny
appearance.

Distribution. — The present species has been found on the Atlantic
coast from Natick and Dover, Mass., to Wilmington and Lake
Waccamaw, N. C, and inland has been taken as far north as Algon-
quin Park, Ont., and as far west as Starke County, Ind.

It is a swamp and bog inhabiting species, and is consequentlj^ very
local in distribution.

Biological Notes. — The present species is extremely secretive,
living in the recesses of swamps and bogs, usually in and about
sphagnum mosses. In such situations palustris may sometimes be
found in very large numbers, but the peculiar habitat combined with
the small size and sombre coloration of the insects themselves,
explains their usual scarcity in collections. When disturbed, indi-
viduals of })alustris leap about vigorouslj^ and then burrow into the
sphagnum mosses or hide under roots or debris. Dr. Walker de-
scribes the song of this species as "a continuous and rather feeble
trill" and notes a similarity to that of carolimis.

No macropterous specimens of the species have been taken, and
it is our opinion that such do not occur, owing to the fact that in the
present species the reduction of the tegmina has reached a rather
advanced stage and is found to vary to an extremely small degree.

Synonymy. — No synonyms of the present species have occurred,
but AUard has unfortunately recorded small dark specimens of
N. fasciatus as this species.

Specimens Examined. — 56: 28 males, 28 females.

Ragged Lake, Algonquin Park, Ontario, Aug. 18, 1903, (E. M. Walker) 2 cT,
3 ? [University of Toronto and Blatchley Collection].

Fulton County, Indiana, Oct. 5, 1898, (Blatchley) 2 d^, 2 9 . Type, Allotype,
Paratvpes. [Blatchley Collection, U. S. N. M.]; Aug. 15, 1902, (Blatchlev) 5 d" ,
6 9 [t'. S. X. M., A. N. S. P., Hebard Collection].

Natick, Massachusetts, Oct. 16, 1905, (from Morse) 3 9 [Hebard Collection].

Dover, Mass., Oct. 11, 1905, (from Morse) Sd", 1 9 [Hebard and Blatchley
Collection].

New Haven, Connecticut, Aug. 18, 1910, (Walden) 1 cf', 1 9 [Hebard Col-
lection].
31

472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Lake Hopatcong, New Jersey, Aug. 30, 1908, (Davis) 1 c? [Davis Collection].
Lakehurst, N. J., Sept. 3, 14, 1907, (Davis) 2 d', 2 9 [Davis Collection].
Stafford's Forge, Ocean County, N. J., Sept. 16, 1905, (H.) 4 d".
Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania, Sept., 1903, (H.) 2 9 .
Tinicum Island, Pa., Sept. 19, 1908, (R. and H.) 1 9 .
Washington, D. C, Sept. 23, 1911, (Davis) 1 d' [Davis Collection].
Fayetteville, North Carolina, Sept. 9, 1911, (R. and H.) 3 d^, 2 9.
Lake Waccamaw, N. C, Sept. 8, 1911, (R. and H.) 1 d^.
Wilmington, N. C, Sept. 8, 1911, (R. and H.) 3 cf, 5 9 .

Nemobius palustris aurantius Rehn and Hebard.

1905. Nemobius carolirms (not of Scudder, 1877) Rehn and Hebard, Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 801. [Thomasville, Ga. In beds of
sphagnum.]

1911. Nemobius palustris aurantius Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 1911, p. 597. (Original description.) [Same material as 1905.]

1912. Nemobius palustris aurantius Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 1912, p. 109. (Single Type fixation.)

Tlie present insect is in all probability a southern race of N. palus-
tris, distinguished only from that species by its peculiar and striking
coloration. Unsuccessful efforts have been made to obtain additional
material from the region in which the type series was taken, and
until this can be done it is, in our opinion, advisable to consider the
present insect a geographic race, although it may eventually prove
to be a mere color variety.

Type: d^; Thomasville, Georgia. In sphagnum. December 6,
1903. (Hebard.) [Hebard Collection.]

Description of Type. — The head, pronotum, and ventral surface of
the insect is ochraceous-rufous, the limbs almost uniform ochraceous,
and the tegmina and dorsal portion of the abdomen shining black.
The maxillary palpi are pale yellowish, with the exception of the last
segment, which is darker at the base, shading to clove brown in the
apical half.

The female allotype, here selected, bears the same data as the
type and is in the same collection; it is slightly larger than the type,
but of the same coloration.

Measurements {in millimeters) .

Thomasville, Ga.

Type. Allotype. Average of paratypic series,

cf 9 d^cf 9 9

Length of body 6.5 7. 6.2(6. -6.5) 6.2(5.9-6.7)

Length of pronotum 1.2 1.5 1.1(1.-1.2) 1.4(1.3-1.5)

Caudal width of pronotum 1.8 1.9 1.7(1.6-1.8) 1.9(1.8-2.1)

Length of tegmina 3.8 3.2 3.9(3.8-4.) 2.6(2.1-3.)

Length of caudal femur 4.2 4.8 4 . 3 (4 . 1-4 . 6) 4 . 6 (4 . 4-5 . )

Greatest width of caudal

femur 1.4 1.8 1.6(1.4-1.8) 1.8(1.7-1.9)

Length of ovipositor 3.5 3.6 (3.2-3.9)

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 473

Color Notes. — The contrasting and solid coloration given in the
description is distinctive and varies but little in tone in the series.

Distribution.- — The insect is known only from Thomasville, in
southwestern Georgia.

Biological Notes. — The series was taken near the town in a small
area of moist ground where the pine woods gave way to the magnolias
and beeches of the "branch" forest growth. All of the specimens
were captured in sphagnum growing among the roots of these latter
trees. The entire series is brachypterous.

Specimens Examined. — 13: 5 males, 8 females.

Thomasville, Ga., December 6, 1903, (H.) 5 cf, 8 Q. Type,
allotype, paratypes. [Hebard and A. N. S. P. Collection.]

Subgenus EUNEMOBIUS n. subgen.

This distinctive subgenus includes two species and two geographic
races from North America. Type of subgenus — Nemohius carolinus
Scudder.

Suhgeneric Description. — Size medium for the genus. Disto--
ventral spurs of caudal tibia equal in length. Proximal and distal
internal spines of male specialized as described under Morphological
Notes for the genus; other spines of caudal tibia below concave, with
margins of this sulcation smooth in both sexes. Ovipositor very
short, almost always less than two-thirds the length of the caudal
femur, gently curved; apex with dorsal margin armed with heavy
teeth, ventral margin armed with minute, widely spaced serrulations.
Ventral segments of abdomen in male broadened, extending outward
and upward on sides of abdomen above the normal dorsal segments,
thus making the abdomen unusually broad and its entire dorsal
surface concave.

The present subgenus is widely separated from the other North
American subgenera by the majority of the characters given above.

Nemobius carolinus Scudder.

1876. Nemobius exiguus Provancher (not Acheta exigua Say, 1825), Nat.
Can., VIII, p. 61. [Province of Quebec, Can.]

1877. Nemobius carolinus Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XIX, p. 36.
(Original description.) [North Carolina.]

1877. Ne7tiobius volaticus Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XIX, p. 36.

(In part.) (Description of 9 •) [Georgia.]
1877. Nemobius {Anaxipha) septentrionalis Provancher, Nat. Can., IX,

p. 292. (Correction of name used in 1876.)
1877. Nemobius (Anexipha) septentrionalis Provancher, Faune Ent. Can.,

II, p. 24. (Description.) (Records of 1876.)
1887. Nemobius (Anexipha) septentrionalis Caulfield, Can. Rec. Sci., II,

p. 393. [Montreal, Quebec and Rat Portage, Can.]

474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

1889. Nemobius vittatus Davis, Ent. Am., V, p. 79. (In part.) [Staten
Island, N. Y. "Small form generally included."]

1892. Nemobius exiguus Blatchley (not Acheta exigua Say, 1825), Proc.
Ind. Acad. Sci., 1891, p. 136. [Indiana. Very common.]

1893. Nemobius exiguus (?) Bruner (not Acheta exigua Say, 1825), Publ.
Nebr. Acad. Sci., Ill, p. 32. [Eastern half of Nebraska. Not at all rare.]

1893. Nemobius volaticus (?) Bruner (In part of Scudder, 1877), Publ. Nebr.
Acad. Sci., Ill, p. 32. [Timbered district of eastern Nebraska.]

1894. Nemobius affinis Beutenmiiller, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., VI, pp.
249, 250, 267, PI. 5, fig. 11. (Description.) [New York, N. Y.]

1896. Nemobius carolinus Scudder, Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc, IV, pp. 100, 107.

(In part.) [Jackman and Norway, Me.; Blue Hill, Milton, and Adams,

Mass.; Ithaca, N. Y.; Orange, N. J.; Maryland; Vigo County, Ind.;

District of Columbia; Virginia; Lake Worth and Lake Okechobee, Fla.;

New Orleans, La.; Texas; Lincoln, West Point, and South Bend, Nebr.]
1896. Nemobius cubensis Scudder, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, IV, p. 105. (In

part.) [Ogle County and Chicago, 111.; Norway, Me.; Charlotte Harbor

and Indian River, Fla.]

1896. Nemobius carolinus Scudder, Psyche, VII, p. 433. (New key.)
1869. Nemobius carolinus Davis, Proc. Nat. Sci. Assn. Staten Id., V, p. 96.

■ (Notes, nomenclatural and on stridulation.)

1897. Nemobius carolinus Ball, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., IV, p. 236. Iowa.
Common in woods.

1897. Nemobius carolinus Blatchley, Ins. in Gen. and Orth. Ind. in Particu-
lar, p. 23. [Indiana.]

1898. Nemobius socius Lugger (not of Scudder, 1877), Orth. Minn., p. 263.
[St. Paul, Minn.]

1898. Nemobius exiguus Lugger (not Acheta exigua Say, 1825), Orth. Minn.,

p. 268. [Minnesota.]
1900. Nemobius exiguus Blatchley, Psyche, IX, pp. 53, 54. (Description.)

[Indiana. Half as common as N. fasciatus.]
1900. Nemobius carolinus Scudder, Psyche, IX, p. 104. [Connecticut.

Not common in New England.]
1900. Nemobius cubensis Scudder (not of Saussure, 1874), Psyche, IX, p. 104.

(Previous incorrect record.)
1900. Nemobius affinis Smith, Ins. of New Jersey, p. 164. [Staten Island,

N. Y. Common.]

1902. Nemobius palustris E. M. Walker (not of Blatchley, 1900), 32d Ann.
Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1901, No. 19, p. 109. [Lake Simcoe, Sarnia, South-
ampton and Owen Sound, Ont.]

1903. Nemobius exiguus Blatchley, Orth. of Indiana, pp. 420, 426. (General
information.)

1904. Nemobius confusus E. M. Walker (not of Blatchlev, 1903), 34th Ann.
Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont., 1903, No. 19, p. 97. (Wrong correction.)

1904. Nemobius angusticollis E. M. Walker, Can. Ent., XXXVI, pp. 182,
186. (Description.) [Toronto, de Grassi Point on Lake Simcoe and
Severn River, Ont.] (Correction 1902 and 1904 records.)

1904. Nemobius carolinus Rehn, Ent. News, XV, p. 331. [Atsion and West
Creek, N. J.]

1904. Nemobius exiguus Mead, Dept. Zool. Ent. Ohio State Univ., No. 19,
p. 112. [Ohio.]

1905. Nemobius exiguus Isely, Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., p. 248. [Fairview,
Clearwater, and Wichita, Ivans. Under stones in wet places.]

1905. Nemobius carolinus Isely, Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., p. 248. [Dale's

Pond, near Wichita, Kan.]
1905. Nemobius exiguus Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,

1904, p. 800. [Thomasville and Ocklockonee River (Thomas County),

Ga.]

1905. Nemobius cubensis Rehn and Hebard (not of Saussure, 1874), Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, p. 800. [Thomasville, Ga.]

1906. Nemobius carolinus Hart, Ent. News, XVII, p. 160. [Brazos River
bottoms near College Station and Houston, Tex.]

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 475

1906. Nemohius palustris Morse, Psyche, XIII, p. 158. (In part.) (Scud-
der's incorrect 1896 records given.)

1906. Nemohius janus Kirby, Sjmon. Catal. Orth., II, p. 19. (New name
proposed.)

1907. Nernobius carolinus Hart, Bull. Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist., VII,
No. VII, p. 235. [Thompson Lake, lU. In damp woods.]

1908. {Nemobius) exiguus Brimley, Ent. News, XIX, p. 21. [Raleigh, N. C.
Lowland and upland in damp places.]

1908. (Nemobius) carolinus Brimley, Ent. News, XIX, p. 21. [Raleigh,
N. C]

1909. Nemobius Carolina Hebard, Ent. News, XX, p. 115. [Thomasville,
Ga. In "branch."]

1909. Nemobius carolinus E. M. Walker, Can. Ent., XLI, pp. 144, 211.
[Temagami District, Ont. Common.]

1910. N{emobius) ajfmis Insert by Smith in Rehn in Smith, Ann. Rept.
N. J. State Mus., 1909, p. 192. (New Jersey notes.)

1910. N{emobius) carolinus Rehn et al. in Smith, Ann. Kept. N. J. State
Mus., 1909, p. 192. [Mahwah, Ft. Lee, Cranford, Brookside, Lakehurst,
Jamesburg and Stafford's Forge, N. J.; Staten Island, N. Y.]

1910. N{emobius) janus Rehn in Smith, Ann. Rept. N. J. State Mus., 1909,
p. 192. [National Park, N. J.]

1911. Nemobius janus Allard, Ent. News, XXII, p. 37. [Washington,
District of Columbia.]

1911. Nemobius aterrimus Rehn and Hebard (not of Scudder, 1896), Proc.

Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1910, p. 596. [Bainbridge. Ga.]
1911. Nemobius cubensis Rehn and Hebard (not of Saussure, 1874), Proc.

Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1910, p. 596. [Bainbridge, Ga.]
1911. Nemobius carolinus Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,

1910, p. 647. [Balsam and Raleigh, N. C]
1911. Nemobius janus Allard, Ent. News, XXII, p. 157. (Additional notes.)
1911. N(emobius) carolinus Walden, Bull. 16, State Conn. State Geol. Nat.

Hist. Surv., pp. 151, 152. [West Woodstock and Lyme, Conn. Not

common. Sunny spots in open woods.]

1911. Nemobius carolinus Sherman and Brimley, Ent. News, XXII, p. 391.
[Raleigh westward in North CaroUna.]

1912. N^emobius carolinus Washburn, Jn. Econ. Ent., V, No. 2, p. 117.
[Fergus Falls, Minn.]

1912. Nemobius carolinus Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1912, p. 273. [Homestead, Fla.]

This species, type of the subgenus Eimemobius, is very different
from N. confusus, the only other known North American species
belonging to that subgenus. The present insect is almost invariably
larger in size, has a more robust structure, less glossy appearance,
different color pattern and usually paler coloration; it has also
differently colored maxillary palpi and a very different ovipositor
in the female. The coloration of the maxillary palpi is of the greatest
value as a certain and ready character for the separation of the two
species.

Like N. cubensis, the present species has a widely distributed paler
western race, but, unlike that species, the great majority of macrop-
terous individuals are found in the western series.

Based on an unspecified series from North Carolina.

Single type here designated: d^; North Carolina. [Scudder
Collection.]

476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

We here describe a female taken at Lake Waccamaw, N. C,
September 8, 1911, by Rehn and Hebard and in the Hebard Col-
lection.

Size medimii, form rather stout, head small but prominent and
wider than cephalic width of pronotum, interantennal projection
moderate. Eyes small but prominent, broad-ovate, proportionately
broader than in A^ fasciatus, moderately protruding. Maxillary
palpi of much the same form as in that species, but less attenuate.
Pronotum with length contained nearly one and two-fifths times in
width, narrowing very slightly cephalad, but more abruptly in cephalic
third; with a median impressed line more noticeable in the cephalic
portion. Tegmina^^ very slightly more than half as long as caudal

Fig. 27. — Nemobiiis carolinus. Ovipositor. (Greatly magnified.)

femur; longitudinal veins decided, not as conspicuous as in N.
confusus, cross-veinlets very faint. Wings absent. Ovipositor
slightly less than two-thirds the length of the caudal femur, distinctly
though feebly arcuate; apex of same narrowly sublanceolate, with
both dorsal and ventral margins armed, the former with heavy,
rather widely separated teeth, the latter with minute very widely
spaced serrulations. Limbs delicate, spines of caudal tibia? rather
slender.

We here describe a male bearing the same data as the female
described above.

Slightly smaller but proportionately broader, particularly in the
abdominal portion. Tegmina transparent and delicate, very broad
and completely enveloping all but the ventral surface of the pecu-
liarly broadened abdomen; when in repose the dorsal fields are very
flat and hemi-elliptical in outline, the lateral margins slightly bowed,
subparallel. Wings absent. The ventral segments of the abdomen
are extremely broadened and extend outward and upward on the
sides of the abdomen above the normal dorsal segments, thus making
the abdomen unusually broad and its entire dorsal surface deeply
concave.

60 The form of the female tegmina is useless as a character in the present species
owing to its variabiUty. We have before us brachypterous specimens ranging
from those which have the distal margins of the dorsal field transverse, to those
which have these margins decidedly oblique, the degree of angulation of the
tegmina also varying considerably.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 477

Measurements {in millimeters) .

North Lake Waccamaw, N. C.
Carolina " <

Type d' d' d" ? 9

Length of body 7.6 8 . 5 (8 . 2-8 . 8) 7 . 2 (6 . 3-8 . 4)

Length of pronotum 2. 1.8(1.7-2. ) 1.9(1.6-2. )

Caudal width of pronotum . 2.7 2 . 7 (2 . 5-2 . 9) 2 . 4 (2 . -2 . 7)

Length of tegmina 5.2 5 .4 (5 . -5 .8) 3 . (2.9-3.4)

Length of wings

Length of caudal femur 6.2 6 . 1 (5 . 9-6 . 4) 5 . 8 (5 . -6 . 4)

Greatest width of caudal

femur 2.3 2.2(2. -2.5) 2.1(1.9-2.2)

Length of ovipositor ' 3.5 (2.6-3.8)

Chestnut Hill, Pa.

d^ 9 9 d' 9~^

Length of body 7.4(6.9-7.8) 7.2(6.4-7.8) 7.7 6.7

Length of pronotum 1.8(1.7-2.) 1.7(1.6-1.9) 1.6 1.7

Caudal width of prono-
tum 2.6(2.1-2.8) 2.4(2.1-2.7) 2.6 2.7

Length of tegmina 5 . 1 (4 . 8-5 . 4) 3 . 5 (3 . 3-3 . 7) 5 . 4.4

Length of wings ' 9.2 10.4

Lengthof caudal femur . 5.5 (5.8-6. ) 5.4 (5. -6. ) 5.5 5.7
Greatest width of caudal

femur 2. (1.9-2.1) 2.1(2.-2.3) 1.9 2.

Length of ovipositor 3.5(3.2-3.8) 3.5

Averages in Extremes in female

ovipositor length. tegminal length.

De Grassi Point, Ont 3 . 7 (3 . 6-3 . 9) 3.5-3.7

Raleigh, N. C 3.2 (3. -3.4) 3. -3.4

Florence, S. C 3.5 (3.1-3.7) 3. -3.8

Thomasville, Ga 3.1(3. -3.2) 2.4-3.

Beaumont, Tex 3 . 2 (3 . 1-3 . 4) 3.-3.2

The specimens before us indicate that there is a certain amount of
decrease in both ovipositor and tegminal length in female specimens
of the present species southward in its distribution. In size the
species is somewhat variable over its entire range, the smallest
specimens before us being found in series from Ontario, Pennsylvania,
Georgia, and Florida. Macropterous specimens are exceedingly
scarce in the north, almost all of the long-winged specimens before
us are from Georgia and Florida.

Color Notes. — The individuals here described are typical of the
majority of the specimens at hand. Head very dark mummy brown,
the faintest kind of longitudinal lineation barely suggested on the
caudal portion of the occiput, which portion is slightly paler than

478 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juiie,

the rest of the head. Eyes very dark brown. Maxillary palpi
cream color, the first three segments and base of the fourth much
suffused with very dark brown, terminal segment cream color with
the immediate apex very dark brown. Pronotum very dark mummy
brown, shading to almost black on the lateral lobes. Tegmina of
both sexes dark mummy brown, shining, transparent ; intermediate
channel of the same color as the other portions. Limbs raw umber,
above very slightly maculate with mummy brown. Under portions
of limbs and body raw umber. Entire dorsal surface of abdomen of
male (concealed) and concealed portion of same in female very dark
brown, polished; exposed portion of same in female very dark mummy
brown marked with four regular rows of small raw-umber spots.

In the large series of specimens before us there are many some-
what paler or darker than those here described. In the lighter
specimens the dark lateral lobes of the pronotum are usually much
more noticeable and the spots on the exposed dorsal surface of the
abdomen in the female are more distinct. The pale color of the
maxillary palpi is more yellowish.

The darker specimens are often almost black on the dorsal surface,
the ventral surface mummy brown. The spots on the exposed
dorsal surface of the abdomen in the female are greatly reduced or
wholly absent. The pale color of the maxillary palpi is almost
always white with no yellowish suffusion.

The markings of the maxillary palpi in this species varies from a
type having the apical half of the ultimate joint darkened, to one
which bears only a trace of this dark coloration at the extreme apex;
this trace of darker coloration is never missing, however, and serves
as a character to separate this species from A'', confusus.

Distribution. — This insect is known from the province of Quebec
to the most southern portion of the mainland of Florida, and
west to the great plains and the mesquite region of Texas.

Aside from N. fasciatus and its southern race, this species is
the most abundant of the genus over almost its entire range. Only
in extreme southern Florida is this not true, where N. cuhensis
is the most plentiful of the species of the genus. The present
insect may be found in a great variety of situations; it appears
to prefer thick grasses growing along the edges of woodlands,
the leaf-covered almost bare ground about streams and ponds
in heavy woods, dark swamps, or marsh land under cat-tails. The
song is a high-pitched and continuous trill, more pleasant to the
ear than that of N. fasciatus. The majority of southern macropterous

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 479

specimens before us were taken when attracted to light at night.
Specimens taken on the border of woodlands and in marshlands are^
as would be expected, usually pale, while those from the other situa-
tions mentioned are almost always dark; no other differences of any
kind exist between these.

Biologicai Notes. — We find that the peculiarly developed abdomen
of the males of the present species acts as a sounding-board for the
tympanum. The tegmina fit tightly over the raised margins of the
concave dorsal surface of the abdomen in this sex, their apex just
covering and fitting closely to the distal extremity of the abdomen.

Small, dark macropterous specimens of this species from the
southern United States have been recorded as N. cuhensis owing to
their great superficial resemblance to that species, which, however,
belongs to a different subgenus having very different characters.
Over the greater portion of the range of this species, macropterous
individuals are exceedingly scarce.

Synony?ny. — In 1776, Provancher recorded the present species as
Nemohius exiguus. This was doubtless due to the fact that at that
time Scudder had not properly placed Say's Acheta exigua,^^ which
species is now known to belong to the genus Anaxipha, for Scudder
had used the name Nemohius exiguus to record specimens which he
realized later belonged in fact to N. fasciatus.

In 1877, Scudder, described Nemohius volaticus, the males of which
are macropterous specimens of N. cuhensis, the females macropterous
specimens of N . carolinus, as an examination of the types clearly
shows.

In October of 1877, Provancher corrected his 1876 record, using
Nemohius (Anaxipha) septentrionalis, as suggested by Scudder (who
did not realize that his own species, described the previous April as
Nemohius carolinus, was the same) but without describing the species ;
the next month, however, he described the insect under that name.

This name was again used by Caulfield in 1887, and first placed
in the synonymy under the present species by E. M. Walker in 1909,
though Davis recognized this fact as early as 1896.

In 1890, Smith wrongly used the name Nemohius exiguus in giving
Davis' correct record of Anaxipha exigua.^-

In 1892, Blatchley used the name Nemohius exiguus, and in 1900,
considering it a new species, he gave under the same name a full
description, but, as he was unable to validate a name based originally

" 1825. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., IV, p. .309.
^^ Am. Nat., XXII, p. 1148.

480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

by Scudder on a misidentification, this name could not stand even if
Blatchley's species were not an absolute synonym of Scudder's
N. carolinus, as a comparison of a topotypic series of the former from
Blatchley with the type of the latter shows us beyond the slightest
doubt. Blatchley cannot in any way be criticised for believing the
species undescribed, for Scudder, having examined specimens for
him, identified individuals of Nemohius bruneri (described in the
present paper and then known only by the latter from specimens
bearing Bruner's invalid name Cyrtoxyphus (?) variegatus) as Nemohius
carolinus, and advised him to describe specimens of true Nemohius
carolinus, Scudder's own species, as new. This great carelessness
resulted in Nemohius carolinus being recorded as Nemohius exiguus
by Bruner (with a query) in 1893, Lugger in 1898, Blatchley in 1903,
Mead in 1904, Isely and Rehn and Hebard in 1905, and Brimley in
1908.

In 1893, Bruner recorded the species as N. volaticus with a query.

In 1894, Beutenmiiller described Nemohius affinis, which species
was two years later correctly placed in the synonymy under carolinus
by Scudder, but which name was used by Smith in 1900 and 1910.

In 1896 and 1900, Scudder recorded specimens of A^. cuhensis and
N. palustris as the present species, specimens of which latter he also
recorded as N. cuhensis. His discussion of Provancher's "Nemohius
{Anaxipha) septentrionalis" in the former paper is incorrect.

Lugger's 1898 record of A^. socius should probably apply to the
present species.

In 1902, E. M. Walker misidentified a large series of the present
species from Ontario as N. palustris, and in 1904 believing these records
wrong corrected the name to N. confusus.

The same year he described Nemohius angusticollis, placing the
specimens from which the above incorrect records were given in the
typical series. This name is an absolute synonym of A^. carolinus,
as was first stated by E. M. Walker himself in 1909.

Rehn and Hebard, in 1905 and 1911, mistook macropterous
specimens of this insect for N. cuhensis and so recorded them.

Morse, in 1906, repeated Scudder's incorrect records of 1896 of the
present species under A'^. palustris.

The same year Kirby, realizing Blatchley's name A^. exiguus
invalid, proposed as a new name Nemohius janus; this name was
used by Rehn in 1910 and twice by AUard in 1911.

Specimens Examined. — 418: 185 males, 225 females, and 8 nymphs.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 481

Chateau Richer, Ontario, Sept., 1904, (E. M. Walker) 1 cT, 1 9 [U. S. N. M.
and University of Toronto], b. , ^ ttt o >- at i

Owen Sound, Ont., Aug. 31, 1901, (E. M. Walker) 1 cf , 1 9 [U. S. ^. M. and
University of Toronto], b. ,^ ,,„.,, x ,, o r^ r \ m a x>

de Grassi Point, Ont., Sept. 14, 1901, (E. M. Walker) 1 cf, 2 9 [A. N. S. P.
.and University of Toronto], b. r^ „ .• , u

Franconia, New Hampshire, (Slosson) 1 9 [Scudder Collection], b.

WoUaston, Massachusetts, Aug. 16, Sept. 1, 1895, 96, (F. H. Sprague) 1 cf ,
1 9 [Scudder Collection], b. _, , , ^ „ ,■ i u

South Natick, Mass., Oct. 22, 1905, (Morse) 1 9 [Blatchley Collection], b.

Oxford, Mass., Oct., 1909, (Allard) 2 c?, 2 9 [U. S. N^^M.]. b

Ramapo, New York, Oct. 1, 1905, (Davis) 2 cf , 1 9 [Davis Collection], b.

Suffern, N. Y., Oct. 6, (Davis) 1 9 [Davis CoUectionj. b.

Bronxville, N. Y., Aug. 23, 1908, (Davis) 1 c?, 1 9 [Davis Collection . b.

New York, N. Y., Sept. 29, 1907, (Davis) 1 9 [Davis Collection], b.

Staten Island, N. Y., Aug. 22, 26, Sept. 2, 5, 19, Oct. 3, 8, 1896-1906, (Davis)
•9 cf, 8 9, 1 n. [Davis Collection]. Pair m.

Springs, Long Island, N. Y., Sept. 21, 1910, (Davis) 1 9 [Davis Collection], b.

Lakehurst, New Jersev, Oct. 6, 1906, (Davis) 1 9 [Davis Collection], -b.

Cranford, N. J., Aug. 27, (Davis) 2 cT, 1 9 [Davis Collection], b

Jamison City, Pennsylvania, Sept. 5, 1909, (Davis) 2 cT, 2 9 [Davis Col-
lection], b. .. ^. r, T^l

Harrisburg, Pa., Aug. 21, 1 9 [A. N. S. P.]. m.

Cornwells, Pa., Oct., 1906, (R. and H.) 1 cT, 1 9. b^ ,„ ^ oq ^ on o

Chestnut Hill, Pa., July 8, Aug. 7, Sept. 9, 19, 1904, 08, 11, (H.) 28 cf , 29 9 .

■^ WiSahickon Creek, White Marsh Valley, Pa., Sept. 20, 1903, (H.) 2 cf . 4 9 • b.
Tinicum Island, Pa., Aug. 13, Sept. 9, 19, 1904, 08, 11, (R. and H.) 13 cf ,

Diamond Valley, Huntingdon County, Pa., Sept. 10, 1905, (R.) 1 9 . b

Chestnut Ridge, Westmoreland County, Pa., (Brugger) 1 9 [A. N. S. 1 . |. b.

Cabin John Run, Maryland, Sept. 19, 1911, (Davis) 14 d^, 11 9,1 n. [Davis
Collection], b. „ , . ^ r^r n t.t n* i u

Rummer's Island, Md., Oct., 1909, (Barber) 2 9 [U- S N. M.] b.

Washington, D. C, Aug. 16, 29, Oct. 5, 16, Nov. 9, 1883-1909, (CaudeU et al.)
.3 c?, 7 9 [U. S. N. M.]. 3 9 m.

Alexandria County, Virginia, Sept., 1911, (Davis) 1 cf, 5 9 [Davis Collection], b.

Dead Run, Va., Aug. 29, 1912, (Caudell) 2 <^ [U S N. M ] b.

Rosslyn, Va., Sept. 26, Oct. 20, Nov. 3, 1901, (Caudel )3 d^, 1 9 U. S. N. M ]. b.

Fairfax Countv, Va., Sept. 21, 1911, (Davis) 1 9 [Davis Collection] b.

Falls Church, Va., Sept. 4, 1906, (Caudell) 7 cf . 9 9 , 4 n. [L. &. N M ]. b.

North Carolina, 1 d^, 1 9- Type, Allotype [Scudder and Blatchley Col-

*' Rareigh,^N. C, Aug. 4, 21, Sept. 5, 9, 15, 28, Oct. 10 12, 28,. 30, Nov. 2, 13, 19,
.30, 1904-1908, (Brimley, Sherman, Bentley) 11 d^, 15 9 [Brimley, N. C. Dept.
Agr. and Hebard Collection]. 2 cf m., 1 at light.

Fayetteville, N. C, Sept. 9, 1911, (R. and H.) 1^, 1 9 • b

Lake Waccamaw, N. C, Sept. 8, 1911, (R. and H.) 3 o^, 8 9 . b

Blowing Rock, N. C, Aug. 29, 1902, (Sherman)! oMN.C. Dept. Agr.]. b.

Newton, N. C, Aug., 1906, (Sherman) 1 oMN. C. Dept. Agr.]. m

Black Mountains, N. C, Sept., (Beutenmiiller) 1 d^, 2 9 [Am. Mus. Nat.
Hist.], b.

Balsam, N. C, Oct. 7, 1905, (H.) 1 ^. 2 9 . b

Highlands N. C, Sept., 1908, (Sherman) 4 d^, 1 9 [N. C. Dept. Agr.]. b.

Florence, South Carohna, Sept. 6, 1911, (R. and H.) 10 cT 11 9 , 2 n. b.

Swansea S. C, June, 1908, (C. C. Craft) 1 9 [U. S. N. M ] m.

North end Sullivan Island, N. C, Sept. 5, 1911, (R^and H.) 19. b.

Georgia 1 9 From tvpe series A'', volaticus Sc. [Blatchley Collection], m.

Thompson's Mills, Ga., Oct., 1909, (Allard) 1 cf [U. S. N M ]. b.

Brunswick, Ga., May 2, 1911, 1 9 [Collection State of Ga.]. m

Bainbridge, Ga., June-Sept., 1909-11, (Bradley) 4 d^, 1 9 [Cornell Univ.]. m.

482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juiie^

Thomasville, Ga., Jan. 1, Mar. 18, 21, 29, May 19, June 13, 15, 23, Nov. 23,
Deo. 1, 11, 13, 14, 17, 18, 22, 1903-08, (H. and for H.) 21 d^, 30 9 . 1 c?, 6 9 m.

Daytona, Florida, Sept. 16, 1911, (Englehardt) 1 cf , 1 9 [Bklyn. Jnst. A. and
S.]. m.

Indian River, Fla., (Pridday) 1 cf [Hebard Collection ex Brunerj. m.

Lakeland, Fla., Nov. 10, 1911, (Davis) 1 9 [Davis Collection!, m.

Sarasota, Fla., Jan. 31, Feb. 14, 23, 25. Mar. 3, 1911, (Blatchley) 2 d", 5:9
[Blatchley Collection], b., 1 9 1. teg. only.

Charlotte Harbor, Fla., (Slosson) 1 o^ [Scudder Collection], m.

Lake Worth, Fla., (Slosson) 1 9 [Scudder Collection], m.

Biscayne Bay, Fla., (Slosson) 4 cf , 1 9 [Scudder Collection]. S d , I 9 ni.

Homestead, Fla., Mar. 17-19, 1910, (H.) 1 cf . b.; Julv 10-12, 1912, (R.andH.)
1 d^, 1 9. b.

Olivier, Louisiana, (E. S. G. Titus) 1 d" [U. S. N. M.]. b.

Doucette, Texas, July 24, 1912, (H.) 1 o^. b.

Beaumont, Tex., Julv 23, 1912, (H.) 3 d^, 6 9 . 1 9 m.

College Station, Tex., Dec. 29, 1905, (Hart) 1 9 [111. State Lab. Nat. Hist.], b..

Houston, Tex., Jan. 5, 1906, (Hart) 1 9 [111. State Lab. Nat. Hist.], b.

Columbus, Ohio, Oct. 2, 1903, (Mead) 1 cf, 1 9 [Ohio State Univ.]. b.

Cedar Point, Ohio, Aug. 21, 1912, 3 cf , 3 9 [Ohio State Univ.]. Pair m.

Sugar Grove, Ohio, Sept. 12, 1912, 1 cf , 1 9 [Ohio State Univ.]. b.

Cincinnati, Ohio, Oct. 19, 1912, 1 9 [Ohio State Univ.] b.

Kosciusko County, Indiana, Aug. 17, 1903, (Blatchley) 2 9 [A. N. S. P.]. b.

Marion County, Ind., Oct. 30, 1904, (Blatchley) I d', 2 9 [U. S. N. M.]. b.

Vigo County, Ind., Oct. 5, 1894, (Blatchley) 1 d^, 1 9 [U. S. N. M.]. b.

Knox County, Ind., Nov. 5, 1903, (Blatchlev) 1 d" [U. S. N. M.]. b.

Crawford County, Ind., Sept. 8, 1903, (Blatchley) 1 cf [A. N. S. P.]. b.

Ogle County, Illinois, (Allen) 1 9 [Scudder Collection]. L. teg. only.

Chicago, 111., (Palmer) 1 9 [Scudder Collection]. L. teg. only.

Dallas County, Iowa, (J. A. Allen) 1 9 [Scudder Collection]. " m.

West Point, Nebaska, Oct. 16, 1 cf [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. b.

Lincoln, Nebr., Sept., 1894, (Bruner) 2 9 [Hebard Collection ex Bruner].
1 m. at light.

South Bend, Nebr., Oct., 1889, 1 d", 1 9 [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. b.

Clearwater, Kansas, Aug., 1904, (Isely) 1 9 [U. S. N. M.]. b.

Atchison, Kan., Aug. 1, 1904, (Iselv) 1 cf ]U. S. N. M.]. b.

Fairview, Kan., Aug., 1904, (Isely) 2 d", 2 9 [U. S. N. M.]. b., 191. teg. only.

Nemobius carolinus brevioaudus Bruner.

1904. Nemohius brevicaudus Bruner, Bull. 94, Agr. Exp. Sta. Colo. Agr.

Coll., p. 57. (Original description.) [Fort Collins, Colo.]
1912. Nemohius brevicaudus Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,

1912, p. 122. (Single type fixation.)

This insect is known from the types only, which specimens show
it to be very near N. carolinus. From that species this geographic
race differs in being very pale in coloration, with the spots on the
dorsal surface of the female abdomen greatly enlarged. The types
are also as robust as the largest specimens of carolinus before us,
while the ovipositor is very short.

Type: 9; Fort Collins, Colorado. October 4, 1901. [Hebard
Collection ex Bruner.]

Description of Type.- — Size medium, form robust. Similar to
N . carolinus except in the paler coloration, exaggerated color pattern

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 483

and in the ovipositor which is short (probably^^ similar to that of
JV. caroUnus neomexicanus in normal specimens).

We here describe the unique allotypic male which bears the same
•data as the type.

"Fig. 28. — Xemobius carolinus brevicaudus. Malformed ovipositor of type.
(Greatly magnified.)

Description of Allotype. — Similar to female in size and proportions.
Differing from A^. carolinus in coloration and pattern as given in

above description.

Measurements {in mUlimeters) .

Fort CoUins, Colo.

Type

Allotype

9

d^

9.

8.2

1.8

1.8

2.4

2.5

3.2

4.6

5.6

5.8

1.9

2.

2.2

Length of body

Length of pronotum
Caudal width of pronotum

Length of tegmina

Length of caudal femur
Greatest width of caudal femur
Length of ovipositor

As has been noted, the ovipositor in this specimen is malformed,
the apex being misshapen as the figure shows.

Color Notes. — General color wood brown washed with russet.
Head with the faint occipital markings described under carolinus
more pronounced and extending as far as the vertex, the lighter
color wood brown, the darker wood brown washed with russet. Eyes
clove brown. Maxillary palpi wood brown, the terminal portion of
the last segment Vandyke brown. Pronotum with dorsal surface
and lateral lobes wood brown, somewhat maculate with pale russet.
Tegmina transparent wood brown. Dorsal surface of abdomen in
male (concealed) and concealed portion of same in female vandyke
brown; exposed portion of same in female with four rows of pale
spots as in carolinus, but with these spots greatly enlarged, the narrow
medio-longitudinal portion between the two median rows of spots

^' In this .specimen, the only known female, the ovipositor is clearly malformed
as indicated in Fig. 28.

484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June^

Vandyke brown, the other narrow interstices between the spots,
russet. Ovipositor burnt umber. Limbs and ventral surface of
insect of general coloration.

Distribution. — Though known only from Fort Collins, Colo., it is
probable that this insect will be found rather widely distributed in
favorable localities over the great plains.

Specimens Examined. — 2: 1 male and 1 female.

Fort Collins, Colo., October 4, 1901, 1 d^; 1 9 . Allotype, Type.
[Hebard Collection ex Brunerl.

Nemobius carolinus neomexicanus Scudder.

1896. Nemobius neomexicanus Scudder, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, IV, pp. 100,

104. (Original description.) (In part.) [Las Cruces, New Mex. Los

Angeles (County), Cal.; Comondu, Lower Cal.]
1896. Nemobius toltecus Scudder (not of Saussure, 1859), Jour. N. Y. Ent.

Soc, lY, pp. 101, 106. [Orizaba and Jalapa, Vera Cruz, Mex.; Tepic,,

(Tepic), Mex.]
1896. Nemobius neomexicanus Scudder, Psyche, VII, p. 432. (New key.)
1896. Nemobius toltecus Scudder (not of Saussure, 1859), Psyche, VII, p.

433. (New key.)

1896. Nemobius neomexicanus Cockerell, Ent. News, VII, p. 297. [Las
Cruces, Mesilla and Colorado, New Mexico.]

1897. Nemobius neomexicanus Saussure, Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., II, p. 223.
[Durango and (or) Sinaloa, Mex.; Teapa, Tabasco, Mex.]

1897. Nemobius denticulatus Saussure, Biol. Cent. Amer., Orth., II, pi. II,,
fig. 25. (Figure name only.)

1902. Nemobius neomexicanus Scudder and Cockerell, Proc. Davenp. Acad.
Sci., IX, p. .59. [Las Cruces and Mesilla, New Mex. Common. At-
tracted to light.]

1904. Nemobius neomexicanus Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904,.
p. 575. [Florence, Ariz.]

1904. Nemobius neomexicanus Caudell, Mus. Bklyn. Inst. Arts and Sciences,,
I, No. 4, p. 115. [Esperanza Ranch, near Brownsville, and Brownsville,.
Tex.]

1907. Nemobius neomexicanus Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907,.
p. 65. [Douglas, Ariz.]

1907. Nemobius neomexicanus Rehn, Ent. News, XVIII, p. 212. [Browns-
ville, Tex.]

1907. Nemobius neomexicanus Rehn in Snow, Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci.,
XX, pt. II, p. 39. [San Bernardino Ranch, Ariz.]

1908. Nemobius neomexicanus Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1908, p. 399. [Tucson and Yuma, Ariz.]

1908. Nemobius neomexicanus Rehn and Hebard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1909, p. 172. [Alamogordo, New Mex.]

The present geographic race differs from typical Nemobhis carolinus
in being usually of paler coloration over the arid or semiarid portions
of its distribution, while in these specimens the great majority are
somewhat more slender.

The series from the state of Vera Cruz, Mex,, differs from carolinus
in being more russet in general coloration, the dorsal abdominal
spots of the females being, moreover, very large.

1913.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

485

In all of these series the ovipositor is almost invariably considerably
shorter than in carolinus and consequently shows even less curv-
ature.

Based on a series of five specimens of both sexes from four
localities. "^^

Single type here designated: 9 ; Las Cruces, New Mexico^
(Cockerell) [Hebard Collection ex Bruner].

Description of Type.— Size, form, and structure much as in N.
carolinus. Tegmina nearly as long as caudal femur. Wings more

Fig. 29. — Nernobms carolinus neomexi-
canus. Ovipositor of Type. (Greatly
magnified.)

Fig. 30. — A^emobius carolinus neomexi-
canus. Ovipositor of specimen from
Vera Cruz, Mexico. (Greatly mag-
nified.)

than twice as long as tegmina. Ovipositor a little more than half
the length of the caudal femur, very feebly arcuate, almost straight,,
distal third narrowly sublanceolate and armed as in carolinus.

The allotype here selected bears the same data as the type and is
in the Scudder Collection.

Description of Allotype. — Size smaller, but very similar to female
in general proportions. Tegmina of same character and abdomen
likewise peculiarly developed as in carolinus.

Measurements {in millimeters) .

Las Cruces, N. M. Shovel Mtn., Tex..

Type Allotype

9 cf 9 c^

Length of body 7.7 7. 8.3 6.9

Length of pronotum 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.4

Caudal width of pronotum 2.3 2. 2.3 2.3

Length of tegmina 4.8 4.8 4.2 4.5

Length of wings 11. 10.8 9.7 9.8

Length of caudal femur 5.1 4.8 4.5 4.7

Greatest width of caudal femur 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7

Length of ovipositor 2.7 2.4

^ One specimen, a female from Sierra el Taste, Lower California, does not
belong to this geographic race, but to N. cubensis mormonius.

486

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[June,

Brownsville, Tex.

(Extremes.)

9 9 ' d^d" ~^

Length of body 7.-8. 6.3-8.3

Length of pronotum 1.4-1.6 1.3-1.7

Caudal width of pro-
notum 2.4-2.1 2.3-2.7

Length of tegmina 4.2-4.8 4.1-5.2

Length of wings 10. -10.9 9.9-11.4

Length of caudal femur 4.8-5. 4.7-5.2

■Greatest width of caudal

■ femur 1.7-1.8 1.7-1.9

Length of ovipositor 2.9- 3.

Alamogordo,
N. Mex.

9

7.1

1.7

2.1
3.4

2.1

2.8

7.6
1.7

2.4
5.1

"5^1

1.8

Co., Cal.

Length of body 8.4

Length of pronotum. 1.8

•Caudal width of prono-
tum 2.6

Length of tegmina 4.8

Length of wings 11.3

Length of caudal femur . 5 . 8
•Greatest width of caudal

femur 1 .9

Length of ovipositor 2 . 9

1 Orizaba, V. C, Mex.

(Extremes.)

Motzc
V. C,

9

7.8
1.8

»rongo,
, Mex.

9 9
5.8-7.3
1.6-1.8

5.2-8.1
1.2-1.9

7.2
1.5

2.1-2.3
2.7-3.

2. -2.3
3.6-5.4

2.3

2.7

v."

2.5
4.4

4.8-5.4

4.6-5.7

5.

1.8-2.1
2.8-3.

1.6-2.1

1.9
3.1

1.9

Extremes in Ovipositor Length.

Columbus, Tex 2.9-3.3

Carrizo Springs, Tex 2 . 5-2 . 8

Yuma, Ariz • 2 . 9-3 . 1

Comondu, L. Cal 2.6-2.9

Trinidad 2.8

Costa Rica. 3

The considerable variation in the present insect does not seem to be
affected by distribution, the extremes of the species before us being
found in both series from Brownsville, Tex., and Orizaba, Mex. The
greatest ovipositor length is seen to about equal the minimum found
in N. carolinus, though rare exceptions are found in that species where
the length of the ovipositor is less than even the average of the
present race.

Color Notes. — We here describe the coloration of the type. Head,
pronotum and tegmina mummy brown shading to raw umber on

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487

the limbs and with intermediate channel of tegmina and exposed
portions of wings tawny olive. Under portions of insect pale tawny
olive. Maxillary palpi yellowish, the extreme apex of the terminal
segment very narrowly marked with very dark brown. The majority
of the specimens from the arid and semiarid portions of the range
of the insect are somewhat darker than the type, the general color
being Vandyke brown, and in some of these individuals the occipital
markings described under carolinus are faintly apparent. There
are very few brachypterous females from this portion of the distribu-
tion of the race, and all of these but one are in a poor state of
preservation. The specimen from Brownsville, Tex., in good condi-
tion, shows the color pattern of the exposed dorsal surface of the
abdomen similar to that of typical carolinus.

The majority of the specimens from the state of Vera Cruz resemble
carolinus closely in coloration and color pattern, but are almost
without exception more russet. The few specimens from that region,
which differ from these in coloration, are colored much as in typical
carolinus neomexicanus, and all have the ovipositor as is typical in
that race.

With scarcely an exception, the limbs of the specimens before us
are immaculate. The maxillary palpi have the dark marking of
the apex of the ultimate joint invariably exceedingly narrow.

Distribution. — The present insect is known from the more arid
regions of the western United States, southward to the state of Vera
Cruz, Mex., and Costa Rica. The most northern localities at which
it has been taken are Shovel Mountain, Tex., Jemez Hot Springs"^,
New Mex., and Florence, Ariz. From Shovel Mountain, Tex., it is
found south to the Gulf coast and is checked in its eastern distribu-
tion by this boundary. The most southern locality is Costa Rica,
while it appears to be only limited in its western distribution by the
Pacific coast.

Biological Notes. — All we know of the life of the present race has
been learned from material taken in the southwestern United
States. There the species appears to enjoy a wide but rather local
distribution. It was very seldom found by us in any numbers, and
occasional macropterous specimens attracted to light were the usual
indication of the presence of the species. We have found it but once
in the brachypterous form, then .it was not extremely scarce, but
very difficult to capture, in low irrigated grass near the station at

" These specimens are intermediates between this race and typical N. carolinus.
32

488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

Albuquerque, New Mex. Occasional trills from this grass plot indi-
cated the presence of the insects in the afternoon, specimens could
doubtless have been taken there with ease after nightfall. The
series before us suggests that the species is far more plentiful in
the region discussed during June than later in the season. The
same conditions which govern the distribution of .V. cubensis mor-
monius are applicable to the present species as well.

Synonymy. — In 1896, Scudder incorrectly recorded the series of
specimens of the present insect from the state of Vera Cruz, Mex.,
as N. toltecus, in the same paper in which he described neomexicanus.
That year that name was again used by him for the same specimens
in his key in Psyche.

Saussure, in 1897, finding that a species which he was describing
for the Biologia was the same as the present insect, corrected the
name in the text, but accidentally left his name Nemobius denticulatus
as the name for the figure.

Specimens Examined. — 121: 61 males, 59 females, and 1 nymph.

Shovel Mountain, Texas, July 9, 10, Sept. 5, Oct. 4, 1901, (Schaupp) 3 d", 3 9
[A. N. S. P.]. m.

Columbus, Tex., Sept. 7, 2 9 [U. S. N. M.]. m.

Victoria, Tex., (W. E. Hinds) 1 c? [U. S. N. M.]. m.

Carrizo Springs, Tex., Oct., 1884, (Wadgymar) 2 9 [Hebard Collection ex
Bruner]. m..

San Diego, Tex., (Schwarz) 1 & [U. S. N. M.]. m.

Brownsville, Tex., June, 1904, (Barber) 3 cf , 2 9 ; June, (Snow) 1 cf, 2 9 ;
6 cf , 4 9 [Bklyn. Inst. A. and S., A. N. S. P., U. S. N. M.]. m.: Apr. 11, (Dohr-
ner) 1 9 ; June 23, 1908, Nov. 21, Dec. 20, 1910 (Hart) 17 cf , 12 9 [HI. State
Lab. Nat. Hist.]. All but 1 9 , m.

Los Borregos, Brownsville, Tex., June 5, 6, 1904, (Barber) 4 cf , 2 9 [U. S.
N. M.]. m.

Esperanza Ranch, Brownsville, Tex., (Schaeffer) 3 cf [Bklyn. Inst. A. and S.]. m.

Jemez Hot Springs, New Mexico, Sept. 7, 1911, (Woodgate) 2 9 [Hebard
Collection], b.

Colorado, N. M., (CockereU) 2 cf , 2 9 [Scudder Collection].

Alamogordo, N. M., July 16, 1907, (H.) 1 cf, 1 9, 1 n. b.

Las Cruces, N. M., (CockereU) 1 cf, 1 9. Allotype, Type [Scudder and
Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. m.

Mesilla, N. M., (Cockerel!) 1 cf , 1 9 [Scudder and U. S. N.M. Collection], m.

Florence, Arizona, July, 1903, (Biederman) 1 9 [A. N. S. P.]. m.

Tucson, Ariz., July 23, 1907, (R. and H.) 1 9 . m.

Yuma, Ariz., July 28, 1907, Oct. 1, 1910, (R. and H.) 2 cf , 4 9 . m.

Los Angeles County, California, July, (Coquillett) 2 9 [Paratype in Hebard
Collection ex Bruner; 1 9 , U. S. N. M.]. m.

Comondu, Lower California, Mar., 1889, (C. D. Haines) 3 9 [Paratype in
Scudder Collection; 2 9 , Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. m.

San Jose del Cabo, L. Cal., 1 cf , 1 9 [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. m.

Venis Mecas,^^ Mexico, Jan. 6, 1878, (Palmer) 1 d" [Scudder Collection], b.

Monterey, Nuevo Leon, Mex., July 3, 1908, 1 9 [HI. State Lab. Nat. Hist.], m.

Durango or Sinaloa, Mex., (Forrer) 1 cf , 1 9 [Br. Mus.]. b.

«5 We are at present unable to find the exact location of this place.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 489

Tepic, Mex., 1 cT [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. b.

Jalapa, Vera Cruz, Mex., 1 9 [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. b.

Medellin, V. C, Mex., 1 9 [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. m.

Presidio, V. C, Mex., (Forrer) 1 9 [Br. Mus.]. b.

Orizaba, V. C, Mex., Jan., 1892, 7 cf , 4 9 [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. b.

Motzorongo, V. C, Max., Feb., 1892, 2 d^, 1 9 [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. b.

San Rafael, V. C, Mex., (Townsend) 1 9 [Hebard Collection ex Bruner]. m.

Teapa, Tabasco, Mex., March, (H. H. Smith) 2 ^ [Br. Mus.]. b.

Costa Rica, (Carriker) 1 9 [Hebard Collection], m.

Nemobius confusus Blatchley.

1903. Nemobius confu&us Blatchley, Orth. of Indiana, pp. 421, 428, 429.

(In part.) (Original description of 9 •) [Tippecanoe Lake and Posey

County, Ind. In low damp woods.]
1908. Nemobius confusus Brimley, Ent. News, XIX, p. 21. [Raleigh, N, C.

Damp places near water.]
1911. Nemobius confusus Sherman and Brimley, Ent. News, XXII, p. 391.

[Raleigh, N. C]

Tills species, wliicli also belongs to the subgenus Eunemobius, is
one of the most distinctive of the North American species of the genus
Ne7nohiiis. In the original description the supposed male of the
present species was in fact N. maculatus, and in consequence that
composite description is highly misleading. There is a superficial
resemblance of this species to N. palustris, but examination shows
that it belongs to a different subgenus, since in cojifusus the disto-
ventral spurs of the caudal tibiae are equal in length and the ovi-
positor is of the shorter type, armed at the apex above with heavy
teeth, below with widely spaced serrations.

The bone-white maxillary palpi in both sexes distinguish the present
species from all other North American members of the genus.
The nearest relationship is found in A^. caroUnus, from which species
confusus differs widely in the different color pattern, much darker
general coloration and ovipositor which is different in shape and
armament.

Based on a series of specimens from two localities in Indiana.

Single type here designated: 9 ; Tippecanoe Lake, Kosciusko
County, Indiana, August 26, 1902. (Blatchley) [Blatchley Col-
lection].

Description of Type. — Size small, form graceful; head small, not
as full and with interantennal projection not as prominent as in
carolinus, wider than the cephalic width of the pronotum. Maxillary
palpi sunilar to those of carolinus. Eyes broad ovate, not at all
prominent. Pronotum with proportions much as in carolinus,
narrowing slightly cephalad and with a medio-longitudinal impressed
line more noticeable in the cephalic portion. Tegmina half as long

490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

as caudal femora, resembling those of N. palustris excepting that in
the present species the humeral vein is more conspicuous and the
tegmina are divided by this vein into less rounded dorsal (here
including the intermediate channel) and more nearly perpendicular
lateral fields. Wings absent. Ovipositor slightly more than half
as long as the caudal femora, feebly arcuate, distal third of same
heavy, lanceolate; with both dorsal and ventral margins of apex
armed, the former with rather widely spaced, very heavy, and some-
what recurved teeth, the latter with' widely spaced serrulations.
The limbs are somewhat more delicate than in carolinus ana, the spines
of the caudal femora somewhat more slender than in that species.

Fig. .31. — Xew.obius confusus. Ovipositor of t^-pe. (Greatly magnified.)

The allotypic male, here selected, taken at Dead Run, Virginia,
August 29, 1912, by Caudell and in the United States National
Museum, furnishes the additional data given below.

Description of Allotype. — Smaller but very similar to female in
general appearance. Tegmina transparent and very delicate; of
same character as in carolinus but not as much wider than abdomen
as in that species, when in repose the lateral margins of the dorsal
field are more nearly straight, subparallel. Wings absent.

Measurements {in millimeters) .

Tippecanoe

Lake, Ind. Dead Run, Va.

Type Allotype Average of series.

9 9 d' cr^d^ 9

Length of body 7. 6.8 6.3 6.2(6.-6.6) 7.3

Length of pronotum 1.9 1.9 1.4 1.5(1.4-1.7) 1.7

Caudal width of prono-
tum 2.2 2.3 2. 1.9(1.8-2.1) 2.1

Length of tegmina 3. 2.9 4. 4.1(3.8-4.8) 3.1

Length of caudal femur 5.3 5 . 4 . 7 4 . 7 (4 . 6-4 . 9) 5.3
Greatest width of caudal

femur 2. 1.9 1.8 1.7(1.6-1.9) 1.8

Length of ovipo.sitor 2.9 2.9 2.6

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 491

Cabin John Run, Md.

Average of series.
d'd' 9 9

Length of body 6.4(5.7-7. ) 6.7(6.6-6.9)

Length of pronotum 1.6 (1.4-1.7) 1.7 (1.4-1.8)

Caudal width of pronotum 2 . (1.9-2.1) 2.1(1.9-2.3)

Length of tegmma 4.2 (4. -4.4) 2.9 (2.8-3. )

Length of caudal femur 4 . 4 (4 . 1-4 . 7) 4 . 9 (4 . 8-5 . 3)

Greatest width of caudal femur 1 .7 (1 .6-1 .8) 1 .9 (1 .8-2 . )

Length of ovipositor 2.7 (2.5-2.8)

The extremes in size found in the material before us are given in
the above measurements. Although the series are not large, it is
possible to see that there is but little variation in the species. The
eastern specimens average somewhat .smaller than those from Indiana.
In the original description the measurements for the male sex are, as
has been stated, taken from a specimen of .V. maculatus, while those
of the female are, unfortunately, in almost every case exaggerated.

Color Notes. — All of the specimens before us are of very much the
same coloration. Head, pronotum, and tegmina shining piceous, the
latter transparent in the male, nearly transparent in the female.
Maxillary palpi with proximal segments piceous, last two segments
white and very striking. Dorsal surface of abdomen dark bistre;
in the specimens of somewhat lighter coloration, bistre with the
margins of the segments darker. Limbs and ventral surface of body
immaculate raw umber; in dark specimens mummy brown. Both
males and females of the present species have a very shiny appearance.

Distribution. — The present species has been taken on the Atlantic
coast from a few miles northwest of Washington, D. C, to Raleigh,
N. C. The only other known point of distribution is the type locality
in northern Indiana.

Biological Notes. — Among the secretive species of Nemobius, this
species is at present one of the least known. We learn from Blatchley
that it was first found, "quite common in some low, damp woods
bordering Tippecanoe Lake .... living among the fallen leaves
and beneath small chunks and chips." No macropterous specimens
are known, but it is probable that a long-winged form of the present
species exists.

Synony^ny. — It is strange that although Blatchley found this
insect plentiful when the type series was taken, he apparently secured
no males, but having taken males of N. maculatus in the same locality,
unfortunately supposed these to be males of the new species.

492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June,

The result is that the original description is a composite of the two
species. We have at present before us two males and two females
of the type series which bear this out fully, as the males are both
maculatus.

E. M. Walker has noted that Professor Morse pronounced the
males of Blatchley's confusus a different species from the females,
but that writer incorrectly surmised that the females were probably
synonymous with N. carolinus Scudder.

Specimens Exmnined. — 32: 8 males, 22 femaleS; and 2 nymphs.

Cabin John Run, Maryland, Sept. 19, 1911, (Davis) 3 cf , 3 9 [Davis Col-
lection].

Plummer's Island, Md., Sept. 4, 11, 1902, 03, (Barber) 2 9 [U. S. N. M.]
Dead Run, Virginia. Aug. 29, 1912, (Caudell) 4 cf, 2 9 , 2 9 n., including cf
Allotype [U. S. N. M.]'.

Falls Church, Va., Sept. 2, 4, 1906, (Caudell, Banks) 1 cf , 6 9 [U. S. N. M.]
Alexandria County, Va., Sept., 1911, (Davis) 4 9 [Davis Collection].
Raleigh, North CaroHna, Sept. 25, 1907, (Brimley) 2 9 [Brimlev Collection,
U. S. N. M.]. i^ > > J I .

Tippecanoe Lake, Indiana, Aug. 26, 1902 (Blatchley) 2 9 . Type and Para-
type [Blatchley Collection].

Kosciusko County, Ind., Oct. 29, 1902, (Blatchley) 1 9. Paratvpe

[U. S. N. M.j.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 493

TWO COLLECTIONS OF PLEISTOCENE FOSSILS FKOM THE ISTHMUS OF
PANAMA.

BY AMOS P. BROWN AND HENRY A, PILSBRY.

The two collections of fossils treated of in this paper were briefly
alluded to in our second paper on the Gatun Formation,^ issued in
January of this year. They were collected by Professor W. B. Scott,

1911, with the assistance of Mr. D. F. Macdonald, geologist of the
Isthmian Canal Commission. As noted in our former paper, they
came from two localities near the north end of the canal.

Collection 1. — From the oyster-shell bearing layers in the Black Swamp
near Mount Hope {Monkey Hill). — The top of these beds is some four
feet above the present sea level and they are encountered in digging
for sewers in the town of Colon. They are also known from Toro
Point, across the bay from Colon. The material consists largely of
coral mud, with corals and coralline fragments and many molluscan
remains mixed with more or less silt containing vegetable matter.
It was evidently shipped to us just as it came from the excavations,
and contained the small species as they were imbedded in the mud of
the sea bottom. No volcanic ash was detected in this material.
While the species represented are almost all recent, some of them
may be extinct, and at any rate have not yet been found in the living
state.

In a paper published in 1912, Dr. DalP has described four of these
found in our material. Besides these four described by Dall, we
now add three additional new species ; and a number of others were
among the specimens in the collection, but not in sufficiently good
form for description. We have found some of these described new
species in collections of recent shells in the A. N. S. P. collection,
and it may be that none of these new species will be found to be
really extinct when the molluscan fauna of that part of the Caribbean
is fully known. The fauna of these beds (which Professor Scott has
named the Mount Hope Formation) numbers in this collection 69
named species of Gastropods, with 3 additional species named only
as to genus; 45 named species of Pelecypods, with 3 additional species
named as to genus; 2 Scaphopods; 6 species of corals and one
barnacle.

1 Fauna of the Gatun Formation, Isthmus of Panama, II. Froc. A. X. S. P.,

1912, pp. .500-519.

- New Species of Fossil Shells from Panama and Costa Rica, by W. H. Dall,
SmUhxonian Misc. Coll., vol. 59, No. 2, 1912.

494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

Collection 2. From the oyster-shell areas in the black, unconsolidated
mud, uncomjormable on the Gatun Formation at the lower (north) end
of the Gatun Locks. — This deposit of mud extends from a few feet
below sea level to about 10 feet above it at this point. The black
character of the deposit and the finding of definite vegetable remains
in it, coupled with the observation that the oysters grew attached to
mangroves or similar plants, shows that this was a deposit accumu-
lated at the head of a bay or in an estuary. From the clean condition
in which this material reached us, it seems likely that this collection
was the result of the screening of the discharge from a suction dredge.
This would also account for the absence of all small specimens from
the collection. The species present indicate shallow, probably
brackish, water conditions. The most notable species is the oyster
(evidently growing attached to plants) and the great number of
Congeria shells. The oyster shells are often seen to be covered with
barnacles. Besides the one species of barnacle, there were three
species of Gastropods and five species of Pelecypods. One of the
Gastropods, Neritina virginea Lam., has the color pattern of the shell
beautifully preserved. This deposit is probably more recent than
that at Mount Hope, but is probably, like it. Pleistocene.

We are indebted to Mr. J. B. Henderson, of Washington, for
working over and determining a large part of the species listed below.

List of Species from the Oyster-shell Layers from the
Black Swamp near Mount Hope. — Collection L

Balanus eburneus Gould.

Tornatina canalicidata (Say). R.^

Cylichnella bidentata (Orb.).

Atys Sander soni Dall.

Bullaria occidentalis (A. Ad.). C.

Haminea canalis Dall.

Haminea antillarum (Orb.). R.

Terebra spei n. sp.

Conus proteus Hwass. R.

Drillia leucocyma Dall.

Drillia ostrearum Stearns.

Drillia harfordiana (Reeve), var. colonensis n. v. R.

Clathurella jewettii Stearns. R.

Cythara balteata (Reeve).

Cythara biconica (C. B. Ad.). C.

Marinula colonia Dall. R.

OUvella myrmecoon Dall. C.

' The abundance or rarity of the species is indicated by the letters R. (rare)
nd C. (common).

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495

Marginella cincta Kien. C.

Margi7iella pallida (L.). R.

Marginella minuta Pfr.

Voluta alfaroi Dall. R.

Fasciolaria sp. R. Specimen too young to determine.

Latirus cingulifera (Lam.). R.

Phos intricatus Dall. R.

Engina turbinella (Kien.). R.

Nassa vibex Say.

Columbella mercatoria (L.).

Anachis avara (Say). R.

Anachis sa7nanensis Dall. C.

Anachis pulchfUa (Kien.). R.

Aspella scalawides (Blainv.). R.

Strombus bitiiberculatus Lam.

Strombus pugilis L.

Trivia pediculus (L.). R.

Murex rufus Lam. R.

Murex pomum Gmel.

Murex riodatus Reeve. C.

Urosalpinx sp. R.

Eulinia bifasciata (Orb.). R.

Cymatium vcspaceum (Lam.). R.

Cymatium tuberosum (Lam.). R.

Cerithiopsis sp. R.

Bittium varium Pfr. C.

Cerithium literatum (Born.). R.

€erithium algicola C. B. Ad. C.

Cerithium medium Dall. R.

Cerithium variabile C. B. Ad.

Cerithidea varicosa Sby. R.

Modulus modulus (L.). C.

Modulus catenulatus Phil. R.

Littorina angulifera Lam. R.

Vermetus nigricans Phil.(?). R.

Alabina cerithioides Dall.

Alaba tervaricosa Ad. R.

Rissoina Icevigata C. B. Ad. var. browniana Orb.

Rissoina striatocostata Orb. R.

Rissoina cancellata Phil. R.

Rissoina elegantissima Orb. R.

Crepidula convexa Say. C.

Crepidula plana Say. R.

Calyptrcea candeana Orb. C.

Natica pusilla Say. R.

Sigaretus perspectivus Say. R.

Phasianella pulchella C. B. Ad. C.

Turbo crenidatus Gmel. R.

Astralium brevispina (Lam.). R.

Astralium tuberosum (Phil.) (?).

496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julv,

Tegula fasciata (Born.).

Fissuridea alternata (Say).

Suhemarginula emarginata (Blainv.).

Suhemarg inula rollandii (Fischer).

Acmcea punctulata (Gmel.).

Neritina viridis Lam. C.

Tonicia schrammi Shuttl. R.

Dentalium callithrix Dall. C.

Cadulus vaughani Dall. C.

Leda vulgaris n. sp. C.

Leda acuta Conr. R.

Yoldia perprotrada Dall. C.

Area unihonata Lam. R.

Area imhrieata Brug. R.

Area antiquata L. C.

Area deshayesi Hanley. C.

Area eampeachiensis Dillw. R.

Area adamsi Smith.

Area oeeidentalis Phil. R.

Area retieulata Gmel. R.

Seapharea pittieri Dall. C.

Byssoarca fusea Brug. C.

Melina ephippium (L.). C.

Ostrea virginica Gmel. C.

Peeten ziczac (L.). C.

Pecten exasperatus Sowb. C.

Peeten gihbus (L.).

Peeten gihbus disloeatus Say. R.

Mytilus exustus Lam. R.

Chama sp. R.

Chama sp. C.

Crassinella guadalupensis (Orb.). R.

Diplodonta mediamericana n. sp. R.

Diplodonta soror C. B. Ad. C.

Codakia orbicidata (Mont.). R.

Codakia antillarum Reeve. R.

Lucina chrysostoma Phil. C.

Phaeoides lintea (Conr.). R.

Phaeoides near crenulatus (Conr.). R.

Phaeoides antillarum Reeve. R.

Phaeoides leucoeyma Dall. R.

Phaeoides peetinatus (Gmel.). C.

Phaeoides sp.

Cuspidaria (Cardiomya) costellata Desh. R.

Cardium serratum L. C.

Cardium medium L.

Cardium murieatum L. C.

Gafrarium (Gouldia) eerina (C. B. Ad.). R.

Pitar suharresta Dall.

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

497

Chione cancellata (L.)- C.

Tellina {EurytelUna) alter nata Say. C.

Tellina (Cyclotellina) fausta Don.

Tellina (Angulus) versicolor Coz.

Tellina (Angulus) promera Dall.

Abra cequalis (Say). R.

Corhula equivalvis Phil. C.

Corbula swif liana C. B. Ad. C.

Manicina areolata (L.),

Porites porites (Pallas).

Agaricia agaricites (L.).

Cladocora orhuscula (Le Sueur).

Siderastrea sidera (Ell. and Sal.).

Favia jragum (Pallas).

List of Species obtained from the black mud unconformable

ON the Gatun Formation at the lOwer end of the

Gatun Locks.— Collection 2.

Balanus ehurneus Gould.

Melongena melongena (L.).

Cerithidea varicosa Sby.

Neritina virginea Lam. C.

Ostrea virginiai Gmel. C.

Congeria iMijtilopsis) cochleata Kick. C.

Phacoides pedinatus (Gmel.). C.

Anomalocardia cuneimeris Con. R.

Cyrena (Polymesoda) acuta Prime. R.

Descriptions of new species.

Terebra spei n. sp. Fig. 1.

The shell is small, slender, the
diameter contained five times
in the length. Apex lost, 11^
whorls remaining are slightly
convex. Sculpture consists of
rather sharp axial ribs, narrower
than their concave intervals,
curving backward in the middle,
on the last whorl 22 in number,
and continued as far as the
anterior contraction; a spiral
groove, equally deep over ribs
and intervals, defines a posterior fasciole which is somewhat less than
one-third the width of each whorl; below this there are seven spiral
cords wider than their interstices, prominent in the concave inter-

Fig. 1. — Terebra spei n. sp.

498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

costal spaces, but almost effaced where they pass over the crests of
the axial ribs. The aperture is trapezoidal; columella not plicate,
but its lower edge is slightly prominent.

Length 15, diam. 3.25, length of aperture 3.3 mm.
Mount Hope bed.

While related to T. protexta, this species differs by the convexity
of the whorls.
Drillia harfordiana var. colonensis n. var.

The shell resembles Pleurotoma harfordiana Rve. in form, but is
very much smaller. The anal fasciole is rather wide, concave, with a
single prominent spiral cord near the suture. Below the fasciole
there are 'rounded, slightly protractive axial ribs, strongest at the
shoulder, rapidly diminishing downwards, and ten in number on the
penultimate whorl. They are crossed by rather widely spaced spiral
cords, of which three are visible on the penultimate, about a dozen
on the last whorl. The cOrds are equally developed on the ribs and
in their intervals, and the spaces between them are occupied by very
fine spiral striae, especially well developed on the fasciole. The
€oloration, though faded, is visible on some specimens. There is a
white band at the shoulder and several white lines below, on a tawny
ground. Length 12, diam. 5.5 mm.; about 9 whorls.
Mount Hope bed.

An allied recent form from Nicaragua is described below.
Drillia harfordiana var. flucki n. v.

Similar to var. colonensis except in the following details. The
axial ribs are much more numerous, seventeen on the penultimate
whorl; on the last whorl they diminish very rapidly below the
periphery, and the spiral cords are noticeably enlarged and prominent
on the summits of the ribs; the 6th and 7th below the shoulder are
white. From the shoulder to the suture the surface is buff-white,
and the growth strise somewhat lamellar; elsewhere the shell is dark
mineral -red (of Ridgway's Color Standards).

Length 19.3, diam. 8, length of aperture 8.2 mm.; 10 whorls, the
tip wanting.

King's Keys, Nicaragua, recent. Rev. W. H. Fluck.
The figure of D. harfordiana Rve. measures, length 27.5, diam.
12.5 mm. The habitat of the species was and still is unknown, and
it has not been described with sufficient detail; but these Central
American forms resemble it in general features and may well be
local forms of the same species.

1913.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

499

Diplodonta mediamericana n. sp. Fig. 2.

The shell is of the usual orbicular shape, the length and altitude
about equal, diameter nearly two-thirds of the length; rather thin;
surface densely and very delicately striate, smoother towards the
beaks, which are somewhat prominent.
Margins somewhat straightened on both
sides of the beaks; the anterior end a little
more broadly rounded than the posterior.
Teeth rather strong. Length 15.5, alt. 15.1,
diam. 9.8 mm.

Porto Barrios and Livingston, Guatemala,,
in mud brought up on an anchor, S. L.
Schumo, cotypes No. 76,479 A. N. S. P.
Fig. 2. -~ Diplodonta medi- ^^^^^ ^j^_ jj^pg Professor W. B. Scott.
amencuna n. sp. . , , i i tn

This species closely resembles D. puiic-

turella Dall, but differs in the sculpture and proportions. D. nuclei-
formis (Wagner) is a much smaller and more obese form.
Leda vulgaris n. sp. Fig. .3.

The shell is rather solid, plump, equivalve; beaks median, small,
contiguous. Anterior end rounded, its upper margin convex. Pos-
terior end rapidly tapering, attenuate,
its upper margin concave. Surface
glossy, with fine, regular sculpture of
concentric grooves as wide as the in-
tervening ridges. The posterior dor-
sal surface is flattened, striate, bounded
by strong ridges, giving the appearance
of a large, lanceolate escutcheon.
There are 16 anterior and about 26
posterior teeth.

Length 12, alt. 6.3, diam. 5.2 mm.
Length 11.5, alt. 6.3, diam, 6 mm.
This species, which is extremely
abundant in the Mount Hope For-
mation, was also obtained in mud from an anchor collected by
Mr. S. L. Schumo at Porto Barrios, Livingston, Belize, and INIonkey
River, and is therefore a common form of the Central American
litoral. L, commutata Phil., which seems closely related, is a wider
species, the basal margin being more deeply arcuate. L. mauritiana
Sowerby is very similar, but in various details is nearer to L. jamai-
censis Orb.

Fig. 3. — Leda vulgaris n. sp.

500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July,

Leda vulgaris var. obliterata n. v.

A form closely related to L. vulgaris was collected by Mr. Clarence
B. Moore in Indian Pass, Appalachicola Bay, Calhoun Co., Fla. It
differs by having the valve smooth until it reaches an altitude of
about 4 mm., after which it is concentrically grooved as in vulgaris.
There are about 16 teeth before, 18 behind the beaks.

Length 10.7, alt. 6, semidiameter 2.2 mm.

Seventeen detached valves but no complete shells were taken.
Cotypes No. 109,049 A. N. S. P.

1913.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501

NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS MOHNIA FROM THE NORTH PACIFIC.
BY WILLIAM HEALEY DALL.

In arranging for study the unequalled collection of Chrysodominse
of the National Museum, I found an unexpected number of species
of the genus Mohnia Friele, of which one or two species, including
the type, are found in the North Atlantic. Diagnoses of some of
the undescribed forms are appended.
Mohnia robusta "• sp.

Shell solid, stout, of about eight whorls, the apical ones being
always eroded in adult shells; the upper whorls with 15-16 axial,
rounded, little elevated, nearly straight riblets, which become feebler
and finally vanish on the last whorl; suture appressed, slightly
constricted; other axial sculpture of rather irregular, retractively
arcuate incremental lines; spiral sculpture of obscurely channelled
grooves which become wider with age and on the penultimate whorl
are about 14 in number; on the last whorl they are coarser on the
base, but nowhere sharp or clean cut; the whole surface is covered
with a dark olive periostracum, under which the shell is white;
aperture ovate, the body erased white, the pillar gyrate but not
pervious, the outer lip thin, sharp ; the canal rather wide and strongly
recurved. The nucleus is not preserved on any of the specimens.
The operculum is dark horn color and forms about one whorl . Length
of type specimen (about five whorls) 36.5; of last whorl 25; maximum
diameter 15 mm.

Bering Sea in 987 fathoms, off the Pribiloff Islands.

Mohnia corbis n. sp.

Shell with the apex eroded and about five rounded whorls remain-
ing; white, covered with an olivaceous yellow periostracum; suture
appressed; axial sculpture of numerous, rather irregular, prominent
incremental lines; spiral sculpture of, between the sutures, about
seven cord-like ridges, which on the last whorl become flatter and
strap-like; the interspaces are irregular, but usually wider; between
the cord at the shoulder and the suture behind there is a flattish
space with four or five obsolete finer spirals; contrary to custom, the
base of the last whorl and canal have no spiral sculpture; aperture

502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.^

short-oval, the. outer lip thin, short, the body erased white, the
pillar gyrate and minutely pervious; canal very short, wide, and
slightly recurved; operculum with a small subspiral nucleus. Length
of shell 31; of last whorl 20 ; maximum diameter 14 mm.
Bering Sea, off the Pribiloff Islands in 1,771 fathoms.

Mohnia vernalis "■ sp.

Shell small, thin, white under a light green periostracum, of about
seven whorls; the apex apparently blunt, but always more or less
eroded; the nepionic whorls with a few spiral grooves, the following
whorl or two with about 16 rather prominent short ribs, most promi-
nent at the periphery, with narrower interspaces crossed by fine
spiral striae with wider interspaces; the ribs rapidly become obsolete
and on the last three whorls are absent, the surface being then only
marked by very arcuate incremental lines, the striae becoming obso-
lete, except on the base near the canal where there are a few coarse
spirals; aperture short-ovate, the outer lip thin, sharp, the body
erased, the canal short, wide, slightly recurved, the pillar gyrate,
minutely pervious; the operculum with a subspiral nucleus. Length
of five whorls (the apex being eroded) 21 ; of last whorl 14; maximum
diameter 10 mm.

Off Tillamook Bay, Oregon, in 786 fathoms.

Mohnia siphonoides n.'sp.

Shell solid, rotund, white, with an olivaceous polished periostracum,
and with about six whorls; apex eroded, apparently blunt; sculpture
of faint incremental lines and sparse zigzag oljsolete ridges recalling
those of Tritonofusus hypolispus Dall, but less distinct; whorls
rather flattish, aperture ovate; outer lip slightly reflected, body with
a thin layer of callus, pillar gyrate, not pervious, canal short, recurved.
Operculum with a small subspiral nucleus. Length (eroded) 34;
length of last whorl 26; maximum diameter 15 mm.

Bering Sea, off Pribiloff Islands, in 987 fathoms.

If it were not for the operculum, this shell would certainly be
referred to Tritonofusus.

Mohnia exquisita n. sp.

Shell delicate, white under a greenish periostracum, with about
seven whorls; suture not appressed; axial sculpture of incremental
lines which cut the spiral keels and minutely serrate their edges
occasionally; spiral sculpture, fundamentally of two prominently
elevated keels; one at the shoulder recurved, the other vertical to
its base; with ten or twelve not prominent spiral cords on the base.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503

In one specimen the space between the keels has no spiral sculpture,
in another there are one or two minor keels and numerous faint
spirals; this specimen also has a minor keel marginating the base.
Aperture rather small, the outer lip sharp, thin, modified by the
keels; inner lip erased, white; pillar gyrate, minutely pervious; canal
short, wide, hardly recurved. Operculum with subspiral nucleus
and much transparent enamel on the margin of the proximal surface.
Length 31; length of last whorl 20; maximum diameter 14 mm.

Bering Sea, off Koniugi Islands, in 1,766 fathoms.
Mohnia buccinoides n. sp.

Shell large, thin, with more than six whorls; white, covered with
an unpolished pale gray periostracum; suture not appressed; whorls
well rounded; spiral sculpture of a single moderately prominent
cord at the periphery, and numerous fine spiral striae, with somewhat
irregular wider interspaces; axial sculpture only of incremental
lines which are not conspicuous; aperture rounded-quadrate, the
outer lip thin, sharp, the body erased, the pillar gyrate, minutely
pervious; canal short, wide, recurved; operculum with a subspiral
nucleus. Length of (eroded) shell 38; of last whorl 27; maximum
diameter 19 mm.

Off Hondo, Japan, in 905 fathoms.

This would certainly be taken for an immature Biiccinini? if it
were not for the operculum.
Mohnia japonica n. si>.

Shell small, polished, white under a dark green periostracum, the
apex eroded, but having apparentlj^ about six whorls; the first intact
whorl shows faint indications of obsolete ribbing, the later whorls
are smooth except for faint incremental lines and obscure, almost
microscopic spiral stride; on the base there are the usual spiral threads
near the canal. Aperture elongate-ovate, outer lip thin, sharp;
body erased, canal short, wide, recurved, axis gyrate, not pervious.
Length of shell (eroded) 19; of last whorl 13; maximum diameter
8.5 mm.

Off Sado Island, Japan Sea, in 225 fathoms.
Mohnia kurilana n. sj.

Shell small, very delicate, with a blunt nucleus and six and a half
well-rounded whorls; whitish under a thin olivaceous velvety
periostracum; nucleus blunt, axially minutely sharply ribbed; the
next whorl with many minute riblets is cancellated by. revolving
threads; the subsequent whorls have six or seven nearly uniform
33

504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Aug.,

revolving grooves separated by wider flattish interspaces, which, on
the last whorl, cover the whole surface, including the base; suture
distinct, not appressed; aperture short, the outer lip very thin,
sharp, the body without callus, the axis gyrate, minutely pervious;
the canal short, hardly recurved; operculum with a subspiral nucleus.
Length of shell 14; of last whorl 9; maximum (hameter 7.5 mm.

Off the Kuril Islands, in 229 fathoms.

This shell has the aspect of Thalassoplanes, hnt the operculum of
Mohnia.
Mohnia hondoensis n. sj..

Shell small, of about six whorls, whitish, covered by an olivaceous
periostracum; first two whorls denuded, the next with a peripheral
carina and about ten ribs which are prominent only at the periphery,
and as well as the carina become obsolete on the last whorl; there
are also faint microscopic spiral striae here and there; aperture
narrow, outer lip sharp, body erased; pillar gyrate, not pervious;
canal short, wide, slightly recurved. Length of shell 12; of last
whorl 9.5; maximum diameter 6 mm.

Off Hondo, Japan, in 76 fathoms.

The above species were dredged at various times liy the II. S.
Bureau of Fisheries steamer Albatross.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. d91.:

FOWLER: AMPHIBIANS AND JREPTILES FROM ECUADOR, M
VENEZUELA, AND YUCATAN.i : ■

Bufo cseruleocellatus sp. nov.
i.Bufo chanchanensis sp. nov.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 191,3.

PLATE VI.

FOWLER: AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES FROM ECUADOR,
VENEZUELA, AND YUCATAN.

Hyla chimboe sp. nov.
Hvia riobambsB .sd. mov.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 191.3.

PLATE VII.

FOWLER: AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES FROM ECUADOR,

VENEZUELA, AND YUCATAN.

Hyla quitCB .sp. nov.

Hyla quinquefasciata sp. uuv.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 191.5

FOWLER: AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES FROM ECUADOR,
VENEZUELA, AND YUCATAN.
Hylodes pagms sp. nov.
Hvloxalus huiarae so. nov.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1913.

PLATE IX.

FOWLER: AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES r^FROM ECUADOR,

VENEZUELA, AND YUCATAN.

Rana brevipalmata rhoadsi subsp. nov.

Rana brevioalmata Cone.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1

FOWLER: AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES FROM ECUADOR,

VENEZUELA, AND YUCATAN.

Anolis nitens bondi subsp. nov.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. iOl.3.

-"■H^'-

li

'f

i# •

•A

^j^

_^ 6

BANKS: AMERICAN SPIDERS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1913.

BANKS: AMERICAN SPIDERS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19i:

PLATE .XIII,

BANKS: AMERICAN SPIDERS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 191.3.

PLATE XIV.

CALVERT: FOSSIL ODONATE PHENACOLESTES.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 191.'3.

PLATE XV

UlibSacsr-*

/^. •^-v*.

t*.M^'«

i~

10

^

&»/ ~^ v-~

^^

15

-,0^^'

16

17

i.*^

22

19

^

■'23

20

24'

PILSBRY: LOWER CALIFORNIAN HELICES.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1913.

^^

29

37

jt"^^

41

49

26

30

34

38

^SS^.

• '^

46

50

27

^v^

\:

35

39

43

47

5 1

^dr±:^

^

36

40

44

-#

48

%

PILSBRY: LOWER CALIFORNIAN HELICES.

1913.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 505

REPTILES COLLECTED BY THE YALE PERUVIAN EXPEDITION OF 1912.
BY THOMAS BARBOUR.

Dr. Hiram Bingham has sent me two small lots of snakes, nine
specimens in all, from Machu Pichu, 9,000-10,000 feet altitude,
Department of Cuzco, Southern Peru. They were collected by
Dr. George P. Eaton and Mr. EUwood C. Erdis. Four species are
represented, of which two are new. The types of the new species
have been studied by Dr. A. G. Ruthven, and the description of one
of them appears under his name. The other he returned, since he
had no material of the genus Drepanodon for direct comparison, and
since the Yale specimen had its teeth badly broken he was loath to
describe it. I have, however, a specimen of D. anomalus Jan.,
which I obtained in Bolivia, and am enabled to make quite sure,
I think, that the second specimen represents an undescribed species
of this genus. The fact that Dr. Ruthven was leaving for South
America on a collecting trip, and the desirability of reporting on this
material at once, has led me to describe one species myself with
Dr. Ruthven's consent, and to include his description of the other
with my own. Dr. Bingham has kindly added these specimens to
the Reptile Collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology.

Atractus badius (Boie).

Boie, Isis, 1S27, p. 540.

Boulenger, Cat. Sn. B. M., 2, 1894, p. 308.

Four specimens from Machu Pichu. In squamation these all fall
within the limits indicated by Boulenger (I.e.). In coloration,
however, they do not agree quite so well. It is also noteworthy that
these four examples from the same locality are exactly alike in
pattern and shade of color. They are pale reddish-brown above,
with more or less irregular darker blotches above which have a
tendency to fall into alternating series upon the dorsal region. The
ventral surface is covered with blotches of brownish-black, many
of which are often confluent. This coloration combines some of the
characters described by Boulenger for what he calls var. B. and C.
Nevertheless, it is quite different and may be confined to specimens
from this part of Peru. If this turns out to be the case, it will be
advisable to name this race.
34

506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

Drepanodon erdisii sp. nov.

Type, Mus. Comp. ZooL, No. 8,829, from Machu Pichu, Peru, 1912;
collected by the Yale Peruvian Expedition of that year.

Head rather distinct from neck; eye moderate, with vertically
elliptical pupil. Body quite strongly compressed; scales smooth,
no apical pits, in nineteen rows; ventrals 198, rounded; anal un-
divided; subcaudals in 64 pairs. Rostral broader than high, just
visible from above ; nostril in the suture between two nasals ; frontal
longer than broad, almost triangular, the apex being directed back-
ward; loreal not conspicuously small, almost a rectangle; one
prse- and two postoculars; temporals 2+3; eight upper labials, of
which the fourth and fifth enter the eye ; four lower labials in contact
with the anterior chin shields, which are al)Out equal in length to the
posterior pair.

In color the head is black, with an incomplete collar interrupted
on the nape (red in life undoubtedly and white in spirits). The
body is crossed by twenty-seven broad black bands, which are about
twelve scales wide dorsally and much more narrow ventrally, usually
covering but four ventrals. The result is an equal number of inter-
spaces, wide below and narrow dorsally, which are white in spirits
(probably also red in life). There are numerous black spots in the
white (red?) areas dorsally and a few in the lateral interspaces.
Ten black rings upon tail, including the tip, which is black, the
interspaces being very narrow.

Named for Mr. Ellwood C. Erdis, who, with Dr. Eaton, collected
these specimens.
Drepanodon eatoni Ruthven sp. nov.

Type. Mus. Comp. ZooL, No. 8,831, from Machu Pichu, Peru,
1912; collected by the Yale Peruvian Expedition of that year.

"There are 12-13 small maxillary teeth subequal or slightly in-
creasing in length, followed after a short interspace by two enlarged
and compressed teeth. Mandibular teeth subequal. Head distinct
from neck; eye moderate with vertically elliptic pupil. Body a
little compressed; scales smooth and without pits, in fifteen rows
throughout; ventrals 165, rounded. Tail moderate, subcaudals in
32 pairs; anal plate entire. Rostral normal, just visible from above;
two nasals; frontal slightly broader than long, with an obtuse angle
posteriorly; loreal very small and low; preoculars 1 and 2; post-
oculars 2; temporals 1-2 and 2-2; upper labials 7, third and fourth
beneath the eye; 7 lower labials, four in contact with the anterior

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 507

chill shields, which are of about the .same length as the posterior
pair.

"Anteriorly the back is crossed by black bars about 4 scales broad,
which are imperfectly continued on the sides of the belly and mostly
interrupted on the median line. Toward the middle of the body
the lateral parts of the bars tend to become displaced to form a
pattern of alternating blotches, which are sometimes connected on
the lower part of the sides. Near the tail the black markings are
again united into cross bars and on the tail again broken up into
alternating spots. The interspaces are about 3 scales wide, and
scales are mostly pale (reddish in life?) , relieved by small pale brown
lines or spots and generally a poorly defined dark brown spot or line.
There is an irregular light collar, from which a poorly defined con-
tinuation extends on the temple. Sides of head with pale mark;
chin much spotted with black.

"It will be noted that the characters of this snake are not exactly
the same as those ascribed to the genus Drepanodon. The principal
differences from the other species are the slightly greater number
of maxillary teeth and the shape of the body, but the writer believes
that the forms have enough in common to make it advisable to refer
the species tentatively to this genus."

The collection also contains a single paratj^je of this species.

Named for Dr. George F. Eaton, who, with Mr. Erdis, collected
these specimens.

Lachesis lanceolatus (Lac^pede).

Lac^pede, Serp., 2, 1789, pp. 80, 121, pi. 5. fig. 1.
Boulenger, Cat. Sn. B. M., 3, 1896, p. 535.

Two t\T)ical examples of this dangerous and wide-ranging species.

Explanation of the Plate XVII.

Fig. 1. — Dorsal view of head of type of Drepanodon eatonii Ruthven. Four

times natural size.
Fig. 2. — Lateral view of head of same specimen. Similar enlargement.
Fig. 3. — Dorsal view of head of type of Drepanodon erdisii Barbour. Four

times natural size.
Fig. 4. — Lateral view of head of same specimen. Similar enlargement.

508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE SYNONYMY OF SERPENTS IN THE FAMILY
ELAPIDa:.

BY JOSEPH C. THOMPSON, SURGEON, U. S. N.

In Mr. Ruthven's epoch-making monograph, Variations and Ge-
netic Relationships of the Garter-snakes, one reads: "An examination
of the systematic work that has been done upon the snakes shows,
as might be expected, that it is largely analytical in its nature, being
for the most part descriptive of the existing diversities";^ and a little
further along, he adds: "After analysis, therefore, as has been said,
comes the need of a larger synthesis."-

The first step in the synthetic work is the reexamination of speci-
mens that have been made the types of new species. This note calls
attention to five that should be stricken from the list of valid species.

Described as New. Correct Status.

Naja tripudians samarensis Peters Naja tripudians Merrem.
Naja morgani Mocquard. Walterinnesia mgyptica Latastc.

Callophis boettgeri Fritze. Calliophis japonicus Guenther.

Calliophis swinhoei Denburgh. Calliophis macclellandii (Rein-

hardt) .
Flaps heterochilus Mocquard. Elaps spixii (Wagler).

Naja tripudians Merrem.

Type. — Naja tripudians Laur., nova var. Samarensis, Peters.^
Berlin Museum. Loquilocun, Samar, Philippine Islands.
The subspecies of Peters, which was later promoted to the rank of
a species, is based upon a cobra that is normal in every respect, with
the exception that the supralabials are reduced from seven to six.
This is brought about by the fusion of the normal third and fourth
shields. As the result of this two more characters become altered:
there is but one labial, the fused shield, entering the eye, and the
rostral shield becomes a trifle wider. Four specimens from Samar
have been examined at the United States National Museum and at
the Senckenberg Museum. In these specimens the rostral and the
supralabial shields were normal, the scale count averaged twenty-one

1 1908, Btdletin 61, U. S. National Museum, p. 1.

^Loc. ciL, p. 2.

3 1861, Mon. Berl. Akad., p. 690.

1913.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

509

rows on the neck and nineteen on the body, the gastrosteges one
hundred sixty-nine, the urosteges fifty, and the total two hundred
nineteen.

In the Catalogue of the Snakes in the British Museum there is a full
page of synonymy for Naja tripudians, followed by the remark:
"This species, as here understood, varies very considerably, and the
forms enumerated hereafter might be regarded as distinct species but
for the absence of any sharp demarcation-lines between them."
Instead of this serving as an object lesson of the futility of the en-
deavor to divide a complex and variable species such as the cobra
into endless subspecies, labor is still being expended.

The present vogue is to arrange the cobras in an arithmetical series,
calculated from the number of ventral and subcaudal shields or from
the sum of both. Where a gap in the series is discovered (which gap
is regularly due to lack of sufficient material) , there to boldly draw a
line between this and that subspecies. On one occasion no demarca-
tion-lines whatever were needed to reestablish a subspecies. We
learn * that the variety leucodira comes from Sumatra and sputatrix
from Java. The distinguishing characters of the two are presented
in tabular form:

Variety.

Locality.

Scales.

Gastro-
steges.

Urosteges.

Neck.

Body.

leucodivw ,

Sumatra
Java

25-23-21
25-23

21-19-17
23-21-19

174-193
163-183

46-55

44-53

In other words, this table shows:

Sumatran specimens to be characterized by having at times two
scale rows less on the neck, two less on the body, ten more gas-
trosteges, and two more urosteges than some Javan specimens.

Javan specimens to be distinguishable bj^ occasionally having two
more scale rows on the body, eleven gastrosteges less, and two uro-
steges less than some Sumatran specimens.

As a matter of fact, when two groups of animals require to be defined
in terms of this nature, it really means that they belong to the same
species, and that the only tangible difference between them is to be
found on the locality label.
Walterinnesia aegyptica Lataste.

Type. — Naja morgani Mocquard.^

Mus. d'Hist. Nat., No. 04-562. Arabistan, Persia.

n912, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool, Vol. XLIV, No. 1, pp. 135, 136.
5 190.5, Bull. Mm. Paris, XI, p. 78.

510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

Squamation. — Scales in 23 rows on the neck and 22 rows on the
anterior part of the body; gastrosteges 184; anal divided; urosteges
44 pairs, the first to the ninth entire. Rostral deeper than broad,
portion visible from above measuring three-fourths its distance from
the frontal; frontal longer than wide (7 mm. by 5 mm.) ; one preocular,
two postoculars, and one subocular; two anterior and three posterior
temporals; seven supralabials, the third and fourth entering the eye,.
third the deepest, fifth touches the inferior postocular on the right
but not on the left side ; anterior geneials longer than the posterior.

Anatomy. — Head 34 mm. long; snout 10.6 mm., projecting 4 mm.
beyond the tip of the lower jaw; diameter of the eye 3.5 mm., its
distance from the mouth 4.8 mm. Maxillary bone extending for-
wards beyond the palatine, and bearing in addition to the fangs two
small grooved teeth.

CoTYPEs. — Naja morgani Mocquard.

Mus. d'Hist. Nat., No. 04-563. Arabistan, Persia.

Squamation. — Scales in 24 rows on the neck; gastrosteges 182^, the
182d shield is divided; anal divided; urosteges 46 pairs, the second
partly divided, the third entire.

Mus. d'Hist. Nat., No. 04-564. Arabistan, Persia. Total length
562, tail 70 mm.

Squamation. — Scales in 25 rows on the neck and 23 on the anterior
part of the body; gastrosteges 196|; urosteges 40 pairs, the first to the
third entire. Rostral broader than deep, portion visible from above
three-fourths as long as its distance from the frontal; frontal longer
than broad (4.7 mm. by 3 mm.) ; one preocular, two postoculars, and
one subocular; two anterior and three posterior temporals.

Anatomy. — Head 23.5 mm. long; snout 7.5 mm.; diameter of the
eye 2.6 mm., its distance from the mouth 3 mm.; pupil oval.

Mus. d'Hist. Nat., No. 04-565. Arabistan, Persia. Total length
650, tail 92 mm.

Squamation. — Scales in 25 rows on the neck and 23 on the anterior
part of the body; gastrosteges 186|; anal divided; urosteges 45 pairs,
the second to the ninth entire. Internasals 3.2 mm. long; prefrontals
3.3 mm. long; frontal 5.6 mm. long and 4.1 mm. broad, its distance
from the rostral 4.2 mm.

Anatomy. — Head 23 mm. long and 16 mm. broad; snout 8.5 mm.
long; diameter of the eye 3 mm., its distance from the mouth 3.6 mm.

Mus. d'Hist. Nat., No. 04-566. Arabistan, Persia.

Squamation. — Scales in 23 rows on the neck and 21 on the ante-

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 511

rior part of the body; gastrosteges 193 ; anal divided ; urosteges 43 pairs,
the second to the sixth entire. Rostral 3.3 mm. long, 2.3 mm. broad,
portion visible from above equals 1.5 mm., its distance from the fron-
tal 2.5 mm.; internasals 2 mm. long; prefrontals 2 mm. long; parietals
5.2 mm. long; two preoculars, two postoculars, and one subocular;
two anterior temporals, two posterior on the right and three on the
left side.

Anatomy. — Head 15 mm. long; snout 5 mm. long; diameter of the
eye 1.8 mm., its distance from the mouth 1.8 mm.
Calliophis japonicus Guenther.

Type. — Callophis boettgeri Fritze.*^

Mus. Senckenbergianum No. 9395. Tokuchimura, Okinawa, Loo
Choo Islands. Male; total length 384, tail 37 mm.

Squamation. — Temporals one anterior, one median, and two pos-
terior on the right, and one anterior, two median, and two posterior
on the left side.

Coloration. — Five longitudinal stripes, broader than the intervals;
the lateral pair terminate at the base of the tail. Body with nine,
tail with one cross-band.

The records of the color pattern show that the longitudinal mark-
ings vary in number and width from a single narrow vertebral line
to five stripes that are broader than the intervals. Furthermore,
between the extremes there exist the following unbroken series of
intermediate designs:

A median stripe.

A median stripe with trace of the intermediate pair.

A median stripe and the intermediate pair.

A median stripe, the intermediate pair, and a trace of the lateral
pair.

A median stripe, the intermediate, and the lateral stripes, narroAver
than the intervals.

A median stripe, the intermediate, and the lateral stripes, broader
than the intervals.

Specimens possessing these various color patterns do not have
associated with them the slightest diversity in structure. The ser-
pents with five stripes that are broader than the intervals have been
elevated to specific rank as C alio phis boettgeri Fritze. The name has
been correctly assigned to synonymy^ and should be allowed to
remain there.

6 1894, Zool. Jahrb., VII, p. 861.

7 1896, Boulenger, Cat. Sn. Brit. Mus., Ill, p. .39.5.

512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

Major Wall mentions two specimens as having tiie last ventral
shield divided. This condition seems to be prevalent to a marked
degree in Asiatic Elapidse.

The local name aka-mata, signifying ''red-death", is a simple
reference to the color and the dangerous nature of the beast. The
mata element of the phrase is the Malayo-Polynesian root form mean-
ing "death", and is used in this connection from Madagascar in the
west to Hawaii in the east.

Calliophis macclellandii (Rcinhardt).

Type. — Calliophis swinhoei Denburgh.^

California Acad. Sci., No. 14,978. Suishako, Central Formosa.
Female; total length 220, tail 20 mm.

This synonym is based upon a specimen that was purchased from
a dealer in Japan. The description or the type does not mention any
character by which it may be distinguished from a normal Calliophis
macclellandii; the diagnosis, which is an epitome of the description,
reads, "Similar to Calliophis macclellandii, but with more numerous
gastrosteges and urosteges; the sum of the gastrosteges and urosteges
always more than 256."

The distribution of Calliophis macclellandii is from northern India
to Formosa. It belongs to a group in which a particularly wide
range in the number of vertebrae frequently occurs in the same species.
If the records be tabulated, one may see at a glance the following
data:

Gastrosteges:

Range in 17 specimens .' 182-240

Range in 12 from mainland 182-231

Range in 5 from Formosa 219-240

Overlapping of mainland and island specimens:

In terms of gastrosteges 12

In percentage of range 20.6%

Urosteges :

Range in 17 specimens 25-41

Range in 12 from mainland 25-36

Range in 5 from Formosa 32-41

Overlapping of mainland and island specimens:

In terms of gastrosteges : 5

In percentage of range 30%

S1912, Proc. Cal. Ac. Sci., (4), Vol. Ill, p. 255.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 513

Sum of the gastrosteges and urosteges:

Range in 17 specimens. 210-274

Range in 12 from mainland 210-250

Range in 5 from Formosa „ 200-274

Gap between mainland and island specimens:

In terms of gastrosteges 4

In percentage of range ; 6i%

If this data be plotted on squared paper, due regard being taken of
the gastrostege and the urostege count, an instructive diagram will
result. The solid dots represent mainland and the circles island
specimens; where the sex has been recorded there is added the con-
ventional sign.

Su

)ra

irin

»

"

fro

MO

5A

-

IFO

UEN

d"

}RM

OSA

fsi

KIM

Jfi

CHI

lA

IRM

)?A

,

fllN

ff

OAR

JEE

LIN

>

•°

EEL

f

?

-

-

25

VkL

.S2

*

190

200

210

220

230

240

^•n

~h 1

^

■^

^

■"^

■■■

^

""

^

"

^

^

^

^

^

gg

^

r^

MO

*

^

^

BB

a

J

_

_

-L

! 1

Observations along these lines are of interest when carried out as
studies in geographical variation, but when thej^ become the basis of
new species nothing but confusion will eventually result.

The point that these tables really make clear is that the island
specimens differ from those of the mainland in having an increased
number of vertebrae. This is a well-known phenomenon, and it occurs
in almost all the species of Colubrinse, Najidse, and Crotalinae that
inhabit both the mainland of Asia and the adjacent island arcs.

To estal^lish C. swinhoei involved the following procedure: From
the records of twelve mainland and five island specimens, seventeen
in all, certain additions and subtractions were made, and a difference
of four vertebrae in a range of sixty-four, equivalent to Gj%, was
discovered. This Gj% variation in a single character was added to
the locality label, and the sum was a new species.

Where the same species inhabits the mainland and an adjacent

514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept.,

island, and where but a few examples are studied from each locality,
it is but the application of the most elementary arithmetic to dem-
onstrate that a small gap exists betAveen the two groups. Where these
two groups are recognized in taxonomy, and where the series increases
and the gap disappears, then but one criterion is left by which the
determination of a specimen may be accomplished — namely, the
locality label.

Elaps spixii (Wagler).

Type. — Elaps heterochilus Mocquard.^

Mus. d'Hist. Nat., No. 87-122. Brazil. Total length 553, tail
43 mm.

Squamation. — Scales in 15 continuous rows; gastrosteges 209; anal
entire; urosteges 29 pairs, the 3d to the 8th, and the 24th entire. One
preocular and two postoculars; six supralabials, the third and fourth
entering the eye.

Coloration. — Thirty-six subequal black rings; distinct arrangement
in triads is present only in the first three sets, posteriorly the inter-
spaces between the sets are distinguished by being a trifle wider and
by having the red scales with a slightly smaller black spot at the tip.

Anatomy. — Diameter of the eye 1.6 mm., its distance from the
mouth 2 mm.

There are nearly forty species of Elaps, and all have seven supra-
labials. There is no genus of anything like this size with so uniform
a count. The reduction to six supralabials seen in this specimen is
caused by the fusion of the normal first and second; this fused shield
shows on its lower margin an indenture and a very short suture ex-
tending upward. The reduction in the number of infralabials is due
to the fusion of the normal first and second; the right shield has a
short incisure from the oral rim. These dents and short sutures
indicate the position of the normal line of separation. The temporals
are irregular ; the anterior shield on the right side being fused with all
the lateral cephalic shields as far back as the last labial; the posterior
temporal on the left side is fused with the shield that normally inter-
venes between it and the azygos plate l)ehind the parietals.

E. heterochilus has been based upon a specimen having a number of
the normal shields fused and others not completely divided.

M. Mocquard suggested that these conditions might be abnormal
when he wrote, "La disposition observes ici pourrait done n'etre
qu'une simple anomalie."

U. S. F. S. Albatross, July 6, 1913.

9 1887, Bull. Soc. Philom., (7), XI, p. .39.

1913.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 515

October 7.
^Ir. Charles Morris in the Chair.

Twenty-one persons present.

The Publication Committee reported that since the last meeting,
papers under the following titles had been accepted for publication
in the Proceedings :

''A revision of the species of the genus Nemobius (Orthoptera:
Gryllidse) found in North America north of the Isthmus of Panama,"
by Morgan Hebard (June 5).

''Reptiles collected by the Yale Peruvian Expedition of 1912,"
by Thomas Barbour (June 23).

"Two collections of Pleistocene fossils from the Isthmus of
Panama," by Amos P. Brown and Henry A. Pilsbry (June 26).

"A study of the species of the genus Dichopetala (Orthoptera:
Tettigoniidse) , " by James A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard (July 18).

"Contributions to the synonymy of serpents in the family
Elapidse," by Joseph C. Thompson (July 21).

"New species of the genus Mohnia, " by William Heah' Dall
(July 29).

"Fishes from the Madeira River, Brazil," by Henry W. Fowler
(August 15).

"The land and fresh-water mollusks of the Stanford Expedition
to Brazil," by Fred Baker (September 25).

A paper entitled "Evolution of the color pattern in the micro-
lepidopterous genus Lithocolletis, " by Annette Frances Braun (Sep-
tember 22), was accepted as a contribution to the Journal.

The deaths of the following members were announced:

William S. Grant, June 18, 1912.
Charles H. Cramp, June 6, 1913.
Philip P. Kelly, June 13.
Lucy H. Baird, June 19.
Horace F. Jayne, July 8.
Orlando Crease, July 30.
Anna Blanchard, August 2.

The deaths of the following Correspondents were also announced:

Lord Avebury, May 26, 1913.
Philip L. Sclater, June 27.
Joseph H. Corson, July 24.
Igino Cocchi, August 18.

516 proceedings of the academy of [oct.,

October 21.

Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.

Ten persons present.

Clarence E. McClung, Ph.D., and Edward B. Krumbhaar were
elected members.

The following was ordered to be published:

1913.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517

FISHES FROM THE MADEIRA RIVER, BRAZIL.
BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

The fishes described in the present paper were collected by iMr.
Edgar A. Smith, in 1912 and 1913. They were secured at various
localities along the Madeira River or in its tributaries during jVIr.
Smith's last trip to Brazil. As natural history was but an inci-
dental feature of the journey, and opportunities for collecting being
very hmited, Mr. Smith was fortunate in securing an interesting
collection. The specimens are all small. A number of the species
appear to be undescribed, or possibly hydrographical forms of their
allies. As very few species have previously been recorded from the
Madeira River, the present account is offered as a contribution to
Brazilian ichthyology. The Academy is indebted to Mr. Smith
for the gift of the collection to its museum. The accompanying
figures are all drawn to scale, the line given with each one expressing
millimeters.

CHARACID^.
CURIMATIX.E.
Curimatus cyprinoides (Linnaeus). Fig. 1.

Two examples, 125 and 135 mm. long, from about 20 miles north
of Porto Velho, in the Madeira River, October, 1912.

Fig. 1. ^Curimatus cpyrinoides (Linnaeus). (Young.)

518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Eighteen young examples, of which one is figured, from tributaries
of the Madeira River near Porto Velho. January and February,
1913. In color they are pale uniform brownish, without spots or
other markings. The singular pectoral fin of these specimens first
attracted my attention, as it is composed of a rather long basal
fleshy lobe surrounded by the rays, which are given out from all
sides, except in front. That these specimens are identical with the
present species appears to me unquestionable. This is of importance
as two recently proposed genera are therefore very likel}^ parallel
cases. I refer to Archecheir Eigenmann and Dermatocheir Durbin.
Archeicheir is thus doubtless a synonym of the earlier (by page
priority) Poecilohrycon Eigenmann, and Dermatocheir is synonymous
with Hijphessobrycon Durbin.

Curimatus tigris sp. nov. Fig. 2.

Head 2|; depth 2f ; D. ii, 8; A. ii, 8; P. i, 10; V. i, 8; about
38 scales in median lateral series from shoulder to caudal base;
about 19 scales in transverse series between dorsal and ventral
origins; about 15 predorsal scales; head width 2 in its length,
measured from mandible tip; head depth at occiput If; first branched
dorsal ray 1^; first branched anal ray If; upper caudal lobe lyV;
least depth of caudal peduncle 2*; length of pectoral 2f ; ventral
2|; snout 3f in head, measured from upper jaw tip; eye 3|; mouth
width 3|; maxillary 4|; interorbital 3.

Body elongately ovoid, well compressed, predorsal slightly con-
stricted, postdorsal with slight median groove, pre ventral rounded
convexly, and postventral constricted. Body deepest at dorsal
origin. Caudal peduncle well compressed, and measured from last
anal ray base, about long as deep.

Head large, compressed, broader above, more or less flattened
sides constricted below, and profiles similar. Snout nearly straight
in profile, convex over surface, and length about f its width. Eye
large, rounded, high, placed near first f in head. Eyelid free, not
adipose-like. Pupil moderate. Mouth with short commissure,
broad, opens superiorly and broadly in front. Lips broad, rather
fleshy, smooth. Maxillary not very distinct, scarcely free, and
extends back to hind nostril. Each jaw with a row of small, flexible,
weak, conic teeth. Mandible with broad rami, slightly protrudes
beyond snout tip, elevated and swollen in mouth and fitting in
corresponding large cavities in upper jaw on each side posteriorly.
Tongue not evident. Nostrils together, anterior simple pore and
posterior in crescent, both faUing close to eye near last fourth in

1913.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

519

snout length. Interorbital broadlj^ convex. Suborbital chain nar-
row, and leaves cheek broadly exposed. Preopercle with ridge
nearly vertical. Opercle large, smooth.

Gill-opening forward, nearly opposite hind pupil edge. No rakers.
Gill-filaments 1| in eye. Isthmus narrowly constricted, slender,
and surface with rather narrow lengthwise groove. Branchiostegals
moderately long and slender.

Scales of more or less uniform size, cycloid, well exposed in longitu-
dinal parallel series. No axillary scaly flaps, and no scales on bases
of fins. L. 1. onlj' slightly developed as 4 simple pores at shoulder.

Fig. 2. — Curimatus ligris Fowler. (Type.)

Dorsal inserted anteriorly, or about midway between snout tip
and end of adipose fin, first branched ray longest, and depressed fin
reaches about If to caudal base. Adipose fin small, placed just
behind anal base. Anal inserted a little nearer ventral origin than
caudal base, first branched ray longest, extends well beyond rest
of fin or till opposite caudal base, and lower edge of fin nearly straight.
Caudal moderate, well forked, with equal pointed lobes. Pectoral
with rather long fleshy base, surrounded on all its free edges by rays,
of which upper a little longer than others. Ventral inserted about
midway between pectoral and anal origins, and fin extends back
-I to anal. Vent close in front of anal.

Color in alcohol largely pale brownish, more or less uniform gen-
erally. Back with about 14 lateral vertical dark or dusky streaks,

520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

all narrower than their interspaces and last few broken up into spots.
Fins all pale. Dorsal Avith large jet-black blotch anteriorly at
basal half of fin, and distal portion with three transverse pale dusky
streaks, uppermost terminal. Anal with 3 transverse pale dusky
streaks. Iris slaty.

Length 30 mm.

Type, No. 39,156, A. N. S. P. Tributary of the Madeira River,
near Porto Velho, Brazil. January or February, 1913. Edgar A.
Smith.

Also Nos. 39,157 to 39,186, A. N. S. P., same data, paratypes. A
number of these show: Head 2| to 2f ; depth 2f to 3; D. ii, 8
or II, 9; A. ii, 8 or ii, 9; scales 38 to 40 in lateral series to caudal
base, and sometimes 1 or 2 more on latter; 18 or 19 scales trans-
versely between dorsal and ventral origins; 12 to 16 predorsal scales;
snout 3f to 3f in head, measured from upper jaw tip; eye 3i to 3|;
mouth width 3i to 3J; interorbital 3i to 3^; length 26 to 30 mm.

This species is apparently related to Curimatus vittatus Kner,^
though that species is without the black dorsal blotch and has the
scales much smaller (56).

{Tiypt?^ tiger, with reference to the dark stripes on the back.)

PROCHILODIN.E.

Prochilodus pterostigma sp. nov. Fig. 3.

Head 3f; depth 3|; D. iii, 9, i; A. iii, 7, i; P. i, 12; V. i, 7;
scales 44 in 1. 1. to caudal base, and 2 more on latter; 7 scales above
1. 1.; 6 scales below 1. 1. to ventral origin; 5 scales below 1. 1. to anal
origin; 16 predorsal scales; head width IfV in its length; head
depth at occiput 1^; snout 3|; eye 3|; mouth width 3; maxillary 4;
interorbital 2f; first branched dorsal ray lyV; first branched anal
ray If; least depth of caudal peduncle 2f ; pectoral If; ventral If.

Body moderately long and compressed, deepest at dorsal origin,
back slightly elevated, and edges all more or less convex. Posterior
half of predorsal with slight median keel extending to dorsal origin.
Upper and lower surfaces of caudal peduncle with slight median
keel. On each side of preventral a slight or obsolete keel extending
to origin of fin. Caudal peduncle moderately compressed, least
depth about 1^ its length.

Head moderate, compressed, lower profile a little more inclined
and convex in front than upper, and nearly level sides not con-

1 Curimatus (Anodus) mltatus Kner, Denk. Ak. Wiss., Wien, XVII, 18.5.5, p.
139, PI. 1, fig. 1. Rio Guapore and Rio Negro.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 521

stricted above or below, so that these surfaces equally broad and
convex. Snout convex over surface and in profile, length about
f its width, and as viewed from above broadly convex. Eye large,
rounded, high, centre falls about first f in head. Pupil large. Adi-
pose eyelid large and covers good portion of eye. Mouth broadly
transverse, with shallow horizontal commissure extending about
opposite front nostril. Snout tip protrudes well beyond upper jaw
edge. Jaw edges rather trenchant, cartilaginous, firm, and without
lips. No teeth. Mandible shallow, broad, with slight symphyseal
knob fitting in depression in upper jaw. Inner buccal folds narrow.
Tongue broad, as transverse cartilaginous truncate keel in front,

Prochilodus pterostigma Fowler. (Type.)

otherwise fleshy or thick and its extent ill defined. Maxillary small,
extends down obliquely in short fleshy point below until opposite
front nostril. Nostrils together, anterior simple pore and posterior
exposed in crescent, placed at last third in snout length. Inter-
orbital broadly convex. Suborbitals broad, well developed, infra-
orbital entirely covering cheek and its surface with a few obsolete
striae. Four large mucous tubes on preopercle, and its hind edge
very slightly inclined back. Opercle large, with a few obsolete radi-
ating striae. Occipital fontanel quite long, extends from just behind
posterior nostrils to end of occipital process, and widens gradually,
from in front backward, its entire length.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite posterior edge of
pupil. Rakers about 10+20? short weak points, uniform in
35

522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

length, and at least ^ or more in filaments, latter If in eye. Isthmus
broadly convex. Branchiostegals large, subequal.

Scales moderately large, well exposed, edges entire, of mostly
uniform size, and disposed in series parallel with 1. 1. Striae on
scales concentric or obscure. Scales on caudal base slightly smaller
than elsewhere. Ventral with free pointed axillary scaly flap, its
length about 3 in fin. Front base of adipose fin scaled. L. 1. com-
plete, midway along side of body, very slightly curved. Tubes
simple, anteriorly less exposed than behind, where they reach over
first half of scale exposure at least.

Dorsal origin slightly nearer snout tip than caudal base, first
branched ray longest, extends back beyond all of others, though fin
depressed back reaches a little less than half way to caudal base.
Adipose fin inserted slightly nearer caudal base than last dorsal ray
base, texture of fin somewhat ray-like above. Anal inserted slightly
before adipose fin origin, first branched ray longest, and depressed
fin reaches back | to caudal base, its lower or hind edge slightly
emarginate. Caudal well forked, with long slender pointed and
equal lobes, longer than head. Pectoral low, rather small, upper
rays longest, and depressed fin reaches f to ventral origin. Ventral
inserted a little nearer pectoral than anal origin, and depressed
fin reaches f to anal. Vent placed nearly opposite tips of depressed
ventrals or well before anal origin.

Color in alcohol pale grayish-brown generally, lower surface scarcely
paler. A narrow underlaid pale slaty streak begins at shoulder
close over, or one scale above, 1. 1., extends concurrently with 1. 1.
till after dorsal fin when it falls closer, so that 1. 1. marks rest of its
lower boundary, and on caudal base it forms small dusky spot,
which rather obscure and about size of pupil. Dusky caudal spot
or lateral streak not reflected out on median caudal rays. At median
branched dorsal rays basally a dusky blotch about size of pupil.
No humeral blotch. Fins, otherwise than mentioned, pale grayish,
lower ones slightly paler. Iris deep slaty.

Length 85 mm.

Type, No. 39,187, A. N. S. P. Madeira River, about twenty miles
north of Porto Velho, Brazil. October, 1912. Edgar A. Smith.

Only the type known. Characteristic of this species is the dark
spot at the base of the dorsal fin medianly, spot at caudal base
medianly, and the underlaid lateral streak. In these respects it
differs from almost all the species of the genus.

(Ihepov, fin; <ntY!J.a^ spot; with reference to the spots on the dorsal
and caudal fins.)

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

523

NANNOSTOMIX.E.
Nannostomus stigmasemion sp. nov. Fig. 4.

Head 3|; depth 3^; D. ii, 9; A. ii, 8; P. i, 10?; V. i, 7?; scales
20 in median lateral series from shoulder to caudal base; 6 scales
transversely between dorsal and ventral origins; 14 predorsal
scales; head width about If its length; head depth at occiput If;
depressed dorsal fin 1|; depressed anal fin If; least depth of caudal
peduncle 2f; caudal fin lyV; pectoral 1|; ventral If; snout 4j in
head measured from upper jaw tip; eye 2|; mouth width about 8;
interorbital about 2f .

Body moderately long, well compressed, fusiform, with greatest
depth about ventral origin, and edges all convexly rounded. Caudal
peduncle compressed, moderate, and least depth about If in its length.

Fig. 4. — Nannostomus stigmascnnon Fowler. (Type.)

Head rather robust, conic, profiles more or less similar, and convex
sides not constricted above or below, these surfaces also widely
convex. Snout short, nearly triangular as viewed from above,
though with rounded tip, and length less than width. Eye large,
slightly ellipsoid, anterior, without adipose or free eyelids. As seen
from below, eyes quite lateral, protrude out convexly on each side
of head, area across mandible appearing much narrower than inter-
orbital space. Mouth small, terminally superior, with short com-
missure. Teeth not evident. Lips apparently not free, though
fleshy. Mandible protudes slightly in front beyond snout tip.
moderate, and with rami but little elevated inside mouth. ]\Iaxillary
oblique, well inclined, reaches back nearly opposite front eye edge.
Nostrils small, inconspicuous, on upper sides of snout. Interorbital

524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

broadly convex. Cheek without distinct suborbitals. Preopercle
edge nearly vertical. Opercle rather large, smooth. Slight fontanel
at anterior junctions of parietals with frontals medianly.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite preopercle edge.
Rakers moderate in number, lanceolate, on both branches of gill-
arch, and a little shorter than filaments. Gill-filaments about | of
eye. Gill-membranes united, form free fold across isthmus, which
convex and constricted.

Scales large, cj^cloid, broadly exposed in nearly even longitudinal
series apparently' without striae, and of nearly uniform size. No
scales on fins, no 1. 1., and no axillary scaly flaps.

Dorsal inserted posteriorly, its origin a little nearer caudal base
than hind edge of eye, first branched ray longest, and depressed fin
extends If to caudal base. No adipose fin. Caudal forked, lobes
pointed, free and equal. Anal inserted below last branched dorsal
rays basally, first branched ray longest, and depressed fin extends
1^ to caudal base. Pectoral low, rounded, moderate, and reaches
14 to ventral. Ventral inserted well before dorsal, or nearly midway
between pectoral and anal origins, fin extends 1| to anal. Vent
close before anal.

Color in alcohol pale straw-brown, back slightly dusted with
minute dark dots, mostly formed closer along edges of scales above.
Lower surface of body immaculate. Including mandible tip, then
over preorbital across iris, preopercle and lower side medianly to
bases of median inferior caudal rays, a blackish band made up of
close-set dusky dots. This band narrow on head, though widens
over costal region to contract slightly along caudal peduncle laterally.
On caudal base dark lateral band reflected out on some of rays.
Iris slaty and orbital boundaries well defined on lower surface of
head, where their dark color strongly contrasts with white of mandi-
ble. Dorsal with large conspicuous black blotch, extends vertically
over fin from upper front edge to near bases of last branched rays.
Except for markings noted above, fins otherwise pale or whitish.

Length 15 mm.

Type, No. 39,188, A. N. S. P. Tributary of the Madeira River
near Porto Velho, Brazil. January or February, 1913. Edgar A,
Smith.

This species differs from all of the others in the genus in the black
dorsal, blotch. Only the type known.

{IriyiJ.a^ spot; Trjiitwv^ banner; with reference to the dark blotch
on the dorsal fin.)

1913.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF- PHILADELPHIA.

525

Poecilobrycon digrammus sp. nov. Fig. 5.

Head 3f ; depth 4|; D. ii, 9; A. ii, 9; P. i, 9; V. i, 6; scales 25
in median lateral series from gill-opening to caudal base; 6 scales
transversely between dorsal and ventral origins; 10 predorsal scales;
head width If in its length; head depth at occiput If; snout 3f ;
eye 3; mouth .width 4j; interorbital 3; first branched dorsal ray
1|; first branched anal ray 2|; least depth of caudal peduncle 3:
upper caudal lobe 1|; pectoral 1|; ventral If.

Body elongate, slender, fusiform, moderately compressed, deepest
at ventral origin, edges all convex, and profiles similar. Caudal
peduncle well compressed, rather long, and least depth 2x in its
length measured from last branched anal ray base.

Fig. 5. — PoEcilohnjcon digrammus Fowler. (T\-pe.)

Head conic, elongate, profiles similar, broadly depressed above,
convex sides slightly constricted below. Snout conic, depressed,
tip obtuse as seen from above, and length about f its basal width.
Eye large, rounded, or slightly ellipsoid, placed slightly anterior,
with free edge and no adipose eyelid. Pupil rounded, moderateh-
large. Mouth small, terminal, transverse, with very short com-
missure. Lips thin. Maxillary small, inclined, not reaching back
to anterior nostril. Teeth uniserial in jaws, compressed, broad,
with five serrae or points equally along edge. Mandible shallow,
even with snout tip when closed, broad. Nostrils well separated,
anterior simple small pore near first f in snout length, and posterior
larger simple pore close before upper eye edge. Interorbital broad
and slightly convex. Preorbital large. Infraorbitals and post-
orbital well developed, cover cheek entirely, though first-named

526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

mostly inclined inferiorly. Edge of preopercle behind slightly
inclined anteriorly. Opercle large and smooth. Upper surface of
head smooth, broad parietals without fontanel.

Gill-opening extends forward slightly before hind eye edge, though
not so far as hind pupil edge. Rakers moderate in number, lanceo-
late, a little shorter than filaments, and latter about 2| in eye.
Isthmus broad, constricted in front, and surface convex. Branchios-
tegals large, subequal.

Scales large, well exposed, of nearly uniform size, striae not evident,
and arranged in even longitudinal series. No scales on fins except
a few on caudal base. No 1. 1., and no axillary scaly flaps.

Dorsal inserted slightly nearer caudal base than snout tip, first
])ranched ray longest, and depressed fin extends 2j to caudal base.
Adipose fin small, inserted near last third in space between last
branched dorsal ray base and caudal ba§e, its length about 2f in eye.
Anal inserted well behind dorsal base, first branched ray longest,
and depressed fin extending slightly less than half way to caudal
base. Caudal moderate, well forked, with equal pointed lobes.
Pectoral low, upper rays longest, and fin extends about If to ventral.
Ventral origin a little before dorsal or about midway between pec-
toral and anal origins, fin large and reaches anal. Vent close before
anal.

Color in alcohol largely brownish on back and upper surface of
body. Lower surface of body silvery-white, and this color strongly
contrasted with color of back by blackish lengthwise streak or band
extending from snout and mandible tips, through eyes, along side
a little low to inferior median caudal rays. Through most of its
course blackish lateral band defines middle of side by its upper bound-
ary. At base of last anal ray it continues out on distal portion of
same in contrast with rest of fin, and also covers good portion of
lower caudal peduncle side. Upper side of back with dusky streak
extending from posterior supraorbital region to bases of uppermost
l^ranched caudal rays, and its width much narrower than lower band.
Sloping obliquely "from just before dorsal origin toward basal region
of pectoral, a broad area of minute dusky clots. Above anal base
another similar area vertically from back to lower dark band, though
not extending below. Fins all pale or grayish to whitish, dorsal
slightly dusky toward apex. Iris slaty.

Length 25 mm.

Type, No. 39,189, A. N. S. P. Madeira River, about 200 miles
east of W. Long. 62° 20', Brazil. September, 1912. Edgar A.
Smith.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 527

Also, Nos. 39,190 to 39,192, A. N. S. P., paratypes. From tribu-
tary of the Madeira River near Porto Velho, Brazil. January -
February, 1913. Edgar A. Smith. Head 3^ to 3f ; depth 4| to 4f ;
D. II, 8 or II, 9; A. ii, 8 or ii, 9; scales in median lateral series from
shoulder to caudal base 24 or 25 and usually 1 or 2 more on latter;
6 or 7 scales transversely between dorsal and ventral origins; 10
predorsal scales; snout 3^ to 3| in head; eye 2f to 3; mouth width
4i to 4|; interorbital 2f to 3; length 21 to 26 mm.

This species is related to Poecilobrijcon harrisoni Eigenmann, but
differs in the presence of a dark dorso-lateral lengthwise streak, and
in the same way P. erythrurus Eigenmann and P. trifasciatus (Stein-
dachner) will also be found to differ.

(^fs", two; ypai'i'^i, line; with reference to the two dark lengthwise
streaks.)

APHYOCH ARACIN^.
Odontostilbe madeirae sp. nov. Fig. 0.

Head 3|; depth 2|; D. iii, 9; A. iii, 20, i; P. i, 11; V. i, 7;
scales 35 in 1. 1. to caudal base and 2 more on latter; 6 scales above
1. 1. to dorsal origin; 4 scales below 1. 1. to ventral origin; 5 scales
below 1. 1. to anal origin; 11 predorsal scales; head width 2 in its
length; head depth at occiput Ii; snout 4; eye 3|; maxillary 3|;
interorbital 3; first branched dorsal ray 1; first branched anal ray
1|; least depth of caudal peduncle 2|; upper caudal lobe 1; pectoral
\\; ventral If.

Body moderately elongate, compressed, greatest depth at dorsal
origin, contour elongately ovoid, edges all convexly rounded with
slight median keel just before dorsal or extending nearly for last
half in predorsal area. Caudal peduncle compressed, and least
depth slightly less than its length.

Head moderate, compressed, with similar profiles, and flattened
sides scarcely constricted below. Snout convex over surface and in
profile, length | its width. Eye large, rounded or but slightly
ellipsoid, its centre near first f in head. Pupil large. Eyelids free,
not adipose-like. Mouth broadly terminal, commissure short, and
jaws rather thin. Lips thin, little developed. Maxillary free,
oblique, reaches back opposite front edge of eye. Teeth uniserial
in jaws, well compressed, broad, edges of each with seven denticles,
of which median largest. Maxillary with two well-developed
similar teeth. Mandible rather broad, shallow, and rami slightly
elevated in mouth. Tongue broad, depressed, smooth, rounded and

528

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Oct.,

free in front. Nostrils together, near last f in snout length, anterior
simple pore and posterior exposed in crescent. Interorbital broadly
convex. Suborbitals well developed, entirely covering cheek, and
smooth. Hind preopercle edge slightly inclined back. Opercle
large, smooth, and with broad cutaneous edge to gill-cover. Parietal
fontanel rather broad and extends to occiput from frontals.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite first third in eye.
Rakers about 10+15, lanceolate, slender, about f length of filaments,
and latter about 1| in eye. Isthmus narrow, constricted in front,
surface convex. Branchiostegals subequally large, moderate.

Fig. Q.—^dontostilbe madeiroe Fowler. (Type.)

Scales large, all well exposed, in lengthwise series parallel with
I. 1., each with few radiating striae, and of mostly uniform size.
Caudal base with scales smaller than elsewhere. A few scales
basally along front of anal. Free pointed axillary scaly ventral flap,
and its length nearly 3 in fin. L. 1. complete, slightly inferior along
sides, though nearly straight. Tubes simple, well exposed, though
extending about half way over exposures of scales.

Dorsal inserted nearly midway between snout tip and hind edge
of adipose fin, first branched ray longest, and fin reaches If to caudal
base. Adipose fin nearly equals eye in length, inserted about last
I in space between last dorsal ray base and caudal base. Caudal
rather large, well forked, and pointed lobes equal. Anal inserted

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 529

close behind dorsal base, first branched ray longest, extends 1| to
caudal base, and lower edge emarginate. Pectoral low, pointed,
upper rays longest, and fin extends about | to ventral. Ventral
inserted slightly behind dorsal origin, and extends to anal origin.
Vent formed at last fourth in space between ventral and anal origins.

Color in alcohol pale brownish, paler or more whitish below.
Scales on back with their edges rather broadly dusted with dusky
dots. Also a patch of dusky dots above base of anal. Upper
surface of head with dusky dots, lower surface silvery or whitish.
Iris largely silvery, though pupil and broad vertical transverse bar
slaty to dusky. Concurrent with vertebral axis, a narrow, pale,
dusky line extends from behind shoulder, widens a little over anal,
then contracts and . ends medianly at caudal base. Latter with
large, black, rounded spot about size of eye. Fins otherwise all pale
or grayish. Peritoneum shows through walls of abdomen as whitish,
though posterior region showing cluster of dusky dots on costal
region posteriorly and belly anteriorly.

Length 41 mm.

Type, No. 39,193, A. N. S. P. Tributary of Rio Madeira near
Porto Velho, Brazil. January-February, 1913. Edgar A. Smith.

Also Nos. 39,194 to 39,209, A. N. S. P., paratypes, same data.
Head 3| to 3f ; depth 2| to 3; D. in, 8, i or iii, 9, i; A. in, 21, i
to III, 23, i; scales 32 to 34 in 1. 1. to caudal base, and 2 or 3 more on
latter; 6 scales above 1. 1.; 4 or 5 scales below 1. 1.; 11 or 12 predorsal
scales; snout 3| to 4 in head; eye 2| to 3|; maxillary 3| to 4; inter-
orbital 2t to 3; length 33 to 43 mm.

This species differs from Odontostilbe fugitiva Cope in its deeper
body and absence of the dark-edged silver lateral band. From the
other known species it differs in coloration and proportions.

(Named for the Madeira River.)
Odontostilbe drepanon sp. nov. Fig. 7.

Head 3i; depth 3|; D. ii, 8; A. in, 21, i; P. i, 11; V. i, 7;
scales 35 in 1. 1. to caudal base and 3 more on latter; 6 scales above
1. 1.; 5 scales below 1. 1. to ventral origin; 6 scales below 1. 1. to anal
origin; 9 predorsal scales to occipital process; head width 2| its
length; head depth at occiput U; snout 3|; eye 3^; maxillary 3^;
interorbital 2|; least depth of caudal peduncle 2f; third simple
anal ray 1|; pectoral 1|; ventral 1|.

Body elongate, well compressed, contour elongately ellipsoid,
deepest at dorsal origin, lower profile anteriorly a little more convex
than upper, postventral slightly trenchant, and other edges convexly

530

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Oct.

rounded. Caudal peduncle well compressed, length about equals
its least depth.

Head moderate, compressed, profiles similar, and flattened sides
scarcely constricted below. Snout convex over surface and in
profile, length f its width. Eye rounded or slightly ellipsoid, scarcely
elevated and its centre falls at first f in head. Pupil moderate,
vertically ellipsoid. Eyelids free, not adipose-like. Mouth terminal,
broad, with short commissure. Lips moderately fleshy, firm. Max-
illary well inclined, free, short, not extending back to front eye edge.
Teeth uniserial in jaws, upper more concealed by lips, and each one

Fig. 7. — Odonlodilbe drepanon Fowler. (Type.)

crenulated or with five to seven points along edge. Mandibular
teeth a little larger. Maxillary with two rather inconspicuous teeth
basally. Inner buccal folds moderate. Tongue depressed, rounded
and free in front. Mandible shallow, included within upper jaw
when closed so that latter slightly projects, and rami not elevated
inside mouth. Nostrils large, together, close before eye, anterior
simple pore and posterior larger crescent. Interorbital evenl}'
convex. Suborbitals well developed, smooth, and large infraorbital
completely covers cheek. Hind preopercle edge nearly vertical.
Opercle large, deep, with several weak striae, and upper hind edge
moderately emarginated. Occipital fontanel extends from hind

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 531

division of froiitals to occipital process, moderately broad. Occipital
process rather short and narrowly triangular.

Gill-opening extends forwards opposite front edge of pupil. Rakers
about 6 + 12, slender, lanceolate, about f length of filaments, and
latter If in eye. Isthmus narrowly constricted, its surface largely
convex. Branchiostegals rather long, subequal.

Scales moderate, well exposed in longitudinal series parallel with
1. 1., cycloid, and of mostly uniform size. Caudal base covered with
small scales. Few scales along anterior base of anal, disposed in
short row. Ventral with free axillary pointed scaly flap -5 length of
fin. L. 1. complete, decurved slightly below middle in greatest depth
and extending a little low along side of caudal peduncle to middle of
caudal base. Tubes simple, and each one extends over scale exposure
well anteriorly, though not nearly to its hind edge.

Dorsal origin about midway between snout tip and hind edge of
adipose fin, third simple ray prolonged and filamentous and extends
back nearly to origin of adipose fin. Adipose fin rather large,
slightly less than eye in length, and inserted near last third in space
])etween dorsal origin and caudal base. Caudal well forked, a little
longer than head, pointed lobes about equal. Anal inserted Ijehind
dorsal base, third simple ray longest, from which they gradually
diminish posteriorly, though form slight lobe in front. Pectoral
low, slender, pointed, reaches ventral. Latter inserted before dorsal
or much nearer anal than pectoral origin, and first ray produced
into a filament to extend back beyond front of anal. Yent close in
front of anal.

Color in alcohol pale brownish generally, below paler or whitish.
Back with minute dusky dots, mostly arranged along edges of scales.
A rather narrow underlaid silvery lateral streak from shoulder to
caudal base. Caudal base covered with rather large dusky dots to
form pale dusky blotch a little larger than eye, and not reflected on
caudal medianly. Head dusky above, sides and below silvery to
whitish. Jaws pale. Iris whitish, slaty above and below. No
dark humeral blotch. Fins all pale or whitish. Peritoneum shows
through abdominal walls as pale slaty, and on preventral and post-
ventral region pale with rather large rounded dusky close-set dots.

Length 40 mm.

Type, No. 39,210, A. N. S. P. Tributary of the Madeira River
near Porto Velho, Brazil. January-February, 1913. Edgar A.
Smith.

Also Nos. 39,211 to 39.216, paratypes, same data. Head 3^ to

532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.^

31; depth 3i to 3§; D. iii, 9; A. iv, 20, i to iv, 23, i; scales 32 to 35
in 1. 1. to caudal base and 2 or 3 more on latter; 6 scales above 1. 1.;
5 scales below 1. 1. to anal origin; 11 or 12 predorsal scales; snout
3^ to 4 in head; eye 3^ to 3^; maxillary 3i to 3f ; interorbital ^
to 3|; length 35 to 39 mm.

Closely related to Odontostilbe fugitiva Cope- with which it agrees
in many characters. It appears to differ, however, in the prolonged
dorsal and paired fins.

{Apin'avw^, curved scimetar; with reference to the long curved simple
rays of the dorsal and ventral fins.)
Aphyooharax avary sp. nov. Fig. 8. "Avary."

Head 3|; depth 4^; D. iii, 9, i; A. iii, 14, i; P. i, 13; V. i, 7;
scales 38 in median lateral series to caudal base and 4 more on latter;
11 tubes in 1. 1.; 11 scales transversely between dorsal origin and
ventral origin; 19 predorsal scales; head width If its depth; head
depth at occiput If; first branched dorsal ray l\; first branched
anal ray If; least depth of caudal peduncle 2|; pectoral \\; ventral
If; snout 4 in head measured from upper jaw tip; eye 3f ; maxillary
3; interorbital 2f.

Body elongate, rather slender, compressed, fusiform, greatest
depth at dorsal origin, and edges mostly evenly convex, except short
and obsolete median keel in posterior half of predorsal and another
in same region of preventral. Caudal peduncle well compressed,
its least depth \\ in its length.

Head small, profiles similarly convex, compressed and flattened
sides but slightly constricted below. Snout short, convex over
surface and in profile, and its length about f its width. Eye large,
rounded, high, and its centre about first f in head. Pupil large,
rounded. Eyelid free and not adipose-like. Mouth moderate,
broad. Lips fleshy, firm, little free. Maxillary long, slender, free,
well inclined, and reaches back opposite front pupil edge. Teeth
in jaws small, rather slender, conic, uniserial, and each usually with
very small or obsolete pointed basal cusp. Maxillary with about
4 more or less concealed small uniform simple conic teeth along its
upper front edge. Tongue moderately long, rather pointed, de-
pressed, free in front. Inner buccal folds rather narrow. Mandible
moderately protruded beyond snout tip in front, rather shallow, and
rami but little elevated inside mouth. Nostrils large, together,
within last half of snout length, anterior simple pore and posterior

» Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, Phila., XI, 1871, p. 566, fig. (teeth). Pebas, Ecuador.

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

533

exposed in crescent. Interorbital broadly convex. Preorbital
small, narrow. Infraorbital and postorbital large, smooth,
completel}' cover cheek. Hind preopercle edge inclined a little
forward. Opercle rather large, smooth. Parietal fontanel rather
well developed, extends from hind frontal fusion to occiput.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite first third in eye.
Rakers about 5 + 11, slender, lanceolate, about 1^ in filaments, and
latter If in eye. Isthmus narrowly constricted, with groove in front
longitudinally and convex behind. Branchiostegals robust, rather
long, subequal.

Scales moderate, all well exposed, disposed in nearly even longi-

Fig. 8. — Aphyocharax avary Fowler. (Type.

tudinal series, each with a few radiating striae, and of nearly uniform
size. On caudal base scales become little smaller than on trunk.
Pectoral and ventral each with pointed free axillary scaly flap,
former short and latter nearly | length of fin. A few scales form
basal series to anterior anal rays. L. 1. incomplete, only extends
anteriorly from shoulder nearly opposite ventral origin. Tubes
simple, extend over first half in scale exposures.

Dorsal origin midway between hind nostril and caudal base, first
branched ray longest, and fin extends half way to caudal base.
Adipose fin inserted about last third in space between dorsal origin
and caudal base, its length little less than eye. Anal inserted behind
dorsal base, first branched ray longest and extends abo^ut half way
to caudal base. Caudal well forked, lobes pointed and subequal.
Pectoral pointed, upper rays longest, and fin extends | to ventral.

534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Latter inserted well before dorsal origin, and fin extends | to anal.
Vent placed about opposite middle in depressed ventral length.

Color in alcohol pale brownish, nearly uniform. Back with edges
of scales dusted with dusky dots, also lower sides above anal and
along lower surface of caudal peduncle, only separated by silvery
lateral band which extends from shoulder to caudal base medianly.
A dusky vertical ellipsoid blotch, embracing third, fourth and fifth
scales of 1. 1., and its greater extent above same. Dorsal with a
somewhat irregular transverse or horizontal median streak made up
of dusky dots. Caudal with median rays, base and edges of rays
sprinkled with minute dusky dots. Anal broadly whitish in front,
rest of fin sprinkled with dusky dots and latter forming dark lower
edge to fin. Fins otherwise pale or whitish. Head Avith dusky dots
above, sides and below whitish. Iris slaty, with dusky shade above
and below.

Leng-th 54 mm.

Type, No. 39,217, A. N. S. P. Madeira River, about 200 miles
east of Long. 62° 20' W., Brazil. •September, 1912. Edgar A.
Smith.

Only the type known. This species is related to Aphyocharax
eques Steindachner,^ but differs in the absence of the black dorsal
blotch.

{Avary, the native name.)

PKIONOBRAMA g. n. nov.
Type, Prionohrama madeirce.

Body strongly compressed, elongately ovoid. Head small, com-
pressed. Snout short, convex, rather conic. Eye large, not elevated,
without adipose eyelid. Mouth superiorly terminal, opens level
with upper edge of eye, short in commissure, broad. Teeth uniserial,
simple, rather short, uniform, conic, in both jaws. Entire edge of
maxillary toothed. Maxillary well inclined, reaches past front of
eye. Interorbital convex. Large fontanel from frontals to occipital
process. Gill-rakers moderate in number, slender, longer than
filaments. Scales rather small, cycloid. Caudal scaly basally.
Anal with basal scales. ]» 1. incomplete. Dorsal inserted little
posterior. Adipose fin slender. Caudal forked. Anal inserted
opposite dorsal origin, third simple ray prolonged. Pectoral and

» Denk. Ak. Wiss., Wien, XLVI, 188-3, p. .37. Obidos and Villa Bella.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 535

ventral pointed. Color largely pale. Obscure or pale humeral
blotch. No caudal blotch.

One species in the Madeira River basin. This genus appears
allied to Holoshesthes Eigenmann, and Holoprion Eigenmann, in the
completely denticulated maxillary. It differs, however, in the
simple conic teeth and more numerous anal rays. From Holoshes-
thes it differs in the incomplete 1. 1. Coelurichthys Ribeiro I have
been unable to consult.

(Ilpcw^, saw; /^/"z/^-a, bream; in allusion to the superficial resemblance
to the bream.)
Prionobrama madeirae sp. nov. Fig. 9.

Head 4^; depth 3|; D. ii, 8; iii, 32, i, P. i, 12; V. i, 7; scales
39 in 1. 1. to caudal base, and 4 more on latter; 10 tubes in 1. 1.; 12
scales transversely between dorsal and ventral origins; 15 scales
before dorsal to occipital process; head width 2 in its length; head
depth at occiput 2; mandible 2|; least depth of caudal peduncle 1|;
ventral 1; snout 3| in head, measured from upper jaw tip; eye 3;
maxillary 2|; interorbital 3.

Body well compressed, elongate, ovoid in contour, deepest at dorsal
origin, lower profile a little more evenly convex than upper, post-
ventral trenchant and other edges convexly rounded. Caudal
peduncle well compressed, its length about f its least depth.

Head rather small, compressed, upper profile nearly straight and
much less inclined than more convex lower, and flattened sides but
slightly constricted below. Snout convex over surface and anteriorly
in profile, and its length about f its width. Eye large, rounded, not
elevated, its centre about first f in head. Pupil rather large, verti-
cally ellipsoid. Eyelids free, not adipose-like. Mouth superiorly
terminal, broad, with short commissure. Lips firm. Maxillary
free, rather slender, well inclined beyond front eye edge, though not
to that of pupil. Teeth uniserial, conic, simple, small, nearly uniform.
In upper jaw teeth continuous along edge of maxillary to its lower
extremity. Mandibular teeth slightly larger and recurved at
symphysis, also at their anterior termination along sides of mandib-
ular rami, and beyond latter point teeth uniformly small and incon-
spicuous if present. Inner buccal folds broad. Tongue depressed
free and rather pointed in front. Mandible convex over surface
protrudes slightly and rami not elevated inside mouth. Nostrils
together, large, level with upper eye edge, anterior simple pore and
posterior wide crescent. Interorbital evenly convex. Suborbitals
smooth, and large infraorbital completely covers cheek. Hind

536

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Oct.,

preopercle edge vertical. Opercle smooth, deep, upper posterior
margin slightly emarginate. Occipital fontanel well developed,
from between frontals posteriorly to occipital process. Latter short,
forms nearly equilateral triangle.

Gill-opening extends forward but slightly behind front edge of
eye, before that of pupil. Rakers about 5 + 12, slender, elongately
lanceolate, a little longer than filaments, or about 1| in eye. Isthmus
narrowly constricted in front, elongate, surface anteriorly with
groove and posteriorly convex. Branchiostegals moderate, subequal.

Scales moderately small, well exposed in longitudinal series,

Fig. 9. — Prionohrama madeirce Fowler. (Type.)

cycloid, of nearly uniform size. Caudal scaled basally. Anal with
basal scaly sheath to greater anterior portion of fin. Free pointed
axillary ventral scaly flap nearly I length of fin. L. 1. incomplete,
begins at. shoulder and extends over only ten consecutive scales.
Tubes simple, and each only about half way over scale exposure
anteriorly.

Dorsal origin about midway between eye centre and caudal base,
first branched ray longest, and depressed fin extends If to caudal
base. Adipose fin slender, a little shorter than eye, inserted about
last 7 in space between dorsal origin and caudal base. Anal origin
opposite that of dorsal, third simple ray prolonged into a filament

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 537

SO that it is but little shorter than entire anal basis, anterior branched
rays soon sloping down and greater part of fin low. Caudal longer
than head, well forked, lobes pointed and equal. Pectoral large,
low, broad, upper rays longest, and fin extends a little beyond ventral
base. Ventral inserted nearer anal than pectoral, also extends back
a little beyond front of former. Yent close behind ventral roots,
remote from anal.

Color in alcohol pale l)rownish, lower surface scarcely paler.
Back and surface of trunk above anal base finely punctate with
minute dusky dots. Humeral region, rather narrow lateral streak
medianly, abdomen and lower surface of head, silvery- white.

Head brownish above. Iris whitish, pupil slaty. A very pale
humeral blotch vertically ovoid and its length in vertical diameter
about equals that of eye. No caudal blotch. Fins all pale.

Length .53 mm.

Type, No. 39,218, A. N. S. P. Tributary of the Madeira River near
Porto Velho, Brazil. January-February, 1913. Edgar A. Smith.

Also No. 39,219, A. N. S. P., paratype, same data. Head 4;
depth 3; D. ii, 8; A. iii, 32, i; scales 38 in lateral series to caudal
base, and 3 more on latter; 11 tubes in 1. 1.; 12 scales in transverse
series between dorsal and anal origins; 15 scales before dorsal to
occipital process; snout 4 in head, measured from upper jaw tip;
eye 3; maxillary 2|; interorbital 3; length 46 mm.

(Named for the Madeira River.)

TETRAGONOPTERIX.E.

Ctenobrycon rhabdops sp. nov. Fig. 10.

Head 3f; depth 2; D. m, 9, i; A. iv, 46, i; P. i, 15; V. i, 7;
scales 49 in 1. 1. to caudal base and 2 more on latter; 12 scales above
1. 1.; 13 scales below 1. 1., to anal origin; 13 predorsal scales to
occipital process; head width 1| in its length; head depth at occiput
lyV; mandible 3; least depth of caudal peduncle 2|; first branched
anal ray 1|; pectoral lyV; ventral 1|; snout 4 in head measured
from upper jaw tip; eye 2|; maxillary 2f ; interorbital 2|.

Body well compressed, general contour deeplj^ ovoid, with greatest
depth at dorsal origin, upper anterior profile concave-convex and
lower profile rather evenly convex. Predorsal and post ventral
with slight median keels, body edges otherwise evenly convex.
Caudal peduncle compressed, about long as deep.

Head small, lower profile a little more inclined than upper, and
nearly flattened sides but slightly constricted towards lower surface.
36

538

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Oct.

Snout short, convex in profile and over surface, its length about
half its width. Eye large, ellipsoid, but little elevated and centre
near first third in head. Pupil moderate, rounded. Eyelids free,
not adipose-like. Mouth broad, with short commissure, superiorly
terminal. Maxillary almost vertical, not quite extended to eye
or opposite lower edge of eye, and free. Lips fleshy, upper firm,
lower thicker and more free. Teeth in upper jaw biserial, 8 in each
series, anterior smaller and tricuspid though in an even row parallel

Fig. 10. — Ctenobrycon rhabdops Fowler. (Type.)

with posterior, and latter larger and mosth' quincuspid, No maxil-
lary teeth. ^Mandibular teeth a single series of 8, symphyseal pair
largest with others moderately graduated smaller on each side
posteriorly, larger quindentate and smaller tridentate. Inner
buccal folds broad. Tongue depressed, rather broad and smooth,
pointed and free in front. Mandible strong, protrudes slightly in
front, and rami little elevated inside mouth. Nostrils together,
rather large, placed within last half of snout length close before eyes
above, anterior simple pore and posterior larger crescentic -slit.
Interorbital broadly convex. Preorbital small, and infraorbital
very large, completely covers cheek, its surface smooth. Hind

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 539

preopercle edge bent well forward. Opercle deep, smooth. Top of
head with rather large fontanel extending from interorbital space
well back within occipital process. Last reaches nearl}- | to dorsal
origin.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite front eye edge. Rak-
ers about 8 + 12, slender, lanceolate, about f length of filaments,
and latter about I of eye. Isthmus narrowly constricted in front,
with slight median groove, and convex over surface behind. Branchi-
ostegals moderately long, subequal.

Scales slightly ctenoid, small, moderately imbricated, disposed
in longitudinal series parallel with 1. 1., and of mostly uniform size.
Along predorsal ridge, on trunk along anal base, and on caudal base
scales all slightly smaller. A row of one or two small scales extends
basally along anal its entire length. Scales on breast large as those
on costal region. Each scale on body with several radiating striae.
Scales extend completely over body edges. Broad free axillary
pectoral scale, and pointed free axillary ventral scaly flap nearly
3 in fin. L. 1. complete, very slightly decurved so that largely
median, though extends a little low along side of caudal peduncle
to caudal base. Tubes simple, all well exposed, though not quite
reaching edges of scales.

Dorsal origin about midway between mandible tip and hind edge
of adipose fin, first branched ray longest and a little longer than
head, and depressed fin reaches about f to adipose fin. Origin of
adipose fin near last third in space between origin of dorsal and
caudal base, fin about U in eye. Anal origin slightly before that
of dorsal, anterior rays a little higher than others, and edge of fin
nearly straight, its long base but slightly curved. Caudal moderate,
well forked, lobes pointed and lower slightly longer, both a little
longer than head. Pectoral low, upper rays longest, and depressed
tip falls slightly before dorsal origin. Ventral low, inserted nearly
midway between pectoral and dorsal origins and extends back beyond
front anal ray bases. Vent close in front of anal.

Color in alcohol pale brownish almost everywhere, except on abdo-
men below and lower surface of head, dusted with minute dusky dots.
Edge of back and upper surface of head dusky. A narrow underlaid
silvery line or streak extends from shoulder to median caudal base,
and posteriorly in its course becoming plumbeous or leaden. Third
and fourth scales of I. I. crossed by deep dark blotch, above extending
well up above head in profile and below a little over half way towards
base of pectoral fin, so that it appears inchned forward. It is made

540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

up of crowded dusky or blackish dots. Behind and in front a pale
or whitish area, more extensive and vaguely defined. Blackish
blotch, largely vertical, embraces caudal base. Iris whitish, though
marked with broad slaty-dusky vertical streak. Fins all pale,
marked with minute dusky dots. Belly, sides, and lower surface of
head silvery-white.

Length 56 mm.

Type, No. 39,220, A. N. S. P. Igarape de Candelaria (about two
miles from the Madeira River, into which it empties), in Lat. S.
8° 45', Long. W. 63° 54', Brazil. September, 1912. Edgar A. Smith.

Also, Nos. 39,221 to 39,223, A. N. S. P., paratypes, same data.
Head 3| to 3^; depth 2; D. iii, 8, i or iii, 9, i; A. iv, 43, i to iv, 46, i;
scales 47 or 48 in 1. 1. to caudal base, and 2 more on latter; 12 or 13
scales above 1. 1.; 13 or 14 scales below 1. 1.; 13 or 14 predorsal scales;
snout 3f to 4 in head, measured from upper jaw tip; eye 2f to 2f ;
maxillary 2f to 3; interorbital 2| to 2|; length 51 or 52 mm.

This species is apparently related to Ctenobnjcon alleni (Eigenmann
and Ward),^ but that species differs in having a more curved or
undulated predorsal profile, and much fewer anal rays (40-41).
The figure is from a very unsatisfactory photograph, and in no way,
except possibly the general profile, portrays the many characters
desired but omitted in the brief description. Characteristic of the
present species is the dark vertical streak through the eye.

(/'a/?(5o9, streak; (^<p, eye.)

Moenkhausia lepidura madeirae subsp. nov. Fig. 11.

Head 3f; depth 3f;'D. iii, 9; A. iv, 19, i; P. i, 14; V. i, 7;
scales 34 in 1. 1. to caudal base and 3 more on latter; 6 scales above
1. 1.; 4 scales below 1. 1. to ventral origin; 4 scales below 1. 1. to anal
origin; 13 predorsal scales, 11 to occipital process; head width 1|
its length; head depth at occiput Ij; mandible 2|; first branched
dorsal ray lyV; first branched anal ray 1|; least depth of caudal
peduncle 2f ; pectoral 1|; ventral If; snout 3f in head measured
from upper jaw tip; eye 2f ; maxillary 2|; interorbital 3. .

Body elongate, compressed, with fusiform contour, deepest at
dorsal origin, profiles alike, and a slight median predorsal ridge,
other edges rounded convexly. Caudal peduncle compressed, about
long as deep.

Head moderately small, compressed, profiles similar, and flattened

* Tetragonopterus alleni Eigenmann and Ward, Ann. Carnegie Miis., IV, 1907,
p. 126, PI. 40, fig. 2. Corumba, Rio Otuquis, Ascuncion, Paraguay.

1913.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

541

sides but slightly constricted below. Snout convex in profile and
over surface, length about | its width. Eye large, round, a little
high, centre falls about first f in head. Pupil rather large. Eyelids
free, not adipose-like. Mouth terminal, broad, commissure short.
Lips fleshy, upper firm, lower thick and more free, Maxillary well
inclined, rather long or reaches beyond front eye edge nearly to that
of pupil, and well exposed. Upper teeth biserial, 8 teeth in each
series, those in inner series largest, and all quindentate. No maxil-
lary teeth. Mandibular teeth uniserial, quindentate, largest at
symphysis, and 8 enlarged ones in front of jaw. Along sides of

Fig. 11. — Mcenkhausia lepidura madeirce Fowler. (Type.)

rami a single series of small conic simple uniform teeth, all much
lower than anterior ones. Inner buccal folds broad, especially upper.
Tongue broad, depressed, rounded and free in front. Mandible
strong, slightly protrudes, and rather shallow, rami of about even
and moderate elevation inside mouth. Nostrils together, placed
close before eye, behind middle in snout length, anterior simple pore
and posterior exposed in larger crescent. Interorbital rather broadly
convex. Preorbital narrow. Infraorbital broad and not entirely
covering cheek, but leaving very narrow naked strip along ridge of
preopercle. Hind preopercle edge vertical. Opercle deep and,
like suborbitals, smooth. Fontanel on top of head large, broad,
extends from front interorbital region back till within occipital
process. Latter extends | of space to dorsal origin.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite front edge of pupil.

542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Rakers about 8 + 16, slender, lanceolate, pointed, a little shorter
than filaments, and latter about 2^ in eye. Is'thmus narrowly
constricted, with short median groove in front and posterior portion
convex. Branchiostegals moderate, subequal.

Scales moderate, cycloid, rather well exposed, each with several
radiating striae, disposed in longitudinal series parallel with 1. 1., and
in size mostly uniform. Caudal over greater basal portion covered
with small scales, though medianly scarcely smaller than on side
of body. Several scales form slight sheath at base of anal anteriorly.
Ventral axil with free pointed scaly flap, about 3^ in fin. Scales
completely pass over edges of body. L. 1. complete, slightly de-
curved until falling f in greatest body depth, and extends a little
low along side of caudal peduncle to caudal base. Tubes simple,
and extend well over scales, though not quite to their hind edges.

Dorsal origin about midway between snout tip and caudal base,
first branched ray longest, and depressed fin extending slightly over
half way to base of caudal. Adipose fin slightly behind last third in
space between dorsal origin and caudal base, its length about | of
eye. Anal inserted slightly behind dorsal base, first branched ray
longest, so that anterior fin elevated in distinct lobe. Caudal well
forked, rather broad and pointed lobes about equal. Pectoral low,
pointed, upper rays longest, and when depressed fall a little short of
ventral. Ventral inserted a little before dorsal and extends | to
anal. Vent a little behind last third in postventral region.

Color in alcohol pale brownish generally, paler or more whitish
below, as on lower sides and under surface of head, and abdomen.
Edges of scales on back all broadly brownish. Upper surface of
head brownish, also muzzle. Iris slaty. Fins all pale, except
variegated caudal, which with large black blotch basally, continued
out on middle rays and outer half of each lobe with a large jet-black
blotch. Along side of trunk- a dusky vertebral streak, widening
posteriorly to blackish and finally merging with caudal blotch.
In dark lateral streak, two scales from head, black rounded blotch
large as pupil.

Length 57 mm.

Type, No. 39,224, A. N. S. P. Tributary of Rio Madeira near
Porto Velho, Brazil. January-February, 1913. - Edgar A. Smith.

Also, Nos. 39,225 to 39,227, A. N. S. P., paratypes, same data.
Head 3| to 3|; depth 3f to 4; D. in, 9; A. iv, 19, i; scales 32 to
34 in 1. 1. to caudal base, and 1 or 2 more on latter; 6 scales above
1. 1.; 4 or 5 scales below 1. 1.; 10 or 11 predorsal scales to occipital

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 543

process; snout 3j to 3f in head; eye 2f to 2f ; maxillary 2| to 2|;
interorbital 2| to 3; length 52 to 55 mm.

This form seems to be closely related to Moenkhausia lepidura
(Kner). It perhaps approaches nearest the subspecies M. lepidura
gracilima Eigenmann, differing apparently only in color, so far as
the short account will permit of comparison. Villa Bella specimens
are described as having the color of the caudal faint, a duskiness ex-
tending upon lower caudal lobe, and humeral spot not well defined.
Serpa specimens have middle caudal rays and distal parts of other
rays, and upper and lower edges of fin, dusky.

(Named for the Madeira River.)
Hemigrammus melanochrous sp. nov. Fig. 12.

Head 3f; depth 3f; D. ii, 9; A. iv, 18, i; P. i, 10; V. i, 7;
scales 32 in median lateral series to caudal base, and 2 more on latter;
1. 1. of 7 tubes anteriorly from shoulder; 10 scales transversely
between dorsal and ventral origins; 10 predorsal scales to occipital
process; head width 2yV its length; head depth at occiput 1^;
snout 3f; eye2f; maxillary 2; interorbital 2| ; first branched dorsal
ray 1; first branched anal raj^ 1^; least depth of caudal peduncle
2f; pectoral IJ; ventral If.

Body elongately ovoid, deepest at dorsal origin, compressed
profiles more or less similar, and edges all convexly rounded. Caudal
peduncle well compressed, and its least depth nearly equals its length.

Head moderate, compressed, lower profile a little more inclined
or convex than upper, and nearly flattened sides slightly approxi-
mating below. Snout convex over surface and in profile, length
about f its width. Eye large, rounded, rather high, and its centre a
little anterior in head. Pupil large, rounded. Eyelids free, not
adipose-like. Mouth large, wide, commissure rather short. Lips
rather thin and mostly firm. Maxillary long, rather slender, well
inclined, free, and extends back opposite front pupil edge. Teeth in
upper jaw biserial, those in inner row larger, quindentate. No
maxillary teeth. Mandible with a row of ten quindentate, large,
subequal teeth, though no small posterior lateral ones. Inner buccal
folds broad. Tongue moderate, depressed, rounded and free in front.
Mandible strong, surface convex, rami of moderate and uniformly
low height inside mouth, not elevated, and when closed even with
snout tip. Suborbitals well developed, infraorbital almost covering
cheeks, but very narrow naked strip below, smooth. Hind edge of
preopercle vertical, smooth. Opercle deep, upper hind edge emar-
ginate. Occipital fontanel broad, extends from anterior interorbital

544

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Oct.

till within occipital process, and latter extends about | of distance
to dorsal origin.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite front pupil edge.
Rakers about 6 + 10, slender, short, little less than filaments, and
latter about 3 in eye. Isthmus narrowly constricted, surface convex.
Branchiostegals rather small, subequal.

Scales moderate, well exposed in longitudinal series, each with
a few radiating striae, and of nearly uniform size. Caudal base
scaly, and a few scales in a row along anal base in front. Free
pointed axillary ventral scaly flap, its length about | that of fin.

Fig. 12. — Hemigram7nus melanochrous Fowler. (Type.)

L. 1. incomplete, of simple short tubes, anterior on scales, and its
extent not quite so far back as tip of depressed pectoral.

Dorsal inserted midway between snout tip and hind edge of
adipose fin, first branched ray longest, and depressed fin reaches
about I to caudal base. Adipose fin with base over last anal rays,
fin about | of eye. Anal inserted slightly behind base of dorsal
ray, first branched ray longest, forms with other anterior rays
elevated pointed lobe. Caudal well forked, lobes pointed and equal.
Pectoral long, pointed, upper rays longest, and tip of depressed fin
extending slightly beyond ventral origin. Ventral inserted slightly
before dorsal and depressed fin reaches anal. Vent close before anal.

Color in alcohol dull brownish generally, made up of small dusky
dots, forming broad nebulous area all along sides and well-defined

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 545

broad edges to scales on back. A dark vertebral streak along side
of bodj^ becomes blackish along caudal peduncle side, and joins
ill-defined caudal blotch behind. Caudal blotch blackish, a little
smaller than eye and continued out over median caudal rays. At
third scale of vertebral streak, also on fourth, a nearly cuboid blackish
humeral blotch. Upper surface of head, muzzle and side with
dusky dots. Iris slaty. Isthmus pale. Fins all sprinkled or
dusted with dusk}' dots.

Length 33 mm.

Type, No. 39,228, A. N. S. P. Tributary of Madeira River near
Porto Velho, Brazil. January-February, 1913. Edgar A. Smith.

Also, No. 39,229, A. N. S. P., paratype, same data. Head 3|;
depth 3^; D. ii, 9; A. iv, 18, i; scales 32 in median lateral series
to caudal base, and 2 more on latter; 1. 1. of 8 tubes; 10 scales trans-
versely between dorsal and ventral origins; 10 predorsal scales to
occipital process; snout 3j in head; eye 2j; maxillary 2; inter-
orbital 2f ; length 30 mm.

This species resembles Hemigrammus schmardcv (Steindachner)
in color, though differs in the absence of maxillary teeth.

(MeXay/poo?^ swarthy, with reference to the general color.)
Hemigrammus ocellifer (Steindachner).

Two examples from Igarape Candelaria (about two miles from the
Madeira River, and into which it flows), in S. Lat. 8° 45', W. Long.
63° 54', Brazil. September, 1912.

Fourteen examples from the Madeira River, about 200 miles east
of W. Long. 62° 20', Brazil. September, 1912.
Hyphessobrycon hasemani sp. nov. Fig. 13.

Head 3i; depth 3|; D. ii, 8; A. in, 27; P. i, 10; V. i, 8; scales
about 32 in median lateral series to caudal base; 10 scales trans-
versely between dorsal and ventral origins; 11 predorsal scales;
head width 2 in its length; head depth 1| at occiput; mandible 2^;
first branched dorsal ray about lyV; first branched anal ray If;
least depth of caudal peduncle 3f; upper caudal lobe 1; pectoral
If; ventral 2; snout 4| in head, measured from upper jaw tip; eye
2f; maxillary 3^; interorbital 3|.

Body elongate, compressed, upper profile forms broad obtuse
angle at origin of dorsal, which point deepest part of body, predorsal
with obsolete median ridge and edges otherwise rounded convexly.
Caudal peduncle compressed, small, its length from last anal ray
base about equal to its least tlepth.

546

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Oct.

Head moderate, compressed, lower profile a little more convex
than upper, and nearly flattened sides only very slightly constricted
below. Snout short, convex over surface and in profile, length about
half its width. Eye large, rounded, high, centre about first f in
head. Pupil large. Eyelids free. Mouth broad, terminal, short
in commissure. Maxillary free, well inclined, extends back slightly
Ijeyond front eye edge, though not to that of pupil. Lips firm,
moderate. Teeth small, inconspicuous, conic, broad basally, biserial
in upper jaw, and uniserial in lower. No maxillary teeth. Upper
inner buccal fold broader than lower. Tongue depressed, rounded
and free in front. ]\Iandil)le strong, rami scarcely elevated inside

Fig. 13. — Hyphessobnjcon hasemani Fowler. (Type.)

mouth, and tip in front extends forward slightly before snout tip.
Nostrils together in posterior part of snout before eye, anterior
simple and posterior crescentic. Interorbital slightly convex.
Suborbitals well developed, and completely cover cheek, surfaces
smooth. Opercle with upper hind edge emarginate, deep, smooth.
Top of head apparently with broad fontanel as upper surface of
cranium soft, both in parietal and frontal region.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite front pupil edge.
Rakers about 7 + 12?, slender, lanceolate, a little smaller than
filaments, and latter about f in eye. Isthmus narrowly constricted,
convex over surface. Branchiostegals moderate, slender, subequal.

Scales large, well exposed in lengthwise series, and of more or less
equal size. Except several scales on -caudal base fins scaleless, and

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 547

no axillary flaps. L. 1. not developed, except on 3 scales anteriorlj',
and these interrupted after first by break of two scales.

Dorsal origin about midway between hind nostril and caudal
base, first branched ray longest, and depressed fin extends If to
caudal base. Adipose fin placed over last anal ray bases, fin about
f in eye. Anal inserted below anterior dorsal rays, first branched
ray longest and forms with other anterior rays conspicuous elevated
pointed lobe extending back when depressed opposite origin of adipose
fin. Caudal well forked, pointed lobes rather slender and equal.
Pectoral low, pointed, upper rays longest, and depressed fin extends
opposite ventral insertion. Latter a little before dorsal origin and
depressed fin extends back nearly to base of first branched anal ray.
Vent close before anal origin.

Color in alcohol pale brownish, below lighter. Back with edges
of scales narrowly dusky. No humeral blotch or caudal blotch.
Head brownish above, sides and below whitish. Iris whitish, dusky
above and below, now largeh^ turned slaty. Fins all pale, anal and
caudal dusted with minute dusky dots, and dorsal with large blackish
blotch above and largely anterior.

Length 28 mm.

Type, No. 39,230, A. N. S. P. Madeira River above Falls of
Guajaramirim, approximately in Lat. S. 10° 47', Long. W. 65° 23',
Brazil. September, 1912. Edgar A. Smith.

Only the type known. It is apparently related to Hijphessobrycon
minor Darbin, but differs at once in the absence of a dark humeral
blotch and the longer maxillary.

(Named for Mr. John D. Haseman, who has explored much of
South America and contributed a number of papers to Brazilian
ichthyology.)

Hyphessobrycon stigmatias sp. nov. Fig. 14.

Head 3t; depth 3f ; D. in, 8; A. iii, 16; P. i, 12; V. i, 8; scales
31 in median lateral series to caudal base, and 2 more in latter; 9
scales transversely between dorsal and ventral origins; about 11
predorsal scales; head width If in its length; head depth Ij at
occiput; snout 4; eye 2^; maxillary 3yo; interorbital 2|; first
branched dorsal ray 1|; first branched anal ray If; least depth of
caudal peduncle 2f ; pectoral If; ventral 1^.

Body moderately long, well compressed, deepest at dorsal origin,
profiles similarly convex, and edges all convexly rounded. Caudal
peduncle well compressed, its least depth about 1| in its length.

548

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Oct.,

Head moderate, compressed, profiles similar, and flattened sides
slightly constricted below. Snout convex in profile and over surface,
its length about f its width. Eye large, high, rounded, its centre
about first f in head. Mouth broad, with short commissure, termi-
nal. Maxillary well inclined, free, and extends beyond front eye
edge, though not quite to front pupil edge. Lips firm, little
developed. Teeth strong, with broad bases, simply conic or tri-
cuspid and in latter case usually of larger size. Upper teeth biserial,
though series close and outer slightly irregular. Maxillary with
three cusps inside near base. Mandible with a series of mostly
tricuspid teeth, but little smaller posteriorly along sides of rami.
Inner buccal folds broad. Tongue depressed, rounded and free in

Fig. 14.—Hyphessobryco)i stlginatiaa Fowler. (Type

front. Mandible rather strong, rami not elevated inside mouth,
and closed jaws about equal. Nostrils together, posteriorly situated
in snout length, anterior simple pore and posterior crescentic. Inter-
orbital moderately convex. Suborbitals rather broad, and infra-
orbital nearly covers cheek, surfaces smooth. Hind preopercle edge
slightly inclined posteriorly. Opercle deep. Top of head or cranium
soft, with broad parietal fontanel, though still narrower within
frontal region.

Gill-opening extends forward nearly opposite front pupil edge.
Rakers about 5+10?, slender, lanceolate, much shorter than
filaments and latter about 3 in eye. Isthmus narrowly constricted,
surface convex. Branchiostegals slender, subequal.

Scales cycloid, well exposed in lengthwise series, moderately
large, and of nearly uniform size. A few scales on caudal base,

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 549

though none on other fins, and ventral axil with short, pointed scale.
No 1. 1. developed.

Dorsal origin a little nearer snout tip than caudal base, first
branched ray longest, and depressed fin not quite reaching half way
to caudal base. Adipose fin rather large, its base placed over last
anal ray bases. Anal inserted a little nearer pectoral origin than
caudal base, below posterior dorsal rays, and first branched ray
longest, so that fin elevated in pointed lobe. Caudal well forked,
pointed lobes equal. Pectoral low, not quite reaching to ventral
origin, upper rays longest, and fin pointed. Ventral inserted well
before dorsal, or nearly midway between pectoral and anal origins,
fin reaching anal. Vent opens about midway in post ventral region.

Color in alcohol pale brownish generally, lower surface paler.
Scales on back all with dusky edges. Upper surface of head dusky,
sides and below paler. Muzzle, and opercle above, with dusky dots.
Iris slaty. Fins all dusted with dusky dots. At shoulder, behind
gill-opening, large cluster of dusky dots, though not forming a
defined humeral blotch. A dark vertebral line along sides after
humeral clouding extending to caudal base, along side of caudal
peduncle expanding broadly and becoming black. On caudal base
it narrows suddenly and extends out on median caudal ra3^s. Base
of each caudal lobe with pale or whitish area.

Length 23 mm.

Type, No. 39,231, A. N. S. P. Tributary of the Madeira River
near Porto Velho, Brazil. January-February, 1913. Edgar A.
Smith.

Only the type known. It is likely related to Moenkhausia cotinho
Eigenmann, but that species is said to have 20 or 21 anal rays, and
a very large conspicuous vertically oval black spot on base of caudal,
bordered behind by milky-white.

{lTtXfiaTca<,^^ branded person, with reference to the black caudal
blotch.)

Hyphessobrycon agulha sp. nov. Fig. 15. "Agulha."

Head 3f ; depth 31; D. iii, 9; A. iv, 19, i; P. i, 13; V. i, 7;
scales 32 in median lateral series to caudal base and 2 more on latter ;
1. 1. of 12 tubes anteriorly, extends back and down in gentle curve
little beyond front of dorsal; 6 scales above 1. 1. to dorsal origin;
3 scales below 1. 1. to ventral origin; 9 predorsal scales to occipital
process; head width 1| in its length; head depth at occiput 1^;
mandible 1|; first branched anal ray Ij; least depth of caudal

550

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Oct.,,

peduncle 2f ; pectoral Ig; ventral If; snout 3f in head, measured
from upper jaw tip; eye 2f ; maxillary 2; interorbital 2|.

Body moderately elongate, well compressed, deepest at dorsal
origin, profiles similar, predorsal slightly constricted, though not
keeled medianly, and other edges all convexly rounded. Caudal
peduncle well compressed, its least depth trifle less than its length.

Head moderate, compressed, profiles similar, and flattened sides
but very slightly approximated below. Snout convex over surface
and in profile, short, its length about half its width. Eye large,
rounded, high, and hind pupil edge about midway in head length.

Fig. 1,5. — Hyphessobrycon agulha Fowler. (Type.)

Pupil large, circular. Eyelids free, not adipose-like. Mouth well
inclined, broad, commissure short. Maxillary long, slender, free,
well inclined, extends back about opposite front pupil edge. Lips
firm, moderate. Teeth mostly quindentate. Upper jaw with 8
teeth in each series, parallel and inner lower slightly larger. No
maxillary teeth. Mandible with 8 large quindentate teeth ante-
riorly, and along each ramus posteriorly row of small conic teeth
continued back, these all much shorter and contrasted with anterior
ones. Inner buccal folds broad. Tongue broad, depressed, rounded
and free in front. Mandible strong, slightly protrudes beyond
snout tip when closed, and rami not elevated inside mouth. Nostrils

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 551

together, close before eye, anterior simple pore and posterior cres-
centic. Interorbital broadly convex. Preorbital long, slender.
Infraorbital broad, covers cheek all but very narrow strip in lower
angle, with a few coarse striae. Hind preopercle edge straight and
slightly inclined posteriorly. Opercle narrow, deep, emarginate
along upper hind edge, and surface smooth. Occipital fontanel
well developed in frontal and parietal regions till within occipital
process, broad.

Gill-opening extends forward nearly opposite front pupil edge.
Rakers about 6 + 12, slender, lanceolate, a little less than •filaments,
and latter about 3 in eye. Isthmus narrowly constricted in front,
its surface with slight groove, though posteriorly l^roader and convex.
Branchiostegals rather large, subequal.

Scales large, well exposed in longitudinal series, of nearly uniform
size, and each one with few radiating striae. Row of few small
scales along bases of anterior anal rays. Caudal base with few
small scales. Free pointed axillary ventral scaly flap nearly 3 in
fin. L. 1. incomplete, slightly decurved. Tubes simple, only on
anterior portions of scale exposures.

Dorsal origin about midway between snout tip and hind edge of
adipose fin, first branched ray longest, or little longer than head,
reaches If to caudal base. Adipose fin placed over last anal ray
bases, fin f in eye. Caudal well forked, pointed lobes equal, trifle
longer than head. Anal inserted below last dorsal ray bases or a
trifle nearer pectoral origin than caudal base, first branched ray
longest with anterior rays forming an elevated pointed lobe. Pec-
toral low, slender, pointed, upper rays longest and fin reaches slightly
beyond ventral origin. Latter slightly before dorsal origin, fin
pointed and extends slightly beyond front anal rays. ^>nt close
before anal.

Color in alcohol largely dull or pale brownish. Scales on back
all broadly marked with dusk}- submarginal wide-angled streaks.
Each scale on predorsal, postdorsal and scales along base of dorsal,
with conspicuous rounded dusky or dark spot. Head brownish
above, also on lips. Iris slaty. Lower surface of head, and belly,
whitish. Along side, from head to caudal base broad area of brown-
ish dots, these larger and more sparse on cheek and side of abdomen.
Within this lateral area of dusky dots narrow brownish band extends
from shoulder straight to median cau lal base, where continued
out on middle rays of caudal as blackish streak, and streak not quite
wide as pupil diameter. No distinct caudal spot. Humeral region

552 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

with elliptical horizontal dusky or blackish blotch a little less in
length than eye. From lower edge a short vertical branch of dusky
given off from humeral streak. Fins pale, with very slight dusky
tinge distally, though all more or less whitish basally.

Length 42 mm.

Type, No. 39,232, A. N. S. P. Madeira River, about 200 miles
east of W. Long. 62° 20', Brazil. September, 1912. Edgar A.
Smith.

Also Nos. 39,233 to 39,289, A. N. S. P., paratypes, same data.

One example from the Madeira River above the Falls of Guajara-
mirim, approximately S. Lat. 10° 47', W. Long. 65° 23', Brazil.
September, 1912.

Nine examples from Igarape de Candelaria, tributary of the
Madeira River, about S. Lat. 8° 45', W. Long. 63° 54', Brazil. Sep-
tember, 1912.

Fifty-three examples from tributaries of the Madeira River near
Porto Velho, Brazil. January-February, 1913.

All the specimens representing this species are smaller than the
type and were collected by Mr. Smith. Changes with age are
noticeable in color, small or young specimens showing an obscure
humeral blotch and usually no black on caudal. A narrow line of
dusky dots* extends along parallel with the anal base on lower side
of trunk. The species is related to Hyphessobrycon heUotti (Stein-
dachner),^ though differs in the absence of maxillary teeth and the
dark humeral blotch not surrounded by a bright ring.

{Agulha, the native name.)
Creagrutus anary sp. nov. Fig. 16. "Anary."

Head 3f; depth 3f ; D. iii, 8; A. m, 11, i; P. i, 13; V. i, 7;
scales 37 in 1. 1. to caudal base and 5 more on latter; 5 scales above
1. 1.; 3 scales below 1. 1. to ventral origin; 4 scales below 1. 1. to anal
origin; 8 predorsal scales to hind end of occipital process; head
width If its length; head depth at occiput 1^; snout 3|; eye 2|;
maxillary 2|; interorbital 3; first branched dorsal ray 1|; first
branched anal ray 1|; least depth of caudal peduncle 2|; upper
caudal lobe 1; pectoral Ij; ventral 1|.

Body moderately long, compressed, of robust appearance, deepest
at dorsal origin, back very slightly elevated, and edges all convexly
rounded, though slight constriction just before dorsal origin. Caudal

» Denk. Ak. Wiss., Wien, XLYI, I, 1883, p. 34. Tabatinga.

1913.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

553

peduncle well compressed, its least depth about H in its length
measured from last anal ray base.

Head moderate, robust, compressed, flattened sides not converg-
ing, and upper profile a little more convex than lower. Snout well
convex in profile and over surface, well protruded beyond mandible
and its length about | its width. Eye large, rounded, high, and
centre falls about first | in head. Pupil large, rounded. Eyelids
free, narrow, not adipose-like. Mouth inferiorly terminal, broad,
with short curved commissure. Maxillary strong, bent, slips below
preorbital all along its upper edge, extends well below and slightly
beyond front eye edge. Lips thick, fleshy, not free. Teeth rather

Fig. IG. — Creagrutus aiiary Fowler. (Type.)

large, tricuspid or quincuspid. Upper jaw with. 3 series of large
teeth, forming considerable dental area. Mandible with single
series of teeth, large, quincuspid, subequal. Maxillary with several
small denticles, simple, and appear as continuation of upper inner-
most teeth. Inner buccal folds broad. Tongue depressed, rounded
and free in front. Mandible obtuse, strong, and rami short and
low. Nostrils together close before eye, anterior simple and posterior
crescentic. Suborbitals broad, nearly cover cheek, only slight
naked strip below. Hind edge of preopercle straight, inclined
slightly posteriorly. Opercle deep, narrow, upper hind edge notched.
Parietal-frontal fontanel well developed, extends to occipital process,
and latter about \ to dorsal origin.

Gill-opening extends forward opposite front pupil edge. Rakers
37

554 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

6 + 16, slender, lanceolate, much less than filaments, and latter
about f of eye. Isthmus narrowly constricted in front, broad
behind, and surface convex. Branchiostegals moderate, subequal.

Scales moderate, well exposed in longitudinal series parallel with
1, 1., each with a few radiating strise, and of mostly uniform size.
Caudal covered with a number of small scales over greater basal
portion. Scales large along anterior base of dorsal and form sheath,
and similar ones on anal. Ventral with free pointed axillary scaly
flap, its length nearly | that of fin. L. 1. complete, slightly decurved
till about f in greatest body depth, and extends a little low along
side of caudal peduncle to median caudal base. Tubes simple,
moderately exposed anteriorly.

Dorsal origin about midway between snout tip and hind edge of
adipose fin, first branched ray longest, and depressed fin reaches
2j to caudal base. Adipose fin placed over last anal rays basally,
or about last | in space between dorsal origin and caudal base, fin
about equals eye. Anal inserted close after dorsal base, first
branched ray longest, though with other anterior anal rays not
forming distinct lobe. Caudal well forked, lobes longer than head,
broad, pointed, equal, and rudimentary rays well developed. Pec-
toral low, rounded, upper rays longest and extend | to ventral origin.
Ventral inserted slightly behind dorsal origin, and extends back to
anal origin. Vent about last f in postventral space.

Color in alcohol very pale brownish generally. Edges of scales
on back dotted with brownish, though no median dark streak.
Upper surface of head brownish, sides, muzzle, and lower surface
whitish. Iris slaty. Above third scale of 1. 1. vertical dusky humeral
blotch, its vertical diameter about equal to pupil. Evidently a
silvery lateral streak, narrow, and best defined posteriorly. A narrow
dark underlaid streak, made up of dusky dots, vertebral along side
of body, begins opposite tip of depressed pectoral and extends to
median caudal base, and most distinct in median part of its course.
Slight dusky spot at bases of median caudal rays, and lower lobe
sprinkled with minute dusky dots. Upper or apical portion of
dorsal sprinkled with dusky dots. Fins, otherwise than noted
above, pale or whitish.

Length 42 mm.

Type, No. 39,290, A. N. S. P. Madeira River, about 200 miles
east of Long. W. 62° 20', Brazil. September, 1912. Edgar A.
Smith.

Also No. 39,291, A. N. S. P., paratype, same data. Head 3^;

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 555

depth 3|; D. ii, 8; A. iii, 11, i; scales 36 in 1. 1. to caudal base,
and 4 more on latter; 5 scales above 1. 1.; 3 scales below 1. I. to
ventral origin; 3 scales below 1. 1. to anal origin; 9 scales before
dorsal to occipital process; snout 3f in head; eye 3; maxillary 2|;
interorbital 3; length 34 mm.

It appears related to Creagndus affinis Steindachner,'' Creagrutus
magdaleiue Eigenmann/ and Creagrutus hrevipinnis Eigenmann,*
all of which, however, have no dark caudal spot. Creagrutus avary
has three teeth, rather enlarged, forming its posterior premaxillary
series.

{Anary, the native name.)
Bryconamericus jacunda sp. nov. Fig. 17. "Jacunda."

Head 3^; depth 3; D. ii, 8; A. iii, 23, i; P. i, 10; V. i, 8; scales
35 in 1. 1. to caudal base and 3 more on latter; 5 scales above 1. 1.;
4 scales below 1. 1. to ventral origin, or to anal origin; 12 predorsal
scales; head width 2 in its length; head depth at occiput 1^; snout
4; eye 2f ; maxillary 2f ; interorbital 2^; first branched dorsal ray
lyV; first branched anal ray If; least depth of caudal peduncle 2|;
pectoral lyV; ventral 1|.

Body elongate, moderately compressed, lower profile a little more
convex than upper, greatest depth at dorsal origin, and edges all
convexly rounded. Caudal peduncle well compressed, length about
f its least depth.

Head moderately large, compressed, profiles convex with upper a
little more bulging, and flattened sides very slightly constricted
below. Snout convex over surface and in profile, short, and its
length half its width. Eye large, rounded, though deeper vertically
than horizontal width, midway in- head depth, and hind pupil edge
about midway in head leng-th. Pupil vertically ellipsoid. Eyelids
narrow, free, not adipose-like. Mouth small, terminal, broad, very
short in commissure. Lips thick, fleshy, firm. Maxillary slender,
oblique, extends back about opposite front eye edge, free distally
short extent, and upper edge largely slips below preorbital. Teeth
quincuspid, with median point to each largest. Upper teeth biserial,
outer in an irregular row of small ones, and inner row of 5 large,
broad ones. No maxillary teeth. Mandible with single series of
large teeth in front. Inner buccal folds broad. Tongue broad.

6 Denk. Ak. Wiss., Wien, XLII, 1884, p. 27. Cauca, near Caceres, Colombia.
^ Indiana Univ. Studies, March, 1913, p. 8. Girardot, Honda, Penas Blancas,
and Apulo, Colombia.

8 L.c, p. 10. Piedra Moler, Paila, Cartago, Colombia.

556

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Oct.,

depressed, free and rounded in front. Mandible robust, convex,
strong, rami not elevated in mouth, and upper jaw moderately
protruded beyond when mouth closes. Nostrils together, large,
close before eye above, anterior simple pore and posterior crescent ic.
Interorbital broadly convex. Preorbital narrow. Infraorbital
broad, smooth, completely covers cheek. Hind preopercle edge
vertical. Opercle deep, smooth, hind edge above slightly emarginate.
Broad fontanel from between frontals and parietals to occipital
process, latter short and triangular.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite first | in eye. Rakers
about 5+9, slender, lanceolate, much less than filaments, and

Fig. 17. — Bryconamericus jacimda Fowler. (Tj'pe.)

latter about | of eye. Isthmus constricted, surface convex. Branchi-
ostegals large, subequal.

Scales moderate, moderately imbricated, disposed in longitudinal
series parallel with 1. 1., those on middle of side little larger than
others. Caudal with greater portion basally covered with small
close-set scales. Anal with bSsal series of scales its whole extent,
though graduated smaller posteriorly. Ventral with free pointed
axillary scaly flap about I length of fin. L. 1. complete, decurved
till about f in greatest body depth, and extends a little low along
caudal peduncle side till midway at caudal base. Tubes simple,
and each one extends anteriorly on scale exposure about f its extent.

Dorsal origin about midway between front eye edge and caudal

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 557

base, first branched ray longest, and fin extends back If to caudal
base. Adipose fin elongate, its base over last anal ray bases. Anal
well anterior, inserted little behind dorsal origin, anterior rays
elevated with first branched longest, though not forming distinct
lobe, rays being graduated down behind with straight edge. Caudal
longer than head, well eraarginated or forked, and pointed lobes
about equal. Pectoral long, pointed, low, upper rays longest, and
depressed fin extends back about f to anal origin. Ventral inserted
about last f in space between pectoral and anal origins, and extends
back a little beyond front of anal. Vent close before anal.

Color in alcohol pale brownish generally. Back and sides sprinkled
with numerous dusky dots, these also extend over anal basally, and
over most of caudal. Area above 1. 1. to about seventh scale of its
course pale or not dusted with dark dots, except on third and fourth
scales a vertical streak equal to vertical eye-diameter extends upward
slightly inclined posteriorly, and this streak made up of dark larger
dots. Head brownish above, sides, muzzle, and below paler or
whitish. Iris slaty. Except as noted above, fins pale. Median
streak of dull brownish dots down back. Pale lateral vertebral line
of dark dots begins on dotted part of side and continues to caudal
base, where evidence of faded or pale dusky blotch medianly.

Length 31 mm.

Type, No. 39,292, A. N. S. P. IMadeira River, about 200 miles
east of W. Long. 62° 20'. Brazil. September. 1912. Edgar A.
Smith.

Only the type known. Brijconamericus alburnus (Hensel) differs
in the smaller head (4f), though agrees in the absence of maxillary
teeth, scales, etc.

(Jacunda, the native name.)
Bryconamericus smithi sp. nov. Fig. 18.

Head 4; depth 2|; D. ii, 7; A. iii, 25, i; P. i, 10; V. i, 7; 37
scales in 1. 1. to caudal base and 2 more on latter; 6 scales above
1. 1.; 4 scales below 1. 1. to ventral origin; 5 scales below 1. 1. to anal
origin; 14 predorsal scales; head width 1| its length; head depth
at occiput liV; snout 3h; eye 2f; maxillary 2; interorbital 2|;
first branched dorsal ray 1; least depth of caudal peduncle 2|; first
branched anal ray 1|; pectoral 1|; ventral 1|.

Body moderately long, of ovoid contour with lower profile a little
more convex anteriorly, greatest depth at dorsal origin and edges all
convexly rounded, except trenchant post ventral. Caudal peduncle
compressed, about long as deep.

558

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Oct.,

Head rather small, well compressed, profiles similarly and slightly
convex, and flattened head sides slightly constricted below. Snout
convex over surface and in profile, length about f its basal width.
Eye large, rounded, slightly elevated, centre about first f in head
length. Eyelid free, without adipose-like development. Pupil
rounded. Mouth broad, with short commissure. Maxillary largely
free, slender, well inclined, extends back slightly beyond front eye
edge, though not quite to that of pupil. Lips fleshy, not free.
Upper teeth biserial, outer row of small unevenly arranged teeth in
a wavy line and deeply imbedded, appearing as single cusps or
tricuspid, the outer cusps being quite small. Inner upper row of

Bryconatnericus smithi Fowler. (Tj'pe.)

t(.eth large, broadly triangular, quincuspid, 6 in number. No
maxillary teeth. Mandibular teeth uniserial, quincuspid, and
.suddenly stopping along front of rami, so that posterior teeth, if
present, very small. Mandible moderate, included so snout slightly
protrudes beyond closed jaws, convex, and rami not elevated inside
mouth. Inner buccal folds moderate. Tongue depressed, rounded
and free in front. Nostrils together close before upper front rim of
eye, anterior simple pore and posterior much larger and broadly
crescentic. Interorbital broadly convex. Suborbitals large, espe-
cially infraorbital, and completely 'covering cheek. Hind preopercle
ridge nearly vertical, entire. Opercle deep, smooth, its upper pos-
terior edge not emarginate. Occipital fontanel broad, extends

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 559

from frontals to occipital process, and latter siiort, narrowly tri-
angular.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite front edge of pupil.
Rakers about 7+10?, slender, lanceolate, much less than filaments,
and latter about | of eye. Isthmus narrowly constricted, surface
convex. Branchiostegals rather large, subequal.

Scaler moderately small, disposed in longitudinal series parallel
with 1. 1., each well exposed, cycloid, and of mostly uniform size.
Along base of anal on trunk scales become smaller, and along base
of anal its entire length a series of scales, which larger anteriorly and
diminishing posteriorly. Caudal base scaled, and lobes of fin also
covered with small scales over greater portions. Free pointed
axillary scaly flap to ventral j length of fin. L. 1. complete, slightly
decurved till f in greatest body depth, extending a little low along
side of caudal peduncle 'till reaching caudal base medianly. Tubes
simple, extend over first half of scale at least.

Dorsal origin midway between snout tip and caudal base, first
branched ray longest, with depressed fin extending half way to
caudal base. Adipose fin slender, about 1| in eye, its origin about
last y in space between dorsal origin and caudal base. Caudal well
forked, lobes pointed, similar, equal. Anal inserted well forward,
nearly midway between centre of eye and caudal base, first branched
ray longest and with anterior rays elevated slightly, though not
forming distinct lobe, and base long and straight. Pectoral low,
upper rays longest, pointed, and depressed fin extends back slightly
beyond ventral base. Ventral inserted well before dorsal, reaches
anal. Vent close before anal.

Color pale brownish generally. Back and trunk above anal
finely dotted with, dull or pale dusky. Median pale lateral streak
from eye to caudal base, less than eye diameter in width. Shoulder
with large pale area, within which vertical, narrow, dusky streak
about equal to eye diameter. A narrow pale dusky vertebral lateral
streak posteriorly forms upper boundary of silvery lateral streak.
Fins all pale or grayish. No caudal blotch. Head brownish above,
silvered or whitish on sides and below. Iris silvery with dusky ver-
tical streak. Teeth pale.
Length 35 mm.

Type, No. 39,293, A. N. S. P. Tributary of the Madeira River
near Porto Velho, Brazil. January-February, 1913. Edgar A.
Smith.

Also, Nos. 39,294 to 39,298, A. N. S. P., paratypes, same data.

560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Head 3f to 3|; depth 3 to 3^; D. ii, 7 or ii, 8; A. iii, 24, i to iii,
27, i; scales 34 to 36 in 1. 1. to caudal base and 2 or 3 more on latter;
6 scales above 1. 1.; 5 scales below 1. 1. to anal origin; 12 or 13 pre-
dorsal scales; snout 3| to 3f in head; eye 2^ to 2|; maxillary 2} to
24; interorbital 2f to 2f ; length 24 to 33 mm.

Closely related to the preceding specie-, though apparently differs
in the smaller head and deeper body.

(Named for Mr. Edgar A. Smith.)

CHALCIN.E.
Chalcinus angulatus (Agassiz).

Five from the Falls of Guajaramirim, Madeira River, approxi-
mately Lat. S. 10° 47', Long. W. 65° 23', Brazil. September, 1912.

One young example from the Madeira River near Porto Velho,
Brazil. January-February, 1913.

GASTEROPELECIN.E. .
Gasteropelecus securis Filippi.

One from the Madeira River, about 200 miles east of W. Long.
63° 54', Brazil. September, 1912.

Five from tributary of Madeira River near Porto Velho, Brazil.
January-February, 1913.

These specimens all appear to be identical with Filippi's account.^
They also agree with examples I have studied, from Pebas and the
Ambyiacu River, as Gasteropelecus stellatus Kner,'" and thus fall
within my subgenus Thoracocharax. -

GNATHOCHARAX gen. nov.
Type Gnathocharax steindachneri sp. nov.

Body elongately ovoid, profiles unlike anteriorly, upper straight
and lower convex. Preventral with median keel, over which scales
pass. Head rather upturned. Snout short, broad. Eye very
large, with free eyelids. Mouth terminal above. Maxillary very
oblique, elongate. Teeth uniserial in jaws, none on maxillary and
mandible with several canines. Mandible slightly project?. Inter-
orbital low. Gill-rakers lanceolate, 3+9, long. Scales large,
cycloid. Caudal and anal bases scaly. Lateral line incomplete,
only on few scales from shoulder. Dorsal inserted posteriorly,
moderate. Adipose fin placed over last anal rays. Anal long,

^Rev. Mag. Zool, 1853, p. 165. Rio Napo.
^^Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p.. 4.52.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 561

inserted little before dorsal. Caudal well forked. Pectorals large,
falcate, reach back well beyond dorsal base. Ventrals small. No
humeral blotch. Caudal with black blotch.

Small fishes of the Amazon basin. They are remarkable for the
simple dentition, in this respect differing from the rest of the members
of this subfamily. They also suggest certain Characince, as Asiphon-
ichthys, though differ in the larger pectorals and conic teeth. Pos-
sibly they are more closely allied with Pseudocorynopoma of the
present subfamily, but differ in the incomplete lateral line, as well
as the dentition.

(/Vacyoc, jaw; Xafia':^ Cliarax; with reference to the long maxillary.)
Gnathocharax steindachneri sp. nov. Fig. 19.

Head 3|; depth 3i; D. ii, 6, i; A. iii, 31, i; P. i, 15; V. i, 7;
scales 33 in median lateral series to caudal base and 2 more on latter ;
10 scales transversely between dorsal origin and that of anal; 14
predorsal scales; head width 1| in its length; head depth at occiput
1^-; mandible 1^; first branched dorsal ray 1^; first branched anal
ray \\; least depth of caudal peduncle 3^; ventral 2; snout 4|
in head measured from upper jaw tip; eye 2\; maxillary 1^; inter-
orbital 3|.

Body elongate, greatly compressed, deepest at dorsal origin, upper
predorsal profile nearly straight and little inclined, and lower anterior
profile well curved convexly. Upper edges convex, preventral
largely convex with slight median keel and postventral constricted.
Caudal peduncle well compressed, about long as deep.

Head moderate, well compressed, upper profile straight and little
inclined, lower profile well inclined convexly, and rather convex
sides slope evenly above and below. Snout short, near/y straight
in profile, convex over surface, and length about half its width. Eye
large, rounded, little elevated, and centre slightly anterior to middle
in head length. Pupil moderatelj^ large, rounded. Eyelids free,
not adipose-like. Mouth large, superiorly terminal. Maxillary very
long, slender, slips below preorbital edge most of its length, extends
down below eye till opposite last | in eye diameter, and. its greatest
expan'^ion about 5 in eye. Lips thin, firm, little developed. Teeth
uniserial in jaws, conic, somewhat irregular, sharply pointed, and
rather short. Mandible with 3 pairs of wide-set canines anteriorly.
No maxillary or palatine teeth. Inner buccal folds moderate.
Tongue rather small, depressed, a little elongate, nearly truncate,
and free in front. Mandible slightly protrudes when closing, strong,
rather shallow with convex surface and rami not elevated inside

562

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Oct.,

mouth. Nostrils together, large, close before eye, anterior simple
pore and posterior broadly crescentic. Interorbital broadly convex.
Preorbital narrow. Infraorbital broad, smooth, large, completely
€overs cheek. Hind edge of premaxillary entire, well inclined for-
ward. Opercle smooth, rather broad, and hind edge scarcely emar-
ginate. Top of head with large fontanel, begins on interorbital
nearly opposite front edge of nostril and extends back to occipital
process. Latter short and triangular.

Gill-opening extends forward opposite front pupil edge. Rakers
3+9, lanceolate, slender, nearly twice length of filaments or about

Fig. 19. — Gnathocharax steindachneri Fowler. (Type.)

\ of eye diameter. Isthmus narrowly constricted, surface convex.
Branchiostegals rather short, subeciual.

Scales rather large, cycloid, well exposed in lengthwise series,
those on predorsal rather oblique and somewhat more imbricated,
and all of more or less uniform size. Caudal base scaly. Row of
small scales along base of anal anteriorly. No axillary ventral scaly
flap. L. 1. incomplete, comprises six simple tubes or series of scales
from shoulder, each tube only extending over first half of scale
exposure.

Dorsal origin about opposite eye centre and caudal base, first
branched ray longest, and depressed fin extends slightly over half

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 563

way to caudal base. Adipose fin equals about f eye diameter,
inserted near last fourth in space between hind pupil edge and
caudal base. Anal inserted slightly before dorsal origin, first
branched ray longest, together with anterior rays, which elevated,
forms pointed lobe. Caudal a little longer than head, well forked,
and lobes pointed, upper slightly longer. Pectoral enlarged, about
equals length of head and an eye diameter, moderately low in its
insertion, upper rays longest. Ventral small, inserted about midway
between mandible tip and origin of adipose fin. ^>nt close before
anal.

Color in alcohol pale brownish generally, paler on under surface.
Head brownish above, whitish below. Muzzle brownish, though
only including upper half of mandible. Suborbitals with rather
large, wide-set brownish dots. Iris slaty. Opercles and flanks
dusted with brownish, and behind dusky narrow lateral vertebral
blackish line to caudal base, which latter entirely blackish, though
area included less than eye. Median streak down back dusky, also
edges of scales on back sprinkled with minute dusky dots. Along
base of anal and close above on trunk, though nearly parallel, line of
dusky dots. Fins all pale, sprinkled with dusky dots on outer
portions. Adipose fin pale.

Length 33 mm.

Type, No. 39,309, A. N. S. P. Igarape de Candelaria, tributary of
the Madeira River, and approximately two miles distant, in Lat. S.
8° 45' W., Long. 63° 54', Brazil. September, 1912. Edgar A. Smith.

No. 39,310, A. N. S. P., paratype Madeira River about 200 miles
east of W. Long. 62° 20', Brazil. September, 1912. Edgar A. Smith.

No. 39,311, A. N. S. P., paratype. Tributary of the Madeira
River near Porto Velho, Brazil. January-February, 1913. Edgar A.
Smith.

(Named for Dr. Franz Steindachner.)

CHARACIN^.
TYTTOCHARAX gen. nov.
Type Tyltocharax madeirce sp. nov.

Body oblong, well compressed. Head moderate. Snout short.
Eye large, without adipose eyelids. Mouth broad, short. Maxillary
free, oblique, with few simple conic teeth. Teeth in jaws conic, in
bands, and some externally similar ones on lips. Few symphyseal
teeth canine-like. Interorbital broad. Occipital process short and
triangular. Gill-membranes free from isthmus. Rakers minute.

564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

Scales large, cycloid, well exposed, extend on caudal base and form
anal sheath basally. No 1. 1. Dorsal fin inserted behind middle
in body length. Adipose fin moderate. Caudal moderately forked,
lobes equal. Anal inserted before dorsal origin, with moderate
basis. Pectoral long, pointed, passes ventral base. Ventral not
reaching anal. Dark lateral streak. Shoulder and caudal each
with dark blotch.

Minute fishes of the Madeira River basin. They show affinity
with certain of the Tetragonopterinx in the large scales, but the
conical teeth and external tooth-like processes are more features of
the present subfamily. One species.

('/'utOo?^ tiny; .A'«/>«l, Charax.)
Tyttooharax madeirse sp. nov. Fig. 20.

Head 3|; depth 3; D. ii, 7; A. ii, 16; P. i, 9; V. i, 7; scale? 30
in median lateral series to caudal base, and 2 more on latter; 10
scales transversely between dorsal and anal origins; 10 predorsal
scales; head width 1| in its length; head depth at occiput 1|; snout
4; eye 2|; maxillary 3; interorbital 2f ; first branched dorsal ray
1^; first branched anal ray 1|; least depth of caudal peduncle 2|;
lower caudal lobe 1; pectoral 1^; ventral If.

Body moderately long, well compressed, lower profile more convex
anteriorly than upper, postventral trenchant, and other edges con-
vexly rounded. Caudal peduncle compressed, about long as deep.

Head moderate, compressed, lower profile more convex and
inclined than upper, and its flattened sides slightly constricted below.
Snout short, convex over surface and in profile, length abqut half
its width. Eye large, rounded, rather high, and hind edge of pupil
about midway in head length. Pupil rounded, moderate. Eyelids
free, not adipose-like. Mouth broad, short and inclined in commis-
sure. Lips firmly fleshy. Maxillary well inclined, slender, free,
extends down opposite lower eye margin and slightly beyond anterior
eye margin, though not nearly to front pupil edge. Teeth all conic,
simple, moderately large, in bands in jaws, and outer mostly with
appearance as if imbedded in lips. Some of teeth at symphyseal
region slightly recurved and enlarged a little, appearing somewhat
canine-like. On lips a number of denticles or tooth-like structures
protruded through the integument. Maxillary with a few irregular
small and inconspicuous teeth along upper edge. Apparently no
other teeth. Buccal fold moderate inside mouth. Tongue de-
pressed, rounded and free in front. Mandible small, strong, shallow
low rami not elevated inside mouth, and when closed very slightly

1913.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

565

protrude beyond snout tip. Nostrils together, large, anterior
simple pore, posterior larger, crescentic. Interorbital broadly
convex. Infraorbital broad, covers cheek. Hind preopercle edge
nearly vertical. Opercle smooth, deep, hind edge rounded. Fon-
tanel broad, extends from frontals to occipital process.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite front pupil edge.
Rakers a few minute points. Filaments about | of eye. Isthmus
moderately constricted, its surface convex. Branchiostegals mod-
crate, subequal.

Scales large, well exposed in lengthwi«!e series, cj'cloid, and of
mostly uniform size, along base of anal extending out without

Fig. 20. — Tijltocharaz madeirw Fowler. (Type.)

<liminution in size or augmented numbers to form basal sheath for
fin. Caudal base scaly. L. 1. not developed.

Dorsal origin about midway between hind edge of eye and caudal
base, first branched ray longest and depressed fin extends back 1|
to caudal base. Adipose fin small, inserted about last f in space
between dorsal origin and caudal base. Caudal moderate, well
forked, pointed and rather broad lobes subequal. Anal inserted
well before dorsal or nearly midway between mandible tip and
caudal base, first branched ray longest, and with anterior rays
longer than others, though not forming elevated lobe, lower edge of
fin being nearly straight. Pectoral low, pointed, upper rays longest,
extends back about first third in length of depressed ventral. Origin
of ventral nearer anal origin than that of pectoral, and depressed fin
extending back to vent, which close before anal.

566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.^

Color in alcohol pale brownish generally, paler below. Head
dusky above, cheek and opercle dusted with dark dots, and lower
surface pale or whitish. Iris slaty. Lips dusky, also dusky blotch
on each side of mandible in front. Median dusky streak down back.
Dusky humeral blotch less than pupil in size. Lateral vertebral
blackish streak, becoming more intense behind till it merges with
dusky blotch at caudal base, latter reflected out on rays of caudal
basally so that it appears but little smaller than eye. Fins all pale.

Length 18 mm.

Type, No. 39,305, A. N. S. P. Tributary of the Rio Madeira
near Porto Velho, Brazil. January-February, 1913. Edgar A. Smith.

No. 39,306, A. N. S. P., paratype, same data.

Four examples from Igarape de Candelaria, a tributary of the
Madeira River, though at a point two miles distant, in Lat. S. 8° 45',
Long. W. 63° 54', Brazil. September, 1912. Edgar A. Smith.

Two examples from the Madeira River, about 200 miles east of
Long. W. 62° 20', Brazil. September, 1912.

These specimens are all small and agree with the type, so far as^
I can compare them.

(Named for the Madeira River.)

Charax sardina sp. nov. "Sardinha." Fig. 21.

Head 3i; depth 3f ; D. ii, 9; A. iv, 31, i; P. i, 14; V. i, 7; scales
70 in 1. 1. to caudal base and 5 more on latter; about 12 scales between
dorsal origin and 1. 1.; 10 scales below 1. 1. to ventral origin; 12 scales
below 1. 1. to anal origin; about 22? predorsal scales; head width 2f
in its length; head depth at occiput If ; snout 3j; eye3f; maxillary
If; interorbital 3f, first branched dorsal ray 1|; first branched anal
ray 1|; least depth of caudal peduncle 3^; upper caudal lobe 1|;
pectoral 1|; ventral If.

Body elongate, compressed, slenderly ovoid in contour, deepest
at dorsal origin, profiles similar, postventral a little trenchant, and
other edges convex. Caudal peduncle compressed, about long as
deep.

Head triangular in profile, attenuated, lower profile little more
convex, compressed, and flattened sides slightly constricted below.
Snout conic, somewhat depressed above and a little shorter than
broad. Eye rounded, well elevated, and its centre near first f in
head. Pupil moderate, rounded. Eyelids free, not adipose-like.
Mouth large, well inclined, opens in front level with middle of eye,
completely closing. Lips thin, firm, little developed. Maxillary
greatly inclined, largely free and expanding below until about 2|

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

567

in eye, also its lower hind end reaches slightly beyond hind edge of
eye. Teeth along jaw edges fine, conic, in narrow band or irregularly
biserial, uniform, sharply pointed. Teeth of upper jaw extend along
maxillary edge its entire length, though mostly uniserial. Upper
jaw with single large conic canine in front medianly and 3 subequally
smaller ones on each side anteriorly, all placed just inside band of
small teeth. Mandible with 3 pairs of canines, symphyseal pair
wide-set and largest. No palatine teeth. Inner buccal folds broad.
Tongue fleshy, slenderly pointed, and free. Mandiljle rather broad,
shallow, and rami low inside mouth, snout slightly protruding when
jaws close. Interorbital broadly convex. Preorbital slender. Infra-

r?jrr^0^'

Fig. 21. — CJinrnx mnJina Fowler. (Type.)

orbital broad, its surface slightly papillose and covers about half
of cheek, which latter with naked skin also slightly asperous. Pre-
opercle without spine, its hind edge entire and sloping slightly back,
and lower edge with 7 minute denticles. Opercle deep, nearly smooth,
and its upper hind edge a little emarginate. Well developed frontal
and parietal fontanel, extends from internasal region back to occipital
process, latter narrowly triangular and short.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite middle of eye.
Rakers 3+4, strong, lanceolate, about equal filaments, and latter
a little less than half of eye. Isthmus narrowly constricted, convex
over surface. Branchiostegals moderate, subequal.

Scales all small, each one roughened with about six minute conic
thorns or denticles. Along predorsal edge of body scales appear a

568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

little smaller or more crowded. On sides of body scales disposed in
longitudinal series parallel with 1. 1. Caudal base scaly. A few
small scales along anal base in front. Ventral with short, free, pointed
axillary scaly flap. L. 1. complete, nearly straight, and median
along side of body. Tubes simple, extend well over scale exposures
or to their hind edges.

Dorsal origin a little nearer snout tip than caudal base, first
branched ray longest and reaches back If to caudal base. Adipose
fin moderate, about equals eye in length, and its origin near last
third in space between dorsal origin and caudal base. Caudal well
forked, pointed lobes equal. Anal inserted a little behind dorsal
origin, first branched ray longest where it forms slight lobe with
anterior rays. Pectoral low, upper rays longest, and extends back
slightly beyond origin of ventral. Ventral inserted a little nearer
pectoral origin than anal, and fin pointed, extending back slightly
beyond anal origin. Vent close before anal.

Color in alcohol pale brownish generally, scarcely paler below.
Back and sides sprinkled with minute pale dusky dots, becoming
larger and less closer on caudal base, though no distinct caudal or
shoulder spots formed. Head brownish above, paler below. Iris
slaty Fins all pale, though origin of adipose fin with dusky dots
basally and in front.

Length 40 mm.

Type, No. 39,307, A. N. S. P. Madeira River, about 200 miles
east of W. Long. 60° 20', Brazil. September, 1912. Edgar A.
Smith.

Only the type known. It is interesting as forming, with the
following species, a transition, towards Cyrtocharax, which embraces
species with very small scales, 100 or more in the 1. 1.

{Sardinha, the native name.)

Charax goeldii sp. nov. Fig. 22.

Head 2|; depth 2|; D. ii, 9; A. iv, 41, i; P. i, 15; V. i, 7; scales
81 in 1. 1. to caudal base and 6 more on latter; about 18 scales above
1. 1.; 18 scales below 1. 1. to ventral origin; 19 scales below 1. 1. to anal
origin; about 31 predorsal scales to occipital process; head width
2| in its length; head depth at occiput If; snout 3|; eye 3|; max-
illary 1|; interorbital 4; first branched dorsal ray 1^; first branched
anal ray 1|; least depth of caudal peduncle 3|; lower caudal lobe
Ij; pectoral If; ventral 2|.

Body well compressed, elongate, rather slenderly ovoid in contour,
and lower profile a little more evenly convex than upper, greatest

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

569

depth at dorsal origin. Postventral constricted, though not trench-
ant, and predorsal with slight median ridge. Other edges of body-
convex. Caudal peduncle well compressed, least depth about
equals its length.

Head well compressed, rather deep, triangular in profile with
lower profile slightly more inclined, upper profile a little concave,
and flattened head sides a little approximated below. Snout with
upper profile nearl.y straight, surface convex, and its length | its
width. Eye rounded, a little ellipsoid, slightly elevated, and its
centre about first f in head. Pupil large, rounded. Eyelids free,

Fig. 22. — Charax goeldii Fowler. (Type.)

not adipose-like. Mouth large, well inclined, opens in front about
level with middle of eye, completely closes. Lips thin, firm, little
developed. Maxillary large, well inclined, free most of its distal
length which extends down below and a little behind posterior eye
edge, and distal expansion about If in eye. Teeth in bands in jaws,
largely irregularly biserial, conic, sharp-pointed, close-set and mostly
uniform. Maxillary with its entire lower edge furnished Avith
continuation of teeth of upper jaw in similar disposition. Sides of
mandible with teeth mostly uniserial and inconspicuous. Upper
jaw with 2 pairs of canines and mandible with 3 pairs, of*which
symphyseal pair wide-set. Each jaw also with several smaller
additional canines. No palatine teeth. Tongue rather small,
depressed, rather spatulate, rounded and free in front. Inner
38

570 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

buccal folds broad. Mandible large, when closed included within
upper jaw, rather shallow and rami not elevated inside mouth.
Nostrils large, together, close before eye, anterior simple pore and
posterior larger, crescentic. Interorbital broadly convex. Pre-
orbital narrow. Infraorbital broad, its width extends over f of
cheek, surface smooth or with but few papillae. Preopercle with
ridge and hind edge smooth, latter sloping slightly posteriorly.
Opercle deep, with few papillae, and hind edge slightly emarginate
above. Head with well-developed fontanel above extending from
between frontals medianly to occipital process. Latter short and
slenderly triangular.

Gill-opening extends forward about opposite first | in eye. Rakers
IV, 3+6, II, slender, lanceolate, rather asperous, about | of eye
diameter and about twice length of filaments. Isthmus slender and
constricted, rather narrow and elongate, surface smooth. Branchi-
ostegals slender, rather long.

Scales very small, well exposed in longitudinal series mostly
parallel with 1. I., each roughened with six or more minute prickles
or thorn-like denticles. Along predorsal and on caudal base scales
crowded or smaller. Greater portion of anal base anteriorly with a
series of scales, becoming inconspicuous posteriorly. Ventral axil
with short, free, pointed, scaly flap. L. 1. complete, straight, and
nearly median along sides to caudal base medianly. Tubes simple,
each well exposed or extend to hind edge of scale.

Dorsal origin midway between snout tip and caudal base, first
branched ray longest, and depressed fin extends If to caudal base.
Adipose fin inserted near last third in space between snout tip and
caudal base. Anal inserted a little behind dorsal origin, or about
midway between front pupil edge and caudal base, first branched
ray longest and with anterior rays forming slight elevated lobe.
Caudal well forked, lobes pointed and subequal. Pectoral low,
pointed, upper rays longest and extends | to anal. Ventral inserted
trifle nearer anal origin than that of pectoral, and extends back
slightly beyond front of anal. Vent close before anal.

Color in alcohol pale brownish generally, sides and lower surface
paler. Head above and back above shaded with close-set pale
dusky dots, and on trunk above anal base and at caudal other
similar dots, at former region wide-set and at latter region comprise
an area nearly large as eye. Above 1. 1. close behind head dusky
spot about size of pupil. Lower surface of head whitish. Iris slaty.
Fins all grayish, lower ones more whitish.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 571

Length 56 mm.

Type, No. 39,308, A. N. S. P. Tributary of the Madeira River
near Porto Velho, Brazil. January-February, 1913. Edgar A.
Smith.

Only the type known. It differs from Charax sardina in the entire
lower preopercular edge and presence of a humeral and caudal dark
spot.

(Named for Dr. Emilio A. Goeldi, Director of the Museo Paraense
and author of numerous works on the natural history of Brazil.)

LORIOARIIDiB.
PLECOSTOMIX.E.
Plecostomus madeirae sp. nov. Fig. 23.

Head, measured to hind edge of occipital process, 3f ; depth 5|;
D. I, 7; A. I, 4; P. i, 6; V. i, 5; lateral scutes from pectoral axilla
28 to caudal base and 2 more on latter; 5 scutes between dorsal
base and that of anal; 3 predorsal scutes; head width equals its
length, when measured from occipital process medianly behind;
head depth at occiput If; snout If; eye 5|; mouth width 4f;
mandibular ramus 6; interorbital 2f ; dorsal spine 1^; anal spine
2j; adipose fin 2f; lower caudal lobe 1; pectoral spine 1; ventral
spine If.

Body elongate, well depressed, deepest at dorsal origin and tapering
back to moderate, compressed caudal peduncle, which has least
depth about equal to its length.

Head large, well depressed, lower surface flattened with sides
sloping up for about ^ greatest width of head, leaving wide and
slightly convex occipital region. Snout broad, slopes down evenly
and slightly convex all around, and its length f its width opposite
front edges of eyes. Eye slightly ellipsoid, well elevated, centre
falling about * in head length as measured to occipital process.
Pupil small, vertically ellipsoid. Mouth moderately wide, anterior
below. Buccal disk deeply ellipsoid, its transverse diameter about
equals snout length, its posterior edge finely and rather evenly
notched its entire extent, and its front edge with a row of fleshy
papillae. Inside of jaws and surface of lower lip outside with large
and rather conspicuous papilla?, on latter those median best developed-
Upper jaw with one large median conspicuous fleshy papilla inside
teeth. Teeth slender, uniserial, long, bent over at ends, bifid, 20
in upper jaw and 30 in lower, one of bifurcations always shorter and
smaller than other. Inner buccal folds broad. Tongue fleshy,

572

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Oct.,

broad. Each corner laterally of buccal disk ends in slender -barbel
about equal to eye in length. Nostrils large, together, dividing
frenum falls about last third in snout, socket a little less than that of
snout and both falling within confines of interorbital space. Anterior
nostril simple pore with cutaneous flap behind forming valve com-
pletely covering slightly larger posterior nostril. Interorbital
broadly and slightly concave, thus supraorbital ridges slightly

Fig. 23. — Plecostomus madeirce Fowler. (Type.)

elevated. Very slight median occipital ridge, though hind edge of
latter broadly triangular. Opercle large, extremely porous.

Gill-opening small, lateral, very oblique, and extends forward
only opposite last fourth of eye. Isthmus very broad, its width
trifle less than combined snout and eye lengths.

Body everywhere minutely spinulose. Scutes scarcely carinate
on back, excepting uppermost series extending along each side of
dorsal base to adipose fin. Fourth or inferior lateral row of scutes
become well carinate below adipose fin. Nine scutes between

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 573

dorsal and adipose fin. Occipital process bordered by median scute
behind and two others on each side. Edge of gill-opening bordered
with slightly enlarged spinules. Lower surface of head and abdomen
covered with small granular scales, all densely and minutely spinu-
lose. Fin spines all spinulose, those on outer and inner edges of
pectoral both larger and forming rather regular rows, former en-
larged distally. Outer surfaces of fin rays minutely spinulose.
L. I. evident as 8 simple small pores extending back from opercle.

Dorsal origin a little nearer snout tip than adipose fin origin, and
depressed spine extends back about half way in length of last de-
pressed ray. Adipose fin strong spine, If to caudal base, inserted
near last third in space between dorsal origin and caudal base. Anal
inserted well behind dorsal base or about midway between dorsal
origin and caudal base, weak spine nearly long as subequal rays, and
depressed fin extends about half way to caudal base. Caudal
moderate, well emarginate behind, and lower lobe slightly longer.
Pectoral spine large, depressed, reaches back slightly beyond ventral
origin, rays slender. Ventral inserted just behind first dorsal ray
base, spine moderate and tapering to flexible point which extends
back opposite anal origin. Vent at last | in space between ventral
origin and that of anal.

Color in alcohol brown above, lower surface paler or more whitish ,
faded creamy. Iris slaty, pupil darker, and light spot below. Head
above entirely dotted with deep brown, dots close-set and numerous.
Back and costal region above marked with rounded deep brown
spots, all larger than on head, several on each of anterior scutes,
though only one to a scute on body posteriorly. Dorsal fin with
4 to 6 small, rounded, blackish spots on each ray, these well contrasted
or very distinct, those on spine less so. Caudal with about 8 rows of
dusky spots on rays. Pectoral and ventral spotted obscurely with
brownish. Anal whitish. Posterior sides of body from above
ventral origin to lower caudal lobe immaculate and whitish.

Length 105 mm.

Type, No. 39,312, A. N. S. P. Madeira River, about 200 miles
east of W. Long. 63° 54', Brazil. September, 1912. Edgar A. Smith.

Only the type known. It appears to be most closely related to
Plecostomus cordovce Gtinther," differing somewhat in the coloration,
as all the spots on the fins are on the fin rays in the present species.

11 Anw. Mag. Nat. Hist., London, (5) VI, 1880, p. 11. Cordova, Argentina. '

Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc, London, XVII, 1904, p. 212, PI. 9, fig. 3.

Cordova.

574 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

P. cordovcE has but a single scute bordering the supraoccipital on each
side behind, while the present species has two. P. cordovce has the
mandibular ramus U in the interorbital, while the present form
shows it 2|.

(Named for the Madeira River.)

LORICARIIN^.
Farlowella smithi sp. nov. Fig. 24.

Head, measured to hind edge of gill-opening, 4^; depth about
3| in head; D. i, 6; A. i, 5; P. i, 6; V. i, 5; scutes 34 in lateral
series medianly from opercle to caudal base, and one more on latter;
3 scutes between dorsal and anal origins; 7 predorsal scutes to
supraoccipital; head width 3| in its length; head depth at occiput
4|; snout 1|; interorbital 4|; dorsal spine If; anal spine If;
pectoral spine 2|; ventral spine 3|.

Body slenderly elongate, greatly depressed, greatest depth at occi-
put and that at dorsal and ventral origins slightly less. Caudal
peduncle extremely elongate, depressed.

Head, moderately long, depressed, as seen from above rapidly
tapering into elongate and slender rostrum. Snout depressed, its
basal width 2f in its length. Eye small, rounded, slightly ellipsoid,
high, well posterior in head, and 2| in interorbital. Mouth moder-
ately broad, placed about last third in head, width of disk about
equals interorbital. Disk of mouth rounded, edge finely and minutely
fringed all around. Surface of lower lip finely papillose. Within
upper jaw medianly large, fleshy papilla. Teeth slender, bent over
at ends, bifid, about 50 in upper jaw and 40 in lower. Upper buccal
fold inside mouth broad. Mandibular ramus about 2f in inter-
orbital. Nostrils together, anterior with elevated cutaneous rim
and about half conceals equal-sized posterior, placed just before
eyes with internasal space about half that of interorbital. Inter-
orbital wide, very slightly convex. Opercle about twice eye diameter,
surface obsoletely rugose.

Gill-opening small, very oblique, extends forward about opposite
middle of eye. Isthmus broad, depressed, width about equals that
of mouth disk.

Scutes all minutely spinulose. Down back medianly, from
occipital to plate just before dorsal origin which entire, narrow
non-spinulose strip. After dorsal this narrow naked strip continued
to caudal, also similar one on lower surface of caudal peduncle from
behind anal to origin of lower caudal lobe. Costal plates form

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 575

obsolete lengthwise ridges becoming confluent at their fusion below
dorsal, and resulting single lateral keel extends along each side to
caudal. Lower edges of head and edges of rostrum with elongated
clusters of spinules, all rather distinct and larger than elsewhere.
Scutes 22 behind dorsal. Belly with single median series of plates
between lateral series. Between pectoral bases 4 scutes. L. 1,
developed only as series of about 14 pores in sutures, one to each, of
costal plates.

Dorsal inserted nearer snout tip than caudal base by length of
snout, spine slender, minutely spinulose, longest of radii. Anal

Fig. 24. — Farloioella smithi Fowler. (Type.)

inserted slightly behind dorsal origin, otherwise similar to dorsal.
Caudal moderate, deeply emarginate, and uppermost and lower-
most ray each enlarged and produced into slender filaments but
little less than length of trunk. Pectoral with flexible, slender,
minutely spinulose spine, longer than other radii, and not quite
reaching ventral origin. Ventral inserted about midway between
pectoral and anal origins, spine moderately robust and minutely
spinulose, longer than other rays and reaches f to anal origin. Vent
placed midway between ventral and anal origins.

Color in alcohol pale gray-brown generally, abdomen, belly and
lower surface of head more or less whitish. Rostrum brownish above
and below. Iris slaty. Along side of head narrow obscure brownish
streak extends back from side of rostrum to nasal cavity and another

576 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oc|t.,>

%

similar one forks out below eye to opercle. Fins all largely pale.
or whitish. Caudal whitish, filaments grayish, and along upper,
concurrently blackish streak. Along side of caudal peduncle at
junction of each scute small, rounded, whitish spot.

Length to caudal base 100 mm., to end of caudal filaments 173 mm.

Type, No. 39,313, A. N. S. P. Madeira River, about 200 miles
east of W. Long. 62° 20', Brazil. 1912. Edgar A. Smith.

Also No. 39,314, A. N. S. P., paratype. Tributary of the Madeira
River near Porto Velho, Brazil. January-February, 1913. Edgar
A. Smith. This specimen is quite small, though is apparently the
young.

Only the above examples known. The species is related to
Farlowella gladuis (Boulenger),^^ Farlowella oxyrhynchus (Kner),^'
and Farlowella natter eri Steindachner.^* From the first two it differs
in the larger eye and in the shorter pectoral and presence of four
scutes between the pectoral origins.

(Named for Mr. Edgar A. Smith.)

OIOHLID^.
.Equidens madeirae sp. nov. Fig. 25.

Head 3yV; depth 2§; D. xvi, 9, i; A. in, 8; P. i, 14; V. i, 5;
scales 18 in upper branch of 1. 1.; 4 scales between spinous dorsal
origin and 1. 1.; 2 scales between rayed dorsal origin and 1. 1.; 6
scales obliquely back from anal origin to beginning of lower branch
of 1. 1.; 9 predorsal scales; head width 1| in its length; head depth
at occiput 1; snout 3yo; eye 3|; maxillary 4|; interorbital 3;
mandible 2f ; sixth dorsal spine 2; sixteenth dorsal spine 2\; fifth
dorsal ray If; third anal spine 2|; fourth ray If; least depth of
caudal peduncle 2|; caudal 1; pectoral lyV; ventral 1|.

Body rather ovoid in contour, well compressed, back well elevated
with upper profile more convex than lower profile, and greatest
depth about opposite tip of depressed ventral spine tip. Body edges
all rounded convexly, except very obsolete median predorsal keel.
Caudal peduncle well compressed, about long as deep.

Head moderate, well compressed, upper profile more inclined than
lower, very slightly concave before eye above, and lower profile
little inclined. Sides of head slightly convex, and sloping off in

^"^ Acestra gladius Boulenger, Trans. Zool. Soc, London, XIV, 1897, p. 425,
PI. 41, fig. 2. Rio Jurua.

^^ Acestra oxyrhynchus Kner, Denk. Ak. Wiss., Wien, VI, 1853, p. 95, PI. 8,
fig. 2.

1* Annul. Naturh. Hofmus., Wien, 1910, p. 403. Middle Amazon (possibly
Rio Negro).

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 577

similar convex fashion above and below. Snout convex over surface
and in profile, and its length about f its width. Eye circular, well
elevated, close to upper profile, and hind pupil edge about midway
in head length. Eyelid free, narrow. Pupil circular. Mouth
rather small, a little broad, commissure slightly inclined forward.
Muzzle rather prominent, somewhat protruded downward, and
jaws equal. Premaxillaries very protractile. Maxillary narrow,
extends about f in snout length, and largely concealed by preorbital.
Lips moderate, fleshy, firm, at corners of mouth form rather thick

Fig. 25. — Mquidens madeirce Fowler. (Type.)

fold. Jaws with an outer series of slightly enlarged, conical, curved
teeth, followed by a moderate inner band of smaller villiform teeth.
No other teeth. Upper buccal folds present inside mouth, moderate,
lower not developed. Tongue thick, fleshy, rather conic end not
free. Mandible shallow, rami low, surface convex. Nostrils small,
anterior trifle larger, about last f in snout length, and posterior
small pore opposite front eye edge above within interorbital. Inter-
orbital broadly convex. Hind preopercle edge slightly undulated,
inclined forward, its entire extent minutely serrated. Membrane
along hind edge of gill-opening narrow.

Gill-opening extends forward about midway in head. Rakers

578 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct.,

1+7, short, weak, fleshy stumps, about 4 in filaments, and latter
2 in eye. No pseudobranchiae. Isthmus constricted until extremely
narrow in front, convex broadly behind. Branchiostegals rather
long, narrow, subequal.

Scales rather large, well exposed, finely ctenoid, in longitudinal
series, and slightly smaller on breast than elsewhere on trunk. Fins
scaleless, except caudal base, and that covered with numerous
small scales. Head largely naked, except 4 series of scales on cheek,
6 rows on opercular region, and scaly occipital region. No pointed
axillary scaly flaps. Mandible below with 4 pores on each ramus,
and along preopercular edge 4 more large pores. L. 1. interrupted
below front of soft dorsal, begins at shoulder and curves up until
level with upper eye edge, and then sloping gradually and slightly
down rest of its course. Lower portion of 1. 1. begins opposite end
of upper, about level with lower eye edge, straight or horizontal and
extending out on caudal base. Tubes simple, well exposed, and
mostly extending to hind edges of scales.

Spinous dorsal inserted nearer snout tip than first third of space
comprised in combined head and trunk length, spines graduated up
to sixth, after which all subequally a trifle shorter to last. Edge of
spinous dorsal deeply notched, tip of each spine with a well-developed
cutaneous flap. Rayed dorsal with median rays longest, forming
rather well-defined point, begins before end of upper 1. 1., and edge
entire. Spinous anal inserted opposite fourteenth dorsal spine base
or a trifle nearer ventral origin than caudal base, spines graduated
up to third which longest, membranes notched and tip of each spine
with a well-developed free cutaneous flap. Rayed anal like rayed
dorsal, though origin of fin slightly before origin of rayed dorsal.
Caudal with hind edge convex, median rays longest. Pectoral
large, rather long, reaches about | to anal. Ventral inserted about
midway between snout tip and anal origin in vertical, entirely behind
pectoral base, when depressed not quite reaching anal, and rather
strong spine about If in fin. Vent placed at last sixth in space
between ventral and anal origins.

Color in alcohol with ground-color brownish above or on back,
becoming paler below, more or less whitish on under surface of head,
breast, and belly. Head brownish above, like back. Dusky-brown
bar, broader than pupil extends up each side of snout from mouth
to eye, bordered above and below with paler, of which latter most
contrasted. From upper hind eye edge dark streak narrower and
continued to suprascapula. From lower eye edge till down behind

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 579

€nd of maxillary pale brownish streak, narrower than pupil in width
and also with pale lower border. Opercle and cheek brownish.
Predorsal scales, and those on back above 1. 1., with pale brownish
lengthwise streaks over or between upper and lower boundaries of
scale exposures. Back with eight dusky-brown saddles, gradually
smaller until only evident as viewed from above at caudal peduncle,
though four extend slightly below course of upper 1. 1. Ill-defined
■dusky streak along middle of side, extends to caudal base medianly,
marked with six dusky-brown large blotches through its extent,
and these alternating with dorsal saddles. At caudal base median
lateral band reflected out on median caudal rays. Iris slaty, though
traversed by dark band from snout. Dorsals grayish, spinous
fin very obscurely mottled sparsely with paler, and on rayed fin
5 or 6 transverse broad whitish streaks form. Caudal, except as
noted, pale, with several series of dark spots on membranes, most
distinct within dark area distally extending from lateral streak.
Other fins all pale grayish.

Length 68 mm.

Type, No. 39,315, A. N. S. P. Igarape de Candelaria, tributary
of the Madeira River, approximately two miles distant in Lat. S.
8° 45', W. Long., 63° 54', Brazil. September, 1912. Edgar A.
Smith.

Only the type obtained. It is related to Mquidens tetramerus
(Heckel), in the 4 series of scales on the cheek, and scaleless preopercle,
characters shared equally with ^. rivulatus (Giinther) and ^. geayi
(Pellegrin). It differs from all, however, in coloration.

(Named for the Madeira River.)

TETRODONTID^ .

-ColomeSUS psittaCUS (Schneider).

Three small examples from the Madeira River about 200 miles
.east of W. Long. 63° 54', Brazil. September, 1912.

580 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NOV.^

November 4.
Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.

Nine persons present.

The presentation of a paper entitled " Contribution to the x\natomy
of the Ilysiidae," by Joseph C. Thompson, Surgeon U. S. N., was
reported.

The death of Philip R. Uhler, a member, October 21, was
announced.

November 18.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair.

The Publication Committee reported the reception of papers
under the following titles: — •

" On the Orthoptera found on the Florida Keys and in extreme
Southern Florida. II." By James A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard
(November 7).

"Notes on some Costa Rica Arachnida." By Nathan Banks
(November 14).

The Chair announced the death of Prof. Arnim Balzer, a corre-
spondent, November 4, 1913.

The following were elected members:
Harvey Stamp, M.D.
Herbert H. Gushing, M.D.
J. Ewing Mears, M.D.

The meeting was held in association with the Biological and
Microscopical Section.

The Collecting and Preparation of Diatoms. — Mr. T. Chalkley
Palmer, prefacing his remarks on collection and preparation of
diatoms, deplored the threatened extinction of the amateur, especially
in branches of science involving the use of the microscope. He men-

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 581

tioned illustrious amateurs, both living and dead, whose work has
added greatly to our knowledge of nature.

The abundance of diatoms in clear waters was indicated, and ap-
paratus useful in making collections were exhibited and described.
Methods of separating diatoms into pure condition were explained
in outline, and those depending on motile activity were emphasized
as preferable in many cases to chemical treatments and laborious
•decantations. Sedentary forms, such as Synedra, growing on algae, etc.,
may often be separated by exposing the gathering to sunlight, when
the diatoms fall off the buoyant mass and deposit as a perfectly
clean layer on the bottom of the bottle. Filamentous forms may
usually be cleaned by gentle agitation in distilled water, exposure
to sunlight causing flotation, and by other similar means. Motile
forms, if in gelatinous aggregates, as Cijmbella, Gotnphonema, are put
into a Petri dish with distilled water and permitted to wander out of
the unpromising aggregate into thin films or pure groupings on the
bottom of the vessel. Unequal lighting of the dish will generally
cause preponderant groupings toward the light. The clean frustules
are transferred to watch-glasses of distilled water, working with a
capillary pipette and low-power binocular microscope. Tenacious
or leathery layers of Nitzschia, on stones in rapid waters, are cut off
with a knife, and after freeing from detachable mud are left in a
small flat bottle of distilled water for 24 hours. The diatoms expand
on the upright glass walls, especially upon the lighted side, into thin,
coherent films of great purity, detachable with a sharp needle or
similar instrument. Larger Naviculse not coherent, but aggregated
in patches on the bottom of a spring, are lifted with as little mud as
possible, and separated from organic and inorganic flocculence in
the same bottle; and a separation in course of Pinnularia, was
exhibited, in which the large frustules could be seen, with the aid of
a pocket lens, expanding on the glass.

Distilled water, if well aerated and uncontaminated with metals,
especially copper, seems to stimulate the desired activities. The
diatoms having been segregated by such means, they are transferred
with a capillary pipette to a clean cover-glass, dried and burned to
whiteness. The glass is supported on a thin piece of platinum,
which in turn rests on a piece of fireclay ground flat. The fireclay
is heated to bright redness with a gas burner, the platinum showing
only a faint glow. In about fifteen minutes the frustules are free
from organic matter, and the mount may be made in the usual way
with Canada balsam or styrax.

The biological method of cleaning, apart from its facility in handling
sparse or unpromising material, gives opportunity for interesting
observations on the living diatoms.

On Diatoms of Philadelphia. — Mr, Charles S. Boyer described
the diatomaceous fiora of Philadelphia, stating that he was able to
add seventy-one names to the catalogue of species heretofore re-

582 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.^

corded. Some are entirely new to the United States, while others
are quite rare.

Among these may be mentioned Actmocyclus barkleyi aggregatu»
Rattr., Navicula placenta Ehr., Polymyxus coronalis L. W. Bail,
Amphiprora conspicua Grev., Nitzschia clausii Hantzsch.

Brackish and marine forms occur in the blue-clay deposits in
various parts of the city.

Other rare species were described.

The entire flora of the city and immediate vicinity numbers
probably three hundred distinct species. Illustrations of many
diatoms were shown, including some of those found in the city water
supply.

The Critical Point in Liquids. — Mr. Hugo Bilgram remarked that
of the various inclusions found in quartz those of liquid dioxide of
carbon are among the most interesting. Within more or less irregular
microscopic cavities are inclosed three distinctly visible fluids:
water, liquid dioxide, and within this a bubble of dioxide vapor.
When the temperature is raised, the liquid dioxide is turned into
vapor and the bubble disappears. Upon cooling the object, the
vapor bubble suddenly reappears. In many cases not a single, but
a number of bubbles make their appearance, making it look as if
the inclusion were boiling. How is this phenomenon to be explained?

It is well known that water boils when heated to 100 degrees
Celsius; but if exposed to a reduced pressure, its boiling point is
lower, and if exposed to a pressure higher than that of the atmos-
phere, the boiling point is higher. If the relation of the vapor
pressure to the temperature is represented by a curve, it can be seen
that at a point somewhat over 300 degrees the pressure curve extends
to infinity. This shows that above this temperature water cannot
exist in liquid form, no matter how high the pressure, and this degree
of heat is termed the "critical point."

All volatile liquids show the same peculiarity, but the critical
point is different for different liquids. That of dioxide of carbon
is in the neighborhood of 28 degrees Celsius, and the phenomena
above described present the change of dioxide of carbon from the
liquid to the gaseous state and vice versa at a temperature which is
near the critical point. From the peculiar features of the phenomena
very interesting inferences can be derived.

There is a sharp distinction between fluids and gases, as we know
them, the principal differences being in relation to elasticity, cohe-
sion, and expansion by heat. While gases are highly compressible
and have a high coefficient of expansion by heat, compressibility
of liquids is very slight and expansion by heat not very great. While
gases readily expand if the space of their confinement is increased,
liquids maintain their volume. In gases there is a total absence of
cohesion, while in the case of liquids the molecules cohere. When
water or any other liquid is converted into steam, the change from
the liquid to the vapor state is abrupt. But the phenomena exhibited

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 583

by the dioxide inclusions indicate that when a liquid is heated to its
critical point and is finally converted into a gas, it gradually passes
from one to the other state. A slight rise in temperature causes the
inclosed bubbles rapidly to diminish in size, indicating a high expansion
coefficient of the liquid portion. After the bubbles have disappeared,
a further advance of temperature does not burst the walls of the cavity,
showing the liquid to be compressible. In cooling, the bubble or
bubbles suddenly appear of a definite size instead of growing from a
mere point. Before that moment the contents of the cavity are
no doubt in a liquid condition, otherwise bubbles could not be seen.
By cooling the prevailing high pressure is reduced until it falls below
the vapor pressure of the dioxide corresponding to the temperature,
and there is a tendency to form a small bubble. But its formation
is resisted by the cohesion of the molecules. Only after the pre-
vailing pressure has been lowered so much that the excess of the
vapor pressure is competent to overcome cohesion will a sudden
rupture take place, attended by an instantaneous reduction of the
volume of the liquid due to the sudden increase of pressure. This
accounts for the sudden appearance of bubbles at a definite size.
We can therefore conclude that a liquid, when near its critical point,
is in a state that is intermediate between the liquid and the gaseous
states.

Mr. Van Sickle described a method of making detailed labels
for microscopic slides by photographic reduction.

The following was ordered to be printed:

584 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.

NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF THE ISLAND OF ANTIGUA.
BY AMOS P. BROWN, PH.D.

During parts of July and August, 1913, I made a vi^it to the
island of Antigua in the hope of finding a place where the Oligocene
fauna of the rocks of the island would be in a condition to per-
mit of extensive collection. I was in hopes that the fossils would
be found in incoherent or soft material as I found them at Panama
and as Gabb found them in Santo Domingo. With this in view, I
made a rather close examination of practically all places from which
fossils had been obtained that were known to the local naturalists
of the island. Three weeks were spent on the island and many
locaUties were visited. In this search I was aided by Mr. W. R.
Forrest, a resident of St. John's, and by Mr. H. A. Tempany, Super-
intendent of Agriculture of the Leeward Islands, also of St. John's.
To both of these gentlemen I was indebted for many courtesies, and
each of them acted as my guide to localities on several occasions.
I was not successful in finding any place where the fossiliferous
deposits were in a condition permitting of the ready extraction of
the specimens, although from what I was able to observe the fauna
represented is a large one.

The island of Antigua lies in latitude 17° to 17° 10' north and
between longitude 61° 40' and 61° 55' west of Greenwich. It lies in
the outer row of calcareous islands in the Leeward group, which
comprises eastern Guadaloupe (Grande Terre), Marie Galante,
Antigua, Barbuda, St. Bartholomew, St. Martins, Anguilla and
Sombrero. It measures about 9| miles from north to south and
12 miles from east to west, with a coast-line of some 70 miles and an
area of 108 square miles. The*hape of the island is roughly trape-
zoidal or nearly triangular, the coast-line is deeply indented by bays
on the northeast and east sides, with Willoughby Bay at the southeast
corner, English and Falmouth Harbors on the south coast, and
Morris Bay, Five Islands Harbor and St. John's Harbor on the west
side. Numerous smaller bays and roadsteads have received names
and are used by the coasting boats calling at points along the south
and west shores. The surface of the island is roughly divided into

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 585

three regions by the Central Plain, which extends diagonally across
the island from St. John's Harbor in the northwest to Willoughby
Bay in the southeast; a region that is generally flat and at no great
elevation above the sea, but with several hills rising from the plain
to an altitude of 200-350 feet. To the northeast of this Central
Plain is the marl or limestone belt, a region of undulating land
at a somewhat higher elevation than the Central Plain (150-200 feet),
with hills rising to 250 up to 350 feet; and in the southeast, in St.
Philip's Parish, to an elevation of above 400 feet. To the southwest
of the Central Plain is the more mountainous part of the island, the
distinctly volcanic portion, where the hills rise to an elevation in
some cases of more than 1000 feet. The highest of these hills is
Boggy Peak, with an elevation stated as 1360 feet, and several others,
as Bottle Peak and McNish Mountain, reach 1000 feet. These hills
are of volcanic materials and show, as Spencer points out, the erosion
features of a mountain plateau region, with narrow ridges separating
the valleys. No distinct volcanic cone exists in this part of the
island, but several hollows in the hills have been described as volcanic
craters. It is doubtful if any crater is still in a recognizable state in
the island. The hills around Five Islands Harbor are of the same
volcanic materials as those in the southwest of the island, but here
again there is no definite crater, unless indeed the basin of the harbor
represent such a one. Southwest of the Central Plain the ground
is too hilly to allow of large continuous cultivations such as are found
in the Central Plain and in the limestone country to the northeast,
and in this volcanic portion extensive cultivation has been largely
abandoned, although the woods have been mostly cut off for fire wood.
The rest of the island is and has been under cultivation for a long
period mostly in sugar cane, and, like all of these sugar-producing
islands, the land is held by large estates. The only considerable
town is the capital, St. John's, where there is a hotel. Access to
outlying localities must be had mainly by driving. In this way I
visited points along the coast and certain places in the interior.
Such localities as could be reached by walking from St. John's were
also visited. As the island is not large, the three weeks spent at
St. J(ihn's enabled me to visit most of the localities where fossils were
likely to be met with. I was also able to examine collections of the
rocks of the island at the office of Mr. Tempany, and Mr, Forrest
presented me with specimens of the landshells and some fossils.
To compare with the marine shells found in the soil of the Central
Plain, collections were made of the marine fauna along the shores
39

586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

of St. John's Harbor and north to Corbizon Point. The land shells
now living in the island were collected (when encountered) for
comparison with the faunas of neighboring islands, but this collection
is probably not complete. Upon the field notes and observations
on the geology the following description of the geology of Antigua
is based.

The first notice of the geology of the island of Antigua appeared
in 1819 as a preliminary paper in the American Journal of Science,^
by Dr. Nicholas Nugent, of Antigua, but this was followed two
years later by a fuller paper by Dr. Nugent, entitled, ''A Sketch of the
Geology of the Island of Antigua, "^ published in the Transactions
of the Geological Society of London.

Dr. Nugent's paper was communicated to the 'Geological Society
on November 5, 1819, and was accompanied by a collection of rocks
and fossils to illustrate the paper; of which collection the fossil corals
have been studied about forty years after their presentation by
P. Martin Duncan. The moUusks have never been worked over and
a list of the species published. Later, in 1839, Professor S. Hovey,
of Yale and Amherst Colleges, visited the island, and with Dr. Nugent
as guide, examined some of the principal localities. Upon his return
to America he published a paper ^ on the ''Geology of Antigua,"
compiled, as he himself states in this communication, frmn Nugent's
"Sketch" and from a paper by Dr. Thomas Nicholson, written
for the Antigua Almanac and Register. Dr. Nugent divides the
geological formations of the island into four, of which the basal
member. No. 1, is described as "trap and trap-breccia," No. 2 is
"stratified conglomerate," No. 3 is "chert," and No. 4 is "marl
or calcareous rock. " In his maps he reverses the order of the " strati-
fied conglomerate" and the "chert," but explains in the Appendix'^
that this was a mistake, although he at one time entertained this
view of the structure of the island. Dr. Nugent's paper, which shows
keen observation, remained for long the classic on Antiguan geology,
until the appearance of M. J. C. Purves's Geological Sketch of the

1 Am. Jour. Sci., ser. 1, Vol. I (1819), p. 140. Wm. Maclure refers to the
island of Antigua in his "Observations on the Geology of the West Indian Islands,
from Barbadoes to Santa Cruz, " but he did not visit the island. See Jturnal
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Vol. I, pt. 1, 1817.

2 Trans. Geol. Soc. ser. 1, Vol. V (1821), pp. 459-475.

^ "Geology of Antigua, " by Prof. S. Hovey, Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 1, Vol. XXXV
(1839), pp. 75-85.

* Extracts from a letter to Professor William Buckland, one of the Vice-
presidents of the Geological Society of London, from Dr. Nugent. Trans. Geol.
Soc, series 1, Vol. V (1821), p. 470.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 587

island of Antigua, which was published in 1885, in the Bulletin
du Musee Royal d'Histoire NatureUe de Belgique/-' This paper by
M. Purves is much fuller than that by Nugent, and he distinguishes
more divisions in the geological formations. The divisions of
M. Purves are as follows:

H. Horizontal marls.

G. Upper limestones and marls.

F. Upper tuffs.

E. Lacustrine or fresh-water chert.

D. Volcanic sands and sandstones.

C. Lower limestone or marine chert

B. Lower stratified tuffs.

A. Porphyrites and volcanic agglomerates.

Of these *'A. Porphyrites and volcanic agglomerates" is the
No. 1 of Nugent, "trap and trap-breccia" ; "B. Lower stratified tuffs"
is the "stratified conglomerate" No. 2 of Nugent; C, D, E, and F,
of Purves come in the "chert" of Nugent No. 3, who did not recognize
any distinction between the marine and the fresh-water cherts;
while divisions G and H of Purves are included in the "marl or
calcareous beds," No. 4 of Nugent. Indeed, it is rather doubtful
if Nugent recognized the horizontal marls at all. This paper of
M. Purves is accompanied by a geological map of Antigua, upon
which the divisions which he recognizes are set down, and a geological
section from St. Mary's Rectory to Drew's Hill and thence to Hodge
Bay is given to show the structure. This map indicates a fault,
with upthrow to the northeast and general N. W.-S. E. strike, dis-
locating the formations so that D, "the volcanic sands," is brought
to the surface and lies next to F, the "upper tuffs." This makes
the lacustrine or fresh-water cherts appear at the surface in two
bands traversing the island from northwest to southeast. Several
minor faults are shown on this map, and I observed a number which
have not been mapped. This fault, as indicated by Purves, runs
from about ^ mile south of Corbizon Point on the northwest coast to
the small bay between Isaac Point and Standfast Point which lies
to the southwest of Willoughby Bay at the southeast of the island.
It is of interest in connection with the paper by Guppy mentioned
below. Each of the eight divisions of the formations of the island
enumerated by Purves is described in detail as regards its composi-
tion and character, but little information is given in regard to the

5 "Esquisse geologique de I'lle d'Antigoa." Btill. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Bela.^
Vol. Ill, 1884-85, pp. 273-318.

588 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

organic remains, and that of a very general kind, only the genus
being noted in many cases. A short list of corals from the lower
marine chert and limestone, C, is given, however, which will be
referred to later in this paper.

Some reference to the movements of elevation and subsidence of
Antigua is given in a paper by Dr. J. W. Gregory, "On the Palaeon-
tology and Physical Geology of the West Indies, "" and a few additions
to the palseontology of Antigua are there noted.

The next paper to be published dealing with the geology of Antigua
is by Professor J. W. W. Spencer, "On the Geological and Physical
Development of Antigua"^ which appeared in 1901. This gives a
revision of the formations of the island, as follows, the basal member
being placed at the bottom:

8. Recent deposits, raised beaches.

7. Cassada Garden gravels.

6. Friars Hill series, pebbles and marl.

5. Hodge's Hill calcareous sandstones.

4. White limestone or Antigua formation.

3. Tuffs and included marls and chert.

2. Seaforth limestone.

1. Igneous basement.

Comparing this with the divisions as recognized by Purves, given
above, the first division, 1, corresponds to his A; that is, the "igneous
basement" of Spencer is the "porphyrites and volcanic agglomerates"
of Purves. Spencer's Seaforth limestone does not seem to have been
recognized by Purves, although it doubtless exists near Seaforth;
and I was shown specimens from this horizon by several collectors,
said to have come from the base of the stratified tuffs. Spencer's
No. 3, "Tuffs and included marls and chert," includes divisions
B, C, D, E, and F of Purves, these formations occupying the "Central
Plain" of Antigua. Purves's division G, upper limestones and marls,
is the same as Spencer's No. 4, "White limestone or Antigua forma-
tion," and may also include his division 5, Hodge's Hill calcareous
sandstone. Spencer's divisions 6 and 7, "Friars Hill series" and
"Cassada Garden gravels," were not recognized by Purves; while
his division 8 is the same as the "horizontal marl" of Purves. Upon
the whole, this division of the formations recognized by Spencer
agrees with the observations which I was able to make while on the
island better than do those of Purves or Nugent, although in each

6 Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, LI, 1895, p. 295.

^ Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, LVII (1901), pp. 490-505.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 589

case the formation described may be readily recognized. Spencer's
divisions seem to be more in accordance with the history of the devel-
opment of the island as indicated in the record preserved in the rocks.

Spencer's paper is accompanied by a geological map of Antigua
upon which he has laid down his divisions 1, 3, and 4; the other
divisions which he recognizes being probably too local and too ill-
defined in outline to be mapped. No faults are shown and no
geological section accompanies the map.

The latest paper upon the geology of Antigua which has appeared
is by R. J. Lechmere Guppy,^ following an examination of the island
made in 1910. As Mr, Guppy states, this examination, on account
of his physical disabilities, was necessarily incomplete. His visit
to the island was to see if any trace of the "Great Antillean Disloca-
tion," postulated in his paper, "Geological Connections of the Carib-
bean Region"^ as extending from Trinidad to Sombrero and thence
through the northern part of the island of Haiti, was to be found in
Antigua. This great fault, Mr. Guppy thinks, passes through An-
tigua, through the Central Plain, from Willoughby Bay to St. John's
Harbor; the occurrence of which two bays is his principal argument
in favor of this fault. Purves, on his map of Antigua, indicates a
fault in somewhat the same position as this Great Dislocation of
Guppy, but the fault as shown by Purves does not take the same
course, running from a little south of Corbizon Point on the northwest
coast, about 2 miles to the north of the fault indicated by Guppy
(which starts at St. John's Harbor), to a bay between Isaac Point and
Steadfast Point, about a mile to the west of the head of Willoughby
Bay. Moreover, the fault shown by Purves is not indicated as a
dislocation of great magnitude, while that of Guppy is a "Great
Dislocation," bringing up the "older beds" of the Antigua Formation
of Spencer, which, according to Mr. Guppy, "is of a very Cretaceous
aspect." Upon what he bases this statement is not explained, the
evidence of the fossils contained in this Antigua formation points
to its being of Oligocene age, as will be shown later. But Mr. Guppy,
it seems, is not a believer in the occurrence of the Oligocene in the
West Indies, as he remarks in this paper (p. 684) : " Even so eminent
a professor as J. W. Gregory has fallen into the common error of
mixing up the Miocene with the Eocene, and calling the result
'Oligocene. ' " Guppy 's paper does not .add much data for fixing the

* R. J. L. Guppy, "On the Geology of Antigua and other West Indian Islands
with reference to the Physical History of the Caribbean Region," Quart. Jour.
Geol. Soc. London (1911), Vol. LXVII, pp. 681-700.

3 Guppy, Tratis. Canad. Inst., Vol. VIII, 1908-1909, p. .373.

590

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Nov.

age of the white limestone or Antigua formation, although he
records having visited "a marl pit about 2 miles from St. John's"
with Mr. W. R. Forrest (doubtless the one on Marble Hill, which
I visited twice, once in company with Mr. Forrest) in which he found
casts of Pholadomya and also of Turritella. Upon my visit to this
locality in company with Mr. Forrest, we were not so fortunate,
finding only the small, badly preserved branching corals, common
in the marl everywhere, but Mr. Forrest remarked to me that Turri-
tellas were sometimes found here as casts, and also casts of bivalves.
The preservation of the fossils in these soft marls is very imperfect,
and secondary crystallization obscures the structure. They are
rarely determinable specifically. The major part of Mr. Guppy's
paper is taken up in discussing the "Great Dislocation," of which,
during my stay upon the island, I did not see any evidence; nor has
its presence been detected by Mr. R. W. Forrest, who has given
much attention to the geology of the island.

The general succession of the formations in Antigua has been
discussed by Nugent, Purves, and Spencer, and a brief review of their
several arrangements of the strata has been given above and their
correlations indicated. From my own observations, a slightly differ-
ent arrangement has been deduced, as follows:

Table of the Geological Formation of Antigua.

Recent and
Pleistocene...

9 Salt pond and mangrove swamp deposits, in process of

formation.
8 Raised beaches, horizontal marls of Purves.
7 Shell beds of the Central Plain, probably including the Cassada

Garden gravels of Spencer.
6 Friar's Hill gravels and marls of Spencer.

Break.

Break.

Oligocene

5 Hodge's Hill calcareous sandstone.

4 Antigua formation of Spencer, white marls and white lime-
stone.

3 Water-deposited tuffs and shales, with included marls and
cherts.

2 Seaforth limestone (perhaps Eocene).

Eocene (?)

1 Igneous basement, mainly of volcanic materials, but inter-
sected by dykes as late as the white limestone of the Oligo-
cene.

1913.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 591

The water-deposited beds of the island are apparently all included
in the Oligocene and Pleistocene; the Miocene and Pliocene are
entirely wanting, indicating that the island was not submerged
during this time. But a submergence occurred at the end of the
Pliocene which permitted the formation of marine deposits in many
parts of the island. The movement of the island at present appears
to be upward, and the formation of salt pond and mangrove swamp
deposits at many places along the coast line is still in progress. The
age of the accumulation of the "igneous basement" is set down in
the above table as possibly Eocene, not from any fossils which it
contains, but because the bedded deposits of the Oligocene appear
to overlie it. The volcanic activity continued, however, into the
Oligocene during the time of the deposit of the tuffs, and the white
limestone itself is intersected by dykes of the igneous material.
These deposits will now be described in more detail.

1. The Igneous Basement.

This is what Dr. Nugent has called the "trap formation"; it is
M. Purves's "porphyrites and volcanic agglomerates," or the
'foundation rocks of the island" or "igneous basement" of Spencer.
I have used Spencer's term. The rocks included in this formation
lie to the west of a line drawn from the head of Five Islands Bay,
southeasterly towards English Harbor, and they lie in the southwest
part of the island. They are exposed along the coast from the mouth
of Five Islands Bay to the southwest corner of the island and thence
east to the head of Falmouth Harbor. I inspected this region in
company with Mr. Forrest from St. John's to St. Mary's, Old Road
(nearly due south of St. John's), and thence along the south coast
to St. Mary's Rectory at the southwest extremity, and from
there up the west coast to St. Mary's in the Valley, and back to
St. John's by the Central Plain. Mr. Tempany showed me his
collection of these rocks, which corresponded with those seen on the
trip with Mr. Forrest. They consist of massive igneous flows and
subaerially deposited ashes, mainly in layers, and with many volcanic
agglomerates, consisting of ash and volcanic fragments held together
by the material of the flows. Large volcanic bombs occur in this
agglomerate with fragments down to fine lapilli and o-sh. The
flows are mainly pyroxene andesite, often compact; and also basalt,
or the same material as the pyroxene andesite with much olivine.
Dykes of compact andesite and basalt intersect the tuffs and agglom-
erates. The rocks are prevailingly andesitic, and the tuff and

592 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

agglomerate is in excess of the material in the form of flows. Many
of the tuffs and other materials have midergone alteration, and,
according to the statements of Mr. Tempany, metamorphosed
sediments occur. Such is the Seaforth limestone as described by
Spencer, but specimens of this rock which I was shown in collections
do not show metamorphism to any considerable extent. Water-
deposited tuff may occur, at least near the borders of this formation,
and in the tuffs of the Central Plain area I saw deposits not greatly
different from those observed in these igneous foundation rocks of
the island. No definite volcanic cone from which these deposits
came is now in existence, all the hills being much eroded and dis-
sected. Remnants of such cones may exist near Five Islands Bay,
or the bay itself may represent the site of a crater. Another remnant
of a crater was reported as being in existence near the southwest
corner of the island, but no cone exists there at present.

2. The Seaforth Limestone.

I did not visit the type locality of this material, and only had the
opportunity of inspecting two lots of specimens from the formation.
Spencer describes it as ''occurring at a few points in the valleys of the
mountain zone" or among the rocks of the igneous basement; and
states that it is a compact dark gray limestone. Mr. Tempany gave
a similar description of its appearance and occurrence, but the
specimen of it which he showed me in his collection was a somewhat
flinty rock with undoubted Orbitoides in it. Mr. Gillie, rector of the
parish of St. Mary's, who resides near the southwest corner of the
island, showed me some pieces of a limestone from Seaforth of quite
a different character. It was a dark gray compact limestone, but
crowded with the shells of bivalves, probably oysters, that were
specifically undeterminable. There was nothing in either of these
specimens to lead me to suppose that they were older than Oligocene,
while the occurrence of the Orbitoides, in a form not greatly different
from that found in the white limestone, rather pointed to this age
for the deposit. Purves did not recognize this Seaforth limestone.

3. Water-deposited Tuffs and Shales, with included Marls
AND Cherts.

These formations occupy almost the entire area of the Central
Plain. They include the divisions recognized by Purves under the
names B, Lower stratified tuffs; C, Lower limestone and marine
chert; D, Volcanic sands and sandstones; E, Lacustrine and fresh-

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 593^^

water chert; F, Upper tuffs. They have been placed together by
Spencer as one group of deposits, and while it may be possible locally
to recognize the divisions made by Purves, the cherty limestones
of marine origin, and possibly also those of fresh-water origin, are in
more or less lenticular deposits and not continuous. The division
D of Purves, "Volcanic sands and sandstones," is locally developed
and underlies in some places the fresh-water cherts or the layer
containing the fossil wood, but it does not differ very much in appear-
ance from some phases of B, the lower stratified tuffs. This division
B of Purves, the lowest member of this group of deposits, is found to
the west of the Central Plain, and well developed along the southern
shore of St. John's Harbor. The beds have the appearance of a
buff-colored sandstone, but on close examination the fragments of
which it is composed are seen to be angular, not water worn, and
to consist of volcanic rock and feldspar. These lower beds maj^ have
a higher dip than those of the Central Plain — 20°-30°, as against
12°-15° — and the dip is more to the north in many cases. But as the
higher rocks in this lower series of tuffs are encountered, the dip
diminishes and becomes more northeast. At the level of the lower
limestone and marine chert as seen just to the south of St. John's
(about a mile south of the town) the tuff becomes almost white
from admixed kaolin, and has this lower dip of 12° N. E. It is in
some places, soft, in others hard and compact, and almost pure white
except for black specks of magnetite. This magnetite forms black
layers on many of the recent sea-beaches and consists of octahedral
crystals and angular fragments of crystals. The limestone deposit,
which in places is altered to a flint or chert, contains corals, those
from the Nugent collection in the possession of the Geological Society
of London have yielded the following species (Duncan) :^°

Astrwa cellulosa var. curvata Duncan.

Astrcea megalaxona Duncan.

Astrcea antillarum Duncan.

Solenastroea turonensis Mich.

Isastrcea conferta Duncan.

Isastrcea turbinata Duncan.

Stephanocce7iia tenuis Duncan, also found in the lower tuffs.

Coeloria dens-elephantis Duncan.

Astroria polygonalis Duncan.

Astroria affinis Duncan.

Astroria antiguensis Duncan.

Astroccenia ornatd Ed. and H.

Alveopora dcedala Blainv., also vars. regularis and minor.

Styloccenia lobato-rotundata (Mich.).

10 Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, Vol. XIX, 1863, p. 477.

594 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

These cherts and cherty limestones occur also at Jackass Point
in St. John's Harbor. The same character of rock, marly limestone
with associated flint and chert, and with corals, etc., is found in the
town of St. John's, and is, in fact, the material upon which the cathe-
dral is built. At the cathedral it is mostly chert, and the flint and
chert are found to the southeast of the town along the roads. Mol-
lusks have been reported from this chert, but no species have been
determined, although doubtless a considerable fauna will be found
in the Nugent collection when it comes to be studied. This last
hne of this rock, which runs southeast from St. John's Cathedral, is
probably another layer of the marl and chert parallel to the one
mentioned as running from Jackass Point southeast to near the
sugar factory, one mile south of St. John's.

It is seen exposed, and fragments of the flint are plentiful along
the roads to the southeast of the town, south of the Botanic Station;
indeed, it forms some of the small hills in this section. These deposits
seem to be more or less discontinuous and are only to be seen where
the ground becomes too hilly or the soil too stony for cane culti-
vation.

The "volcanic sands and sandstones," bed D, of Purves are even
more discontinuous. They are characteristically developed, as he
describes them, along the northwest sea-coast at Dry Hill and at
Corbizon Point, where they are overlaid by the "lacustrine chert"
of Purves. Traces of these "volcanic sands" are seen in some places
to the east of St. John's, but their horizon is only marked in some
places by sandy lumps and concretions in the white tufaceous rock.
Sands at the horizon for these "D" beds are seen in patches from
Corbizon Point to the southeast, into the interior of the island; but
that they are often wanting, as may be seen on the hills east of the
Botanic Station, where a continuous section of the white tuffs, some
with sandy modules or concretions representing the horizon of
"D," the "volcanic sands," is overlain by the "lacustrine chert"
with fresh-water shells imbedded in its mass. At the Public Ceme-
tery, also, the sands are wanting, only the sandy nodules mark the
horizon of these beds. The white tuffs above the "marine chert"
are sometimes partly replaced by the lenticular masses of the volcanic
sands, or sometimes these sands are entirely wanting. These white
tuffs owe their color to kaolin from the alteration of feldspar in the
volcanic ash, and are mixtures of ash (usually fragments of feldspar)
and kaolin. The admixture of kaolin becomes so plentiful in the
upper beds that the rock might be called either a water-deposited

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 595

tuff or a shale; in fact, it is of much the composition of pipe-clay.
This is particularly true of the layers above the lacustrine chert
horizon, where these virtual shales become very white and thin-
bedded and are hard to distinguish, when massive, from the overlying
marls. These are the upper tuffs of Purves, and are quarried at
Scotts Hill.

When the ''volcanic sands and sandstones" are typically developed,
^s at Dry Hill or at Corbizon Point, they form the base of the section.
They are dark reddish or purplish in color, with numerous concre-
tions, resembling boulders, of a somewhat harder character, and are
made up of volcanic sand and gravel, all water worn, with small
pebbles of the compact hard andesite of the igneous basement, from
which they are doubtless derived. They are but slightly compacted;
firm, but yielding readily to the pick, and crumbling easily in the
fingers when in detached fragments. They are overlaid by a few
feet of yellowish tuff conglomerate, consisting of rolled fragments
of a lighter color, with much green earth in minute particles, which
gradually passes into the impure yellowish marls with the flint
layers of the "lacustrine or fresh-water chert." The exposure of
these flinty layers at Dry Hill follows the strike of the rock for some
distance, and these beds at this point have furnished the following
section :

Section at Dry Hill.

5. Compact shale with plant impressions 10 ft.

4. Hard impure limestone with two, or sometimes three,
layers of flint, carrying fresh-water shells; the flint layers
varying from one inch to four inches thick, and the fossils
occupying about one inch thickness in each case 2 ft.

3. Hard impure limestone without fossil layers 2 ft.

2. Yellowish tuff conglomerate, pebbles of tuff and andesite 5 ft.

1. Dark reddish or purplish volcanic sandstone 18 ft.-f

The base of the volcanic sands is not exposed at this locality nor
at Corbizon Point. Several small faults exist near the north end of
the Dry Hill exposure, one dislocates the measures about 25 ft. with
an upthrow to the north, and one or more must exist between Dry
Hill and Corbizon Point, the total upthrow to the north aggregating
upwards of 400 feet, as the same succession of beds is to be noted at
Corbizon Point as is given in the above section at Dry Hill. No
exposures of the rock in place can be seen along the coast between
Dry Hill and Corbizon Point, the beach being fiat and sandy; and

596 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.^

inland there is a salt pond, while still further inland the cane cul-
tivation covers all exposures. At Corbizon Point, however, the upper
flinty layers carry fragments of silicified wood, and this is the horizon
of the silicified wood for which Antigua is noted. This horizon may
be traced across the island by the silicified wood and to some distance
to the southeast by the flint and chert with the fresh-water fossils.
Mr. W. R. Forrest informs me that the silicified wood is in place
along the north shore of Willoughby Bay; but, if so, it is not this
layer, always supposing that the map of Purves is correct. The
fresh-water fossils have not been determined specifically, a list of
the genera found is given by Purves. Collections of them which I
obtained at Dry Hill are now being studied and will be reported
upon later.

The silicified wood, for which the island is noted, probably all
comes from this horizon. It is found throughout the Central Plain,
especially in the central part of the island, and lies about on the
surface in fragments of varying sizes, although nowhere, at present,
are trunks of 14 feet long by one foot or more in diameter encoun-
tered, such as are described by Dr. Nugent. These silicified woods
are found scattered about upon the surface, but are rarely seen
in situ; they are very plentiful at Bellevue and at Cassada Garden.
They include both Monocotyledons and Dicotyledons, but have
never been studied specifically. Purves mentions having found
stems and fruit of Chara 'in the beds carrying these deposits. The
shales at Dry Hill which overlie the fresh-water, mollusk-l^earing
flinty layers carry fragments of leaves of palms and other vegetable
matter; these beds are mixtures of kaolin and volcanic ash, and,
while brownish or dun-colored from the admixed vegetable matter,
they are evidently a part of the white shales and tuffs of the upper
layers of this division. As has been stated, these upper shales and
tuffs are well exposed at Scotts Hill, some two miles to the southeast
of St. John's, where they are quarried for road metal. They are
here hard and compact, breaking into angular fragments on exposure,
and wearing down, when used on the roads, to a tenacious clay. This
rock consists, as seen under the microscope, of kaolin mixed with
volcanic ash, the kaolin largely predominating. It is partly ce-
mented by secondary silica from the feldspar of the volcanic ash.
It becomes calcareous towards the top and passes upward into the
marls of the white limestone or Antigua formation. Indeed, when
it is hard and compact, this rock closely resembles the harder parts
of the marl, and the application of an acid is often necessary to
distinguish it from the true mark

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 597

The total thickness of this division is upwards of 2000 feet or more,
and of this more than half is below the lacustrine flint layer; the
bottom of the formation is hard to define, as it is not easily dis-
tinguished from the bedded deposits of the basal igneous complex.
But of the distinctly bedded deposits, which are exposed in many
places and always with the same general north or northeast dip,
the thickness must be at least 2000 feet. The division is composed
of the volcanic material of the igneous basement, reworked by water,
and water deposited; mixed likely with other volcanic material
which, erupted during the deposition of these beds, fell into the
water, and was distributed on the sea bottom.

As indicated above, these tuff beds, with their included marls and
cherts, appear to pass upward into the marls and limestones of the
Antigua formation without any stratigraphic break, or the Antigua
formation rests conformably upon them. At several places along
the contact of the marls with the tuffs and shales shallow wells
have been sunk for water, and while the contact of these two forma-
tions is seldom exposed, the conformable character of it is indicated
by these diggings. When the Antigua formation itself is found well
exposed near the contact, the dip of the marls is about the same as
that of the tuffs, and is in the same direction; that is, the marls are
found to dip gently at 10°-12° to the northeast in the same way as
the tuffs. There is certainly no indication of a fault separating the
two formations as suggested by Mr. Guppy. The fossils of the
included marls and cherts, interbedded with the tuffs and shales,
do not indicate any other age than Oligocene, which is the age of the
Antigua limestone as indicated by its fossils. But the species that
have been observed in the Antigua limestone are only in part the
same as have been determined from the tuffs and included marls
and cherts. These tuffs were, in part at least, shallow water forma-
tions; mud cracks and even ripple marks were observed by me in the
tuffs underlying the lacustrine cherts, and the presence of these
fresh-water deposits (the lacustrine cherts) indicates land at this
time. The tuffs may have accumulated rapidly when they are
€oarse in grain, as these volcanic conglomerates which underlie the
fresh-water deposits, but the finer material of the thin-bedded tuffs
which overlie this horizon were probably slowly deposited and in
water of greater depth. This was likely the case with the marls of
the Antigua formation also, in great part; although some of the
harder limestone beds of this deposit have the appearance of coral-
reef material.

598 proceedings of the academy of [nov.,

4. The Antigua Formation of Spencer.

East of a line running from near Wetherill's Point to the head of
Willoughby Bay the surface of the island is composed of the Antigua
Formation (as Spencer has named it), a white chalky or marly rock
with harder layers which may be properly called limestone. In the
cane cultivations with which the island is covered from the Central
Plain easterly, this formation may often be recognized by a pronounced
blackness of the soil where the marls are encountered. They are
often exposed in road-cuttings, or on the hillsides by artificial diggings
("marl pits") for material to be used as road metal; and where soft,
the dip is obscure, but where more hard the same northeasterly dip
is seen that was so characteristic of the tuffs and shales. As soon as
the harder limestone layers are encountered, they make hills with a
gentle easterly slope, but a steeper westerly one on the escarpment
side of the hill; and this harder part of the marl or the harder lime-
stone is often exposed upon this escarpment side of the hill in con-
siderable cliffs. Where the harder limestones outcrop along the
coast as at Wetherill Bay and Hodge's Bay along the north coast,
and at High Point and other places to windward along the east coast,
around to Willoughby Bay on the southeast coast, these harder
layers form sea cliffs. These harder layers, too, form in many cases
the capping of the hills, which are ridges with an even summit in
such cases. Where the dip can be seen, on such harder layers, it is
uniformly to the northeast, and the thickness of this Antigua for-
mation, as indicated by this dip, must be upwards of 1500 feet at
least. The harder layers have generallj^ the same organic remains,
and this seems to indicate (unless the formation is faulted) that
there are several parallel hard layers. The fossils contained in the
softer marls are usually corals, in a much altered and crystallized
condition; the crystallization being due to the deposit of carbonates
(as calcite and dolomite) or to silica in the form of quartz, crystals
of which substance are frequently seen in the marls. The harder
layers are often compact limestone, sometimes nearly barren of
fossils, at other times crowded with organic remains. The most
characteristic fossil in the harder layers is an Orbitoides, which has
been determined by T. Rupert Jones (and this determination later
confirmed by Dr. Lang, of the British Museum) as Orbitoides mantelli
Mort. This Orbitoides, in many cases, forms the bulk of the limestone,
and water-worn pebbles from the seashore frequently show only
sections of this Orbitoides with no other fossil. But in other layers
are found shells of oysters, pectens, and other pelecypods, while in

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 599

other cases the rock is composed of masses and fragments of corals.
The corals of the Nugent collection were determined by Duncan,"
who gives the following list of species:

Duncan's List of Corals in the Nugent Collection from the Antigua
Formation.

AstroEa crassolamellata Duncan, with the varieties magnetica.,
pulchella, nohilis, minor, nugenti, magnifica.
Astrcea antiguensis Duncan.
Astrcea endothecata Duncan.
Astrcea tenuis Duncan.
Astrcea harhadensis Duncan.
Astrcea radiata Lam., var. intermedia Duncan.
Astrcea costata Duncan.
Rhodaraa irregularis Duncan.
Alveopora dcedala Blainv., var. regularis Duncan.
Alveopora microscopica Duncan.
Alveopora fenestrata Dana.

Of these the species Alveopora dadala Blainv. is common to the
tuffs and to the Antigua Formation. The corals collected by Pro-
fessor Spencer were referred to Dr. T. Wayland Vaughan for deter-
mination, who reported the following list:

Trochosmilia n. sp.

Stylophora sp.

Stephanocoenia sp.

■\Astrocainia ornata Ed. and H.

Brachyphyllia sp.

*Orbicella (Astrcea) crassolamellata (Duncan).

^Orbicella cellulosa (Duncan).

*Orbicella endothecata (Duncan).

Orbicella sp.

Symphyllia n. sp.

■\Astroria polygonalis Duncan.

Oroseris n. sp.

■\*Alveopora regidaris Duncan.

Porites n. sp.

Of these species, the ones marked with an asterisk (*) are in
Duncan's list from the white Antigua limestone, and the ones
marked with a dagger (f) are found in Duncan's list of the corals
in the Nugent collection from the tuffs. Dr. Vaughan recognizes
eight species not in Duncan's list. One species is common to the
tuffs and the white limestone (f*). As Spencer remarks, this

Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, Vol. XIX, 1863, p. 410.

^00 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

finding of the same species in both the tuffs and the white limestone
would point to their forming really but one geological unit, "although
characterized by great changes in the physical conditions during the
accumulation of the system." What has been said of the gradual
passage of the upper shales and tuffs into the marls and their apparent
■conformability point to these formations forming one geological
unit. As to the age of the corals examined by Dr. Vaughan, he
notes that the coral fauna of the Antigua formation "is identical
with that of the lower beds of the upper Oligocene formation of
southwestern Georgia."

The mollusks collected by Spencer were referred to Dr. Dall, who
afterwards determined one of the forms as Peden (Chlamys) anguil-
lensis Guppy, and described one as Peden (Plagiodenium) gahhi
Dall, referred to below in the list of species in the collection made by
me in Antigua.

Professor Gregory,^- lists two species of echinoids sent to him by
Mr. Forrest, and these are also among the species collected by me in
Antigua. They are, as given by Gregory, Echinanthus concavus
(Cott.) and Echinanthus antillarum (Cott.). With the exceptions of
the two Pectens noted above, as determined by Dr. Dall, no mollusks
appear to have been recorded from this Antigua white limestone,
so that the few which I was able to secure will help to fix the age of
the formation. The limestones in some places carry many species
of Pectens, and as these are frequently determinable even in frag-
ments, more attention was given to collecting them than to corals,
foramenifera, etc. Although difficult to extract from the rock, I
was fortunate enough to obtain five known species or varieties of
Oligocene Pectens as well as two new species of this genus, and a new
species of oyster, a Turritella, and six or seven species of echinoids.
These, with the corals that have been determined as Oligocene, will
serve to confirm the age of the formation. The list of species col-
lected from* this Antigua formation is given below.

Species collected from the Antigua Formation.
Diplothecanthus concavus (Cott.).

Clypeasier concavus Cott., 1875.— Cotteau, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand-

lingar, B. 13, No. 6, p. 16, pi. II, figs. 4-8. ^ , c, t ,

Echinanthus concavus (Cott.).— Gregory, Quart. Jour. Geol. boc. London,
Vol. LI (1895), p. 295.

This is the commonest echinoid in the Antigua white limestone,
" Gregory, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, Vol. LI, 1895, p. 295.

1913.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

601

and was found in great numbers at Hodge's Bay and along the
shores at Willoughby Bay, and also commonly at High Point.

Diplothecanthus antillarum (Cott.).

Clypeaster antillarum Cott., 1875.— Cotteau, loc. cit., p. 15, pi. II, figs. 1-3.
Echinanthus antillarum (Cott.).— Gregory, loc. cit., p. 295.
Not Echinanthus antillarum Cott., 1875.— Cotteau, loc. cit., p. 2b, pi. IV,
figs. 9-12.
Less common than D. concavus (Cott.), this large species was
found at Willoughby Bay only.

Sismondia antillarum Cott.

Sismondia antillarum Cott., 1875.— Cotteau, loc. cit., p. 17, pi. Ill, figs. 1-4.

A small species found only at Willoughby Bay.

Schizaster clevei Cott.

Schizaster clevei Cott., 1875.— Cotteau, loc. cit., p. 29, pi. V, figs. 7, 8.
A rather small specimen which probably belongs to this species
was collected at Willoughby Bay. It may prove to be new.

Echinolampas anguillae Cott.

Echinolampas anguillce Cott., 1875.— Cotteau, loc. cit., p. 24, pi. IV, figs. .5-8.
A single example of this species was collected at Willoughby Bay.
Metalia sp. indet.

Fragments of two additional species, one probably belonging to
the genus Metalia and the other to Ewpatagus, were collected, some at
Hodge's Point and some at Willoughby Bay. While several frag-
ments of each species were collected, none are in sufficiently perfect
condition to describe. One specimen from Hodge's Bay is a frag-
ment of a very large species, but somewhat less than one-third of the
test is represented.
Pecten (.ffiquipecten) oxygonum Sowb.

Pecten oxygonum Sowb.— Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, VI, 1849, p. 52.
This is the species which Gabb has determined as belonging to this
unfigured species of Sowerby; the specimens collected agree perfectly
with those determined by Gabb as belonging to this species in his
specimens from Santo Domingo (now in the A. N. S. P. collection).
It was collected at Hodge's Bay.
Pecten oxygonum optimum B. and P.

Pecten oxygonum optimum B. and P.— Brown and Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. S. P.,

1912, p. 511, pi. XXIII (numbered XXIV), fig. 2.
Pecten paranensis d 'Orb.— Gabb., Journ. A. N. S. P., VIII, p. 347, pi. 45,
fig. 24. Not of d'Orbigny, Voy. Amer. Merid. Palseont, p. 132.

This variety of P. oxygonum^ described in 'Tauna of the Gatun
Formation, Isthmus of Panama, II," a year ago, is based upon a
40

602 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

specimen referred by Gabb to P. paranensis d'Orb. It was found at
Willoughby Bay, several specimens being taken. Gabb's specimen
came from the Reventazon River, Costa Rica, and not, as noted by
Dall, from Santo Domingo.

Pecten (Chlamys) anguillensis Guppy. Plate XVIII, figs. 4, 6, 7, 8.

Pecten anguillensis Guppy. — Proc. Sci. Asso. Trinidad, 1867, p. 175, figured
in Geol. Mag. Decade, II, Vol. I, 1874, pi. XVIII, fig. 24.

This species was the commonest Pecten in the Antigua limestone,

and is recorded as having been brought from Antigua by Spencer

(see Dall, "Tertiary Fauna of Florida," p. 715). It was collected by

me at Wetherill's, Hodge's Bay, and Willoughby Bay. It was

particularly plentiful at Wetherill's Bay, but few specimens could

be detached entire from the rock surfaces. The figure given by

Guppy does not show the secondary radial striation, and is thus

misleading, but the species may readily be recognized by its 10-11

ribs, much fewer than in the other fossil Pectens of Antigua. Its

living representatives, probably descendants in one case, are P.

antillarum Recluz of Guadaloupe and other islands of the West

Indies, and P. luculentus Reeve of North Australia.

Pecten (.ffiquipecten) thetidis Sowb.

Peclen thetidis Sowb.— Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc, VI, 1849, p. 52.

Pecten thetidis Sowb. — Gabb, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc, new series, XV, p. 256.

This species was collected at Hodge's Bay, and agrees well with

specimens so named by Gabb in his Santo Domingo collection in

The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. It was fairly

common; did not become silicified so commonly as the last species,

and commonly acquired a black color on exposure to the weather.

The species is small, evenly ribbed, and seems to belong to the first

of the two varieties mentioned by Gabb.

Pecten (Plagioctenium) gabbi Dall.

Pecten (Plagioctenium) gabbi Dall, Tertiary Fauna of Florida," p. 717, pi.
29, fig. 3. Not Pecten paranensis d'Orb., as cited by Gabb. — Jour. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d series, VIII, p. 347.

This species is represented by one entire valve and several more
or less well-preserved fragments of valves from Willoughby Bay,
and, while it does not agree exactly with Dall's figure, it does agree
with his description of P. gabbi Dall. The figure is from a specimen
collected by Spencer in Antigua. The specimen referred to Pecten
paranensis d'Orb. by Gabb was from Reventazon River, Costa Rica,
not from Santo Domingo, as stated by Dall. As already noted, this
Costa Rica specimen is the P. oxygonum optimum B. and P., and does

" Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., Ill, p. 715.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 603

not at all resemble this Antigua species. But while Dall's figure of
Spencer's Antigua specimen is not exactly like this species, his de-
scription agrees so well with the Willoughby Bay specimens that I do
not doubt this species is P. gabbi Dall.
Pecten (Amusium) antiguensis n. sp. Plate XVIII, figs. 1, 2, 3, 5.

This large Amusium is very common in the Antigua limestone
on the sea beach at Wetherill's Bay and especially at Hodge's Bay.
Its description will be found under "Descriptions of New Species."
While plentiful at Hodge's Bay, the specimens were so firmly attached
to the rock or imbedded in it as to make it almost an impossibility
to extract entire, unbroken specimens. This species and the P.
anguillensis Guppy were especially likely to be found silicified.
This silicification has sometimes obliterated the secondary sculpture,
but in other cases has preserved it in most remarkably perfect con-
dition, as in some of these specimens. If it were not for this silici-
fication, it would be very difficult to obtain any specimens from this
hard, white limestone; but this alteration, in part or wholly, to silica
makes the specimens weather out in almost complete and perfect
condition.

Pecten nugenti n. sp. Plate XIX, figs. 2, 5, 6.

Hodge's Bay.

Ostrea antiguensis n. sp. Plate XIX, fig. 7; plate XX, figs. 1, 5, 6.

In some of the exposures of this limestone along the seashore,
notably at Hodge's Bay and at Wetherill's Bay, the hard limestone
contained many isolated oyster shells. Of these, the specimens
collected at Hodge's Bay I at first referred to Ostrea gatunensis B. and
P., but upon further examination I find that they are the same as
those collected at High Point and Wetherill's Bay. These are
specimens of a new species to which I have given the name of Ostrea
antiguensis. At Willoughby Bay a much larger species of oyster
was observed, perhaps 0. haitensis Sowb., but specimens could not
be obtained, as they were imbedded in the hard, compact limestone.

Spondylus sp. indet.

A single young specimen of a Spondylus was collected at High
Point. It seems to resemble Spondylus bostrichites Guppy, but is
too young and too fragmentary to be determined with certainty.
This shell was silicified also.
Turritella forresti n. sp. Plate XX, figs. 2-4, 7. 8.

Found at Willoughby Bay by Mr. W. R. Forrest. See "Descrip-
tions of New Species."

604 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV,,

If incoherent or soft fossiliferous beds could be found in Antigua,
such as occur in Santo Domingo or on the Isthmus of Panama and
in Costa Rica, the fauna obtainable from this Antigua limestone
would undoubtedly be a large one. I examined the island carefully
for such deposits^ but none of this soft character were met with. Fur-
ther research may disclose such deposits, but unfortunately the tuffs
in which they might be found have undergone much compression
and they are too much altered, where they have, thus far, been found
to carry fossils, to give much hope of finding them fossiliferous and
at the same time soft. The limestone is sometimes in the form of a
soft marl, but even this has usually undergone alteration and the
fossils have been subjected to crystallization which has obliterated
many characters. In some cases the organic remains have been
dissolved and replaced by silica, or the shells have been dissolved
away leaving a cast of the cavity, but no mould to show the exterior
of the organism. The most favorable place for collecting specimens
to represent the fauna that was seen was the region of Willoughby
Bay, and from what I saw there it is evident that the fauna is a very
large one.

That the igneous activity continued during the Oligocene, after
the deposit of these limestones, is indicated by the occurrence at
Crosbies of a dyke of dark andesite which has been injected into the
white marl and has altered it in places, the dyke itself being also
altered. This dyke is 15 feet wide or more, and is compact and not
porous. This locality at Crosbies is near the northern shore and
about a mile to the southwest of Hodge's Bay. Purves mentions
this locality, but places it on the seashore. Angular lapilli of volcanic
ash were found in the limestone at Hodge's Bay, indicating volcanic
action at this time.

5. Hodge's Hill Calcareous Sandstone (of Spencei?).

Professor Spencer has given this name to a calcite sandstone
composed of water-worn grains of coral, shell, and other calcareous
matter, found at Hodge's Hill in the northeastern corner of the
island. These beds are seen along the shore at Hodge's Bay over-
lying the hard Antigua limestone, and resting upon them with a very
fiat dip. Spencer regards this contact as unconformable, but there
seems to be no erosion unconformity, and the difference in dip is
very slight. The material has a very different appearance (as
regards compactness, for example) from the harder Antigua limestone
which it overlies, but I have no doubt that it is really a part of the

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 605

same formation. It contained the Orbitoides antl many fragments of
echinoids, and furnished a recognizable Scala, referred to below.
Spencer^^ remarks of these sandstones that "one suspects the Hodge's
Hill sandstones belong to an epoch not long subsequent to that of
the former rocks" (Antigua limestones); a conclusion in which I
certainly concur. In fact, it seems more than probable that thej^
are only the continuation upward of this same Antigua formation.

6. Friar's Hill Gravels and Marls (of Spencer).
An undoubted unconformity, representing a break in the deposi-
tion of the formations lasting through the Miocene and Pliocene,
separates these gravels and marls from the Oligocene of the Antigua
formation. These deposits of Friar's Hill rest upon the eroded sur-
faces of the Antigua limestone, and consist, at the. base, of water-
worn pebbles, derived from the underlying formations; and this
layer of pebbles is overlaid by a compact, buff-colored marl stated
by Spencer to have a thickness of about 12 feet, and doubtless likewise
derived in large part from the underlying marl itself. The material
seems to be always not greatly different from the underlying marls
of the Oligocene, as though derived in each case from rock in the
immediate vicinity. Spencer, also, notes that the material does not
seem to have been transported to any distance. I am inclined to
think it should be connected with the Cassada Garden gravels as the
shore deposit that was formed during this depression of the island
when the shell beds of the Central Plain were being laid down, and
the Cassada Garden gravels are the current-transported materials of
the same general age. I have not seen these Cassada Garden gravels
overlying the Friar's Hill deposits, and at Cassada Garden the
gravels rest upon the tuffs under the Antigua formation. No fossils,
except those that are derived from the marls, are found in the Friar's
Hill deposits, but, up to at least 150 feet above sea level, the shells
of the next division cover the ground in the region of the Central
Plain. The Friar's Hill gravels, according to Spencer, occur up to
200 feet above sea level, while I have traced the shell deposits of the
Central Plain (as above stated) up to at least 150 feet above the
sea level.

7. Shell Beds of the Central Plain.

Throughout the Central Plain of Antigua, from the neighborhood
of St. John's to Willoughby Bay, sea shells are encountered in the soil

14 Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, Vol. LVII, 1901, p. 499.

606 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

and lying about on the surface, being brought up in every excavation
and digging up to, in the region of St. John's, 125 feet above sea level.
They are found in some places upon hills to a level of 150 feet above
the sea. They are not confined to the Central Plain entirely, for
they were seen near St. Mary's Rectory, in the volcanic part of the
island, at least 100 feet above sea level. In the vicinity of Willoughby
Bay they were seen in the soil of the Central Plain at elevations of
upwards of 100 feet also, but they were not noted in the soil upon the
high hills near the Montpelier estate in this vicinity. The species
were those now living in the sea surrounding the island. They occur
in the surface soil, but it cannot be said that there is any very recog-
nizable deposit which contains them. As they are in a superficial
deposit, this is not to be wondered at; the surface soil everywhere
has been disturbed for some depth on account of the cane cultivation,
which covers all the available cane-producing land in the island.
In some places these marine shells are found associated with recent
land shells, as has been described of the raised beaches or horizontal
marls of Purves, although these land shells are the species now living
in the places where these marine shells occur, and have come into the
soil much more recently than the marine shells. During the time
of the deposition of these shell deposits the island must have stood
at a level of at least 150 feet lower than at present and, in fact, have
been divided into two or more islands by the sea, which occupied
the Central Plain. Across this plain the sea must have been driven
by the trade winds, this wind drift making a current (during the
time of greatest depression) running through the Central Plain from
Willoughby Bay to St. John's Harbor. The excavating power of
this current may have had its part in the formation of these two
bays, and of the depressions along the coast from St. John's Harbor
north to Corbizon Point, such as Dickenson's Bay. The rise of tide
in Antigua is slight, but it must have produced a very appreciable
current in this central depression; and during the ebb and flow of
the tide, until a channel was established across the inland during the
time of sinking, currents due to this cause must have run in and
out of the bays. Even during the time of greatest submergence
such currents must have been formed and in their flow have had a
tendenc}^ to scour the bottom of the bays at either end of the central
depression. The currents set up by the tide or (during the time of
maximum submergence) by the wind drift would be strong enough
to produce the water-worn character observed in the Cassada Garden
gravels. And the appearance observed in these materials of having

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 607

been transported a considerable distance would be explained by the
existence of such currents. The Cassada Garden gravels, as I saw
them at the type locality, occupy depressions in the general surface,
where they have accumulated, and they also occur as low hills or
mounds above the general surface. They may represent local
channel or even shore deposits when the sea occupied this central
plain. More to the east, in the bays that would be formed by such a
depression, the Friar's Hill gravels and marls might have been locally
formed. The general occurrence of marine shells up to 125-150 feet
above sea level, wherever either in the Central Plain or in the
volcanic region to the southwestern part of the island the surface
soil was exposed by cultivation, is a character of the geology of the
island that at once strikes the observer. And from this higher
elevation down to the sea level such occurences of sea shells are com-
mon all over the island. In the Central Plain the form of surface
characterizing a raised beach has not been preserved, but nearer the
sea level there are definite raised beaches, some of which were ob-
served by Purves and named the "horizontal marls." They no
doubt had an origin similar to that of the salt pond and mangrove
swamp deposits that are still forming. But the marine shells of the
older submergence were in large part or entirely the same species as
those of these later deposits. And since the greatest depression of
the island during which these shell beds of this submergence were
laid down, the general movement of the island has been upward.
Indeed, old maps like that accompanying Nugent's paper, compared
with present conditions, would indicate that this upward movement
is still going on. Evidence of the submergence is to be seen not only
in the marine shells found in the soil; the underground water from
the region of the Central Plain carries a large percentage of sodium
chloride. In wells in this Central Plain and in the water from
springs in this region the amount of sodium chloride is so high as
to become characterictic of the water of the region. Thus at Gam-
ble's Spring it amounts to 1137 parts in 100,000, as determined from
an analysis made in 1906, and at Gunthorpe's well, according to an
analysis made in 1905, the sodium chloride content rose to 1458 parts
per 100,000.^^ At Cassada Garden the sodium chloride content in
the water is much less— 390 parts per 100,000. Away from this Central
Plain depression the amount of sodium chloride is found to decrease,
and this is a characteristic of the limestone district; for instance, at

15 "The Water Supply of Antigua," by H. A. Tempany, West Indian Bulletin,
Vol. XII, No. 4.

608 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

Parham, New Work, the salt in the water was only 14.7 parts per
100,000 in 1911. On the other hand, in the raised beach deposits
in the east of the island the content of sodium chloride in the water
is often as much as, or more than, that of the Cassada Garden well,
and this is doubtless true of all districts recently covered by salt
ponds, although they now may show no evidence of recent sub-
mergence.

The marine shells found scattered through these shell beds are
apparently all recent species; they include many gastropods and a
much larger number of pelecypods. A few specimens were gathered
and some of the larger species simply noted. Among the gastropods
the large Strombus gigas L. was occasionally seen, also Melongena
melongena L., and Livona pica L. were often encountered. A few
specimens of Purpura were seen and P. deltoidea Lam. was collected,
as was also Bullaria occidentalis (A. Ad.) and Modulus modulus (L.).
The pelecypods collected include Area chemnitzii Phil., Cardium
muricatum L., Chione cancellata L., and two varieties of Anomalo-
cardia flexuosa L., but many other species were seen, especially
Codakia orbicularis (L.) and Codakia orbiculata Mont. A limpet,
Fissuridea barbadensis Gmel., was observed. Land shells, particularly
Bulimulus guadalupensis Brug., are plentiful in the soil mixed with
the marine shells, they have probably been recently introduced into
this deposit from forms living in the Central Plain when it was first
cleared and settled.

8. Raised Beaches, Horizontal Marls of Purves.

Along a part of the north shore of the island and also along the
northeast shore down to St. George's Church there are, at certain
places, definite horizontal deposits, consisting of marl with marine
and land shells often mixed together, imbedded in the deposit. These
have been described by Purves as the horizontal marls, and are well
developed in the vicinity of St. George's Church. They are not seen
at any great elevation above the present sea level, not more than
10-12 feet, and are probably old salt pond deposits. The one at
St. George's Church contains plentiful remains of land shells mixed
with marine species. Here I saw Pleurodonte formosa (Fer.) with the
deeper pigment bands still showing their color; although the finer
color pattern characterictic of the recent shell is lost. Dry)nceus
elongatus Bolt, was also plentiful, but the specimens of P. Jormosa
(Fer.) outnumbered the Drymceus about three to one. This Antigua
species of Pleurodonte was only known alive, to the local collectors

1913] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 609

from the volcanic part of the island, in St. Mary's, and is not now
living, so far as known, in the north of the island. I found it living
at Montpelier in the limestone district of the southeast extremity
of the island in St. Philip's Parish. I collected at St. George's
also the extinct Helicina named by Purves, Helicina crosbyi, which
appears to be a good species, not hitherto described or figured, but
his Succineas do not differ from the living Succinea harhadensis Guild.
These two Succineas found in this marl Purves has named S. boonii
and S. boonii var. elongata,^^ and he states that they are not now living
in Antigua, but they seem to me to be simply variations of the living
S. barbadensis Guild, which is found living everywhere in the limestone
district. It is to be noted that these so-called extinct forms are
larger than the normal living forms; and also a large "semi-fossil"
Succinea has been collected in Santa Cruz which belongs to the same
species as these from the horizontal marls. The Helicina crosbyi of
Purves is not known in the living state in Antigua, it seems to be
really extinct. It is not the species found in the neighboring island
of Barbuda, and more closely resembles one of the Jamaica species
of Helicina than any known species, but, as stated, it is probably a
good species. It is described with other undescribed species in this
paper.

The list of species given by Purves of the land shells found in these
marls includes Cistula antiguensis Shutt., now living at Wetherill's
and near Montpelier, that is, at the northwest and at the southeast
corners of the island, but not seen living elsewhere; and also Subulina
octona Brug., found everywhere. The only really extinct form is the
Helicina crosbyi. None of the marine species observed are extinct, and
all are still living about the shores of the island. Such a deposit as
this one at St. George's (and similar ones are known along the north-
east and north shore to Boone's Point) was probably formed in much
the same way as the present salt ponds. It was at one time a
shallow bay, the mouth of which was cut off by the growth of man-
groves, and it thus became a lagoon. Into this lagoon, the washings
from the hills brought down the land shells that cover the ground,
even at present. This part of the island must have been grown up
in "bush" similar to the vegetation that now covers Barbuda,
in which bush Pleurodonte formosa, Helicina crosbyi, Cistida
antiguensis, Drymceus elongatus, Bulimulus guadalupensis, and other
land shells lived; and probably also the water of the lagoon, as it

1® The authority placed after these species (Nob.) is a contraction for nobis and
means simply Purves.

610 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

dried up, became in places fresh, so that fresh-water forms could
live in it and become mixed with the already deposited marine forms
and the land forms. The wells near this St. George's locality show
much sodium chloride in the water, as though it might have passed
through a salt-pond stage. Such salt-pond deposits may have formed
during the last stages of the rising of the island from the submergence
at the time of the deposit of the shell layers in the Central Plain,
already noted. Salt ponds now occur along the west coast of the
island, but I did not personally observe them along the east coast;
these "raised beaches" are probably such deposits in the limestone
along the east coast. They are not likely to be of any great antiquity,
and are not greatly different in their origin from what is now forming
in the salt ponds of the western side of the island.

9. Salt Pond and Mangrove Swamp Deposits.

As just noted above, these deposits are characteristic of certain
places on the western shore line, from Corbizon Point to the vicinity
of St. Mary's, Old Road. They are shallow bays that are gradually
filling up. They are seen in all stages of development, for instance
in the region of the head of Five Islands Bay and between this and
St. John's Harbor. Salt pond deposits exist about a mile beyond
the Union Sugar Mill. Evidently here a connection existed at no
very distant time between Five Islands Bay and St. John's Harbor,
and, indeed, upon Nugent's map this district is represented as a
swamp. This same map shows a bay open to the sea east of the
stretch of beach between Dry Hill and Corbizon Point, where a
salt pond now exists; and open water on the north side of St. John's
Harbor where a salt pond is now forming. Some ten such salt ponds
are shown upon this Nugent map from Ships Stern (at the entrance
of St. John's Harbor) to St. Mary's, Old Road. These shallow bays
are first cut off from the sea by the growth of mangroves and such
plants as can exist in presence of the salt water; a fringe of such
mangroves near the mouth of the bay becomes a place for deposition
of sand and other inorganic matter washed up by the waves, and a
sand tract forms, cutting off the mouth of the bay. This bar grad-
ually grows until the salt water only reaches in to the pond in time of
high wind or tide. The water in the pond becomes brackish from the
surface drainage getting into it, and the salt-water forms living
in it, when freely open to the sea, are killed off, giving place to
brackish-water and finally to fresh-water forms, if the pond continues
to exist so long. When such a pond is near higher ground, the

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 611

washing from the hills carries land shells into the pond, and these
are mingled with the salt-water and brackish-water forms. But in
many cases, the swamp water becomes so foul during the change
from salt to fresh that no brackish-water forms can live in it. Appar-
ently, too, the change is rapid in some cases and no brackish-water
forms migrate in. The shallow ponds become swamps and finally,
draining to the sea, dry up completely and form level stretches
which are occupied by the "bush," and eventually by cultivations
of some kind. One such level stretch, formerly occupied, no doubt,
by one of these salt pond swamps, is now under cultivation as a
cocoanut plantation, near St. Mary's in the Valley.

Along the east coast such salt ponds were not visited, and perhaps
they may no longer exist, but they are indicated on Nugent's map
as occurring at several places along the northeast coast of the island.
I have no doubt that the "horizontal marl" deposits in the vicinity
of St. George's Church have had some such history; and if the general
movement of the island is an upward one at present, as seems to be
the case, other shallow bays such as are found along this east coast
may develop into such salt ponds in the future. But the upward
movement would seem to be more characteristic of the west coast
than of the windward region, and the salt ponds of the west side of
the island are now forming and show all stages of development.
That such deposits must have occurred during the last emergence
of the island and that traces of them are still to be seen in the interior
(in the Central Plain, for instance) there can be little doubt. When
they are very shallow and dry up when in the salt stage, leaving
deposits of salt impregnating the surface soils, is probably indicated
in the large amount of salt found in the shallow surface wells in some
places at the present time. This salt impregnation of the soil in
certain parts of the Central Plain has been noted under the "shell
beds of the Central Plain." A local development of the same
■character, due to the accumulation of salt in hollows, subsequent to
the last emergence of the island from the sea may be the cause of
the "gall spots" noted in the cane cultivations in the Central Plain
and eastward. These are places where the growth of the cane is
poor, and they are generally marked by a yellowness of the cane
itself. Mr. Tempany, Superintendent of Agriculture for the Leeward
Islands, who has made many soil and water analyses, agrees with me
that the gall spots are apparently places where soluble salts in the
soil have accumulated to a point which interferes with the growth
of the plants.

612 proceedings of the academy of [nov.^

Descriptions of New Species.

Helicina crosbyi n. sp. Plate XIX, figs. 1, 3, 8.

Helicina crosbyi Purves, Bull. Mus. Roy. Hist. Nat. Belg., Vol. Ill, 1884,
p. 310. Name only. No description or figure.

Shell depressed, conic, of about four and one-half whorls, marked
by growth-lines, periphery somewhat keeled up to the last whorl,
where it becomes rounded. Outer lip much thickened and heavy,
the inner lip expanding and covering the umbilicus with a heavy
callus. The thickened outer lip rises abruptly from the last whorl
in a ridge, which continues to beyond the columella and forms the
border of the heavy callus of the inner Yvp, but this elevation of the
lip dies away and the callus of the inner lip thins down until it reaches
the level of the base of the last whorl. Slope of the spire even, the
sutures not depressed, spire somewhat convex. Operculum unknown.

Alt. 7.7 mm., cham. 11 mm. Types A. N. S. P. Collection No.
109,109.

This species was named by Purves H. crosbyi, but apparently
never described nor figured. It is easily identified a's the species
referred to by M. Purves, as it occurs fossil in the "horizontal marls'*
at several points noted by him, but is unknown in the living state
and appears to be extinct. The "semi-fossil" shells are entirely
without pigment, so that what colors the original shell possessed must
remain unknown. The form of the heavy callus and the great
thickening of the outer lip which characterize this species recall the
lip and callus of the Jamaican Helicina neritella angulata C. B. Ad.,
which, however, differs from this species in having the angulation
of the periphery continued on the last whorl out to the lip.

The specimens were collected at St. George's Church and at Hodge's
Bay, Antigua. Pleistocene.
Scala (Sthenorhytis) antiguensis n. sp. Plate XX, fig. 9.

Shell turbinate, of about five whorls, rapidly enlarging; the suture
impressed, whorls rounded, crossed by about sixteen varices which
are acute edged and rise abruptly from the whorl. The intervarical
spaces are crossed by five raised revolving cords with a secondary
sculpture of fine, somewhat irregularly spaced revolving lines and
crossed by radial lines parallel to the varices. This secondary
sculpture which covers the varices also, is best observed with a lens.
From the excavated form of the base of the shell, it is probable that
the mouth was circular, but this portion of the shell is imperfect.
Alt. 30 mm., diam. 19 mm. From the Hodge's Hill limestone
(Antigua formation), Hodge's Bay, Antigua. Oligocene.

Type A. N. S. P. Collection, invertebrate fossils. No. 1,645.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 613

Turritella forresti n. sp. Plate XX, figs. 2, 3, 4, 7, 8.

Shell elongate, slowly tapering, of many whorls, with a raised
sculpture of three major spiral ridges, of which the one towards the
apex is double and beaded, the next one is at first single, but later
becomes double and beaded, while the third is, in the younger stage,
not beaded. Between these major revolving spiral ridges are finer
revolving spirals, about five between the first and second major
spirals, and the same number between the second and third major
spirals, with a like number from the third spiral to the suture. These
secondary spirals may become knotty and beaded when crossed by
the diagonal growth lines, and the doubling of the major spirals
comes from one of these minor spirals becoming enlarged on that side
of the major spiral towards the apex. The suture becomes depressed
by the shell being excavated above the suture or on the basal side of
the whorl. A fragment of 14 mm. tapers from 4 mm. to 2 mm. in
six Avhorls. A larger fragment tapers from 6 mm. to 4 mm. in a
length of 13 mm.

From Willoughby Bay, collected by Mr. W. R. Forrest, in whose
honor the species is named. Antigua limestone, Oligocene. Only
small fragments were obtained, but these show the scuplture well
and the species will undoubtedly be easily recognizable from these
specimens. Types A. N. S. P. Collection, invertebrate fossils. No.
1,644.
Pecten (Amusium) antiguensis n. sp. Plate XVIII, figs, l, 2, 3, 5.

Inequivalve, shell orbicular, rather thin, convex; the surface cov-
■ered with a fine concentric sculpture, following the growth lines;
with about 13 radial ribs running from the beaks, where they are very
pronounced, and, in one valve, apparently disappearing towards the
margin, but in the other valve continued as undulations of the shell
to the margin. The interior of the shell has radial ribs extending
to the margin, where the adjacent pairs of ribs contract and are then
seen to be paired, but otherwise seeming to be equally spread as in
P. (Amusium) hjonii Gabb, from which this species differs in having
a strong concentric sculpture (wanting in P. lyonii), and also in the
external radial ribbing being continued for a greater distance from
the beak than in Gabb's species. The species is likewise related to
P. sol B, and P., but this latter has shorter radial external ribs and the
internal ribs are paired. The ears are separated from the rest of
the valve by a depression, as is the case in P. sol. Length and
iieight about equal — 70-75 mm.

Hodge's Bay and Wetherill's Bay in the Antigua limestone, with

614 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.^

Orbitoides, etc., Oligocene. Cotypes A. N. S. P. Collection, inverte-
brate fossils, No. 1,648.

Pecten nugenti n. sp. Plate XIX, figs. 2, 5, 6.

Shell inequivalve, oval in outline, with 17 distinct rounded radial
ribs (and probably 2 additional less distinct ones) separated by
narrower interspaces, the whole exterior surface covered by concen-
tric growth lines which are raised and produce a nearly microscopic
sculpture extending equally over ribs and interspaces. Internally
smooth, except near the margin, where raised ribs are seen, occupying
the intervals between the raised external ribs. On the flatter valve,
externally the raised ribs are equal in width with the intervals between
them, and the concentric sculpture, while extending over ribs and
interspaces, is stronger in the intervals between the ribs. Ears
moderate, apparently not ribbed. The specimens vary considerably
in size; the one figured, a small specimen, measures: length 41 mm.
by height 36 mm. Others were much larger, attaining a length of 55
mm. or more.

Named in honor of Dr. Christopher Nugent, the first to publish
an account of the geology of Antigua. Collected at Hodge's Bay.
Cotypes, A. N. S. P. Collection, invertebrate fossils, No. 1,656.
Ostrea antiguensis n. sp. Plate XIX, fig. 7; plate XX, figs, l, o, 6.

Shell ovate or nearly orbicular, thick and dense, externally radially
plicate or sometimes nearly smooth, the plications on the lower,
deep valve begin at the beak and are usually seven in number, of
which a group of five ridges is separated from the other two by a
broad depression; the ridges sharp and spinose or obtuse and even,
the furrows or depressions smooth and rounded. Hinge moderate,
the shell rapidly widening beyond the end of the hinge line, the
plications usually dying away as the margin of the adult shell is
reached, and this margin in the lower valve being turned up abruptly
for one-half inch or more, making a cup-shaped valve. The upper
or flat valve has the margin strongly reflexed to fit the upturned
margin of the deep valve. The muscle impression is distinct, more
strongly impressed in the case of the deep valve; situated on the left
and nearer to the beak than to the opposite margin. The lower
valve is more or less excavated internally, the upper valve is flat.
When strongly plicate and even spinose, this species closely resembles
0. gatunensis B. and P., except that this latter species has not the heavy
shell of 0. antiguensis nor has it the turned-up margin. 0. haitensis
Sowb. has the rugose exterior of this species in its strongly plicate

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 615

form, but while the shell is heavy, it lacks the upturned edge of
0. antiguensis. Length 85 mm., alt. 80 mm., depth of lower valve
30 mm. Cotypes, A. N. S. P. Collection, invertebrate fossils, Nos.
1,653 and 1,655.

In size and plication 0. antiguensis varies largely, but of the
specimens collected the longest shells do not run far from 90 mm. in
altitude. As regards plication, some are nearly smooth and some
are strongly rugose, even in some cases spinose, but all may be
distinguished by the broad furrow which runs across the exterior of
the lower valve about opposite to the muscle impression and which
divides the rugse into a group of five and one of two. The species
differs also from all other closely related American species by the
upturned margin of this lower valve and the correspondingly reflexed
margin of the upper or flat valve.

Explanation of Plates XVIII, XIX, XX.

Plate XVIII. — Fig. 1 . — Peden (Amusium) antiguensis n. sp. View of the exterior
of a silicified specimen, showing some of the original shell surface. Natural
size.

Fig. 2.— Peden (Amusium.) antiguensis n. sp. Interior view of shell. Nat-
ural size.

Fig. 3. — Peden {Amusium) antiguensis n. sp. Exterior, showing hinge, of a
non-silicified specimen, partly imbedded in the rock. Natural size.

Fig. 4. — Peden {Chlamys) anguillensis Gupp3^ Exterior of a siUcified
specimen, in which the original surface was destroyed by the siUcification.
Natural size.

Fig. .5. — Peden (Amusium) antiguensis n. sp. Detail of a portion of speci-
men 1. X 3.

Fig. 6 — Peden (Chlamys) anguillensis Guppy. Exterior of an unsilicified
specimen, showing the distinctive secondary ribbing. Natural size.

Fig. 7. — Peden (Chlamys) anguillensis Guppy. Interior of valve. Natural
size.

Fig. 8— Peden (Chlamys) anguillensis Guppy. Exterior of a silicified
specimen, showing traces of the secondary ribbing. Natural size.

Plate XIX. — Fig. 1. — Helicina crosbyi n. sp. Mouth view of a specimen. X 2.
Fig. 2. — Peden nugenti n. sp. Interior view of the shell, showing the hinge.

Figure slightly above natural size.
Fig. 3. — Helicina crosbyi n. sp. Under side of shell, showing the heavy

umbilical callus and thickened lip. X 2.
Fig. 4. — Orbitoides manteUi Mort. The figure shows a fragment of the rock

with two specimens of this large species. About natural size.
Fig. 5. — Peden nugenti n. sp. Exterior aspect of the deeper valve. Very

slightly enlarged.
Fig. 6. — Peden nugenti n. sp. Enlarged view of a fragment of the exterior

of the shell, showing the concentric secondary sculpture. X 3.
Fig. 7. — Ostrea antiguensis n. sp. Interior of shell, showing muscle impres-
sion and hinge. Natural size.
Fig. 8. — Helicina crosbyi n. sp. Lateral view of shell, showing the raised

and thickened outer part of the lip. X 2.

Plate XX. — Fig. 1. — Ostrea antiguensis n. sp. Exterior of the deep valve of a
nearly smooth specimen. The figure is shghtly above the natural size.
Figs. 2-4. — Turritella forresli n. sp. X 3.

616 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.,

Fig 5. — Ostrea antiguensis n. sp. Exterior of the deep valve of a rugose
specimen. Slightly enlarged above natural size.

Fig. t). — Ostrea antiguensis n. sp. Interior of the flat valve, partly imbedded
in the limestone. This specimen shows the strongly reHexed margin of
this valve. The concentric markings are due to partial sihcification.

Figs. ?, 8. — Turritella forresti n. sp. X 3.

Fig. 9. — Scala {Sthenorhytis) antiguensis n. sp. Natural size.

1913.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 617

December 2.
Mr. Benjamin Smith Lyman in the Chair.

Forty-eight persons present.

The death of Alfred Russel Wallace, a correspondent, November
7, was announced.

The following was unanimously adopted:

Whereas, The Academy has been informed by the Council of the
receipt and adoption of a final report on the Centenary Celebration
and the discharge of the Committee having charge thereof,

Resolved, That the Academy, approving of the action of the
Council, desires to express its obligation to the Committee and to
record on the minutes its thanks for the entirely adequate and
satisfactory discharge of its duties, resulting in a record of achieve-
ment which cannot fail to be an incentive to those who will celebrate
the second centenary of the Academy in 2012.

Dr. Edgar T. Wherry made an illustrated report on the Twelfth
International Geological Congress. (No abstract.)

Another report on the same subject was read from Prof. R. A. F.
Penrose, Jr.

December 16.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., in the Chair.

The Publication Committee reported the reception of papers
under the following titles:

"The anatomy of two Brazilian land shells, Anostoma depressum
and Tomigerus clausus," by Harold Heath (November 24).

"Data on the orthopteran faunistics of Eastern Pennsylvania and
Southern New Jersey," by Henry Fox (December 3, 1913).

The following were ordered to be printed:

41

618 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

THE LAND AND FRESH- WATER MOLLUSKS OF THE STANFORD EXPEDITION
TO BRAZIL.

BY FRED BAKER, M.D.

It was my good fortune to accompany the Stanford Expedition
to Brazil, Dr. J. C. Branner, Director, in the smnmer of 1911, and I
have been requested by Dr. Branner to report on the land and fresh-
water mollusks. For apparently good reasons, the report on the
marine mollusks will occupy a later paper.

Mollusks were taken at nearly all points visited by the members
of the Expedition, and a large number were sent to me after my
return to the United States by the Goeldi Museum of the cit}' of
Para, through the kindness of the Acting Director, Dr. Emilia
Snethlage, and from the Museu Rocha in the city of Ceara, through
the kindness of Mr. Francisco Dias da Rocha, who owns this museum
and who deserves great credit for his scientific spirit and untiring
work in bringing together this very valuable collection. I beg to
acknowledge this great courtesy, as well as the assistance rendered
to me personally and to the other members of the Expedition during
our stay in Para and Ceara by these well-known Brazilian naturalists.

After about four months spent in northeastern Brazil, six members
of the Expedition returned to the United States, leaving Mr. W. M.
Mann and the writer. We made the trip up the Amazon and Rio
Negro to Manaos. There we met Mr. R. H. May, of the contracting
firm of May, Jekyll & Randolph, who were then completing the
Madeira-Mamore R. R. around the falls of the Madeira and Mamore
Rivers, to give access to the rich rubber country on the navigable
waters of the tributaries of the Madeira River system and to furnish
a feasible route into Bolivia from the north. On his invitation,
we went aboard one of their steamers clown to Itacoatiara, below
the mouth of the Madeira River, thence up the Madeira to Porto
Velho, the starting point of the railroad. At this point we were
tendered all the facilities of the road and we were the guests of the
contractors for about two months, travelling over the whole line to
the Guajara-Assu Falls, the upper falls of the Mamore River, just
above which point navigable water is reached and the terminus of
the road is to be located. On this portion of the trip we crossed

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 619

the river into Bolivia on three occasions. I wish here to extend
my most sincere thanks to Messrs. May, Jekyll & Randolph for their
courtesy, which made the work done on this part of the trip possible,
and to the many employes of the Madeira-Mamore Co. who rendered
us assistance and personal courtesies in very large measure during
this most delightful journey.

By a curious difference in the time of the dry season of the different
districts visited, all the work of the Expedition was done during the
dry season in each district, except that the rainy season was just
beginning as we left the Madeira River and during our last short
stay in Para. Everywhere we found shells sestivating, and it is
probable that this accounts for the somewhat limited list of species
actually taken by the members of the Expedition and for the large
number of dead shells which made up much of the collection.

The ground covered by the Expedition and by the locations from
which the mollusks here reviewed wer^ taken can be divided easily
and naturally into two distinct districts, the second of which, on
account of the great extent of the country included and because a
distance of nearly five hundred miles intervenes between the two
nearest locations, can be again divided conveniently into two dis-
tricts. The first, northeastern Brazil, includes about all of the
States of Rio Grande do Norte and Ceara; it is scantily timbered
as a rule, dry, with an average rainfall of from ten to twenty inches,
and a climate not unlike that of Southern California, Arizona, and
New Mexico. The coast region is generallj^ low, with a few low ranges
of mountains, the interior higher. In this district are included
Natal, Pirangy, Papary, Estremoz, Ceara-Mirim, Taipii, Baixa
Verde, Limoeira, and the Mossoro region, Ceara, Maranguape ]Moun-
tain, Mongiiba, Buturite, Quixada, and Camocim.

The other main district, with Maranhao on the outskirts, includes
all other locations mentioned in this paper, beginning with Para
and ascending the Amazon and its tributaries, the Tocantins, Jary,
Jamauchim, Maccurii, Tapajoz, Madeira, Mamore, and various other
small streams. This district is an immense, low, alluvial plain,
almost universally heavily timbered, in most of which there is a long
rainy season, the annual rainfall averaging up towards a hundred
inches in many years, filling many streams more than bank full and
producing great sloughs and lakes. Naturally, the climates of the
two districts are radically different, although a considerable number
of species overlap. As noted above, it is convenient to divide this
district into two at any point between the mouth of the Tapajoz

620

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

River and Itacoatiara, leaving in the first subdistrict Maranhao,
Para, and all points on the lower Amazon and its tributaries up to,
and including, the Tapajoz and including in the second subdistrict
Itacoatiara on the Amazon and all of the Madeira River and its
tributaries.

The shells here reported represent 43 genera, 93 species, and 20
subspecies, of which 33 species and 12 subspecies seem to be new.

The types of all of the species and subspecies are deposited in the
collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and
cotypes of many of them will be deposited in the collection of the
Leland Stanford Jr. University at Palo Alto, California, and in the
Museu Goeldi at Para, Brazil.

In the following list, the species and subspecies are considered
with reference to the three districts herein marked out, column
one representing the first district, including Rio Grande do Norte
and Ceara; column two representing the second district, extending
from Maranhao to the Rio Tapajoz and its tributaries, and column
three representing the third district, including Itacoatiara and the
whole of the Madeira River System.

Index of Species and Subspecies with General Locations.

Species and Subspecies.

Ampullaria bridgesii Rve

" crassa Swains

" figulina Spix

" ffigas Spix

" insularum Orb

" lineata Spix '...

" nobilis Rve

" peristomata Orb

" testudinea Rve

Anodontites bartschi n. sp

" dalli n. sp

" ensiformis Spix

" trapesialis anserinus Spix

Anostoma depressum Lam

" octodentatmn F. de Wald

Bifidaria servilis Gld

Bulimulus erectus Rve ,

" pubescens Moric

" rochai n. sp

" " suturalis n. subsp....

" " taipuensis n. subsp..

" tenuissimus Orb ,

Coecilioides gundlachi Pfr

Castalia ambigua Lam

" quadrilatera Orb

12 3

XXX

X
X X

X X

X X
X X

X
...:. X X

X X

X

X
X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

XXX
X

X X

X

Page.

660
659
659
659
660
660

668
667
667
667
643
644
646
635
635
636
637
636
635
646

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

621

Species and Subspecies.

Corona regalis Hupe

" regina Fer

Diplodon kelseyi n. sp

" obsolescens n. sp

Doryssa bullata Lea

" cachoeiroe n. sp

" " sulcata n. suhsp

" globosa n. sp

" heathi n. sp

" iheringi n. sp

" inconspicua Brot

" rex Pils. n. sp

" " regina Pils. n. subsp

" starksi n. sp

" transversa jaryensis Pils. n. subsp

" " var. neax Macapa Moric

" " tapajosensis Pils. n. subsp..

" tucunareensis n. sp

Drymceus branneri n. sp

" expansus Pfr

" linnstoma suprapundatus n.

Entodlud jcki/llr n. sp

EuglaiiiliiKi slrinla Miiller .'

EupiTd I nil let. ,s])

Gundldchid hdl:-rri Pils. n. sp

Guppijd nidiji II. sp

Happui sntihlagei n. sp

Helicina guajarana n. sp

" lirifera Ancey

" schereri Ti. sp

Hemisinus brasiliensis Moric

" flammeus n. sp

" " elongatus n. subsp.

Hyria corrugata exasperata Sby

" jamauchimensis n. sp

Idiopyrgus pilsbryi n. sp

Leptinaria imperforata n. sp

" lamellata P. & M

" " concentrica Rve

" perforata n. sp

Littoridina manni n. sp

Marisa cornu-arietis Linn

Odontostomus inflatus Wagner x

" " costulatus Ancey x

" " fasciatus P. & M ! x

" " mar angimpensis n. subsp | x

" scabreUus cylindricus n. subsp.

beckianum Pfr

gracile Hutton

" odogyrmn Pfr

" opella Pils. & Van

Orthalicus sultana Dillw

Oxystyla pulchella Spix

" " prototypus Pils

Physa rivalis M. & R

Planorbis anatinus Orb

Page.

639
639
665
666
651
655
656
651
653
654
650
650
651
652
649
650
649
656
637
637
638
630
627
663
663
632
629
626
625
625
657
657
656

658
646
645
645
645
658
661
640
641
64 i
641
642
644
644
644
645
639
638
638
661

622

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Species and Subspecies.

Planorbis cimex Moric

" cultratus Orb

" depressissirnus Moric

" guadeloupensis Sby

" peregrinus Orb

" stramineus Dkr

Plekocheilus piyiiadinus Orb

Prisodon obliquus Schum

" syrrnatophorus Meusch

Psadara derbyi cearana n. subsp

SegiiK nfiiKi pn/xiri/oisis n. sp

Sohiriipsis najiU m I_)ohrn

Sin/itd.ri'^ (ihinui(n.'<i.s n. sp

comboidt'8 Icevigata Orb

" cookeana n. sp

" deformis Fer

" deplanchei Drouet

" " quixadaensis n. sp.

'■ subregularis Pfr

Strobilops brasiliana n. sp

Strophocheilus cantagallanus Rang

" maximus Sby

" oblongus Miiller

Succinea pusilla Pfr

Suliulina otinna Rrus

Syxtrnj,.hiii nilnn, n. sp

Thysiinojihord cam (iuppy

Tomigerus clausus Spix

'' loevis Ihering

" pilsbryi n. sp

rochai Ihering

Zonitoides parana n. sp

Totals in each (district.

49

52

34

Page.

661
662
662
661
662
662
635
665
665
634
662
633
629
627
628
627
628
628
627
647
634
634
634
647
644
631
632
642
642
643
642
632

It will be seen, therefore, that 49 species and subspecies were taken
in the first district, 52 in the second, and 34 in the third. The fol-
lowing statements show the districts in which representatives of
the various genera were taken.

Twelve genera represented in the first district only: Anostoriia,
Bifidaria, Ccecilioides, Eupera, Idiopyrgiis, Littoridina, Odontostomus,
Psadara, Segmentina, Succinea, Thysanophora, Tomigerus.

Eight genera represented in the second district only: Diplodon,
Doryssa, Gundlachia, Hemisinus, Marisa, Prisodon, Strobilops,
Zonitoides.

Seven genera represented in the third district only: Drymceus,
Entodina, Guppya, OrthaUcus, Plekocheilus, Solaropsis, dystrophia.

Five genera represented in all three districts: Ampullaria,
Bidimidus, Opeas, Strophocheilus, Suhulina.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 623

Three genera represented in the first and second districts:
Oxystyla, Physa, Planorbis.

Six genera represented in the second and third districts: Anodon-
tites, Castalia, Corona, Euglandina, Happia, Leptinaria.

Two genera represented in the first and third districts: Helicina,
Streptaxis.

Thirty-seven species and subspecies were taken in the first district
only; thirtj^-six species and subspecies from the second district
only; twenty-two subspecies from the third district only.
Four species were taken in all three districts.
Six species in the first and second districts ; six species were found
common to the second and third districts, and two species to the
first and third districts. As the collections are very incomplete,
it is not necessary to list the species taken in each district here,
but the degree of endemicity is roughly indicated by this summary.
A list of the locations from which the collection was taken, with
the latitude and longitude figured for some of the less known places
as accurately as it could be done from the ordinary maps, is published
on succeeding pages.

In conclusion, I wish to acknowledge my great obligation to
Dr. Branner for inviting me to become a member of the Expedition
and to the other members of the party for many kindnesses; to
Professor F. W. Kelsey, of San Diego, California, who has prepared
all the photographs used in the reproductions for this paper; to
Dr. H. von Ihering, of Sao Paulo, Brazil, for furnishing valuable
papers on Brazilian moUusks; to Dr. Paul Bartsch of the National
Museum for comparing doubtful species of the Ampullariidce with the
collections of that institution, and in largest measure to Dr. H. A.
' Pilsbry, of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, for a
very large amount of help in the determination of species of all
groups and for most valuable assistance in the preparation of this
paper.

Locations of Stations Mentioned in this Paper.

Natal, Lat. 5° 50' S., Long. 35° 30' W.
Pirangy, about 20 miles down the coast from Natal.
Paparj', about 30 miles southerly from Natal.
Estremoz, Central R. R., 17 kilometers from Natal.
Ceara-Mirim, Central R. R., 34 kilometers from Natal.
Taipu, Central R. R., 56 kilometers from Natal.
Baixa Verde, Central R. R., 84 kilometers from Natal. Present
terminus of railroad.

624 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Carnaubinha, near head of Natal estuary.

Jaeoeo, 7 kilometers from Ceara-Mirim.

Limoeira, near western line of State of Rio Grande do Norte.

Mossoro, near eastern line of State of Ceara.

Ceara, Lat. 3° S., Long. 38° 30' W.

Maranguape Mountain, about 20 kilometers southwest of Ceara.

Mongiiba, Ceavd & Baturite R. R., 27 kilometers from Ceara.

Baturite, Ceara & Baturite R. R., 100 kilometers from Ceara.

Quixada, Ceara & Baturite R. R., 187 kilometers from Ceara. Pres-
ent terminus of railroad.

Serra de Ibiapaba, State of Ceara.

Serra de Baturite, near Baturite.

Camocim, on coast west of Ceara.

Para, Lat. 1° 35' S., Long. 48° 25' W.

Island of Mexiana, on Equator, Long. 49° 30' W.

Maranhao, Lat. 2° 30' S., Long. 44° W.

Rio Jary, flows into Amazon from the North at a point in Lat. 1° 5'
S., Long. 51° 40' W.

Parana de Almeirim, north bank of Amazon above Rio Jar^'.

Arumanduba, Campos country in the same district.

Baiao, Rio Tocantins, Lat. 2° 40' S., Long. 49° 30' W.

Serra do Erere, Igarape Pucu, near Monte Alegre and the Igarape
Paituna are in the same general district at Lat. 2° S., Long.
54° W.

Rio Jamauchim. Lat. 5° 30' S., Long. 54° 15' W.

Tucunare, Rio Jamauchim, Lat. 4° 30' S., Long. 55° 50' W.

Rio Iriri, Lat. 4° 5' S., Long. 54° W.

Rio Curuc4, left side Rio Iriri, Lat. 6° 40' S., Long. 54° 20' W.

Rio Tapajoz, Lat. 4° 30' S., Long. 55° 50' W.

Boim e Pinhel, Lat. 2° 55' S., Long. 55° 10' W.

Ilha de Govana, Lat. 4° 30' S., Long. 55° 50' W.

Rio Maccuru, Lat. 1° 30' S., Long. 54° W.

Rio Nhamunda, Fazenda Paraiso, near Faro, Lat. 2° 20' S., Long.
56° 45' AV.

Itacoatiara, Lat. 3° 30' S., Long. 59° 30' W.

Porto Velho, the lowest point on the Madeira-Mamore R. R., about
600 miles above the mouth of the Madeira River and 6 kilo-
meters below the lowest falls of the Madeira.

Camp 33, M. & M. R. R., also called Abuna, Brazil, 219 kilometers
above Porto Velho.

Camp 35, M. & M. R. R., 238 kilometers above Porto Velho.

Camp 39, M. & M. R. R., 284 kilometers above Porto Velho.

Camp 40, M. & M. R. R., 292 kilometers above Porto Velho.

Camp 43, M. & M. R. R., 325 kilometers above Porto Velho.

Camp 46, M. & M. R. R., 359 kilometers above Porto Velho.
Guajara-Assu Falls, 364 kilometers above Porto Velho.
Abuna, Bolivia, about 5 kilometers below Camp 33, on the opposite
side of the Madeira River.

1913.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 625

List of Species with Descriptions of those which seem to be

New.

HELIOINID^.

Genus HELICINA Lamarck.
Helicina lirifera Ancey.

Helicina lirifera Ancey, Jour, of Conch., vii, p. 96, 1892. Wagner, Con-
chylien Cabinet, Helicinidce, p. 286.

A single, half-grown specimen was taken at Camp 40, ]\I. ife M.
R. R., and about thirty specimens, mostly dead and of various ages,
were taken at Camp 39.

In his original description Ancey says, "In front scarcely noticeably,
or not at all descending." The largest specimens taken descend
positively, though not greatly, in front for about half a turn, leaving
the sharp keel of the preceding whorl fully exposed. I suspect that
Ancey 's description was based on specimens not fully matured, and
it seems better to add this point to the description of his species,
rather than create a new subspecies, inasmuch as these shells agree
perfectly in all other respects with his description. The mature
specimens have 5 whorls; no specimen with over 4| whorls fails to
show the characteristic drop of the last whorl.
Helicina schereri n. sp. PI. XXI, figs. 1, 2.

Shell thin, imperforate, turbinate, subglobose, with slightly convex
sides; color yellowish to reddish bronze; apex obtuse, slightly
mammillate, smooth for about one whorl, then everywhere sculp-
tured with nearly even and evenly spaced, narrow, spiral keels with
broader interspaces, about seven or eight keels showing on each
whorl, the keels weakening and becoming more crowded and less
distinct on the base, but extending to the umbilical region and
dipping deeply into the aperture in some apparently mature speci-
mens; keels everywhere crossed by sharply retractive, crowded
growth lines which are exaggerated into distinct costulse in places
on the lower whorls. Whorls 4j, somewhat convex, the last sub-
angulate at the beginning, but becoming well rounded toward the
mouth, scarcely descending in front; sutures very distinct. Aper-
ture broadly semilunar, oblique; peristome very evenly rounded,
somewhat thickened and slightly expanded, but not reflected, the
upper extremity joining the parietal wall at an angle slightly under
90 degrees, the lower extremity rounding broadly into the columella;
columella short, nearly vertical, broadened above; parietal . wall
slightly convex, with a callus varying in apparently mature specimens
from a small band seen only deep within the mouth to a broad, thin

626 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

layer extending for nearly a quarter turn beyond the mouth and
heavily thickened at the umbilical region.

Greatest diam. 5.5, least diam. 4.75, alt. 4.5 mm.

About forty, specimens of this very pretty species were taken
under dead leaves near the limestone quarries at Ceara-Mirim.
About a quarter were living and seemed to be astivating. A single
specimen of the same species ''from the State of Ceara" was sent
by Mr. Rocha. The species may be distinguished by its small size,
thin texture, and coarse spiral sculpture, and it is not related to any
described species. It is named for Dr. C. A. Scherer, of the Medical
Corps of the Madeira-Mamore R. R., who was our host at Camp 39
and who aided us greatly in our hunt for zoological material.
Helioina guajarana n. sp. Pl. XXI, fig. 3.

Shell rather thin, imperforate, subglobose, with straight sides;
epidermis thin, color light yellow throughout, slightly shining; apex
rather acute, slightly mammillate; nepionic 1| whorls suggestive
of Drymmis, but with the pits placed irregularly, though somewhat
on spiral lines; post-nepionic whorls everywhere marked by micro-
scopically distinct, very strongly retractive growth lines which are
sharply decussated by equally protractive, fasciculated, incised
lines, which divide and anastomose irregularly, the growth lines
becoming more nearly vertical as they pass the periphery and
approach the umbilical region, while the incised lines become more
nearly spiral and less distinct. Whorls 4|, slightly convex; periphery
of the last whorl scarcely angulate except over the first quarter turn,
not descending in front; sutures distinct. Aperture subelliptical,
subhorizontal; peristome rather evenly rounded, thickened and
expanded moderately, joining the columellar base with a distinct
angulation; columella short, nearly vertical, spreading above into
the broad, thin callus which covers the slightly convex parietal wall.

Greatest diam. 6.5, least diam. 5.25, alt. 5.75 mm.

One living and two dead specimens of this species were taken near
the Guajara-Assu Falls. The species is somewhat related to the
larger H. bourguignatiana Ancey, but is differently colored and has a
less marked angle at the junction of the columella and basal lip.
Helicina laterculus n. ep. Pi. xxi, figs. 4, 5.

Shell globose-depressed, rather thin, of a dull red color, smooth
.except for faint growth-lines. Spire low-conoidal; whorls 4^, very
slightly convex, the last rounded peripherally. Aperture small;
outer lip thin, a little expanding, and very narrowly reflected. Colu-

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 627

mella callus rather small and coarsely pitted. Alt. 3.75, diam.
4.75 mm.
Para.

OLEAOINID^.

Genus EUGLANDINA Crosse and Fischer.
Euglandina striata (Muller).

Helix striata Muller, Hist. Verm., II, p. 149.

Oleacina striata (Muller), Tryon, Man. Conch. (2), I, p. .32, pi. 5, fig. 64.

Euglandina striata (Muller j, Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (2), XIX, p. 176.

Two dead specimens were taken at Camp 39, M. & M. R. R., and
two near the Guajara-Assu Falls; four living specimens taken on
the Island of Mexiana and a young specimen from the Rio Maccuru
were sent from the Goeldi Museum.
Euglandina n. sp. ?

At Camp 39, M. & M. R. R., three specimens were taken which
seem to differ from all South American species, but which were too
young to warrant a name and description.

STREPTAXID^.

Genus STREPTAXIS Gray.

Streptaxis deformis Ferussac.

Helix deformis Ferussac, Hist. Xat. Moll., pi. 32, a, fig. 1.

Streptaxis deformis Fer., Tryon, Man. Conch. (2), I, p. 74, pi. 27, fig. 10.

Seventeen specimens were taken at Itacoatiara, only a few mature,
streptaxis comboides laevigata C)rbigny.

Streptaxis comboides Orb., var. laevigata Orbigny, Voyage dans I'Amerique
Meridionale, Mollusques, p. 234,

Two dead, immature specimens were taken at Abuna, Bolivia,
and two mature and one immature at Camp 46, M. & M. R. R.
This species has heretofore been known only from Orbigny's descrip-
tion. He procured his type of the var. Icevigata from the Mission of
San Jose, Chiciuitos Province, Bolivia, nearly 200 miles from these
locations. Our specimens are a slightly smaller race (diameter
S, instead of 10 mm.), with the tooth of the outer lip a little less
prominent than would seem to be called for by Orbigny's descrip-
tion, but they almost surely fall into this variety,
streptaxis subregularis Pfeiffer.

Philippi Abbild. II, 13. p. 127. Trvon, Man. Conch. (2), I, p. 68, pi. 12,
figs. 16-18.

One mature and two immature specimens were taken on the
Maranguape Mountain at an altitude of about 500 ft. and two mature
specimens, "from the State of Ceara, " were sent by Mr. Rocha.

628 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeO.,

Streptaxis deplanchei Drouet.

Streptaxis deplanchei Drouet, Moll. Guyane Fran^., 56, t. q., figs. 6-9.
Conchylien Cabinet, Streptaxis, XXXIII, p. 15. Man. Conch. (2), I, p. 79,
pi. 16, figs. 80-82.

About eighty specimens were taken at Ceara-Mirim and two
specimens, "from the Coast region of the State of Ceara, " were sent
by Mr. Rocha.

streptaxis deplanchei quixadaensis n. subsp.

A single specimen was taken about a mile below Quixada which
differs from the type in being a little larger (diam. 7 mm.), with only
a perceptible trace of the inner parietal nodule; a half-grown speci-
men taken in the same locality is probably of the same subspecies.

Streptaxis cookeana n. sp. PI. XXII, figs. .5, 6, 7.

Shell depressed, with low, conoidal spire with the lateral outlines but
slightly convex, perforate, the umbilicus about .5 mm. in diameter,
twisted so as to appear closed above the last whorl, but actually
extending to the apex; thin, pellucid, glossy, very faintly yellowish;
the first If nepionic whorls nearly smooth, the rest closely, irregularly,
and finely costulate, the costulae slightly arcuate and strongly retract-
ive, about as wide as the interspaces, in places indistinct, but
showing about 13 to the millimeter on the penultimate whorl;
costulae obsolete on the base except at the mouth of the umbilicus
where they are intensified rather abruptly, forming about twelve
vertical ribs which extend inward over nearly the whole of the last
whorl. Whorls 5|, increasing regularly in width for 4^ whorls, when,
the apparent width is modified by the characteristic distortion of
the genus; sutures distinct, almost impressed. Aperture slightly
broader than high, very roundly triangular ; peristome moderately
expanded, slightly recurved over the umbilicus, white; parietal
wall covered by a thin callus uniting the extremities of the outer
lip; no apertural teeth present. Young shells perfectly regular,
with a wider umbilicus than in the adult and showing frequent
varices (one to three to a whorl) on the base, which give the young
shells the appearance of Scolodonta and suggest the possibility that
some species assigned to Scolodonta may prove to be the young of
Streptaxis.

Alt. 6, greatest diam. 9.75, least diam. 7, width of aperture 3.25,
alt. of aperture 3 mm.

Animal grayish, marked by orange-yellow colored ocular tentacles
and a line of the same color extending backward from the base of
each tentacle; young and adult animals are the same in color.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 629

This was the commonest species of Streptaxis at Ceara-Mirim,
nearly two hundred specimens having been taken; and four each were
taken at Estremoz and Baixa Verde, mostly under dead leaves and
•debris, but more rarely under stones and dead wood. The species,
which seems to be new, is related to S. glaber Fir., but it is larger,
with slightly fewer whorls, a distinctly striate spire and no parietal
teeth. It is named for Miss J. M. Cooke, of Point Loma, California,
who has added many species and varieties of shells to the known
fauna of Southern California and Lower California,
streptaxis abunaensis n. sp. PI. XXII, figs. 8, 9, 10.

Shell quite heavy, rather high, the spire markedly convex and
rotund, umbilicus moderately open; 'light horn colored, with a thin,
fugaceous, j^ellowish-brown epidermis; nepionic whorl smooth,
followed by a series of broad, low, rounded, strongly retractive,
slightly arcuate costulae with moderate interspaces (about nine to
the millimeter on the penultimate whorl), becoming obsolete over the
whole of the last whorl, except at the mouth of the umbilicus, where
they can be seen with a glass. Whorls about 6, the first three rather
narrow and crowded, the last two much l)roader, the shell showing
the characteristic distortion of the genus ; sutures distinct, but not
impressed. Aperture somewhat triangular, a little broader than
high, very distinctly angulated at the juncture of the lip with the
parietal wall; peristome white, slightly reflected above, the reflection
increasing to the lower juncture with the parietal wall which it meets
at an angle of about 90 degrees; a slight groove behind the basal
lip, running into the umbilicus.

In five specimens there are three nearly equidistant teeth within
the mouth, about in the middle of the parietal wall and of the basal
and outer lips, the parietal tooth being narrow and high and directly
entering for about 1| millimeters. In a sixth specimen the parietal
tooth is wanting altogether, although the other characteristics are
well marked.

Alt. 6.25, greatest diam. 8, least diam. 6.25, width of aperture 2.5,
alt. of aperture 2.25, diam. of the umbilicus .7 mm.

Two living and four dead specimens were taken at Camp 33,
M. & M. R. R., this point being known as Abuna in Brazil.

This species, which seems to be new, is closely related to *S. cumin-
gianus Pfr., from which it differs chiefly by the striation of the spire
and larger size.

Genus HAPPIA Bourguignat.
Happia snethlagei n. sp. PI. XXII, figs. 3, 4.

Shell very widely, perspectively umbilicate, thin, translucent,

630 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC.^

light horn colored, with a thin, grayish -yellow epidermis; nepionic
1^ whorls smooth, and, beginning on the second whorl, everywhere
sculptured with fine, irregularly sized and grouped, retractive,
arcuate costulse, showing under a strong glass as if they were sharp
edged, with broad, rounded interspaces; most specimens also showing-
some evidence of obsolete spiral striations on the last two whorls.
Whorls 5, slightly convex above, well rounded below and broadening
decidedly toward the mouth for the last quarter turn; periphery
well rounded, sutures slightly impressed, the upper aspect of the-
shell being flattened to the middle of tJie last turn, then slightly
descending. Aperture oblique, lunate, as if one fifth of a circle were
cut out by the convexity of the penultimate whorl; peristome sharp,
showing a slight reflection for about one millimeter before joining
the lower parietal wall; extremities of the peristome approaching,
joining the parietal wall nearly at right angles, the upper nearly
horizontally, the lower nearly in a vertical cUrection. Alt. 6, greatest
diam. 12.5, least diam. 10.5, alt. of penultimate whorl at the mouth
4.5, alt. of mouth 5.25, least diam. of mouth 4 mm.

The animal is dark gray with lemon-yellow tentacles.

About 150 specimens of this species were taken at Camp 39,
M. & M. R. R., a few only living, seven at Camp 40, four living and
seven dead at Camp 46, one dead at Porto Velho and four living
specimens were sent by Mr. C. W. Eaton, of the engineering force
of the Madeira-Mamore R. R., without location noted; also one
living and fourteen dead specimens, taken at the vSerra do Erere,.
were sent from the Goelcli Museum by the Director, Dr. Emilia
Snethlage, to whom the species is dedicated.

Genus ENTODINA Ancey.
Entodina jekylli n. sp. PI. XXII, figs. 11, 12, 13.

Shell widely, perspectively umbilicate, grayish corneous; nucleus
nearly smooth, and, commencing on the second whorl, ever\'where
sculptured with prominent, narrow costae (about eleven to the
millimeter at the begimiing of the last whorl), separated by broad
interspaces, nearly vertical on all but the last whorl, where they
become arcuately retractive; costae slightly less prominent below
the periphery, but showing distinctly as they dip into the umbilicus,
as well as on the preceding whorls within the umbilicus. Whorls
4f, convex, periphery well rounded, sutures deep. Aperture di-
agonal, irregular, a broad oval below, partially separated by the
teeth from a small, oblique oval above; lip shortly reflected, very

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 631

slightly thickened, the extremities joined by a trigonal, dentiform
callus and with an obtuse tooth near the upper extremity. Alt. 1.5,
greatest diameter 3.5, least diam. 3 mm.

About twenty specimens of this striking species were taken just
below the surface of the ground, between the buttresses of an old
stump at Camp 39, M. & M. R. R. The species is named for Mr.
A. B. Jekyll, of the firm of contractors, who made our trip to the
Madeira and Mamore Rivers possible and who extended to us so
many personal courtesies. It differs from E. reyrei Souverbie by
its smaller size, the absence of a swelling behind the lip and by the
tooth on the outer lip.

Genus SYSTROPHIA Pfr.
SystropMa eatoni n. sp. PL XXII, figs. 14, 15.

Shell widely, perspectively umbilicate, rather thin, diaphanous,
shining, grayish or grayish-yellow, the yellowish tint apparently
depending on an extremely thin, fugaceous epidermis; spire sub-
immersed, embryo nearly smooth, and, beginning on the second
whorl, everywhere sculptured with irregularly sized and spaced
costulse, retractive on the early whorls, but arcuate on the last whorl,
and becoming protractive as they cross the base and dip into the
umbilicus; obsolete spiral markings present on the last whorl and
perceptible with a strong glass on the early whorls; sutures deep
and well defined; periphery evenly rounded except on the last
eighth turn, where an oblique flattening of the upper portion produces
a subangulation. Whorls 10, slightly convex above, more rounded
below, very narrow, the last more than treble the width of the
penultimate; not descending in front. Aperture obliquely sub-
triangular; lip white, thickened but not expanded, depressed above,
extremities distant; callus uniting the extremities thin, but well
defined externally; no internal teeth.

Alt. 5.75, greatest diam. 14.5, least diam. 12.5 mm.
This species is closely related to ^S. stenogyra Pfr., but it differs by
being smaller, with scarcely so many whorls and a narrower aperture,
and by the lip being thickened but not expanded. S. helicycloides
Orb. is more depressed, with a distinct impression extending over
the last third of the last whorl. A single, half grown specimen was
taken at Abuna, Bolivia, six living specimens at Camp 35, M. & M.
R. R., and seven living specimens were sent from some point not
noted on the same railroad by Mr. C. W. Eaton, of the engineering
force, for whom I have named the species.

632 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

ZONITID^.
Genus ZONITOIDES Lehm.

Zonitoides parana n. sp. PI. XXI, figs. 12, 13, 14.

Shell umbilicate (the diameter of the umbilicus being contained
4f times in that of the shell), depressed, with low-conic spire, light
brown, rather glossy, with fine, close sculpture of almost exactly
vertical growth lines. Whorls 5, very slowly increasing, the last
rounded at the periphery. Aperture lunate.

Alt. 1.5, diam. 0.9 mm.

A single specimen of this minute species was taken at Para. The
genus is uncertain, but the texture of the shell is that of Zonitoides
rather than of Thysanophora or any Patuloid genus.

Genus GUPPYA Morch.
Guppya mayi n. sp. PI. XXI, 0. 7.

Shell very narrowly perforate, conical, with a very obtuse apex
and well-rounded base, the last whorl distinctly, but not sharply
angulate, the apical angle being about 90 degrees; translucent,
slightly shining, with a thin, dull straw-colored, fugaceous epidermis;
everwhere sculptured with fine, irregularly spaced, retractive,
radiating costulse of varying sizes, crossed by more regular, very finely
incised lines, very closely and nearly evenly spaced. Whorls 5,
convex; sutures well defined, especially above the last whorl. Aper-
ture semilunar, very oblique, slightly broadened above by the angle
of the last whorl; peristome sharp, very slightly reflected on the
basal portion and more distinctly as it approaches the umbilicus.

Alt. 3, greatest diam. 3.65, least diam. 3.4 mm.

Seven specimens of this species, which seems to be new, were taken
with the last species at Camp 39, M. & M. R. R. It is more elevated
than G. seminlini Moricand and has more whorls. It is named for
Mr. R. H. May, of the contracting firm of May, Jekyll & Randolph,
who, with Mr. Jekyll, made our trip to the Madeira-Mamore R. R.
possible and in every way delightful.

HELIOIDiE.

Genus THYSANOPHORA Strebcl and PfefFer.
Thysanophora caeca Guppy.

Helix cce(\a Guppy, Tryon, Man. Conch. (2), III, p. .55, pi. 9, fig. 23.
Thysanophora ccBca Guppy, Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (2), IX, pi. lb, hg. 4.

Eight specimens of this West Indian shell "from the Serra de
Baturite, State of Ceara," were sent by Mr. Rocha. This seems to
be the first report of its having been taken south of the Amazon.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 633

Genus SOLAROPSIS Beck.
Solaropsis rugifera Dohrn. PI. XXII, figs. 1, 2.

Helix rugifera Dohrn, Jahrbuch. d. deutsch. Mai. Gesell., 1882, p. 100.
Pilsbry, in Man. Conch. (2), v, p. 195, quoted Dr. Dohrn's remarks
and description of this species as follows: "I possess, unfortunately,
only a single specimen of this species, not fully adult, which I received
years ago with other species from eastern Peru. On account of the
sculpture, which differs remarkably from that of all allied forms,
I have decided to give it an (admittedly) incomplete description,
in the hope that someone may be able to complete it. H. selenostoma
Pfr., which is its nearest species in contour, is more narrowly con-
voluted, proportionally higher, and more narrowly umbilicated. "

"Broadly umbilicate, deplanate, thin, obliquely rugose plicate,
the plicse vanishing beneath, brownish corneous, fiammulate at the
sutures and narrowly 2-banded in the middle of the whorl with
reddish; spire plane, apex rather smooth; suture moderately pro-
found; whorls nearly 5, convex, the last rounded, not descending in
front; umbilicus ecjualling j the diameter, funnel-shaped; aperture
a little oblique, rounded lunar, peristome (unknown)."

Using a perfectly mature specimen, I would amplify this descrip-
tion as follows:

Shell broadly umbilicate, deplanate, thin; embryonic 1^ whorls
smooth, a fine radiating sculpture beginning on the second whorl
and showing minute spiral lines under a strong glass, the sculpture
becoming distinctly rugose plicate on the third whorl and continuing
to the periphery of the last whorl, from which point, the rugosity
disappearing, the plicse continue well into the umbilicus as well
marked, irregularly sized and spaced costulse, everywhere crossed
by fine, irregularly spaced spiral lines which show most distinctly
on the costulse; brownish corneous, fiammulate at the sutures, and
narrowly, interruptedly, 2-banded with reddish, the lower band
placed at the periphery, the upper half way between this and the
fiammules, except on the last quarter turn, where the flammules
extend to the second band; spire plane; sutures moderately deep;
whorls 5|, convex, the last rounded, scarcely descending in front;
umbilicus equaling about j the diameter, perspective; aperture a
little oblique, rounded lunar; peristome white, very slightly reflected
throughout, the reflection becoming more marked at the junction of
the basal part with the parietal wall.

In none of the specimens, however young, does the sculpture
entirely disappear on the basal portion of the last whorl as noted by
42

634 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Dohrn, and in the mature specimen it can be distinguished on the
early whorls within the umbilicus.

Alt. 13, greatest diam. 27, least diam. 22. .5, diam. of the umbilicus
within the last whorl 5 mm.

One mature living and eight immature specimens were taken
between Camps 38 and 39, M. & M. R. R., and two immature speci-
mens at Camp 46.

Dr. von Ihering's var. juruana was taken at a point about half way
between the original location and these points on the Madeira and
Mamore Rivers.

Solaropsis sp. undet.

A single specimen of this genus, too young to identify, taken at
Para, was sent from the Goeldi Museum.

Genus PSADARA.
Psadara derbyi cearana n. subsp. Pi. XXII, fig. 19.

A single mature specimen "from the State of Ceara" was sent by
Mr. Rocha and a half-grown specimen was taken on the Maranguape
Mountain. It differs from the type by being larger, with fewer whorls .
Comparative measurements follow:

P. derbyi v. Ihering, whorls 4^, diam. 12 mm.

P. derbyi cearana, whorls 4J, greatest diam. 16.5, least diam. 13.7,
alt. 8.25 mm.

Genus STROPHOCHEILUS Spix.
Strophocheilus (Borus) maximus (Sowerby).

Cochlogena maxima Sby., Appendix to Tank. Cat., p. 7 (1825, unrecognizable

description) .
Bulinus maximus Sby., Conch. Illustr., fig. 63 (1841?).
Strophocheilus (Borus) maximus Sby., Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (2), X, p. 1.5,

pi. 4, fig. 5.

A single living specimen was taken between Camps 45 and 46,
Madeira & Mamore R. R., and dead specimens were taken quite
commonly all the way from Camp 39 to Camp 43.
strophocheilus (Borus) cantagallanus (Rang).

Helix cantagallana Rang, Ann. Nat. Sci., XXIV, p. 50 (1831).
Strophocheilus (Borus) cantagallanus (Rang), Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (2), X,
p. 22, pi. 16, fig. 24; pi. 17, figs. 28, 29.

A single dead specimen was taken at Carnaubinha near the head
of the Natal estuary,
strophocheilus (Borus) oblongus (MuUer).

Helix oblonga Miiller, Hist. Vermium, II, p. 86, and of Gmelin, Born and

Dillwyn.
Strophocheilus (Borus) oblongus (MuUer) Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (2), X, p.

29, pi. 14, figs. 70-73.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 635

Two mature specimens "from the interior of the State of Ceara"
were sent by Mr. Rocha and one mature specimen taken on the
Serra de Ibiapaba, State of Ceara, and an immature specimen taken
on the Rio Maccurii were sent from the Goeldi Museum.

BULIMULID^.

Genus PLEKOCHEILUS Guilding.
Plekocheilus (Eurytus) pintadinus (Orbigny).

Helix pintadina Orb., Mag. de Zool., 1835, CI, V, No. 61, p. 8.
Bulimus pintadinus Orb., Voyage dans TAmer. Merid., pi. 29, figs. 11, 12.
Plekocheilus {Eurytus) pintadinus (Orb.) PiLsbrv, Man. Conch. (2), X, p.
93, pi. 36, figs. 84, 85.

A single dead specimen of this handsome species, in a good state
of preservation, was taken near the Guajara-Assii Falls. The species
was described and figured from a single dead specimen, deposited
in the Museum of Natural History in Paris. It was taken in the
foot hills of Bolivia, several hundred miles from the Guajara-Assu
Falls. These two specimens are the only ones reported, so far as is
known to the writer.

Genus BULIMULUS Leach.
Bulimulus (Bulimulus) ereotus (Reeve).

Bulimus eredus Rve., Conch. Icon., pi. 58, fig. 392.

Bulimulus {Bulimulus) eredus Rve., Pilsbrv, Man. Conch. (2), XI, p. 60,
pi. 10, fig. 99.

Two specimens taken at Arumanduba, Parana de Almeirim, were
sent from the Goeldi Museum.

Bulimulus (Bulimulus) tenuissimus (Orbigny).

Helix tenuissima (Fer.) Orbigny, Mag. de Zool., 1835, p. 11 (name only).
Bulimus tenuissimus ("Fer. dans sa collection") Orb., Voyage, p. 272.
Bulimulus {Bulimulus) tenuissimus Orb., Pilsbrv, Man. Conch. (2), XI, p.
64, pi. 10, figs. 91, 92.

This species was rather common at Ceara-Mirim; it was found
at Estremoz and Pirangy, a single specimen was taken at Maranhao,
six at Itacoatiara, and about twenty living specimens were taken
near the water works of Para. A single specimen taken at the
Serra do Erere was sent from the Goeldi Museum. Most specimens
show the spiral striation and slightly open umbilicus of B. tenuissimus,
and all have a very characteristic wrinkle-striate embryonic sculp-
ture, extending over about 1| whorls.

Bulimulus (Rhinus) pubescens (Moricand).

Helix {Bulimus) pubescens Moric, Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Gendve

XI, p. 157, pi. 5, figs. 21-23 (1846).
Bulimtdus {Rhinus) pubescens Moric, Pilsbrv, Man. Conch. (2), XI, p. 81

pi. 13, figs. 1.5, 16, 19; pi. 15, fig. 23. ^

About a dozen typical specimens were taken at Ceara-Mirim.

636 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Bulimulus (Rhinus) roohai n. sp. PI. XXIII, figs. 19, 20.

Shell deeply and rather narrowly umbilicate, ovate conic, rather
solid, corneous in the young, the last whorl in the adult sometimes
showing a tendency to spiral banding in the darkest specimens, but
more frequently becoming whitish and translucent; surface shining;
first 1| nepionic whorls with finely crinkled striae, then finely, closely
and irregularly retractively striate, the strise cut by a few distant
incised spiral lines, with intervening obsolete lines which disappear
on the base and lower part of the last whorl; spire conic, with slightly
convex sides; apex obtuse. Whorls 7, slightly convex, the last
rounded oval, not descending in front; sutures sharply defined,
moderately deep. Aperture subvertical, ovate, about one-half as
wide as high, nearly one-half the length of the shell, whitish to
corneous, corresponding to the color of the last whorl, very rarely
showing an}^ banding inside; peristome obtuse, very slightly reflected
below, whitish; columellar margin dilated above and refiexed; a
broad, thin parietal callus uniting the extremities of the lips.

Very young specimens show the characteristic pilation of the sub-
genus, but it is entirely absent in all mature specimens.

Alt. 24, diam, 13.5, alt. of aperture 11, diam. of aperture 5.75 mm.

This species, which seems to be new, is similar to B. (Protoglyptus)
durus Spix in size and general appearance, but it differs by having
fine, crinkled strise in the embryo, whilst durus has vertical ribs.
It is more solid than B. vesicalis uruguayensis Pilsbry, and it has
spiral striae, a slightly expanded outer lip and a broader columella.
It differs from B. sarcochilus by being stouter and having a larger
aperture. It is remarkable among the species of Rhinus by having
hairs only in the young, no trace of them remaining in the adult stage-

This is one of the commonest shells at Ceara-Mirim, generally
found living about an inch underground, under sticks and stones.
About a dozen living and dead specimens were taken at Jacoco,
about seven kilometers from Ceara-Mirim, one living and several
dead at Baixa Verde, and a single dead, but well-preserved mature
specimen was sent to Dr. Branner by Mr. G. A. Waring, of the
Brazilian Geological Survey, from "the plains southeast of Limoeira,
State of Ceara, near the Rio Jaguaribe." The species is named for
Mr. Francisco Dias da Rocha, of the city of -Ceara, who has done so
much through the collections made for his Museu Rocha to extend
our knowledge of the State of Ceara along all natural-history lines.
Bulimulus (Rhinus) rochai taipuensis n. subsp. PI. XXIII, fig. 17.

About twenty specimens of this well-marked variety were taken at

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 637

the fossil beds on the Central R. R., 46 kilometers from Natal, below
the station of Taipu, half a dozen were taken at Estremoz and a
single dead specimen, taken at Camocim, was sent from the Goeldi
Museum. It differs from the type in its more slender shape and
slightly smaller size.

The whorls are 7j, alt. 23, diam. 12 mm.
Bulimulus (Rhinus) roohai suturalis n. subsp. PI. XXIII, figs. 13, 14.

This is a fairly well-marked variety, differing from the type by
being thinner, smaller in size, slightly more globose, with fewer
whorls, never more than six, the spire being distinctly chestnut
colored with an extension showing in a light bron-n band on the
lower curve of the suture.

Alt. 17, diam. 12.

Ten living specimens were taken at Mongiiba, a station on the
Ceara & Baturite R. R. about 27 kilometers from Ceara, and eleven
specimens sent by Mr. Rocha ''from the State of Ceara" correspond in
shape with this variety, but lack the sutural band."

Genus DRYM^EUS Albers.

Drymaeus expansus 1 (Pfeiffer).

Bidinus puIcheUus Sowerby, Conch. Illust., fig. 91, not Bulimus pulchellus

Broderip, P. Z. S., 1832, p. 106.
Bulimus expansus Pfeiffer, Monogr., II, p. 60.
DrymcBus expansus Pfr., Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (2), XI, p. 222, pi. 34, figs. 1-5.

A single, half -grown specimen taken at Camp 46. M. & M. R. R.,
seems to be referable to this species.
Drymaeus branneri n. sp. PI. XXIII, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4.

Shell broadly and openly rimate, ovate conic, thin, diaphanous,
shining, white or light Jjrown, typically marked in chestnut by a
narrow band beginning within the mouth just below the upper lip
attachment and continuing around the last whorl, below the pe-
riphery, to a point about three millimeters behind the flare of the lip,
and two interrupted bands, above and parallel to this, disappearing
before reaching the penultimate whorl, the tendency being in most
shells to a lessened development of these markings; embryonic 1|
whorls with typical Drymaeus sculpture, the remaining portion of
the shell being everywhere sculptured with irregular, retractive
costulae cut by close, finely incis,ed, wavy lines, subobsolete on the
earlier whorls; spire conic, with slightly convex outlines; apex
obtuse. Whorls 5| to 5f , slightly convex, the last well rounded, very
convex below, slightly ascending in front. Aperture short oval,
very slightly oblique, showing the external markings within; peris-

638 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

tome yellow, outside and in, edged narrowly wdth white, rather
broadly and flatly reflected, the terminations very slightly approach-
ing above; columellar lip with a thick, prominent flange enclosing
the umbilical chink, dilated; parietal callus very thin.

Alt. 23.5, diam. 14.5, alt. of aperture 12.5 mm. Type.
" 25, " 15, " " " 12.5 mm.

This species is related to D. strigatus Sby., but it differs by being
more obese, by the greater development of spiral striation, and in
having a yellow lip instead of violet as in D. strigatus. D. similaris
Moricand is similar in shape and color of the lip, but it differs con-
spicuously in color pattern.

Two dead specimens were taken at Camp 40, M. & M. R. R., and
several dead specimens at Camp 39, only one being perfect and as
well preserved as a living shell. Many of these shells, as well as
many others taken on the right of way of the M. & M. R. R., were
more or less damaged by fire used in clearing.
Drymaeus linostoma suprapunctatus n. subsp. PI. XXIII, figs. 5, 6, 7, 8.

Shell oblong, thin, diaphanous, glossy, shining, appearing nearly
smooth to the naked eye, but, under a glass, showing typical Drijmmus
sculpture on the nepionic If whorls; afterward with irregular growth
lines and fine, indistinct, wavy incised spiral lines throughout; dirty
white, occasionally becoming roseate toward the lip, with wide,
well-spaced, longitudinal flames of brown or brownish-violet, inter-
rupted or crossed by a spiral row of dots just above the periphery
of the whorl. Whorls 6, slightly convex, separated by deep, smooth
sutures; spire conic, obtuse at the apex; last whorl subcylindrical,
more than two thirds the total length. Aperture large, oval, a little
oblique, light colored within except where the external markings
show through, and shading to roseate on the lip in some specimens;
peristome rather broadly expanded but not recurved; columella
twisted, with an extremely narrow flange so reflected as to leave
little or no umbilicus; extremities approaching sharply; parietal
callus very thin.

Alt. 26.5, diam. 11.5, alt. of last whorl 18.5, alt. of mouth 12.25
mm. Type. A specimen with broken spire measures alt. ?, diam.
12, alt. of last whorl 19.5, alt. of mouth 13 mm.

This variety differs from the type of D. linostoma (Orb.) by the
interruption of the vertical stripes and the development of a spiral
series of dots above, by the closure of the umbilicus and by the pale
aperture. In linostoma the umbilicus is distinct, the stripes are
continuous and the peristome of a deep violet color. D. suhsimUaris

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 639

Pilsbry and D. hidalgoi Da Costa are closely related to suprapunc-
tatus in color pattern, but the former is a much more slender shell
and the latter is larger, umbilicate, and with a deep violet aperture.
A considerable number of dead and more or less charred and broken
specimens were taken at Camp 39, M. & M. R. R.
Drymaeus sp. undet.

A single young specimen was taken near the Guajara-Assii Falls
and two half-grown specimens taken at the Serra do Erere were sent
from the Goeldi Museum. All have t3^pical apical Dnjmceus sculp-
ture and, as they do not fall into any of the species here described,
they are too young to diagnose with certainty.

Subfamily ORTHALICINiE.

Genus OXYSTYLA Schhiter.
Oxystyla pulchella (Spix).

Achatina pulchella Spix, Testae. Brasil., pi. 9, fig. 2.

Oxystyla ptdchella (Spix), Pilsbrv, Man. Conch. (2). XII, p. 13.5, pi. 28, figs.
27-29.

The typical form was rather rare, but a few specimens were taken
with the following variety at Ceara-Mirim and one specimen was
taken at Paparj'; two specimens taken at Para were sent from the
Goeldi Museum.
Oxystyla pulchella prototypus Pilsbry.

Man. Conch. (2), XII, p. 137, pi. 28, figs. 32-37.

A single immature specimen was taken near Baturite, on the Ceard
& Baturite R. R., one hundred kilometers from Ceara; half a dozen
dead specimens at Baixa Verde, and several thousand at Ceara-
Mirim, where the}" were aestivating, the mature specimens on the
trunks and lower branches of various trees, the immature specimens
packed away very closely in knot holes and crevices between the
branches of the same trees. As Dr. Pilsbry remarks. I.e., "This is
an earlier, less differentiated form of the species, of which pulchella
is an extreme and more local development. It is more widely
distributed than the typical form, occupying the northwestern and
southern peripheral portions of the range of the species." To this
I can now add the northeastern portion of the range of the species. He
says further, "The largest specimen of prototypus before me measures
45| mill, long, with 6| whorls." The largest specimen taken by the
Stanford Expedition measures alt. 55, diam. 36, longest axis of the
aperture 34 mm., being excess of all measurements given by him
for either the type or the variety. Our specimens are all lighter in

640 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

color than those in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences,
probably owing to the dryness of the climate of northeastern Brazil.

Genus CORONA Albers.
Corona regalis (Hup6). PL XXIII, figs. 21, 22.

Bidimus regalis Hupe, in Castelnau, Exped. dans I'Amer. du Sud. Mol-

lusques, p. 34, pi. 10, fig. 3 (1857).
Corona regalis (Hupe) Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (2), XII, p. 180, pi. 35, figs.

13, 14, 19; pi. 34, figs. 9-12; pi. 34a, figs. 26, 27; pi. 33, figs. 3, 6.

One specimen in fine condition was taken at Camp 43, M. & M,
R. R., and others in various states of disorganization at various
points along the right of way as far down as Camp 39 ; also two dead
specimens at Porto Velho. The specimen figured differs from those
in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia by
the conspicuous blotches on the last 1^ whorls and in showing a
darker, richer green color.

Corona regina (Ffoussac).

Helix (Cochlitoma) regina Ferussac, Tabl. Systemat., p. 40, No. 342.
Corona regina (Fer.), Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (2), XII, p. 177, pi. 33, figs. 1,
2, 4, 5.

A single fine specimen taken near St. Antonio da Cachoeira on the
Rio Jary was sent from the Goeldi Museum.

Genus ORTHALICUS Beck.

Orthalicus sultana meobambensis Pfr. PI. XXII, lig. is.

Helix sultana Dillw., Descriptive Cat., II, p. 920 (1817).
Bulimus meobambensis Pfr., P. Z. S., 1855, p. 96.

One living specimen taken at Camp 35, M. & M. R. R., is especially
large and fine, differing from the specimens in the collection of the
Academy {Man. Conch., XII, pi. 47, fig. 8) by a slightly smaller mouth
proportionally, a more rounded outer lip, and in being more brill-
iantly colored. It measures alt. 81.5, diam. 51, alt. of mouth 46,
diam. of mouth 29.5 mm.

Several embryonic shells, all showing the characteristic sculpture
of this genus, were taken at Camp 39, just under the surface of the
ground.

Subfamily ODONTOSTOMIN.F.

Genus ODONTOSTOMUS Beck.
Odontostomus (Cyclodontina) inflatus (Wagner).

Pupa inflata Wagner, Testae. Bras., p. 20 (1827).

Odontostomus (Cyclodontina) inflatus Wagner, Pilsbrv, Man. Conch. (2),
XIV, p. 60, pi. 11, figs. 43-45.

One specimen "from the State of Cearc4" was sent by Mr. Rocha.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 641

Odontostomus (Cyclodontina) inflatus fasciatus (Potiez et Michaud).
Pupafasciata P. & M., Galerie, I, p. 165, pi. 16, figs. 19, 20.
Odontostomus {Cyclodontina) inflatus fasciatus P. & M., Pilsbrj^, Man. Conch..
(2), XIV, p. 61, pi. 11, fig. 43.

This was one of the commonest shells at Ceara-Mirim and at Baixa

Verde, where it was taken, living and dead, generally aestivating

under stones and debris. It was also taken living at the fossil beds

below Taipu. Nearly all specimens taken have four buccal teeth

and are nearly typical.

Odontostomus (Cyclodontina) inflatus costulatus Ancoy. pi. XXIII, figs. 11, 12.

Odontostomus inflatus Wagner, var. costulata Ancey, Jour, de Conchyl., LII,
p. 303, 1904.

Two specimens were taken below Quixada, the present terminus
of the Ceara & Baturite R. R. It has not before been figured.
Odontostomus (Cyclodontina) inflatus maranguapensis n. subsp. Pi. XXIII, fig. 18.

Shell umbilicate, shining, translucent, gray throughout except an
indistinct buff line below the lower suture and a narrow, scarcely
perceptible chestnut band behind the peristome, intensified at the
suture and in two blotches, one opposite the upper palatal tooth and
one at the basal side of the umbilicus, both being perceptible within
the mouth; spire turreted-conic, with slightly convex sides, apex
obtuse; nepionic If whorls very finely and nearly evenly decussated,
the spiral lines becoming obsolete on the second whorl and showing
thereafter as minute wrinkles, chiefly in the grooves of the distinct,
irregular, retractive costulse (about four to the millimeter on the
penultimate whorl) which cover all the remaining whorls, dip deeply
into the umbilicus and extend lightly over the parietal wall. Whorls
8, separated by a narrow, deep, but not channelled, suture, scarcely
convex, the last having two pits behind the outer lip, one midway
and the other near the base, and a slight depression paralleling the
end of the suture. Aperture nearly vertical, round oval, obstructed
by a low, entering ridge corresponding to the lower pit and taking
the place of the lower palatal tooth, and three distinct teeth: a
compressed parietal lamella, a large vertical columellar lamella with
a horizontal continuation below which includes the oblique, twisted
umbilicus, and a moderate-sized upper palatal lamina in the middle
of the outer lip; peristome light gray, broadly expanded and very
slightly reflected, the channels characteristic of the section being,
rather shallow.

Alt. 18, diam. 7.25, alt. of mouth 6 mm.

One specimen was taken on the Maranguape Mountain; a second, the
type, at Monguba, on the Ceara & Baturite R. R., about 27 kilo-

642 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

meters from Ceara, and two specimens "from the State of Ceara"

were sent by Mr. Rocha. All are identical except that the specimens

sent by Mr. Rocha are somewhat bleached and show the brown

markings very indistinctly. The variety, differs from 0. inflatus

fasciatus P. and M., the common Odontostomus of the region, in being

smaller and lacking the characteristic brown markings, and from

0. inflatus costulatus Ancey in being smaller, with fewer teeth.

Odontostomus (Cyclodontina) soabrellus (Anthony) Dohrn. var. cylindricus n. subsp.
PI. XXni, figs. 15. 16.

A single dead specimen was sent to Dr. Branner by Mr. G. A.
Waring, of the Brazilian Geological Survey, "from the plains south-
east of Limoeira, State of Ceara, near the Rio Jaguaribe. " It differs
from the type by the much more convex lateral outlines of the spire,
which is therefore wider above, the contour of the shell being some-
what cylindric, while in scabrellus it tapers much more regularly;
the costulation is also decidedly finer than in scabrellus. It has only
four teeth, the sutural, suprapalatal, and basal folds of scabrellus
being absent, but this deficiency may be due to immaturity. The
whorls are 10; alt. 22.7,. diameter 7.5 mm.

Genus TOMIGERUS Spix.
Tomigerus clausus Spix.

Tomigerus clausus Spix, Testae. Bras., pi. 15, figs. 4, 5. Pilsbry, Man.
Conch. (2), XIV, p. 106, pi. 7, figs. 68-70.

Specimens were taken, living and dead, rather commonly at
Ceara-Mirim and Baixa Verde and less commonly at Estremoz,
Maranguape Mountain, and the fossil beds below Taipii and at
Quixada and two or three other points on the Ceara & Baturite
R. R. Mr. G. A. Waring sent two dead specimens "from 30 or 40
miles south of Mossoro, State of Ceara. Four specimens taken at
the Serra de Ibiapaba and three from Comocim, State of Ceara, were
sent from the Goeldi Museum.
Tomigerus rochai von Ihering.

Proc. Malac. Soc. London, VI, April 4, 1905.

A single specimen "from the State of Ceara" was sent by Mr.
Rocha and a half-grown specimen taken at Camocim, State of
Ceara, was sent from the Goeldi Museum.

Tomigerus laevis von Ihering.

Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., I.e.
Three specimens "from the State of Ceara" were sent by Mr.
Rocha and a single specimen taken at Camocim was sent from the
Goeldi Museum.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 643

Tomigerus cumingii 'Newcomb' Pfeiffer.

Toniigeriis cumingii Newcomb MSS, Pfeiffer, Zeitschr. f. Malak., 1849,
p. 67. Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (2), XIV, p. 108, pi. 7, figs. 64-66.

About twenty dead specimens were taken at Ceara-Mirim and
three from "the coast region of the State of Ceara" were sent by
Mr. Rocha.

Tomigerus pilsbryi n. sp. PL XXIII, figs. 9, 10.

Shell compressed-ovate, greatly distorted as if by pressure on the
apertural side, imperforate, with a long, straightened umbilical
suture ending in a deep excavation behind the columellar lip; first
1| whorls smooth, and, beginning on the second whorl, everywhere
sculptured with very fine, irregular, retractive striulse, most marked
on the last half whorl, which shows, under a glass, a slight tendency
to the corrugation which is characteristic of several species of the
genus; spire conic, apex rather acute. Whorls 4f, very slightly
convex, the last greatlj-- distorted, with an oblique groove behind
the outer lip and another behind the basal lip parallel to the umbilical
suture; sutures well defined. Aperture vertical, somewhat trian-
gular, with three lamellae on the parietal wall, the upper beginning
in a slight thickening of the upper extremity of the peristome and
entering sinuously and obliquely, three on the sloping columellar
margin and a large, obliqueh' entering, plate-like fold within the
outer lip, its upper end bifid; peristome broadly expanded and
reflected, white; color slaty-white, shining, with a narrow brown line
marking the last two turns of the suture, a faint, narrow, brownish
band distinguishable on the last half turn of the body whorl and a
pale brown border along the umbilical suture, continued radially
upon the base some distance back of the basal lip.

Alt. 13, greatest diam. 17, least diam. 9.25 mm.

A single specimen of this species was taken at Ceara-Mirim. It is
related to T. Icevis von Ihering in being nearly smooth and colorless
and to T. rochai von Ihering in general contour, but it is larger than
the former and differs from the latter in its lower spire and less
angular aperture. The upper parietal fold is even more closely
united to the peristome than in T. clausus. It differs from all known
species by its much more compressed and distorted shape.

Genus ANOSTOMA F. de Waldheim.

Anostoma depressum Lamarck.

Lamarck, An. s. vert., VI, pt, 2, 101. Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (2), XIV, p.
110, pi. 6, figs. 48-54.

This species was rather common at Baixa Verde and a single dead

644 PROCEEDINGS OF THE. ACADEMY OF [DeC,

shell was taken at Pirangj'', twenty miles south of Natal. A single
dead specimen taken at Camocim was sent from the Goeldi Museum,
The living shells were taken under rocks where they were aestivating.

Anostoma octodentatum F. de Waldheim.

Museum Demidoff, III, p. 230 (1807).
One specimen was taken at Baixa Verde associated with the more
common A. depressum, a single specimen taken at Camocim was
sent from the Goeldi Museum and a third specimen taken "30 or 40
miles south of Mossoro, State of Ceara," was sent to Dr. Branner
by Mr. G. A. Waring. All were dead, making the determination
rather difficult, and each had only seven teeth, but as each has the
columellar lamella which is lacking in all specimens of depressum, it
seems justifiable to assign them to this species.

AOHATINID^.
Genus SUBULINA Beck.
Subulina OOtona (Bruguiere).

Bulimus odonus Brug., Encvcl. Meth., I, p. 325 (1792).

Subulina odona Brug., Pilsbry, Man. Conch., (2), XVIII, p. 72, pi. 12, figs.
8,9.

Specimens of this widely distributed species were taken at Ceara,
Para, Itacoatiara, and Camp 39, M. & M. R. R.

Genus OPEAS Albers.
Opeas gracile (Mutton).

Bulimus gracilis Hutton, Jour. Asiat. Soc, Bengal, III, 1834, p. 84.
Opeas gracile Hutton, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., (2), XVIII, p. 12.5, pi. 18, figs.
3—6.

About thirty specimeixs were taken at Itacoatiara and a single

specimen at Camp 39, M. & M. R. R.

Opeas beckianum (Pfeiffer).

Bulimus beckianus Pfr., Symbolse ad Hist. Heliceorum, III, p. 82 (1846).
Opeas beckianum Pfr., Pilsbry, Man. Conch., (2), XVIII, p. 189, pi. 27, figs.
42-46, 54, 55.

This species was taken in considerable numbers at Camp 39,

M. & M. R. R., and a very small variety was common atCeara-Mirim.

Opeas octogyrum (Pfeiffer).

Bulimus odogyrus Pfr., Malak. bl.. Ill, 1856, p. 45.

Opeas octogyrum Pfr., Pilsbry, Man. Conch., (2), XVIII, p. 206, pi. 29, figs.
75-79.

One or more specimens were taken at each of the following places :
Ceard-Mirim, Quixada, Para, Itacoatiara, and Camp 39, M. & M.
R. R. A single specimen ''from the State of Ceara" was sent by
Mr. Rocha.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 645

Opeas opella Pilsbry and Vanatta.

Proc. A. N. S. PhU., 1905, p. 785, fig. 1; Man. Conch., (2), XVIII, p. 186,
pi. 24, fig. 36.

About forty specimens of this species, originally reported from the
Hawaiian Islands, were taken in the park at Para. Dr. Pilsbry
kindly made the diagnosis, so there is no doubt of their identit}'.
In the Manual of Conchology, p. 187, Dr. Pilsbry saj^s, "I do not
regard 0. opella as a native Hawaiian species." It is difficult to
imagine the route by which this species travelled from Para to the
Hawaiian Islands, but it was probably carried on plants.

Genus LEPTINARIA Beck.
Xeptinaria lamellata (Potiez et Michaud).

Achatina lamellata P. and M., Galerie de Moll, ou catal. Moll, et Coq. du

Mus. de Douai, I, p. 128, pi. 11, fig. 8 (18.38).
Leptinaria lamellata P. and M., Pilsbrv, Man. Conch., (2), XVIII, p. 288,

pi. 42, figs. 39, 40; pi. 4.3, fig. .50. "

Seven specimens were taken at Camp 39, ]\I. & M. R. R.

Leptinaria lamellata concentrica (Reeve).

Achat i I, a connntrlea Rvo., Conch. Icon., V, pi. 19, fig. 106 (June, 1849).
Leptinaria lamellata concentrica Rve.. Pilsbrv, Man. Conch., (2), XVIII,
p. 290, pi. 46, figs. 1-4.

Two specimens were taken at Camp 39, M. & M. R. R., three at
Ttacoatiara and ten near the water works of the city of Pard. A
single dead specimen, taken at the Serra do Erere, was sent from the
Goeldi Museum.

Xeptinaria perforata n. sp. PI. XXI, fig. 11.

Shell l)roadly perforate, rather coarse, dirty white, but showing
slightly translucent in the young specimen ; coarsely, rather distantly
striate, with numerous fine intermediate striulse showing under a
glass; striae slightly retractive, arcuate, and becoming sinuous on
the lower whorls, clipping deeply into the broad and deep umbilicus.
Whorls Qh, of which the embryonic 1| are smooth, or with a trace of
spiral marking showing under a glass; vertical striae beginning on
the second whorl and becoming strong on the third; whorls very
■convex above, almost shouldered, but less convex below; sutures
•deep, but not impressed. Aperture irregularly trapezoidal, slightly
broader below; outer lip simple, thin, forming nearly a right angle
with the parietal wall, but quickly descending and becoming sinuous;
•columella nearly straight, slightly reflected, but free from, and
scarcely covering the umbilicus; a rather broad, thin parietal callus
joining the extremities of the peristome and extending over the
columella.

646 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Alt. 4.75, diam. 2.6, alt. of mouth 1.3 mm.

The type and one half-grown specimen were taken at Camp 39,
M. & M. R. R.

This species differs from all South American Leptinarias by the
broad uml)ilicus and the sinuous outer lip.
Leptinaria imperforata n. sp. PI. XXI, fig. 19.

Shell imperforate, oblong conic, thin, pellucid, glossy, waxy hyaline,
very delicately striulate except on the smooth 1| nepionic whorls;
striulae slightly arcuate, nearly vertical, but tending to become
retractive on the base; all except the embryonic whorls showing an
obsolete spiral striation under a glass; apex rather obtuse. Whorls
5, convex, the last on its posterior aspect exactly equalling half the
total length. Aperture irregularly oval; peristome unexpanded,
simple, curving broadly below the columellar extremity; columella
short, not reaching to the base, nearly straight and vertical, obliquely
truncate, the anterior portion twisted sharply inward, thus leaving
no trace of an umbilicus or umbilical fold.

Alt. 4.6, diam. 2, length of aperture 1.6, diam. of aperture .85 mm.
One mature and two immature specimens were taken at Camp 39,
M. & M. R. R.

The species is closely related to L. anomala Pfr., from which it
differs by lacking the columellar reflection and the umbilicus, and by
its more slender shape and slightly narrower aperture.

FBRUSSAOID^.

Genus CiECILIOIDES Ferussac.

Caecilioides (Geostilbia) gundlachi (Pfeiffer).

Achatina gundlachi Pfr., Zeits. f. Malak., 18.50, p. 80.

Ccecilioides gundlachi (Pfr.), Pilsbry, Man. Conch., (2), XX, p. 43.

Eight specimens were sent by Mr. Rocha, ''taken in my garden,"

in the city of Ceara. The species has been reported from the West

Indies and Demerara, but not hitherto from Brazil.

Genus SYNAPTERPES Pilsbry.
Synapterpes sp. undet.

Four nepionic shells, probably of this genus and possibly new, but
too young for exact diagnosis, were sent by Mr. Rocha. They were
taken on the Maranguape Mountain near Ceara.

PUPILLID^.

Genus BIFIDARIA Sterti.
Bifidaria sevilis (Gould).

Pupa servilis Gld., Bcston Journ. N. H., IV, p. .3.56, pi. 16, fig. 14.

Four specimens, taken "in the state of Ceara," were sent by Mr.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 647

Rocha. They are slightly shorter than typical Cuban siDecimens
and the whorls are a little more convex.

Genus STROBILOPS Pilsbry.
Strobilops brasiliana n. sp. PI. XXI, figs. 8, 9.

Shell rather narrowly perforate, broadly conic with slightly convex
outlines, subcarinate at the periphery, and with a moderately rounded
base; color light chestnut, a thin, close epidermis present; apex
obtuse; first 1| whorls nearly smooth, and, beginning on the second
whorl, everywhere sculptured with irregularly spaced, narrow,
sharp, strongly retractive costae, much weakened on the base, but
extending into the umbilicus, separated by broad, nearlj^ flat inter-
spaces marked by gro^vth lines, the costae being rather close on the
third whorl and wddely separated on the last (about six to the
millimeter on the penultimate whorl). Whorls 5|, moderately con-
vex; sutures well impressed. Aperture irregularly triangular;
peristome thickened and slightly reflected, extremities not approach-
ing and joined by a heavy callus, which is sharply defined externally
and dips deeply into the mouth, over which are laid two revolving
lamellae which reach the exterior edge of the callus, one very large
just exterior to the middle of the parietal wall and a second of less
than half the size half way between this and the columella; columella
marked near the top by a third quite prominent revolving lamella,
leaving a very narrow slit between it and the parietal wall; base
showing externally two revolving lines, probably representing internal
basal revolving laminae.

Alt. 2.22, greatest diam. 2.61, least diam. 2.4 mm.

Eight living specimens, all apparently mature, were taken under
the bark of a decaying tree in the dense forest surrounding water
works of the city of Para.

The species is the first representative of this genus to be taken
south of the Amazon River, so far as is known to the Avriter.

SUCOINEID^.

Genus SUCCINEA Draparnaud.
Suocinea pusilla Pfeiffer.

Mon. Hel. Viv., Ill, p. 18; Conchyl. Cabinet, Succinea,. pi. .5, figs. 27-29.
Two dead specimens, one taken at Baixa Verde, a second from
Ceara sent by Mr. Rocha, agree in the main with this species as
described by Pfeiffer with some doubt as from Ceara. They are
somewhat larger and do not show the obsolete decussation mentioned
by him, but this may be due to their being worn.

648 proceedings of the academy of [dec,

Fresh-water Shells.
MELANIID^.

No specimen of this family was taken by the members of the
Stanford Expedition, the following species being represented by
specimens sent from the Goeldi Museum,

Genus DOEYSSA H. and A. Adams.

A rather extensive series of shells of this genus from the lower
Amazon and its tributaries seemed to unite the species inconspicua
Brot, transversa Lea, and niacapa Moricand in so puzzling a manner
that the writer referred the whole group to Dr. Pilsbry for critical
examination. Dr. Pilsbry kindly assorted the shells and wrote the
following notes and descriptions of new species and varieties, and he
has allowed their publication in this paper,

''The Doryssas of the lower Amazon Valley are all, so far as authen-
tically localized specimens are available, specifically distinct from
those of Pernambuco and southward, and also from those of Guiana,
though obviously related to the latter, as would be expected from the
intercommunication of inland waters. Aside from certain species
described from 'South America,' 'Brazil,' or 'Amazon,' and as yet with-
out known local habitation, the following have been reported from the
lower Amazon Valley:

"D. aquatilis (Reeve), Melania branca Reeve, and M. charpentieri
Reeve, Rio Branco.

"D. macapa (Moricand), Macapd.

"D. transversa (Lea). Guiana, Cuming coll., probably incorrect;
Amazon River, Brot.

"D, hullata (Lea), Melania ventricosa Moricand, M. hatesii
Reeve. Macapd.

"D. lumbricus (Reeve), Pard,

" D. inconspicua Brot. Brazil.

"An upper Amazon form, D. consolidata (Brug.), has been reported
from the Rio Branco, whether correctly or not is uncertain. Up to
this time, no species of Doryssa has been reported from the southern
affluents of the Amazon.

"D. transversa, macapa, aquatilis, and inconspicua are modifications
of a single type of shell, and, until far more material is at hand, it
will not be possible to say whether they are to be regarded as so
many distinct species or as local races of one wide-spread species.
Each river seems to have its slightly individualized race or races,
but the localities are still so scattered that we have no adequate
knowledge of how much intergradation exists.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 649

"Doryssa transversa (Lea).

" Mdiinia transversa Lea, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1850, p. 186.
"Milania transversa Lea, Reeve, Conch. Icon., fig. 196a-c.

"The typical form is a larger shell, with more spiral grooves than
the forms noticed below. Its exact location is unknown.
" Doryssa transversa jaryensis Pilsbry, n. subsp. PI. XXIV, figs. 1 to 7.

"The shell is spirally grooved, five grooves on each whorl of the
spire, becoming weaker on the last whorl in most specimens. Minute
spiral lineolation is clearly developed. Axial sculpture of slightly
arcuate or nearly straight folds, which rarely persist as far as the
last whorl, usually being present on the spire or upper whorls only.
The whorls are nearly flat. Color Dresden-brown, Isabella color,
or honey-yellow, with small, irregularly^ scattered black spots, or
with numerous spots, more or less arranged in axial rows or confluent
into streaks which nearly cover the surface in some shells. Un-
cleaned shells are black from a coating of iron oxide. Apex truncate.

"Length 30, diam. 12 mm.; 4^ whorls remaining.
" 32, " 11.25 " 6

"Rio Jar}', St. Antonio da Cachoeira, in bed of river immediately
above the great falls. Twenty-four specimens.

"Figs. 5, 6, 7 represent typical specimens. Fig. 3 is the most
strongly sculptured shell of the lot. Fig. 2 is not fully mature,
retaining more of the early whorls.
"Doryssa transversa tapajozensis Pilsbry, n. subsp. PI. XXIV, figs. 8, 9, 11, 12.

"The shell tapers to a rather broad truncation in adult individuals.
Spiral grooves, five on each whorl of the spire, continuing on the
last whorl, and usually darker colored than the intervals, which are
of a dull citrine or olive-citrine shade. Microscopic lineolation weak
or subobsolete on the later whorls. Axial folds narrow, numerous,
typically well developed only on the earlier whorls, being weak,
irregular, or wanting on the later one to three whorls; sometimes,
however, continued to the last whorl.

"Length 25, diam. 11.2 mm.; 4j whorls remaining.
" 23.7, " 11.5 " 3| "

" 29, " 11.7 " 5 " " Roughly sculp-

tured individual.

"Rio Tapajoz, seven specimens.

"While the form with obsolete axial sculpture and spiral dark
greenish lines is rather distinct in appearance, it intergrades with
more strongly sculptured shells which closely resemble the sculp-
tured form of D. t. jaryensis, which, however, has more distinct
43

650 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC.^

spiral lineolation. The sculptured form is evidently more primitive,
the derivative smooth forms being different in the two rivers.

"Three similar shells were received from the Rio Jamauchim, an
affluent of the Tapajoz on the right side. The smooth phase is here
light citrine with greenish-black lines in the grooves, and the sculp-
tured phase is somewhat larger. See PI. XXIV, figs. 8, 9. A quite
young shell of the sculptured form is honey-yellow, with very few
small black spots.

"Doryssa transversa, var. near macapa Moric. PI. XXIV, figs. 13, 14.

"This form has very strong sculpture. Spiral grooves 6 or 7 on
each whorl of the spire. Microscopic spirals weak or wanting on the
last whorl. Axial folds strong, slightly curved, a little protractive,
on the last whorl straight or sigmoid. Color russet, indistinctly
variegated with black streaks or bands.

"Length 44.5, diam. 16 mm.; 7 whorls remaining.

"Rio Maccuru, four specimens, and a single specimen from the
Rio Jar5' probably belongs here.

"Differs from D. macapa by the truncate top and better-developed
sculpture, but seems too near that for separation. It is doubtless
"a form of the polymorphic transversa.
"Doryssa inconspicua Brot.

"Conchylien Cabinet, p. 355, figs. 2, 2a.

"Nine specimens come from the Ilha de Goyana, Rio Tapajoz,
nine from the Rio Maccuru, and one from Tucunare on the Rio
Jamauchim.

"The species is perhaps distinct by its small size, etc., but it is
very near some forms of transversa.
"Doryssa rex Pilsbry, n. sp. PI. XXIV, figs. 10, 15.

"Shell large, tapering to a narrow truncation. Spiral grooves
about 6 on the whorls of the spire, becoming wider on the last whorl,
where the intervals are coarse and cord-like. Microscopic lineola-
tion obsolete. Axial ribs slightly protractive, irregular, or obsolete
on the last half whorl, about 12 on the penultimate whorl. Upper
whorls nearly flat. Suture deepening on the last whorl, which is
produced in a prominent keel defining a broad, horizontal shoulder
below the suture, as in D. devians Brot. Color dull olive-citrine,.
in places passing into chestnut.

"Length 71.5, diam. 28 mm.; 7| whorls remaining.
" 67, " 24.5 " 7h "

" 73, " 27.5 " Sf "

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 651

"Rio Jary, six specimens, one very immature.

"Similar to D. rex regina, but having coarser spirals, a larger
aperture and more deviating last whorl. These two are more nearly
related to D. 7nacapa Moric. than to transversa by the greater number
of spirals. With present knowledge, they seem specifically distinct
from both. The young stage resembles D. transversa jaryensis.
"Doryssa rex regina Pilsbry, n. subsp. PI. XXIV, figa. 16, 17.

"The shell is large and tapers to a narrow truncation. Spiral
grooves numerous, strongest on the last whorl, seven or eight on the
penultimate whorl; microscopic lineolation obsolete on the later
whorls. Axial folds strong, slightly protractive, extending upon
the last whorl, about 12 on the penultimate whorl. Upper whorls
nearly flat, penultimate whorl more convex. Suture deepening on
the last whorl, which in its last half forms a narrow horizontal
shoulder below it. When cleaned of the rusty black incrustation,
the spire is tawny, becoming more yellowish above, indistinctly
maculate with black, last whorl bay.

"Length 67.5, diam. 22.7 mm.; 7| whorls remaining.
" 68, " 21.5 " 9" "

"Rio Jary, St. Antonio da Cachoeira, ten specimens.

"This is related to the preceding form, in which the same characters
are more exaggerated. In specimens evidently adult, and of the
same length, D. rex regina is decidedly narrower with a shorter
aperture. Very likely a distinct species."

Doryssa buUata (Lea).

Melania bullata L^a, Obs. Gen. Univ., XI, p. 85, t. 22, fig. 29.
Twenty-four specimens come from the Rio Jary near St. Antonio
da Cachoeira "in the bed of the main river, immediately above the
great falls."

Doryssa globosa n. sp. PL XXV, figs. 1, 2.

Shell rather light for the genus, globose conic, with sides nearly
straight and forming an apical angle of about fifty degrees, covered
with a dense epidermis shading from yellow-olive on the base to
dark brown above, having well-developed spiral keels and vertical
ribs, the former better developed than the latter which become
obsolete on the base, their intersection being markedly tuberculate,
the tubercles elongate on spiral lines; lines of growth strong, with
fine spiral striae, showing in places under a glass, in the interspaces
of the spiral keels; first two whorls with four spiral keels, the last
two with five, the added keel beginning in the suture and becoming

652 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

the lowest on the last two whorls; base with nine keels, nearly
equally spaced and nearly equal, except the first, which shows a slight
tendency to tuberculation; interspaces rather broader than the
keels; last two whorls with twenty vertical ribs, the preceding with
eighteen; apex eroded, with about four whorls remaining; upper
whorls moderately convex, the last, with the base, well rounded;
sutures well marked. Aperture slightly oblique, broadly ovate,
whitish, shading to yellowish on the columella, smooth, except on
the parietal wall, over most of which the epidermis and basal keels
extend for more than a whole turn within the shell, leaving a narrow
space above occupied by a callus carrying a shallow posterior canal;
outer and lower lips, though somewhat broken, seeming to be mod-
erately sharp and crenulated by the external sculpture; columella
very concave, scarcely revolute, somewhat flattened externally, the
surface thus formed extending to the effuse lower lip.

Estimated alt, 46, actual alt. 41, greatest diam. 28, length of
aperture 20.5 mm.

A single dead specimen of this species was taken in the Igarape de
Paituna near Monte Alegre, Fazendo Ponto.

Doryssa starksi n. sp. PI. XXV, figs. 5, 6, 13, 14.

Shell varying from broadly ovate conic to rather narrowly conic,
very solid and heavy and with a very dense epidermis; color varying
from dark olive-brown to nearly black ; sculpture varying, some
specimens showing both strong, nearly vertical to slightly retractive
ribs and spiral keels throughout the whole shell, others having weak
vertical ribs only on the last whorl and spiral keels which become
nearly obsolete on the upper whorls; the most globose specimen
(type) with the vertical ribs more marked than the spiral keels.
Apex eroded in all specimens, the remaining whorls of the type 3|,
scarcely convex; last whorl with eleven very strong vertical ribs,
the penultimate with fifteen, the next with sixteen, the ribs weakening
towards the apex; spiral keels five, with a sixth forming in some
specimens in the lower sutures or by intercalation; well-marked
growth lines and very distinct incised spiral striae over the whole
shell, the latter visible under a strong glass; intersections of the
ribs and keels producing tubercles which are slightly produced spi-
rally; tubercles of the third, fourth, and sometimes the fifth keels of
the last whorl generally much enlarged, producing a subangulation
at the periphery; base moderately rounded, showing faint continua-
tions of the vertical ribs and marked by seven or eight subequal
keels with broader interspaces, the interspaces narrowing slightly

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 653

towards the bottom, the keels showing some tendency to irregular
tuberculation. Aperture very oblique, oblong ovate, subangulate
above and below, whitish within, tending to yellowish on the colu-
mella; parietal wall with a rather strong callus above in which lies a
well-marked posterior canal, below covered by an extension of the
epidermis and spiral sculpture which reaches well within the mouth;
outer lip crenulated by the external sculpture, rounded rather
evenly into and through the lower lip, which is effuse in a nearly
horizontal plane, the so-called ''auger-shaped lip" of Lea; columella
slightly concave, scarcely revolute, nearly vertical, and joining the
shovel-shaped base nearly at a right angle.

Estimated altitude of the type 55.5, actual alt. 45.5, diam. 27.5,
length of aperture 21, width of aperture 12 mm.

The slenderest specimen with 4| remaining whorls measures
alt. 49.5, diam. 25 mm.

Nine specimens come from the Rio Iriri, an affluent of the Rio
Xingii on the left side. The species, which seems to be new, is
somewhat related to D. pernambucensis Rve., which is a much more
slender shell. It is named for Professor E. C. Starks, of Stanford
University, a member of the Expedition.

Doryssa heathi n. sp. PI. XXV, figs, 3, 4, 7.

Shell turreted, solid, tapering somewhat irregularly to the beginning
of the last whorl, at which point a definite spiral constriction begins
which extends to the aperture; spire varying greatly in different
specimens, only one of which (type) is mature, some tapering regu-
larly, others almost pupseform ; epidermis very dense, shining ;
color varying from dark olive-brown to almost black; initial whorls
lost in all specimens, remaining whorls, except the last, nearly smooth,
but showing growth lines and, under a glass, minute spiral strise
everywhere, and a tendency to the formation of low, rounded spiral
keels, two at the top and one at the bottom of each whorl; sutures
well impressed, producing slight shouldering in some specimens;
sculpture changing abruptly at the beginning of the last whorl, at
which point a distinct, slightly tuberculate vertical rib appears,
followed by fourteen others which are more marked and crossed by
five well-defined spiral keels, the periphery of the whorl being dis-
tinctly biangulate by the development of two rows of strong tubercles
on the third and fourth keels, the first and second keels becoming
moderately tuberculate on the last quarter turn, the last keel being
slightly tuberculate throughout; base well rounded, circled by four
nearly equal and equally spaced keels, which roughen as they advance,

654 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

showing a tendency to become tuberculate. Apex eroded in all
specimens, about 4 whorls of the type remaining intact, the varia-
bility of the immature specimens making it impossible to estimate
how many are lacking. Aperture oblique, of an evenly distorted
pear shape, light colored within except where the epidermis extends
over the lower portion of the parietal wall for about half a turn,
separating the dirty white callus on the upper portion, with its indis-
tinct posterior canal, from the yellowish nacre of the concave, slightly
revolute columella; outer lip sharp, crenulated by the external
sculpture; basal lip effuse at a point rather distant from the base
of the columella.

Alt. 44.5, diam. 17, length of aperture 13 mm.

Eleven specimens were taken, presumably with the last species,
in the Rio Iriri.

This species is related to D. rixosa Ihering by the smooth initial
whorls, tending to show spiral sculpture, but it differs in the develop-
ment of strong, tuberculate, vertical ribs on the last whorl and in
the oblique, concave, revolute columella. It is named for Dr.
Harold Heath, of Stanford University, a member of the Expedition.

There is a curious relationship shown by the members of the group
including D. rixosa and the last three species, passing from the
elongate D. rixosa with only spiral sculpture, showing mostly on the
last whorl, through the elongate D. heathi with a similar spire, but
having on the last whorl strong vertical ribs and spiral keels with a
subangulation Ijy the two rows of tubercles, and through the stouter
D. starksi with a very similar sculpturing of the last whorl, but with
the earlier whorls ranging from rather smooth to heavily sculptured
and tuberculate, to the globose D. globosa with its almost regular
costate and tuberculate sculpture throughout. In all, unless it be
D. rixosa, which I have had no opportunity of examining, the keels
are in series of fives, and in the last two there is a marked tendency
to the elongation of the tubercles along spiral lines. All are very
distinct species, but it is not improbable that two or more of them
may ultimately have to be united with varietal rank when the field
shall have been fully explored and full suites of all the species secured.
Doryssa iheringi n. sp. Pi. XXV, fig. 8.

Shell turreted conic, solid, tapering regularly; epidermis rather
heav}^, slightly shining, light chestnut to very dark brown, the
lighter specimens marked by small, irregular, and irregularly placed
black spots; initial whorls lost in all specimens, remaining whorls
rather flat, showing obsolete vertical ribs at the top which fade into

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 655

exaggerated growth lines below, and very indistinct, rather distant,
spiral incised lines which become fairly well marked on the base and
part of the last whorl, producing low, flattened costse; sutures
slightly impressed. Apex eroded in all specimens; greatest number
of whorls persisting 5|. Aperture oblique, pyriform, bluish-white
within, the external black spots showing through when they are
present; outer and lower lips thin and sharp, lower lip much produced
and curving sharply and smoothly into the base of the columella;
more mature specimens with a dense, but limited callus on the
parietal wall above the strongly concave and slightly revolute
columella.

The type with 4| whorls measures, alt. 35, diam. 13, length of
aperture 15.5 mm.

The longest specimen with 5^ whorls measures alt. 38.5, diam.
13.25 mm.

This species, which seems to be new, is related to D. heathi from
which it differs by its smaller size and lighter weight, more regular
form and more slender shape, and by the absence of the microscopic
spiral lines which are very characteristic of the latter species. There
is a tendency to a somewhat similar change of sculpture on the final
whorl. More mature specimens may show the present species to be
only a variety of D. heathi.

Five specimens, varying somewhat in shape, but of nearly the same
apparent age, come from the Rio Jary at St. Antonio da Cachoeira.
The species is named for Dr. Hermann von Ihering, of the Museu
Paulista at Sao Paulo, Brazil,

Doryssa cachoeirae n. sp. PI. XXV, fig. 9.

Shell very regularly turreted conic, of medium weight, with a dense
epidermis varying from light yellow-olive in young shells to appar-
ently nearly black in those more mature; everywhere marked with
small, irregularly placed and shaped spots, which occasionally
coalesce to form longitudinal stripes, these spots well defined in young
shells, but only perceptible by transmitted light in the older and
darker ones; all specimens everywhere marked with fine, close
incised spiral striae, barely perceptible with the naked eye, and
overlying about nine low, broad, flattened, nearly equal spiral cords
which cover the whole base of the more mature specimens; apical
angle about 35 degrees; nepionic whorls eroded in all specimens,
but probably not more than three, slightly roughened, but without
defined sculpture, and, beginning rather abruptly on the postnepionie
whorls, the rather regular growth lines are soon decussated by the

656 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

more distinct spiral strife over the whole shell ; periphery of the last
whorl sharply angulate. Remaining whorls of the largest specimen
(type) 4^, with probably two or three postnepionic whorls wanting,
nearly flat; sutures lightly impressed. Aperture oblique, elongate
pyriform; outer lip thin, simple, joining the parietal wall at an acute
angle, straight for over half its length, then curving sharply into the
produced basal lip; columella concave, smooth, scarcely revolute,
subangulate at its junction with the basal lip; parietal wall with a
thin, brown callus overlying, but not completely obscuring the epi-
dermis and basal sculpture where it extends well within the aperture.

Alt. 19.5, diam. 8.5, length of aperture 7.75 mm.

This species is distinguished from D. hohenackeri Phil, of Surinam,
by its smaller size, conic form, and absence of axial folds.

Three specimens come from the Rio Jary and sixteen specimens
from near St. Antonio da Cachceira, "in a side arm of the Rio Jary
full of rapids."
Doryssa cachoeirae sulcata n. subsp. PI. XXV, fig. 10.

Three specimens taken in the Rio Jary with three of the type
specimens differ from the type by being less sharply angulate at the
periphery of the last whorl and by being sculptured throughout the
whole shell with a continuation of the low spiral cords found only
on the base of the type. The whorls of the subspecies are also less
positively flattened than those of the type.
Doryssa tucunareensis n. sp. PI. XXV, figs. 11, 12.

Shell of moderate weight, ovate conic, with nearly straight sides,
covered by a thin epidermis; color yellowish-brown to chestnut and
marked by small, sparsely scattered black spots which are generally
irregularly placed, but may form axial rows; everywhere marked by
low-rounded, distinct, but not prominent, nearly equal spiral cords,
five to a whorl, with six or seven on the base, the intervening spaces
rather sharply incised and narrower than the cords; about twenty
vertical to slightly protractive and arcuate axial ribs present on the
early whorls, never very prominent, and becoming obsolete on the
last whorl and base; growth lines very prominent over the whole
shell. Apex eroded, remaining whorls 4, very slightly convex and
indistinctly shouldered above ; sutures scarcely impressed. Aperture
markedly oblique, broad ovate, whitish within except where the
external maculae show through; outer and lower lips sharp and
slightly crenulated by the external sculpture, base effuse; columella
very convex, rounding into the parietal wall which is covered by a
well-marked callus with a distinct posterior canal.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 657

Estimated alt. 30, actual alt. 25.5, diameter 14.75, length of
aperture 11.5, width of aperture 7.75 m:m.

Two specimens of this species were taken at Tucmiare on the Rio.
Jamauchim. The sculpture is of the type of the D. transversa group,
being somewhat similar to that of D. inconspicua, but the shell is-
very much more obese than any member of that group.

Genus HEMISINUS Swainson.
Hemisinus brasiliensis (Moricand).

Melanopsis brasiliensis Moric, Mem. de la Soc. <,Le Phvs. et d'Hist. Xat.
de Geneve, VIII, p. 144, pi. .3, figs. 12, 13 (1837).

About fifty specimens come from Alcobaga on the left l)ank of the
lower Tocantins.
Hemisinus flammeus n. sp. PI. XXV, fig. 15.

Shell ovate conic, rather heavy; epidermis rather light, slightly
shining; color yellow-olive, marked with long, black flames, generally
rather narrower than the intervening light spaces; growth lines
showing distinctly, and everywhere marked by rather shallow,
distant spiral sulci, obsolete above in some specimens, and becoming
more defined and closer on the base. Apex lost in all specimens,,
remaining whorls 2j to 4, scarcely convex, indistinctly shouldered
below the sutures, subangulate below the periphery of the last whorL
Aperture oblique, narrowly elliptical, very acutely angled above,
bluish-white within except where the external flammules show
through; outer lip thin, sharp, rather evenly curved to an angle with
the produced, truncate base; parietal Avail without callus, the
epidermis and external sculpture extending within the aperture
beyond the lein of vision; columella slightly concave above, nearly
straight and vertical below, obliquely truncate at the base; anterior
canal well marked. Type with 3 whorls, alt. 23.5, diam. 11.5, length
of aperture 13, width of aperture 6.5 mm.

Most mature specimen with 2^ whorls, alt. 22, diam. 12 mm.
Six specimens of this species, come from the Rio Jamauchim. It is
smaller and rather more slender than H. zebra Rve., which it resembles
in color pattern and seems to be more closely related to H. venezue-
lensis Rve. and H. bicinctus Rve., but differs radically from both of
them in color pattern and somewhat in general contour and shape
of whorls.
Hemisinus flammeus elongatus n. sub&p. PI. XXV, fig. lf>.

Two specimens taken in the Rio Jamauchim, at a different date
and possibly at a different location from the preceding, dift"er from

658 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

the type by being more slender, more irregularly flammulate, less
distinctly shouldered below the sutures, and by having the spiral
sulci more persistent and deeper and the aperture broader and
shorter.

Alt. 21, diam. 9, length of aperture 9, width 4.25 mm.; whorls 3|.

AMNICOLID^.

• Genus LITTORIDINA Souleyet.

Littoridina manni n. sp. PI. XXVI, fig. 15.

Shell distinctly rimate, but not perforate, rather thin, ovate conic,
of a dark olivaceous-yellow color, lightly marked by growth lines,
crossed by more distinct, irregularly sized and spaced spiral costulse,
showing under a glass on the last two whorls; spire straightly conic,
apex minute, slightly obtuse and dimpled. Whorls 4|, all moderately
convex and regularly increasing; sutures well defined, but not im-
pressed. Aperture veiy slightly oblique, ovate, white; peristome
simple, continuous, very evenly curved, and showing a very delicate,
whitish thickening within; outer lip joining the parietal wall at an
angle of about ninety degrees; inner margin continuous, in contact
with the preceding whorl; a delicate, deeply sinused callus joining
the extremities and extending well within the aperture. Alt. 3.17,
diam. 2, alt. of mouth 1.15 mm.

Two specimens differing slightly in size were taken on the north
bank of the chief affluent of Papary Lake near its mouth.

The species resembles L. charruana Orb., but differs by the presence
of spiral striations and by the distribution of callus within the mouth.
I have named the species for Mr. W. M. Mann, the entomologist
of the Expedition, who alone, of the members of the Expedition,
accompanied me on that portion of the trip extending up the Amazon
and to the ^Madeira and Mamore Rivers, and who aided me greatly
in the collection of mollusks.

Genus IDIOPYRGUS Pilsbry.
Idiopyrgus pilsbryi n. sp. PI. XXVI, figs. 13, 14.

Shell perforate, turreted, solid, opaque, olive-green, becoming
lighter on the last whorl; spire tapering regularly to the apex, which
is eroded in both specimens; surface smooth except for faint growth
lines, rather dull. Whorls 4|, all strongly convex, separated by deep
sutures. Aperture oval, oblique, the basal margin only slightly
advanced, the outer lip retracting upward; peristome continuous,
outer lip slightly expanded, somewhat thickened within, with a
rounded sinus jiist below the upper insertion and a small sinus at

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 659

the juncture of the outer and basal margins; columella and parietal
margins continuous, forming a raised ledge across the parietal wall.

Alt., estimated in full, 4.1, diam. 2.15, length of aperture 1.15 mm.

Two specimens were taken with the last near the head of Papary
Lake.

This species differs from /. souleyetanus Pils. by its darker color,
fewer whorls and slightly smaller size. It is the second species of
the genus to be taken, the other, I. souleyetanus Pils., having been
taken at Rio Doce, state "of Espiritu Santo, in southern Brazil.
In his description Dr. Pilsbry remarks, ''It is probably a straggler
from the fauna of eastern Brazil, of which little is known," a shrewd
deduction which the discovery of 7. pUshryi confirms. The species
is named for Dr. H. A. Pilsbry, who characterized the genus.

AMPULLARIID^.

Genus AMPULLARIA Lamarck.
Ampullaria gigas Spix.

Testae, fluv. bras., p. 1, tab. 1, 2.

Ten specimens were taken at Itacoatiara and one large and four
half-grown specimens were sent from the Goeldi Museum, the first
taken on the Island of Mexiana, two at Baiao on the right bank of
the Rio Tocantins, and two at Arumanduba, Parana de Almeirim.
Ampullaria figulina Spix.

L.C., p. 4, tab. iv, fig. 4.

Dead shells of this species were taken quite commonly on the
shores of Lake Estremoz and three specimens taken in the Igarape
de Paituna, near Monte Alegre, Fazenda Ponto, and eight taken
''in the wet plains near Arumanduba," Parana de Almeirim, were
sent from the Goeldi Museum.
Ampullaria insularum Orbigny.

Voyage dans rAmer. ]Merid., p. 371, pi. 51, figs. 1, 2.

This shell was rather common in the streams about Papar>^, asso-
ciated with the commoner A. testudinea Rve., and the Goeldi Museum
sent seven specimens taken in the Rio Nhamunda at Fazenda Paraiso,
near Faro, six from Boim e Pinhel, on the right bank of the Rio
Tapajoz, three from Monte Alegre, Igarape Pucii, and five from
Arumanduba, Parana de Almeirim. Von Ihering (Anal. Mus. Nac.
Bs. As., VI, Aug. 3, 1898) considers this species synonymous with
A. gigas Spix. All shells examined, while showing the same general
form and deep sutures, were easily separated by the much lighter
weight of the shells and the more open umbilicus.

660 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC.,.

Ampullaria lineata Spix.

L.c, p. 3, tab. V, fig. 2.

Four specimens were taken in the artificial lake on the water front
at Ceara, a single specimen near the Guajara-Assu Falls on the
Mamore River, and two specimens were sent by Mr. G. A. Waring
"from the lower portion of the Rio Mossoro in the state of Rio
Grande do Norte.
Ampullaria nobilis Reeve.

Conch. Icon., 1858, pi. ii, fig. 8.

Five specimens were taken in a small stream in the suburbs of
Para and ten taken on the Island of Mexiana, one from the Rio
Jamauchim and one from Baiao on the right bank of the Rio Tocan-
tins were sent from the Goeldi Museum.
Ampullaria peristomata Orbigny.

Magazin de Zoologie, 1835, p. 32; Voyage, pi. 52, figs. 4-6.

Three or four specimens of this species, which is characteristic of
the head waters of the Madeira River System, were taken on a sand
bank below the Guajara-Assu Falls and about thirty specimens at
Camp 43, M. & M. R. R.; three specimens were sent from the
Goeldi Museum, one each from the Rios Tapajoz, Jamauchim, and
Maccurii. Two specimens brought through without water proved,
to be alive and in good condition when put into water at the Academy
of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia about two months later.
Ampullaria testudinea Reeve.

Conch. Icon., X, pi. xxiv, fig. 114 (1856).

This was the commonest Ampullaria at Papary and at Ceara-
Mirim; three young shells were taken at Maranhao, and a single
specimen from the Rio Maccuru was sent from the Goeldi Museum.
Ampullaria bridgesii Reeve.

Conch. Icon., X, pi. .\i, fig. 50, (1856).

About forty specimens were taken at Para, a single very large and.
heavy dead specimen at Camp 43, M. & M. R. R., two specimens
were sent by Mr. G. A. Waring from "the lower portion of the Rio.
Mossoro, Rio Grande do Norte," and four were sent from the Goeldi
Museum, one from the Igarape de Paituna near Monte Alegre,
Fazenda Ponto, two from the Rio Maccuru, and one from the Igarape
Pucii, Monte Alegre.
Ampullaria crassa Swainson.

Zoological Illustrations, No. 28, tab. 136.

Six specimens taken "in the water-filled stone holes in the drv bed

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 661

of a small affluent of the Rio Jary near the great falls" near St.
Antonio da Cachoeira were sent from the Goeldi Museum. They
seem to fall into this species, although they are proportionally
slightly narrower than is typical for the species.

Genus MAEISA Gray.

Marisa cornu-arietis Linne.

Syst. Nat., X, p. 771, No. 590.
A single specimen of this species, taken at Alcobaga, on the Rio
Tocantins, was sent from the Goeldi Museum.

PHYSID^.

Genus PHYSA Draparnaud.
Physa rivalis (Maton and Rackett).

Bulla rivalis M. and R., Trans. Linn. Soc. London, VIH, 1807, p. 126, pL

4, fig. 2.
Physa sowerbyana Orbigny, in Sagi'a, Hist. fis. polit. e nat. de la Isla de Cuba,

Moluscos, p. 101, pi. 13, figs. 11-13, 1845.

About fifty specimens were taken in an artificial lake in the park
in front of the Cathedral of Para, half a dozen in Papar}^ Lake, and a
single dead specimen taken at Ceara-Mirim seems to be the same.

Physa sp. undet.

Forty or fifty young specimens taken at Maranhao seem somewhat
different from the preceding, but may be the same. They are too
young to diagnose with certainty.

PLANORBID^.

Genus PLANORBIS ISIiiller.

Planorbis anatinus Orbigny.

P. anatinus (Planorbe des Canardes) Orb., Voyage, V, pt. 3, p. 361, pi. 45,
figs. 17-20.

About twenty-five specimens were taken with Physa rivalis in the
artificial lake in Para.
Planorbis cultratus Orbigny.

In Sagra, I.e., p. 105, No. 115, pi. xiv, figs. 5, 8.

Half a dozen specimens were taken near the mouth of the principal
affluent of Lake Papar^^ . This is the southern known limit for the
species.

Planorbis cimex Moricand.

Thirteen specimens were taken with the preceding.
Planorbis guadeloupensis Sowerby.

Genera of Shells, Planorbis, fig. 2, (1824?).

This shell was taken commonly with the preceding two near Lake

662 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Papary and was not rare on the shores of Lake Estremoz, all specimens
having been taken dead. So far as is known to the writer, this
species has not been taken before in South America, and this is the
southern known limit for the species.
Flanorbis stramineus Dunker.

Conchylien Cabinet, p. 4, pi. v, fig. 7a.
Specimens were taken with the preceding at Papary Lake, at
Ceara-Mirim, and at Ceara. There are about half a dozen very
similar forms of Planorbis described from South America, not figured
or imperfectly figured, quite possibly reducible to one or two species.
Planorbis stramineus Dunker seems to be the first of these to be
described.

Planorbis depressissimus Moricand.

Mem. de la Soc. de Phys. et d'Hist. Nat. de Geneve, VIII, 1S39, p. 143, pL
3, figs. 10, 11.

One specimen of this species "from the Coast Region of Ceara"
was sent by Mr. Rocha.

Planorbis peregrinus Orbigny.

Magazin de Zoologie, 1835, p. 26; Voyage, p. 348, pi. 44, figs. 13-16.
One specimen ''from the Coast Region of Ceara" was sent by
Mr. Rocha.

Segmentina paparyensis n. sp. PI. XXVI, figs. 9, 10, 11.

Shell dextral, broadly, rather deeply umbilicate, rather solid,
planorboid, everywhere sculptured with minute, retractive, sharp
costulse, irregularly sized and spaced, the interspaces being broader,
and showing on the base, under a strong glass, minute spiral striations
formed by the crinkling of the radiating costulae; light horn colored.
Whorls 4, regularly increasing, the last subangulate below the
periphery behind the outer lip for about \ turn, scarcely angulate
below, very sharply descending at the mouth; apex depressed, only
the last two whorls reaching the upper level of the shell. Aperture
very oblique, subhorizontal, rounded; lip simple, not thickened nor
sharpened, slightly reflected at the lower angle, extremities,
approaching, and joined by a slight callus in some specimens; aper-
tural lamellae five, two parietal and three (palatal) on the outer wall;
upper parietal lamella about central, the lower about midway between
this and the columellar junction and appearing about half the size
on external inspection, both showing a nearly triangular section, the
lower sides being nearly horizontal, the upper ascending; lower
palatal lamella beginning near the suture and extending nearly

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 663

transversely across the base, and slightly up the outer side, straight
and rather evenly arched; remaining palatal lamellae deep within
the shell, nearly horizontal, short, the lower one slightly larger.

Greatest diam. 6, least diam. 5.25, alt. 2 mm.

Two specimens of this species, which seems to be new, were taken
near the mouth of the main affluent of Papar^^ Lake with the species
noted above.

It differs from S. janeirensis Clessin by the unusually deep descent
of the last whorl at the aperture.

Genus GUNDLACHIA Pfeiffer.

Gundlaohia bakeri Pilsbry, n. sp.

Several specimens of this species were taken with Physa rivalis and
Planorbis anatinus in the artificial lake in Para. They were not
noticed at the time of collection, but were discovered in a bottle
of alcoholics containing the Physa rivalis and Planorbis anatinus
noted above. They are described by Dr. Pilsbry in a supplementary
paper. ^

SPH^IRIID^.
Genus EUPEKA Bourguignat.
Eupera. PI. XXVI, fig. 12.

Shell rather small, delicate, very inequipartite, compressed, trans-
versely oblong, subrhomboidal, narrowing positively, and well
rounded anteriorly, the lower margin moderately curved, the pos-
terior broad and subtruncate, angulate above at the extremity of the
hinge line, subangulate below, sharply compressed posteriorly below
the hinge line, producing a sulcus extending from the umbo to the
posterior end of the valve at an angle of about thirty degrees from
the horizontal; everywhere sculptured with nearly even and evenly
spaced concentric costulse, about twelve to the millimeter on the
middle of the valve and considerably finer near the beaks; color a
slightly glistening yellow horn color, maculated irregularly and
rather closely with small purplish to black dots distributed in rather
radiating patterns and massing posteriorly to an irregular line along
the posterior sulcus. Beaks small, closely approaching, and pointing
forward, calyculate ; cartilage moderately exposed ; hinge line narrow,
straight posteriorly, very slightly curved anteriorly, armed with a
single, almo.st obsolete cardinal in each valve, two moderately
strong, simple laterals in the right valve and a simple anterior and a
strongly bifid posterior lateral in the left valve.

Length 6, diam. 3, alt. 4 mm.

664 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

About twenty specimens of this species were taken from the roots

of the water hyacinth on the left bank of the main affluent of Lake

Papar5% In view of the difficulty of the group, several closely

similar forms being described, some of them imperfectly, it has been

thought best to leave this species nameless. The description and

figure should enable some future reviser to determine the Lake

Papary form.

UNIONID^.

Genus CASTALIA Lamarck.
Castalia ambigua Lamarck.

An. sans Vert., VI, 1819, p. 67.

Tetraplodon ambiguus Lam., Simpson, Proc. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXII, p. 863.

One perfect, dead specimen and with several valves, were taken just
below the Guajara-Assii Falls, and about twenty dead specimens
were taken on a sand bank below Camp 43, M. & M. R. R.; three
valves taken on the Ilha de Goyana, in the Rio Tapajoz, and one
from the Ilha Itaiuna, near Cameta, Rio Tocantins, were sent from
the Goeldi ]\Iuseum.
Castalia quadrilatera Orbigny.

Guerin, Mag. de ZooL, No. 62, 1835, p. 42.

Tetra'plodon quadr Hater um (Orbigny), Simpson, I.e., p. 864.

A single mature specimen taken in the Rio Jamauchim was sent
from the Goeldi Museum.

Genus HYRIA Lamarck.
Hyria corrugata Lamarck, var. exasperata (Sowerby).

Hyria exasperata Sowerby, Conch, Icon., XVII, 1869, pi. 2, fig. 3.

Simpson {I.e., p. 869) unites the variety with the type. About a
dozen specimens were taken at Camp 43, M. & M. R. R., all of which
were almost exactly alike, and all of which correspond so exactly
with Sowerby's figure that it seems to the writer that the variety
must be valid.
Hyria jamauchimensis n. sp. PL XXVII, figs. 8, 9.

Shell rather light, compressed, subrhomboidal, inequipartite;
beaks low, eroded, but still showing signs of strong radial sculpture
which extends over the disk about half way to the margin, the central
bars anastomosing and dividing irregularly, a few of them extending
brokenly nearly to the edge of the shell; anterior and posterior bars
nearly horizontal and more defined; growth lines close, but fairly
distinct, decussating the radial sculpture throughout; epidermis
rather delicate, light yellow-olive; a small anterior wing with a
slightly upturned angle and more distinctly winged posteriorly, the

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 665

posterior wing being distinctly twisted to the left side; posterior
ridge not prominent, indistinctly duplicated, producing an indistinct
biangulation; posterior groove scarcely perceptible; superior margin
slightly arcuate, anterior narrowed, sharply curved above and
gradually and regularly extending into and through the basal margin
in an evenly decreasing curve to the lower, posterior angle; posterior
margin obliquely truncate; hinge line sharply curved; right valve
with three pseudocardinals, two small, simple, widely diverging,
including between them a large, triangular middle pseudocardinal
which is split into six irregular denticles, and a long, narrow, low-
arched lateral lying well within the margin of the posterior wing;
left valve with three pseudocardinals, the anterior simple and promi-
nent, the posterior two flattened and irregularly divided into denti-
cles, and two long laterals which coalesce anteriorly over about one-
third of their length; anterior muscle scar rather evenly rounded,
well impressed, posterior elongate and indistinct; pallial line well
marked; nacre pearly-white, iridescent posteriorly; ligament mod-
erate, thickened posteriorly.

Animal unknown.

Length 45.75, width 31, diam. 11.75 mm.

A young specimen of this species which seems to be new, taken
in the Rio Jamauchim, was sent from the Goeldi Museum. The
sculpture suggests H. rugossissima Sby., but is very much finer than
in that species.

Genus PRISODON Schumacher.
Frisodon obliquus Schumacher.

Ess. Nouv. Syst., 1817, p. 139, pi. xl, fig. 2.
Simpson, I.e., p. 871.

One specimen taken at Boim, on the Rio Tapajoz, was sent from
the Goeldi Museum.
Prisodon syrmatophorus (Meuschen).

Mya syrmatophora Meuschen, in Gronovius, Zooph., 1781, pi. xviii, figs. 1, 2.

Prisondon (,yrmatophorus (Meuschen), Simpson, I.e., p. 870.

Seventeen specimens taken in the Rio Jamauchim were sent from
the Goeldi Museum.

Genua DIPLODON Spix.
Diplodon kelseyi n. sp. PI. XXVII, figs. 5, 6, 7.

Shell transversely subrhomboidal, rather heavy, of moderate size,

very inequipartite; epidermis dark brown to black, rayless and

almost lustreless; dorsal margin markedly curved, the basal nearly'

straight, narrowly, evenly rounded in front, obliquely truncate

44

666 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

behind, producing a subangulation above and below, scarcely alate;
beaks rather low, sculptured with strong ribs, nearly vertical in front,
more radiating posteriorly and changing abruptly to nearly horizontal
in the posterior sulcus; everywhere marked by strong concentric
growth lines which decussate the beak sculpture and become almost
lamellate in the posterior sulcus, and very faintly marked by obsolete
radiating lines discoverable over most of the shell; posterior ridge
low, posterior gToove shallow and flat ; hinge line much curved, right
valve with a large and a small compressed pseudocardinal, which
are nearly parallel, the upper (anterior) thin, straight, and regular,
the other much heavier, but varying in different specimens, both
variously corrugated and lined on their adjacent surfaces and nearly
smooth on their distal surfaces, and, on the same valve, a long, slender
lateral which is generally roughened on the inner surface and minutely,
irregularly serrate on the edge ; left valve with two compressed pseu-
docardinals, one in front of the other, the anterior one roughened
and much the larger, and two long, slender, and nearly parallel
laterals ; beak cavities moderately deep ; cicatrices deeply impressed
and well defined, the anterior irregularly incised on the posterior
edge; nacre not brilliant, bluish -white, slightly iridescent behind.

Length 59.5, width 37.5, diam. 28 mm.

Thirteen specimens of this species, which seems to be new, taken
in the Rio Jamauchim, were sent from the Goeldi Museum. The
species is named for Professor F. W. Kelsey, of San Diego, Cal.,
who has kindly undertaken the photographing of the shells illus-
trated in this paper.
Diplodon obsolescens n. sp. PI. XXII, figs. 16, 17.

Shell rather thin, elongate subrhomboidal, rather full, very inequi-
partite; beaks low, eroded, but apparently presenting the peculiar
radial sculpture characteristic of the genus; everywhere marked by
concentric growth lines and with about two-fifths of the disk marked
by extensions of the radial sculpture of the beaks; epidermis rather
heavy, black, rayless; anterior margin rather evenly rounded; basal
margin nearly straight; posterior margin truncate with evenly
rounded upper and lower angles; superior margin slightly curved;
hinge line distinctly angulate below the umbones; teeth very poorly
developed, the outer (anterior) pseudocardinal of the right valve
being restricted to a narrow, scarcely perceptible ridge, the other
being broader but only slightly more elevated, the long lateral a
little more prominent than either pseudocardinal; pseudocardinals
of the left valve equally obsolete, while the two laterals are fairly

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 667

developed; location of teeth and general shape characteristic of the
genus; beak cavities very shallow, nacre dull bluish-white.

Length 57, width 25.5, diam. 16.5 mm.

One complete specimen and four broken valves of this species,
which seems to be new, taken in the Rio Jamauchim, were sent from
the Goeldi Museum. All of the specimens are more or less damaged,
but it seemed best to describe the species from the material at hand
on account of the remarkable obsolescence of the hinge teeth.

Genus ANODONTITES Bruguiere.

Anodontites ensiformis (Spis).

Anodon ensiformis Spix. Test. fluv. bras., 1827, p. 31, pi. xxiv, fig. 1.
Glabaris ensiformis (Spix) Simpson, I.e., p. 932.

A single valve was taken at Camp 43, M. & M. R. R.

Anodontites trapezialis Lamarck, var. anserinus (Spix).

Anodon anserina Spix, I.e., p. 29, pi. xvii, figs. 1, 2.
A single mature specimen taken in the Rio Jamauchim was sent
from the Goeldi Museum.

Anodontites dalli n. sp. PI. XXVII. figs. 1, 2.

Shell oblong elliptical, rather heavy, moderately full, very inequi-
partite; beaks rather low, eroded, but apparently nearly smooth;
epidermis moderately dense, chestnut colored, light at the beaks,
becoming dark at the margins, very slightly shining; rayless; every-
where showing rather distant, low-rounded, concentric growi;h ridges
with many fine, wavy, concentric, incised lines between and overlying
them; obsolete radiating lines perceptible without a glass over most
of the surface ; posterior ridge low, rounded, posterior sulcus shallow
and not well defined, much roughened by the growth lines; hinge
line nearly straight, about half the length of the shell, with a long,
thin ligament, edentulous; anterior margin narrowly and rather
evenly rounded, base a long, even curve; posterior margin very
obliquely truncate above, sharply rounded below; beak cavities
broad and shallow, cicatrices smooth, showing continuous nacreous
layers, anterior distinct and well impressed, posterior scarcely
defined; nacre silvery -white, iridescent throughout; pallial line
distinct.

Animal unknown.

Length 77, width 37, diam. 23 mm.

A single well-preserved specimen of this species, taken on the
Island of Mexiana, was sent from the Goeldi Museum. The species
is nd^med for Dr. W. H. Dall, of the National Museum.

668 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Anodontites bartschi n. sp. PI. XXVII, 3, 4.

Shell small, uniformly thin, obliquely subelliptical, moderately
full, inequipartite; rather smooth, the growth lines being fine and
low, and with obsolete radiating lines produced by a peculiar wrinkle
striation irregularly placed, which is not constant, having largely
disappeared from the type; epidermis thin, light yellow-olive to
dark yellow-olive, rayless; posterior ridge low, with a small, sharp
duplication, posterior sulcus shallow; anterior margin subangulate
above, regularly and slantingly rounded into the base, the outline
of the base becoming nearly straight posteriorly; posterior margin
obliquely truncate, forming a straight line contained 2| times in the
greatest length; obtusely angulate above, terminating below in a
rather broad posterior point; upper margin and hinge line slightly
curved; edentulous with a very narrow, thin ligament; beaks rather
full, eroded, but apparently smooth; beak cavities moderate, cica-
trices indistinct, the anterior very large; pallial line indistinct; nacre
silvery-white, not brilliant, but slightly iridescent throughout.

Animal unknown.

Greatest length 35.5, width 25, diam. 14 mm.

Three specimens of this species, all probably somewhat immature,
taken at Boim e Pinhel, on the left bank of the Rio Tapajoz, were sent
from the Goeldi Museum. The species differs from all the round
species of Anodontites by the truncation of the posterior extremity.
It is named for Dr. Paul Bartsch, of the National Museumi.

Anodontites sp. undet.

A single specimen of this genus, taken with the preceding, too young
to identify, but not corresponding to any of the foregoing species,
was sent from the Goeldi Museum.

Appendix: Notes on Gundlachia Pfr., by H. A. Pilsbry.

The peculiar Ancyloids known as Gundlachia have been the occa-
sion of some speculation and difference of opinion among concholo-
gists. That Gundlachia is dimorphic, sometimes maturing as an
Ajicylus without the intervention of a septate stage, was first
intimated by Guppy in 1870 ^ and later by several other naturalists.
It was observed by the present writer about 1886,- and recently by
Mr. J. A. Allen, who proved the identity of the septate and non-
septate forms by breeding them in jars.

^ Guppy, American Journal of Conchology, VI, 1870, p. 311.
2 Pilsbry, Nautilus, IX, 1895, p. 63. Cf. also Bryant Walker, Nautilus, XXI,
1907, p. 14. *

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 669

Nordenskiold ^ and Dall'' consider Gundlachia to be merely a dry
season or winter stage of Ancylus. As Dr. Dall expresses it, "an
Ancylus which has under favorable circumstances been able to form
a calcareous epiphragm and survive the winter, which ordinarily
kills the great mass of individuals, and while retaining the shell of
the first year, to secrete an enlarged and somewhat discrepant shell
during its second summer," this ability not being possessed by all
Ancyli.

The rarity and sporadic occurrence of Gundlachia are apparently
favorable to this view; yet on closer inspection, less favorable than
at first appears. Of the Gundlachias I have myself collected, or
known from specimens taken in regions where the Ancylus fauna is
well known, not one can be regarded as a form of any known Ancylus
of the region. Each one of the known United States forms of
Gundlachia is specifically distinct from any Ancylus, wholly apart
from the septum-forming ability. The case would be quite different
if the only difference between a Gundlachia and some Ancylus of the
same fauna was the presence of a septum in some individuals.

Ancylus commonly lives over winter in this latitude. I have
repeatedly collected specimens in the spring, in which the previous
season's growth was distinguishable from the new growth by greater
solidity and a coat of iron stain. In the Delaware River I have
taken specimens in winter from under stones at low water, in places
which had previously been covered with ice. In size they varied
from quite small to full grown.

The only case known to me where a Gundlachia has been identified
with a known species of Ancylus is Nordenskiold's reference of a
form from the Chaco region to A. moricandi Orb. It is quite possible
that this identification might l^e altered on thorough comparison
of authentic specimens.

Dr. Dall has proposed a convenient terminology for the post-
embryonic stages in the life of Gundlachia, as follows:
I. Ancyloid stage, shell simple, .4nc?/Zws-shaped.
II, Septate stage, a deck or septum added.

III. Gundlachia stage,^ an Ancylus-like shell added to the margins
of the aperture of the septate stage, the latter lying obliquely upon it.

The form in which there is no septate stage, and which is indis-

3 Zoologischer Anzeiger, XXVI, 1903, p. 590.

^ Nautilus, XVII, Jan., 1904, p. 97; American Naturalist, XLV, March, 1911,
p. 175.

' The genus Gundlachia was originally described from specimens in the
"septate stage," but later was found in the third stage.

670 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

tinguishable from Ancylus, may be termed the non-septate form.
It is not merely the ancyloid stage grown large, because the young
non-septate never has the shape of the ancyloid stage. When of
the same length as that, it is a wider shell. This is certainly the
case in the Illinois species which I collected about 1886, and, so far
as I can make out, in Mr. Allen's Ohio specimens also. It appears,
therefore, that in all post-embrj'onic stages the septate form differs
from the non-septate.

It seems certain that the tj^pical forms of Ancylus and the great
majorit}' of known species never develop a septate form, which,
from Mr. Allen's observations, seems dependent upon physical
conditions. Whether Gundlachia is to be retained as a genus depends
upon whether we consider the ability to produce the septate form
to be a character of taxonomic value. To me it appears to be so,
even though the character is not expressed in all individuals or
under all conditions.
Gundlachia bakeri n. sp. PI. XXVI, figs. 1, 2, 3.

In the second or septate stage the shell is oblong, the width con-
tained twice in the length; sides slightly convex. The obtuse,
rounded summit is very close to the posterior end and overhangs
the right margin. Back and left slope are strongly convex; posterior
and right slopes short and steep. There are a few low, wave-like
concentric wrinkles near the embryonic shell and some faint radial
lines on the anterior part. The sides curve into the deck, except
posteriorly where there is an angle or keel at junction of upper
surface and deck. The deck or septum is convex and covers about
two-thirds of the lower face. The aperture is oval, its margins
elevated, blackish, and a little reflexed.
Length 2.8, width 1.4, alt. 1 mm.

Several dozen specimens were taken during the dry season in an
artificial lake or pond in one of the small parks of the city of Para
situated between the public market and the Cathedral. Over a
hundred specimens of Physa rivalis M. & R., Planorbis anatinus Orb.,
and what the collector supposed to be Ancylus were taken from the
dead leaves and debris in the pond and preserved together in alcohol.
Part of the collecting was done by stripping the leaves. On examina-
tion of the bottle after arrival in Philadelphia a number of specimens
of the septate form of Gundlachia were discovered and the supposed
Ancylus is probably the non-septate form, presumably of the same
species.

The pond is two hundred or more feet long, rather narrow and

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 671

winding, and averages three or four feet deep. It empties by an
overflow and is supplied by a small fountain which was always
playing on the numerous occasions when the park was visited.
The large amount of dead leaves and debris on the bottom of the
pond makes it probable that it has not been drained for a long time,
if ever, since its construction.

This species, named for Dr. Fred Baker, who collected the series,
differs from the form figured by Nordenskiold by its smaller size
and the far more eccentric apex. The position of the apex will also
serve to separate G. bakeri from G. textilina Guppy of Trinidad
and all other known species of the genus. A large series taken is
very constant in size and form. Specimens in the first or Ancyloid
stage and others with the septum in various degrees of development
occurred in the same gathering. There were none, however, in the
third or complete Gundlachia stage.

With the Gundlachia just described there were many specimens of
an Ancyloid which may be the dimorphic form alluded to above, in
which the septate stage is omitted, or possibly it inaj^ be a distinct
species of true Ancylus.'^ These shells (PI. XXVI, figs. 4 to 8) are thin,
fragile, corneous, and diaphanous, oval, the apex slightly behind the
posterior fourth of the length and almost overhanging the right
margin; anterior and left slopes convex, posterior and right slopes
more or less concave; apex rounded, with a slight apical depression,
the embryonic shell minutely pitted; surface elsewhere marked
with faint growth lines and minute, unequal radial striae, wanting
on the short slope below the apex.

Length 4.1, width 3, height 1 mm.

With some resemblance to A. excentricus Morelet, this form differs
by its broader contour and more eccentric apex.

The young shell, 2.4 mm. long (PL XXVI, fig 4), is much wider than
the ancyloid stage of G. bakeri of similar length, the breadth con-
tained only about 1.4 times in the length, while an Ancyloid of the
same length is twice as long as broad.

Whether this form will turn out to be the non-septate form of
G. bakeri or a distinct species of Ancylus is an open question, but
I incline to the former view.

6 The South American Ancyli do not belong to any of the subgenera estab-
lished for northern species. In most of them the embryonic shell is punctate,
pitted, or pock-marked and of an obtuse, rounded shape, with the usual apical
depression. This group may be called Hebetancyliis, type A. moricandi Orb.
Others have an acute, hooked apex, also shghtly punctate near the margin of
the embryonic shell, subgenus Uncancylus, type A. barilensis Moricand. Both
groups are sinistral.

672 proceedings of the academy of [dec,

Reference to Plates XXI-XXVII.
Plate XXI. — Figs. 1, 2.^Helicina schereri n. sp.
Fig. 3. — Helicina guajarana n. sp.
Figs. 4, 5. — Helicina laterculus n sp.
Figs. 6, 7. — Guppya mayi, n. sp.
Figs. 8, 9. — Strobilops braziliana n. sp.
Fig. 10. — Leptinaria imperforata n. sp.
Fig. 11. — Leptinaria perforata n. sp.
Figs. 12-14. — Zonitoides par ana n. sp.

Plate XXII. — Figs. 1, 2. — Solaropsis rugifera Dohrn.

Figs. 3, 4.—Happia snethlagei n. sp.

Figs. 5-7. — -Streptaxis cookeana n. sp.

Figs. 8~10. ^AStreptaxis abunaensis n. sp.

Figs. 11-13. — -Eiitodina jeckylii n. sp.

Figs. 14, 15. — Systrophia eatoni n. sp.

Figs. 16, 17. — Diplfldon obsolescens n. sp.

Fig. 18. — Orlhalicus sultana meobambensis Pfr.

Fig. 19. — Psadara derbyi cearana n. subsp.
Plate XXIII. — Figs. 1-4. — Drymceus branneri n. sp.

Figs. 5-8. — Drymoeus linostoma suprapunctatus n. subsp.

Figs. 9, 10. — Tomigerus ]iilsbryi n. sp.

Figs. 11, 12. — Odontostomus inflatus costulatus Anc.

Figs. 13, 14. — Buliinulus rochai suturalis n. subsp.

Figs. 15, 16. — Odontostomus scabrellus cylindricus n. subsp.

Fig. 17. — Buliinuliis rnrhai taipuensis n. subsp.

Fig. 18. — OdoNtos/oiinis infhitus maranguapensis n. subsp.

Figs. 19, 20. — Bulimulus rochai n. sp.

-Figs. 21, 22. — -Corona regalis Hupe.
Plate XXIV. — Figs. 1-7. — Doryssa transversa jaryensis n. subsp.

Figs. 8, 9. — Doryssa transversa tapajosensis n. subsp.

Fig. 10. — Doryssa rex n. sp.

Figs. 11, 12. — Doryssa transversa tapajosensis n. subsp.

Figs. 13, 14. — Doryssa transversa, var. near macapa.

Fig. 15. — Doryssa rex n. sp.

Figs. 16, 17. — Doryssa rex regina n. subsp.
Plate XXV. — Figs. 1, 2. — Doryssa globosa n. sp.

Figs. 3, 4. — Doryssa heathi n. sp.

Figs. 5, 6. — Doryssa starksi n. sp.

Fig. 7. — Doryssa heathi n. sp., young shell.

Fig. 8. — Doryssa iheringi n. sp.

Fig. 9. — Doryssa cachoeircE n. sp.

Fig. 10. — Doryssa cachoerioe. sulcata n. subsp.

Figs. 11, 12. — Doryssa tucunareensis n. sp.

Figs. 13, 14. — Doryssa starksi n. sp.

Fig. 15. — Hemisinus flammeus n. sp.

Fig. 16. — Hemisinus flammeus elongatus n. subsp.
Plate XXVI. — Figs. 1, 2, 3. — Gundlachia baker i Pils., n. sp. Dorsal, lateral,
and ventral views of the type.

Fig. 4. — Gundlachia bakcri. Very young individual of non-septate form.

Figs. 5-8. — Gundlachia bakeri. Non-septate form, dorsal, lateral, ventral,
and posterior views of the adult stage.

Figs. Q-ll. —Segmentina paparyensis n. sp.

Fig. 12. — Eupera sp. undet.

Figs. 13, 14. — Idiopyrgus pilsbryi n. sp.

Fig. 15. — Littoridina manni n. sp.
Plate XXVII.— Figs. 1, 2.—Anodontites dalli n. sp.

Figs. 3, 4. — Anodontites bartschi n. sp.

Fig. 5. — Diplodon kelseyi n. sp., young.

Figs. 6, 7. — Diplodon kelseyi n. sp.

Figs. 8, 9. — Hijrin jamauchimensis n. sp.

1913.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 673

CTJRIMATUS SPILUEUS COPE, A WRONGLY IDENTIFIED CHARACIN.
BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

In 1878 Prof. Cope lists the specimens described below as Curimaiusr
spilurus Giinther without comment. In 1906 I followed this identi-
fication, though recently have been able to examine Gunther's
species, and find it distinct. Cope's species therefore requires a
new name, and is evidently the type of a new subgenus as well.

XYROCHARAX subgen. nov.
Type Curimatus stigmaturus sp. nom. nov.
Back elevated or hunched conspicuously in front. Scales large,
smooth, in even lengthwise series. Caudal lobes naked.
Small fishes of the Amazons.

{Eupov, razor; Mpa^, Charax; with reference to the trenchant
elevated predorsal region.)
Curimatus stigmaturus sp. nom. nov.

Curimatus spilurus (not of Giinther) Cope, Proc. Aincr. Philos. Soc. Phila.,.

XVII, 1878, p. 684. Peruvian Amazon.

Curimata spilura Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.. 1906, p. 297, tig. 4

(Cope's material).

Head 2^; depth 2|; D. iii, 9; A. iii, 8; P. i, 10; V. i, 8; scales

30 in 1. 1. to caudal base, and 3? more on latter; 6 scales above 1. 1.

to dorsal origin; 5 scales below 1. 1. to ventral origin; 4 scales below

1. 1. to anal origin; predorsal scales 9? (damaged); snout 3| in head;

eye2|; maxillary 4|; interorbital 2f ; least depth of caudal peduncle

21

Body elongate, well compressed, deepest or hunched at dorsal
origin, so that predorsal forms well-curved convex profile sloping
very steeply to occiput, the incline not broken. Predorsal also
trenchant or with slight median keel. Postdorsal constricted, though
convex. Preventral and postanal convex, first broadly so. Post-
ventral apparently trenchant. Caudal peduncle compressed, deep,
and least depth nearly equals its length.

Head large, depressed above or in front, which level and obliquely
and steeply inclined to predorsal in nearly straight line, as seen in
profile. Head with sides flattened and well constricted below to
form rather narrow edge wich nearly horizontal profile. Snout

674 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

broad, depressed or flattened, and trifle wider than long. Eye
large, little elevated, a little anterior. Adipose eyelid not developed.
Mouth broad, terminal, with short commissure about half way in
snout length. Maxillary small, thin, about f in snout. Lips thin,
and rather firm cutaneous edges without cilia. Tongue not distinct.
Jaws about even, rami wide and little elevated in mouth. Nostrils
together, about last third in snout length, anterior simple pore and
posterior in crescent. Interorbital broad, flat. Preorbital rather
narrow, equals long infraorbital, both smooth. Preopercle con-
current with infraorbital and cheek thus covered entirely by last.
Opercle large, smooth. Occipital fontanel broad, uninterrupted
from internasal space to occiput. Occipital process short and
equilaterally triangular.

Gill-opening extends forward about midway in eye. No gill-
rakers. Filaments about half of eye. Isthmus narrowly constricted,
convex.

Scales large, cycloid, exposed edges entire, attached edges usually
with 3 lobules. Scales of mostly uniform size, though a little smaller
on caudal base. Scales on isthmus slightly smaller than those on
breast, and latter equal those on sides of body, also of uniform size
over their area. Ventral with small axillary pointed scaly flap.
L. 1. complete, straight, inclined parallel with axis of body from
shoulder to caudal base medianly. Tubes simple, and about equally
developed anteriorly as elsewhere. Hind edge of each scale in 1. 1.
with slight notch. ^

Dorsal origin midway between snout tip and origin of adipose fin,
and apparently front rays little longer than others (fin damaged).
Adipose fin slender, about long as eye. Anal inserted well before
front of adipose fin, or about midway between ventral origin and
caudal base, front rays longest (fin damaged). Pectoral short
(damaged). Ventral inserted about opposite middle of dorsal base,
iin pointed and nearly reaches anal. Vent close before anal.

Color in alcohol brownish, paler on sides of head and body, and
lower regions, where also with slightly silvery tinge. Iris whitish.
Including 1. 1. for width of its scales its entire extent paler band.
Caudal blackish basally, or spot thus formed about equal to eye,
and but slightly reflected on median rays for a short space. Fins
pale brownish.

Length 38 mm. (caudal damaged).

Not shown on my figure in Proc, 1906.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 675

Type, No. 21,424, A. N. S. P. Nauta, on the Maranon River,
Peru. 1873, Prof. James Orton. From Prof. E. D. Cope.

Also Nos. 21,425 to 21,427, A. N. S. P., paratypes, same data.
These show: Head 2f to 2|; depth 2| to 2f ; D. iii, 9; A. iii, 7 or
iii, 8; scales 29 or 30 in 1. 1. to caudal base and 3 more on latter;
5 or 6 scales above 1. 1.; 5 scales below 1. 1. to ventral origin; 10
predorsal scales (mostly damaged); snout 3| to 3f in head; eye
2f to 2|; maxillary 4f to 4f; interorbital 2| to 2f ; length 33 to
38 mm. (caudals damaged).

This species is related to Ciirimatus dorsalis Eigenmann and
Eigenmann.2 In C. dorsalis the preventral region is described
with a median series of large scales, though in the present species
they are uniform in size. C. dorsalis has persistent scales, with the
broadly rounded posterior margin crenate, and in C. stigmaturus
the scales have the rounded posterior margin entire. C. dorsalis
has the pores of the anterior scales of the lateral line imperfectly
developed or wanting, while in C. stigmaturus they are about equally
developed. C. dorsalis has origin of dorsal midway between tip of
snout and tip of adipose fin, while it is more anterior in C. stigmaturus.
The other characters given for C. dorsalis are largely in agreement,
though do not appear to me to be construed as due to age.

(Iriyfia, blotch; oopa, tail; on account of the dark caudal spot.)

s Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., IV, 1889, pp. 4-20. »

676 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC.

NOTES ON SOME COSTA RICAN ARACHNIDA
BY NATHAN BANKS.

In the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia for 1909, pp. 194-234, I published a list of Arachnida
from Costa Rica kindly sent me for determination by Prof. Tristan
and Dr. Biolley. Since then Prof. Tristan has sent a further con-
signment of these animals, and Prof. Calvert has sent me the Arach-
nids collected during his trip in that country (May, 1909, to May, 1910) .
The following notes are based on these collections. The types from
the material sent by Prof. Calvert are in the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, the others are in the author's collection.

DRASSID^.

ZIMIROMUS n. gen.

A Drassid; eyes as figured; both rows strongly procurved; A..
M. E. larger than the other eyes; lip nearly square, maxillae long
and impressed, a black ridge on the outer tip, inner tip with brush
of black hairs; a short dorsal groove; spinnerets similar to Zimiris;
legs slender, with spines, trochanter about one-half the length of the
coxa; claws distinctly toothed.

Differs from the other Prodidomoid Drassids in the strongly
procurved eye-rows and large A. M. E.
Zimiromus fragilis n. sp. PL XXVIII, fig. 9.

Cephalothorax, mandibles, and sternum pale yellowish; legs
very pale, femora darker; abdomen gray, nearly ])lack above, un-
marked, w^ith stiff black hairs at base. Legs slender, with only a
few spines on anterior pairs, more numerous on the hind legs, the
latter much longer than the abdomen. Vulva large; a long cavity
containing a pale transversely ridged tongue.

Length 5 mm.

From Turrialba, Costa Rica (Tristan).
Teminius conjuncta n. sp. Pl. XXVIII, fig. 2.

Cephalothorax, mandibles, and sternum dark reddish-brown;
legs more yellowish, blacker on femora above and more red-brown
on the tarsi and metatarsi I and II; abdomen dark gray, with black

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 677

hair. Cephalothorax moderately long, much narrowed in front,
legs rather stout, tarsi and metatarsi I and II heavily scopulate
beneath, tibia I with one apical spine beneath, tibia II with an
apical spine and one near the middle; no spines above on tibise
III or IV, but several below and on sides. Posterior eye-row barely
procurved, M. E. scarcely oval, slightly more than their diameter
apart, and about twice as far from the equal laterals. Anterior
eye-row procurved, all large, M. E. less than their diameter apart,
.and about half as far from the slightly smaller laterals.

Length 12 mm.

From St. Maria Dota, Costa Rica (Tristan).

CLUBIONIDiE.

Clubiona tigrina Cambridge.

Near Hacienda Guachipelin, Guanacaste; 1,700 feet. Jan. 15,
1910 (Calvert).
Chemmis punctigera Cambr. PI. XXVIII, fig. 8.

This form may be distinct from C. frederid Simon; the figure I
give of the vulva agrees better with that given by the elder Cam-
I)ridge for this species and is quite unlike that given by the younger
Cambridge for C. frederici; the markings are broken up into small
spots.

Turrialba, Costa Rica (Tristan). Juan Vifias, clearing near
Rio Reventazon, May 3, 1910 (Calvert).
Pelayo insignis Bka. PI. XXVIII, fig. 14.

A female of this species from St. Maria Dota, Costa Rica, vulva
.as shown in figure ; the basal median mark of the abdomen is broken
up into three spots and the apical mark contains a transverse pale
spot.
Anypliaena pretiosa n. sp. PI. XXVIII, fig. 4.

Pale yellowish, a dark stripe each side on the cephalothorax;
many small dark spots on abdomen, in the middle behind they
unite to form a series of chevrons, a dark spot at base of the tibiae;
tibiae I and II with four pairs of spines l^eneath. Mandibles vertical,
each with two dark lines in front. A. ]M. E. much smaller than the
other eyes. Vulva as figured.

Length 5 mm.

From St. Maria Dota, Costa Rica (Tristan).
Anyphaena furcatella n. sp. PI. XXVIII, fig. 5.

Pale yellowish; a faint dark stripe each side on the cephalothorax;
legs very long and slender and with very long spines; coxae all

678 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC.^

unarmed. A. M. E. very much smaller than the other eyes; man-
dibles slender, vertical; the tibia of the male palpus is broad and at
tip with two acute projections, one of which has a short upper spur.

A female, which may belong to the same species, is unmarked,
and has a vulva as figured.

Length 5 mm.

From St. Maria Dota, Costa Rica (Tristan).

Sillns putUS Cambridge.

Cache, March 7, 1910 (Calvert).

AGBLENIDJE.
Agelsena sp.

Juan Viiias, 3,200 feet, in a bromeliad, April 26, 1910, a young^
specimen (Calvert).

THERIDIID^.
Theridion bioUeyi Banks. PI. XXVIII, fig. 7.

The palpus of the male (previously unknown) is shown in figure;
the markings are similar to those of the female.
Lithyphantes lugubris Cambr.

From Cache, March 9, 1910 (Calvert).

BPEIRID^.
Edricus tricuspis Getaz.

Unknown to the Biologia; one female from Juan Vinas, "farther
waterfall," 29 Sept., 1909 (Calvert). A figure of the dorsum is
given; the abdomen is shorter than in E. crassicauda. The length,
5 mm., given in the Biologia is wrong, as Getaz says the abdomen
is 9 mm. long.
Tetragnatha alba Cambridge.

Santa Cruz, Jan. 20, 1910, and Quebrada de Panteon de Liberia,
Jan. 12, 1910, both in Guanacaste (Calvert).

Tetragnatha antillana Simon.

Cache, stream through coffee plantation, March 3, 1910 (Calvert) -
Tetragnatha guatemalensis Cambridge.

Banana River region, Nov. 4-10, 1910 (Calvert).
Tetragnatha mexicana Keyserling.

Juan Vinas, laguna, 3,300 feet, Feb. 18, 1910 (Calvert).
Tetragnatha tenuissima Cambridge.

Juan Vinas, Feb. 15, 1910 (Calvert).
Leucauge hortornm Hentz.

Juan Vinas, laguna, Oct. 5, 1909 (Calvert).

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 679

Singa dotana n. sp. PI. XXVIII, fig. 1.

Cephalothorax wholly pale yellowish, also the mandibles, palpi^
and sternum; legs with deep black bands on apices of all femora,
on tips, and partly on sides of patellae, and a fine dot near middle and
tip of tibiae. Abdomen gray, with some irregular blackish patches
on the basal part, and many silvery -white spots above and below;
each side of the spinnerets is a jet-black spot.

Abdomen much broader than long and concave behind.

Length 3 mm., width of the abdomen 3 mm.

From St. Maria Dota, Costa Rica (Tristan).

Related to S. abbreviata, but distinct by markings and shape of
the vulva.

Argiope argentata Fabricius.

Alajuela, Sept. 9, 1909 (Calvert).

Mangora trilineata Cambridge.

Juan Vinas, 2,500 feet. May 3, 1910; 3,300 feet, Oct. 5. 1909
(Calvert).
Mangora picta Cambridge.

Juan Vinas, Reventazon Valley, 2,500 feet, in unrolled Heliconia
leaves. May 1, 1910 (Calvert).

Acrosoma inaequalis Cambridge.

Near Cartago, Feb. 1910; Juan Vinas, 3,300 feet, July 27 and
Sept. 29, 1909 (Calvert).
Acrosoma 12-spinosa Keyseriing.

Alajuela, Sept. 6, 1909 (Calvert).
Gasteraoantha koohi Butler.

Juan Vinas, ''farther waterfall," Sept. 29, 1909 (Calvert).

SPARASSID^.
Selenops mexioana Keyseriing.

Pefia Blanca, Rio Naranjo Valley, near Cache, in arboricolous
bromeUad, March 9, 1910 (Calvert).

OTENID^.
Cupiennius coccineus Cambr.

Described from Panama; one from Peha Blanca near Cache,
in arboricolous bromeliad, 19 March, 1910 (Calvert).
Cupiennius griseus Cambridge.

Juan Vinas, April 29, 1910, one specimen in house (Calvert).
Treohalea oonvexa Cambridge.

Quebrada de Salas, east of Atenas Station, Pacific Railroad^

680 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

April 8, 1910; Quebrada Clara, north of Liberia', Guanacaste, Jan.
13, 1910, immersed itself clinging to rock face (Calvert).
Ctenus sp.

Juan Yifias, 3,200 feet, in arboricolous bromeliad, April 26, 1910,
one immature specimen (Calvert).

Tinus nigrinus Cambridge.

Rio Liberia and Quebrada de Panteon, Liberia, Guanacaste,
Jan. 11 and 12, 1910; along the banks; wings, etc., of Odonata
{Hetcerina, Argia and Perithemis) , in its webs, one female with its
€gg-ball (Calvert).

LYOOSIDiE.
Xycosa brevitarsis Cambridge.

Near Hacienda Guachipelin, Guanacaste, 1,700 feet, Jan. 15, 1910
(Calvert).
Pardosa sp.

Crater of Volcano Irazu, 10,880 feet, April 1, 1910, one young
,specimen (Calvert).

OXYOPIDiE.
Oxyopeidon molestum Cambr.

Juan Villas, near Rio Reventazon, May 3, 1910 (Calvert).

ATTID^.

Dendryphantes maxillosus Cambr.

From Juan Vinas, July, 1909 (Calvert).
Cobanus mandibnlaris Peck.

From Banana River region, 4 Nov., 1909 (Calvert).
Sidusa fulvoguttata Cambridge.'

Juan Vinas, 3,200 feet, in arboricolons bromeliad, April 26, 1910
(Calvert).
Thiodina retarius Hentz.

Juan Vinas, 2, .500 feet, near Rio Reventazon, March 21, 1910

(Calvert).

PHALANQID^.
Hernandria ventralis n. sp.

Black; ventral segments with silvery basal band, also silvery on
sides of the posterior segments. Eye-tubercle smooth, with two
small granules each side above; dorsal scutum divided into three
transverse parts; each with a pair of pale spots, the first part also

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 681

divided on the middle line ; the surface of scutum smooth ; posterior
segments each with a transverse row of granules, a median one on
the third segment much larger than the others; legs, especially the
hind pair, with rows of granules, bearing fine hairs; a large spur
above on tip of coxa IV; tarsal joints 5, 6, 8, 6. Palpi with long
bristles; tibia and tarsus each with four on outer side, the first and
third long, the others very short.

Length 6 mm.

From St. Maria Dota, Costa Rica (Tristan). The silvery bands
on the venter are very characteristic.
Cynorta bip^uttata Cambridge. i

La Emilia, near Rio Santa Clara, 980 feet, Nov. 17-19, and Juan
Villas, 3,300 feet, Oct. 1, 1909, in bromeliads (Calvert).
Cynorta flavornata n. sp.

Dark brown; sides reticulate with yellowish, and emitting branches
to middle of the body; two dots on the eye-tubercle; two large
• yellow spots above on the anal segment almost touching each other ;
a large yellow spot on each hind coxa; legs pale, densely marked
with fine black lines. Dorsum with a pair of low, basal, acute
tubercles and a pair of long spines behind, not one-half their length
apart, and with very slender tips; surface of dorsum and posterior
segments without granules. Femur IV twice as long as the width
of body and plainly longer than length of body; tarsal joints six,
fourteen, nine, and ten; first three of tarsus I enlarged.

Length 6 mm., hind femur 10 mm.

From San Jose, Costa Rica (Tristan).
Cynorta longispina Cambridge.

La Emilia, in epiphytic bromeliad, Nov. 16, 1909 (Calvert).
Cynorta oculata n. sp.

Red-brown, legs pale, finely maculate with black, dorsum with
four white rings surrounding the four tubercles, venter with two of
the basal segments pale on the middle of hind margin, last segment
with white mark each side, white spot surrounding the spiracles,
and a white stripe above coxae IV. Dorsum smooth, with four
humps, the basal pair low and blunt, the apical pair high, but more

1 [Mr. Banks has recently re-examined a couple of specimens from the same
bromeliad, quoted on page 405 of volume XXII of Entomological News as Cynorta
sp., and writes: "The Phalangids are young Cynorta; have long palpi; when
mature, palpi are very much shorter. I cannot be sure of species; looks like
C. albomaculata Cambr., which is common in Costa Rica." The locality whence
these specimens came was Juan Vinas, Oct. 3 and 4, 1909.^ — P. P, Calvert.)
45

682 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

than twice their height apart, and each with a rounded tip; tarsal
joints 6, 14, 9, 10; hind coxae with a few granules on outer side.

Length 5.5 mm., femur II, 10 mm.; femur IV, 9 mm.

From Ste. Maria Dota, Costa Rica (Tristan).
Cynorta oonspersa n. sp.

Related to C. flavornata, with large yellow spot on outer side of
each hind coxa and small dots on the eye-eminence, and a pair of
large spots behind on last segment; these last marks, however, are
plainly made up of three spots joined together. The dorsum has a
great number of small, rounded yellow dots, often marking an eleva-
tion, these are most numerous on the sides, two in front of eye-emi-
nence on the front margin. The posterior spines are more slender
than in C. flavornata and more than their length apart, there are no
anterior humps. The tarsal joints are 6, 13, 9, 11 ; femora II and IV
are much longer than the body, second joint of mandible scabrous
above, the palpal joints not as broad as in that species.
. Length 5 mm.; femur I, 8 mm.; femur IV, 7 mm.

From Juan Vinas, 2,500-3,000 feet, in arboricolous bromeliads,
March 20 and 21, 1910 (Calvert).

STYGNOLEPTES n. gen.

A Gonyleptid ; the hind coxae larger than others and much broader
than first segment of abdomen; all coxae distinct; hind coxae sepa-
rated by a triangular plate; spiracles distinct. Palpi not one-half
the length of the body, rather slender, with bristles; all legs short,
and tarsi with few joints; eye-tubercle broad and low, with a little
granule above on each side near eyes. Cephalothorax small com-
pared to the abdomen, the basal dorsal scutum of abdomen undivided
by grooves or furrows.
Stygnoleptes analis n. sp. PI. XXVIII, fig. 6.

Body reddish, palpi yellowish, legs mostly brown, the bases and
the articulations pale. Dorsal surface finely granulate. The
cephalothorax not more than one-third as wide nor more than
one-fourth as long as the abdomen; the dorsal. scutum of abdomen
with serrate sides, beyond are four posterior segments, in one speci-
men the third and fourth bear a pair of submedian tubercles, about
twice their length apart; on the anal plate is a long spine projecting
behind the body. The palpi have two bristles on outer edge of both
tibia and tarsus, and near base of the femur are two situate on
tubercles. The coxae are coarsely granulate, the legs short, none
of the femora more than one-half the width of the body; the hind

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 683

legs are rather longer than the second pair, femora I and II have
beneath one or two small spines near tip; leg IV is heavier than the
others, and more coarsely granulate; the trochanter has a stout
spur, a row of spurs beneath on the femur, one above near tip of the
patella, the tibia with one above near base, and a very large one
below at middle, and beyond are two smaller ones; all the legs are
slightly roughened and provided with very fine, short hairs; tarsus
I has three joints, II with six joints, III with four joints, the basal
one as long as others together; IV with five joints, the basal one the
longest.

Length 3.5 mm.

From Turrialba, Costa Rica (Tristan).

Meterginus signatus Banks.

Juan Vinas, in epiphytic bromeliad ("fourth bromeliad") ou Rio
Reventazon Road, Oct. 3 and 4, 1909 (Calvert; quoted in Ent. News,
vol. XXII, p. 405, 1911).

Liobunum biolleyi Banks.

Cerro Las Pilas, west of Santa Cruz, Guanacaste, a swarm in a dry
brook bed, Jan. 21, 1910 (Calvert).

Liobunum foveolatum Cambridge.

Rio Oro Valley near Cache, March 8, 1910, a swarm (Calvert).

PSBUDOSOORPIONIDA.

Chelanops nodulimanus Tomosv.

On the Harlequin beetle, Acrocinus longimanus, from Juan Vifias
(Calvert).
Chelanops uniformis n. sp. PI. XXIX, fig. 16.

Hard parts reddish -brown, legs paler. Body rather long, the
cephalothorax plainly longer than broad behind, narrowed and
rounded in front, minutely granulate, with two transverse furrows,
the first at about middle, surface with many short clavate hairs;
no eye-spots. The abdominal scutse finely granulate, each with
about seven clavate hairs behind. Pedipalpi slender, longer than
the body; trochanter, femur, and tibia finely granulate, and with
clavate or subclavate hairs, hand smooth and with simple hairs;
femur fully as long as the cephalothorax, nearly straight in front,
slightly convex behind; tibia rather shorter than femur, strongly
convex on inner basal part, outer side more convex near tip; hand
but little broader than tibia, twice as long as broad, neither side
much convex, fingers nearly as long as the hand, but little curved;

684 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

legs with some clavate hairs near tip of femora, and on the tibia
above.

Length 3 mm.; pedipalpi 3.3 mm.

From bromeliads at La Emilia, Juan Vinas, and Reventazon
Valley, below Juan Viiias, Costa Rica, Oct. and Nov., 1909; March
and April, 1910 (Calvert). The pedipalpi are very similar to those
of CheUfer canestrinii Balzan.

SOORPIONIDA.

Centrurus bicolor Pocock.

One specimen taken in the office of Philadelphia South Farm
(Banana River district), Costa Rica, Nov. 7, 1909 (Calvert).

Centrurus margaritatus Gerv.

From Turrucares, August 14 and 15, 1909 (Calvert).

SOLPUGIDA.

Ammotrecha stoUi Pocock.

Atenas Station, Pacific Railroad, one specimen running about in
bed at hotel, April 8, 1910, 9 P.M.

AOARINA.

Canestrinia blattophaga Banks.

From Santa Cruz, 21 Jan., 1910 (Calvert), in a vial with various
insects, including a large cockroach, Archimandrita marmorata Stoll,
identified by Mr. J. A. G. Rehn.
Trombidium furcipes n. sp. PI. xxx, fig. 21.

Red. Body nearly twice as long as broad, broadest at humeri,
constricted behind the humeri and again at insertion of third legs;
crista metopica (or groove) reaching to abdomen, with a papilla
near posterior third; two sessile eyes each side, the inner one much
the smaller. Body densely clothed with minute, short, dense fascicles
of hair, each arising from -a pit; so close are these as to give the abdo-
men a pitted appearance from' above; legs with short, fine hairs,
leg I longer than body, leg IV plainly shorter, and all tarsi at end
have a long deep slit in which are located the claws, each side of
slit the hairs are long and dense, so that seen from the side the tarsi
appear abruptly clavate at tip, and from above appear forked; tarsi
longer than preceding joint; palpi quite long, with only short hairs,
the thumb fusiform and hardly longer than the long claw.

Length 2 mm.

From Juan Vinas, Costa Rica, June 23 to 29, 1910 (Calvert).

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 685

Ehyncholophus stolli n. sp. PI. XXX, fig. 22.

Red. Body about one and two-thirds as long as broad, broadest
at humeri, slightly narrowed at insertion of third legs, broadly
rounded behind, clothed with very short dense simple hairs, dorsal
groove long, reaching much behind eyes, and with a papilla at about
one-third way from end; one eye each side. Legs slender, first
pair about as long as body, second pair very short, last joint of leg I
about one-half the length of the preceding, last joint of leg IV about
one-third of preceding joint; palpi with large clavate thumb; genital
aperture about one-half its length in front of the small anal aperture,
the latter with a dark strip reaching out each side.

Length 3.5 mm.

From San Jose, Costa Rica (Tristan).
TJropoda olavisetosa n. sp. PI. XXIX, fig. 19.

Yellowish. Body about one and a half times as long as broad,
broadest behind middle, but not narrowed much in front; dorsum
with many long, stout bristles, those around the margin (about
15 each side) are simple, some toward tip are very long, four in front
are close together in pairs, on middle of dorsum the bristles are
plainly clavate, especially in front, those behind hardly so; legs
rather stout, all with few simple bristles, hind coxte more approximate
than others, hardly more than diameter apart; venter with an
oblique ridge behind hind femur; anus about its length in front of
margin, a pair of bristles behind it.

Length .65 mm.

From Juan Vinas, Costa Rica (Calvert), on the Harlequin beetle,
Acrocinus longimanus.
Uropoda bisetosa n. sp. PI. XXIX fig. 15.

Brownish-yellow. Body about once and two-thirds as long as
broad, broadest rather behind the middle, broadly rounded behind,
in front tapering, and near tip with concave margins so that there
is a prominent process in front which bears two small bristles; dor-
sum smooth, without hairs; coxae I rather longer than usual, all
legs very short, and all but leg I stout, with few hairs, a few spine-
like bristles on tarsi; epigynum of female more than twice as long as
broad, narrowed behind; anus hardly its length in front of hind
.margin; behind leg II the peritreme bends suddenly outward and
then at once back and bends to leg III.

Length .5 mm.

From Juan Vinas, Costa Rica (Calvert), on the Harlequin beetle,
Acrocimis longimanus.

686 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Celaenopsis angustus n. sp. PI. XXX, fig. 20.

Reddish-brown. Body fully twice as long as broad, middle sides
nearly parallel, tapering and almost pointed behind, in front rather
concavely narrowed to the rounded front; dorsum smooth, with a
few short scattered bristles, these bristles not one-half as long as
distance between them, a row of curved bristles over front margin;
sternum about as long as broad behind, a bristle in each anterior
corner, one each side, and a submedian pair behind; vulva as figured;
hind coxae not their diameter apart; anus nearly three times its
length in front of hind margin, a pair of bristles behind it toward
tip; first legs slender, with many fine hairs especially at tip, other
legs thicker, and with few bristles, hind legs reaching barely beyond
abdomen.

Length .6 mm.

On the Scarabseid, Dynastes hercules, from Costa Rica (Calvert).

Hypoaspis distans n. sp. PI. XIX, fig. 17.

Yellowish. Body about twice as long as broad, broadest at middle,
tapering each way, but most behind; dorsum with a number of short
hairs set in hyaline dots, and on margin longer hairs, some of them
very long, one each side behind is fully one-half the width of the
body; sternal shield rather longer than broad; epistome very long
and slender; legs rather long, second pair of male stoutest, all with
bristles, some under leg II spine-like, a very long bristle on femur IV,
much shorter one on femur III, in female there is also a very long
one on femur II.

Length 1 mm.

On the Scarabseid, Dynastes hercules, from Costa Rica (Calvert).

Explanation of Plates XXVIII-XXX.

Plate XXVIII. — Fig. 1. — Singa dotana.
Fig. 2. — Teminius conjunda, vulva.
Fig. 3. — Zimiromus fragilis, spinnerets.
Fig. 4. — Anyphcena pretiosa, vulva.
Fig. 5. — Anyphaena furcalella, palpus.
Fig. 6. — Stygnoleptes analis, leg IV.
Fig. 7. — Theridion biolleyi, palpus.
Fig. 8. — Chetnmis punctigera, vulva.
Fig. 9. — Zimiromus fragilis, eyes.
Fig. 10. — Anyphcena fiMTcaiella, vulva.
Fig. 11. — Singa dotana, vulva.
Fig. 12. — Zimiromus fragilis, vulva.
Fig. 13. — Stygnoleptes analis, palpus.
Fig. 14. — Pelayo insignis, vulva.

Plate XXIX. — Fig. 15. — Uropoda bisetosa.
Fig. 16. — Chelanops uniformis.
Fig. 17. — Hypoaspis distaiis, and epistome.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 687

Fig. 18. — Chelanops uniformis.

Fig. 19. — Uropoda clavisetosa, and hairs.

Fig. 20. — Ccelenopsis angustus.

Plate XXX. — Fig. 21. — Tromhidium furcipes, palpus, tarsus, and hairs on
dorsum.
Fig. 22. — Rhyncholophus stolli, palpus.
Fig. 23. — Edricus tricuspis.
Fig. 24. — Rhyncholophus stolli.
Fig. 25. — Rhtjncholophus stolli, legs I and IV.

688 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

THE ANATOMY OF TWO BRAZILIAN LAND SHELLS, ANOSTOMA
DEPRESSITM AND TOMIGERUS CLAUSUS.

BY HAROLD HEATH.

Among the many strange species of Brazilian land shells, those
belonging to the genus Anostoma and Tomigerus present the most
unusual characters. In the first named the last whorl of the shell
is "straightened, turning toward the margin and upward" (Pilsbry^),
so that the visceral mass is carried upside down. Pilsbry has sug-
gested that, judging by the growth lines, the shell is carried at first
with the equatorial plane nearly vertical, and that as the last whorl
is being added the animal falls to the right, thus undergoing a twist-
ing process which brings the spire of the shell into a reversed position.
Unfortunately, no young, living individuals were secured by the
Stanford Expedition, but in the shell (PI. XXXI, figs. 2, 4) of one imma-
ture specimen the free borders are highly angular, and if held in an
upright position, as Pilsbry suggests, would offer the least possible
resistance in moving about through the grassy regions where these
snails abound.

The specimens of Anostoma on which this paper is based were found
in the low hilly country in the neighborhood of Baixa Verde, a small
settlement between 40 and 50 kilometers to the northwest of Natal.
A fire had swept the region in comparatively recent times, and
fragments of shells were everywhere abundant in the scrubby under-
brush of the rocky hills. Extended search brought to light a single
living individual in a profound state of sestivation, Avhich a prolonged
stay in a moist chamber failed to terminate. In addition, five dead
shells were discovered in a heap of stones, and were measured and
described in the field. According to my notes made at the time,
they vary in greatest diameter from 33 to 37 mm. ; in lesser diameter
from 24.5 to 28.5 mm.; and in altitude from 16 to 17.5 mm. Also
in regard to the number and position of the apertural teeth or lamella?
there is considerable variation. In two specimens there are seven,
two of them being parietal ; in another there are likewise two parietal
folds, but the columellar lamella is absent; in the remaining two
there are three parietal folds, the middle one curving behind the

1 Manual of Conchology, Vol. XIV.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 689

angle lamella as in A. ododentatum , while of the lip teeth the colu-
mellar fold is lacking entirely in one specimen, and is almost com-
pletely obsolete in the other. Where the color persisted, the
peristome was pinkish-brown or flesh tinted and characteristic of the
species. The immature shell measures 21 by 18 mm. in width,
with an altitude of 10.5 mm.; the axis is hollow and the mouth
possesses no lamellae.

After the living specimen had been decalcified and sketched (PI.
XXXI, fig. 3), it was stained and sectioned, all the study of the various
systems being made from reconstructions. The head region was
highly contracted, and was not examined to any considerable extent.
The unusual length of the mantle cavity, extending from the peri-
cardium to the external pore, is reflected in the great length of the
mantle arteries and veins, as well as that of the ureter and portions
of the reproductive system. Otherwise there are no especially
noteworthy features beyond what are indicated in the figures.

The kidney, placed between the pericardial and body walls on the
anterior face of the last fold, presents the usual sac-like appearance.
Evidently the reno-pericardial opening is minute, if it exists at all,
for a careful study of sections failed to disclose its whereabouts.
The ureter, likewise, is difficult to trace throughout a portion of its
course. Its external opening is immediately behind that of the
alimentary canal, and from this point is readily followed to the
region of the pericardium, where it decreases in caliber and passes
into a network of blood vessels. Furthermore, the present specimen
was slightly damaged in the region of the columellar muscle, thus
adding to the difficulty of tracing the connections. It appears that
the kidney is in contact, along its inner face, with a slender sack or
tube with which the ureter communicates.

The digestive system (PI. XXXI, fig. 6) requires no especial descrip-
tion. A highly intelligent native lad of Baixa Verde is responsible
for the statement that Anostoma lives solely on vegetable matter;
at all events, several specimens, that he kept for several months,
thrived on garden vegetables and moss. He had made no observa-
tions on the position of the body in young individuals.

The description of the reproductive system of A. ringens, as
described by Fischer ,2 applies in all essential details to A. depressum^
with the exception of a penis retractor muscle attached to the vas
deferens. In A. depressum the external reproductive pore, located

^Joiir. de Conchyl, 1869, p. 261.

690 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

on the right side of the head, leads into a small atrium with which
the penis, hermaphroditic duct, and seminal receptacle attach.
The first named is a heavy, muscular organ, accompanied by the
usual slender vas deferens, their union being effected at some distance
from the distal end of the penis, which thus forms a flagellum (PI.
XXXI, fig. 7, f). As the flagellum thus holds identically the same
position as the so-called penis retractor in A. ringeris, I am strongl}^
inclined to the opinion that we are actually dealing with flagella in
both instances. In the present specimen the penis and flagellum
are both sharply defined and appear to be without muscular attach-
ments, though bound to the body wall by delicate connective tissue
strands. In the neighborhood of the outer opening, however, the
penis sheath affords attachment for three or four slender muscle
bands that I am inclined to regard as penis retractors.

The hermaphroditic duct, a highly glandular duct of comparatively
even diameter, traverses the greater portion of the first coil of the
body to enter the accessory glands. All of these structures are in a
quiescent condition, and in size and configuration probably fall far
short of their fully developed state in the sexually mature condition.
The same is likewise true of the gonad. While the duct leading to
it from the accessory glands is clearly apparent throughout the first
part of its course, it gradually approaches the vanishing point, and
cannot with certainty be traced to a gonad, which is accordingly
drawn in its hypothetical position.

Two living specimens of Tomigerus clausus were found beneath
stones in the vicinity of Ceara-Mirim, a town about midway between
Baixa Verde and Natal. Both were in a state of aestivation, and
failed to revive, though kept in a moist chamber for several days.
It is evident from several features of the shell and internal organiza-
tion that the shell in this genus is carried with its principal axis
transverse to the longitudinal axis of the foot; that is, the spire is
directed to the right. The flattened surface of the outer whorl thus
rests upon the dorsal surface of the foot or upon the substratum
when the animal is in a state of aestivation, a position which they had
assumed in both instances.

As each individual was in a highly contracted state, with foot and
head drawn far within the shell, external features are difficult to
determine. It appears certain, however, that the mantle, with
more highly thickened margins and more glandular epithelium than
in Anosto7na, extends throughout the first whorl of the shell to the
region adjacent to the aperture. It thus terminates at the point

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 691

where the ureter (PI. XXXI, fig. 5, u) bends abruptly upon itself. The
external openings of the ureter and intestine occupy the usual
positions on the right side, and from this point pursue a course
parallel to the external surface of the body in close contact with the
mantle cavity. As noted previously^ the ureter bends sharply upon
itself at the termination of the mantle cavity, and, dorsally placed
with reference to this chamber, proceeds anteriorly to unite with the
forward extremity of the kidney. This last-named body is a com-
pact, sac-like body consisting, as usual, of highly folded glandular
epithelium confined, in the posterior half of the organ, to the outer
face. As may be seen in the diagram (PI. XXXI fig. 5), the peri-
cardium (p) is in contact with this glandular section throughout its
entire length, but is scarcely more than half as extensive. The
reno-pericardial opening was not observed. It may be added that
the kidney is placed dorsally with reference to the pericardium.

The reproductive system, considering that the gonad is in a
highly quiescent state, is comparatively large and more compact
than in Anostoma. The gonad consists of several slender diverticula
(probably three times as many as are indicated in PI. XXXI, fig. 1),
located in the apical whorls of the visceral mass. These contain
primitive sex cells undifferentiated into sperms and ova. The
hermaphroditic duct extends ventrally, close to the columella, and
shortly before entering the accessory glands attaches to a slender
pear-shaped organ, possibly a seminal vesicle, consisting of upwards
of ten small diverticula imbedded in a muscular sheath. These are
empty and give no sign of glandular activity. The accessory glands
are volummous, though inactive organs, whose general extent is
indicated in PL XXXI, fig. 1, ag, though several lobes give them a
much greater dorso-ventral thickness than can be shown in the
figure. The duct leading from the accessory glands becomes con-
siderably widened near its proximal extremity, and possibly functions
as a shell gland. As in Anostoma, the duct from the seminal recep-
tacle springs from this point, and, as a slender canal, proceeds to the
spacious sack situated in close proximity to the accessory glands.
The vas deferens, likewise, unites with the penis some distance from
its distal extremity, thus forming a flagellum (PL XXXI, fig. 1). No
penis retractor has been discovered in this region. On the other
hand, several strands attaching to the penis sheath in the neighbor-
hood of the outer opening may operate as retractors.

The digestive system is sufficiently illustrated (PL XXXI, fig. 5)
to require no further explanation beyond the statement that three
distinct bile ducts open into the stomach.

692 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Explanation of Plate XXXI.

Fig. 1 .—Reproductive system of Tomigerus clausus, dorsal view, ag, accessory
glands; f, flagellum; g, gonad; r, seminal receptacle; v, seminal vesicle.

Fig. 2. — Shell of young Anostoma depressum.

Fig. 3. — Heart and kidney (k) of A. depressum, viewed from underside of spire.

Fig. 4. — Shell of young A. depressum.

Fig. 5. — Dorsal view of digestive tract, kidney (k), and pericardium (p) of
Tomigerus clausus. Contracted specimen.

Fig. 6. — Digestive tract of A . depressum viewed from apex of spire.

Fig. 7. — Reproductive system of A. depressum viewed from apex of shell, ag,.
accessory glands; f, flagellum; g, gonad; r, seminal receptacle.

1913.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 693

The following Reports for 1913 were ordered to be printed:

REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY.
The past year of the Academy has been tranquil and prosperous.
While nothing of unusual interest has transpired, the results of
routine work, in the increase of the Museum and Library and the
issue of the publications, are matters of congratulation. The
difficulty of securing desirable attendance at the meetings, noticed
in my last report, continues, the committee appointed to look after
the interests involved having been active only during the latter part
of the year. Better results may be secured for the coming sessions.
Ten meetings were addressed by F. D. Weidman, Edw. H.
Thompson, Johii M. Macfarlane, Philip P. Calvert, H. Newell
Wardle, William E. Hughes, Henry Skinner, T. Chalkley Palmer,
Charles S. Boyer, Hugo Bilgram, and W. H. van Sickle.

Forty-four papers have been presented for publication as follows :
Henry W. Fowler, 7; Joseph C. Thompson, 4; A. P. Brown and
H. A. Pilsbry, 2; Amos P. Brown, 2; James A. G. Rehn, 2; J. A. G.
Rehn and Morgan Hebard, 2; Nathan Banks, 2; Morgan Hebard, 1
Will F. Thompson, 1; R. A. Speath, 1; Francis W. Pennell, 1
T. D. A. Cockerell, 1; E. G. Vanatta, 1; S. Stillman Berry, 1
Frederick D. W>idman, 1; Edgar T. W^herry, 1; Witmer Stone, 1
Clarence B. Moore, 1; Dr. A. Hrdlicka, 1; Herbert Campion, 1
Philip P. Calvert, 1 ; Henry A. Pilsbry, 1 ; R. W. Shufeldt 1 ; Thomas
Barbour, 1; William H. Dall, 1; Frederick Baker, 1; Annette
Frances Braun, 1; N. E. Mclndoo, 1; Harold Heath, 1, and Henry
Fox, 1.

Thirty-three of these have been printed, two have been returned
to the authors, and nine remain in the editor's hands awaiting publi-
cation.

The papers by Mr. Clarence B. Moore and Dr. Hrdlicka con-
stitute the first part of the sixteenth volume of the Journal. It
forms, as usual, a beautiful contribution to anthropological science.
The expense of publication has been borne by Mr. Moore.

The contribution from Miss Annette F. Braun begins the second
part of the sixteenth volume of the Journal. It will be illustrated
by text figures and by two fine plates printed in color and furnished
by the author.

694 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC.^

The parts of the Proceedings published have amounted to
670 pages and 25 plates. Mr. Moore's contribution to the Journal
embraces 102 pages and two plates beautifully printed in color^
besides a number of fine halftone illustrations. Of the Transac-
tions OF the American Entomological Society (Entomological
Section of the Academy), 248 pages and 26 plates have been pub-
lished, and of the Entomological News 432 pages and 14 plates
have appeared. Two numbers of the Manual of Conchology,
consisting of 112 pages and 27 plates, make the total output for the
year 1,564 pages and 94 plates.

A careful revision of the exchange list has been made by Mr. Fox^
Letters have been sent to a number of derelict societies asking for a
supply of deficiencies and announcing a suspension of correspondence
until their indebtedness be cancelled. This action has been produc-
tive of some good results.

Eight members and one correspondent have been elected. The
deaths of sixteen members and six correspondents have been an-
nounced. Resignations of membership have been accepted from
Joshua L. Bailey, William S. Newcomet, and S. Harbert Hamilton.

The Curator of the William S. Vaux Collections, the Custodian of
the Isaac Lea Collections, and the Solicitor of the Academy in position
last year were reappointed by the Council.

The interest so loyally manifested during his life by the Rev.
Leander T. Chamberlain in the condition and growth of the collection
of Eocene fossils associated with the memory of his father-in-law,
Isaac Lea, was further shown by a bequest of $5,000 for the care and
increase of the collection. Dr. Chamberlain died May 16, 1913.

A bequest of .$10,000 has been received from Miss Anna Blanchard,
who died August 2, 1913.

The Academy formally thanked Dr. Thomas Biddle for the
valuable additions he has made to the mammalian collections,
especially for the skeletons and mounted specimens of anthropoids.

I regret to report that a bill which had passed the Senate and
House of Representatives, appropriating $90,000 to tKe Academy,
failed to receive the signature of the Governor and was therefore
inoperative.

Samuel G. Gordon has been appointed a Jessup Fund student.
Miss Harriet Newell Wardle was reappointed on the female branch
of the endowment.

In the Monday evening course of lectures, extending from January
6 to May 5, three lectures on problems of bird life were delivered

1913.J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 695

by Dr. Witmer Stone ; one on milk-born epidemics of communicable
diseases by Dr. B. F. Royer; one on a sanitary survey of the Alle-
gheny water shed by Mr. T. Herbert Snow; three on anthropology
and ethnology by Dr. Spencer Trotter; three on entomology' by
Dr. Henry Skinner; three on studies in local plant life by Mr.
Stewardson Brown, and three on the natural history of the Hawaiian
Islands by Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry.

The afternoon course for students of the Girls' High School began
October 8, and was largely attended. Two lectures each were
delivered by the following: Dr. Henry Skinner on insects; Dr.
Henry A. Pilsbry on crustaceans and mollusks; Dr. J. Percy Moore
on reptiles and mammals; Dr. Witmer Stone on birds, and INIr.
Stewardson Brown on plants.

There has been a gratifying increase in attendance on all the

courses.

Edward J. Nolan,

Recording Secretary.

REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY.

The toll of death from among correspondents of -the Academy for
the year just closed was unusually heavy. The reported deceased
are Professor Robert Collett, Lord Avebury, Dr. Philip Lutley
Sclater, Professor Igino Cocchi, Dr. Joseph K. Corson, Professor
Arnim Baltzer, and Alfred Russel Wallace.

Colonel Wm. C. Gorgas, U. S. A., was elected a correspondent.

Invitations were received to send delegates or to participate
otherwise in the following-named projects of scientific interest:
The celebration of the fiftieth anniversary of the foundation
of the Dumfriesiiire and Galloway Natural History and Anti-
quarian Society; the movement for the establishment of a memorial
to Giovanni Schiaparelli ; the Twelfth International Geological
Congress, at which the Academy was represented by Professor
Edgar T. Wherry, Professor Florence Bascom, and Dr. R. A. F.
Penrose; the bicentenary jubilee of the Imperial Botanical Gardens
of St. Petersburg; the Ninth International Congress of Zoology,
to which the Prince of Monaco, Professor Ulric Dahlgren, and
Dr. Edward J. Nolan were appointed delegates; the fiftj'-year
birthday celebration of the Natural Science Society of Braunschweig;
the one hundred and twenty-fifth anniversary of the granting of the
first charter to the University of Pittsburgh ; the fiftieth anniversary

696 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

jubilee of the Entomological Society of Ontario, which Dr. C. G.
Hewitt attended as the Academy's delegate; the Ninth International
Congress on Hydrology, Climatology and Geology-; the inauguration
exercises of the new President of Ursinus College, and the fiftieth
anniversary of the founding of the Imperial Society of the Friends
of Natural History, Anthropology and Ethnography of Moscow.
Letters of congratulation or more formal addresses were forwarded
to the executive officers of most of the events named, special attention
being given to those at which the Academy found it impossible to be
represented.

Several communications from individuals or organizations, thank-
ing the Academy for courtesies extended, were received. Many
letters requesting information were answered or suitably referred, and
the routine correspondence was conducted as usual as shown in the
summary that follows:

Communications received:

Acknowledging receipt of the Academy's publications 455

Transmitting publications to the Academy... 54

Requesting exchanges or the supply of deficiencies 3

Invitations to learned gatherings, celebrations, etc 14

Notices of deaths of scientific men ._ _. 5

Circulars concerning the administration of scientific and educational

institutions, etc 20

Photographs and biographies of correspondents ■ 2

Letters from correspondents 10

Miscellaneous letters 135

Total received 698

Communications forwarded:

Acknowledging gifts to the Library 1,094

Requesting the supply of deficiencies 112

Acknowledging gifts to the Museum 75

Acknowledging photographs and biographies 1

Letters of sympathy or congratulation, addresses, etc 16

Diplomas and notices of election of correspondents and delegates' creden-
tials 9

Miscellaneous letters 157

Annual reports sent to correspondents 248

Total forwarded 1,712

Respectfully submitted,

J. Percy Moore,
Corresponding Secretary.

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.

I am happy to report a gratifying growth of the library during the
past year, the accessions amounting to a total of 9,735, an increase

1913.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

697

of nearly 1,000 more than the additions of the preceding year. The
sources of accession were as follows:

Exchanges

I. V. Williamson Fund

General Appropriation

United States Department of
Agriculture

Authors

James Aitken Meigs Fund

Editors

United States Bureau of Educa-
tion

Dr. W. D. Bayley

Geological Survey of Kentucky..

Thomas B. Wilson Fund

Government of India

Imperial Department of Agri-
culture, British West Indies..

New York Agricultural Experi-
ment Station

United States Department of
the Interior

Imperial Geological Survey of
Japan

University of Nebraska Agri-
cultural Experiment Station...

Government of Costa Rica

Dr. W. U.Abbott

Pan-American Union

Ministerio de la Agi-icultura,
Argentine Republic

Botanical Section of the
Academy

Trustees of the British Museum..

Tennessee State Board of Ento-
mology

Dr. C. W. Richmond

Estacion Seismologica de Cartuj a

Dr. E. J. Nolan

United States War Department..

United States Department of
Commerce and Labor

WilUam J. Fox

American Iron and Steel Insti-
tute

Dr. H. A. Pilsbry

Colorado Agricultural College

Wyoming State Geologist

Dr. Henry Skinner

Albert I, Prince de Monaco

University of Wyoming

Pennsylvania State Library

Comrnission of Conservation of

Canada

Massachusetts Agricultm-al Ex-
periment Station

PubUcation Committee of the

Academy

Maryland Geological Survey

46

4,288
1,954
1,330

1,188

192

131

63

52
50
42
40

28

25

Ceylon Marine Biological Lab-
oratory

State Entomologist of lUinois...

New Mexico College of Agri-

. culture

Pennsylvania Department of
Agriculture

Pennsylvania Chestnut Tree
Blight Commission

Wisconsin Geological and
Natural History Survey

Victoria Department of Mines..

Rockefeller Sanitary Institute....

Wyoming State Board of Immi-
gration

Illinois State Geological Survey

Geological Survey of Alabama..

Illinois Bureau of Labor Statis-
tics

Geological Survey of New Jersey

Ciierpo de Ingenieros de Minas
del Peru

Commission de la Belgica

Washington Geological Survey..

Estate of Caleb J. Milne

C. H. Fernald

Florida State Geological Survey

Iowa Geological Survey

University of Pittsburgh

Board of Park Commissioners,
San Francisco

Missouri Bureau of Geology
and Mines

John Laurence

Government of Formosa

Mrs. W. A. Lemly

American Federation of Hygiene

Danish Government

Mrs. John Marcou

French Government

National Electric Lamp Asso-
ciation

Herbert A. Gill

University College, London

New Orleans Progressive Union

Geological Survey of Georgia

Geological Survey of Ohio

Minnesota Historical Society

Miss A. L. Fries

Delaware Valley Ornithological
Club ._

Ventura County Horticultural
Society

Illinois State Museum

Louisiana State Museum

F. E. Fischer, Leipzig

United States Brewers' Asso-
ciation

698 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Of these 7,957 were pamphlets and parts of periodicals; 969
volumes, and 809 maps.

They were distributed to the several departments of the library
as follows :

Journals 6,193 Mineralogy 33

Agriculture 1,297 Encyclopedias 27

Geography 700 Mammalogy 17

Geology 480 Physical Science 11

Botany 240 Bibliography ;.... 10

Entomology 154 Herpetology 9

General Natural History 134 Ichthyology 4

Voyages and Travels 118 Medicine 3

Anatomy and Physiology 94 Mathematics 2

Anthropology 65 Philology 2

Helminthology 39 Chemistry 1

Ornithology 37 Miscellaneous 47

Conchology 36

Among the serials not before in the collection and secured by
subscription, purchase, or exchange may be named:

American Ethnological Society Publications.

Apuntes de Historia Natural. Buenos Aires.

Archives Botaniques du Nord de la France. Lille.

Comptes Rendus, Conferences Internationale de Genetique.

Eugenics Record Office, Bulletin and Memoirs.

Fortschritte der Mineralogie, etc. Jena.

Istituto Geologico della R. Universita di Padova, Memorie.

Mededeelingen, Rijksopsporing van Delfstoffen. s'Gravenhage,

Naturwissenschaften (Die). Berlin.

Norsk Geologisk Tidsskrift.

Palaeobotanische Zeitschrift. Berlin.

Palaeontologische Zeitschrift. Berlin.

Physiological Researches. Baltimore.

Studies from Museum of Zoology, University College, Dundee.

Termeszet. Budapest.

Zeitschrift f. Pflanzenzuchtung. Berlin.

Journal of the Polynesian Society, 4 vols.

Memoires d'Histoire Naturelle (Societe Eduenne). Autun.

Mitteilungen der Grossh. Badischen Geologischen Landesanstalt. Heidelbei-g.

Zeitschrift f. Geognosie. Weimar.

Academia Romana, Bulletin de la Section Scientifique.

Academie Malgache, Bulletin. Tananarive.

American Museum of Natural History, Monographs. New York.

Bulletin of the University of Colorado. Boulder.

Dansk Geologisk Forening, Meddelelser. Copenhagen.

Department of Agriculture. Ceylon.

Journal of the College of Agriculture, Tohoku Imperial University.

Minnesota School of Mines Experiment Station. Bulletin.

Mittheilungen der k. sachsischen forstliche Versuchsanstalt zu Tharandt.

Resources of Tennessee.

Societe Historique et Scientifique des Deux-Sevres. Niort.

Societe Ouralienne des Amis des Sciences Naturelles, etc. Ekaterinburg.

Tennessee State Geological Survey, Bulletin.

Verein f. Naturwissenschaften an der Unterweser. Separate Schriften. Geeste-

munde.
Washington University Studies. St. Louis.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 699

As of special importance may be mentioned:

Freyer. Beitraege z. Geschichte europ. Schmetterlinge. 3 vols.
Freyer. Neuere Beitraege z. Schmetterlingskunde. 7 vols.
Millais. British Diving Ducks.
Coal Resources of the World, 2 vols., text and folio Atlas.

A specially illustrated copy of the Centenary volume of the
Journal, bound in two volumes, has been presented by the Record-
ing Secretary. They contain samples of all the documents and cards
used in connection with the centenary celebration, photographs of,
and autograph letters from everyone taking part in the meetings or
contributing communications to the volume, a photograph of the
dining hall with seated guests, lists of subscribers to the general
expense fund and to the dinner fund, proof and plates of an omitted
paper, statistics of distribution, text of the secretarj^'s unpublished
"Reminiscences," and a copy of the printers' bill. These volumes
cannot fail to be of increasing interest as the years go on. They
have been presented on condition that they be kept under lock and
key and inspected only in the presence of an officer of the Academy
or an attache of the library.

Five hundred and eight volumes have been bound.

The stack has been thoroughly cleaned and the windows so pro-
tected as to minimize the access of dust.

We are indebted to Miss A. L. Fries for a collection of one hundred
and thirty-one letters addressed by American and foreign naturalists
to the Rev. David Lewis De Schweinitz with his certificates of
membership in the Academy and the Linnean Society of Paris.
The letters mostly relate to the work of Dr. De Schweinitz on the
fungi.

In compliance with the law, 199 duplicate pamphlets and 58 maps
have been returned to the U. S. Department of Agriculture.

A proposition to alter the by-laws so as to permit of the loaning
of books, which had been long under consideration by the Council,
was reported on negatively.

It gives me pleasure to again acknowledge my indebtedness to my
assistants, William J. Fox and Furman Shepherd Wilde, for the
conscientious and intelligent discharge of their duties.

Edward J. Nolan,

Libranan.

REPORT OF THE CURATORS.

During the past year the work of the museum staff has been
mainly devoted to completing and improving the arrangement of

700 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

the study collections, which, as stated in last year's report, had
nearly all been moved into new or renovated quarters, upon the
completion of the building operations in 1912.

A large amount of work along these lines was necessary, and the
appended reports of the special departments will show in detail the
results that have been attained.

In the departments of Entomology, Ornithology, and Botany,
which underwent the greatest changes, immense improvements have
been made in the arrangement of the collections, rendering them
much more accessible and providing for the accommodation of
additional accessions.

Furthermore, these arrangements and the acquirement of addi-
tional storage cases will permit of the withdrawing of duplicate
material now on exhibition, especially in the departments of Con-
chology and Ornithology, and facilitate the display of the remainder
to much better advantage. In this connection the preparation of
descriptive labels is contemplated, while groups illustrative of the
life history of the species will be substituted for single mounts.

Comparatively little change has been possible in the arrangement
of exhibits this year owing to the crowded condition of many of the
cases and the lack of new cases for the north wing. The former
condition will be remedied during the coming year, as already
explained, while it is hoped that enough new cases may be obtained
to permit of the reopening of the north wing.

The greater part of the collection of vertebrate fossils has been
thoroughly cleansed, removed from the old table cases, and arranged
systematically in trays which have been temporarily placed under
the mahogany cases containing the exhibition series of fossil mol-
lusca. Here they are readily accessible for study until permanent
cases can be provided.

The removal of the Wm. S. Vaux collection of minerals to the
old library hall has been completed and Mr. F. J. Keeley has rearranged
the specimens; while under his direction Mr. S. G. Gordon, a student
on the Jessup Fund, has continued the cataloguing of the collection
which was begun some years ago. The skeleton of the large Sperm
Whale, secured in 1911, has been placed temporarily in the centre of
this hall, where it has attracted much attention. This skeleton
together with one of the Mesoplodon makes the Academy's series of
the larger Cetaceans almost complete as far as genera are concerned.
Mr. Clarence B. Moore has continued his investigations of the
Indian mounds of the southern United States and has added a

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 701

number of valuable specimens to his collection. The general archaeo-
logical collection has benefited as heretofore from the attention of
Miss H. N. Warden.

Mr. Henry W. Fowler has, as usual, cared for the ichthj^ological
collection and has also incorporated all of the additions to the col-
lection of reptiles and amphibians and examined and rearranged
the entire series of alcoholic crustaceans.

Dr. J. P. Moore has cared for the collections of worms as in previous
years.

Work in other departments is described in the appended special
reports.

In addition to the work of the museum staff, the Curators are
indebted to Mr, F. J. Keeley for the care of the Wm. S. Vaux col-
lection of minerals ; to Mr. Morgan Hebard for furnishing an assistant
in the entomological department to mount specimens of Orthoptera ;
to Dr. Amos P. Brown for the identification of many specimens of
invertebrate fossils, and to ]Messrs. S. S. VanPelt and Bayard Long
for the care of the local herbarium.

Several notable expeditions have been undertaken liy members
of the museum staff.

Dr. H. A. Pilsbry spent the first three months of the year in the
Hawaiian Islands making studies and collections for a monograph
of Hawaiian tree snails. Details of his work will be found in the
special report appended hereto.

Mr. J. A. G. Rehn spent the month of July with Mr. Morgan
Hebard investigating the Orthoptera of the Southern States from
Virginia to Georgia. They made a valuable joint collection.

Mr. Stewardson Brown again visited Bermuda in company with
Dr. N. L. Britton, in September, and continued the investigation of
the flora of the island.

Many short trips were also undertaken which have added largely
to the local collections of fishes, reptiles, insects, moUusks, plants, etc.

Fifty-two storage cases and two-hundred and two insect boxes
have been purchased during the year.

Many valuable additions have been received bj' gift, purchase, and
exchange, as set forth in the accompanying list of accessions.

The Delaware Valley Ornithological Club, Philadelphia Botanical
Club, and Pennsylvania Audubon Society have held their meetings
regularly at the Academy during the year and the American Asso-
ciation of Museums convened here for their annual meeting in April.

The attendance in the museum is constantly increasing, especially

702 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

school classes accompanied by teachers. Out-of-town schools have
visited the museum in a body, while Philadelphia schools, notably
the High School for Girls, have sent the scholars in sections for the
study of special departments in regular sequence.

The classes from the School of Industrial Art have also attended
regularly for the purpose of sketching the osteological and other
exhibits.

Extensive use has been made of the study collections in all depart-
ments by visiting specialists, while specimens have been loaned to
Robert Ridgway, W. W. Cooke, W. G. Mazyck, M. L. Fernald,
H. W. Henshaw, J. H. Ashworth, R. H. Howe, O. P. Hay, R. South-
ern, E. W. Nelson, E. S. Shumann, F. M. Chapman, M. J. Rathbun,
and H. C. Oberholser.

A series of mounted mammals of Pennsylvania was contrib-
uted to the exhibition of the State Forestry Association.

Samuel G. Dixon,

Executive Curator.

Report of the Department of Mollusca.

Accessions to the collection of mollusks have been received from
66 persons and institutions during the year.

Valuable material has been collected by several expeditions made
by members or friends of the Academy. Mr. J. H. Ferriss spent
four months in Arizona, exploring the Santa Catalina and White
Mountains, finding an abundant fauna of land mollusks at elevations
up to 13,000 feet. As the localities had not been visited before by a
collector of shells and the species are largely local, he secured a large
number of species new- to science and valuable zoogeographic data.
The collections made have been generously shared with the Academy.

Doctor Amos P. Brown gave the Academy a collection of the
mollusca of the island of Antigua, B. W. I., taken by him during the
summer. It is probably nearly or quite complete for land forms and
includes also a considerable number of marine shells.

The Special Curator spent a few days over three months in visiting
the Hawaiian Islands, chiefly for the purpose of studying land snails
of the family Achatinellidm, both in the field and in Hawaiian col-
lections. Over 1,000 lots of shells in trays and bottles have been
labelled and catalogued, and about an equal number remain to be
worked over. Special attention was given to the deposits of fossil
land shells, and about 20,000 specimens of fossils were collected.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 703

So far as studied, these collections show that the fossil faunas of the
several islands are much more closel}" related to one another than are
the living faunas. The theory that the islands are portions of a
former large land-area, now dismembered by subsidence, is therefore,
emphatically supported by the new data obtained. Collections
were made on Oahu, Molokai, Hawaii, and the uninhabited island
Kahoolawe. The success of the expedition was largely due to the
generous hospitality of the Bishop Pauahi Museum, Doctor C.
Montague Cooke, Mr. George Cooke, Mr. Irwin Spalding, Mr. D.
Thaanum, and others, who in many ways assisted the investigation.

The time of the Special Curator since his return has been largely
occupied with work on material brought back and with the current
work of the department. Papers have been published on Lower
Californian Helices and various other topics and Mr. Vanatta pub-
lished upon new marine mollusks.

With the assistance of Dr. A. P. Brown, who devoted considerable
time to the work, progress has been made in the arrangement of the
invertebrate fossils. Dr. Brown has presented to the Academy a
collection of Oligocene fossils which he made in Antigua and de-
scribed in the Proceedings of the Academy.

Miss Winchester, artist of the department, has continued her
work throughout the year. Mr. Vanatta was assigned to work in
the Entomological Department on April 1st, but since December 1st
has returned to the Department of MoUusca. The Curator has
also had the assistance of Miss Ziegler, who has spent five months
in assorting minute shells from the Hawaiian Islands.

H. A. PiLSBRY,

Special Curator.

Report of Curator of William S. Vaux Collections.

During the past year, the collection of minerals was removed to
its new quarters in what was formerly the Library Hall, and during
the past few months, with the assistance of Mr. S. G. Gordon, rapid
progress has been made on the cataloguing, and numbering of the
mineral specimens.

Twenty-two specimens have been added to the collection during
the year, in the selection of which, the established precedent of
securing quality rather than quantity has been adhered to. The
most important accessions include a suite of aerolites from Hol-
brook, Ariz.; tantalum, Altai Mountains; andorite, Oruro; enargite.

704 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Morococha; monticellite, Magnet Cove; natrochalcite, Chuoui-
camata; diamond in matrix, S. Africa; ehiastolite, California;
gageite, Franklin, N. J.; delafossite and mottramite, Bisbee, Ariz.

Respectfully submitted,

F. J. Keeley,
Curator William S. Vaux Collection.

REPORTS OF SECTIONS.
Biological and Microscopical Section.

The Section held nine regular meetings during the year with the
usual attendance.

Various communications were made by Messrs. Morris, Palmer,
Keeley, Stewart, Van Sickel, Schuino, Bilgram, and Boyer.

At the annual meeting with the Academy, the program included
addresses by Mr. T. C. Palmer, on the collecting and preparing of
Diatoms; by Mr. Charles S. Boyer, on Philadelphia Diatoms;
by Mr, W. H. Van Sickel, on the methods of labelling shdes; and
by Mr. Hugo Bilgram, on rock inclusions.

The following officers were elected for the ensuing year:

Director Dr. J. Cheston Morris.

Vice-Director T. Chalkley Palmer.

Recorder .*. Charles S. Boyer.

Corresponding Secretary Silas L. Schumo.

Treasurer Dr. Thomas S. Stewart.

Curator ., F. J. Keeley.

Charles S. Boyer,

Recorder.

Report of the Entomological Section.

Two hundred and fourteen glass-covered boxes have been pur-
chased to accommodate the growth of the collections. Nine thousand
one hundred and eighty-seven specimens have been added by gift,
purchase, and exchange, and most of them have been mounted and
incorporated.

Thirty-four drawers of Lepidoptera have been transferred to make
room for other insects and one cabinet was emptied and sold.

The families Geometridse and Sphingidse, the genera Ornithoptera
and Papilio, and the life-histories have been rearranged.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 705

In the Coleoptera the exotic species from CicindeUdse to Scara-
beidse have been transferred to the Ridings cabinets. All the named
exotic species that were not incorporated have been added to the
exotic collection. The Zimmerman collection, the Poey, Cuban
collection and the Salle collection of Mexican species have all been
labelled.

In the North American series the rearrangement of the Carabidse
and the Gyrinidse have been completed and the Hydrophilidie in
part.

The Horn types in Carabidse and Elateridse have been labelled;
also the Curculionidse and some of the smaller families.

The following families have also been rearranged : Rhinomaceridae^
Rhynchitidse, Attelabidae, Brysopidse, Otiorhynchidse, Curculionid8&,
Brenthidse, Calandridae, Scolytidae, Anthribidse, Haliplidse, and
Dytiscidse.

More than a hundred species undetermined in the Horn collection
have been named by specialists and incorporated.

In the order Hymenoptera the family Chalcididae has been re-
arranged.

In the Diptera the Sapromyzidae and Agromyzidce have been
determined and rearranged, and the Stratiomyidae, Culicidae, and
SyriphidsB have been put in better order.

The Odonata have all been transferred to glass-topped drawers
with the exception of some specimens on which studies are being
made.

The work on the order Orthoptera has been as follows:

The North American and exotic collections of Dermaptera and
Blattidee have been rearranged in the large glass-top boxes in which
the whole collection of these orders will eventually be displayed.

Some thousands of specimens from numerous exotic localities have
been relaxed and mounted and in part permanently labelled, pre-
paratory to study. The series of the genera Dichopetala, Insara,
and Arethcea have been critically studied by Messrs. Rehn and
Hebard, the latter spending a number of months monographically
studying the North and Central American crickets of the genus
Nemobius. To complete these studies, all the types in America
and certain of those in European collections were examined by
one or other of the authors. A faunistic paper on the Orthoptera
of the Florida Keys and extreme Florida was prepared by the
same workers, based wholly on material collected by the Hebard-
Academy Expedition of 1912. Mr. Relm has studied two extensive

706 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

collections of Argentine Orthoptera, the first set of each becoming
the property of the Academy, while work by him on a large series of
Brazilian material is now under way.

During the summer of 1912 Messrs. Rehn and Hebard spent four
weeks in the field in the Piedmont regions of the Southeastern States
collecting Orthoptera, while in October and November Mr. Hebard
made collections in Jamaica and Panama which will, when studied,
add greatly to the value of the series of Orthoptera.

Mr. Hebard during the last year deposited the last section of his
collection in the Academy. Numerous specimens have been received
from him as distributions of the Bruner Collection material, these
often of great value on account of their determination by their
former owner.

Mr. Hebard has continued to employ help in preparing the series
of Dermaptera and Orthoptera secured by field work in which he is
interested, thus affording material assistance to the department.

The Academy has acquired by purchase a valuable series of
Orthoptera from Trinidad, British Guiana, Peru, Ecuador, and
Colombia. The Orthoptera collections of German Central African
Expedition of 1910-1911, have been received for study, as well as a
number of other series from different sources.

There is now assembled in one room in the Academy the largest
series of Orthoptera and Dermaptera in America and one of the largest
in the world, the number of specimens exceeding one hundred and
fifty thousand, almost entirely an accumulation of the last fifteen years.

The Conservator spent several weeks during the summer col-
lecting in the White Mountains of New Hampshire and succeeded
in securing a number of rare species for the collection.

The usual meetings of the Section have been held, with an average
attendance of eight persons. Four Associates have been elected.

At the annual meeting, held December 8, the following persons
were elected to serve as officers for the ensuing year.

Director Philip Laurent.

Vice-Director Henry W. Wenzel.

Treasurer Ezra T. Cresson.

Conservator Henry Skinner.

Secretary James A. G. Rehn.

Recorder Henry Skinner.

Publication Committee E.T. Cresson and E.T. Cresson, Jr.

Henry Skinner,

Recorder.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 707

Report of the Botanical Section.

During the year, following the policy of replacement of the old
wooden cases by metal ones, further changes have been made in the
arrangement of the herbarium.

The Academy has furnished the herbarium during the year twenty
additional tins, part of which have been installed in the place of
the wooden cases formerly occupying the east wall of the north
room, the balance having been used to relieve the crowding in the
central room. The wooden cases thus removed have been placed
on the east wall of the local room, relieving temporarily the over-
crowding of this rapidly growing section. The cases taken from the
local room have been re-erected in the central gallery room and are
being used at present for storage.

More than 10,000 specimens have been added to the general
herbarium during the year, the largest accessions being the herbarium
of Dr. C. D. Fretz, of Sellersville, Pa., presented to the Academy.
It numbers approximately 5,000 sheets, about one-third of which
have been assigned to the local herbarium. A large exchange of
several thousand plants has been secured from the Trenton Museum,
and smaller collections from the New York Botanical Garden, Gray
Herbarium, and University of Pennsylvania, with donations from
Charles S. WilUam5on and others. A majority of these plants have
been mounted and installed in the collections.

During September the Conservator spent three weeks in Bermuda,
continuing his studies there in company with Dr. and Mrs. N. L.
Britton, of the New York Botanical Garden. On this occasion
particular attention was paid to the plants in several of the old gar-
dens in the vicinity of Hamilton and St. George's, much assistance
being rendered by Mr. E. J. Wortley, of the Agricultural Gardens.
Many specimens of interesting tropical plants were collected. They
wall add greatly to the value of our study material.

During the year the Philadelphia Botanical Club has held its
meetings regularly in the herbarium rooms, and its members as well
as many visiting botanists have made much use of the collections.

Mr. S. S. Van Pelt has continued his valued services in the care of
the local collection, and the Section is indebted to Mr. Bayard Long
for important assistance in the same field.

At the annual meeting held November 20, the following officers
were elected.

708 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,^

Director Benjamin H. Smith.

Vice-Director Joseph Crawford.

Recorder Charles S. Williamson.

Treasurer and Conservator Stewardson Brown.

Respectfully submitted

Stewardson Brown,

Conservator.

MiNERALOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SECTION.

The Section has held four meetings this year, with an average
attendance of twelve.

Communications were made by Dr. E. T. Wherry, on crystal
analysis; by Dr. Thomas C. Brown, on the geology of the Catskill
Aqueduct; by Dr. T. C. Brown, on a canoe trip in Northern Quebec;
and by Dr. Florence Bascom, on an excursion of the International
Geological Congress north of Lake Ontario. There were alsO'
shorter communications and various discussions.

In addition, the Section had one meeting in conjunction with the
Academy, and Dr. E. T. Wherry then reported on the International
Geological Congress held at Toronto last August.

The Section had six field excursions, with an average attendance of
.17. Visits were made to: (1) Crystalline rocks near Glen Mills
and Lenni, on Chester Creek and at Black Horse, Delaware County;
(2) Crystalline rocks and their minerals near the Falls of French
Creek, Chester County; (3) Crystalline rocks near Holmesburg and
Rolandsville, Philadelphia; (4) New Red Perkasie shales and
Pottstown shales and trap, near Schwenksville, Montgomery County;
(5) Graphite deposits near Byers, Chester County; (6) Crystalline
rocks and Cambrian, near Pennypack Creek, Montgomery County.

One new member and tAvo associate members were elected.

The following officers of the Section have been elected for the year
1914:

Director Benjamin Smith Lyman.

Vice-Director Frank J. Keeley.

Recorder and Secretary Silas L. Schumo.

Treasurer William B. Davis.

Conservator George Vaux, Jr.

Respectfully submitted by order of the Section.

Benjamin Smith Lyman,

Director,

1913.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 709

Report of the Ornithological Section.

More progress has been made in the arrangement of the study
series of birds during the year just closed than has been possible for
many years past.

Mr. D. E. Culver, who has occupied a Jessup studentship during
the year, has devoted nearly all of his time to the relaxing and
renovation of the old unmounted specimens. Many hundreds of
these birds have thus been converted into excellent skin specimens,
while the cases have been thoroughlj^ cleansed as the work continued.
All of the lower groups of birds, comprising those of large size,
liave been worked over in this way, as well as the whole series of
Picariae, most of the Clamatores, and one or two families of the
Oscines, so that the work will be easily completed early in the coming
year.

The Conservator took up each family of the water birds as the
relaxing was completed and arranged them systematically, reidentify-
ing many specimens and checking them up in Sharpe's Hand List.
He also interpolated in the collection some 5,000 specimens that have
been acquired during past years but not systematically arranged
for lack of cases, a need that was met this year by the addition of ten
double-sized metal storage cases.

Iron-pipe racks were also erected for holding the cases in place of
the temporary wooden racks previously in use, while the fronts of
all the cases have been painted cream color, which gives them a much
neater appearance and adds materially to the light in the alcoves.
The floor of the room has also been painted with cemitite, which has
hardened the concrete and stopped the constant wearing away of
the surface in the form of fine dust.

The removal of certain old wooden cases will permit the arrange-
ment of the local collection to much better advantage.

A number of additions have been made during the year to the local
.exhibition collection, and others are in the course of preparation.
No rearrangement or further reduction of the general exhibition
•collection has been possible, but with the acquisition of additional
storage cases it is hoped in the coming year to unmount a number of
duplicates and arrange the remaining specimens to much better
advantage.

There have been a number of very important accessions to the
study collection during the year, notable among which were two
hundred and thirty-seven West African birds, obtained from George

710 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC.^

L. Bates, and four hundred and fifty specimens from Santa Marta^
Colombia. These added many species not heretofore represented.

The Delaware Valley Ornithological Club and Pennsylvania
Audubon Society have held their meetings regularly at the Academy
and have done much to stimulate interest in the department, while
numerous ornithologists from other institutions have made use of
the collections.

At the annual meeting of the Section, held December 4, 1913, the
following officers were elected for the ensuing year:

Director Spencer Trotter, M.D.

Vice-Director George Spencer Morris.

Recorder Stewardson Brown.

Secretary William A. Shryock.

Treasurer and Conservator Witmer Stone.

WiTMER Stone,

Conservator.

The annual election of Officers, Councillors, and Members of the
Committee on Accounts was held December 16, with the following
result:

President Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D.

Vice-Presidents Edwin G. Conklin, Ph.D., Sc.D.

John Cadwalader, A.M.

Recording Secretary Edward J. Nolan, M.D.

Corresponding Secretary J. Percy Moore, Ph.D.

Treasurer George Vaux, Jr.

Librarian Edward J. Nolan, M.D.

Curators Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D.,

Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D.,
Witmer Stone, A.M., Sc.D.,
Henry Tucker, M.D.

Councillors to serve three YEARS.Edwin S. Dixon,

Henry Skinner, M.D.,
Robert G. LeConte, M.D.,
George Spencer Morris.

Committee on Accounts Charles Morris,

Samuel N. Rhoads,
John G. Rothermel,
Thomas S. Stewart, M.D.,
Walter Horstman.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 711

COUNCIL FOR 1914.

Ex-Officio.—^Simuel G. Dixon, M.D., LL.D., Edwin G. Conklin,
Ph.D., John Cadwalader, A.M., Edward J. Nolan, M.D.,
J. Percy Moore, Ph.D., George Vaux, Jr., Henry A. Pilsbry,
Sc.D., Witmer Stone, A.M., Sc.D., Henry Tucker, M.D.

To serve three years. — Edwin S. Dixon, Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D.,.
Robert G. LeConte, M.D., George Spencer Morris.

To serve two ymrs.— Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., Thomas Biddle, M.D.,
Frank J. Keeley, Thomas G. Ashton, M.D.

To serve one year. — Charles B. Penrose, M.D., LL.D., Ph.D., Charles
Morris, Spencer Trotter, M.D., William E. Hughes, M.D.

Councillor George Vaux, Jr.

Curator of Mollusca Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D.

Curator of William S. Vaux Col-
lections ' Frank J. Keele3^

Custodian of Isaac Lea Collection Joseph Willcox.

Assistant Librarian William J. Fox.

Assistants to Curators Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D.^

Stewardson Brown,
J. Percy Moore, Ph.D.,
Edward G. Vanatta,
Henry W. Fowler,
James A. G. Rehn,
Ezra T. Cresson, Jr.

Assistant in Library Furman Sheppard Wilde.

Aid in Archeology Harriet Newell Wardle.

Aid in Herbarium Ada Allen.

Taxidermist David M. McCadden.

Janitors .-. Charles Clappier,

Daniel Heckler,
James Tague,
Jacob Aebley,
Adam E. Heckler.

STANDING COMMITTEES.

Finance. — John Cadwalader, A.M., Edwin S. Dixon, Effingham B.

Morris, William D. Winsor, and the Treasurer.
Publications. — Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D., Witmer Stone, A.M.,

Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., William S. Fox, Edward J. Nolan, M.D.

712 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Library. — George Vaux, Jr., Henry Tucker, M.D., Frank J. Keeley,

Thomas Biddle, M.D., Witmer Stone, Sc.D.
Instruction and Lectures. — Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., Charles

Morris, Henry Tucker, M.D., George Spencer Morris, and

Stewardson Brown.

ELECTIONS IN 1913.
Members.

January 21. — Alfred M. Collins, E. Marshall Scull, J. Henry Scatter-
good.

October ;gi .— ClarenceE. McClung, Ph.D., Edw. B. Krumbhaar, M.D.

November 18. — Herbert H. Gushing, M.D., Harley Stamp, M.D.,
J. Ewing Mears, M.D.

Correspondent.
MarcK'lS. — Col. W. C. Gorgas, of Panama.

1913.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 713

ADDITIONS TO THE MUSEUM,
1913.

Ai.EXANDER Calder. A statuette of Alexander Wilson.
Mammals.

Dr. W. L. Abbott (through Miss Gertrude Abbott). Pair of Elephant
tusks, East Africa.

Charles W. Beck. Whale vertebrae, Beach Haven, N. J.

Dr. Thomas Biddle. Mounted specimens of Siamang {Symphalangus syn-
dactylus), two species of gibbons {Hylohales agilis and leuciscus), and Black Ape
{Cynopithecus niger),

Fairmoitnt Park Ac. uarium. Harbor Seal {Phoca viiuUna) . Prepared as skin
and skull.

Miss Laurie V. Groves. Skin and skull of Cow Moose {Alces americanus) .
Tree trunk cut by Beavers.

Dr. Morris Lewis. Mounted head of Moose {Alces americanus), Alaska.

George W. MacWilliams. Persian Cat (Pure chinchilla "Normandy")
Mounted.

Richard Moessner and D. P. Currey. Ziphoid Whale {Mesoplodon sp.),
Corson's Inlet, N. J.

Edgar A. Smith. Phyllo.stominc bat {ArtiheuR sp.), Rio Madeira, Brazil.

James Stanton. Skull of Bottle-nosed Dolphin {Tursiops truncaliis) , Two
Mile Beach, N. J.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Mounted: Jaguar (Felis onca);
European Wild Cat {Felis catus). Prepared as skin and skeleton: Mountain
Zebra {Equ us zebra); Cheetah {Cynailurus jubalus); Red River Hog {Potamochoe-
Tus porcus). Prepared as skin and skull: Vervet Monkey {Lasiopyga pygery-
thra); Silky Marmoset {Leontocebus rosalia); Golden Cat {Felis temmincki);
Water Mongoose {Herpestes brachyurus); Japanese Bear {Ursus japonicus);
California Sea Lion {Zalophus californianus) . Prepared as skin: Dasyure
{Dasyurus sp.). Prepared as skeleton: Puma {Felis concolor); Clouded Leopard
{Felis nebulosa); Persian Wild Ass {Eguus onager). Prepared as skull: Fishing
Cat (Felis viverrina); Indian Antelope {Antilopc cervicapra) ; Azara's Aguti
{Dasyprocta azarce).
Purchased. Female Orang-utan {Pongo pygmoeus).

Birds.
Dr. W. L. Abbott (through Miss Gertrude Abbott). Collection of nests of
Edible-nest Swiftlet.

F. H. Kennard. Nine skins of the Heath Hen {Tympanuchus cupido),
Martha's Vineyard, Mass.

Delaware Valley Ornithological Club. Several nests and sets of eggs
of Pennsylvania and New Jersey birds.
•47

714 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Abbott H. Thayer. Skin of Perisoreus infaustus.

Nelson E. Varnum. Albino Kingbird {Tyrannus lyrannus), Atco, N. J-

Mrs. Pendleton G. Watmough. Two Rhea eggs.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Mounted: South African Ostrich
{StTuthio camelus); Helmeted Cassowary (Casuarius uniappendiculahis occipi-
talis). Prepared as skin and skeleton: Penguin {Spheniscus magellanicus) . Pre-
pared as skin: Meyer's Parrot {Poeocephalus meyeri); Mississippi Kite (Ictinia
mississippiensis) . Egg of Agapornis nigrigenis.

Purchased. Four Kirtland's Warblers {Dendroica kirllandi), Michigan; 237
birds from Cameroons, West Africa; 470 birds from Santa Marta, Colombia.

Reptiles and Amphibians.

Richard M. Abbott. Four specimens of Spadefoot Toad {Scaphiopus hol-
brookii), Trenton, N. J.

August and Karl Behr. Jar of salamanders, Jennings, Md.

Dr. Ward Brinton. Small collection of reptiles, Chitzen Itza, Yucatan.

H. H. Burton. Collection of reptiles, Mattawa, Canada.

Elwood R. Casey. Lizard {Liocephalus sp.?), Cuba.

California Academy of Sciences. Several frogs and salamanders. Loo
Choos, Japan and California.

Delos E. Culver. Three lots of reptiles and amphibians, Pennsylvania.

D. E. Culver and A. Lahey. Coluber constrictor and Thamnophis sirlalis,
Delaware County, Pa.

A. and O. Dorr. Water Snake (Matrix sipedon), Connelton, W. Va.

Fairmount Park Aquarium. Loggerhead Turtle (Caretla caretta), New
Jersey coast.

J. H. Ferris. Snake. Lizard (Phrynosoma solare), Arizona.

Dr. J. W. Renney. Two snakes, Iquitos, Peru.

Dr. Henry Tucker. Diadophis punctatus, Clearwater, Fla.

R. W. Wehrle. Collection of amphibians, Indiana, Pa.

Dr. H. B. Wood. Ambystoma punctatum, Rhode Island.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Galapagos tortoise (Testudo sp.?)
and young Mud Turtle (Kinosternon flavescens).

Fishes.

Ralph Adams. Seahorse (Hippocampus) .

American Museum of Natural History (in exchange). Small collection
of fishes.

A. R. Burton and H. W. Fowler. Four jars of fishes. Ocean City, Md.

H. H. Burton. Four jars of fishes, Mattawa, Canada.

H. H. Burton and H. W. Fowler. Two lots of fishes, Pennsylvania.

Delos E. Culver. Three lots of fishes, Pennsylvania.

L. M. DoRSEY, Jr. Panlodon bucholtzi.

Miss Mary C. Du Boise. Dry Burr-fish (Diodon sp.?).

H. W. Fowler. Several jars of fishes, Delaware.

Edward Nolan Fox. Two small collections of fishes. Sea Isle City, N. J.

William J. Fox. Trumpet fish (Fistularia) from Anglesea, N. J.

W. T. Innes. Small bottle of fishes, Cuba.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 715

Leland Stanford Junior University. Collection of cotypes of fishes.
Western North America.

David McCadden. Two file fishes {Stephayiolepis hispidus), Ocean City,
N. J. Hake (Phycis regius), Ocean City, N. J.

H. L. Mather, Jr., and H. W. Fowler. Four jars of fresh-water fishes,
York County, Pa.

W. E. Meehan. Gar (Lepisosteus osseus), Maryland. Calico bass (Poinoxis),
Philadelphia Aquarium.

F. J. Myers. Spawning sculpins (Cottus gracilis), Bethlehem, Pa.

F. J. Myers and H. W. Fowler. Five jars of fresh-water fishes, mountains
of Pennsylvania, in Monroe County.

R. F. Miller. Small fish, Philadelphia.

Henry A. Pilsbry. Four fishes, Hawaiian Islands.

Edgar A. Smith. Two jars of fishes, Rio Madeira, Brazil.

F. L. Tappan. Small collection of fishes, Minnesota.

Mrs. Pendleton G. Watmough. Lamprey.

R. W. Wehrle. Three lots of fishes, including two larval lampreys, Indiana,
Pa.

H. T. Wolf. Seahorse {Hippocampus), Florida.

Purchased. Collection of West African fresh-water fishes.

Recent Mollusca.

Jacob Aebly. Limax flaims from Philadelphia, Pa., and a pearl from an
oyster.

John A. Allen. Ten species of land and fresh-water shells from Oregon
Connecticut, and Ohio.

C. A. Baker. Praticolella from Zellwood, Fla.

Dr. Fred Baker. Eighty-three trays of shells from California and Brazil.

F. C. Baker. Pyramidula occidentalis Marts, from Idaho.

F. H. Baker. Two marine shells from Australia.

M. J. Becker. Cavolinia pacifica Dall from Pacific Grove, California.

S. S. Berry. Two species of Succinea from Winnecook, Montana.

Dr. a. p. Brown. Forty-four trays of land and fresh-water shells from Antigua.

H. H. Burton. Lynmcea paluslris from Ontario, Canada.

G. H. Clapp. Cotypes of Carychium nanum CI. from Alabama.

A. M. Collins and E. M. Scull. Six trays of land and marine shells from
East Africa.

Richard A. Cooke. Four trays of land shells from Oahu.

David L. Crawford. Thirty-three trays of land and fresh-water shells
from Mexico.

Delos E. Culver. Polygyra thyroides Say and Pyramidula alternata Say
from Whites Island, Bucks County, Pa.

L. E. Daniels. One hundred and thirty-three trays of land shells from
Montana.

Mrs. E. D. Douglas. Fifteen species of marine shells.

H. Edson. Cotype of Sonorella argus Ed. from Inyo County, California.

J. S. Emerson. Clausilia emersoni from Malta and Philonesia from Micro-

J. H. Ferriss. Sixty-eight trays of land and fresh-water shells from Arizona
and Texas.

716 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

W. R. Forrest. Twenty trays of land shells from Barbuda and Antigua
(presented through Dr. A. P. Brown).

H. W. Fowler. Nassa obsoleta Say from Cape Henlopen, Delaware.

L. S. Frierson. Quadrula apiculata Say var. from San Jacinto River, Texas.

Dr. J.'W. Harshberger. Five trays of land and marine shells from Florida.

M. Heb.\rd and J. Rehn. Thirty-two trays of land shells from the Southern
States.

J. B. Henderson. Twenty-three trays of Urocoptis from Cuba.

Junius Henderson. Ten trays of land and fresh-water shells from Colorado.

A. L. Hettrich. Dentalimn vulgare Da C.

A. A. HiNKLEY. One hundred and fifty-three trays of shells from Mexico
and Guatemala. (Purchased.)

F. J. Keeley. Polygyra tridentata Say from Graters Ford, Pa.

Mrs. a. F. Kenyon. Thirty-one trays of marine shells from Victoria,
Australia.

Bayard Long. Twenty-seven trays of shells from the eastern United States.

H. X. Lowe. Two species of Micrarionta from Lower California and Cerros
• Island .

J. G. Malone. Seven trays of marine shells from Oregon.

T. H. May. Cyproea xanthodon from Bundaberg, Australia.

William G. Mazyck. Five trays of land and fresh-water shells from Charles-
ton, S. C.

R. A. McConnell and D. L. Crawford. Eighteen trays of land and fresh-
water shells from Guadalajara, Mexico. (Purchased.)

Dr. H. E. and G. W. H. Meyer. Fovxr marine shells.

Clarence B. Moore. Fourteen trays of shells from Arkansas, Louisiana,
and Florida.

C. R. Orcutt. Modiolus and Pomatiopsis from Manzanillo, Mexico.

W. H. Over. Fifty-five trays of land and fresh-water shells from South
Dakota.

H. A. PiLSBRY. Five hundred and thirty-six trays of shells from the Hawaiian
Islands; also seventeen trays of shells from California and Cuba.

C. T. Ramsden. Twenty-two trays of land shells from Cuba.
J. A. G. Rehn. Gaslrodonta intertexla Say.

S. N. Rhoads. Two hundred and ten trays of marine shells from Panama.
(Purchased.)

S. Raymond Roberts. Thirty-four trays of marine shells from Australia
and Japan.

F. A. Sampson. Polygyra claiisa Say and one Campeloma from Dent County,
Missouri.

Prof. B. Shimek. Succinea loitteri Shimek from Coralville, Iowa.

E. R. Sims. Oliva scripta Lam. from Santiago de Cuba.

Irwin Spalding. One hundred and one trays of Hawaiian land shells.

George C. Spence. Twelve species of land shells from England.

J. B. Steere. Nenia steeriana Sykes from Plains of Cajamarco, Peru.

WiTMER Stone. Polygyra fraterna Say and one Sphoerium from Lopez, Pa.

D. Thaanum. Three hundred and forty-eight trays of Hawaiian shells.
Hon. L. a. Thurston. Cotypes of Achatinella thurstoni from Oahu, H. I.
Mrs, T. V. E. Titus. Striatura ferrea Mse. from nineteen miles south of

St. Fabien, Canada.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 717

Dr. Henry Tucker. Limax maximns L. from Morton, Pa.

University of Wisconsin. Three trays of Hawaiian land shells.

E. G. Vanatta. Polygyra appressa Say from the. banks of the Chester River,
Queen Anne County, Maryland.

T. Van Hyning. Eleven trays of land and fresh-water shells from Georgia
and Iowa.

Gilbert Van Ingen. Helix hortensis Miill. from Conception Bay, New-
foundland.

Bryant Walker. Sixteen trays of land and fresh-water shells.

W. F. Webb. Dryniceus inusitatus Fult., Chiriqui Lagoon, Panama.

W. D. Wilder. Six trays of Hawaiian land shells.

Helen Winchester. Polygyra albolnbris Say from Canadensis, Pa.

Unknown. Twelve trays of Scaphopoda from Australia.

Purchased. Two hundred and thirty-six lots of land and marine shells.

Insects.

J. Aebly. Five insects, Philadelphia.

B. Albertson. Fly, Massachusetts.

C. R. Alexander. Forty-one Tipulida;, United States.
W. Beutenmuller. Seven insects, United States.
Annette F. Braun. I'ourteen butterflies, United States.
Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences. Three Orthoptera.
Stewardson Brown. Two Coleoptera, Philadelphia; Orthopteron, Bermuda.
P. P. Calvert. Nine insects, Scotland and Pennsylvania.

E. R. Casey. Three insects, Philadelphia.

T. D. A. CocKERELL. Twenty-two bees, two Phenacoledes (fossil).

W. P. CoMSTOCK. Two Theda immaculosis. Utah (paratypes).

C. W. GoLE, Jr. Five hundred and sixty-six insects, Alberta and British
Columbia, Canada.

E. T. Cresson, Jr. Thirty-six insects, Pennsylvania.

Delos E. Culver. Odonate, Philadelphia.

J. H. Ferris. Beetle, Arizona.

Henry Fox. Three thousand five hundred Orthoptera, Pennsylvania, New
Jersey, and Massachusetts.

W. J. Fox. Beetle, Philadelphia.

H. W. Fowler. Six Coleoptera, Pennsylvania.

C. W. Frost. Five insects, Pennsylvania.

G. M. Greene. Twenty-five insects, United States; four Coleoptera, exotic.

J. P. C. Griffith. Phyllium, Pharnacia, Ceylon.

H. S. Harbeck. One Blattid.

Dr. J. W. Harshberger. Moth, Florida.

Morgan Hebard. Sixty-four Insara, United States, Mexico, Central America;
one hundred and seven Dichopetala, Mexico and Texas; one hundred and forty-
one Orthoptera, United States and Mexico; sixty-nine Orthoptera, Arizona;
Texas, Florida; forty-seven insects. United States; one hundred and fourteen
Coleoptera, Georgia; eighty-five Odonata, Michigan; two hundred and sixty-four
Lepidoptera, Florida; one hundred and thirty-six insects. United States; one
thousand six hundred and thirteen Lepidoptera, American and exotic.

718 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC,

Hebard-Academy Expeditions of 1909, 1910, 1912 and 1913. About 19,000
specimens of Orthoptera, southern and western United States.

A. D. Hopkins. Five Dendrodonus, United States.

Herman Hornig. Seventy-one insects, Philadelphia.

P. Jorgensen. One hundred and fifty-four Orthoptera, Argentina.

Bayard Long. Three hundred Orthoptera, Canada; one hundred and
forty-one insects, Prince Edwards Island; twenty-five butterflies, Pennsylvania;
nine Orthoptera, New Jersey.

Philip Laurent. Two moths and larvae.

Carlos Lizer. Twenty-three Orthoptera, Argentina.

Charles Liebeck. Six earwigs, Canada.

W. M. Mann. Six Orthoptera, United States.

William Moore. Seventy-seven Orthoptera, Transvaal.

Museum of Compar.'VTIVe Zoology. Nine Dichopelala, Mexico.

EsBiA PiTUSEN. Thirty-two Orthoptera, Argentina.

C. T. Ramsden. Six Butterflies and three Orthoptera, Cuba.

F. W. R.AWLE, Jr. Moth, England.

J. A. G. Rehn and Morgan Hebard. Four Plusiotis, Texas.

C. Schrottky. Twenty-five Orthoptera, Paraguay.

Henry Skinner. One hundred and thirty-seven insects, White Mountains,
New Hampshire; two moths, Pennsylvania; thirteen butterflies, Alaska and
California.

Witmer Stone. Two hundred and twenty-four Orthoptera, Maryland,
Minnesota, Wisconsin.

United States National Museum. Two Dichopelala, Texas.

E. G. Vanatta. Two hundred and sixty insects. New Jersey, Mar3dand,
Pennsylvania.

H. W. Wenzel. Fourteen Coleoptera, Pennsylvania; Orthopteron, New
Jersey.

L. H. Wild. Thirty-eight Hymenoptera, Washington.

E,. C. W^iLLiAMS. Sixteen Pamphila, New Mexico.

E. B. Williamson. Three moths, Indiana; twelve Orthoptera, Ontario.

Purchased. Six hundred Coleoptera, British Guiana; six Ornithoptera,
exotic; five hundred and ninety-eight Orthoptera, exotic; six hundred and
seventy Orthoptera, Trinidad; eight hundred and thirty-seven Orthoptera,
British Guiana; Collection of insects from Ecuador (S. N. Rhoads).

Other Invertebrates.

August and Karl Behr. Jar of crayfish, Jennings, Md.
Dr. Amos P. Brown. Tray of Cypris, Antigua.

D. E. Culver. Small collection of arachnida, Delaware County, Pa. Three
starfish, Old Point Comfort, Va.

Mrs. E. D. Douglass. Mellita lesludinala, Wildwood, N. J.

H. W. Fowler. Several jars of crustaceans, Delaware; Balanus from High-
land Beach, N. J.

W. J. Fox. Vial of copepods from shark. Sea Isle Citj', N. J. Holothurian
(Thyone), Townsend's Inlet, N. J.

D. McCadden. Lernean parasite. Ocean City, N. J. Prawn {Penceus),
Ocean City, N. J.

1913.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 719

H. L. Mather, Jr. Crayfish {Catnbarus hartonii), Cobb's Creek, N. J.

Mrs. T. H. Montgomery. The T. H. Montgomery Collection of North
American Spiders.

Henry A. Pilsbry. Twenty-three species of invertebrates, Hawaiian Islands.

Provident Life and Trust Co. Centipede {Scolopendra subspinipes), cap-
tured in basement.

E. G. Vanatta. Vial of Scolopendra, Philadelphia. Vial of Porcellio, Haddon
Heights, N. J.

R. W. Wehrle. Collection of crustaceans, Indiana, Pa.

Fossil Invertebrates.

Morgan Hebard and .J. A. G. Rehn. Gryphoea from Weatherford, Texas.
Dr. a. p. Brown. One hundred and thirty-seven trays of Oligocene fossils
from Antigua and Panama.

Dr. W. H. Dall. Ten trays of Pliocene fossils from Panama and Costa Rica.

Recent Plants.

Charles F. Batchelder. Three hundred New England plants.

Bermuda Expedition. Numerous cultivated species.

J. Chester Bradley. Four specimens, Billy's Island, Ga.

Dr. C. D. Fretz. Four thousand nine hundred and eightj'-two plants,
mainly from Pennsylvania, but also from California, Florida, and North Carolina.

Mrs. Joseph M. Fox. Four specimens from South Carolina.

Gray Herbarium. One hundred and twelve Juncus, eastern United States
and Canada.

Dr. J. W. Harshberger. One hundred and seventy-five plants from Florida,
etc.

Bayard Long. One himdred and ninety-five plants from Bailey's Island,
Me., and Pocono Plateau, Pa.

Henry A. Lang. Forty-seven plants from Jamaica and four from New
Hampshire.

New York Botanic Garden. Ninety-one sheets from Cuba.

Philadelphia Botanical Club. Three thousand three hundred and forty-
one sheets.

Harold W. Pretz. Twenty-three Pennsylvania and New Jersey plants.

Harold St. John. Twenty-seven sheets of New England plants.

Trenton Museum (exchange). One thousand eight hundred plants from
United States and Canada.

Miss Watson. Collection of Darjiling P>rns.

Charles S. Williamson. Six hundred and seventy plants from Lake Superior,
etc.

University of Pennsylvania. Sixty-six sheets of Gerardia.

Fossil Plants.

Empire Co.\l Mining Co. Slab of plant impressions in coal slate.
W. H. Wehrle. R. W. Collection of fossil plant fragments.

Ethnology and Archeology.

Edw. K. Bispham. Gorget, Philadelphia.

Mrs. E. D. Douglass. String of shell beads; Pacific Islands.

720 ■ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec,

Wallace Early. Malay kris, probably from Philippine Islands.

Charles Morris. Stone pestle and two grooved axe-heads, Mantua Farm,
collected in 1810.

Clarence B. Moore. Specimens of pottery, etc., from Indian mounds of the
Southern States, added to the Clarence B. Moore Collection.

Dr. Ludwig Pfeiffer. Six blocks of calcareous tufa, five worked flints,
six specimens representing Rhinoceros and Equus. PateoHthic beds at Taubach
Ehringsdorf, Weimar, Germany.

Dr. N. W. Thoma.s. Two whale harpoons.

Miss H. N. Wardle. Lock of hair from a Tsantsa, Ecuador.

Minerals.
Twenty-two specimens pm-cha.sed for the William .S. Vaux Collection.

1913.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

'21

INDEX TO GENERA, SPECIES, ETC., DESCRIBED AND
REFERRED TO IN THE PROCEEDINGS FOR 1913.

Species described as new are indicated by heavy-faced, synonyms by
italic numerals.

Abra lequalis 497

Abraeris nebulosa 339

signatipes 339

Ace^tra gladius 576

oxyrhynchus .., 576

Achatina concentrica 645

gundlachi 646

lamellata 645

pulchella 639

Acheta exigua 406, 417, 479

hospes 405,417

servilis 405, AM

sylvestris 395

vittata.. 405, 406, 417

Achirus fasciatus 65

Acipenser sturio 62

Acmsea punctulata '496

Acontista bimaculata 284

Acornus 48

Acridida; 304

Acridinse 83

Acridium cruentatum 334

electum 334

omnicolor 334

paranense 112,340

peregrinum 112

Acris 161

Acrocinus longimanus 685

Acrorchilus alopecias 202

Acrosoma 12-spinosa 679

insequalis 679

Aery diina; 82

Aerydium latreillei 88

punctatum 316

Actinocyclus barkleyi aggrega-

tus .582

Actitis maeularia 192

Adeorbis beaui 27

Admestina ! 187

iEquidens geayi 579

madeirse 576

rivulatus 579

tetramerus 579

Agaricia agarieites 497

Agathemera millepunctata 300

Agelsena sp 67S

Agelaius icterocephalus 211

Agelena hentzi 182

naevia 182

pennsylvanica 183

Agrsecia maeulata 375

Agrioenemis 221

Agriolestes 257

Agrion eiehstattense 247

Aidemona 112

azteca 112

Ajaia ajaja 193

Alaba tervarieosa 495

Alabina cerithioides 495

Alcedinidaj 197

Alcedo amazona 197

americana 197

inda 197

torquata 197

Alenas brachypterus 338

gracilis 338

lincatus 338

vitticoUis 338

Algansea ant ica 69, ^.9

formosa 70, 70, 71

AUodape 29

Allolestes 259, 262

Allonemobius, 399, 402, 405, 430, 434.

444, 446

Allopodagrion, 234, 236, 237, 251, 258.

262, 263

nebulosum 250

Alosa sapidissima 62

Alveopora daedala 593, 599

fenestrata 599

microscopica 599

minor 593

regularis 593,599

Amaura olivacea 365

spinata 365

Amaurobius pictus 181

severus 181

nevadensis 181

Amazona amazonica 197

ochrocephala 197

'22

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

.\mblodon

bubalus

45

45

cyprinella

45

45

169

Amblysr-aiihcus

glaucipe.s

lineatus

318

318

318

Amblytropidia robusta. . . .

Ameiva ameiva

septemlineata

Ammotrecha stolli

Amorphopus antennatus .
-Vniphilestes

315

173

170

684

82

258

Amphiprora conspicua

582

246,248

Ampullaria

622

bridgesii

crassa

620,660

620, 660

figulina

620,659

620, 659

insularum

lineata

nobilis

peristomata

testudinea
Ampullariidpe

Ainusium

Aiiab lysis

Anachis avara

pulchella

samanensis

Anaulacomera argentina .

cornucervi

dama

620,659

620,660

620,660

620, 660

1120,659,660

. 623

. 603

102

495

495

495

367,370

369
367

367

Anaxipha 399,400,417,479

exigiia 479

Anchovia mitchillii 62

Ancylus 668,669,670

"barilensis 671

excentricus 671

moricandi 669,671

Andrenopsis 28

Androgynella

29

Anhima cornuta

Anhinga anhinga

194

194

. 194

Aniara proxima

Anisomorpha dentata

Anisophlebia

Anodon anserina

ensiformis.

. 360

300

252, 253, 254

667

667

AnodoH'tites

623

bartschi

dalH

620,668

620,667

ensiformis

620,667

. . 668

trapesialis anserinus

Anolis gemmosus

nitens

620,667

169

172

Anohs n. bondi 171

Anomalocardia cuneimeris 497

flexuosa 608

Anostoma 622, 688-891

depressum 620, 643, 644, 689

octodentatum 620, 644, 689

ringens 690

Anthoglossa 28

Anthophora 29

pulchra 44

rhodoscymna 44

Anthoscenus superba 202

Anthracothorax gramineus 201

nigricoUis 201

Anthus lutescens 208

Antiphanes 101

nodicollis 102

Anypha^na furcatella 677

pretiosa 677

Aphyocharacina; 527

Aphyocharax avary 533

eques 534

Aplodinotus 45

grunniens 45

Apotettix bruneri 304

Ara araraima 196

Araniidcs cajanea 191

Arut intra aTUjiinosus 196

l("uc(jphthalmus 196

Area adamsi 496

antiquata 496

campeachiensis 496

chemnitzii 608

'deshayesi. 496

imbricata 496

occidentalis 496

reticulata 496

umbonata 496

Archecheir 518

Archilestes 246

Archimandrita marmorata 684

Arctosa cinerea 182

Ardea cocoi 193

helias 193

Hneata 193

striata 193

violacea 193

Ardeida; 193

Argiolestes 235, 243, 260, 261, 263

icteromelas 234, 243, 249, 250

postnodalis 261

Argiope argentata 679

Argizala... 39/^, 399, 403, 404, 445

brasiliensis 445, 446

Argonauta 74

Argyrtria chionopectus 201

fimbriata 201

Arionta veatchii 384

Arundinicola leucocephala 203

Ascaris mystax 148

Asiphonichthys 561

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

723

Aspella scalaroides

495

Brunneria brasiliensis

284

Ast ra>a ant iouensis

599

subaptera

284

antillaruni

593

Bryconamericus alburnus

557

barbadensis

599

jacunda

555

cellulosa var. curvata.

593

smithi

557

costata

599

Bubonidae

196

crassolamellata

599

Bucco bicinctus

199

endothecata

599

dysoni

199

intermedia

599

Bucconidse

199

magnetica

599

Bufo americanus

62

magnifica

599

ciBruleocellatus

154

megalaxona

593

cteruleostictus

155

minor

599

chanchanensis

155

nobilis

599

glaberrimus

1.55

nugenti

599

hsmatiticus

155

l)iilchella

599

marmus

153

radiata

599

thaul

1.56

tenuis

599

tvphonius

153

Astralium brevispina

495

Bulimulus

622

tuberosum

495

(Protoglyptus) durus

626

Astroca-nia ornata

593

,599

(Bulimulus) erectus

620, 635

Astroma chloroptenini
compact um

311

guadalupensis

()0S

. 609

308

,311

(Rhinus) pubescens

t;2()

^ 635

foliatum.

311

(Rhinus) rochai

620

,636

Astroria affinis

593

(Rhinus) r. suturalis

620

, 637

antiguensis

593

(Rhinus) r. taipuensis

620

,636

polygonalis

593

,.599

sarochilus

636

Astroscopus guttatus

Asturina nitida

65
194

schiedeanus

(Bulimulus) tenuissimus..

.^620

381

1,635

A t rach elacr is olivaceus

340

vesicaHs uruguayensis

636

grammeus

unicolor

340

Bulimus beckianus

6',',

340

erectus

635

Atractus badius

168

, 505

expansus

6S7

Atvs sandersoni

494

gracilis

b-U

Azilia vagepicta

180

meobambensis
octogyrus

64U
6U

Bairdiella chrysura

64

octonus

h'/^/,

Balanus eburneus

494

,497

regalis

640

Basileuterus auricapillus

olivas-

tenuissmius .

635

cens

190

,20S

maxunus

634

vermivorus olivascens.

W8

pulchellus

637

Basiliscus galeritus

169

Bulla rivalis

661

Bathyphantes

179

Bullaria occidentalis

494

,608

Belonopterus cayennensis .

192

Burgilis

354

Bifidaria

622

curta

3.54

servilis

620

,646

grandis 354,356

, 3.58

, 3.59

Binghamiella

28

mendosensis 354

, 357

, 3.59

antipodes

32

missionum

354

,358

Bittium varium

49b

Busarellus nit^ricollis

195

Blabera fraterna

^8^

Buti'ogalhis a'ciuiiioctialis

195

fumigata

282

Butoridcs striata

193

Blaberus fraternus

282

Byssoarca f usca

496

Blatta biguttata

^8^

germanica '..

277
277

''11

limbata

Caconemobius

398

Blat tella germanica

277

Cadulus vaughani

496

Blattida?

275

Csecilioides

622

Boiidse

171

(Geostilbia) gundlachi

620

Brachynemobius 403, 443, 446 |

Caeloria dens-elephantis

593

Brachvphyllia sp

599

Caiman

173

Brevoortia tyrannus

62 i

Caletodes

98

724

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec.

Caletodes alatus 98

fest£e 98

pulchripes 98

Callinectes sapidus 64

Callinsaria 361

clupeipennis 362

Calliophis japonious 508, 509

macclellandii 508,512

swinhoei 508, 512, 513

Calliste desmarestii 210

Calliteuthis 76

asteroessa 75

(Meleagroteuthis) heteropsis .. 75

Callithera aulica 187

Callomelitta 28, 32

picta 32

Callophis boettgeri 508, 511

Calopteryx 255

Calyptroea candeana 495

Campephilus melanoleucos 200

Campylopterus ensipennis 200

Campylorhynchus nuchalis 206

Canestrinia blattophaga 684

Canuleius inermis 300

Caprimulgidae 198

Caprimulgus acutipennis 198

albiooUis 198 '

leuoopygus ; 198 [

Cardium medium 496 j

muricatum 496, 608 I

serratum 496

Carpiodes 45

carpio 46

cutisanserinus 46, 47

cyprinus 46

difformis 46, 47

elongatiis 47

grayi 47

nummifer 4^,46

selene 47

thompsoni 46, 47

tumidus 46 ,

velifer 47 ;

Castalia 623

ambigua 620,664

quadrilatera &1Q,664

Castianeira bicalcarata 181

Cathartidse 194

Catostomus 48

alticolus .52

ardens 52

catostomus 51

chloropteron 55

commersonnii 52

c. sucklii 52

cypho 55

cyprinus 45

fecundus 53

gila 52

humboldtianus -^5,48

insignis 53

Catostomus labiatus JfS, 48, 4^, 51

I latipinnis 48

i nigricans 53, 56-

occidentalis 48, 51

o. humboldtianus 48

o. lacus-anserinus Jf9

plebeius 47

retropinnis 48

snyderi .. 51

tahoensis. 52'

teres 55

texanus -54, 55

tsiltcoosensis .48

warnerensis 51

Caulopsis gracilis 374

Celaenopsis angustus 686

[ Celeus elegans hellmayri 200

I Centrurus bicolor 684

margaritatus 684

Centurus terricolor 200

Ceophloeus lineatus 200

Cephalocoema costulata 307

lineata 307

Cepolis (Hemitrochus) graminicola 6

Ceraia cornutoides 365

Ceratistus 301, 302

j Ceratura 221

Cercopithecus mona 147

j potas 147

sabseus 147

Cerion 381

Cerithidea varicosa 495, 497

Cerithiopsis sp 495

Cerithium algicola 495

literatum 495

medium 495

variabile 495

Ceroys coronatus 300'

similis 300'

Certhia caeruleus 210

cinnamomea 203'

Certhiola luteola '... 209

Ceryle amazona 197

americana 190, 197

inda 197

torquata 197

Chsemepelia rufipennis 191

Chaetsessa burmeisteri 28/i.

Chalcinse ■... 560

Chalcinus angulatus 560

Chalcopteryx 246, 247

Chama sp 496

Chara 598

Characidse 517

Characinae 561, 563

Charadriidae 192

Charax goeldii 568

sardina 566, 571

Chasmistes 53

brevirostris 53

chamberlaini 54

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

725

Chasmistes cujus ^^'^A

liorus ^'^

luxatus '^1

stomias ^^

Chelanops nodulimanus 683

uniformis 683

Chelifer canestrinii 684

Chelydra serpentina 62

Chemmis frederici 67/

Colonia radiata '— "^

Colopteryx galeatus _ 205

Coluber corais I'l. I'-'

Colubridse ^^^' ^m

Columba rufina 191

Columbella mercatoria 495

Columbidae 191

Columbina rufipennis 191

Compsothylypis pitiayumi ele-

punctigera.

677

210
198

peruviana,
stolli

Chione cancellata 497, 608

Chiroxiphia lanceolata 190, 206

Chlocaltis conspersa 314

Chlorestes notatus 202

Chloridella empusa 64

Chlorolestes, 221, 222, 244, 26U, 262^

fasciata 221,222,244

longicauda 221, 223

Chlorophanes spiza

Chordeiles acutipennis

Chromacris ^^

miles 33-

3.32, 333
62

200

300
202

576
181
ISO
180
180
180
180
180

Circus buffoni IQ'l

Cistula antiguensis 609

Cladocerapis 28

Cladocora orbuscula 497

Clathurella jowettii 494

Clubiona tigrina 677

Clypeaster aiitillarum 601

Chrvsemys picta .■•

Chrysoptilus punctigula puncti-
pectus

punctipectus

Chrysuronia ocnone

Cichlidse

Cicurina arcuata.

atomaria

ludovicina.

nevadensis

robusta

simplex

gans

.190, 208
497
375
375
375
374
375
494

Congeria (Mytilop.5is) cochleata

Conocephalus infuscatus

longipes

macropteras

muticus

satiu-atus

Conus proteus

Copiocera 9^

lepida..... 94

specularis.... 94

Surinam ensis... "*

Coptopteryx ^ _ 285

argentma -,. ^^^. _

claraziana 285, 286, 28/

constricta 285,286,291

crenaticoUis 285-28/

gavi 285, 286, 288, 288-291

thoracica 285,286,288

Corallus cookii 171

Corbula equivalvis 49/^

swiftiana 49/

Coriarachne versicolor 183

Corinna amoena... 183

bivittata 183

cingulata 183

ornata Ig

tricolor i»3

^°™"" :62i,6ao

.621,640
330

^ 600

Cnemidophorus lemniscatus 173

Cobanus mandibularis 680

Coccyzus pumilus 198

Cochlogena maxima 634

Codakia antillarum 496

orbicularis 608

orbiculata 496,608

-Coelioxys ■ •■ 29

•Coeloptema ^^'^

Ccelotes bimucronatus 180

Coelurichthys 535

Ccereba luteola 209

Coerebidae 209

Colibri delphinse 201

Colomesus psittacus 5/9

205
64

203

regma •■ •

Coryacris angustipennis

diversipes

Cotingidse

Crago septemspinosus

Craspedoprion olivaceus guianen-

sis

Crassinella guadalupensis 49b

Crax alector 190

Creagrutus affinis ■■■-■ 555

anary ^®"' ^^^

brevipinnis 555

magdalenae 555

Crepidula convexa 495

plana 495

Crocisa 29

pantalon 29

Crocodilidse 1^3

Crocomorphus semicinnamomeus.. 200

Crotalidffi 169

Crotophaga ani 198

major

198

726

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Cryphoeca peckhami 180

Crypturus boucardi 190

columbianus 190, 190

Ctenobrycon alleni 540

rhabdops 537

Ctenosaura acanthura 173

Ctenus sp 680

Cuculidae 198

Cupiennius coccineus 679

griseus 679

Curimata spilura 673

Curimatinse 517

Curimatus cyprinoides 517

dorsalis 675

spilurus 673

stigmaturus 673, 675

tigris 518

vittatus 520

Cuspidaria (Cardiomya) cos-

tellata '. 496

Cyanerpes caeruleus 210

cyaneus 209

Cyanocephalus porcarius 147

sphinx 147

Cybseus morosus 180

pusillus 180

reticulatus 180

Cycleptus elongatus 45

Cyclorhis flavipectus 207

gujanensis flavipectus 207

Cylichnella bidentata 494

Cymatium tuberosum 495

vespaceum 495

Cymbella 581

Cynorta albomaculata 681

biguttata 681

conspersa 682

flavornata 681,682

longispina 68 1

oculata 681

Cynoscion nebulosus 64

regalis 64

Cyprinodon variegatus 63

Cyrena (Polymesoda) acuta 497

Cyrtocharax 568

Cyrtoxyphus variegatus... .4-3^, 455, 480

Cysticercus tenuicollis 149

Cystignathidffi 161

Cythara balteata 494

biconica 494

Dacnis cayana 209

Dasyscelis dilatatus 372

normalis 371

Deltistes 54

luxatus 53, 54

Dendrobates trivittatus 164

Dendrobatidae 164

Dendrocincla meruloides phaeo-

chroa 190,203

phffiochroa 203

Dendrocolaptidae

Dendroica a^stiva

Dendroplex albolineatus

picirostris

Dendryphantes aestivalis

maxillosus

militaris

octavus

Dentalium callithrix

Dermatocheir

Dianthidium

Diatrypa tuberculata

Dichroplus

amoenus

bergii

I brasiliensis

I con^persus

I dubius

I elongatus.

! olivaceus

peruvianus

pratensis

punctulatus

' robustulus

vittatus

Diedronotus

angulat us

discoideus

Isevipes

rosulentus

Dimeragrion, 238, 254, 259, 262,

percubitale 238, 239, 250,

Diplodon

kelseyi 621,

obsolescens 621,

Diplodonta mediamericana 496,

nucleiformis

puncturella

soror

Diplothecanthus antillarum

concavus 600,

Diponthus argentinus

crassus

electus

festivus

paraguayensis

Dipsadidse

Dipsadomorphinse

Discopsis costulatum .r

omalos

schumoi

Dolichocerus bicornis

Donacobius atricapillus

Doryssa 622,

aquatilis

buUata 621,648,

cachoeirae 621,

c. sulcata 621,

consolidata

devians

202
208.
203
203
186
680'
186
186
496
518

29
379
113
113
345
345
344
344
341
3JfO-
113
341
343
345
344

88
330
330
330

88
263,
265
,265
622

499

499

499

496

601

601

336

335

334

335

335

80

78

25

25

24

141

207

648

648

651

650'

1913.J

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

727'

Doryssa globosa 621, 651, 654

heathi 621, 653, 655

hohenackeri 656

iheringi 621,654

inconspicua 621, 650, 657

lumbricus 648

macapa 648, 650, 651

pernambucensis 653

rex 621,650

r. regina 621, 651

r'x3sa 654

starksi 621,652

transversa 648, 649, 651, 657

t. jaryensis 621, 649

t. tapajosensis 621, 649

tuc unareensis 62 1 , 656

Drepanodon 505, 507

anomalus 505

eatoni 506

erdisii 506

Drillia harfordiana var. colonen-

sis 494,498

h. var. flucki 498

leucocyma 494

ostrearum 494

Drymaeus 622

branneri 621, 637

elongatus 608,609

eximnsus 62 1 , 637

hidalgoi 639

linostoma 638

1. suprapunctatus 621, 638, 639

similaris 638

strigatus 638

subsimilaris '. 638

Drymobius boddsertii 168, 171

dendrophis 168

Dynastes hercvdes 686

Dysagrion, 220, 230, 231, 246, 251, 252,
257, 261, 262

fredericii 220,231

packardii 231,250

Ebo oblonga 179

Echinanthus antillarum 600, 601

concavus 600, 600

Echinolampas anguillse 601

Edricus crassicauda 678

tricuspis 678

Ela^nea flavogaster 204

gaimardii 204

g. guianensis 204

sp , 203

Eteochlora angustipennis 330

viridicata 331

Elainopsis 204

Elanus leucurus 196

Elapin* 168

Elaps 514

fraseri 168

fulvius 173

Elaps heterochilus 508, 514

spixii 508,514

Emberiza militaris 211

Emyglossa tenuicornis 34

Engina turbinella 495

Engystomatidse 164, 173

Entodina 622

jekylli 621,630

reyrei 631

Eomorphopus 82

granulatus 82

Epallage 246

Epeira hispida 184

ravilla 184

Epeolus 29

Epilampra caizana 279

stigmatiphora 279

testacea 279

verticalis 28 1

Ep iphr agmophor a ar eolata S90

pandorse 382

p. bonitosensis 35^,384

Eremarionta 382

Erimyzon sucetta 55

s. oblongus 56

Eris aurigera 186

Eritettix 315

Erpetodryas fuscus 168

sexcarinatus 171

Erythrolamprina; .78,80

Erythrolamprus 80

sesculapii., 78

Erythroxyrhopus 80

Etropus microstomus 65

Euglandina 623

n. sp 627

striata 621,627

Eulima bifasciata 495

Eumastacinse 82

Eunemobius, 400, 403, 467, 468, 473,
475, 489

Euophrys amabilis 186

humilis 186

leucophsea 186

obf uscata 187

Eupagurus longicarpus 64

Euparypha 381

Eupatagus 601

Eupera 622

sp 621,663

Euphffia _. 246

longiventris 252

Euphseopsis 248,252-254

multinervis 246, 250, 251

Euphonia trinitatis 210

Euplectrotettix conspersus .319, 320

prasinus 319,320

schulzi 319,320

Euprosopis 28

elegans 43-

e. var. sydneyana 43.

■28

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec.

Euprosopis nodosicornis 43

Euryglossa 29, 34, 35

aurantifera 33

carnosa 33

depressa 33 , 34

frenchii 36

geminata 33

haematura 36

leptospermi 36

neglectula 37

nigrocaerulea 33, 34

ruberrima 36

rubricata 36

salaris 36

schomburgki 34

sinapina 35

sinapipes 35

sanguinosa 35

subsericea 33, 34

terminata 36

Euryglossella 29

Eurvglos.-i<li,i 29

Eviryglossma 28, 29

sulphurella .28

Eurypyga helias 193

Eurypygidff 193

Eurystomus 48

Eutryxalis gracilis 313

Exoneura ;. 29

angophora' . .29, 30, 32

a.var.haekcn 29,32

a. var. oblitenita 29,32

bicolor 30,31,32

concinnula 31, 32

froggattii 30,31,32

fultoni 31,32

hackeri 30

hamulata 30, 32

Exoneuridia libanensis 29

Falco aequinoctialis .. 195

albicoUis . 195

anthracinus 195

buffoni 194

cachinnaus 195

columbarius 196

magnii-ostris 195

nigricoUis 195

nitida 19/^

uncinatus 196

urubitinga 195

Falconidse 194

Farlowella gladius 576

nattereri 576

oxyrhynchus 576

smithi 575

Fasciola hepaticum 138

Fasciolaria sp : 495

Favia fragum 497

Felis rufus 148

Fenestra 83

Fenestra bohlsii

ensicorne

P'ilaria ,

fasciata

striata

Fissuridea alternata .

barbadensis

Florisuga mellivora

Fluvicola pica

Formicariidse

Formicivora intermedia

Fringilla manimbe

splendens

Fringillidaj

Fulica cajanea

Fundulus heteroclitus macrolepi-
dotus

\\XC\Si

majalis

Gafrarium (Gouldia; cerina

Galbula ruficauda

Galbulida;

Gallinago brasiliensis

paraguaise

Gasteracantha kochi

pallida

(lasteropelecina;

Gasteropelecus securis..

S3, 84, 317

126
140

141
496
608
201
203
202

208
191

63
63
62

496
199
199
192
192
679
184
560
560

stellatus 560

Gasterosteus aculeatus 63

Gastropsis 29

Geck()ni(hf 169

Gemph(>ii('nia 581

Geothlypis ajquinoctialis 208

Geranospizias cajrulescens 194

Glabaris ensiformis 667

Glauconia albifrons... 173

Glauconida; 173

Glaucis hirsuta 200

Glenognatha emertoni 180

Gnathocharax 560

steindachneri 560, 561

Gnathoprosopis 28, 38

Gomphocerus (Sinipta) dalmani ... 315

(Hyalopteryx) paganus 313

Gonatodes caudiscutatus 169

Gonatus fabricii 76, 76, 77

magister 76

Goniocolletes 28

Grammadera albida 371

GryUidae 376

Gryllus aegyptius 110

argentinus 377

brevicornis 313

fasciatus ....405, Jfi5, U6, 476

frenatus 92

hospes Jfi5

(Locusta) miles 332

niger 366

perspicillatus 102

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

729

GrylJus (Mantis) precarius 299

(Nemobius) pulicarius 399

(Nemobius) pumilus 399

punctulatus 343

(Bulla) serratus 330

violaceus 353

Guara rubra 193

Gundlachia 622, 668, 669, 670

bakeri 621, 663, 670, 671

textilina 671

Guppya 622

mayi....... 621,632

seminlini 632

Gymnocera elegans 366

Gymnomystax mexicanus 211

Habrocestum pulex 187

Halictus 29

leai 32

Haminea antillarum 494

canalis 494

Haplocochlias cvclophorous 24

swifti ". 23

Happia 623

snethlagei 621,629

Hebetancylus 671

Heleodytes minor 206

nuchalis 206

Helicina 623

aureola 7

(Lucidella) aureola 10

bourguignatiana 626

crosbyi 609,612

guajarana 621,626

laterculus 626

lirifera 621,626

neritella angulata 612

schereri 621,625

Helicops angulatus 171

Helix areolata 380, 384, 390, 391

aureola 3, 7, 7, 10

canescens 386, 387

cseca 63B

cantagallana 634

damascenus 382

decorata 392

deformis 627

kellettii 383

levis 380, 387, 388, 389, 391

oblonga 634

pandoriE 382, 383

pintadina 635

pisana 392

(Bulimus) pubescens

(Cochlitoma) regina

rugifera

selenostoma

striata

sultana

tenuissima...:

tryoni

48

640
633
633
627
640
635
383

Helix veatchii 384

Hemigrammus melanochrous 543

ocellifer 545

schmardse 545

Hemiphlebia 221

Hemisinus 622

bieinctus 657

brasiliensis 621,657

flammeus 621,657

f. elongatus 621, 657

venezuelensis 657

zebra 657

Hemitrochus 381

Henia 92

boliviana 92

Hernandria ventralis 680

Herpetotheres cachinnans 195

sociabilis 195

Heteragrion 262, 263, 264

chrysops 222, 223, 264

erythrogastrum 234

petiolatum 260

tricellulare 234, 239, 250

Heterapis 29

Heteropodagrion, 240, 259, 260, 262,
263

Himantodes gemmistriatus 173

Hirundinida; 206

Hirundo albiventer 206

chalybea 206

Holoprion 535

Holoquiscalus lugubris 212

Holoshesthes 535

Homalopsinse 168

Hormilia 361

Hyalopteryx asinus 313

gracilis 313

rufipennis 312

specularis 313

Hydrocorax vigua 194

Hyla auraria 161

chimboe 157

depressiceps 159

labialis 159

maxima : 156, 170

mesophsea 160

nebulosa 159

phiEota 159

quinquefasciata 160

quitoe 159

riobambae 157

rubra 156,157

venulosa 160

Hylaeoides 29

Hylidaj... 170

Hylocharis cyanus viridiventris 202

Hylodes achatinus 163

buckleyi 163

conspicillatus 161

longirostris '. 164

pagmsB 162

730

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Hylodes surdus 163

unistrigatus 162, 163

whymperi 163

Hyloxalus bocagei....: 166

huigrse 165

Hyperophora angustipennis 360

brasiliensis 360

major 360

minor 360

Hyphessobrycon 518

agulha 549

bellotti.... 552

hasemani 545

minor 547

stigmatias 547

Hypoaspis distans 686

Hyponeura 235

Hyria corrugata exasperata 621, 664

exasperata 664

jamauchimensis 621, 664

rugossissima 665

Ibididae 193

Icteridaj 211

Icterus am-icapillus 190, 211

chrysocephalus 212

xanthornus 212

Ictiobus 45

Idiopyrgus • 622

pilsbryi 621,658

souleyetanus.. 659

Iguana tuberculata 172

Iguanida; 169, 171, 173

Innuus ecaudatus 147

erythryacus 147

Insara 361

Inusia pallida 337

Iridoprocne albiventer 206

Isastrsea conferta 593

turbinata 593

Ischnoptera brasiliensis 276

marginata 276

rufa 276

Ischnura denticoUis 222, 224

granti 222,224

Isophlebia 252, 253, 254

Jacana jacana 192

Jacanidse 192

Jacaretinga sclerops 173

Janus albocinctus 187

gibberosus 187

Jodacris nebulosa 339

Kinosternon pensylvanicum 62

Lachesis lanceolatus 507

microphthalmus 169

schlegelii 169

Lactista pulchripennis 85

Lagodon rhomboides 64

Lampropeltis micropholis 168

Lampropsar guianensis 212

tangrinus guianensis 212

Lanius canadensis 202

carbo 210

cayanus 205

dominicensis 205

lictor 20Jf.

pitangua 205

punctatus 202

Laphyctes satrapa 205

Laridaj..... 192

Latirus cingulifera 495

Leda acuta 496

commutata 499

j amaicensis 499

mauritiana 499

vulgaris 496,499,500

V. var. obliterata 500

Leiotettix flavipes 348

hastatus 348

politus 346

pulcher 348

sanguineus 346

Leistes militaris 211

Leptinaria 623

anomala 646

imperforata 621,646

lamellata 621,645

1. concentrica 621, 645

perforata 621, 645

Leptodeira albofusca 168

personata 173

Leptodon uncinatus 196

Leptognathus andianus 169

ellipsifera 169

Leptophis occidentalis 168

Leptotila insularis 191

verreauxi insularis 191

Leptysma filiformis 336

obscura 336

Leptysmina pallida 337

Lerneaenicus radiatus 62

Lestis 29

serata 44

bombylans 44

Leucauge hortorum 678

Leuciscus 70

lineatus , 71

Leucochroa 381

Leucopternus albicoUis 195

Leucos 66

Leucus dimidiatus 66, 67

olivaceus 66, m

Libellago 235

Ligocatinus borrellii 365

olivaceus 365

spinatus 365

Linyphia galbea 179

Liobunum biolleyi 683

foveolatum 683

1913.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

731

Liocephalus guntheri 170

iridescens 170

Liophis albiventris 168

Lipomyzon 53, 54

brevirostris 53

cujus oU

liorus 53

Lithagrion, 232, 251, 254, 259, 262, 263

hyalinum 250

Lithurgus 29

Littoridina 622

charruana 658

maniii 621, 658

Littorina angulifera 495

Livona pica 608

Locusta spinipes 376

Locustinae 88

Lophopsetta maculata 65

Loricariidse 571

Loricariinse 574

Loxia americana 208

grisea 208

minuta 208

Lucania parva 63

Lucidella 3

aureola 3-8, 10-12, 15, 16, 18

a. var. granulosa 7,7

a. minor 16

granulosa 3-7, 11-18

montegoensis 12

undulata 7, 7

Lucina chrysostoma 496

Lycosa aspera 182

brevitarsis 680

exalbida 182

febriculosa 182

hellus 182

Lygophis 80

Lymnaea columella 62

Lystrophis dorbigny 216

semicinctus 215

Mabuya agilis 173

M achetornis flavigularis 203

Msevia annulipes 187

aurulenta 187

cristata 187

lineata 187

niger 187

pallida 187

pehcillata 187

sulphurea 187

tibialis 187

vittata 186,187

Malmagrion eichstattense 247

Mangora picta 679

trilineata 679

Manicina areolata 497

Mantida; 284

Mantis argentina 286

crenaticoUis 290,2^\

Mantis gayi 290

hyaloptera 298

lobipes 299^

rustica 29!^

unipunctata 298

Mantoida burmeisteri 284

Marginella cincta 495

minuta 495

pallida 495

Marinula colonia 494

Marisa 622

cornu-arietis 621,661

Marpissa undata 187

varia 187

Mastax nigra 82

Maypacius floridanus 181

Mecistogaster 234

Megachile 29

cornifera 44

fumipennis 44

monstrosa 44

m. cornifera 44

semiluctuosa 44

Megaloprepus 234,235

I Megalostrata venifica 183

Megamyrmecion californicum 181

Meganeurula 245

Megapodagrion...236, 237, 258, 262, 263

j nebulosum 236

Megarhynchus pitangua 205

Megastomatobus 45

Melanagrion, 220, 231, 249, 251, 257,
I 261-26S

umbratum 250

' Melania batesii ,. 648.

branca 648

bullata 651

charpentieri 648

transversa 6J^9

ventricosa 648

Melanopsis brasiliensis 657

Meleagroteuthis 76

hoylei 75,75

Melestora adspersicollis 283

fulvella 28S

fuscella 283

Melina ephippium 496

Melittosmithia 29

Mellitidia 29

Melongena melongena 497, 608

Menidia beryllina 63

menidia notata 63

Menticirrhus saxatilis 64

Meroglossa 28

desponsa var. kershawi 32

. ion 240, 261-263

Mesopodagrion 258,262

Metacyrba 187

Metagrion 261

Metaleptea minor SIJ^

Metalia sp 601

732

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec.

Meterginus signatus 683

JVIetula amosi 22

elongata 23

gabbi 23

Miathyria simplex 248

Micrarionta 382

areolata 386, 390, 392

a. var. arida 391

A. var. aspersa 392

a. var. exanimata 391,392

a. var. scammoni 392

desertorum 382

facta 382

gabbi 382

guadaloupiana 382

hutsoni 382

kelletti 382

leucanthea 385, 386

levis 382,387

1. var. crassula 389

1. globosa..' 389

orcutti 382

pandorjB 382,384

ruficincta 382

.stearnsiana 382

veatchii 382, 384, 386, 387

V. canescens 386

V. leucanthea 385

M icromerus 235

Micropogon undulatus 64

M icr orhopias grisea intermedia. .190, 202

JVIicrostigma 235

Milvus leucurus 196

Mimidae 207

Mimus gilvus melanopterus 207

melanopterus W7

Minvtrema melanops 56

Miogryllus ......399,400

Mionectes oleagineus pallidiven-

tris 203

Miopteryx rustica 294

Misumena georgiana 179

spinosa 179

Mniotiltida? 207

Modulus catenulatus 495

modulus 495,608

Mrenkhausia cotinho 549

lepidura 543

1. gracilima 543

'1. madeirse '. 540

Mohnia buccinoides 503

corbis 501

exquisita 502

hondoensis 503

japonica 503

kurilana 503

robusta 501

siphonoides 502

vernalis 502

Monastria biguttata 282

JMorone americana 64

Motacilla sequinoctialis 208

estiva 208

cayana 209

cyanea 209

galeata 205

novaboracensis 208

spiza 210

Motacillida; 208

Moxostoma 60

alleghaniensis 58

anisurum » 56

aureolum 57-59

austrinum 57

breviceps 59

cervinum 60

claviformis 56

coUapsum 57

congestum 55, 57

crassilabre 59

duquesnei 58

erythrurum 57, 59

kemerlyi 55, 55

lachrymale 58

lesueurii 58

macrolepidotum 58

robustum 57

rupiscartes 60

Mugil curema 63

Murex nodatus 495

pomum 495

rufus 495

Muscicapa maculata 204

pica 203

rufa 205

tyrannus 205

Muscicapara gaimardii 204

Muscivora tyrannus 205

Musculium partumeium 62

Mustelus canis 62

Mya syrmatophora 665

Mycetes seniculus 147

Myiarchus ferox venezuelensis 205

venezuelensis 205

Myiodynastes maculatus 204

Myiozetetes similis columbianus, 190,
204, 204

Myloleucus 66

bicolor 69

parovanus 69

pulverulentus 71

thalassinus 68, 69

Myospiza manimbe 209

Myrmarachne 188

hentzi 188

Mytilus exustus 496

Naja leucodira 509

morgani 508, 509

tripudians samarensis 508

sputatrix 509

tripudians 508, 509

t. var. samarensis 508

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

■33

523

Nannostominse ■_

Nannostomus stigmasemion 523

Nannotettix bilineatus 372

guentheri 372

pallidevittatus 372

Nassa vibex 495

Natica pusilla 495

Navicula placenta Oqq

Necator americana 13o

Nemobius, 394, 395, 398-401, 404, 417,
433, 446, 451-453, 455, 460, 466,
468, 489, 491

affinis 474,4?5,480

aUeni 400

ambitiosus, 401, 402, 404, 430,
439, 441

angusticoUis 401, 47^, 480

aterrimus, 400, 425, ^56, 460, U75

brasiliensis, 399, 401, 403, 426,

444-^46, 44^

brevicaudus -4^^

bruneri, 401, 403, 438, 449, 452,

480

canus, 400, .',08, 409, 415, 417, 423

425, 427

carolinus, 400, 401, 404, 408, 417,

452, 455, 4-55, 460, 461, 467, 468,

471 472-475, 479, 480, 482-490 j

c. brevicaudus 401,404,482 ,

c. neomexicanus, 401, 404, 451, j
462,483,484,487

circumcinctus 399

comanchus 401, 461, 464

confusus, 401, 404, 430, 468, 474,

475, 478, 480, 489, 492

cubensis, 400, 401, 403, 407, 417,

425, 434, 437, 455-457, 460-463,

468, 469, 474, 47o, 479, 480

c. mormonius, 401, 403, 445, 452,

456, 461, 467, 485, 488

delicatus 399

denticulatus '^^^'^' ^

distinguendus 399,400

ensifer. 399,400

exiguus, 400, 405, 417, 473, 474,

475, 479, 480

fasciatus, 376, 400, 402, 405, 407-

410 412-417, 422-433, 435,

437, 440, 444-447, 452, 456, 457,

469. 471, 478, 479

f. abortivus, 401, 402, 412-415,

427, 429

f. socius, 400, 401, 402, 412-416,

424-426, 437

f. vittatus 407,408,409

funeralis -^37

eriseus, 401, 402, 404, 409, 410,

430, 434, 436-438, 440

g. funeralis 401, 402, 404, 437

hastatus 401,426

janus 475,480

Nemobius lineolatus 398

longipennis 376,377,446

maculatus, 401, 402, 404, 4O8, 409,

409, 410, 411, 417, 428, 430, 433,

441,489,491,492

major j-tb

marginatus 41/

melleus 401,44^,449

mexicanus, 400, 444, 445, 4^0, 451,
467,465,467

mormonius -^61

neomexicanus 400, 467, 4^4, 488

palustris, 401, 403, 409, 417, 4.56,

4.57, 460, 468, 471, 472, 474, 47o,

480, 489, 490

p. aurantius 401, 403, 4/2

panteli 401,443,444

pictus 399,400

mfus 377,400

(anaxipha) septentnonalis, 4' 3,

socius 423,427,474,480

svlvestris 395, 405, 450, 451

toltecus. 403, 449-451, /M, 488

trinitatis 400

utahensis 400, 407, 4O8, 409, 417

vittatus 405, 4O6, 407, 409, 474

volaticus, 401, 4oo, 460, 473, 474^
479,480

Nemosia nigrogenis...:

Neoceratina

Neoconocephalus macropt erus

muticus

redtenbacheri

saturatus

Neonemobius 403, 449, 456,

Neopasiphae

Neoxabea brevipes ■_

bipunctata 377,

Neritina virginea 494,

viridis

Nesolestes 245,258,

Neuragrion, 240, 241, 2.57, 259, 262,

mysticum 221,

Neurolestes 245, 2.57, 262,

trinervis 221,223,

Neurothemis

Nitzschia

clausii

Nomada

Nomia

austraUca

flavoviridis

Nomioides

Notolepidomyzon...

Nototrema marsupiatum.

Nyctibora limbata

Nyctidromus albicollis

Nyctinassa violacea

Nyctiprogne leucopyga . .

-209

29

375

374

375

37.'>

46H

29

377

378

497

490

262

26a

223

264

245

255

581

582

20

29

44

44

44

29

47

161

277

198

193

198

734

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Octopus (Polypus) 77

granulatus 77

4 Idontostilbe drepanon 529

fugitiva 529,532

madeirae 527

< )dontostomus 622

costulatus 62 1

fasciatus 621

(Cyclodontina) inflatus 621, 640

(Cyclodontina) i. costulatus, 641,

642

(Cyclodontina) i. fasciatus, 641,

642

(Cyclodontina) i. marangua-

pensis 641

maranguapensis 621

scabrellus 642

s. cylindricus 621

<Ecanthus 377

<Edipoda pallidipennis 322

<Edipodin8B 85

<Egopsida 75

•Olcyphides fasciatus 300

'hopii 300

Oleacina striata 627

Oligodon schadenbergi 217, 218

vertebralis 216,218

Olivella myrmecoon 494

Omalaxis funiculus 25

f. contracta 25

Omalotettix signatipes 339

Ommatolampis 102

colibri 89

nodicollis \Q\,102

palpata 102

perspicillata 102

« )mmexecha 324, 325

germari 328

giglio-tosi 328

servillei 328

virens 328

Omura 86

congrua 86

■( )nchorhynchus tschawy tscha 74

Onvchoteuthis banksii 77

' bergii 77

kamtschatica 77

Opeas 622

beckianum 621,644

gracile 621,645

octogyrum 621, 644

opella 621,645

«( )phthalmolampis 89

colibri 89

< )pisthocomid£e 191

< )pisthocomus hoazin 191

Opsomala filiformis S36

puncticeps 337

Orbicella cellulosa 599

(Astraea) crassolamellata 599

jendothecata 599

Orbicella sp 599

Orbitoides 592

Oriolus chrysocephalus 212

icterocephalus 211

mexicanus 211

viridis 211

xanthornus 212

Ornysmya delphinse 201

felicia; 201

oenone 202

Oroseris n. sp 599

Orphula.. 83

gracilicornis 316

pagana 313,315

p. minor 83,314,315

Orphulella elegans 316,317

elongata 317

intricata 316, 317

punctata 316,317

Orphulina 83

veteratoria 83

Orthalicus 622

sultana 621

s. meobambensis 640

Orthopristis chrysopterus 64

Osmilia violacea 353

Osmiliola aurita 339

Ossa......... 324

viridis 323

Ostinops decumanus 211

viridis 211

Ostrea antiguensis 603,614,615

gatunensis 603

haitensis 603,614

virginica 496,497

Oulenotacris 102

robusta 103

Ovalipes ocellatus 64

Oxybelis acuminatus 173

Oxyblepta bohlsii 338

puncticeps 337

Oxybleptella pulchella 337

sagitta 337

Oxyopeidon molestum 680

Oxyopsis lobeter 297

Oxyrhabdium modestum 214

Oxyrhopus cloelia 78

petolarius 78

trigeminus 78-80

Oxystigma 260

Oxystyla 623

pulchella 621, 639, 639

p. prototypus 621, 639

Oxyurus vermicularis 138

Pachydiplax 248

Pachygnatha brevis 180, 183

furcillata 180

tristriata 183

xanthostoma 183

Pachyossa 324

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

735

Pachyossa signata 325

Pachyprosopis 28

atromicans 37

hsematostoma 36

nitidiceps 37

Pachyrhamphus cinereiventris 205

rufus. 205

Pachysylvia aurantiifrons satur-

ata 190,207

Palsemonetes vulgaris 64

Palaeophlebia sjTilestoides 251

Palseorhiza 29

Palamedea cornuta 194

Palamedeidse 194

Panchlora thalassina 282

Pantala 255

Pantosteus arizonse 47

delphinus 48

generosus 47

plebeius 47

santa-anse 48

Paracolletes 29

Paradichroplus bilobus 350

brunneri 351

nigrigena 350

Paragonimus westermanii 148

Paralichthys dentatus 65

Paramastax 82

nigra 82

Paramusonia livida 295 ^

seclusa 295 '

Paranemobius 398 j

Paraphasma marginale 300,301

Paraphlebia, 234-237, 253, 254, 260, i
261,263,264

abrogata 237, 238, 250 |

duodecima 238, 260

hyalina 259, 261, 264

quinta 222,223

zoe 237,249,250,264

Parasphecodes 28 ;

Parastagmatoptera unipunctata... 298 I

Pardosa sp 680 j

Parleptynia 301,302

Paroaria nigrogenis 209

Parorphula pallidinota 316

Parossa 323,325

bimaculata 324

viridis 323

Paroxyprora tenuicauda 374

Parra cayennensis 192

jacana 192

Parus cela 211

Paulinia 323

Peckhamia scorpiona 188

Peeten (Chlamys) anguillensis, 600,

602,603

(Amusium) antiguensis, 603, 613

antillarum 602 j

exasperatus 496 I

(Plagioctenium) gabbi, 600,602,603 |

Peeten gibbus 496

g. dislocatus 496

luculentus 602

(Amusium) lyonii 613

nugenti 603,614

(^quipecten) oxygonum 601

o. optimum 601, 602

paranensis 601, 602, 602

sol 613

(iEquipecten) thetidis 602

ziczac 496

Pelayo insignis 677

Perdita 28

Perichsetidse 215

Perilestes 249, 256, 260-264

fragilis 250

Periplaneta brunnea 281

Pezotettix amoenus 113

bergii 345

peruvianus 113

robustulus 845

Phacoides antillarum 496

crenulatus... 496

leucocyma 496

lintea 496

pectinatus 496,497

sp 496

Phaetusa chloropoda 192

PhalacrocoracidsB 194

Phalacrocorax vigua 194

Phaneroptera cruenta 365

Phasianella pulchella 495

Phasianus hoazin 191

Phasma hopii 301

Phasmidaj 300

Phenacolestes, 220, 221, 224, 225, 230,

231 235-245, 251-257, 261-264

mirandus, 220, 224-226, 228, 229,

250, 264

parellelus 220, 224, 225, 229

PhenacoUetes 28

Phiale modesta 187

Phidippus alchymista 186

asinarius 184

auctus 185

audax..... 184-186

cardinalis 187

carolinus 184

concinnatus 186

dubiosus 186

electus 186

elegans 185

lunulatus 184

multicolor 185, 186

multiformis 184, 186

mundulus 186

mystaceus 184

otiosus 185

paludatus 185

personatus 186

podagrosus 184, 186

736

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

Phidippus purpurifer 185

regius .* 185

rufus 186

smaragdif er 184

t estaceus 184

togatus 185

variegatus 184

Philodromus) expositus 179

marxi 179

prselustris 179

satuUus 179

signatus 179

Philodryas elegans 78

Philogenia, 235, 236, 240, 243, 251, 254,
259, 262-264

carillica 234, 235,250

terraba 234, 235, 250, 259, 262

Phlugis spinipes....^ 376

tener 376

Pholadomya 590

Phos intricatus 495

Phryniscus Isevis 164

Phrynonyx fasciatus 171

Phyllobates infraguttatus 165

Phyllodromus pulchellus 164

Phylloptera ovalifolia 371

spinulosa 371

Phylloscirtus amoenus 379

Phyllovates iheringi ^99

parallela 299

Physa 623

rivalis 621, 661, 663, 670

sowerbyana 661

sp 661

Physocyclus dugesi 181

Piaya cayana colombiana 198

Picidae 200

Picolaptes albolineatus 203

Picus lineatus 200

melanoleucos . WO

Pinnularia 581

Pionus menstruus 197

Pipra flavogaster ?^4

lanceolata .^06

leucocephala MS

Pipridse 208

Pitangus dei'byanus rufipennis 204

lictor 204

Pitar subarresta 496

Pithecomyzon 54

Pithecus satyrus 147

Placopharynx 58

carinatus 60

Planesticus phseopygus phseopy-

goides 207

Planorbis 623

alabamensis 62

anatinus 621, 661, 663, 670

cimex 622,661

cultratus 622,661

depressissimus 622, 662

Planorbis guadeloupensis

622,661

peregnnus

622,662

stramineus

622,662

Platalea ajaja

198

Platallidse

193

Plecostomina3

571

Plecostomus cordova;

573,574

571

Plectostylus

381

Plect rotettix pictus

321

Plectrurys tristis

181

Plekocheilus

622

(Eurytus) pintadinus

622,635

Pleurodonte formosa ...

... 608

Pleurotoma harfordiana

498

Plexippus albovittatus

186

bivittatus

186

rufus

.. 186

undata

. 186

Plica plica

.. 172

Plotus anhinga

194

Podagrion abortivum

246

Podolestes

245. 258, 262

Podopteryx 212,

257,261,263

roseonotata

221.223,242

Poecilobrycon

518

digrammus

525

erythrurus

527

harrisoni

. 527

trifasciatus

527

Pogonias cromis

. 65

Pogonichthys syinmet rifu
Polychrus marniorutas

< ,'^70,71

172

Polymyxus coronalis

582

Polyodontophis

213

Polypus

74

apoUyon

72,74

calif ornicus

73,74

hongkongensi.s

72, 74

pricei

73,74

Pomatomus saltatri.K

. 64

Pomolobus mediocris

62

pseudoharengus

62

Pontes n. sp

599

porites

497

Poronotus triacanthus

64

Posidippus dentiferus

367

Prionobrama

534

madeirse

534, 535

Prionolopha serrata

330

Prionotus carolinus

. 65

evolans strigatu.s

65

Prisodon

622

obliquus

J22, 665

syrmatophorus

622,665

Prochilodinse

520

Prochilodus pterostigma .

520

Proctoporus unicolor

170

Progne chalybea

206

Prosopis

28, 29, 38

albonitens

40

1913.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

73;

Prosopis alcyonea. 43

amicula 41

asinella 37, 38

chlorosoma .40, 41

chromatica 42

chrysognatha 43

cognata 43

constricta 39

elegans 43

hsematopoda 42

lateralis 42

leucosphEera 42

mediovirens 39

minuscula 38,40,41

primulipicta . . 38

proxiina 43

rotundiceps 42

scintilla 41

scintilliformis 41

vittatifrons 39,40

xantho;si)hu'ra ,. .41, 42

Prosthcrapis wliymperi 165

Prothacustes mexicana 399

Protolestes 260,262

Protomyrmeleon, 247, 248, 2.51-253,
255

brunonis 247,2.50

Prototettix lobulatus 304

Psadara 622

derbyi 6.34

d. cearana 622,634

Pseudocorynopoma 561

Pseudoeupha^a 246

Pseudomiopteryx 295

infuscata 295

Pseudomops neglecta 275

Pseudopleuronectes americanus 65

Psittacida? 196

Psittacula passerina 196

Psittacus seruginosus 196

amazonicus : 197

ararauna 196

leucophthalmus 196

menstruus 197

ochrocephalus 197

passerinus 196

Psoloessa texana 314

Pteroglossus aracari roraima? 1 99

roraimse 199

Ptychostomus breviceps 59

bucco 57, 58

cervinus .59, 60, 60

collapsum 57

crassilabris 59

lachrymalis 58

pidiensis 56, 56

robustus 57

velatus 56

Pulsatrix perspioillata ,. 196

Pupa fasciata 64I

inflata 6/fi

I Pupa servilis ^4^'

I Purpura 608-

deltoidea 608

Pyrgomorphinse 86

Pyrrhocorax colombiana 198

Pyrrhosoma nymphula 222, 224

Pyrrhura emma 196

Quiscalus lugubri:-

212

Raja eglanteria 62

ocellata 62'

Rallidaj 191

Ramphastida; 198

Ramphastos ha!matorhynchus 199

monilis 198

vitellinus 199'

Ramphocelus carbo 210

Rana brevipalmata rhoatl ^i . 16(>

clamata 167

RanidjE 164

Ranula brevipalmata 167

Rhadinsea cobella .171

Rhesus macaque 147

Rhicnoda jorgenseni 27"

rugosa 21 1

Rhinagrion 258, 262

Rhinocypha biforata 235

Rhinophrynus dorsalis. 173

Rhinus 636

Rhipidolestes, 241, 249, 256, 257, 262.
263

aculeata 241,250

Rhodarsea irregularis 599

Rhomalea peruviana 88

Rhynchocyclus assimilis 20 J^

olivaceus guianensis 203

sulphurescens assimilis 204

Rhyncholophus stolli 685

Rhynchops cinerascens 192

nigra cinerescens 192

Rissoina cancellata 495

elegantissima 495

laevigata var . browniana 495

striatocostat a 495

Roccus lineatus 64

Rostrhamus sociabilis 195

Rupornis magnirostris 195

' Rutilus 66,70

1 anticus 69

bicolor 69

formosus 70

olivaceus 66

] oregonensis 67

symmetricus 70

tiialassinus 68

! Saltator oiivascens 209

I Salticus albocinctus 188

ephippiatus 188

I scenicus 187

738

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec.

iSaparus 101

sequatorialis 101

Sarcorhampus papa 194

Saropoda 29

bombif ormis 44

Saucerottea erythronota feliciae 201

Saurophagus rufipennis 204

Scala (Sthenorhytis) antiguensis. . 612

Scapharca pittieri 496

Scaphura nigra 366

Scapteriscus borellii 376

Scardafella ridgwayi 191

Scartomyzon 59

Schistocerca 110

segyptia 110

jBqualis Ill, 112

desiliens 111,112

infumata 339

peregrina 112

paranensis ....' 112, 340

vaga 110,111

V. brevis 110,111

Schizaster clevei 601

Sciaenops ocellatus 64

Scincidse 173

Sclateria naevia 202

Sclenops mexicana 679

Sclerognathus 45

cyprinella 45

Scolodonta 628

Scolopacidae 192

Scolopax rubra 193

brasiliensis 192

Scomber scombrus 64

Scyllina 318

picta 321

Segmentina 622

janeirensis 663

paparyensis 622, 662

Seiurus novaboracensis 208

Sergiolus cyaneiventris 181

Serinopsis arvensis minor 209

Sicalis colombiana 209

•Siderastrea sidera 497

Sidusa fulvoguttata 680

Sigaretus perspectivus 495

Silliis putus 678

Singa abbreviata 679

dotana 679

vanbruysellii 182

Sinipta dalmani 315

Siphateles 66

vittatus 66,^7

Sisantum gracilicorne 316

Sismondia antillarum 601

Sitalces 105

balzapambse 105

debilis 108

nudus 108

trinitatis 106

volvexemi 105

Sitta nsevia 202

Solaropsis 622

rugifera 622,633

r. var. jumana 634

Solenastrsea turonensis 593

Sonorella.... 382

Sosilaus spiniger ;... 182

Sosippus californicus 182

Sparvius caerulescens 194

Spathalium 86,325

bolivari 329

cyanopterum 329

hispidum 86

klugii 329

paranense 86

serrulatum 329

sommeri 86

stali 329

Sphecodes 29

Spheroides maculatus 65

Spilotes pullatus 171

Spiroptera 129, 132. 137

incerta 126, 131, 133, 146

pungens 126

sanguinolenta 137, 139

Spondylus bostrichites 603

sp... 603

Sporophila americana 208

grisea 208

minuta 208

Stagmatoptera hyaloptera 298

precaria 299

Staurorhectus glaucipes 318

intermedius 318

longicornis 317,318

Steirodon dentiferum 367

Steleopteron 246, 248, 249, 251-255

deichmiilleri 250

Steleoxiphus catastates 301

Stelgidopteryx ruficollis aequalis... 206

Stenobothrus signatipennis 321, 322

Stenodictya 255

Stenophlebia 252, 253, 254

Stenopoda bohlsii 338

Stenotomus chrysops 64

Stenotritus 29

Stephanocsenia sp 599

tenuis 593

Stilpnochlora incisa 367

Stilpnosoma 28

Sterna chloropoda 192

Stirapleura bruneri 321

Stratocles 301

Streptaxis 623,629

abunaensis 622, 629

comboides laevigata 622, 627

cookeana 622,628

cumingianus 629

deformis 622,627

deplanchei 622,628

d. quixadaensis 622, 628

1913.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

739

Streptaxis glaber 629

subregularis 622, 627

Strix perspicillata 196

Strobilops 622

*brasiliana 622,647

Strombus bituberculatus 495

gigas 608

pugillus 495

Strophocheilus 622

(Borus) cantagallanus 622, 634

(Boms) maximus 622,634

(Bonis) oblongus 622, 634

8tygnoleptes 682

analis 682

StylocEenia lobato-rotundata 593

Stylophora sp 599

Subemarginula emarginata 496

roUandii 496

Subulina 622

octona 609,622

Succinea 622

barbadensis 609

boonii 609

elongata 609

pusilla , 622,647

Sycalis columbiana 209

minor 209

Sylvia chivi 207

Symphyllia n. sp 599

Synallaxis albescens albigularis 203

albigularis 203

alopecias 202

cinnamomea 203

Synapterpes sp 646

Synedra 581

Synema nigromaculata 179

parvula 179

Synemosyna formica 187

Syngnathus fuscus 64

Synlestes 245, 258, 262

%strophia 622

eatoni 622,631

helicycloides 631

stenogyra 631

Tachyphonus rufus 210

surinamus 211

Taenia echinococcus 149

marginata 149, 150

Taeniophora 91

dentipes 91

femorata 91

geniculata 91

Tamatia bicincta 199

Tanagra desmerestii 190, 210

melanoptera 210

rufa : 210

sclateri .' 210

trinitatis 190,210

Tangaridae 210

Tarsophlebia 252-254

1 Tarsophlebia eximia 248-253

; westwoodi 252

I Tautoga onitis 65

Tegenaria emertoni 180

nana 181

Tegula fasciata 496

! Teiidffi 170,173

Teinostoma bartschi 26

I hondurasensis 26, 27

schumoi 25, 26

solida 26

Tellina (Eurytellina) alternata 497

(Cyclotellina) f aust a 497

(Angulus) promera 497

(Angulus) versicolor 497

I Teminius conjuncta 676

Teratodes depressus 183

Terebra protexta 498

spei 494,497

Teretulus 60

Testudinida?.. 173

Testudo denticulata 173

Tetana grisea 353

Tet anorhynchus borellii 306

Tetragnatha alba 678

antillana 678

I guatemalensis 678

! mexicana 678

tenuissima 678

Tetragonopterinae 537, 564

: alleni 540

Tetraplodon ambiguus 664

quadrilaterum 664

Tetrodontid* 579

Tettigidea annulipes 304

arcuata 306

chichimeca 304

multicostata 306

paratecta 304

prorsa 304

scudderi 304

tecta , 304

Tettigonidse 353

Tettix lobulata 304

Thalurania refulgens 201

Thamnophilus canadensis 202

punctatus 202

Thamnoscirtus amoenus 379

cicindeloides 379

viridicatus 379

Thaumatias chionopectus 201

Thaumatoneura, 221, 224, 233-237,
249, 253, 255, 257, 261, 263, 264

inopinata 221, 233, 250

pellucida 221, 233, 250

Thaumatosoma 29, 35

Theocly tes surinamensis 299

Theridion biolleyi 678

Theridium glaucescens 182

Thespis livida 295

Thesprotia vidua 296

740

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec.,.

Thiodina retarius 680

Thoracocharax 560

Thore 255

Thraupis episcopus sclateri 210

palmarum melanoptera 210

Thryophilus rufalbus castano-

notus 190,206

Thryothorus rut ilus. 206

Thysanophora 622

cffica 622,632

Tibellus 181

Tigrisoma lineatum 193

Tinamida; 190

Tinus nigi-inus 680

Titiotus californicus 181

TitjTa cayana 205

Tmarus floridensis 179

griseus 1 79

Todirostrum cinereum 204

maculatum 205

Todus cinereus 204

maculatus 205

Tomigerus 622,688

clausus 622, 642, 643, 690

cumingii 643

Iffivis 622, 642, 643

pilsbryi 622,643

rochai 622, 642, 643

Tonicia schrammi 496

Tornatina canaliculata 494

Toxopterus miniatus 317

Tramea 255

Trapidonotus Isevipes..... -. 330

rosulentus 88

Trechalea convexa 679

Trichocolletes 28

Tricocephalus 148

affinis 1 48

crenatus 1 48

depressicollis 148

dispar 147,148

felis 148

lemuris 147

palaeformis 147

serratus 148

unguiculatus 148

Trigona 29

Trimerotropis pallidipennis 322

vinculata 322

Tringa macularia 192

Trirhinopholis styani 213

Tritonofusus hypolispus 502

Trivia pediciilus 495

Trochilida; 200

Trochilus ensipennis 200

fimbriatvis 201

gramineus 201

hirsutus 200

mellivorus 201

nigricoUis 201

notatus 202

I Trochilus superbus

Trochosmilia n. sp

Troglodytes musculus clarus

Troglodytidae

Trogon viridis

Trogonidse

Trombidium furcipes

Tropidacris

cardinalis

cristata

dux

latreillei

Tropidocerca 1 42,

bispinosa

certa

contorta 141 , 1 46,

fississpini

globosa

gynsecophila

inermis

paradoxa

tenuis

Tropidurus torquatus

Tropinotus angulatus

discoideus

Tropisuris 142,

Truxalis brevicornis

obscura

Tupinambis nigropunctatus

teguexin

Turbo crenulatus

Turdida;

Turdus atricapilla

phseopygoides

surinamus

Turnerella

Turritella 590,

forrestii 603,

Tutelina elegans

Tylosurus marinus

Tyrannidaj

Tyrannus dominicensis

melancholicus satrapa

Tyttocharax

madeirse 563,

202
599
207
206
198
198
684

Uncancylus

Urophycis regius

Uropoda clavisetosa

bisetosa

Urosalpinx sp

Urotheca later istriga...
Urubitinga anthracina

urubitinga

89

88
146
147
147
150
147
147
147
147
147
147
172
330
330
146
313.
336
173
173
495
207
207
207
211

29'
600
612.
187

63
203
205
205
563
564

671

65
685

685

495
168
195
195

Vellea cruenta 365

Vermetus nigricans 495

Vilerna 98

rugulosa 98

Vireo chivi 207

Vireonidge 207

1913.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

741

Vitrinella helicoidea 24

hemphilli 24

megastoma 24

multistriata 24

tryoni 24

Volatinia j acarini splendens 208

Voluta alfaroi 495

Vultur papa 194

Wahnesia ! 244, 260, 261

Wala mitrata 187

Walterinnesia segyptica .508, 509

Xanthornus decumanus 211

Xanthostoma 180

Xerarionta 382

Xiphicera viridicata 331

Xiphidium longipes 375

Xiphophasma 301

missionum 302

Xylocopa 29

Xyrauchen texanus 54

uncomphagre 55

Xyrocharax 673

Xysticus benefactor 178

discursans ,.... 177

emertoni 178

Xysticus gulosus 178, 183

hamatus 178

lenis 178

limbatus 177

locuples 178

luctans 183

punctatus 178

j 4-lineatus 178

stomachosus 178, 179, 183

striatus 178

variabilis 178, 179

I Yoldia perprotracta 496

j Zimiris 676

Zimiromus , 676

fragilis 676

Zoniopoda cruentata 334

iheringi 333

omnicolor 334

tarsata 334

Zonitoides 622

parana 622, 632

Zoolea lobipes 299

Zygoclistron 96

acutum 96

superbum 96,98

742

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec.

GENERAL INDEX.
1913.

Additions to Museum, 712.

Aebley, Jacob, Janitor, 711.

Allen, Ada, Aid in Herbarium, 711.

Ashton, Thomas G., M.D., Member of
Council, 711.

Avebury, Lord, announcement of
death of, 515.

Baird, Lucy H., announcement of
death of, 515.

Baker, Fred. The land and fresh
water moUusks of the Stanford
Expedition to Brazil (Plates XXI-
XXVII), 515, 618.

Banks, Nathan. Notes on the types
of some American spiders in Euro-
pean collections (Plates XI, XII,
XIII), 152, 177. Notes on some
Costa Ricau Arachnida (Plates
XXVIII-XXX), 580, 676.

Balzer, Armin, announcement of death
of, 580.

Barbour, Thomas. Reptiles collected
by the Yale Expedition of 1912
(Plate XVII), 505, 515.

Berry, S. Stillman. Notes on some
West American Cephalopods, 73, 81.

Biddle, Thomas, M.D. Committee
on library, 2. Thanks to, 2. Mem-
ber of Council, 711.

Bilgram, Hugo. The critical point
in Uquids, 582.

Billings, .lohn S., M.D., announcement
of death of, 152.

Biological and Microscopical Section,
report of, 704.

Blanchard, Anna, announcement of
death of, 515.

Botanical Section, report of, 707.

Boyer, Charles S. On the diatoms of
Philadelphia, 581. Report of Bio-
logical and Microscopical Section,
704.

Braun, Annette Frances. Evolution of"
the color pattern in the microlepi-
dopterous genus LithocoUetis, 515.

Brown, Amos P. Variation in two
species of Lucidella from Jamaica
(Plate I), 1, 3. Notes on the
geology of the Island of Antigua
(Plates XVIII-XX), 584.

Brown, Amos P., and Henry A. Pilsbry.

Two collections of Pleistocene fossils
from the Isthmus of Panama, 493,
515.

Brown, Stewardson, report of Botanical
Section, 707. Assistant to Curators,
711. Recorder of Ornithological
Section, 710. Assistant to Curators,
711.

Cadwalader, John. Committee on
Finance, 1. Vice-President of
Academy, 710.

Calvert, Philip P., Ph.D. The fossil
Odonate Phenacolestes, with a dis-
cussion of the venation of the legion
Podagrion Selys (Plate XIV), 219,
225. Member of Council, 711.

Campion, Herbert. The antenodal
reticulation of the wings of agrionine
dragonflies, 219, 220.

Centenary Committee, thanks to, 617.

Chamberlain, Rev. Leander T., an-
nouncement of death of, 219.

Clappier, Charles, Janitor, 711.

Cocchi, Igino, announcement of death
of, 515.

Cockerell, T. D. A. Some Australian
bees, 28, 81.

CoUett, Robert, announcement of
death of, 81.

Collins, Alfred M., elected a member, 2.

Conklin, Edwin G., Vice-President of
Academy, 710.

Corresponding Secretary, report of,
695.

Corson, Joseph H., announcement of
death of, 515.

Council for 1914, 711.

Cramp, Charles H., announcement of
death of, 515.

Crawford, Joseph, Vice-Director of
Botanical Section, 708.

Crease, Orlando, announcement of
death of, 515.

Cresson, Ezra T., Treasurer and
member of Publication Committee
of Entomological Section, 706.

1913.1

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

743

Cresson, Ezra T., Jr., Member of
Publication Committee of the Ento-
mological Section, 706. Assistant '
to Cm-ators, 711.

Curators, report of, 699.

Curtin, Roland G., M.D., announce-
ment of death of, 81.

Cushing, Herbert H., elected a mem-
ber, .580.

Dall, WilHam Healey. New species of
the genus Mohnia from the North ,
Pacific, 501, 51.5.

Davis, William B., Treasurer of
Mineralogical and Geological Sec-
tion, 708.

Department of MoUusca, report of,
702.

Dixon, Edwin S., Committee on
Finance, 1. Member of Council,
710.

Dixon, Samuel G., M.D., LL.D.
Report of Curators, 702. President
of Academy, 710. Curator of
Academy, 710. Member of Council,
711.

Entomological Section, report of, 704.

Fenton, Thomas H., M.D., Committee
on Library, 2.

Finance, Committee on, 1.

Fowler, Henry W. Notes on catos-
tomoid fishes, 45, 81. Notes on the
fishes of the Chincoteague region of
Virginia, 61, 81. Some type-speci- I
mens of the American cyprinoid
fishes of the genus Rutilus, 66, 81.
Amphibians and reptiles from Ecua-
dor, Venezuela, and Yucatan (Plates
V-X), 152, 153. Fishes from the
Madeira River, Brazil, 515, 517.
Curimatus spilurus Cope, a wrongly
identified Characin, 673. Assistant
to Curators, 711.

Fox, Henry. Data on the orthopteran
faunistics of eastern Pennsylvania
and southern New Jersey, 617.

Fox, WiUiam J., Committee on Pub-
lications, 2. Assistant Librarian
710.

Gorgas, Col. W. C, elected a Cor-
respondent, 81.

Grant, WiUiam S., announcement of
death of, 515.

Heath, Harold. The anatomy of two
Brazilian land snails, Anostoma
depressum and Tomigerus clausus
(Plate XXXI), 617, 688.

Hebard, Morgan. A revision of the
species of the genus Nemobius
(Orthoptera, Gryllidje) found in
North America, north of the Isthmus i
of Panama, 394, 515.

Heckler, Adam, Janitor, 711.

Heckler, Daniel, Janitor, 711.

Horstman, Walter, Committee on
Accounts, 710.

Hughes, William E., M.D., on a
winter exploration of Bolivia and
Peru (no abstract), 219. Member of
Council, 711.

Index to Genera, 721.

Instruction and Lectm-es, Committee
on, 2.

Jayne, Horace F., announcement of
death of, 515.

Keeley, Frank J., Committee on
Librarj^, 2. Curator of William S.
Vaux collections, 2. Report of
Curator of William S. Vaux Col-
lections, 703. Member of Council,
711. Curator of Biological and
Microscopical Section, 704. Vice-
Director of Mineralogical and Geo-
logical Section, 706. Member of
Council, 711.

KeUy, Philip P., announcement of
death of, 515.

Koenig, George A., announcement of
death of, 1 .

Krumbhaar, Edward B., elected a
member, 516.

Laurent, Philip, Director of Entomo-
logical Section, 706.

LeConte, Robert G., M.D., Member
of Council, 710.

Librarian, report of, 696.

Library, Committee on, 2.

Lyman, Benjamin Smith, Dii-ector of
the Mineralogical and Geological
Section, 708.

McCadden, David, Taxidermist, 711.

McClellan, George, M.D., announce-
ment of death of, 152.

McClung, Clarence E., Ph.D., elected
a member, 516.

Macfarlane, John M., M.D., on the
origin and distribution of animals
and plants (no abstract), 152.

Mears, J. Ewing, M.D., elected a
member, 580.

Mineralogical and ■ Geological Section,
report of, 708.

Moore, Clarence B. Some aboriginal
sites in Louisiana and Arkansas, 152.

Moore, J. Percy, report of Correspond-
ing Secretary, 695. Corresponding
Secretary of Academy, 710. Mem-
ber of Council, 711.

Morris, Charles, Committee on In-
struction and Lectures, 2. Com-
mittee on Accounts, 710. Member
of Council, 711.

'44

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[Dec,

^Morris, Effingham B., Committee on
Finance, 1.

Morris, George S., Committee on
Instruction and Lectures, 2. Vice-
Director of Ornithological Section,
710. Member of Council, 710.

Morris, J. Cheston, Director of Bio-
logical and Microscopical Section,
704.

[Morris, Theodore W., announcement
of death of, 81.

Nolan, Edward J., M.D., Committee
on Publications, 2. Report of

Recording Secretary, 693. Report
of Librarian, 096. Librarian and
Recording Secretary of Academy,
710. Member of Council, 711.

Officers, Councillors, etc., 1914, 710.

Ornithological Section, report of, 709.

Palmer, T. Chalkley. The collecting
and preparation of diatoms, 580.
Vice-Director of Biological and Mi-
croscopical Section, 704.

Pennell, Francis W. Further notes on
the flora of the Conowingo Barrens
of Southeastern Pennsylvania, 1.

Penrose, Charles B., M.D., Member of
Council, 711.

Penrose, R. A. F., Jr., on the Twelfth
International Congress (no abstract),
617.

Pilsbry, Henry, Sc.D. Committee on
Publications, 2. Committee on
Instruction and Lectures, 2. The
Helices of Lower California (Plates
XV, XVI), 219, 380. Report of the
Department of Mollusca, 702. Cura-
tor of Academy, 710. Member of
Council, 711.

Publications, Committee on, 2.

Recording Secretary, report of, 693.

Rehn, James A. G. Description and
records of South American Orthop-
tera, with description of a new species
from Clarion Island, 81, 82. A
contribution to a knowledge of the
Orthoptera of Argentina, 219, 273.
Secretary of Entomological Section,
706. Assistant tQ Curators, 711.

Rehn, James A. G., and Morgan
Hebard. A study of the species of
the genus Dichopetala (Orthoptera,
Tettigoniidaj), 515. On the Orthop-
tera found on the Florida Keys and
in extreme southern Plorida, II, 580.

Report of Biological and Microscopical
Section, 704.

Report of the Botanical Section, 707.

Report of Corresponding Secretary,
695.

Report of the Curators, 699.

Report of the Department of Mollusca,
702.

Report of Entomological Section, 704.

Report of Librarian, 696.

Report of Mineralogical and Geological
Section, 708.

Report of Ornithological Section, 709.

Report of Recording Secretary, 693.

Report on the William S. Vaux
Collections, 703.
I Reports of Sections, 704.
I Rhoads, Samuel M., Committee on
Accounts, 710.

Rothermel, John G., Committee on
Accounts, 710.

Scull, E. Marshall, elected a member, 2.

Scattergood, J. Henry, elected a
member, 2.

Schumo, Silas L., Corresponding Secre-
tary of Biological and Microscopical
Section, 704. Recorder and Secre-
tary of the Mineralogical and Geo-
logical Section, 708.

Sclater, Philip L., announcement of
death of, 515.

Shryock, William A., Secretary of
Ornithological Section, 710.

Skinner, Henry, M.D., Committee on
Publications, 2. Report of Ento-
mological Section, 704. Conservator
and Recorder of Entomological Sec-
tion, 706. Member of Council, 711.

Smith, Benjamin H., Director of
Botanical Section, 708.
] Spaeth, R. A. The distribution of the
genus Cyclops in the vicinity of
Haverford, Pennsylvania, 1.

Stamp, Harvey, M.D., elected a
member, 580.

Standing Committees, 1.

Steinbach, Lewis W., announcement of
death of, 81.

Stewart, Thomas S., M.D., Treasurer
! of Biological and Microscopical
Section, 704. Committee on
Accounts, 710.

Stone, Witmer, Sc.D., Committee on
Publications, 2. Committee on
Instruction and Lectures, 2. On a
collection of birds obtained by the
Francis E. Bond Expedition to the
Orinoco Delta, 152, 189. Report of
Ornithological Section, -710. ^ Con-
servator of Ornithological Section,
710. Curator of Academy, 710.
Member of Council, 711.

Tague, James, Janitor, 711.

Thompson, Edward H., on the ancient
t ruins of Yucatan and its modern
I inhabitants (no abstract), 81.

1913.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

745

Thomson, J. C, M.D. Oxyrhopus
trigeminus Dum. et Bibr. the type
of Erythroxyrhopus gen. nov., 1, 78.
Notes on serpents in the family
Colubridae, 152, 213. Contributions
to the synonymy of serpents in the
family Elapidaj, 508, 515. Contri-
bution to the anatomy of the
Ilysiida;, 580.

Trotter, Spencer, M.D., Director of
Ornithological Section, 710. Mem-
ber of Council, 711.

Tucker, Henry, M.D., Committee on
Library, 2. Committee on Instruc-
tion and Lectures, 2. Curator of
Academy, 710. Member of Council,
711.

Uhler, Philip R., announcement of
death of, 580.

Vanatta, E. G. Descriptions of new
species of marine shells (Plate II),
22, 81. Assistant to Curators, 711.

Van Sickle, W. H., on labels for Micro-
scopic slides (no abstract), 583.

Vaux, George, Jr., Committee on
Finance, 1. Committee on Library,
2. Solicitor of Academy, 2. Con-
servator of Mineralogical and Geo-

logical Section, 708. Treasurer of
Academy, 710. Member 6i Council,
711.

Wallace, Alfred Russell, announcement
of death of, 617.

Wardle, H. Newell, on the miniature
temples and temple pjTamids of the
ancient Mexicans (no abstract), 219.
Assistant in archaeology, 711.

Weidman, F. D. A study of the
metazoan parasites found in the
Philadelphia Zoological Garden
(Plate IV), 2, 81, 126.

Wenzel, Henry W., Vice-Director of
Entomological Section, 706.

Wherry, Edgar T. North border
relations of the Triassic in Pennsyl-
vania (Plate III), 81, 114. On the
Twelfth International Geological
Congress (no abstract), 617.

Willcox, Jos., Custodian of Isaac Lea
Collections, 2.

Wilde, Furman S., Assistant in Library,
711.

Williamson, Charles S., Recorder of
Botanical Section, 708.

Winsor, James D., Committee on
Finance, 1.

49

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1913.

PLATE XVII.

BARBOUR : DREPANODON EATONII, D. ERDISII.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1913.

PLATE XVIII.

A. P. BROWN: GEOLOGY OF ANTIGUA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1913.

A. P. BROWN: GEOLOGY OF ANTIGUA,

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1913.

PLATE XX.

J^^"

A. P. BROWN, GEOLOGY OF ANTIGUA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1913.

PLATE XXI.

BAKER: MOLLUSKS OF BRAZIL,

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 19-13.

PLATE XXII.

BAKER: MOLLUSKS OF BRAZIL.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1913.

PLATE XXIII.

BAKER: MOLLUSKS OF BRAZIL.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1913.

PLATE XXIV.

BAKER: MOLLUSKS OF BRAZIL.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHlLA. 1913.

PLATE XXV.

BAKER: MOLLUSKS OF BRAZIL.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHlLA. 1913.

PLATE XXVI.

BAKER: MOLLUSKS OF BRAZIL.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1913.

PLATE XXVII.

BAKER: MOLLUSKS OF BRAZIL.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 191:^.

PLATE XXVIII.

BANKS: COSTA RICA ARACHNIDA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1913.

PLATE XXIX.

BANKS: COSTA RICA ARACHNIDA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1913.

PLATE XXX.

BANKS: COSTA RICA ARACHNIDA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1913.

PLATE XXXI.

HEATH: ANOSTOMA DEPRESSUM. TOMIGERUS CLAUSUS.

lilH IflSE E